ane

OL)

fate

oe &

i‘)

‘

Loo

Pulte

steer

Pan

"oe

‘et

eo. 9 ¢

)

meres

;

oye

if M4

‘© © &

eowew eee Be eet :

a £26 65.80 44 +4 @

ri°

reba ey

@ ©

e ¢

o'r oe 6

- . Ps a 4 8 be.

Coe eee *. tf of eats

7 ey és

ue:

* 4 ‘

Pree .

“

#,@

tae

*. 2 4 64 6 ©

‘

De ee oe 9 te

oe ee

es”

7 e

oeet steel

‘

ofet et

tits

bgt

oe. &

v'®

efetater

stots!

Pat

h 28

"I eI

Pal Be

eee

hye

‘4

”

}

*Le

eo &

ete

Ate"

a«@

Lh) a) ar wy,

©,

“|

”

ee. ae

ees,

i .

* +

‘ws

eo @€ 4 @

”

ee tt -

nee

¢,

a &

«©

ena ee

tha

* @¢4

«ls

ae 8 ee

Sh? pe © fF

& oo) & &,

S.4 0-6 04+ 2 @ + +

“eve eee

ee tw quae ease en ewe vee wwese

Sant @@ 6 2 2 « % 2 +

. « - - ~ *

e.4%. 8

.¥

Pars

‘_-

eee

6 2-6

8 4% 6 9 2

és 4 8

bf ag

.@ «

e we

otahe®

42st 725) 4

t.4-¢ 4 0 6 .@ we

*) 7

- ©,

a> *

® ifs

ely + ft

**s

re oe

$e #sw

su ee

s &

~ oe ©

tam ee

sve

eee ¢

&¢

--6-$ + .6 @ 6-6

+24 4s 4 eS Oe

ae ee

Ss -4 6-6

woe oe Sau

et ee 7 +7

a al at ae te et te

Oe f G9 He

es 4

. oe ee

‘*, ©

oe € +

eed e 0 4 et © @F

+ + @ 2 + :

--*

“«

“of

a.J.5 4 © 6 4 8

a wt

a .

wv. +7

- «4

a &

‘

e.6¢ a #& + © 4% &

‘

e@ee @

a ae &

oe ©

we ten ee ee ©

. S38: 8D %

Lal

ewe

#: 6.

se &

ao ah

“-*

™

ao 44 4 @ .

a t.¢.0¢ 2 S&B @ ‘

7 Ss a's-s ea bd

j i ee

¥ « “twee

. *7 © fe © @

eiis cor vvnte

—~¥-6 . :

: *

Lae

- .

| we

es: Ss

-— #

. *

+ *

'.@

. a

*.4

6.» ©

* ¢

‘

Sad

yo ©

@ & @ @

anbee

5 -ss7 4 ae e ee - ase ; :

7.8% "“; o8 «2 * b** s* 0 OS eS a i NOM BT ie

Oe De See See rere Sv 2

elete let 050.0 se gt

“6 -

ass : 7 nA ag? otg ep te + =

ee ee ee ee i Om i ee ee eh ee ee

Ay *

wl a @

Lad

tenet

Pee

‘

: -

’

, ‘

2 Ke My

, \

j hi, {

i A s 4

- ‘

P ‘ 4

;

Maat od

’

}

, 1d

bas J

i a)

;

“-"

i |

hit

may

}

4 =

: a

nt 4

wot,

—

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—_@—

VOL ea

PART II. (Natura HISTORY, &c.)

(Nos. I. ro V.—1886.)

EDITED BY

JHE NATURAL ftisTORY PECRETARY.

ge ee ee

“It will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science

in different parts’ of Asza will commit their observations to writing, and send them to

the Asiatic Society at Calcutta, It will languish, if such communications shall be long

intermitted ; and it will die away, if they shall entirely cease,” SIR WM. Jones.

RAR ecg ee

() /

a |

a CALCUTTA: a,

w PRINTED BY J. w. THOMAS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

\, AND PUBLISHED BY THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY, 57, PARK STRERT.

1887,

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

— }?~-—

Arxinson, E. T. ;—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. No. 5,...sccceees

;—Notes on Indian vee No. 6, Addenda

and Index,...

ee ae ee fae _ Belonging a Ce. Hines

Family Coccider, .......0000

Baty, J. 8.—Description of a new species “of Pitonhadous sOoiseiee

tera alleged to be destructive to the Dhan Crops in the Chitta-

gong District,

Barciay, A.;—On a Ur ache ee dike Hipeaiad Siirucs fir

(Abies smithiana, Forbes), (Plates I., II., & IIT.), ............

;—On a second Species of eae oe Abies

smithiana, Forbes, (Plates IV. & V.), ut re

;—On a new Species of Ur ae parasitic on eins

deodara, Loudon, (Plates VI. & VII.), . ets ere rs

Douerty, W.;—A List of Butterflies taken in dant Mr aout

;—Additional Notes on new or rare Indian Butterflies,

Dovetas, J. C. ;—The Hive-Bees indigenous to India and the Intro-

duction of the Italian Bee, ..........

Eiwes, H. J., & Nicu’vittn, L. DE ay “of ne Se Ne

Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam during 1884-85 by the

Indian Museum Collector under C. EK. Pitman, Esq., C. I. E.,

Chief Superintendent of Telegraphs. Part II, cae

(Plate XX.),... Sarge

Foret, A. indian fits of the Teas oe Oaleatia, ae 2,

Hut, 8. A. ;—On Solar Thermometer Observations at Allahabad,

Kine, G. ;—On three new Himalayan Primulas, (Plates VIIT., IX.,

Nie Siac gS son's tins cacah' ves aos tos caleis ve meh eee ME Osc cat

;— On two new species of Ilex from the Hastern Himalaya,

es CELE LV acs tuna rcanisset (ote doe sie

—— ;— On some new Species of Fieve cm Wes ew pcbtincls. bia ;

Betcespons, O. F. v. ;—The Landshells of Perak,. i se

Moors, F. ;—TList of the Lepidopterous Insects calected mM Posey

and in Siam during 1884-85 by the Indian Museum Collector

under C. H. Pitman, Esq., OC. 1. H., Chief Superintendent of

Telegraphs. Part I, Heterocera, «........

Nice'vitun, L. px ;—On the Life-History of aah Caliiaes Shoaotes

of Satyrine, with special reference to the Seasonal Dimorphism

alleged to occur in them. (Plate XIL.),......cccccccsecsecee cesses ene

;—On some New Indian Butterflies, (Plate X1I.),

eee re

29.9

24,9

Page

OupHAmM, R. D. ;—On probable Changes in the Geography of the ‘

Punjab and its Rivers: an tg Study,

(With a Map, Plate XIX.), ay 322

Woop-Mason, J. & Nicx'vILte, ee DB aaa of the ‘Denies ae

Insects collected in Cachar by Mr. J. Wood-Mason. Part IT.

Rhopalocera, (Plates XV., XVI., XVII, & XVIIL), ......... 343

Ss~

Dates of issue of the different numbers of the Journal,

Part IT, 1886.

No. I. BP eet es pp. 1—102, was issued on March 29th, 1886.

No. II.—Containing pp. 103—238, with Plate III, was issued on June

26th, 1886.

No. I1I.—Containing pp. 239—298, with Plates I, IT, III, IV, V, VI,

VII, VIII, 1X, X, XI, was issued on October 1st, 1886.

No. IV.—Containing pp. 299—412, with Plates XII, XIII, XIV, XV,

XVI, XVII, XVIII, and XIX (Map), was issued on March

7th, 1887.

No. V.—Containing pp. 413—442, with Plate XX and Index, Title-

page, &c. was issued on Sept. Ist, 1887.

LIST OF PLATES.

1s}

rt.

IV. + Parasitic Fungi of the Himalayan Spruce-fir and Cedar.

WA;

VIL

VIII. Primula Tannert.

IX. Primula Pantlingit.

xX. Primula Jaffreyana.

XI. New Indian Butterflies.

XII. Transformations of some Indian Satyrinae.

XIU. Llex Sikkimensis.

XIV. Ilex Hookerv.

Cachar Butterflies.

XIX. Map of the Panjab.

XX. Tavoy Butterflies.

LAY. Journ Asiat Soc Bengal,

Parker & Crvand lth.

1886, Vol LV” PtIT.

x 580

)

Pee BARCLAY. Journ. Asiat. noc. Bengal, 1886, Vol. LV. Pt_II.

12. X 250.

Parker & Coward hth.

15x 580.

Pili

Mantern Bros imp.

A. BARCLAY, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1886, Vol. LV, Pt. II. PLATE III,

SP Ae ettherome ta

Photo-Collotype. Survey of India Offices, Calcutta, April 1886.

‘ SID )

299119190 to verrebsxA

Pam,

JOURNAL

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. I.—1886.

I.—On a Uredine affecting the Himalayan Spruce-fir (Abies smithiana,

Forbes).—By Surcron A. Barctay, M. B., Bengal Medical Service.

[Received December 20th ;—Read January 6th, 1886. |

(With Plates I., I1., and ITI.)

During a short holiday spent in the interior of the Western Hima-

layas beyond Simla during May, I observed many fir trees (Abies smi-

thiana) attacked bya conspicuous parasite which, upon examination,

proved to be a uredine—and apparently a new one, for its characters do

not correspond with those of any other that lam acquainted with oc-

eurring on the Coniferae. It occurred in great abundance throughout

the forests of the Sutlej valley at elevations of from 7,000 to 10,000 feet.

I have not been able to obtain any evidence of its extension eastwards

along the Himalayas,* but in a westerly direction Colonel Collett informs

me that he has met with it in the Kuram Valley of Afghanistan. He

unfortunately did not preserve any specimens, but, from his description of

the affection as he saw it there, I think there can be little doubt about

its identity.

I have no data to enable me accurately to limit the season during

which the parasite continues to be outwardly recognisable. It was met

with in various stages of development throughout May, and I believe it

* See note at end of paper.

2 A. Barclay—On a Uredine affecting the [No. 1,

disappears entirely during the rains in July. Whether the two forms in

which it was met with, and which I shall for convenience describe as the

eecidial and uredinal, do really stand to one another in this relationship it is

impossible to determine without experimental evidence, and I have had no

opportunities for performing the necessary experiments. From other cir-

cumstances, however, the existence of such relationship appears to be

probable. I could find no trace of any teleutosporic form for this para-

site either on the same or on any other host. Although I examined

many uredo pustules with care, I could never detect any separate form of

persistent spore among them. This, however, may have been due to the

fact that all the specimens at my disposal for investigation were gathered

during May, and, if teleutospores are formed at all in the uredo beds, it

is quite possible and probable that they are developed later. The

question as to whether the mycelium in either form is perennial requires

further investigation. Iam mainly influenced in regarding the mycelium

in both instances as not perennial by the fact that the affection in both

cases is confined entirely to shoots of the present season’s growth, as will

be more fully explained below, and that the whole of the affected shoot

withers and dries up completely when the fungus has completed its

existence (fig. 20).

In describing these two forms of the affection, it will be convenient

in the first place to give a short account of the general naked eye

appearances of each, and then to proceed with the description of their

minute characters.

General Appearance of the Aicidial Affection—When fully developed

the affection is very conspicuous: large masses of tissue are affected, and

the pale yellow colour of these parts contrasts strikingly with the

surrounding green foliage. The fungus always attacks a young terminal

shoot, and the distortion caused, partly a real and partly a pseudo-hyper-

trophy, renders it still more conspicuous. Moreover; the affected part

assumes a drooping habit due apparently to the weakening of the tex-

ture of the stem by the mycelium which largely pervades its whole

tissue.

The general appearance of a young aftected shoot is well shown in

fig. 17. In this stage, the affected needles he against one another,

embracing the stem instead of standing out from it, as the natural

needles are seen to do in the same figure. The stem and needles

are already in this young stage considerably thickened. The whole

of the affected part has a uniformly pale yellow colour. Conspicu-

ous as it already is, it becomes much more so when further advanced.

The thickening of the needles and stem increases greatly. The dimen-

sions of the transverse section of a normal needle on an average are

=a.

1886. ] Himalayan Spruce-fir (Abies smithiana). 3

about 1 m.m. x 0°76 m.m., but in a fully affected one these become

143 mm. x 110 mm. The needles now curve outwards with their

convexities towards the stem, and the ecidia are borne usually in two

more or less parallel rows on the upper curved surfaces (fig. 2).

The length of a fully affected shoot varies considerably, from an

inch or two to 12 inches or more. In one specimen, a terminal affected

shoot measured 9 inches in length, whilst two lateral shoots, also affected

and springing from its base, measured 64 and 5 inches respectively (fig.1).

The measurements of another very fine specimen, gathered from a branch

near the summit of a young tree about 15 feet high, were as follows.

The small branch upon which the affected shoots occurred sprang im-

mediately from a main lateral branch. This branch contained 15 shoots

inall. Their lengths beginning from the base were as follows :—the

first 1 inch, the second 14 inches, the third 2 inches, the fourth and fifth 3

inches, and the sixth 3} inches. So far all the shoots were quite free of the

affection, but the seventh was affected and measured 5 inches, the eighth

unaffected 43 inches, the ninth affected 9 inches, the tenth unaffected 55

inches, the eleventh affected 8 inches, the twelfth unaffected 65 inches, and

the fifteenth and last affected 12inches. Thus the affected shoots were on

the whole considerably longer than the unaffected. I cannot explain the

curious phenomenon here displayed of alternate shoots only becoming

affected and with such regularity. The phenomenon becomes even

more striking when it is observed that not a single needle on an affected

shoot escapes invasion, whilst, on the contrary, no single needle on one

of the intervening unaffected shoots, nor any one on the main stem, even

in the internodes between affected shoots, is ever attacked in any degree.

To all outward appearance, the disease is confined absolutely to shoots

of the present season’s growth and does not extend to the branch of which

it is an immediate shoot, and which was of the preceding season’s

growth.

As regards the general characters and appearance of the affec-

ted needles, they are, as already stated, considerably thickened and

curved (fig. 2). The distal end of the needle is densely studded

with spermagonia, which appear as minute dark points uniformly dis-

tributed all around it. Towards the middle haif these become much

less numerous, and, as the base is approached, they are few and confined

to the inferior surface of the needle. The spermagonia are developed

considerably earlier than the ecidia. The general appearance of the

eecidia is illustrated in figs. 2 & 3. They are borne mainly on the upper

surface of the spine in two parallel rows. In rare cases, they burst

through the inferior surface, but such ecidia are isolated and smaller

than those on the upper surface (fig. 2a). While still unopened, the

4 A. Barclay—On a Uredine affecting the [No. 1,

ecidium is of a pale rose colour, but the free spores in mass are orange-

red, whilst the peridium is colourless. The ecidia are first developed

on the lowest needles of an affected shoot, whilst in the upper ones they

appear in succession from below upwards. They are generally more

numerous on the lower than on the upper needles of a shoot. The still

unopened ecidia protrude through clean rents in the epidermis, and,

when ripe, the peridium bursts with an irregular frayed margin (figs.3

& 4).

General Appearance of Uredinal Affection—The uredinal form is

much more frequently met with than the ecidial just described. Its

general appearance is shown in fig. 19, which represents a fully deve-

loped specimen. This specimen had been preserved fora few days in

brine, and the needles were swollen somewhat unnaturally. The dimen-

sions of a fully affected needle are 160 x 143 m.m., thus exceeding

those of the ecidial affections. This form occurs sometimes on the

same host which bears the ecidial form, but more frequently on

a separate tree. Presuming that the uredinal form is genetically

related to the ecidial, this would not be surprising, since ecidial fructi-

fication is usually less frequently developed than the uredinal. Whenever

the ecidial form is met with, it is rarely unaccompanied by the uredinal

on the same host. In their general appearances alone, the two affections,

when fully developed, differ so much as to enable a distinction to be

made between them at a glance (compare figs. 18 & 19). The

densely aggregated needles of the uredinal form contrast strikingly with

the opener habit in the ecidial form. But, in addition to this difference,

the uredinal form is distinguishable by its orange-red colour. It resembles

the ecidial affection in always being confined to shoots of the present

season’s growth, but the affected shoots are always small and never

attain the lengths so often seen in the ecidial form. Indeed, the shoots

affected by the uredinal form of the parasite appear to be stunted in

growth, since no affected shoot ever measures more than 2 inches in length,

whilst in the measurements of unaffected shoots (given above in con-

trasting them with neighbouring shoots affected by the ecidial form)

many exceeded this length. The aggregation of the needles also points

to a suppression in the long growth of the stem. It is probable, therefore,

that, whilst the ecidial parasite stimulates growth in length of the stem,

the uredinal one represses it. A specimen gathered from the same host

which bore the ecidial affection, and whose measurements were first given

above, measured only 2 inches in length though fully developed. The

separate needles here also curl up considerably, contrasting strikingly

with the neighbouring erect unaffected needles (fig. 19). LHvery needle

of the affected shoot is involved.

1886. ] Himalayan Spruce-fir (Abies smithiana). 5

When mature, the needles are clothed densely with a homogeneous

orange-red layer of spores forming elevated beds. These masses of.

spores break out first in isolated spots along the lateral grooves on the

upper surface of the needle. Having once broken through the epider-

mis, they extend in area with great rapidity and soon coalesce. Ulti-

mately, they form two longitudinal beds on the upper surface separated

by a narrow groove in the middle line. Laterally, they creep round and

involve the lower surface to some extent. After the spores have burst

through the upper surface and have made some progress towards coales-

cence, isolated crops appear in two more or less parallel lines on the

lower surface of the needle. These ultimately form oval beds which do

not tend to coalesce as on the upper surface. When quite young, this

uredinal form emits a disagreeable and offensive odour which is absent

from the ecidial form. .

Microscopic Characters. (a) Normal Structure of Needle.—The normal

needle is flattened laterally, and a transverse section is broadly quadri-

lateral (fig. 21). The extreme length of such a section about the middle

of the needle is about 1:09 m.m. and the breadth 0°76 mm. The two

sides forming the upper angle are shorter than the two lower sides, and

include a larger angle. On either side, near the surface and about mid-

way between the upper and lower angles, are two resin canals, and in the

centre is a vascular bundle measuring 0°236 m.m. in diameter. The

needle is covered externally by a layer of epidermis cells whose contin-

uity is interrupted only by the interposition of stomata. In each

transverse section, generally six stomata may be seen, two on each of the

shorter sides and one on each of the longer ones. Immediately under

the epidermis, there is a layer of thick-walled hypodermal cells. This

consists of a single row of cells, excepting at the lower angle, where

it is double. It is interrupted at the stomata and at the resin

canals. These canals are bounded by two layers of cells; the external

larger and thicker-walled than the internal. The canals measure

about 0°076 m. m. in diameter. The centre of the needle is occu-

pied by the vascular bundle, which in transverse sections is seen to

be limited by a circle of oval cells forming an endodermic sheath. Be-

tween these sheath cells and the hypoderma, lie large thin-walled paren-

chyma cells (the mesophyll) with numerous large air spaces. These

parenchyma cells, as seen in transverse section, resemble, to some extent,

the palisade cells of ordinary leaves and are arranged radially ; but this

general radial symmetry is interrupted by a secondary crescentic system

around each of the resin canals. In depth, these cells vary from two to

four cells. They are filled with chlorophyll corpuscles, starch grains,

and protein bodies, the relative amounts varying with the season and

6 A. Barclay—On a Uredine affecting the [ No. 1,

age of the needles. The sheath cells are considerably longer than they

are broad. They do not contain chlorophyll but often large starch

grains. Within the endodermic sheath are first thin-walled parenchyma

cells, with sinuous outlines opposite the xylem, but more cubical opposite

the phloem. These cells have large bordered pits. The xylem is to-

wards the upper side and the phloem below it. The xylem is more or

less distinctly divided into two lateral halves by two to three or more

large thick-walled sclerenchymatous cells. The phloem is more distinctly

divided into two lateral halves. Beyond the phlom is a group of from

three to seven large thick-walled sclerenchyma cells, and, in the centre of

this, immediately adjoining the phloem, one large empty thin-walled cell

may always be seen.

(b) Microscopic Characters of the A’cidial Fungus.—The general

appearance of the invaded tissue of a needle in a transverse section is

well shown in fig. 22, and, if this be compared with fig. 21 (exhibiting

a transverse section of a normal needle), the general deviations in

the structure of the former from the normal condition are at once

apparent. The parenchyma cells are larger and rounder than in the normal

condition. They measure from 0°177 or 0°101 m.m. in length by 0°:058

in width, whilst in the normal needle these dimensions are from 0°093

or 0°071 by 0°035 m.m. The radial arrangement of these cells is also

entirely lost, and no vestige of the resin canals remains. The most stri-

king change, however, produced in the invaded tissue is the separation

or dislocation of the parenchyma cells from one another by the mycelium.

In every transverse or longitudinal section of a needle, it is easy to trace

the course of the mycelial filaments for a short distance in the paren-

chymatous tissue (figs. 5 & 6). In these figures, it will be observed

that, though both are magnified equally, the hyphe of the one are

greater in diameter than those of the other. The cause of this differ-

ence is due to their different treatment and mounting. Tig. 6 re-

presents a section which was stained in picrocarmine and immediately

mounted in Farrant’s gum solution, whilst the section represented in

fig. 5 was stained with vesuvin, then immersed in absolute alcohol,

cleared in clove oil, and mounted in canada balsam. I had no oppor-

tunity of examining the tissues when they were quite fresh, and the

following measurements of the diameter of the hyphe are therefore

subject to correction. The diameter of the filaments illustrated in fig.

6 (mounted in gum) was on an average 47, whilst the average diameter

of those represented in fig. 5 was 3:-lu. The mean of these two measure-

ments would probably very nearly approach a correct measurement of

the fresh filaments, for, whilst the former measurement may be a little

excessive from absorption of water, the latter is probably reduced by

tie Sel

1886. | Himalayan Spruce-fir (Abies smithiana). 7

immersion in alcohol. In many places, the mycelial filaments may be

seen in parallel lines closely applied to the external surfaces of the

parenchyma cells. The main mass of the mycelium, therefore, lies in

_ the parenchymatous tissue, that is, between the hypodermal cells and the

endodermic sheath surrounding the central wood bundle. A few filaments

may be seen insinuated between the hypodermal cells and reaching the

epidermis cells. The extension of the mycelium inwards is largely and

conspicuously arrested at the endodermic sheath. Some filaments do,

however, pass between the cells of this sheath and may be traced among

the parenchyma cells. A very few may be traced in the phloem, but

none in the xylem. A special aggregation of filaments occurs between

the phloem and the cells of the sheath, entirely replacing the central

sclerenchyma cells.

The minute structure of the mycelial filaments does not present

any special characteristics (fig. 9): they are septate and branched.

While coursing through the parenchyma, they are not specially con-

voluted, but become very much so at the bases of the ecidia and sperma-

gonia. A few haustoria occur in the cells of the parenchyma: they are

of the branched type and by no means numerous: as the mycelial

filaments are so closely applied to the cell walls, appearing as if cemented

to them, there would appear to be little necessity for haustoria.

My specimens were unfortunately not favourable for the investiga-

tion of the course of the mycelium in the stem. The mycelial filaments

were, however, seen to ramify abundantly both in the cortical tissue and

also among the pith cells. The circle of vascular tissue was frequently

found to be broken in outline in order to allow of strands of the fila-

ments entering. I was unable to detect any actually between the wood

cells. The filaments here presented the same characters as those de-

scribed above.

Spermagonia.—These, as already stated, occur in great numbers ;

they are deeply set with their bases beneath the hypoderma, and

measure about 0°139 m. m. in length and breadth. The conical neck

protrudes 45 above the level of epidermis (fig. 12). They are of the

usual structure and require no description. The mycelium at their

bases forms densely convoluted masses which thrust the epidermis and

hypodermal cells widely apart. The spermatia are very minute oval

bodies (fig. 10).

Aicidiospores.—By reflected light the ecidiospores are pale yellow.

They are long irregularly oval bodies densely beset externally with

minute spines or tubercles. Many of them are rounder at one extremity

than at the other and some are flattened and curved (fig. 7). The

dimensions of the dry spores were on an average 384 by l6y. These

8 A. Barclay—On a Uredine affecting the [No. 1,

measurements were on the whole very uniformly maintained. After

the spores had been moistened with water for a few minutes, their average

length became 44m and their average breadth 21p. The epispore is

thick, measuring about 21. Seen in optic section, the epispore appears

to be coarsely radially striated, an effect due probably to the overhanging

and underlying processes on the surface. The endospore appears to

consist of a fine homogeneous membrane, but is ill-defined. The con-

tents are finely granular and yellow (fig. 7).

The spores are given off serially in rows from the hymenium,

a small intercalary cell separating successive spores (fig. 8.) Traced

from without inwards each successive spore becomes smaller, until at

last no distinction can be made between spore and intercalary cell, and

these merge gradually into the round basidial cells forming the floor of

the hymenium.

The peridium is very resistant and consists of two layers of cells

which are considerably larger than the spores (fig. 16).

tribution of the mycelium in the tissue of the needle is shown in figs. 23

and 25, which represent transverse sections. Masses of mycelial filaments

occur between the cells of the parenchymatous tissue. The dislocation

of the cells by the mycelium is much more uniform and symmetrical than

in the case of the ecidial affection, where special aggregations are apt to

occur at certain places. The filaments in this form are also much more

convoluted. Both in transverse and longitudinal sections the masses of

mycelium present the appearance of confused more or less circular out-

lines resembling a pseudoparenchyma. This appearance is due to the

extreme convolution of the filaments and to their frequent branching

(fig. 14). The majority of the hyphe have a greater diameter than

those of the ecidial form; but they vary in this respect greatly. Most

of the hyphe measure about 8 in breadth, but some are to be seen of

half that size (fig. 13, a § b.)

In this form, as in the last, the great mass of the mycelium is con-

fined to the parenchymatous tissue. The arrest of the filaments at the

sheath enclosing the central wood bundle is very abrupt, more so even

than in the ecidial form, for the continuity of the cells is scarcely at all

broken (fig. 25). Some filaments, however, do pass through and may

be traced both between the parenchymatous cells and to a lesser extent

within the phloem. In this form, also, the central sclerenchyma cells are

replaced by a mass of convoluted mycelium. In every transverse section,

the single large empty cell noted in the description of the normal needle

may be seen between this mass of mycelium and the phloem. Elsewhere

within the central bundle, the hyphz are less numerous and arranged

1886. ] Himalayan Spruce-fir (Abies smithiana). 9

in a more or less scalariform manner. In this uredinal form, the mycelial

filaments do not closely encase the parenchyma cells, as they were shown

to do in the ecidial form, and haustoria are numerous. They are all of

the branched type: after penetrating the cell the hypha forms three or

more apical branches (fig. 11). They are most numerous in the outer

parenchymatous cells and chiefly in the most external ones; but they

are also to be seen within the cells of the sheath and in the parenchyma

cells immediately under these.

Uredo-spores.—As already stated, four patches of spore extrusion

may be seen in every transverse section of a fully affected needle (fig. 23),

the two larger ones being superior. In such transverse sections, it will

be observed. that the proportion of the circumference involved in spore

formation is very large: about =5;ths of the circumference being thus

involved. The epidermal layer generally ends abruptly at some distance

from the spore bed (fig. 23). There must be a considerable loss of

epidermis involved in this sporing process, for the circumference of a

normal needle at its middle is to so much of the circumference of

an affected needle as is still covered with epidermis as 13°5 to 9:0. As

regards the hypertrophy of the needles affected, it may be noted that, as

the circumference of the transverse section of an affected needle at its

middle was 26 units, whilst that of a normal needle at its middle was

13, the area of the former is four times that of the latter. But, as I have

already stated, the specimens were not examined until they had been some

days in brine, which seems to have swollen them to some slight extent.

At the bases of these spore beds, the hyphe form as usual densely

convoluted masses (fig. 25). The basidial cells composing the bases of the

spore beds form a more or less irregular line of cells containing orange-red

oil globules. These oil globules are more numerous in the more superficial

parts. The whole thickness of the orange coloured bed is about 0°127

m.m. The basal cells which arise directly from the mycelium are large,

nucleated, and of various sizes and shapes: the diameter of an average-

sized cell was found to be l6p (fig. 15 a2). These cells may be stained

with carmine though not brilliantly: the rest of the funga] elements do

not take the stain at all. By division a row of such cells are formed

(fig. 15 6.) The end cell of such a row throws out a finger like protru-

sion (fig. 15 c) from which the spores are separated by transverse septa-

tion. The spores (fig. 15 d) are spherical with their walls destitute of

any surface markings. Their contents are granular and of an orange-red

colour. The moistened spores measured on an average 9°54 in diameter.

Such then is a very imperfect account of one of the most curious.

and striking of the many forms of Uredinez which occur on the Hima-

layas. The fungus was first met with in May 1884, and the above

10 A. Barclay—On a Uredine affecting the [No. 1,

account of it written immediately afterwards ; but its publication was

deferred in the hope that further opportunities might have been afforded

me of investigating its life history. This hope I have now reluctantly

abandoned, as my official engagements have not allowed me another

opportunity of visiting the forests in which it occurs. The above

description of its morphological characters in one stage of its existence

may, however, prove of some interest and may attract the attention of

others with greater opportunities and leisure than I have of following its

developmental history, and is therefore published as it stands. A con-

tinued study of it is much to be desired, if only from an economic point

of view, for the affection must prove very destructive to these valuable

timber trees. Apart from the diversion of nutriment it must occasion,

the habit it has of attacking new growing shoots and so completely

involving them as to destroy them must be most injurious to these trees.

I have on several occasions seen young trees (seedlings) not only with

their terminal shoots involved by it, but also with many of their lateral

shoots attacked at the same time.

Note.—After I had completed this paper I chanced to read, in an

Appendix (B) to Hooker’s “ Himalayan Journals,” published in 1854,

of the occurrence in the Sikhim Himalayas of what may prove to be

the same fungus though in some respects the description given of it does

not agree with the characters of the form I have above described. It

is there stated:—‘‘A very fine Alcidium also infests the fir tree

(Abies smithiana) a figure of which has been given in the ‘ Gar-

dener’s Chronicle’ 1852, p. 627, under the name Acidium Thomson.

This is allied to the Hexenbesen of the German forests but is a finer

species and quite distinct.” I have unfortunately not been able to refer

directly to this paper, but am indebted to the kindness of a friend for

the following résumé of it. The fungus was gathered by Dr. Thomson

at an elevation of 8,000 feet in the Northern Himalayas on Abies smi-

thiana. The affected leaves are reduced in length nearly one half and

curved. The whole upper surface is occupied by one or more large,

elevated, more or less elongated sori sometimes disposed in two rows

“which must give the diseased tree a very strange appearance and at

length prove fatal. The spores are greatly elongated often exceeding

=i.” in length. They were found to be mixed with mucedinous filaments

some of which were ready to fructify.” These were thought to be

extraneous and to belong probably to some Penicillium. Dried specimens

like other allied parasites had a smell of violets. The paper is very short,

and the data given are not sufficient to allow of any decision being come

to regarding the identity of the fungus with the form above described.

1886. | Himalayan Spruce-fir (Abies smithiana). 11

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate I,

1. Outline sketch, natural size, of three affected shoots (zecidium).

2. Needle showing fully developed ecidial fructification, about twice the

natural size: zcidia in two rows on upper surface, excepting one at a on the lower

surface.

3. Young ecidium emerging through a rent in the epidermis, with two sper-

magonia—slightly magnified.

4. Showing mode in which pseudoperidium bursts: slightly magnified.

5. Matting of mycelial filaments on surface of a parenchyma cell x 250,

Transverse section.

6. Thesame x 250. Longitudinal section.

7. Aicidiospore x 580.

8. Aicidiospores with intercalary cells towards base of a series x 450,

9. Fragments of hyphe in an air space x 450.

10. Spermatia x 580.

11. Haustoriam in transverse section within a parenchyma cell x 250 (uredinal

affection). ;

Puate II,

12. Spermagonium : transverse section x 250.

13. a. Portions of hyphze from a longitudinal section of needle affected with

uredinal fungus x 250. b. The same x 580.

14. Convoluted mass of mycelium between parenchyma cells (uredo) x 430.

Transverse section.

15. a. Basal cubical cells with nuclei (nucleus dividing in one which springs

directly from a hypha) x 580. 6. Round basal cells in series x 580. c. Basal

cells with finger-like protrusions preparatory to formation of spores x 6580. d.

Free uredo-spores x 580.

16. Peridial cells x 340.

Puate III (Photographs).

17. General appearance of young shoots in an early stage of infection by the

zecidial fungus, before the pustules have protruded through the epidermis.

18. The same when the fungus is fully developed.

19. General appearance of a shoot attacked by the uredinal fungus : fully deve-

loped.

20. Appearance of withered and dried up shoot after the death of the fungts.

(N.B. The four preceding figures about } natural size.)

21. Transverse section of normal needle of Abies smithiana.

22. Transverse section of needle affected by ecidial fungus (the peridium with

the enclosed excidiospores has accidentally become detached).

23. Transverse section of needle affected by uredinal fungus showing four beds

of spores.

24. Transverse section of needle affected by Chrysomywa abietis (?) intro-

duced for comparison with Figs. 22 and 238 as practically normal in all respects

excepting the protruding fructification.

(N.B. The three preceding figures all magnified to the same extent.)

25. Transverse section of needle affected with uredinal fungus more highly mag-

nified than Fig. 23 and illustrating several points referred to in the text; more

especially the dislocation of the parenchyma cells and the comparatively undisturbed

condition of the tissues within the endodermal sheath.

OOOO NOOO eee sees ee eee

12 HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

II.—-Notes on Indian Rhynchota. No. 5.—By EH. T. Arxinsoy, B. A.,

PRESIDENT.

[Received August 11th ;—Read November 4th, 1885. |

Subfamily Hurysracuypina, Stal.

Eurybrachydida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 129 (1866): Ewrybrachydina, Ofvers.

K. V.-A. Forh. p. 753 (1870).

Anal area of wings very rarely reticulate, when so, clypeus convex

without lateral ridges: last tibiee without a mobile spur at the apex.

Frons broad, transverse or almost equally long and broad, amplified on

both sides in a distinct angle: anterior feet compressed, more or less

dilated : anal area of wings sometimes reticulated (Stal).

Stal distributes the genera included in this subfamily into two

great groups :—

(1) those in which the eyes beneath are spinose.

(2) those in which the eyes beneath are unarmed.

ae Genera furnished with eyes spinose beneath.

I, Wings less ample, not or scarcely broader than the tegmina :

head very broad; antenne briefly cylindrical; eyes beneath very dis-

tinctly spinose; clavus very broad at the apex.

A. Head very slightly prominulous before the eyes; gene nar-

rower; frons scarcely or only a little broader than the thorax; last pair

of tibie 5-spinose :—Hurybrachys, Guérin.

B. Head more prominulous before the eyes; genz broader; frons

distinctly broader than the thorax ; vertex scarcely or only a little shorter

than the thorax; last pair of tibiee 6-spinose :—WMessena, Stal.

II. Wings ample, broader than the tegmina.

A. Vertex distinctly sinuate at the base: lateral angles of frons

much produced ; antenne briefly cylindrical; clavus broad at the apex,

two longitudinal veins separated through their whole length: median

longitudinal area of wings dilated, furnished almost entirely with trans-

verse veins ; last pair of tibize 6-spinose :—Thessitus, Walker.

B. Vertex very slightly sinuate at the base or truncated : lateral

angles of frons somewhat straight, less produced than in Thessttus, Walker :

clavus narrowly open at the apex, the longitudinal veins united nearly

in the middle; wings without a dilated area.

a. Head hardly broader than the thorax, vertex truncated at the

base ; second joint of the antenne very briefly subcylindrical ; last pair

of tibise 5-spinose :—Lowocephala, Schaum.

b. Head narrower than the thorax, vertex subsinuate at the base;

second joint of the antenne subglobose: last pair of tibia normally

4.spinose :—Nesis, Stal.

1886. ] BE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhyuchota. 13

b. Genera furnished with eyes unarmed beneath and clavus closed at

the apex, somewhat acute.

1 (2). Last pair of tibiee usually 6-spinose ; scutellum longer by

half than the thorax: antenne short, second joint subglobose :—Frutis,

Stal :—type F. pulchra, Gray.

2 (1). Last pair of tibiee normally 3-spinose.

3 (8). Frons transverse, angulated on both sides.

4 (7). Thorax and scutellum together distinctly shorter than the

breadth.

5 (5). Antenne short, not extending beyond the eyes :—Olonia,

Stal :—O. apicalis, Walker, from Australia.

6 (5). Antenne cylindrical, longer, extending beyond the eyes,

tegmina narrowed towards the apex :—Dardus, Stal :—D. bufo, Walker,

from Australia.

7 (4). Thorax and scutellum together equally long and broad :

antenns short :—Platybrachys, Stal:—P. lewcostigma, Walker, from

Australia.

8 (3). Frons scarcely broader than long, roundly-amplified on

both sides ; lateral angles of vertex ascending: antenne subcylindrical,

long, extending much beyond the eyes; tegmina narrowed towards the

apex (wings absent ?) :—Gedrosia, Stal :—G. varia, Walker, from Aus-

tralia.

These do not include the whole of the genera falling under this

subfamily, but are enough for our purposes.

Genus EHurypracuys, Guérin, Stal.

Guérin, Voy. Bélanger Ind. Orient. p. 475 (1834) ; Burm., Handb. Ent. ii (i) p.

149 (1835) ; Spinola, A. 8. E. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 367 (1839); Walker, List. Hom.

B. M. ii, p. 381 (1851) : Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 245 (1863).

Guérin’s diagnosis of the genus is as follows :—‘ Antenne rather

long, extending a little beyond the sides of the frons, the first joint

short, the second long, granulate, cylindrical, a little rounded at the

tip, at least thrice longer than broad, with the filamentous portion of

the antenne inserted at the extremity and very near the eyes: ocelli

apparently absent: frons transverse, the anterior portion in form of a

transverse lozenge, flat, ecarinate: labrum small, triangular: rostrum

short, reaching barely the intermediate coxee : thorax transverse, with the

anterior lobe a little narrower : tegmina a little longer than the abdomen,

dilated at their base, and a little contracted at the extremity: abdomen

as high as broad: feet rather long, spinose ; anterior and intermediate

tibie flattened and dilated.

14 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

1. Eurysracuys venusta, Stal.

Eurybrachys venusta, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 245 (1863).

@. Sanguineous; head, thorax anteriorly and barely basal half

of tegmina olivaceous-green; the basal half of the tegmina spotted

fuscous, and the base itself, sanguineous ; corium behind the middle and

commissural limbus of clavus, greyish, veined subolivaceous; wings

whitish, subsanguineous at the base and veined sanguineous: abdomen

sordid stramineous (sanguineous when alive ?), beneath banded black,

In stature like H. tomentosa, Fabr., differs in having the tegmina more

distinctly and densely veined behind the middle. Tegmina twice longer

than broad, subcoriaceous before the middle, opaque (Stal). Long, 10;

exp. teg., 25 millims.

Reported from Nilgiris.

2. EvuryspracHys tomentosa, Fabricius.

Cicada tomentosa, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. ii, p. 683 (1775); Spec. Ins. ii, p. 324

(1781) ; Mant. Ins. ii, p. 269 (1787) ; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 30 (1794).

Lystra tomentosa, Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. p. 60 (1803); Germar in Thon’s

Archiv. ii, fasc. 2, p. 55 (1830).

Eurybrachys tomentosa, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii (i) p. 150 (1835); Am. & Serv.,

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 517 (1848) ; Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 381 (1851) ;

Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 100 (1869).

¢. Green-olivaceous ; tegmina olivaceous-green, with small scat-

tered spots and two oblique bands, flavescent, apical part flavescent-

greyish ; small apical spots arranged in two transverse rows and a larger

spot at the commissure, black, shining: wings whitish, a band abbre-

viated inwards behind the middle and a band continued through, placed

near the apex, black: pectus and feet sanguineous, tibiz and last pair

of tarsi infuscate ; abdomen croceous, disc of venter, black. Closely

allied to H’. spinosa, Fabr., differs in the head a little broader, almost

broader than the thorax, tegmina more ample, much spotted in rows

at the apex, wings adorned with a band running through them near the

apex, not by a small spot, and the first pair of tibize above a little more

dilated (Stal). Hxp. teg., 24; broad, 4 millims.

Reported from Sumatra, India: H. fraterna, Stal [Ofvers. K. V.-A.

Férh. p. 450 (1858)], from Ceylon is hardly distinguishable from

Hi. tomentosa, Fabr.

3. HURYBRACHYS BIMACULATA, Fabricius.

Lystra 2-maculata, Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. p. 60 (1808).

Lystra bimaculata, Germar, in Thon’s Arch, ii, fase. 2, p. 55, (1830.)

Hurybrachys bimaculata, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 100 (1869).

1886. ] EH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 15

g. Weakiy greyish-olivaceous ; tegmina concolorous, pellucid, re-

motely and very obsoletely sprinkled fuscous ; a spot behind the apex

of the clavus and minute apical spots arranged in two transverse rows,

black, shining: wings very pale olivaceous-greyish hyaline, colourless

towards the apex and adorned with two black bands, the one short reach-

ing the exterior margin, the other running through the wing; interior

limbus slightly infuscate before the middle: feet weakly, sordid san-

euineous, sprinkled fuscous; tibie and last pair of tarsi, black: venter

black, margined flavescent. Very closely allied to H. tomentosa, Fabr.,

coloration excepted, differs hardly except in the tegmina being a little

narrower (Sidl). Long, 6; exp. teg., 20; broad, 35 millims.

Reported from Tranquebar.

4, HURYBRACHYS SPINOSA, Fabricius.

Cicada spinosa, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppt. p. 520 (1798) ; Coquebert, Ill. ii, p. 45,

t.9, £. 4 (1790).

Lystra spinosa, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng., p. 58 (1803).

Eurybrachys spinosa, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii, (i), p. 150 (1835); Spinola, A. S.

E. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 369 (1839).

Frons large, blunt, yellow: eyes ferruginous, prominulous, furnished

' with a small acute, prominent, spine: head and thorax obscure: teg-

mina deflexed, green, with three whitish oblique. bands: feet san-

guineous (fabr.). Similar to H. tomentosa, Fabr., but tegmina shorter,

broader and without an apical transverse line cf black dots (Burm.).

Long, 85 millims.

Reported from India, Mauritius.

5. HURYBRACHYS LEPELLETIERI, Guérin.

Hurybrachys lepelletiert, Guérin, Voy. Bélanger Ind-Orient. p. 476 (1834); Spi-

nola, A. S. H. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 369 (1839); Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 381

(1851).

$ . Rufous: head transverse, broad, with the anterior part of the frong

flat, of a golden yellow: antenne rufous: eyes whitish, prominulous,

- with a small acute prominent spine: thorax trapeziform of a somewhat

pale yellow ; tegmina of the same colour with a broad oblique rosy band,

pointed towards the side, losing itself in the yellow in front, near the

end another less marked band, a little reddish : wings white: body

beneath and feet rosy.red: abdomen yellowish (Guérin). Body long,

7; exp. teg., 19 millims.

Reported from Bengal: resembles ZH. spinosa, Fabr., in form and

size, but differs in the coloration of the tegmina.

16 KH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

6. HURYBRACHYS PUNCTIFERA, Walker.

Eurybrachys punctifera, Walker, List Hom. B. M., ii, p. 383 (1851) ; Distant, J.

A. 8. B. xlviii, (2), p. 38 (1879).

$ . Body fawn-colour, irregularly dotted with brown and black ; head

nearly as broad as the thorax ; vertex very slightly arched, much broad-

er than twice its length; frons stramineous with small ferruginous

marks, transversely angular towards the clypeus where it is sinuate; its

breadth about twice its length: clypeus lanceolate, ferruginous, at the

base stramineous: rostrum tawny, reaching a little beyond the middle

coxe: fore-chest rounded in front, straight behind, not longer than the

vertex, its breadth about four times its length: middle-chest longer

than the fore-chest indistinctly 5-carinate: scutellum small, triangular,

posteriorly acute: pectus pale stramineous: abdomen obconical, a little

shorter than the thorax, banded with black towards the tip; anal ap-

pendages black: legs pale stramineous, mottled with black, especially on

the fore legs: femora tinged with very pale green, with a few brown

dots ; only the tips of the fore-femora marked with black; hind tibia

6-spinose ; tips of spines, black: tegmina fawn-colour, colourless to-

wards the apex, adorned with black dots which are larger, more numer-

ous, and more distinct towards the tips; veins tawny: wings almost

colourless, each with a large black spot near the tip and a smaller one

on the hind border at three-fourths its length; veins very pale green

(Walker). Body long, 103; teg., 373 millims.

Reported from Madras; the Indian Museum has a specimen from

Tenasserim.

7. HuRYBRACHYS*(?) RUBRICINCTA, Walker.

Eurybrachys rubricincta, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 46 (1858).

Testaceous : vertex transverse, short, slightly arched, with a brown

dot on each side ; frons flat, smooth, transverse, dilated and angular on

each side; face small: thorax slightly marked brown; pronotum

slightly rounded in front with a slight median ridge; mesonotum slight-

ly tricarinate ; metanotum bright crimson: legs bright red, anterior legs

much dilated : tegmina pale luteous, whitish at the tips with three spot-

ted green bands; some black marks on the veins, three black dots near

the anterior angle and two black submarginal points: wings snow-

white with two black spots in front, the second almost apical. The

abdomen in ¢ is furnished with foliaceous appendages ; in 9, towards

the tip, with a bundle of snow-white filaments (Walker). Body long, 73;

teg., 163 millims.

Reported from N. India.

1886. | Hi, T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 17

8. EuRYBRACHYS (?) RUBRESCENS, Walker.

Eurybrachys rubrescens, Walker, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 88 (1856).

Testaceous: head, vertex, and thorax with reddish marks: frons green-

ish testaceous: legs rosy red: tegmina pubescent, slightly tuberculated,

with a black shining dot near the tip of the costa and at three-quarters

of the length of the hind border, purplish red, and with black dots to-

wards the base, tawny towards the tips, with a dingy hyaline median

band and the borders chiefly of the same colour: wings milky white with

a brown band (Walker). Body long, 103; teg., 37—38 millims.

Reported from Mount Ophir, Singapore.

9, HuryBracHys suBrasciaTa, Walker.

Eurybrachys subfasciata, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 391 (1851).

Issus apicalis, Walker, 1. c. p. 368 (1851),

3, 2. Body short, broad, testaceous, sprinkled with a darker colour :

head as broad as the thorax : vertex very slightly arched with an indis-

tinct ridge along the border, six times broader than long; frons short,

flat, forming an acute angle on each side, not sinuate where it joins the

elypeus but forming an obtuse inward angle on each side near which it

has two slight oblique furrows; more than twice broader than long:

clypeus triangular, slightly rounded: rostrum ferruginous : eyes spinose :

fore-chest very slightly rounded anteriorly, straight behind, a little

longer than the frons : middle-chest longer than the fore-chest, subtrian-

gular, its hinder sides sinuate: pectus and metanotum red: abdomen

obconical as long as the thorax : fore nnd middle legs red, very broad ;

hind legs slender, dark red, hind femora mostly pale yellow, hind tibies

4-spinose, tips of spines, black: tegmina pale ferruginous, partly tawny,

adorned at the tips with a few black spots of various size and varying in

each specimen ; veins ferruginous : wings almost colourless or slightly

tinged with brown, blackish with a white band towards the tips ; veins

tawny (Walker). Body long, 5-63; teg., Lo—163 millims.

Reported from India, N. Bengal.

Genus Messena, Stal.

Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxii, p. 246 (1863): see p. 10.

-10. MESSENA PULVEROSA, Hope.

Eurybrachys pulverosa, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix, p. 134, t. 12, f. 7a, b, (1845) ;

Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 382 (1851).

Messena pulverosa, Stal, Rio, Jan. Hem. ii, p. 67 (1862) ; Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv,

p. 246 (1863).

18 KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

Shining whitish: head and thorax yellow, abdomen concolorous,

having the end clothed with a white cottony substance: basal half of

tegmina virescent, apices fuscous-hyaline, sparingly spotted: wings

whitish, with an irregular black spot at the anterior margin and other

minute spots of the same colour placed posteriorly : first and intermediate

pairs of feet of a red-lead colour, last pair fuscous (Hope). Body long,

145; exp. teg., 55 millims.

Reported from Silhat: the Indian Museum has a specimen, locality

unknown.

11. Messena NEBULOSA, Stal.

Messena nebulosa, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 246 (18638).

@. Palefawn-colour; tegmina sordid whitish, veined fawn-colour ;:

towards the base fawn-colour or (especially beneath) weakly violaceous-

ferruginous, behind the middle clouded and sprinkled pale-fuscescent ;

adorned near the apex in the middle of the apical part with a spot and

at the commissural margin, some distance behind the middle, with two

spots (the posterior minute) or with one spot, black; sometimes spar-

ingly sprinkled fuscous before the middle: wings whitish, obsoletely

banded with fuscescent behind the middle, near the apex with some

small black-fuscous spots which are sometimes wanting: abdomen

(when alive ?) sanguineous ; apex of the anterior femora and the first pair

of tibie sprinkled fuscous, entire anterior tarsi and the last pair behind

the middle, black-fuscous. Closely allied to M. pulverosa, Hope, teg-

mina and wings narrower, the former are not amplified towards the

apex and are 25 times longer than the breadth (Stal). Long, 15; exp.

teg., 47—50 millims.

Reported from Cambodia, Malacca and Perak (?).

Genus THessitus, Walker.

Thessitus, Walker, Journ. Ent. i, p. 307 (1862); Stal, Ofvers, K. V.-A. Férh, |

p. 753 (1870): Thessita, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxii, pp. 246-247, (1863) : see p. 10.

Sec. A. Vertex shorter than. breadth by about one-half, deeply

sinuate at the base, truncated at the apex, lateral margins obtusely

elevated in the middle; frons near the base furnished with a transverse,

arched, distinct ridge, lateral angles much produced, rounded at the

apex, lateral margins above and beneath those angles slightly sinuate ;

infraocular spines short, scarcely visible from above: wings slightly

narrowed towards the apex, apex broadly rounded. To this section

belong T. insignis, Westwood, and 7. mortuifolia, Walker.

Sec. B. Vertex less deeply sinuate at the base, apex broadly

rounded; frons furnished near the base with a straight obsolete ridge,

— =” - = -_”

1886.] | K. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 19

parallel to the basal margin, lateral angles rounded at the apex, lateral

margins above those angles slightly sinuate, beneath them straight ;

infraocular spines somewhat largish, very prominent; wings more nar-

rowed towards the apex than in section A. The T. migro-notata, Stal,

belongs to this section.

12. Tuerssitus insignis, Westwood.

Eurybrachys insignis, Westwood, A. M. N. H. ix, p. 119 (1842) ; Hope, Trans.

Linn. Soc. xix, p. 134, t. 12, f. 9 (1845); Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 382 (1851) ;

J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 155 (1857) ; 1. c. x, p. 183 (1867).

Eurybrachys multicolor, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 88 (1856).

Thessita insignis, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 247 (1863).

Thessitus insignis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 753 (1870).

Shining white: head and thorax yellow, sides of abdomen san-

guineous : tegmina flavescent, sprinkled with various minute black spots :

wings whitish, with an irregular black spot at the anterior margin and

other minute spots of the same colour posteriorly : anterior feet fuscous-

yellow, posterior green, spines on tibiw, blackish (Hope). Body long,

143; exp. teg., 54 millims.

Reported from Malabar ; Philippines ; Sumatra.

18. TuHessitus mMorturroutia, Walker.

Thessitus mortuifolia, Walker, Journ. Ent. i, p. 307, t. 15, f. 4 (1862).

Thessita mortuifolia, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 247 (1863).

8. Fawn colour, tibie verging into olivaceous, first pair sprinkled

fuscous: tegmina pellucid-greyish, veined fuscous and subolivaceous,

marked with black spots and small black transverse lines at the margins ;

entire clavus and oblique basal part of corium olivaceous-virescent, co-

rium adorned behind the virescent part with a very oblique sanguineous

patch which does not reach the costal margin: wings whitish, furnished

near the apex with 5-6 black spots, two larger and sometimes confluent.

In stature very similar to TZ’. insignis, Westwood ; tegmina more than

twice longer than broad, not amplified towards the apex, the apex obliquely

rounded, costal margin slightly sinuate in the middle (Stal). Long, 14;

exp. teg., 50 millims.

Reported from Cambodia: the Indian Museum has a specimen

from Perak.

14. THsSsITUS NIGRO-NoTATUS, Stal.

Thessita nigro-notata, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 247 (1863).

$ . Fawn-colour : basal spot on clypeus, band on frons placed a little

beneath the middle, abbreviated and interrupted in the middle, a band

a little above the middle running between the lateral angles and twice

20 EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota, [No. 1,

broadly interrupted, and small confluent spots placed at the basal margin

and above the subbasal ridge, two spots on the gene (one basal, the

other apical), five spots on the vertex, antenne, two anterior and one

lateral spot on the thorax, four small subbasal spots on the scutellum,

apical spots on the first pair of femora and spots on the anterior tibiz,

black : tegmina towards the base more obscure, sparingly sprinkled

black and adorned with a sanguineous line near the costal margin before

the middle; costal margin behind the middle and the apical margin

marked with small black spots: wings weakly fuscescent, veined obso-

letely violaceous, apical part sordid whitish, marked by a large spot (some-

times divided into two) and several minute marginal spots, black-fuscous :

last pair of tibiee infuscate. Vertex more than twice broader than long :

tegmina slightly amplified towards the apex, obtusely obliquely rounded

at the apex : tibiee 5—6 spinose (Stal). Long, 11; exp. teg., 32 millims.

Reported from Malacca, Tenasserim.

Genus LoxocepHaLa, Schaum.

Ersch & Gruber, Allg. Ency. Wissen & Kunste, art. Fulgorida, sec. 51, p. 71

(1850): see p. 10.

15. LoxocEPHALA HZRUGINOSA, Hope.

Lystra eruginosa, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 443, t. 31, f. 1 (1841).

Eurybrachys eruginosa, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 382 (1851).

Lowocephala ceruginosa, Schaum, Allg. Enc. Wissen. & Kunste sec. 51, p. 71

(1850). .

Body above and head green; face flat, anterior margin acutely

curved, frontal ridge between the eyes parallel with the anterior mar-

gin: tegmina sordid fulvescent varied with green and black; margins

externally dull black; basal half irrorated ; apical half with a large

round spot before the apex and the apex, black: wings powdered white :

feet sanguineous (Hope). Long, 277; broad, 85 millims.

Reported from Silhat. In a specimen in the Indian Museum from

Sikkim the dull black margin to the apex is wanting or obsolete.

16. LoxocnpHaLA pucora, Walker.

Eurybrachys decora, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 382 (1851).

é. Body green: head nearly as broad as the thorax ; vertex with a

rim which is black in front and behind, slightly rounded anteriorly, very

slightly sinuate posteriorly, about three times broader than long; frons

large, scutcheon-shaped, much broader than long, surrounded by a slight

rim; clypeus small: rostrum tawny: pronotum hardly longer than

the vertex, nearly straight behind, slightly rounded on fore-border along

1886. | BE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 21

which there is a black band; thrice broader than long: mesonotum

short, hardly longer than the pronotum, nearly triangular, with a black

interrupted band in front: abdomen obconical, much longer than the

thorax: legs red; fore legs rather broad and flat, fore tibie striped

black, feet partly black: tegmina green with an oblique black band

at the base, black along the tips, near which there is another ob-

lique black band in the disc, two white dots in the middle, one near the

fore border, the second near the hind border and nearer the tip than the

first ; veins green: wings white, green towards the tips which are

black ; an oblique black spot on the fore-border near the tip ; veins pale

yellow (Walker). Body long, 103; wings long, 295 millims.

Reported from Assam: the Indian Museum possesses a specimen

from Sikkim.

Genus Nesis, Stal.

Rio Jan. Hem. ii, p. 67 (1862) : see p. 10.

17. Nesis TRIcoLoR, Walker.

Burybrachys tricolor, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 384 (1851).

Nesis tricolor, Stal, R. J. Hem. ii, p. 67 (1862); Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 248

(1863).

?. Sanguineous ; head weakly olivaceous, frons margined fuscous at

the base ; tegmina blackish, weaker at the apex, variegated with con-

fluent sordid stramineous-powdered spots; wings whitish. Differs from

NV. sanguinipes, Stal, in not having the tegmina distinctly narrowed

towards the apex. Vertex a little longer in the middle than at the eyes,

anteriorly broadly rounded: frons flat, aciculate : thorax bi-impressed in

the middle: scutellum unicarinate : tegmina scarcely narrowed towards

the apex, costal and commissural margins subparallel, obliquely broadly

rounded at the apex, transverse veinlets rare, fine (Stal). Long, 9;

exp. teg., 28 millims.

Reported from India.

18. Nesis (?) sanauinipses, Stal,

Aphena sanguinipes, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. xi, p. 245 (1854).

Head, sordid yellow-testaceous ; thorax and scutellum obscurely

rufous-testaceous : tegmina black-fuscous with two indistinct bands and

several posterior spots yellow farinose ; beneath with feet sanguineous

(Stal). Long, 8; broad, 4 millims.

Reported from India.

22 EH. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

Genus Frotis, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 488 (1862) : see p. 11.

19. FRvurTis putcHRA, Gray.

Lystra pulchra, Gray, Griffith’s ed. An. King. Ins. ii, p. 260, t. 90, f. 5 (1882).

Aphena pulchra, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 278 (1851).

Aphena veris-amor, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 143 (1857).

Frutis pulchra, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 488, 500 (1862).

$ . Greenish-brown with the abdomen bright red, the tip clothed with

a whitish cottony substance: tegmina green at the base, spotted with

white opaque colour, with a transverse arched band of fulvous yellow;

tip pale yellowish-brown: wings covered with a white rosy matter with

brown spots near the base and pale yellowish-brown at the apex: veins

delicate (Gray). Black, face and legs ferruginous: abdomen red:

tegmina narrow, intensely grass-green, with the costa, a basal spot, a

few dots on the disc and an exterior curved transverse line, yellow ;

tips tawny : underside with various marks of white .tomentum which

also appear on the costa above, at the base: wings snow-white with

tawny tips (A. veris-amor, Walker). Body long, 23; exp. teg., 55

millims.

Reported from Borneo, India: the type of the genus, see Stal.

20. Species of uncertain position.

Eurybrachis reversa, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. xix, p. 184, t. 12, £. 8 (1845) ; Hury-

brachys id., Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 382 (1851).

Fuscous-yellow, head and thorax concolorous, abdomen whitish in

the middle, adorned posteriorly with a yellow cottony substance ; apex

shining white: tegmina fuscous-yellow, tinted subsanguineous at the

base; a round white spot at anterior margin, a second smaller

almost on the middle of the disc and other very minute spots sprinkled

about: basal half of wings whitish, apex irregularly irrorated fuscous:

four anterior feet yellow-fuscous ; tibizs more obscure; last femora

pale testaceous ; tibia blackish (Hope). Body long, 143; exp. teg., 34

millims.

Reported from Silhat.

Subfam. DictryopHarina, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 744 (1870) : Dictyopharida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p.

129, 149 (1866): Pseudopharides pt., Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 502

(1843) : Dyctiophoroides pt., Spinola, A. S. HE. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 283 (1839).

Last tibie without a mobile spur at the apex: sides of frons not

angulated ; feet very often simple; anal area of wings never reticulate.

1886. | E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 23

Clavus very rarely granulate, acuminate at apex, rarely somewhat obtu-

sish, distinctly closed, two veins distant or very distant from the apex,

sometimes, however, behind the middle of the clavus united in one;

costa very rarely dilated: tegmina sometimes abbreviated or connate

with clavus and corium. Claval vein not reaching the apex, united with

the commissural margin near the apex: tegmina connate with clavus and

corium, the lateral margins of the clypeus always carinate or acuminate :

frons without an apical ocellus (Stal).

Genus Dicnoprrra, Spinola.

A.S. EH. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 286 (1839) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 149 (1866).

Tegmina not or barely abbreviated, reaching at least the apex of the

abdomen, very often extending beyond it: clavus distinct, furnished

with one transverse vein between the interior vein and the claval suture :

head narrower than the thorax: costa a little dilated, intramarginal :

tegmina furnished with very numerous transverse veins towards the

apex ; feet longish: last pair of tibiz multispinose, first pair longer

than the femora (Stal).

21. DiIcHOPTERA HYALINATA, Fabricius.

Fulgora hyalinata, Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii, p. 315 (1781) ; Mant. Ing. ii, p. 261

(1787) ; Olivier, Enc. Méth. vi, p. 572 (1791) : Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv, p. 5 (1794) ; Syst.

Rhyng. p. 4 (1803) ; Donovan, Ins. India, t. 7, f. 3 (1800).

Pulgora hyalina, Gmelin, ed. Syst. Nat. i (4), p. 2091 (1782).

Flata hyalinata, Germar, Mag. Ent. iii, p. 190 (1818); Thon’s Archiy. ii, (fasc.

2), p. 47 (1830).

Dyctiophora hyalinata, Germar, Silb. Rey. Ent. i, p. 175 (1834).

Pseudophana hyalinata, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii, (i), p, 160 (1835) ; Westwood,

Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 150 (1841).

Dichoptera hyalinata, Spinola, A. S. H. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 289, t. 18, f. 3 (1839) ;

Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 504 (1843) ; Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p.

303 (1851).

Frons produced, short, conical, above inequal, beneath furrowed,

pallid, with black dots and streaks : eyes large, globose, white : thorax

pallid, irrorated black: scutellum more obscure: tegmina hyaline, veins

punctured white and black and with a black streak in the middle : wings

hyaline with a dull black spot on the apex (Fabricius). Body long, 193 ;

exp. teg., 50 millims.

Reported from Bengal: the Indian Museum possesses specimens

from Bangalore, Calcutta, India.

24 EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynuchota. [No. 1,

Genus Meravrvs, Stal.

Hem. Afric. iv, p. 151 (1866).

Head not or but very slightly callous behind the eyes, this callous part

seen from the side forming a narrow margin behind the eyes, the cepha-

lic process short and slender; vertex, the disc of the thorax, and scutellum

lying in the same plane; frons and clypeus long, the former tricarinate, the

latter unicarinate in the middle; second joint of the antennez short,

subglobose ; rostrum extending beyond the apex of the last cox : tho-

rax carinate in the middle: apical two-thirds of the tegmina very dense-

ly reticulated, costa very slightly dilated; the two claval veins unit-

ed behind the middle: feet long, slender; first pair of coxw, oblong,

scarcely reaching the apex of the clypeus ; first femora scarcely dilated.

beneath, armed with a small minute tooth near the apex ; tibie simple,

longer than the first femora, last pair 6-spined (Stal).

22. METAURUS RETICULATUS, Stal.

Metaurus reticulatus, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 391 (1866),

@. Pale yellow-virescent: tegmina pale yellow-greenish-hyaline,

veins greenish; wings somewhat colourless: the small tubercle placed

on the gen before the upper part of the eyes and a small anterior spot

on the sides of the thorax behind the eyes, black and shining : cephalic

process short, slender, twice as long as the thorax, turning upwards ;

frons oblong, very slightly roundly amplified towards the apex, narrowed

above the middle: thorax with a somewhat indistinct ridge: scutel-

lum slightly tricarinate : tegmina gradually somewhat amplified towards

the apex ; stigma with eight veins (S/al). Long, 11; exp. teg., 32 mil-

lims.

Reported from Cambodia.

Genus AwnaantA, Stal.

Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxii, p. 149 (1861) ; Hem. Afric. IV, p. 151 (1866).

Head prominent before the eyes ; frons elongate, tricarinate; cly-

peus marginate, carinate in the middle: pronotum carinate in the mid-

dle, posteriorly angularly-emarginate, anteriorly behind the head,

obtusely angularly-prominent: tegmina extending much beyond the

abdomen, longitudinal veins on corium forked and united with some

few transverse veinlets towards the apex: feet rather long, slender,

first pair of femora dilated beneath, last pair of tibie multispinose :

allied to Dictyophara (Stal).

1886. } H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 25

23. ANAGNIA SPLENDENS, Germar.

Flata splendens, Germar in.Thon’s Archiv. ii, fasc. 2, p. 48 (1830): Walker, List

Hom. B. M. ii, p. 310 (1851).

Pseudophana splendens, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soe. xviii, p. 151 (1841).

Dictyophora indiana, Walker, 1. c. p. 310 (1851).

Anagnia splendens, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxii, p. 149 (1861.)

$, 2. Greyish-flavescent, sprinkled fuscous; a stigmatic spot on

the tegmina and interior streak behind the middle, a small subapical

streak on the wings, fuscous ; anterior tibize ringed black, last pair with

spine black (Stal). Long, 7—93; exp. teg., 20—25 millims. °

Reported from Manilla, Java, Bombay, India.

Genus CEeNTROMERIA, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh. p. 745 (1870).

Body somewhat elongate: head produced, ascending more or less

before the eyes, gradually narrowed: vertex somewhat equal in breadth

to the eyes, gradually acuminated before the eyes; frons tricarinate, the

median ridge running through it very distinct, lateral ridges extended

through half of the upper frons, less elevated; a distinct ridge run-

ning through the clypeus: thorax unicarinate, posteriorly broadly an-

gularly sinuated: scutellum tricarinate: tegmina gradually amplified

towards the apex, apical part furnished with numerous transverse veins ;

the veins of the clavus united behind the middle; interior ulnar vein

forked at almost the same distance from the base and from the united

claval veins; radial vein forked a little behind the middle of the

tegmen ; stigma elongate or oblong, with some veins: feet long, slender ;

first pair of femora beneath near the apex with a very minute, acute

spinule. Near to Dictyophara, Germar, the feet are longer and more

slender and the first pair of femora spined (Stal).

94, CENTROMERIA SPEILINEA, Walker.

Dictyophora speilinea, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 84 (1856).

Green: head, three ridges on the pronotum (the lateral pair mar-

ginal) and three on the mesonotum also its sides in part, emerald-green :

head with three ridges above and one beneath and two ridges on pro-

notum near the lateral emerald-green ridges, luteous: cephalic protu-

berance lanceolate, ascending, as long as the hind part of the head:

fore tibize and tarsi, tawny: tegmina and wings limpid, veins and stigma

green, the latter occupying three areolas (Walker). Body long, 102:

exp. teg., 295 millims.

Reported from Singapore.

26 K. T. Atkinson—Notes ow Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

Genus DicrropHara, Germar.

Dictyophora, Germar, Silb. Rey. Ent. i, p. 165 (1833) : Walker, List Hom. B. M.

ii, p. 307 (1851).

Dyctiophora Spinola, A. S. EH. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 290 (1839): Pseudophana,

Burm., Handb. Ent. ii (i) p. 159 (1835) ; Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 506

(1843) : Chanithus, Amyot, A. S. E. F. (2 sér.) v, p. 160 (1847); Kolenati, Mel.

Ent. vii, p. 29 (1857): Nersia, Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. ii, p. 62 (1861) : Dictyophara,

Stl, Hem. Afric, iv, p. 154 (1866): Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3 sér.) iii, p. 357

(1875).

Body oblong or oval,a little depressed : head not or only very slightly

callous behind the eyes, varying very much in form, abruptly truncated

before the eyes or more or less to a distance protuberant, the protuber-

ance straight or recurved : vertex and frons very often carinated: cly-

peus long, carinated in the middle: second joint of antenne small, sub-

globose : rostrum long : thorax very often broadly emarginated at the

base, slightly sinuated anteriorly behind the eyes, touching the entire

posterior margin of the head, furnished with 1—3 ridges : scutellum very

often tricarinated. Tegmina very often extending beyond the apex of

the abdomen, third part or barely apical half furnished with trans-

verse veins ; clavus without a transverse vein : feet moderate or longish,

slender, simple; first pair of femora unarmed, shorter than the tibiae,

last pair of tibiee 4—6-spinose : exterior radial and ulnar veins conti-

guous at the base (Stal).

25. DICTYOPHARA LINEATA, Donovan.

Fulgora lineata, Donovan, Ins. India, t. 8, f. 1 (1800) ; Westwood, Trans. Linn,

Soc. xviii, p. 147 (1841).

Fulgora pallida, G. Gray, Griffith, An. King., Ins. ii, p. 260, t. 90, f. 2 (1832).

Dictyophora lineata, Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 310 (1851).

Cephalic process linear, ascending; tegmina pale with two brown

lines (Donovan). Pale testaceous or fulvous-whitish: cephalic process as

long as half the body, ascending, pale greyish-luteous, slender, a little

thickened at the apex: tegmina narrow, elongate, whitish, with black-

ish dots arranged in lines towards the internal and external margin of

the posterior part of the tegmina, also a narrow black line towards

the base of the costa: cephalic process and feet, punctured black: last

femora at the apex and the tarsi broad (Westw.) Body long with

cephalic process (wings closed), 125 millims.

Reported from Bengal. In Donovan’s figure, the black spots on the

tegmina appear to be confluent forming two lines and extending through-

out the entire length of the tegmina: the Indian Museum possesses a

specimen from Sibsagar (Assam).

1886. ] K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 27

26. DICTYOPHARA PALLIDA, Donovan.

Fulgora pallida, Donovan, Ins. India, t. 8 f. 2 (1800).

Pseudophana pallida, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 150 (1841).

Dictyophora pallida, Walker, Cat. Hom, B. M. ii, p. 310 (1851) : nec D. pallida,

Walker, 1. c. p. 320.

Cephalic process linear, ascending: thorax pale green, with red

lineations ; tegmina hyaline (Donovan). Size of preceding, but easily

recognized by the longitudinal red lines on pronotum and _ prostethium.

Body long with cephalic process, 123; to end of closed tegmina, 193

millims.

Reported from Bengal: the Indian Museum possesses specimens

from Raniganj (Lower Bengal).

27. DICcTYOPHARA GRAMINEA, Fabricius.

Fulgora graminea, Frabricius, Syst. Rhyng. p. 4 (1803).

Flata graminea, Germar in Thon’s Archiv. ii. fasc. 2, p. 47 (1830).

Pseudophana graminea, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii (2) p. 160 (1835) ; Westwood,

Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 150 (1841).

Dictyophora graminea, Walker, List. tom. B. M. ii, p. 309 (1851).

Cephalic process porrect, bicarinate broadly above: tegmina and

body green, immaculate (Iabr.).

Reported from India.

28, DictyopHarA DESPEOTA, Walker.

Dictyophora despecta, Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 314 (1851),

$. Body tawny: head quite four times longer than the pronotum ;

the cephalic protuberance continued in a line with the pronotum, almost

prismatic, slightly tapering from the base to the tip which is rather

obtuse : angles green: pronotum slightly conical in front, much sinuated

on the hind border, adorned with five bright green stripes; a slight

oblique ridge on each side: mesonotum with three bright green stripes

and a green spot on each side: abdomen obconical, a little longer than

the thorax: legs pale tawny, slender, slightly grooved; hind tibie armed

with four black-tipped spines: wings colourless, a slight tawny tinge on

the tegmina ; stigma tawny, occupying parts of 2—3 areolas: veins brown,

tawny towards the base (Walker). Body long, 103 ; tee., 164 millims.

Reported from Malabar coast.

29. DictryopHara sinica, Walker.

Dictyophora sinica, Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 321 (1851) ; Stal, Ofvers.

K, VY. A. Forh. p. 487 (1862). China.

Dictyophora inscripta, Walker, 1. c., p. 322 (1851). Hong Kong.

Dictyophora insculpta, Walker, 1. c., Suppt. p. 67 (1858). N. China.

28 KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. {No. 1,

Body pale luteous, almost fusiform: head above with a short green

stripe which does not extend beyond the vertex, the lateral edges of which

are also green ; beneath bright luteous with a pale green border, the median

ridge extending to the clypeus, bright green; clypeus tawny, striped with

brown towards the tip: rostrum pale tawny : pronotum striped green ;

mesonotum with three indistinct green stripes: abdomen green, a brown

stripe on the disc, pale tawny atthe tip: legs pale tawny, partly striped

with brown; hind tibis with four black-tipped spines: tegmina and

wings colourless, the tips of the former pale yellowish-brown ; stigma

brown occupying three areolas; veins green, brown towards the tips

(Walker). Body long, 95; teg., 162 millims,

Reported from China: Assam (?).

80, DicryopHara (?) NIGRIMacULA, Walker.

Dictyophora nigrimacula, Walker, List. Hom. B. M, ii, p. 318 (1851).

3. Body fusiform: head as long as the thorax tapering slightly to

the tip which is obtuse, slightly elevated ; cephalic protuberance trans-

versely striated above and on each side; upper side ferruginous; vertex

with a median stripe, yellow, and lateral stripes, green, which last are

continued along near half the length to the tip; a black median stripe

extends from the vertex to the tips towards which it occupies the

whole disc; sides black with tawny borders: under-side bright orange

red, having on each side a tawny brown-spotted stripe which in its

course becomes bright green and is continued along the clypeus; the

bright green middle-ridge also extends along the whole length and is

pale yellow at each end; the under side slightly widens along the whole

length from the tip to the clypeus, with the exception ofa slight con-

traction between the eyes: clypeus reddish at its base, brown with

yellow stripes towards its tip: rostrum tawny with a black tip, reaching

the hind coxw: pronotum ferruginous, slightly widened and almost angu-

lar in front, slightly sinuated along the posterior margin, with five bright

green ridges: the inner pair a little oblique, the outer pair more oblique

and parallel to the sides which are green; the space beneath on each

side of the eyes is pyriform, red, with a green border and a bright green

median stripe : mesonotum black along the anterior margin, with three

bright green slightly interrupted stripes; on each side near the base of

the tegmen is a bright green spot; beneath black with a few yellow

stripes and a ferruginous border: abdomen black, obconical, a little

longer than the thorax with five rows of greenish-tawny spots, those of

the middle row are slender and form a slightly interrupted stripe, the

others are irregular and much emarginated: legs tawny, slightly

grooved, striped black, feet black towards the tips, posterior tibiee armed

1886. ] E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 29

with five black-tipped spines; hind-feet much dilated: tegmina and

wings colourless, tips of the former brown, stigma very dark occupying

3—4 areolets, veins black, greenish-tawny at the base (Walker). Body

long, 103; teg., 21 millims.

Reported from N. India.

31, DicrropHara (?) auBrvitra, Walker.

Dictyophora albivitta, Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 319 (1851).

$. Body tawny, fusiform: head above with three green stripes, me-

dian more distinct ; beneath with a bright green ridge and on each side

a pale green stripe, the three continued throughout the whole length

and through a part of the clypeus: rostrum tawny, tip black, extending

a little beyond the intermediate coxe: pronotum anteriorly rounded,

not conical, slightly sinuated along the hind border which like the sides is

green ; disc with five bright green stripes, inner pair curved, slightly ob-

lique, outer pair more oblique, parallel to the sides ; plates beneath, pyri-

form, bordered with green and witha green stripe: mesonotum with three

ereen stripes and agreen spot on each side: abdomen grass-green, ob-

conical, mottled yellow, tawny at the tip with three parallel indistinct

whitish stripes: legs pale tawny, partly green, slightly grooved; femora

and anterior tibiz striped brown, posterior tibie armed with five black-

tipped spines; posterior feet much dilated: tegmina and wings colour-

less, the former slightly tawny at the tip; stigma tawny occupying two

areolets and part of a third; veins pale greenish-tawny, darker towards

the tips (Walker). Body long, 103; teg., 21 millims.

Reported from N. Bengal.

302. DICTYOPHARA WALKERI, n. Sp.

Dictyophora pallida, Walker, List B. M. ii, p. 8320 (1851) ; neo Donovan.

$. Body fusiform, pale luteous: tip of vertex, black: head above

with a bright green stripe along each edge and with a short green median

stripe which does not extend beyond the eyes; sides green; beneath

bright luteous with three bright green ridges which are continued along

part of the clypeus: rostrum tawny, tip black, reaching nearly to the

last cox: pronotum hardly conical in front, slightly sinuate posteriorly,

bordered with green, with five bright green stripes, side plates pyriform

with green margins and a bright green median stripe: mesonotum with

three and the sides with two green stripes : abdomen obconical, a little

longer than the thorax, yellow with whitish stripes, luteous towards the

base, tawny at the tip: posterior margins of the segments grass-green :

legs slender, slightly grooved, dull pale yellow, tinged with green; tips

30 HK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. - [No.1],

of the feet and of the fore tibie, brown; hind tibise armed with four

black-tipped spines ; hind feet moderately broad: tegmina and wings

colourless, a slight tawny tinge on the tips of the tegmina, stigma pale

brown, occupying two areolets and part of a third; veins green, brown

towards the tips (Walker). Body long, 74; teg., 14% millims.

Reported from N. India.

33. DICTYOPHARA LEPTORHINA, Walker.

Dictyophora leptorhina, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 321 (1851).

¢ . Body tawny, fusiform: cephalic prolongation with the four sides

of equal breadth with green edges, a green stripe above, distinct only on

the vertex, that beneath appearing along the whole length to the clypeus

which is brown: rostrum tawny, tip black, reaching the hind coxe : pro-

notum rounded in front, more slightly sinuate behind, with green ridges

which also appear on the mesonotum: abdomen green, obconical, slight-

ly luteous towards the base, longer than the thorax: legs pale tawny,

slightly grooved; femora striped black; hind tibize armed with five

black-tipped spines; hind feet much dilated: tegmina and wings colour-

less ; stigma brown, colouring the borders but not the discs of three

areolas; veins of the tegmina brown, green towards the base; veins of

wings, black (Walker). Body long, 93; teg., 19 millims.

Reported from Java: with the thorax luteous, from India.

34. DicTyoPHARA SAUROPSIS, Walker.

Dictyophora sauropsis, Walker, Jour. Ent. i, p. 306 (1862).

é. Tawny: head forming a long, quadrilateral, slightly tapering

cone, which has a rim on both sides, above and beneath; underside

reddish ochraceous, with three other pale ridges: pronotum arched,

more than four times as broad as long, with a median ridge: mesonotum

bicarinate: tegmina and wings cinereous hyaline; veins black, pale

tawny towards the base; transverse veinlets incrassated : tegmina with

- an elongated black stigma (Walker). Body long, 103; teg., 21 millims.

Reported from Dacca (Bengal).

35. DIcTYOPHARA PATRUELIS, Stal.

Pseudophana patruelis, Stal, Freg. Hug. Res. Ins. p. 271 (1859).

Dictyophara patruelis, Stal, Rio Jan, Hem. ii, p. 63 (1862).

3. Weakly miniaceous: vertex, abdomen, and feet sordid weak fla-

vescent: frons, clypeus, thorax, scutellum, and pectus with grass-green

ridges: tegmina vitreous, veins and stigma fuscous: head as long as

the thorax and scutellum taken together. Close to D. sobrina, Stal, but

1886. | HK, T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 3l

smaller and head shorter :head test aceous-flavescent ; vertex with a long-

itudinal ridge between the eyes ; frons, clypeus, and thorax miniaceous,

the two former with ridges, the last with a median ridge, an oblique line on

both sides and a lateral ridge and the lateral margins, grass-green : scu-

tellum weakly miniaceous, with three parallel ridges and a posterior spot

on each side, grass-green : tegmina almost twice as long as the abdomen,

sordid vitreous, the third apical part transversely veined; veins and

stigma fuscous: pectus weakly miniaceous with a grass-green ridge on

both sides: abdomen and feet weak sordid virescent-flavescent, the disc

of the abdomen and the apices and lines on the feet, black-fuscous

(Stal). Body long, 8; broad, 2+ millims.

Reported from Malacca.

Subfam. Crxiwa, Stal.

Civuda, Stal, Hem, Afric. IV, p. 129, 164 (1866) ! Cixiina, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh,

p. 746 (1870).

Similar to Dvictyopharina except that there are usually three ocelli,

one of which is placed on the apex of the frons: this frontal ocellus is

very rarely wanting and if wanting the sides of the clypeus are convex

and ecarinate (Stal),

Genus Crixius, Latreille, Stal.

Gen. Ins. iii, p. 166 (1807); Guérin, Voy. Bélanger Ind. Orient. Zool. p. 463

(1834) ; Burm., Handb. ii (i) p. 156 (1835) : Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 164, 169

(1866) : Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3 sér.) iii, p. 855 (1875).

Head somewhat narrower than the thorax, short, roundly sinuated

at the base; vertex somewhat concavish; frons and clypeus together

elliptical, furnished with a median ridge running through them ; frons

with an ocellus on the apex, sides of clypeus carinated: eyes slightly or

only very slightly smuated beneath: antenne inserted beneath the eyes,

very short, first jot concealed, second small, subglobose: thorax very

short, posteriorly, deeply, angularly emarginated: scutellum tricarinate

lateral margins of tegmina parallel, interior ulnar vein and the radial vein

forked at a distance from the base : feet moderate, simple, last tibie armed

with 2—38 spines (Séal).

36. Crxius (?) aLpistriga, Walker.

Ciaius albistriga, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 87 (1858).

Blackish, testaceous beneath: head much smaller and frons nar-

rower than in Huropéan species ; frons dark brown: posterior margins of

abdominal segments reddish above, whitish beneath: tegmina brown

32 K. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

with three whitish transverse streaks towards the tip of the costa: wings

grey (Walker). Body long, 44; teg., 10} millims.

Reported from Singapore: a specimen doubtfully assigned to this

species has been received from Burma, but is probably a Briwia.

37. Crxius (?) caupatus, Walker.

Civius caudatus, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 43 (1858).

Tawny : vertex depressed, longer than broad, its borders elevated ;

frons and face forming a fusiform compartment with a median ridge:

pronotum arched, very narrow in the middle ; mesonotum 5-carinate,

the external pair of ridges angulate, a brown stripe interlined with tawny

on each side: oviduct extending far beyond the abdomen, sheaths

brown: legs testaceous: tegmina with a brown stigma, veins testaceous

with black dots, some black streaks also on the disc before the middle

and the transverse veinlets and some parts of the exterior veins clouded

with brown: wings with black veins (Walker). Body long, 4¢; teg.,

123 millims. ,

Reported from India,

388. Crxius (?) ErreraTus, Walker.

Civius efferatus, Walker, J. Linn. 8. Zool. i, p. 87 (1856).

Testaceous: frons subfusiform, attenuated in front: eyes large

nearly contiguous on the vertex: abdomen tawny: tegmina and wings

limpid ; veins tawny ; stigma testaceous, with a brown spot close to its

tip and opposite a smaller and paler brown spot on the interior border :

wings with a brown streak at the tip of the costa (Walker). Body long,

i; exp. teg., 125 millims.

Reported from Singapore.

Genus Oriarts, Stal.

Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. vi, p. 306 (1862) ; Hem. Afric. iv, p. 164, 166 (1866) ;

Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 92 (1868): Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3 ser.) iii, p. 356 (1875).

Head somewhat narrower than the thorax, angularly emarginate

at the base; vertex varying in length and breadth, concave; frons and

clypeus together elliptical, furnished with a distinct, median, longitudinal

ridge running through them, lateral margins rounded, slightly dilated ;

frons with an ocellus on the apex; sides of clypeus ridged: eyes scarcely

or but slightly sinuated beneath: antenne very short, inserted beneath

the eyes, first joint hidden, second somewhat globose, small: thorax very

short, posteriorly deeply angularly sinuated : scutellum with five ridges :

tegmina rounded at the apex; radial and exterior ulnar vein contiguous

at the base itself, radial and interior ulnar vein forked at a more or less

1886. } KH. T. Atkinson—Notee on Indian Rhynchota. 33

distance before the middie of the tegmina: feet moderate, single ; last

pair of tibie, 2—3-spinose (S¢dal).

39. OLIARUS WALKERI, Stal.

Civius walkeri, Stal, Frege. Hug. Resa. Hem., p. 272 (1859).

Oliarus walkeri, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. vi, p. 306 (1862).

$. Obscurely testaceous ; frons and feet testaceous-yellow : tegmina

weak vinaceous-hyaline ; veins concolorous, remotely punctured fuscous

behind the middle ; the five apical transverse veins clothed fuscous; stigma

weak testaceous-yellow, inwardly narrowly fuscous: head yellow-testace-

ous; vertex almost twice as long as broad with two ridges running for-

wards from the middle, converging; frons with the oval clypeus narrow-

ed at base and apex, a single forked ridge at the base itself: thorax very

short, posteriorly angularly-sinuated, testaceous, with five ridges of a

lighter colour of which the lateral pair diverge somewhat towards the

apex: tegmina with the veins concolorous, fuscous at the apex; beneath

with feet pale testaceous-flavescent ; pectus black-fuscous (Stal). Long,

4; broad, 15 millims.

Reported from Malacca, Manilla.

‘ 40, OLIARUS BOHEMANI, Stal.

Civius bohemani, Stal, Freg. Hug. Resa. Hem., p. 272 (1859).

Oliarus bohemani, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. p. 306 (1862),

é, Q. Blackish: ridges on the head, incisures on abdomen and the

tibiz, pale testaceous-yellow, tegmina weak vinaceous hyaline, veins re-

motely punctured fuscous. Head blackish; vertex longer by half than

broad with a less elevated longitudinal ridge and another transverse

arched one behind the apex; frons and the oval clypeus with a single

longitudinal ridge, forked at the base itself: thorax very short, testace-

ous yellow, posteriorly angularly-sinuated : scutellum blackish, somewhat

parallel, with five ridges, of which the lateral pair converge somewhat at

the base and apex: the tegmina twice as long as the abdomen, very

weak fuscescent hyaline towards the apex; veins remotely punctured,

fuscous at the apex ; clavus with a median dot and obliquely behind it a

dot also on the corium, fuscous: beneath black-fuscous: feet pale testa-

ceous yellow, femora fuscous-testaceous (Sidl). Long, 33; broad, 13

millims.

Reported from Hong-Kong.

Genus Brixta, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. xiii, p. 162 (1856); Freg. Eug. Resa, p. 276 (1859) ;

Hem. Afric. iv, p. 166, 173 (1866) : includes Triopsis, Sign., A. S, HE. F, (3 sér.), viii,

p. 187 (1860).

34 YU. T. Atkinson--Notes on Indtan Rhynchota. {No. l,

Head much narrower than the thorax; vertex narrow, compressed,

narrower by half than the eyes, passing over into the frons which is long,

gradually narrowed upwards, much compressed between the eyes, with-

out a ridge, furnished with an ocellus at the apex; median ridge of

clypeus less distinct, lateral margins carinated : eyes beneath sinuated :

antenne inserted beneath the eyes, first joint exserted, second longer than

thick: thorax very short, angularly emarginated at the base: scutellum

tricarinate: tegmina gradually somewhat amplified towards the apex ;

radial and exterior ulnar vein united near the base; feet moderate, sim-

ple; last tibie unarmed (Stal).

4], Brrxta meanper, Walker.

Cixvius meander, Walker, List Hom, B. M. ii, p. 349 (1851),

Brixia meander, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 487 (1862).

Body tawny: frons long and narrow with a row of brown spots

along each side of the disc which is also brown: rostrum tawny: eyes

large: pronotum on both sides obliquely tricarinate: disc of the mesono-

tum brown: legs tawny, slightly sulcated: each femur with two brown

rings: tegmina almost colourless, adorned with several waved brown

bands which are partly confluent or interrupted, discs of the spaces

between them occupied by paler brown bands: a large yellow spot on

the anterior margin: veins pale stramineous, thickly dotted with

black knots (Walker). Body long, 4}; teg., 104 millims.

Reported from India,

Genus Brenna, Walker.

J. Linn. 800. Zool. f, p. 90 (1856) : 8tal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 166 (1866).

Body rather slender, head a little narrower than the thorax with

a ridge which extends from the back of the vertex to the rostrum ;

sides also ridged ; frons compressed, elongate-subfusiform : 1—2 joints

antenne a little shorter together than the breadth of the front; filament

not long: thorax tricarinate, pronotum very short: abdomen at the

base with two lateral capitate appendages like the halteres of Diptera, tip

terminating ina long, curved oviduct: legs rather long and slender:

tegmina and wings broad, rounded at the tips, the former with about

twenty areolets, the discal generally shorter than the basal and marginal.

(Walker)

Frons with a longitudinal ridge narrowed upwards, scarcely distin-

guishable from the vertex: first joint of the antenns prominulous, second

longer than broad: abdomen furnished on both sides at the base with a

long, filiform, clavate process: tegmina gradually amplified from the base

towards tho apex; the costal margin slightly sinuated towards the base ;

the radial and ulnar veins separately emitted from the ulnar trunk oF

somewhat contiguous at the base itself (Sid).

1886. ] K. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 30

42. Brenna carrrunata, Walker.

Benna capitulata, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 90, t. 8, £. 8, (1856),

2. Testaceous: abdomen with long cottony secretions; capitate ap-

pendages with white tips: tegmina and wings hyaline, the former

with a very slight testaceous tinge ; veins brown, testaceous towards the

base and in the front, with a black basal dot and two smaller brown dots

near the base: the transverse veinlets partly clouded brown, a brown

streak along the exterior border; stigma testaceous (Walker). Body

long, 6; ; teg. 163 millims.

Reported from Singapore,

Subfam. Detrnacina, Stal.

Delphacida, Stal, Hem. Afrio. iv, pp. 131, 175 (1866) 4 Delphacina, Ofvers.

K, V.-A. Forh., p. 747 (1870).

Distinguished by having the last pair of tibie furnished with a

mobile spur (Stal).

Genus Hyayors, Guérin.

: Ugyops, Guérin, Voy. Bél. Ind. Orient. p. 477 (1843) ; Spinola, A. 8. EH. PB, viii,

p. 321 (1839); Walker, List Hem. B. M. ii, p. 838 (1851): Hygyops, Stal, Hem.

Afric. iv, p. 175 (1866): includes Bidis, Walker, J. Linn., Soo, Zool. i, p. 88 (1856) :

Hygiops, Am, & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 511 (1843),

Antennz inserted below tho eyes, almost as long as the body; two

first joints equal, cylindrical, with the filament inserted at the tip of the

second joint, which is granulate; eyes very slightly emarginate beneath ;

apparently no ocelli: frons narrow, a little ascending, anteriorly much

longer than broad, a little dilated in the middle, longitudinally grooved :

rostrum as long as the head, covered at its base by a pointed, oblong la-

brum: pronotum narrower than the mesonotum, a little emarginate pos-

teriorly ; mesonotum triangular, apex pointing behind: tegmina narrower

than the wings, oblong: abdomen flattered, feet long, spinose (Guérin).

43, Hyayors PERCHERONII, Guérin.

Ugyops percheronii, Guérin, Voy, Bél. Ind. Orient. p. 478 (1834) ; Icon. Régne

Anim., ¢, 58, f. 16 (1830-34) ; Burm., Handb. Ent. ii (i), p. 152 (1835); Spinola,

A. 8. E. F. viii, p. 323 (1839) ; Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 338 (1851).

Hygiops percheronti, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 512 (1843),

Ferruginous red, antenne of the same colour, brown at the tip :

tegmina and wings transparent, veins reddish: beneath and feet ferru-

ginous (Guérin). Body long, 5; exp. teg., 16 millims.

Reported from Cochin China,

36. EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

44, Hyayors notivena, Walker.

Bidis notivena, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 88 (1856).

Hygyops notivena, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 175 (1866).

3, 9. Testaceous, partly green : tegmina and wings transparent, the

former with a very slight testaceous tinge ; veins testaceous, here and there

blackish: the g partly red (Walker). Body long, 4}; teg., 125 millims.

Reported from Singapore, Malacca. .

Subfam. Acurnina, Stal.

Achilida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, pp. 180,181 (1866); Achilina, Stal, Ofvers.

K. V.-A. Forh., p. 748 (1870).

Head narrower than the thorax; sides of the clypeus carinate: last

joint of rostrum elongate: thorax angularly emarginate at the base:

tegmina amplified inwards behind the clavus which is very rarely granu-

lated, acute at the apex, distinctly closed; the claval vein continued to

the apex itself or united with the claval suture near the apex: last pair

of tarsi with the first joint elongate.

Genus Faventia, Stal.

Hem. Afric, iv, p. 181 (1866) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 748 (1870).

Head narrower than the thorax ; frons with a long and clypeus with

a distinct ridge running through it, the lateral ridges on the clypeus not

united at the apex: thorax very short, angularly emarginate at the

- pase: scutellum tricarinate : tegmina roundly truncated at the apex; the

interior ulnar and the radial vein forked before the middle: first tibia

longer than the femora and trochanters taken together, the last pair

unispinose (Stal). Type, C. pustulatus, Walker.

45. FAVENTIA PUSTULATA, Walker.

‘Ciwius pustulatus, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 87 (1856).

Faventia pustulata, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 392 (1866).

Tawny, testaceous beneath: head greenish, with a black dot on each

side, ridges ferruginous: tegmina with some paler marks and with

many minute blackish dots which are accompanied by 2—3 larger and

darker dots: wings brown (Walker). Body long, 6}; teg., 143 millims.

Reported from Singapore.

Genus Henicoprera, Amyot & Serville.

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 526 (1843) ; Stil, Hem. Afric, iv, pp. 181, 184 (1866) :

includes Elidiptera, Spin., A. 8. H. F. viii, p. 504 (1839); Walker, List Hom,

B. M. ii, p. 328 (1851). '

1886. ] H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota, 37

Body depressed: head much narrower than the thorax, produced

before the eyes ; vertex posteriorly about twice as broad as the. eyes,

somewhat concave, not ridged ; frons much longer than broad, distinctly

narrowed upwards, more or less distinctly ridged in the middle; sides

of clypeus ridged: eyes rounded, obsoletely sinuated beneath: second

joint of the antennsz somewhat globose: thorax tricarinate, lateral ridges

not reaching the base: scutellum tricarinate: tegmina rounded at the

apex ; the radial and exterior ulnar veins united at the base; radial and

exterior ulnar vein forked rather far from the base: feet moderate, first

tibie subequal in length to the femora and trochanters taken together ;

last tibize unispinose (Stal).

46. HELICOPYHRA P SMARAGDILINEA, Walker.

Elidiptera smaragdilinea, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 86 (1856).

Ferruginous : head about the eyes and on each side of the frong, a

spot in the middle of the pronotum and one on each side and a stripe

on the mesonotum, emerald-green: cephalic protuberance, slender, cylin-

drical ascending, black above, green beneath, about twice the length of the

head above ; frons long and narrow ; face and pectus black and white: ab-

domen with a green stripe on each side and a black stripe on each side

beneath : legs tawny, femora black at the base; tibie and tarsi partly

green ; fore tibise white towards the tips: tegmina and wings limpid, the

former with a narrow brown streak along the terminal part of the costa,

and with a broad brown streak along the corresponding part of the hind

border, the two streaks connected by a brown streak along the transverse

veinlets (Walker). Body long, 95: teg., 23 millims.

Reported from Mount Ophir, Singapore.

Subfam. Troprpucuina, Stal.

Tropiduchida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 180, 186 (1866) : Tropiduchina, Ofvers,

K, V.-A. Forh., p. 748 (1870).

Head narrower than the thorax ; sides of clypeus without a ridge or

with an obtuse ridge: thorax very often angularly emarginate at the

base, very rarely roundly sinuate, tricarinate ; lateral ridges diverging,

very often reaching the base ; commisural margin of tegmina straight or

rounded behind the clavus which is generally as in Achilina ; costa some-

times dilated, costal membrane transversely veined ; He joint of last

tarsi elongate (Stal).

38 KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

Genus Darapax, Walker.

J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 85 (1856) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 188 (1866).

Head lanceolate, ascending, carinate on both sides ; frons lanceolate,

with a median and lateral ridges: antenne globose, very minute, seti-

form filament moderately long, very slender: pronotum much arched

with a slight median ridge, each side forming a fusiform compartment :

mesonotum quadricarinate: tegmina fusiform, with numerous parallel

equidistant veinlets along the costa; ulnar areas long; apical areas

short, like those of the costa (Walker).

47. DARADAX FUSIPENNIS, Walker.

Daradaz fusipennis, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 86 (1856).

Green, partly lutescent : tegmina with brown dots along the exterior

margin: wings white (Walker.) Body long, 6; teg., 145 millims.

Reported from Malacca.

Genus Tropipucuus, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 248 (1854) ; Hem. Afric. iv, p. 188 (1866) : includes

Euria, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 87 (1856).

Body oblong: head somewhat narrower than the thorax, slightly

prominulous before the eyes, obtuse: vertex arcuate, transverse, much

broader than the eyes, deeply sinuated at the base, rounded at the apex ;

frons much longer than broad, somewhat narrowed upwards, with 1 or 3

ridges; clypeus with a median ridge, sides convex or obtusely ridged :

rostrum somewhat short: second joint of the antennz small, subglobose:

thorax short, angularly emarginate at the base, tricarinate on the disc :

scutellum tricarinate : tegmina not or but slightly narrowed towards the

apex ; costa remote from the margin, emitting outwards numerous trans-

verse veins, radial and ulnar veins forked rather distant before the middle

and at an equal length from the base ; apical part with two rows of trans-

verse veins: feet moderate; first tibie somewhat longer than the femora

and trochanters taken together, last tibize trispinose (Stal).

48, TrRopipUcHUS LURIDUS, Walker.

Euria lurida, Walker, J, Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 88 (1856).

Brownish, paler beneath: head green with tawny ridges: tegmina

and wings lurid, the former with four brown bands of which the first and

second are dilated in front, the third is slender, curved, joined at each

end to the second, the fourth is marginal: wings with three brown bands

(Walker.) Body long, 5;; teg., 143 millims.

Reported from Singapore.

1886. ] HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 39

Genus Exica, Walker.

J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 86 (1856).

Head conical, slightly ascending, tricarinate above: frons lanceo-

late, tetragonal, tricarinate, the lateral ridges curved, margins also

ridged : antennee conical, setiform filament twice as long as the preceding

part: pronotum very short: mesonotum tricarinate: tegmina broad

with numerous transverse veinlets along the costa; ulnar areas elongate

towards the base of the tegmina; apical areas more numerous, short, and

generally 5—6 angled (Walker).

49, HLicA LATIPENNIS, Walker.

Elica latipennis, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 86 (1856).

Testaceous, partly tawny : head above and disc of the thorax, brown :

tegmina hyaline with a slight testaceous tinge; veins tawny, some of

them black, forming an irregular, incomplete band (Walker). Body

long, 77; teg., 19 millims.

Reported from Malacca.

Genus Monopsts, Spinola.

A. 8. E. F. viii, p. 302 (1839) ; Amyot & Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p.

507 (1848) ; Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 325 (1851).

Cephalic prolongation flattened above, ovally rounded anteriorly ;

the flat portion of the vertex has a median ridge dividing into two lines

posteriorly which form a very pointed arch placed above another arch on

the pronotum; frons broad with a median and two lateral ridges:

eyes large, oblong: pronotum very narrow, emarginate posteriorly

in an arch; mesonotum with three elevated lines: tegmina slightly

crystalline and transparent almost as in the genus Dichoptera ; the great

basal half with long cells, then comes a small elevated transverse line

and then a great number of small and more or less quadrate cells: abdo-

men rather flat and oblong: feet moderate (Am. & Serv.).

50. MOoNopsiIs vrripicans, Stal.

Monopsis viridicans, Stal, Freg. Hug. Resa. Ins., p. 281 (1859).

@. Weakly virescent: vertex nearly semicircularly produced before

the eyes; frons one and half time longer than the breadth, carinated ;

thorax somewhat longer than the vertex, roundly produced anteriorly,

tricarinate, the lateral ridges oblique: scutellum tricarinate, the lateral

ridges somewhat divergent towards the base, parallel, nearly three and

half time longer than the breadth (Stal). Long with teg., 7 millims.

Reported from Hong-Kong, Sikkim (?).

40 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

51. Monopsts (P) srntca, Walker.

Monopsis sinica, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 827 (1851).

2. Body fusiform, yellowish-green: head and thorax tawny above,

the former surrounded by a bright green ridge on each side and in front

and with three others of which the lateral pair do not extend be-

yond the disc from the hind border: pronotum with three bright green

ridges, the side pair oblique, longer than the median one: réstrum and

legs pale yellowish-green: feet tawny; hind tibie between the middle

and the tips, with three spines having black tips: tegmina and wings

colourless, the basal part of the former pale green, occupying two-thirds

of the surface, covered with little tawny tubercles, very distinct from

the reticulated part; veins green. Body long 33; exp. teg., 105 millims.

Reported from Hong-Kong.

Genus Hrracia, Walker.

J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 154 (1857).

Body elliptical convex : head with the borders hardly elevated ; ver-

tex conical, distinctly tricarinate ; frons and face indistinctly tricarinate,

the former obconical, excavated next the face which is lanceolate : pro-

notum full twice broader than long, narrower in front, 5-carinate ; meso-

notum triangular, acuminate, tricarinate : tegmina acuminate with nume-

rous rugulose veins and transverse veinlets (Walker).

52. HiraciA WALKERI, Signoret.

Hiracia walkeri, Signoret, A. S. H. F. (4 sér.) i, p. 57, t. 2, f. 3 (1861).

Yellowish-grey with two black patches on the tegmina: head weak-

ly angular in front with a median keel on the frons: vertex grooved

with the margins strongly carinated, posterior margin concave: prono-

tum angular, rounded in front, furnished with a great number of small

tubercles along the anterior margin and on its disc and a median trans-

verse impression: scutellum weakly tricarinate: tegmina with veins

without anastomoses but faintly reticulated in the intervals, a median

triangular black spot towards costal margin and an oblong spot behind

towards the internal margin; abdomen yellowish, shorter than the

tegmina; feet yellow, very long ; posterior tibie furnished on the external

sides with seven spines, a character which serves to separate this species

from H. ignava, Walker, from Borneo (Sign.). Body long, 7; broad,

3 millims.

Reported from India.

1886. ] EH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. Al

Subfam. Dersina, Stal.

Derbida, Hem. Afrio. iv, pp. 130, 192 (1866) ; Derbina, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh.

p. 750 (1870).

Head very often narrower than the thorax: sides of clypeus some-

times carinated : last joint of rostrum short or very short; thorax pos-

teriorly angularly-emarginate, ecarinate or furnished with an obsolete

ridge: costa simple; clavus generally as in Achilina: last tibie very

often unarmed, rarely spinose; first joint of last tarsi, elongate (Stal).

Genus Puenice, Westwood.

Trang. Linn. Soc. xix, p. 10 (1845) ; Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 163 (1856) ,

Hem. Afric. iv, pp. 192, 195 (1866). Amyot & Serville [Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p.

615 (1843) ] unite Phenice with Derbe, Fabr. for reasons given ; the remainder of the

species described are chiefly African.

Body oval: head much narrower than the thorax, seen from the

side, more or less rounded anteriorly, slightly compressly prominulous

before the eyes ; vertex and frons very narrow, the latter linear with the

lateral margins sometimes contiguous; clypeus long, tricarinate: eyes

posteriorly sinuate beneath, extended to a distance downwards: no ocelli:

second joint of the antenne varying in length, oval or a little elongate,

without a sinus at the apex above: last joint of rostrum very minute :

thorax short, posteriorly deeply angularly-emarginate: scutellum obso-

letely tricarinate: tezmina elongate, gradually amplified from the base

to the middle, thence somewhat narrowed or furnished with parallel

sides, much longer than the wings; clavus short; radial vein forked,

ulnar vein emitting inwards obliquely longitudinal branches towards the

commissural margin, these branches united by a transverse vein: feet

slender, last tibizse sometimes spinose (Stal).

53. PHENICE Masta, Westwood.

Derbe (Phenice) mesta, Westwood, A. M. N. H. (2 sér.) vii, p. 209 (1851).

Derbe mesta, Walker. List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 397 (1851).

Phenice mesta, Stal, Ofvers, K. V.-A. Férh. p. 750 (1870).

Black, variegated white: a narrow frontal ridge on the head and

the penultimate joint of the rostrum, whitish: three very fine ridges on

the mesonotum and the posterior margin broader in the middle, white:

feet white: tegmina black, costa and last half spotted white: wings

smoky: lateral anal appendages in 4, straight, incurved at the apex and

acuminate (Westwood). Exp. teg., 139 millims.

Reported from India.

42 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

54. PHENICE CARNOSA, Westwood.

Derbe (Phenice ?) carnosa, Westwood, A. M. N. H. (2 sér.) vii, p. 209 (1851).

Entirely luteous flesh-coloured ; four anterior tibie, fuscous: teg-

mina and wings yellowish hyaline, costal margin behind the middle of

the tegmina and external margin of the wings, fuscous, the latter with a

median black dot: apical joint of rostrum, black: anal appendages in ¢,

elongate, curved, forcipate: abdomen in ? terminated by two porrect

horns (Westwood). Exp. teg., 143 millims.

Reported from India.

Subfam. Lopnorina, Stal.

Lophopida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, pp. 180, 199 (1866),

Head narrower than thorax, sides of clypeus carinate; rostrum

short, stout, last joint very short ; thorax truncate at the base, carinated

or tuberculated on the disc; first joint of last tarsi robust, less long.

Differs from the Tropiduchina in having the thorax truncated at the base,

the last joint of the tarsi very short and the basal joint of last tarsi stoutish

short or somewhat shortish: from the Issina in having the thorax dis-

tinctly tricarinated or tuberculated on the disc, the tegmina rather ample,

flat, and extending much beyond the apex of the abdomen and from the

Ricaniina in having the thorax truncated at the base, dise distinctly

carinated or tuberculated and last joint of rostrum very short (Stal).

Genus Lacusa, Stal.

Berlin Ent. Zeitsohr. vi, p. 309 (1862) ; Hem. Afrio. iv, p. 199 (1866).

Head somewhat narrower than the thorax; vertex not produced,

somewhat transverse, lateral margins not dilated; frons elongate, furnish-

ed with two ridges converging upwards ; clypeus carinate in the middle

and on both sides: thorax truncated at the base, rounded anteriorly be-

hind the vertex, tricarinate: scutellum tricarinate: tegmina rather

ample, costal and commissural margins parallel, broadly rounded at the

apex, costal limbus obliquely, transversely veined: anterior feet much

dilated, foliaceous: last tibiz trispinose, gradually slightly dilated to-

wards the apex (Stal). Allied to Hlasmoscelis, but distinct in the struc-

ture of the head.

55. Lacusa Fuscorasciata, Stal.

Elasmoscelis (7) fusco-fasciata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 248 (1854).

Cixius eminens, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 42 (1858).

Lacusa fusco-fasciata, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitsohr. vi, p, 809 (1862).

1886.] HE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 43

é Black-fuscous: head, thorax, scutellum, rostrum, and tarsi testa-

ceous-whitish, frons and scutellum infuscate: tegmina and wings vitre-

ous ; three bands on the tegmina, the posterior two oppositely oblique

.and united at the commissure, confluent spots on the apex, small trans-

verse lines on the costal limbus and dots sprinkled over the disc, black-

fuscous ; wings internally and at the apex broadly fuscescent; feet

sparingly sprinkled pallid (Stal). Body long, 53; exp. teg., 163 millims,

Reported from India.

Genus Coreturura, Hope.

Trans. Linn. Soo. xix, p. 135 (1845) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 200 (1866).

Body short, stout: the apex of the abdomen furnished with a very

large and well-marked floccose appendage: head carinate in front: face

seen in front narrow: rostrum of median length: clypeus large, in-

flated : antenns inserted beneath the eyes, very short, setose to some

leneth at the apex: ocelli minute placed a little before the eyes: first

pair of feet with depressed tibic, last tibis externally tridentate (Hope).

56. CoRETHRURA FUSCcOVARIA, Hope.

Oorethrura fusco-varia, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix, p. 135, t. 12, f. 60 (1845) ;

Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 395 (1851).

Body above somewhat fuscous ; head witha whitish transverse line,

three rows of white spots on the thorax: abdomen fuscous-green, extre-

mity provided with a subochraceous cottony appendage longer than the

entire body: tegmina varied with fuscous, having numerous interrupted

bands of a more saturated colour and patches of a farinose powdery sub-

stance: wings paler brownish, hyaline, immaculate (Hope). Body long,

19; exp. teg., 58-59 millims.

Reported from Silhat.

Subfam. Issina, Stal.

Issida, Stal, Hem. Afrio. iv, pp. 180, 202: Issina, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 754

(1870).

Head not or only a little narrower than the thorax; clypeus very

often convex, lateral margins very rarely furnished with a ridge ; thorax

truncated at the base, rarely broadly roundly-sinuated, without a median

ridge or only an obsolete one; scutellum short, rarely twice longer than

the thorax: tegmina coriaceous or subcorneous, rarely vitreous, very

rarely flat, more or less convex, sometimes very much abbreviated : clavus

and clayal vein generally as in Achilina: first joint of last tarsi short or

moderate very rarely elongate. Differs from Ricanina in the thorax being

44, KE, T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

truncated or slightly sinuated at the base, scutellum short never more

than twice as long as the thorax ; tegmina very ample, very often con-

vexish, not or but little extending beyond the abdomen (Stal).

Genus Hemispuarivs, Schaum.

Allg. Enc. Wissensch. Kunst. i, p. 61, (1850): Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 203

(1866).

Last joint of rostrum longer than stout, oval, oblong or elongate :

tegmina entirely convex, very obsoletely veined or without veins, clavus

and corium connate, no claval suture: body depressed ; vertex narrower

than the eyes or subequal in breadth; thorax truncated at the base,

sinuated behind the eyes, sides behind the eyes hardly visible from above ;

last tibiee bispinose: anterior femora simple (Stal). This beautiful

genus has the entire tegmina quite coriaceous like those of the lady-bird

beetles.

57. HLEMISPHHRIUS RUFOVARIUS, Walker.

Hemispherius rufovarius, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 95 (1858) ; Butler,

A. M.N. H. (5 sér.) xvi, p. 96 (1875).

Testaceous: vertex transverse with a red mark on the disc, frons

and face flat; frons with a red disc, face black, lanceolate: pronotum

with three minute red marks: mesonotum with a red stripe on each

side: abdomen with a black band beneath: tegmina rather narrower and

more oblong than in the other species of the genus (Walker). Body

long, 83; teg., 85 millims.

Reported from Burma.

Genus Fravina, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. xviii, p. 209 (1861) ; Hem. Afrio. iv, p. 206 (1866).

Wings cleft, fairly ample, irregularly reticulated; head distinctly

narrower than the thorax, vertex subquadrate ; frons slightly rounded a

little above the clypeus on both sides, longer than broad ; clypeus ecari-

nate; thorax truncated at the base, angulated anteriorly behind the

vertex ; scutellum somewhat longer than the thorax, tegmina extending

somewhat beyond the abdomen, the costa and the commissure subparallel,

gradually roundly-narrowed at the apex; the principal exterior vein

near the base, the median vein towards the apex and interior vein before

the middle, forked, the two last united before the middle by a more

distinct transverse veinlet, the interior branch of the fork of that vein

also forked: last tibies 5-spinose (Sidl).

1886. ] E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 45

58. FLAvina GRANULATA, Stal.

Flavina granulata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. xviii, p. 212 (1861).

2. Weakly yellow-testaceous ; tegmina sparingly sprinkled fuscous,

extreme part of angles of vertex and basal angles of frons, fuscous ; frons

scarcely twice as long as its median breadth, furnished with a median

ridge obliterated near the clypeus and a small subbasal, transverse, an-

gulated ridge; thorax granulate; scutellum unicarinate ; anterior tibiz

with two broadly, weakly fuscous rings (Stal). Long with teg., 8 mil-

lims.

Reported from India.

Genus Hupiiis, Walker.

J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 93 (1856) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 207 (1866); Berlin

Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 393 (1866) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 760 (1870).

Body very oblong: clypeus transversely convex before the middle,

not compressly elevated: tegmina membranous, vitreous, very oblong,

scarcely gradually amplified towards the apex, obtusely rounded at the

apex; exterior branch of the radial vein running out at the costa or

sending out a short branch to the costa; claval veins united almost in

the middle of the clavus; wings emarginate at the apex, with two veins

running towards the apical incisure united towards the apex: last tibiz

bispinose behind the middle (Stal).

59. HUpPILIs ALBILINEOLA, Walker.

Eupilis albilineola, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 93 (1856) ; p. 162 (1857).

?. Testaceous, partly pale-green : frons black, shining, with a tawny

central spot and with a testaceous border: face with two black bands,

the anterior one macular: thorax and pectus with black spots: abdomen

with black bands: tegmina and wings transparent, veins black; the

tegmina slightly lurid with five brown streaks; transverse veiulets,

white (Walker). Body long 8}; teg., 25 millims.

Reported from Singapore.

Genus Tempsa, Stal.

Hem. Afrio. iv, p. 208 (1866) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 761 (1870).

Body oblong, somewhat cylindrical: head and thorax somewhat

equal in breadth, the former obtuse: vertex subequal in breadth to the

eyes, truncated, transverse, not produced before the eyes ; clypeus trans-

versely convex before the middle, not compressly elevated, sides without

a ridge: frons somewhat longer than broad, narrowed upwards, with

a longitudinal ridge: thorax anteriorly angulated, truncated at the base;

46 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

scutellum longer by more than half than the thorax: tegmina oblong

somewhat narrowed towards the apex, obliquely truncated at the apex;

coriaceous, somewhat opaque or slightly pellucid; interior ulnar vein

simple or forked at a greater distance from the base than the exterior

ulnar vein; exterior branch of the radial vein continued towards the

apex of the corium, emitting no branch to the costa; claval veins united

behind the middle of the clavus; wings broad, with two veins running

towards the apical incisure united towards the apex: last tibies bispinose

behind the middle (Stal).

60. TempsaA MaLaya, Stal.

Issus malayus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 246 (1854).

Eupilis malaya, Stal, Freg. Bug. Resa Ins., p. 277 (1858).

Tempsa malaya, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 393 (1866).

3. Elongate, sordid flavescent, obscurely spotted: frons tricarinate

the median ridge distinct, continued through, the lateral ridges obsolete,

two spots in the middle and four spots on the scutellum, black-fuscous :

tegmina elongate, subparallel, longer than the abdomen, somewhat

ferruginous, costal margin of a weaker colour. Head sordid flavescent,

obscurely spotted, at the apex before the eyes a little truncately produced,

vertex quadrate, with a transverse somewhat arched ridge at the apex;

frons one-third narrower than its length, very broad towards the apex,

gradually somewhat narrowed towards the base, tricarinate, the median

ridge continued through, distinct, the lateral ridge obsolete, converging

much towards the base, confluent at the base, in the middle on both

sides at the median ridge, fuscous: thorax as long as the vertex, tri-

angularly produced, fuscous-flavescent, somewhat impressed lengthwise :

scutellum scarcely twice as long as the thorax, obsoletely tricarinate,

sordid flavescent, with four small fuscous spots: tegmina extending

beyond the abdomen, thrice as long as the median breadth, gradually a

little amplified from the base, thence scarcely gradually amplified,

obliquely subtruncate at the apex, with longitudinal veins, veins robust,

remotely united by other less distinct transverse veins; with a ferruginous

tinge, costal margin weak testaceous-flavescent, subhyaline: wings

sordid hyaline with fuscous veins, as Jong as the tegmina: beneath with

feet, weak sordid flavescent (Stal). Long with teg., 9; broad, 35 mil-

lims.

Reported from Malacca, Singapore.

Genus Trrrica, Stal.

Hem. Afrio. iv, p. 208 (1866).

Body oval or suboblong: frons subtruncate at the apex, narrowed

upwards, unicarinate ; last joint of rostrum oblong or subelongate ; thorax

1886. ] H. I. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 47

and scutellum together, transverse, the former truncated at the base,

anteriorly obtusely angulated, the latter about twice longer than the

thorax: tegmina slightly narrowed behind the middle, at the apex very

obtusely rounded ; corium a little longer than the clavus; radial vein of

tegmina forked at the base, ulnar veins forked in the middle or a little

before the middle : wings very broad, deeply emarginate at the apex:

last tibiee bispinose: first joint of last tarsi rather short. Head and thorax

equally broad, the former not prominulous before the eyes, vertex trans-

verse, subequal in. breadth to the eyes; frons equally long and broad,

amplified near the apex: sides of clypeus furnished with a ridge: body a

little compressed (Stal). Type, 7’. fusca, Stal.

61. Trrrica rusca, Stal.

Tetrica fusca, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 757, note, (1870).

8. Fuscous, subcompressed, feet pallescent: corium and clavus

obsoletely sprinkled pale on the disc: vertex twice broader than long:

frons nearly equally long and towards the apex broad, furnished with a

single, distinct, obtuse ridge running through it, continued through the ~

clypeus: tegmina somewhat broadish, gradually a little amplified from

the base scarcely to the middle, thence distinctly narrowed (Stal).

Long with teg., 5; millims.

Reported from Burma.

Species of doubtful position.

62. Issus (?) PECTINIPENNIS, Guérin.

Issus pectinipennis, Guérin, Voy. Bélanger Ind. Orient. p. 475 (1834) ; Spin.,

A. 8. E. F. viii, p. 347 (1839) : Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 362 (1851).

Luteous spotted with black: head transverse, anteriorly trispinose,

one obtuse point in front of each eye and one forming a prolongation of

the frons : tegmina anteriorly dilated, luteous or ochraceous-yellow, with

some small tubercles and short transverse streaks, black; wings brunne-

ous: body beneath yellow, variegated with black; feet flavescent. The

anterior margin of the tegmina is spinose ; it comprises a limbus outside

the radius as broad as the external flap of the wing, about half a line,

transparent, vitriform, or like an exceedingly fine plate of talc, furnished

throughout with oblique veins (parallel to each other) contrasting in

colour and substance with that of the limbus itself. These veins when

the limbus is injured stand out like the teeth of a comb and give a pecu-

liar appearance to the insect. ‘The frons is ascending and is divided from

the base to the upper margin into three facettes which form between them

obtuse angles ; the median increases from below upwards and reaches the

vertex and is divided by a longitudinal ridge which descends from above

48 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

and loses itself towards the middle of the frons ; the two interior facettes

rise a little higher than the median but without converging above it;

they bend outwards and end in an acute and prominent point above the

eyes. The vertex is broader than long, concave, margins gently raised,

anterior bisinuate, posterior weakly emarginate. Median lobe of pronos

tum broad, rounded. Long, 10; exp. teg., 23 millims,

Reported from Bengal.

63. Issus (P) TESTUDINARIUS, Stal.

Issus testudinarius, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 246 (1854).

Obscurely ferruginous: frons with a longitudinal ridge in the middle

and a transverse one at the base: tegmina coriaceous, longitudinal veins

elevated: beneath and feet yellow-testaceous: entire anterior femora

and last pair at the apex, fuscescent: abdomen, fuscous in the middle

(Stal). Long, 8; broad, 6 millims.

Reported from Penang.

Genus CrrEeNrE, Westwood.

Arc. Ent. ii, p. 35 (1843).

Body short, stout, abdomen compressed: head with frons conical,

long, porrect, acute at the apex, carinate above at the sides, ridges ob-

literated before the apex, posteriorly extended to the pronotum: eyes

large, lateral, emarginate beneath: no ocelli: antenne small, inserted

below the eyes: pronotum as long as the mesonotum, disc impressed in

the middle with two points: tegmina coriaceous, opaque, homogeneous,

convex, broad; anterior margin sinuate, rounded at the apex, posterior

angle, acute; veins little branched: feet short, robust, last tibis

curved, armed inwards towards the apex with three spines: abdomen

truncated at the apex, ending in two lobes, furnished with a slender,

erect appendage, concave at the apex (Westwood). The entire surface of

the tegmina is covered with an immense number of minute, circular,

elevated areas, visible only under the lens and which give it a shagreened

appearance: when at rest the tegmina are carried almost perpendi-

cularly.

64. Cyrene Fusirormis, Walker.

Cyrene fusiformis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 47 (1858).

Chalepus aconophoroides, Walker, 1. c. p. 192 (1858).

8, 9. Testaceous: head produced in a lanceolate horn which is

straight, hardly ascending, a little longer than the thorax and has three

slight ridges above and beneath: tegmina very convex in front, straight

1886. ] HE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 49

along the interior border, very acute at the tips, with several indistinct,

ramified brown marks, veins few: wings vitreous, tinged with grey, a

testaceous tinge towards the base; veins few, pale (Walker). Body

long 103-123 ; teg. 19-23 millims.

Reported from N. China, India: the Indian Museum has a specimen

from Sikkim.

65. CyYRENE westwoop!, Signoret.

Cyrene westwoodi, Signoret, A. S. EH. F. (4sé€r.) ii, p. 124, t. 1, f.5, A. B.C.

(1862).

Brown yellow: a whitish-yellow line extends from the tip of the

head to the end of the tegmina which have several dots of the same

colour on the disc and are granulate through the whole length so as to have

the appearance of being shagreened : head once and half longer than

broad, including the eyes, black at the extremity and with a whitish

yellow median band, a little elevated; sides carinate: frons concave at

the base and grooved, quadricarinate towards its upper third ; the two

median ridges reaching the extremity of the head ; whereas the two lateral

ridges proceed obliquely upwards, contour the head and lose themselves

in the lateral ridges of the vertex towards its upper third: rostrum short

not extending beyond the posterior coxe: eyes not emarginate, oval.

Pronotum thrice broader than long, rugose, especially towards the

anterior and posterior borders with an elevated whitish yellow band

and on each side a sunken spot ; posterior margin truncated straightly,

anterior convex with a strong emargination below the eyes : mesonotum

triangular and remarkable for a ridge or rather transverse fold near the

anterior margin and very distinct from it this fold appears a little below

the latter and extends from one humeral angle to the other and also a

little below. Tegmina concave, shell-shaped, with the posterior angle

acute, the anterior margin convex, rounded, a little concave on reaching

the posterior angle, posterior or sutural margin straight and whitish, the

entire surface shagreened ; veins numerous and branched towards the

tip, several whitish dots on the disc: wings transparent hyaline: abdo-

men reddish yellow, compressed : feet brown-yellowish ; posterior femora

with two lateral spines towards the extremity (Sign.). Body long, 14;

teg. extended, 22 millims.

Reported from Cochin-China, Burma (?).

Subfam. Ricaniwa, Stal.

Ricaniida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 131, 219 (1866) ; Ricaniina, Ofvers. K. V.-A.

Forh., p. 765 (1870).

50 KH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota, [Nor

Head broad or very broad, sometimes somewhat narrower than the

thorax; sides of clypeus very often without a ridge; thorax posteriorly

roundly sinuated, without ridges or furnished only with an obsolete

median ridge: scutellum very large, long: tegmina flat, ample or very

ample, costa dilated ; costal membrane transversely veined or reticulated :

last tibiee spinose ; first joint of last tarsi short or shortish. “Differs from

Tropiduchina in having the thorax without discoidal ridges or only with

a single rather obsolete one and the first jot of the last tarsi being

short or shortish (Stal).

Genus RicanrA, Germar, Stal.

Mag. Ent. iii, p. 221 (1818) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 221 (1866): Fieber, Rev.

Mag. Zool. (8 sér.) ii, p. 842 (1875).

Germar formed this genus from Fata, Fabr., taking the Indian

species ft. hyalina, Fabr., as his type with the following description :—

‘Head short, transverse: frons lower, subovate, margined on the sides :

clypeus annexed to the apex of the frons, conical, subulate at the apex:

labrum concealed; rostrum shorter than half the body: eyes globose,

pedunculate above: ocelli inserted on the lower margins of the eyes:

antenne distant from the eyes, short, first joint minute, cylindrical,

second short, thicker at the apex, obliquely truncated, setigerous.’ This

was subsequently reduced by the creation of several genera which Stal

reviews, absorbing some, and making other sections or subgenera.

Stal includes in Ricania his own genus Scolypopa (Ber). Ent. Zeitschr.

ili, p. 825, 1859) and gives the following diagnosis of the genus :—

Body very broad, not prominent before the eyes anteriorly trun-

cate or obtusely rounded: vertex very broad, short; frons transverse or

equally long and broad, very often keeled; sides of clypeus without a

ridge: thorax slightly arched, very often furnished with a fine ridge in

the middle: scutellum furnished with three ridges running through it

and anteriorly on both sides with an abbreviated ridge: tegmina varying

in form and size, very often triangular and very ample; basal tegula

large or somewhat largish ; two veins emitted from the base of the

clavus united in the middle or behind the middle of the clavus: wings

moderate or small, anal area furnished with a simple vein: feet moder-

ate, simple; last tibis very often bispinose, very rarely trispinose.

The principal divisions or subgenera are :—

1. Pochazia, Am. and Serv. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 528 (1843) ;

which includes R. fasciata, Fabr., and various African and Indian species.

2. Tarundia, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. iti, p. 825 (1859) and

Rio Jan. Hem. ii, p. 70 (1862); which includes several species from

Africa and the Indian Archipelago.

1886. ] HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 51

3. Represented by R. quinquefasciata, Stal, from Africa.

4. Mulvia, Stal, formerly represented by African species.

5. Deraulax, Signoret, A. 8. H. F. (8 sér.) viii, p. 191 (1860) ;

type D. versicolor, Sign. [l. c.], from Madagascar.

6. Pochariea, Signoret, 1. c., p. 192 (1860) ; type, P. ocellata, Sign.,

(J. c., p. 192 (1860) ], from Madagascar.

7. Pochazoides, Signoret, 1. c., p. 198 (1860) ; type, P. maculatus,

Sign. [/. ¢., p 193 (1860)], from Wagdeeedseaet:

8. Privesa, Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. ii. p. 70 (1862) ; type, R. levifrons

Stal [Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxii, p. 151 (1861)], from Mozambique.

Out of the eight subgenera, the Indian species, hitherto recorded,

fall under the first two and principally under the first, Pochazia.

66. Ricanra HYALINA, Fabricius.

Cercopis fenestrata, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 688 (1775); Stoll, Cig. p. 75, t. 19,

f. 102 (1788).

Cicada hyalina, Fabr., Syst. Ent. App. 832 (1775) ; Spec. Ins. ii, p. 826 (1781) ;

Mant. Ins. ii, p. 272 (1787) ; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 40 (1794).

Flata hyalina, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 51 (1803).

Ricania hyalina, Germar, Mag. Ent. iii, p. 224 (1818) ; Burm., Handb. Ent. ii

(i) p. 161 (1835).

Flatoides hyalina, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 404 (1851).

Flatoides orientis, Walker, 1. c., p. 417 (1851).

Ricania fenestrata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 489 (1862) ; Hem. Fabr. ii,

p. 105 (1869).

Body small, entirely ferruginous-fuscous: tegmina broad of the

same colour, with an abbreviated, broad, hyaline band in the middle,

behind the band two small hyaline spots and the posterior margin, inter-

rupted in the middle, hyaline: wings fuscous, immaculate (Fabr.).

Fabricius (in Spec. Ins. l. c.) abandons the name ‘ fenestrata’ first

given by him to this species which was evidently based on an error both

of description and in the locality (S. America) assigned to the species.

The rectification of the author should be accepted, especially as he

gives the name ‘fenestrata’ subsequently (Syst. Rhyng. p. 51) to a

different species. This is Germar’s type of the genus. Long, 5;; teg.,

16; millims ?

Reported from Ceylon, India; the Indian Museum possess a speci-

men from Calcutta (?).

67. RiIcANIA FENESTRATA, Fabricius.

Flata fenestrata, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 51 (1803).

Flatoides fenestrata, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 404 (1851).

Ricania Fabricii, Stal, Hem, Fabr. ii, p. 104 (1868).

52 E. T, Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. ],

Stature entirely of Rf. hyalina, Fabr., but smaller: body black :

tegmina fuscous, hyaline at the base, spot on the anterior margin and

punctures, fuscous ; in the middle a broad oblique hyaline band and nu-

merous spots, hyaline: entire wings obscure hyaline (Fabr.). Allied to

R. mellerborgi, Stal.

Reported from Java.

68. RiIcANIA MELLERBORGI, Stal.

Ricania mellerborgi, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. xi, p. 247 (1854).

Flatoides discalis, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 89 (1856) ; p. 156 (1857).

Testaceous : tegmina fuscous with a large transverse patch and

spots on the margin, whitish-hyaline. Allied to RB. fenestrata, Fabr.

Long., 5; exp. teg., 16 millims.

Reported from Java, Borneo, Singapore, Burma.

Walker’s F’. discalis, is black: frons much broader than long, with

a slightly elevated margin and slightly tricarinate: posterior margins

of segments of abdomen and the legs dull testaceous: tegmina blackish,

with a testaceous dot on the tip of each vein; disc limpid; two limpid

dots on the costa and two towards the tip of the exterior border: wings

limpid with brown borders. Body long, 6¢; teg., 16 millims.

69. Ruicanra opscura, Fabricius.

Flata obscura, Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. p. 49 (1803) ; Germar in Thon’s Archiv.

ii (2) p. 49 (1830) : Walker, J. Linn. 80c. Zool. i, p. 92 (1856) ; p. 161 (1857).

Pochazia obscura (?) Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 426 (1851).

Ricania obscura, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 104 (1869).

¢g. Pale testaceous-flavescent, vertex and thorax fuscous-testace-

ous, scutellum black : tegmina ferruginous-fuscous, sprinkled pale before

the middle and in the middle, and with small pale transverse lines, an

unequal narrow band placed behind the middle and the costal membrane

obscurely fuscous, the extreme part of its margin pallid, a small oblique

transverse line, behind the middle of the costal margin, whitish: wings

fuscescent, apical margin of the two last ventral segments black towards

the sides. Frons about one-third shorter than broad, gradually roundly

narrowed towards the apex, distinctly tricarinate: scutellum 5-carinate,

lateral ridges oblique: tegmina triangular; claval suture and apical

margin equally long, the latter very slightly subrotundate ; costal mar-

gin, gradually slightly rounded; apical commissural angle somewhat

obtusish, distinct; apical costal angle somewhat rounded ; longitudinal

veins rather numerous, transverse discoidal veins rare; the posterior

transverse veins arranged in two rows, the anterior irregular, the pos-

1886. | EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 53

terior regular and continued; the interior ulnar vein emitting many

branches outwards (Sidl). Body long, 53; exp. teg., 15 millims.

Reported from Amboina, Borneo, Singapore, India.

70. Ricanra Fuscata, Fabricius.

Cicada fuscata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iv, p. 28 (1794).

Flata fuscata, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppt., p. 518 (1798); Syst. Rhyng., p. 47

(1803).

Ricania obscura, Guérin, Voy. Bélanger Ind. Orient. Zool., p. 466 (1834).

Euryptera obscura, Guérin, 1. c. Atlas, t. 3, f. 6 (1834).

Pochazia obscura, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 160 (1865); Walker, List

Hom. B. M. ii, p. 426 (1851).

Peciloptera antica, Westwood, Griffith’s An. King. Ins. ii, p. 260, t. 90, £. 4; t.

138, f. 4 (1832).

Pochazia fumata (?) pt., Walker, 1. c. p. 426 (1851).

Ricania fuscata, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 104 (1879).

Head fuscous, frons flat, margin and median line elevated : thorax

dull black, a dorsal and smaller incurved lateral line, elevated : abdomen

fuscous: tegmina and wings deflexed, truncated, hyaline-black, imma-

culate: feet fuscous (Fabr.).

Dark brown with a small spot near the middle of the anterior

margin ; the lower wings are covered with a bluish powder at the base:

apparently belongs to Huryptera, Guérin (Gray in Griffith, J. c.).

Obscure, somewhat ccerulean, covered with a powdery substance ;

thorax tricarinate: tegmina triangular, anterior margin somewhat

straight, wings concolorous; feet abbreviated, brunneous-ferruginous

(Guérin). Long 9: exp. teg. 30 millims. Stal identified this from the

type with his own P. obsowra which in Hem. Fabr. (J. c.) he makes one

with R. fuscata, Fabr.

o- Blackish; abdomen and feet pale fuscous-testaceous: tegmina

and wings obscurely fuscous, the former marked behind the middle of

the costal margin with a small, more or less distinct, flavescent greyish

spot; costal and apical margins not sinuated towards the apical costal

angle: wings behind the middle with the veinlets irregularly arranged and

furnished towards the apex with a row of veinlets; frons very trans-

verse, very roundly narrowed towards the apex, furnished with a median

_ longitudinal ridge (Stal). Body long, 7—8 ; exp. teg., 29—32 millims.

Reported from Tranquebar, Java, Cambodia, Burma: the Indian

Museum possesses a specimen from N. India.

71. Ricanra Fumata, Am. & Serv.

Pochazia fumata, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 529 (1843); Walker,

List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 426 (1851), excl. syn.; J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 91 (1856) p,

160 (1857) and x, p. 163 (1867) : Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. vi, p. 314 (1862).

54 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

In all respects similar to R. fasciata, Fabr., but without a hyaline

band or spot. Black-fuscous, beneath with feet and vertex sordid

yellow-livid ; tegmina and wings fuscous-pellucid, in certain positions

shining subviolaceous ; small marginal space on the tegmina at the costal

sinus obsoletely pallescent. Frons almost half broader than the length,

lateral margins slightly converging at the base, gradually rounded be-

neath the middle towards the apex, tricarinate, the median ridge some-

what continued through, the two lateral more obsolete, continued from

the base scarcely to the middle: the apical margin of the tegmina

somewhat longer than the commissural margin, very slightly sinuate

between the middle and the apical angle, costal margin broadly distinctly

sinuate a little behind the middle: wings furnished posteriorly with

transverse veinlets arranged in two rows, the posterior row more regu-

lar: last tibie armed with two distinct spines behind the middle and

before the middle (always?) with a small spinule (Stal). Exp. teg,,

41 millims.

Reported from Java, Sumatra, Borneo, Malacca, Singapore, Tenas-

serim.

72. RIcANIA sInvATA, Stal.

Pochazia sinuata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh. p. 160 (1865).

Pochazia fasciata, Am. & Serv. [nec Fabr.], Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 528, t. 9,

f. 7 (1843): Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 426 (1851) ; J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 91

(1856).

d. Blackish; beneath with feet fuscous-testaceous; tibie and tarsi,

paler; tegmina and wings black-fuscous, the former: slightly shining

violaceous ; a band on the tegmina placed behind the middle abbreviated

near the costal margin and sometimes interrupted, and a median band

on the wings abbreviated towards the anal area, whitish. Stature

entirely of R. fumata, A. & S.: the frons with obsolete longitudinal

striae and three obsolete ridges: wings behind the middle with two

abbreviated transverse rows of transverse veinlets ; costal apical angle of

tegmina a little more produced than in R. fumata (Stal). This species

is often confounded with R. fasciata, Fabr., which is somewhat like in the

marking, but differs in having the costal and apical margins of the tegmina

straight and not sinuated, the exterior apical angle less produced and the

head somewhat narrower, and is moreover an African species. Long, 83 ;

exp. teg., 35 millims.

Reported from Singapore, Malacca.

73. RicANIA specuLuM, Walker.

Flatoides speculum, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 406 (1851).

Flatoides tenebrosus, Walker, 1. c. p. 406 (1851): J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 89

(1856). |

1886. ] KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 55

Flatoides perforatus, Walker, 1. c. p. 407 (1851): J. Linn. Soc. Zool. x, p. 147

(1867).

Ricania malaya, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 247 (1854).

Ricania speculum, Stal, 1. c. pp. 489, 491 (1862).

Q. Body black: legs ferruginous : tegmina brown with five colour-

less or whitish-hyaline spots, two on the disc, one near them on the

costal margin, and two on the apical margin, of which the one nearer

the posterior angle is sometimes interrupted so as to appear two, veins

brown, whitish on the colourless parts: wings paler brown, pellucid, with

many almost colourless dots. Body long, 6—8}; teg., 21—24 millims.

Reported from Philippines, China, Malacca, Singapore: the Indian

Museum possesses a series from Pankabari, Sikkim, Sibsagar (Assam).

74. Ricanta FuMosA, Walker.

Flatoides fumosa, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 414 (1851).

Ricania fumosa, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 491 (1862).

¢. Body dark ferruginous; frons and legs ferruginous : mesono-

tum piceous: tegmina blackish brown, veins black: wings brown. Body

long, 37; teg., 123 millims.

Locality not reported: the Indian Museum possesses a specimen

from Assam P

75. RIcANIA APICALIS, Walker.

Pochazia apicalis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 481 (1851).

Ricania apicalis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh. p. 491 (1852).

@. Body testaceous: mesonotum black: legs testaceous: tegmina

dull fawn-colour, ample, finely pubescent, with two indistinct pale brown

oblique bands, the first forming a ringlet; a black dot by the tip of the

fore-border, veins tawny: wings pale grey, pale brown along the hind

border. Body long, 5¢; teg., 163 millims.

Locality not reported: the Indian Museum possesses specimens

fairly agreeing with the description from Sikkim.

76. Ricanita oceLuus, Walker.

Pochazia ocellus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p..429 (1851).

Flatoides facialis, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 100 (1858).

Ricania ocellus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 491 (1862).

g, 2. Body piceous: vertex and frons with a ferruginous rim :

clypeus and rostrum tawny: abdomen ferruginous at the base and be-

56 EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. ],

neath: legs tawny: tegmina and wings colourless with brown borders,

the former ample, a brown dot near the base, beyond it two slender brown

bands ; the first forming a brown ringlet on the disc between which and

the border it is widened and includes a colourless dot; the second very

slight extending along the outer band of transverse veins; veins tawny,

here and there brown: stigma tawny: wings with a brown exterior

border. Body long, 5—6}; teg., 17—19 millims.

Reported from China: the Indian Museum has a specimen from

Assam,

77. RICANIA INTERRUPTA, Walker.

Pochazia interrupta, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 428 (1851): nec P. inter-

rupta, J. L. 8. Zool. i, p. 91 (1856).

Ricania interrupta, Stal, Ofvers. K, V.-A. Foérh. p. 491 (1862).

¢. Body black: head very short, as broad as the thorax ; vertex

very short, dark ferruginous, bordered by a rim, sinuate on the posterior

border, nearly straight in front, its length in the middle about half of

that on each side; frons very finely striated, rounded on each side,

rather narrower towards the clypeus, bordered by a ferruginous rim,

slightly concave where it joins the clypeus, tricarinate, the lateral

ridges indistinct, its breadth a little less than twice its length; clypeus

ferruginous, triangular, with a slight median ridge; pronotum very

slightly sinuated behind, rounded anteriorly with a median ridge, on

each side of which there is an impression, its length in the middle

less than twice that on each side: mesonotum very finely striated, 5-

carinate, the two ridges on each side united on the disc: abdomen dark

ferruginous, obconical, a little longer than the thorax: legs ferruginous :

tegmina dark brown, ample, triangular, with a broad, oblique white

band which is interrupted in front; a row of white dots extending on

the edge of the tegmen from the hind border along one-third of the dis-

tance to the tip; veins blackish, pale yellow on the white parts; longi-

tudinal veins very numerous ; transverse veins few ; fore-border straight,

along it a row of mostly parallel transverse veins which are more oblique

where the longitudinal vein appears contorted, beyond this they are

shorter : wings brown, little more than half the length of the tegmina

with a white band which forms one with that on the tegmina (Walker).

Body long, 6}; teg., 25 millims.

Reported from Malabar.

78. Ricania srmoLans, Walker.

Pochazia simulans, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 431 (1851).

Ricania simulans, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh, p. 491 (1862).

1886. ] WH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 57

9. Body ferruginous: head as broad as the thorax; vertex very

short, posteriorly sinuate, very slightly rounded in front, shorter in the

middle than on each side; frons flat, rounded on each side, narrower

towards the clypeus, bordered by a rim, concave where it joins the

clypeus, not ridged, its breadth nearly twice its length: clypeus trian-

gular: pronotum*very short, arched, bordered by a rim: mesonotum

black, not ridged : metanotum tawny: abdomen obconical, tawny at the

base, hardly longer than the thorax: legs tawny: tegmina brown,

ample, a tawny triangular spot on the anterior margin beyond the

middle; two broad, oblique, very irregular, colourless bands on the dise,

first short, second interrupted ; veins tawny, longitudinal veins numerous,

transverse veins few; anterior margin slightly convex, along it a row of

parallel transverse veins which are contorted and more oblique towards

the tip: wings pale greyish-brown (Walker). Body long, 5;; teg., 163

millims.

Reported from N. India.

79. RICANIA PROMINENS, Walker.

Ricania prominens, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 48 (1858).

Dull testaceous: head with eye and antenne forming a large verti-

cal compartment ; vertex transverse, very short, mostly covered by the

pronotum ; frons with transverse blackish marks, very much longer than

broad, with elevated borders and three slight ridges, the middle one

abbreviated, the pair converging towards the face, where they are

connected ; face lanceolate, ridged: pronotum bicarinate, very convex

along the fore border; mesonotum with a brown interlined disc and two

blackish dots on each side; metanotum and abdomen dark brown, the

latter with a pale testaceous stripe on each side: legs testaceous, femora

slightly streaked with black: tegmina with brown marks along the costa

and with a few brown marks elsewhere and with an irregular whitish

subapical band; stigma whitish; veinlets regular along the costa and

along the exterior border where they are mostly forked, the discal veing

and veinlets irregular, the latter numerous ; wings with very few vein-

lets; both vitreous grayish, veins black and the exterior borders brown

(Walker). Body long, 83; teg., 25 millims.

Reported from Silhat.

80. Ricanra @urrireraA, Walker.

Pochazia qguttifera, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 427 (1861).

Ricania guttifera, Stal, Ofvers. K. 7.-A. Forh. p. 491 (1862) ; Distant, J. A. 8.

B. xlviii (2), p. 38 (1879).

58 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

3d, ¢. Body black: head very short, as broad as the thorax: vertex

bordered with a rim, sinuate behind, straight in front, its length in the

middle about half of that on each side: frons dark ferruginous with a

black border, very finely striated, rounded on each side, narrower to-

wards the clypeus, bordered by a rim, hardly sinuated where it joins the

clypeus, having a middle ridge which does not reach tlfe fore-border, its

breadth nearly twice its length: clypeus triangular, with a middle ridge :

pronotum slightly sinuate behind more rounded on the anterior margin,

with a middle ridge much longer in the middle than on each side; meso-

notum 5-carinate, the two ridges on each side united on the disc: abdo-

men obconical, a little longer than the thorax, ferruginous towards

the base: legs ferruginous: tegmina triangular, ample, dark brown,

blackish along the fore-border, with three colourless spots, one on the

fore-border beyond the middle, one near the tip and one which is smaller

near the hind border: a white dot on the disc and between it and the

tip a small indistinct, tawny spot; veins blackish, tawny on the colour-

less spots, longitudinal veins very numerous towards the tips, transverse

veins free; fore-border straight, along it a row of oblique, mostly

parallel, transverse veins which are shorter towards the tip: wings dark

brown, little more than half the length of the tegmina (Walker). Body

long, 7—83; teg., 29—36 millims.

Reported from Silhat (Assam).

Species doubtfully Indian.

81. Ricanzra qurrata, Walker.

Flatoides guttatus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 408 (1856): J. L. 8S. Zool. i,

p. 156 (1857).

Ricania guttata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 491 (1862).

é. Black: vertex piceous, frons dark ferruginous: pronotum fer-

ruginous : legs tawny, femora piceous : tegmina blackish-brown, with three

whitish-hyaline spots, one on the disc round, second larger and almost

triangular placed on the costal margin near the tip, third as large as the

first placed on the tip near the costal margin; a row of colourless dots

along the tips of the tegmina; veins blackish, pale on the spots. Body

long, 64; teg.,; 21 millims.

Reported from Hong Kong, Borneo.

82. Ricania Episcopus, Walker.

Flatoides episcopus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. p. 100 (1858).

Ricania episcopus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 491 (1862).

Tawny, testaceous beneath: abdomen luteous: tegmina and wings

whitish ; the tegmina with three broad blackish bands which are con-

1886.] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota, 59

nected in front, the first and second connected in the middle; the three

more or less connected with, or interrupted by three chalybeous black

bands, of which the first is costal, the second is curved and contained in

the fore-part of the second blackish band, and the third is marginal: a

deep black spot half enclosed in the second chalybeous band: the wings

with a broad median lurid band and a blackish marginal band. Body

long, 85-95 ; teg., 21-23 millims.

Reported from N. China.

83. Ricanza opiiqua, Walker.

Pochazia obliqua, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 429 (1851).

Ricania obliqua, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., 591 (1862).

é. Body black : frons dark ferruginous : legs ferruginous : tegmina

brown, ferruginous towards the base (the costal margin excepted), with

two slightly tawny bands, the outer one of irregular breadth, the inner one

shorter and broader, and between them on the costal margin is a slightly

tawny nearly triangular spot; veins concolorous: the wings are very

slightly tinged with tawny, brown along the fore-borders. Body long,

6—7i; teg., 19—21 millims.

84. RICANIA MARGINALIS, Walker.

Flatoides marginalis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 409 (1851): J. Linn. Soc.

Zool. i. p. 89 (1856).

Ricania marginalis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 491 (1862).

¢. Body black: abdomen and legs ferruginous: femora piceous .

tegmina and wings blackish-brown, the former with five colourless spots

of which one is a dot on the disc, second very large, triangular, on the costal

margin near the tip, third much smaller on the tip, with 2—3 colourless

dots, fourth and fifth small irregular, on the tip near the hind border; a

row of colourless dots along the tips of the tegmina; veins blackish,

pale on the spots. Body long, 7;; teg., 25 millims.

Reported from Singapore, Africa (P).

85. RicANIA WALKERI.

Pochazia interrupta (n, b. 1.), Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 91 (1856).

Testaceous: tegmina and wings brown, the former partly lurid to-

wards the hind border, an interrupted band beyond the middle, tips

hyaline, slightly testaceous. Vertex much broader than long; frons

elongate subquadrate, with a slight groove in the middle: pronotum

arched, extending over part of the vertex: mesonotum slightly tricari-

nate (Walker). Body long, 6}; teg., 145 millims.

Reported from Singapore.

60 EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

86. Ruicanra costimacuna, Walker.

Pochazia costimacula, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 91 (1856).

Black: head and legs tawny; vertex brown with a tawny border :

teemina and wings blackish, the former mostly lurid along the borders

and about the transverse veinlets and with a whitish hyaline spot on the

costa beyond the middle. Frons broader than long with a median ridge

and an elevated margin (Walker). Body long, 5; teg., 145 millims.

Reported from Malacca.

87. RiIcaNnta GRaDIENs, Walker.

Pochazia gradiens, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 91 (1856).

Tawny, testaceous beneath: tegmina and wings blackish, the former

tawny along the costa. Head with a median ridge and with the margins

elevated: frons hardly broader than long, the sides rounded (Walker).

Body long, 5; teg., 125 millims.

Reported from Singapore.

88. Ricanta PLeseta, Stal.

Ricania plebeia, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh. p. 162 (1865).

g. Fuscous-greyish; beneath with frons and feet, paler; tegmina

fuscous, sprinkled with minute pale dots before the middle; a small

obliquely transverse median line on the costal limbus whitish, and a very

minute punctiform spot on the apical costal angle, black: wings infus-

cate. Frons tricarinate: commissural apical angle of the tegmina

straight, apical margin almost entirely straight (Stal). Long, 7; exp.

teg., 22 millims.

Reported from Siam.

89. Ricanra Limitaris, Stal.

Ricania limitaris, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 161 (1865).

Fuscous-testaceous, frons and feet paler: tegmina fuscous, clavus

and indeterminate interior part of the corium, paler; a largish costal

spot placed almost behind the middle, sordid whitish; a small shining

spot in the costal apical angle, blackish, and a small obsolete discoidal

spot, fuscous: wings very slightly infuscate. Frons obsoletely tricari-

nate, costal limbus of tegmina remotely transversely veined (Stal).

Long, 8; exp. teg., 22 millims,

Reported from Cambodia,

1886. ] E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 61

90. Ruicanra pULVEROSA, Stal.

Ricania pulverosa, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 162 (1865).

dy 2. Fuscous-testaceous; vertex, thorax, and scutellum, black:

the basal part of the tegmina powdery-flavescent and the disc clouded

fuscous ; the transverse discoidal veinlets and the costal margin before

the middle, pale; the latter minutely spotted fuscous ; three costal spots,

the median somewhat large, a small one near the apex, and a very minute

apical one, yellow-whitish ; the median costal spot with black transverse

lines; a minute spot in the apical costal angle, black: wings weak

fuscescent. Frons distinctly tricarinate: tegmina densely veined, the

transverse veinlets on the costal limbus remote (Stal). Long, 4—7; exp.

teg., 14—20 millims.

Reported from Cambodia.

91. Ricania priscopanis, Stal.

Ricania episcopalis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh, p. 162 (1865).

g. Weak fuscous-testaceous: tegmina more obscure, costal spot

behind the middle also two bands, one placed before the middle and

abbreviated outwards, the other placed behind the middle and abbreviated

near the costal margin, somewhat interrupted in the middle and produced

a little forwards anteriorly, whitish hyaline; a spot near the costal

margin behind the middle and an arch placed between the spot and the

margin, black; wings very slightly infuscate, the base and a transverse

spot behind the middle, whitish. Frons with a median obsolete ridge,

lateral ridges very obsolete: tegmina densely veined, very numerous

transverse veinlets on the costal limbus, several of which are forked

(Stal). Long, 7; exp. teg., 21 millims.

Reported from N. China, Formosa.

Genus Minpura, Stal.

Rio Jan. Hem. ii, p. 69 (1862).

In Hem. Afric. iv, p. 220 (1866), Stal unites the genera Mindura

and Miriza with Nogodina, but subsequently [Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh.,

p. 769 (1870)] keeps them separate and creates from Miriza the sub-

genera Varcia and Sassula, to the latter of which ¥, sorurcula, Stal,

belongs.

Frons with two distinct ridges, slightly converging towards the apex,

much longer than broad; vertex distinctly prominulous before the eyes ;

lateral margins of the clypeus carinate at least at the base: tegmina

equally broad, broadly rounded at the apex, furnished between the apex

of the clavus and the transversely. veined costal area with a continued

62 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota, [No. 1,

row of distinct transverse veinlets, the costal area of the usual breadth ;

interior vein of corium forked before the middle.

A. Tegmina vitreous; the first and second longitudinal veins emit-

ted from the basal area not forked before the transverse row of veinlets

mentioned above, transverse veins rare, very rare and obsolete before the

row above mentioned ; transverse veins on the apical part forming two

rows, before which irregularly scattered transverse veins are present ;

last pair of tibie 3-spinose.—Mrriza, Stal, of which the type is Ricania

bohemami, Stal.

B. Tegmina opaque, with somewhat closely arranged transverse

veinlets ; the second longitudinal vein emitted from the basal area forked

before the continued transverse row of veinlets; numerous transverse

veinlets irregularly arranged on the apical part: last pair of tibia,

4-spinose.—Minpura, Stal, of which the type is Flata obscura, Fabri-

clus.

92. Mrriza sorvurcona, Stal.

Miriza sorurcula, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 164 (1865) ; p. 769 (1870).

gé. Weak testaceous-flavescent: tegmina and wings sordid hya-

line: extreme part of the lateral margins of the frons and clypeus, median

ridge on the frons, two spots on the vertex and thorax, three lateral

spots on the scutellum, the clavus except the basal part, irregular mar-

ginal spots on the corium which are more or less confluent, apical limbus

of the wings, lateral margins and abbreviated bands on the dorsum of

the abdomen, fuscous: disc of the scutellum more obscure (Stal).

Long, 11; exp. teg., 30 millims.

Reported from Cambodia.

93. MiInpURA HEMEROBII, Walker.

Ricania hemerobii, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 425 (1851) ; J. Linn. Soc. Zool.

i, p. 89 (1856).

Mindura hemerobii, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 491 (1862).

3, %. Body tawny: frons dotted with brown, bordered by a black-

edged rim; clypeus with a median ridge and border, black : mesonotum

ferruginous with a tawny median stripe and two oblique black and

slightly undulating ridges: abdomen with a black stripe above: legs

tawny, striped black: tegmina and wings nearly colourless, the former

with the tips and five spots, brown ; of the latter two are placed near

the tips towards the hind border, one near the tip on the fore-border and

two are by the stigma which is tawny; veins black: wings edged with

brown. Body long, 83; teg., 27 millims.,

Reported from Ceylon, Malacca.

1886. ] KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 63

Genus Pucina, Stal.

Hem. Afric. iv, p. 221 (1866), Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 393 (1866).

Clavus without transverse veinlets: head not prominent before

the eyes; vertex transverse; clypeus convex, without lateral ridges:

tegmina gradually slightly amplified towards the apex, furnished to-

wards the apex with oblong areolas arranged in two rows and with many

areolas less regularly arranged on the disc; ulnar veins and radial

forked somewhat before the middle of the corium; first tibie hardly

longer than the femora and trochanters, last tibie bi-spinose (S¢dal).

94. PUCINA PELLUCIDA, Guérin.

Civius pellucidus, Guérin, Voy. La Coquille, Zool. ii, (2), p. 189 (1830) : Icon.

Régne Animal, t. 58, f. 4 (1830-34).

Ricania pellucida, Spin., A. 8S. E. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 401 (1839) ; Walker, List

Hom. B. M. ii, p. 423 (1851).

Pucina pellucida, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 393 (1866).

Head yellowish with three ridges: frons thrice longer than broad,

_ strongly margined and with a median ridge; vertex broader than long,

disc flat and horizontal, margins elevated, fine; anterior margin obtusely

angular, its tip extended a little beyond the eyes; posterior margin

angularly emarginate: thorax varied with green and brown, also the

abdomen, which is less high than broad : tegmina and wings transparent,

veins brown, with a brown triangular dot on the anterior margin of each

tegmen and near its tip; radial vein weakly arcuate, sub-radial straight,

rejoining the radial towards the second third on the anterior margin, the

intermediate space with eight transverse, sub-parallel veins and divided

into nine fairly large cellules, of which the seven intermediate are as

broad as long, the two extreme longer than broad; the adjoining space

between the radial and cubital veins divided into two large, narrow,

elongate cellules by a complete, transverse vein: feet yellowish, tarsi

brown; posterior tibie with two lateral spines. Long, 6}; exp. teg., 16

millims.

Reported from Java, Bengal.

Subfam. Friatina, Stal.

Flatida, Hem. Afrio. iv, pp. 131, 235 (1866) ; Flatina, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh.

p. 771 (1870).

Clavus granulate, apex sometimes subacute and closed, sometimes

very obtuse and broadly open; with two veins separated through the

entire length or near the apex united in one; costa dilated, costal mem-

brane transversely veined ; claval suture distinct ; anal area of wings not

reticulated : last tibiae without a mobile spur (Stal).

64 KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

Genus CrryniA, Stal.

Rio Jan. Hem. fi, p. 68 (1862) ; Hem. Afric., p. 235 (1866).

First joint of antenne oblong or elongate, hardly shorter than the

second; genz anteriorly rounded; frons longitudinally convex: thorax

produced in the middle and covering the short vertex; tegmina very

greatly decumbent, very ample; posterior tibis very often bi-spinose :

costal membrane narrowed at the base (Stal).

95. CrrynraA MARIA, White.

Peciloptera maria, White, A. M. N. H. xviii, p. 25, t.1, £. 3 (1846).

Flata maria, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 436 (1851).

Cerynia maria, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 490 (1862); Distant, J. A. 8.

Ben. xlviii (2), p. 88 (1879); A. M. N. H. (5 sér.) xi, p. 172 (1883).

Of a very delicate white colour with a reddish wax-like spot not

far from the base of the tegmina, an interrupted somewhat curved

narrow black line running across the wing not reaching ‘the fore- margin :

behind it, and not far from the end of the inner margin there is a short

narrow black line: the tegmina more or less powdered with a waxy

secretion; the wings white, somewhat hyaline: head, thorax, body and

femora very pale yellow; antenne and tibis blackish: a large tuft of

white, waxy, spongeous matter at the end of the body. In some speci-

mens the red mark on the tegmina is nearly obsolete and the transverse _

black line is quite obsolete anteriorly (White). Exp. teg., 33—34 millims.

Var. a. Flata tenella, Walker, l. c. supra, p. 437 (1851), has the

tegmina of a very delicate pale-green, abdomen in g concolorous and

in g pale yellow.

Var. b. Cerynia rosea, mihi, has the tegmina of a delicate pale

rose colour and comes from Sikkim.

Reported from India, Assam, Tenasserim. The Indian Museum

possesses specimens from Sikkim, Assam, Tenasserim.

Genus Puromnta, Stal.

Rio Jan. Hem. ii, p. 68 (1862) ; Hem. Afric. iv, pp. 235, 239 (1866): Flata, pt.,

Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p: 621 (1843).

Body oblong, compressed: head much narrower than the thorax ;

vertex short, thorax concealed; frons longitudinally convex, seen from

the side roundly-prominulous ; gene anteriorly rounded; clypeus long;

no ocelli: antennw elongate, rounded, second joint twice or half longer

than first: disc of thorax elevated behind the vertex, the elevated part

somewhat sloped forwards, produced, covering the vertex: scutellum

ee ante it a

ee ss = oe

1886. | W. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 65

convex: tegmina very ample, very greatly decumbent, longer by half

than broad, rounded at the apex, very densely longitudinally veined, few

transverse veinlets on the disc, furnished near the apex with a regular

row of transverse veinlets, costal membrane everywhere equally broad ;

costal area furnished with obliquely transverse, forked, veins : feet moder-

ate, simple ; last tibie very often bispinose (Std/).

96. PHROMNIA MARGINELLA, Olivier.

Fulgora marginella, Olivier, Eno. Méth. vi, pp. 566, 575 (1791) : Stoll, p. 50, t. 11,

f. 64 (1788), .

Plata marginella, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 434 (1851) ; excl. syn.

Phromnia marginella, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 490 (1862); Distant,

A. M.N. H. (5 sér.) xi, p. 171 (1883).

Body and feet greenish : apical joints of antennew brown: tegmina

bright green; at the base itself with an orange-patch (at least in old

specimens) costal margin up to apical fifth narrowly sanguineous, | or-

dered interiorly with verdigris green, longitudinal veins slightly orange

towards the base: wings white, transparent. Body long, 13; teg. long,

24 millims.

Reported from Ceylon, Mergui; the Indian Museum has a series from

Sikkim, Assam.

97. PHromnia TRICOLOR, White.

Peciloptera (Flatida) tricolor, White, A. M. N. H. xviii, p. 26 (1846).

Flata tricolor, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 435 (1851).

Phromnia tricolor, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 490 (1862): Distant, A. M.

N. H. (5 sér.) xi, p. 172 (1883).

Tegmina pale-green, anterior margin (especially at the base) reddish,

the colour gradually verging into green; a few white powdery dots on

the basal part, the underside washed white: wings white, somewhat

powdered ; veins, especially at the base, greenish: body and legs pale-

green. The front edge of the wings near the base has a prominent

angle, followed by a sinuation (White). Exp. teg. about 48 millims.

Reported from Silhat: the Indian Museum possesses specimens

from Siam, Samaguting and Naga hills in one of which the green of the

tegmina has faded to orange-yellow and in others the red is far advanced

towards the middle and in others wanting.

98. PHromnia RvUBICUNDA, Distant.

Phromnia rubicunda, Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 sér.) xi, p. 171 (1883).

Tegmina dull reddish, becoming slightly paler towards the apex ;

the basal, marginal and apical areas above somewhat irregularly tinged

66 BE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. {No. 1,

and spotted with chalky white; beneath more evenly and palely tinged

with the same colour: wings white: body pale ochraceous, the pronotum

somewhat darker in hue: legs pale ochraceous, first and intermediate

tibis and tarsi, black; last tarsi with the apical joint, black: tibiae

strongly sulcated, last tarsi armed with three prominent spines. Allied

to P. tricolor, White, but differs in the longer tegmina and different

colour of the same, different colour of tibie, &c. (Distant), Exp. teg.,

62 millims.

Reported from Mergui.

99. PHromnia rntaotTa, Walker.

Flata intacta, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 435 (1851).

Phromnia intacta, Stal, Ofvers. K. V,-A. Férh. p. 490 (1862).

@. Body pale stramineous: antenne long, stramineous, third joint

black, much longer than the second: pronotum almost truncate-conical

on the disc, somewhat impressed in front, tricarinate, ridges produced

through the mesonotum: abdomen obconical, not longer than the tho-

rax: legs tawny ; anterior tarsi and tips of the anterior tibie and of the

hind tarsi, black: tegmina dingy white, veins white: wings milk-white.

Body long, 93; teg., 46 millims.

Reported from Silhat.

100. PHromnia rnornata, Walker.

Flata inornata, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 438 (1851).

Phromnia inornata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 490 (1862).

Body tawny: antenne black, very long, tawny towards the base :

pronotum straight behind, conical in front, its length about one-fourth

its breadth; mesonotum indistinctly tricarinate, disc flat: abdomen ob-

conical, a little longer than the thorax: legs tawny, feet and tips of the

anterior tibia, black: tegmina dull pale tawny, veins yellow: wings

colourless. Body long, 123; teg., 42 millims,

Reported from Tenasserim,

Genus Lecuaa, Stal.

Hem. Afric. iv, p. 236 (1866).

Tegmina furnished towards the apex with one or two rows of

transverse veinlets or with veinlets irregularly scattered throughout, and

with very many or several longitudinal veins forked at the apex, the

longitudinal veins at the apex rarely simple, if so, the tegmina are fur-

nished with a single row of veinlets near the apex. Body cylindrical or

compressed; tegmina very greatly decumbent. Frons seen from the

1886. ] H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 67

side and gen produced in the middle; tegmina very ample, gradually

-somewhat amplified towards the apex, furnished near the apex with a

regular arched row of transverse veinlets which begins behind the apex

of the clavus, costal area transversely veined, some veins anastomosed

(Stal). Type, L. dentifrons, Guérin.

101. Lrcuma pDENTIFRONS, Guérin.

Peciloptera dentifrons, Guérin, Icon. Régne Animal, Texte, p. 360 (1830-34).

Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 445 (1851).

Lechea dentifrons, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 393 (1866).

Genus Scarpanta, Stal.

Hem. Afric iv, pp. 236, 240 (1866).

Body oblong, compressed: head much narrower than the thorax,

vertex very short, concealed by the thorax : antenne very short, first joint

hardly visible: ocelli distinct: thorax compressly-elevated on the disc,

elevated part flat, a little sloped forwards, anteriorly truncated, pro-

duced, covering the vertex, on both sides acutely margined or terminated

by a ridge reaching the base: scutellum tricarinate: tegmina very

ample; very greatly decumbent; gradually amplified beyond the mid-

dle ; truncated at the apex, remotely veined ; furnished throughout with

transverse veinlets irregularly scattered, remote; costal area broad, re-

motely reticulate: the elevated dorsal part of the abdomen emitting a

slender, erect, process: feet moderate, simple: last tibia bispinose

(Stal).

102. Scarpanta comma, Walker.

Peciloptera comma, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 447 (1851).

Scarpanta comma, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh. p. 490 (1862).

3. Body buff: abdomen powdered with white, valves and other

appendages at the tip large: legs tawny: anterior feet and tips of the

anterior tibis and of the hind feet, black: tegmina buff, a very short

and slender, slightly oblique, black streak on the disc, an oblong black

dot near the hind border at one-third of the length from the base; veins

buff: wings milk white. Body long, 93; teg., 375 millims.

Reported from Silhat.

Genus Fuata, Fabricius, Stal.

Ent. Syst. Suppt. pp. 511, 517 (1798); Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. vi, p. 318

(1862) ; Hem. Afric. iv, pp. 236, 241 (1866).

It includes Colobesthes, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 522 (1843) ;

Oromna, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 85 (1856) ; and Phyllyphanta, Am. & Serv.,

l.c., p. 623 (1843).

68 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

Body oblong, compressed : head narrower than the thorax, varying

jn shape; vertex short, concealed ; frons sometimes tumid or conically

produced at the base: ocelli distinct: antennw very short; thorax

anteriorly somewhat produced, covering the vertex: scutellum more or

less distinctly tricarinate: tegmina very ample, very greatly decumbent

gradually amplified towards the apex, truncated at the apex, moderately

densely veined, most, often all, the transverse veinlets irregularly scat-

tered, veinlets rarely arranged in one or two irregular rows towards the

apex, costal area irregularly reticulated: feet simple, last tibie bispinose

(Stal). Type, Flata ocellata, Fabr.

103. Fuata ocenuata, Fabricius.

Cicada ocellata, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 682 (1775); Spec. Ins. ii, p. 322 (1781);

Mant. Ins. ii, p. 268 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 27 (1794), excl. syn. de Géer.

Flata ocellata, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppt., p. 517 (1798) ; Syst. Rhyng., p. 49

(1803), Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 489 (1862) ; Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 107 (1869).

Ricania ocellata, Germar, Mag. Ent. iii, p. 224 (1818).

Peciloptera ocellata, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii (i), p. 162 (1835); Spin., A. S. H. BP.

viii, p. 441 (1839) ; Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, pp. 444, 454 (1851).

Peciloptera stellaris, Walker, List 1. c. ii, p. 453 (1851).

Peciloptera argiolus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh, p. 191 (1855).

Green; tegmina much compressed, posteriorly acutely angulated,

green, sprinkled with numerous ocellar ferruginous dots: feet pallid

(Fabr.). In faded specimens the colour is a dirty white or yellow and

the ferruginous spots become an obscure brown.

Stal’s P. argiolus is thus described :—‘ Weakly whitish-virescent ;

frons, thorax, and scutellum tricarinate, the last, however, less so: teg-

mina sparingly sprinkled with small dull black-sanguineous spots, ob-

soletely circled whitish; clavus granulate.’ Body long, 6; exp. teg.,

20 millims.

Reported from Tranquebar.

104. Fuatra rerrvuGata, Fabricius.

Flata ferrugata, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 50 (1803); Germar in Thon’s Archiv.

ii, fasc. 2, p. 49 (1830); Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 108 (1869).

9g. Very palely subtestaceous-flavescent, here and there covered

with a whitish powdery substance; wings whitish: apical margins of

the two last segments of the abdomen in ¢ at least, black towards the

sides. Very close to I’. ocellata, Fabr., hardly differs except in colora-

tion unless in having the apical, commissural angle of the tegmina a

little less produced, somewhat straight, not distinctly acute and thorax

with a single less distinct median ridge. Head truncate, vertex very

obtusely angulated anteriorly, concealed by the thorax; frons a little

a EE ee ee ee ay Oe Oy See

1886. ] K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 69

longer than it is broad beneath the middle, gradnally slightly amplified

from the base beyond the middle, thence on both sides obtusely rounded

furnished with an obtuse median ridge running through it, slightly im-

pressed on both sides within the lateral margins, not tumescent at the

base: thorax with a median ridge (Stal). Body long, 8; with teg., 103 ;

exp. teg., 24 millims.

Reported from Tranquebar.

105. FLATA MARGINELLA, Guérin.

Ricania marginella, Guérin, Voy. La Coquille Zool. ii (2), p. 192 (1830) ; Icon.

Régne Animal Insg., t. 58, f. 6 (1830-34) ; Voy. Bélanger Ind. Orient. p. 467 (1834.)

Peciloptera marginella, Spin., A. S. H. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 483 (1839) ; Walker, List

Hom. B. M. ii, p. 443 (1851).

Nephesa marginella, Walker, J. Linn. 8. Zool. i, p. 161 (1857).

Peciloptera fimbriolata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 247 (1854).

Phyllyphanta fimbriolata, Stal, Freg. Hug. Resa, p. 282 (1859) ; Ofvers. 1. o.,

p. 159 (1865).

Head greenish-yellow: frons elevated in a small, conical, some-

what projecting process: pro- and meso-notum, fresh green with four

longitudinal lines converging towards the head, the two internal a little

broader and more visible, also some patches on the sides, bright orange

or miniaceous red: metanotum and abdomen yellowish-white mingled

with some green tints: head beneath, four anterior tibie, and anus pale

brown: entire body beneath, four anterior femora, and posterior feet

very pale green: tegmina falciform, very fresh green, reticulated orange,

outline bordered russet and dentate within, very slender at the side and

external margin, broader on the posterior margin; towards the end of

this margin, at the second third from the base, there is a small rounded

russet patch touching the border and placed near the exterior dilated

angle: wings milky-white with slightly greenish and bluish reflections :

abdomen and feet greenish-white (Guérin). Long, 6; exp. teg., 19

millims.

Stal’s description of his P. jfimbriolata, which was clearly made

from a faded specimen, is :—‘‘ Yellow, streak on vertex and thorax and

entire limbus of tegmina, fuscous-sanguineous, disc of thorax with two

luteous streaks ; frons reflexly-margined, furnished on both sides with

a very obsolete ridge towards the base, but towards the apex entirely

evanescent ; disc of thorax bicarinate; scutellum 4-carinate, with the

lateral ridges abrupt behind the middle, somewhat flat between the

median ridges; colour of tegmina changing into subvirescent, cellules

margined lutescent, clavus granulate inwards ; wings milk-white. ¢ long,

7; exp. teg., 20 millims.”’

Reported from Cochin-China, Malacca, Borneo ; the Indian Museum

possesses a specimen from Siam,

70 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

106. Frata intracta, Walker.

Peciloptera intracta, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p: 116 (1858).

Bright pale grass-green: frons hardly longer than broad, slightly

tricarinate, margins not elevated, slightly widened towards the face:

pro- and meso-notum slightly tricarinate, the former arched: abdomen

pale testaceous: legs partly reddish: tegmina with a pale testaceous

marginal line; costa rounded ; tip and interior angle somewhat rounded,

especially the former ; the exterior border hardly rounded, interior border

tuberculate; veins and transverse veinlets numerous: wings white.

Body long, 6;; teg., 19 millims.

Reported from the Punjab.

107. Fata Fiaccipa, Walker.

Flata flaccida, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom., p. 50 (1858).

Pale testaceous: vertex elongated, narrower towards the front, with

elevated borders: antenne black: thorax tricarinate: abdomen some-

what paler than the thorax: anterior tibie and anterior tarsi mostly

piceous: tegmina with a few minute pustules, veins very numerous,

especially along the margin: wings white (Walker). Body long, 123;

teg., 50 millims.

Reported from India.

108. Fata inpocizis, Walker.

Peciloptera indocilis, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 55 (1858).

@. Testaceous: vertex covered by the pronotum ; frons not longer

than broad, widening a little towards the face, with a slightly elevated

border, tricarinate ; face lanceolate, ecarinate : pronotum transverse, dis-

tinctly carinate, conical in front, slightly concave behind : mesonotum

ecarinate : abdomen and legs whitish testaceous : tegmina with numerous

discal veins and transverse Veinlets, slightly convex along the costa,

rectangular, and hardly rounded at the tips, straight along the exterior

border, interior angle acutely rectangular, marginal veinlets rather

short, mostly forked along the exterior border: wings white (Walker).

Body long, 6}; teg., 165 millims.

Reported from India.

109. FATA ANGULIFERA, Walker.

Cromna angulifera, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 57 (1858).

¢. Testaceous varied with green: head elongate, acutely conical ;

frons with elevated borders, ecarinate; face lanceolate: disc of thorax

1886. | E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 71

flat, slightly carinate on each side ; pronotum transverse, slightly arched :

tegmina green, slightly testaceous along the interior border, with few

veins and very few transverse veinlets on the disc, the marginal veinlets

numerous, moderately long, costa convex for two-thirds of the length

from the base, very slightly concave from thence to the tip which is

rectangular like the interior angle, exterior border straight: wings

white (Walker). Body long, 43; teg., 105 millims.

Reported from India,

110. FLATA MARGINALIS, Signoret.

Phylliphanta marginalis, Signoret, A. 8. H. F. (4 sér.) ii, p. 125 (1862).

Green-yellow, a little lighter beneath: tip of the head and outline

of the tegmina yellowish-brown: wings whitish: head acuminate in

front and covered almost entirely by the pronotum which is extended

well beyond the eyes and allows only the cephalic prolongation of the

head to be seen, then directed downwards it changes its contour or outline

beyond the eyes by proceeding abruptly forwards in forming a right angle ;

anterior margin rounded very convex, posterior margin concave: meso-

notum very broad, convex, rounded in front, extremity rounded, median

part flat, bounded by two complete ridges, on each side of which are

two incomplete ridges which proceed from the anterior border. Lower

angle of tegmina very acute, upper margin rounded, external angle round-

ed, external margin almost straight, sutural margin sinuate and rugose ;

external cubital vein much elevated and furnished on each side with a

number of small tubercles which as well as the vein are of a yellow

brown: wings whitish: abdomen yellowish, genitalia brownish: feet

yellow, anterior tibizw, brownish (Sign.). Long, teg. extended, 18

millims.

Reported from Cochin-China.

111. Fata ratcata, Guérin.

Peciloptera falcata, Guérin, Voy. Bélanger Ind. Orient. Zool., p. 469, t. 3,

f. 5 (1834); Spin., A. S. H. P. viii, p. 430 (1839).

Colobesthes falcata, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 523 (1843) ; Walker,

List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 439 (1851) ;

Colobesthes albiplana, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 92 (1856), p. 161 (1857) ;

x, p. 180 (1867).

Entire body and feet pale golden-yellow ; head carinate on the sides,

eyes black: thorax subcarinate : tegmina subtriangular, anterior margin

rounded, very narrow at the base, external margin as large as the an-

terior margin, of a yellowish-white with an immense number of pale

golden-yellow veinlets: wings milky white, semi-transparent, posteriorly

72 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ Nowa,

dilated: abdomen compressed, yellowish; feet rather short, tarsi a

little brunneous (Gwérin). Long, 14; exp. 57 millims.

Reported from Borneo, Sumatra, Java, Singapore, Malacca, Burma.

Walker describes his C. albiplana thus :—‘‘ White: tegmina con-

vex in front, rectangular at the tips, straight and quadrate from thence

to the interior angle which is attenuated and very acute: posterior

margin straight: wings hardly acuminate at the tips.”

112. Fata conspprsa, Walker.

Colobesthes conspersa, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 440 ey Stal, Ofvers.

K, V.-A. Férh. p. 490 (1862).

é, %- Body tawny: head narrower than the thorax; vertex very

short ; frons conical above, fore-part paler: abdomen obconical, longer

than the thorax, powdered with white: legs pale tawny: tegmina pale

fawn-colour, sprinkled with black which is chiefly on the transverse

veins, rounded on the anterior margin, truncate at a right angle along

the tip, sinuate on the posterior margin at the tip of which they are

produced into an acute angle or hook; veins pale tawny: wings milk-

white. Body long, 11—15; teg., 38—46 millims.

Reported from India, Assam, Silhat: the Indian Museum possesses

specimens from Sibsagar, Sikkim, Calcutta.

113. Fuata acurtipennis, Walker.

Cromna acutipennis, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 85 (1856).

Green, paler beneath: head and thorax with testaceous stripes ;

tegmina with a brown line extending from near the tip of the costa to

one-third of the length of the hind border from the interior angle:

wings white (Walker). Body long, 77; teg., 21 millims.

Reported from Malacca, Burma.

114. Fuara tutescens, Walker.

Peciloptera lutescens, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt., p. 117 (1858).

Flata lutescens, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 490 (1862).

$. Testaceous: vertex a little broader than long, indistinetly

tricarinate, borders slightly elevated: pronotum arched, slightly uni-

carinate: mesonotum indistinctly tricarinate: dorsal apical appendage

of abdomen long, slender, curved, sulcate : tegmina very slightly rounded

along the costa; tip rounded; exterior border straight forming a well-

defined right angle with the interior border which is tuberculate: veins

and transverse veinlets rather numerous; marginal veinlets rather long:

wings white (Walker). Body long, 6; ; teg., 19 millims.

Reported from N. India.

~~ ee eee ere

_o ss 2

——eeeOoOo ee

1886. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 73

115. #Lata ALBATA, Stal.

Flata albata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. xi, p. 247 (1854): Freg. Hug. Resa,

p. 283 (1859).

Whitish : tegmina within two fuscescent bands at the apex, behind

the middle with three, small, oblique, abbreviated, black bands ; geni-

cule, tibie, and anterior tarsi, black-fuscous (Sédl). Body long, 10;

exp. teg., 33 millims.

Reported from Malacca.

116. Frata MARGINATA, Walker.

Colobesthes marginata, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 92 (1856).

Greenish- white: frons not broader than long, with a slightly ele-

vated border and a slight ridge: sides slightly. rounded: mesonotum on

each side with a testaceous stripe which includes a luteous line: teg-

mina minutely tuberculate towards the base, rounded in front, rectangu-

lar at the tips, straight and quadrate from thence to the hind angle

which is attenuated and acute: hind border straight, a pale luteous

marginal band extending from three-fourths of the length of the costa

nearly to the middle of the hind border (Walker). Body long, 83; teg.,

375 millims.

Reported from Malacca, Burma.

117. Fuata pryeri, Distant.

Flata (Colobesthes) pryeri, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 153 (1880).

Body above and tegmina pale greenish ; wings pale greenish white :

tegmina with the costal, inner, and outer margins (the last only half the

length from the apex) narrowly and obscurely luteous, and with an

angular black line on the disc, about half way from the base and about

two-thirds the distance from the costal margin: body beneath and legs

somewhat luteous. Face broad, convex, carinate in the middle, sides

amplified: posterior angle of tegmina attenuated and acute, expanse at

outer margin twice that of width near base: two well developed trans-

verse, somewhat irregular, series of veinlets preceding outer margin and

a third one situated midway between these and the reticulated area (Dis-

tant). Body long, 10; exp. teg., 36 millims.

Reported from Borneo, Penang.

118. Fuata anticaA, Walker.

Peciloptera antica, Walker (nec Westw.), List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 456 (1851),

Flata antica, Stal, Ofvers. K, V.-A. Forh. p. 490 (1862).

74 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

©. Body yellowish-green: head very short; vertex extremely

short, apparently almost concealed by the pronotum ; frons flat, a little

broader towards the clypeus, pale luteous and slightly rounded on each

side, margins reflexed, very slightly sinuate where it joins the clypeus

with a median ridge extending three-fourths of its length: clypeus

slightly rounded, obliquely streaked on both sides: mesonotum with

three green stripes of which the median follows a ridge: pectus luteous ;

abdomen obconical, crested, pale green and tinged with white above:

lecs pale luteous: tegmina whitish green, dilated and tuberculated along

more than half the length of the hind border, truncated at the tips

which form right angles with the hind borders; veins bright luteous

especially along the fore-border towards the base where the whole wing

has that hue unless closely inspected: wings white. Body long, 93;

teg., 25 millims.

Reported from India.

Species of uncertain position.

119. FravTa COROMANDELICA, Spinola.

Peciloptera coromandelica, Spin., A. 8. E. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 440 (1839) ; Walker,

List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 440 (1851).

$, @. Head, dorsum of thorax, tegmina, grass-green, the rest inclu-

ding wings of a lighter green, veins deeper: second joint of the antenna,

exterior border of the external flap, and of the entire discoidal space of the

tegmina orange: third joint of the antenns and its filament, spines on

tibie and tarsi, black.

Reported from Coromandel.

120. Frara truncata, Linneous.

Cicada truncata, Linn., Syst. Nat. ii, p. 704 (1758); Amzon. Acad. vi, p. 399

(1763).

Fulgora truncata, Olivier, Eno. Méth. vi, p. 571 (1791); Fabricius, Syst. Ent.

p. 674 (1775) ; Spec. Ins. ii, p. 815 (1781) ; Mant. Ins. ii, p. 261 (1787); Ent. Syst.

iv, p. 4 (1794); Syst. Rhyng., p. 4 (1808).

Peciloptera truncata, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 151 (1841); Walker,

List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 446 (1851).

Whitish-green, wings deflexed, compressed, posteriorly truncated,

frons a little advanced, obtuse. (Linn.)

Reported from India, Java.

121. Fuata appita, Walker.

Peciloptera addita, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 448 (1851).

Peciloptera plana, Walker, List 1. c., p. 463 (1851).

Flata addita, Stal, Ofvers. K, V.-A, Forh. p. 489 (1862).

1886. ] KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 75

Walker makes his species the same as Stoll’s ‘ La Cigale chappe

verte (Cigales, p. 76, t. 19, f. 103), which comes from Madras. Stoll

describes it as having head and eyes white, body and feet pale yellowish

green, tegmina green, powdered with white farinose, wings white.

Walker’s P. addita has body pale green; antenne yellow; abdomen

greenish yellow powdered with white: legs pale green: feet tawny :

tegmina pale green powdered with white; veinsgreen: wings milk-white.

Walker’s P. plana is only a faded specimen of P. addita.

é. Body long, 6—7; teg., 25—29 millims.

122. FLatTa LACTIFERA, Walker.

Peciloptera lactifera, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 450 (1851).

Body, legs and veins on tegmina pale stramineous; the two former

powdered with white: mesonotum with two luteous stripes; tegmina

and wings white, tegmina with numerous longitudinal and few transverse

veins, anterior margin slightly rounded and along it a row of oblique,

parallel, here and there forked, transverse veins. Body long, 67; teg.,

21 millims.

Reported from N. India.

123. Fata DISTINCTISSIMA, Walker.

Peciloptera distinctissima, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt., p. 114(1858).

Flata distinctissima, Stal, Ofvers. K, V.-A. Foérh. p. 490 (1862).

Pale green or whitish or testaceous: mesonotum with four more or

less distinct luteous or testaceous stripes: abdomen and legs pale testa-

ceous: tegmina with a reddish marginal line extending from the apical

part of the costa to the base of the interior border which is slightly

tuberculate ; veins and transverse veinlets, testaceous: wings white.

Long, 74; teg., 21 millims.

Reported from N. China.

124, Fata guTtTounaris, Walker.

Peciloptera guttularis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt., p. 111 (1858).

Flata guttularis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 490 (1862).

Testaceous, whitish pubescent, rarely pale green: abdomen gene-

rally white: tegmina rarely tinged with green towards the base and

along the costa, with about 18 minute black dots: wings white. Long,

9—103; teg., 31—33 millims.

Reported from N. China.

76 BE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

125. Fata (?) rriscripta, Walker.

Flata triscripta, Walker, Ins. Saund., p. 50 (1858.)

Green, thickly covered with white tomentum : antenne, tarsi, and

fore-tibiz, black: wings white, iridescent: vertex and frons elongated,

their borders elevated, parallel: pronotum much arched : tegmina with

a slight green tinge, slightly testaceous along the borders and with two

grayish, curved, parallel bands, the one marginal the other submarginal ;

three black discal lines of which the fore one forms a very obtuse angle,

much longer than the other two, between which and the interior border

the veins are black ; costa and exterior border rounded ; veins numerous ;

veinlets rather numerous (Walker). Body long, 8}; exp. teg., 25

millims,

Reported from Penang.

126. Fuata (?) rectrmarco, Walker.

Peciloptera rectimargo, Walker, Ins. Saund., p. 51 (1858).

Testaceous with a very slight rosy tinge: abdomen whitish testa-

ceous: tegmina very pale rosy; wings white. ¢ has fore tibie, black :

tegmina with a luteous tinge along part of both exterior and interior

borders. @ has the tegmina-with a luteous stripe near the costa. Body

long, 10$—123; teg., 46—50 millims.

Reported from Penang.

127. Furata sinensis, Walker.

Peciloptera sinensis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 451 (1851).

Peciloptera cereris, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 247 (1854).

Phyllyphanta cereris, Stal, Freg. Hug. Resa, Hem., p. 282 (1859) ; Ofvers. 1. c.,

p. 489 (1862).

3, 9. Weak virescent: head briefly conically produced; frons

reflexly margined with a very obsolete median ridge: thorax somewhat

granulated towards the ‘sides, with a slight ridge: scutellum parallel

with three obsolete grass-green ridges, the lateral pair very obsolete:

tegmina scarcely twice as long as broad, internal apical angle acutely

produced ; the exterior apical limbus and the internal limbus behind the

middle densely adorned with small fuscous spots; clavus densely and ex-

ternal limbus towards the base sparingly, granulated; very many cells

furnished with a weaker granule or somewhat elevated spot (Stal). Long,

9; exp. teg., 22 millims.

Reported from Hong-Kong.

1886. | H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 77

Genus Suiza, Stal.

Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. vi, p. 312 (1862).

Head narrower than the thorax ; vertex transverse, concealed : frons

of variable length, sometimes subtumid at the base, lateral margins

somewhat acutish and slightly reflexed: obsolete ocelli present: anten-

ne short, first joint very short: thorax slightly arcuate, prominent in a

small tooth anteriorly on both sides at the eyes; thorax and scutellum

without ridges: tegmina moderately ample, contracted slightly near the

apex, subtruncated at the apex, apical angles rounded, sprinkled irregu-

larly with transverse veinlets, furnished between the apex of the clavus

and of the subradial vein with a continued row of transverse veinlets,

the space between the subradial vein and cubitus varying in length and

breadth, and furnished towards the apex with transverse veinlets: veins

on clavus united towards the apex: feet moderate, simple; last tibie

bispinose behind the middle. Allied to Flata, Fabr., but very distinct

in the structure and form of the tegmina (Sidl): type, P. vidua, Stal.

128. Serniza vipva, Stal.

Peciloptera vidua, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. xi, p. 248 (1854); Freg. Hug.

Resa, Ins. p. 281 (1859).

Seliza vidua, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. vi, p. 812 (1862).

Yellow-testaceous ; frons furnished at the base with an arcuate ridge,

and towards the base between the eyes with a longitudinal ridge: teg-

mina subparallel, one and a half times longer than the breadth, behind

the middle both outwardly and inwardly sinuate, roundly truncated at

the apex, adorned with a broad black-fuscous patch, clavus inwardly

tuberculate. Head yellow testaceous, at the base itself with a subarcuate

transverse ridge; frons somewhat longer than the breadth, reflexly-

margined, furnished with a small ridge towards the base: antennez

flavescent, third joint fuscous: thorax yellow-testaceous, semicircularly

subelevated behind the head: scutellum yellow-testaceous, convex, almost

four times longer than the thorax : tegmina one and half times longer than

the breadth, rounded outwardly from the base, then subparallel, sinuated

outwardly and inwardly behind the middle, roundly truncate at the

apex, testaceous-yellow ; a large, longitudinal patch, abrupt before the

middle, black fuscous ; clavus longitudinally carinately elevated inwards :

beneath with feet testaceous-yellow (Stal). Long, 5; exp. teg., 14

millims.

Reported from Malacca, India.

129. Spriza TRuNcATA, Walker.

Flatoides truncatus, Walker, List Hom, B. M. ii, p. 419 (1851),

Seliza truncata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 490 (1862).

78 EB. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

g. Body tawny, darker here and there: head a little narrower

than the thorax; vertex conical, slightly concave; frons much larger

than broad, widening from the vertex to the clypeus where it is rounded,

reflexly marginate, and with a slight median ridge: eyes striped: tho-

rax rounded in front slightly sinuate behind ;nearly four times broader than

long : mesonotum ferruginous, more than twice as long as the pronotum :

abdomen luteous, obconical, not longer than the thorax : genitalia consis-

ting of two curved appendages the tips of which cross each other; the

lower one compressed, deep, grooved; the upper one longer and more

slender: legs tawny : tegmina truncate at the tips, pale tawny: veins

darker, very numerous towards the tips: wings almost colourless, brown

towards the tips ; veins brown, tawny at the base (Walker). Body long,

5; teg., 145 millims.

Reported from N. India.

130. SELIZA FERRUGINEA, Walker.

Elidiptera ferruginea, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 333 (1851).

Seliza ferruginea, Stal, K. V.-A. Férh., p. 490 (1862).

g. Body tawny; head much narrower than the thorax; its two

segments divided by a suture which forms an angle towards the hind

border; hind segment yellow, piceous on the disc, its back forming a

right angle with each side on which the eye is placed: fore segment

piceous, rounded in front; frons rather broad, rounded on each side,

piceous next the crown: rostrum tawny, reaching the hind coxe: an-

tenne ferruginous, rather short, second joint nearly twice longer than

the first: pronotum as long as the head very finely rugulose, somewhat

truncated in front, slightly sinuate behind, disc of the mesonotum,

piceous : abdomen obconical, not longer than the thorax: legs tawny,

grooved, rather broad; a tooth on each hind tibia near the tip:

tegmina ferruginous, darker at the tips, partly inflated at the base and.

along the hind border, near whose base there are a few rows of small

tubercles; reticulated part occupying full one-third of the wing; fore-

border slightly convex not dilated; a row of numerous short parallel

veinlets between it and the first longitudinal vein ; veins ferruginous:

wings grayish (Walker). Body long, 63; teg., 165 millims.

Reported from India.

131. Smuiza tignarta, Walker.

Flatoides lignarius, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 413 (1851).

Flatoides minor, Walker, 1. c., p. 417 (1851).

Flatoides dubitans, Walker, 1. c., Suppt., p. 101 (1858).

Peciloptera punctifrons, Walker, 1. c., Suppt., p. 118 (1858).

Seliza lignaria, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A, Forh., p. 489 (1862).

1886.] E. T, Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 79

é. Body ferruginous: vertex with a large piceous spot on each

side; frons and clypeus, tawny ; mesonotum piceous: abdomen a little

longer than the thorax, genitalia very long, upper one armed near the

base with two spines, curved downwards towards the tip which ap-

proaches the middle of the tip of the lower one, the latter is very deep,

especially at the tip where its depth is almost equal to its length: legs

tawny : tegmina ferruginous, moderately broad, with a few darker spots ;

discs of the areolas almost colourless; veins brown; costal margin

much dilated towards the base and along it a row of parallel transverse

veins: wings gray, paler towards the base. 9 has the abdomen shorter

than the thorax, tip rounded and along it a groove with a transverse

ridge. Body long, 53; teg., 165 millims.

Reported from Hong-Kong.

Genus FLAtoipEs, Guérin.

Icon. Régne Animal, Texte, Ins., p. 362 (1838): Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, pp. 237,

248 (1866): includes Phalenomorpha, Am. & Sery. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 525

(1843) ; Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. vi, p. 312 (1862).

Body oblong, depressed, head produced before the eyes; vertex flat,

sides parallel, confused anteriorly with the produced base of the frons

which is not ridged: rostrum rather long, antenne short: thorax elevated

and flat on the disc, broadly sinuate at the base, sides flattened : tegmina

ample, suboblong, costal membrane broad: feet simple, last tibie bi-

spinose ; last dorsal segment of the abdomen in g furnished with a large

produced plate, rounded at the apex (Stal).

132. Fuarorpes inpica, Walker.

Elidiptera indica, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 330 (1851).

Flatoides indica, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 489 (1862).

$. Body pale tawny, mottled with darker colour: head conical,

not longer than the pronotum, somewhat sinuate and with a brown

stripe above, yellow and marked with a darker colour beneath where

it widens to the clypeus: rostrum Iuteous, reaching to the hind coxa ;

eyes very prominent: antenna luteous, rather long, second joint longer

than the first; pronotum conical, slightly excavated and indistinctly

angular on the hind border: disc of the mesonotum very concave; a

ridge on each side towards the tip which forms an acute angle: ab-

domen slightly obconical, a little longer and broader than the thorax :

legs pale tawny, slightly grooved: a single black-tipped spine on each

hind tibia : tegmina very pale tawny, almost colourless towards the tips,

adorned on the veins with numerous brown dots, some of which are

confluent and with a transverse brown band at one-third from the base ;

80 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

veins pale tawny; a broad convex membrane along the fore-border and

at the tip slightly waved, furnished with numerous veins, most of which

are connected by a band of transverse veins: wings whitish: veins

pale stramineous (Walker). Body long, 103; teg., 25 millims.

Reported from French rocks near Madras.

133. FLatTorpEs rimpria, Walker.

Elidiptera fimbria, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 331 (1851).

Flatoides fimbria, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 489 (1862).

@. Body pale dull luteous: head conical, a little longer than the

pronotum ; lateral margins slightly carinate; frons widest between the

eyes: rostrum tawny, nearly reaching the hind coxe: eyes not pro-

minent: pronotum truncated in front, with a slight median ridge;

hardly excavated on the hind border, paler than the head: mesonotum

pale brown with two ridges which are oblique in front: abdomen

elliptical, longer than the thorax, marked with black at the base: legs

tawny, slightly grooved; a single black-tipped spine near the tip of

each hind tibia: tegmina pale yellowish-brown with small irregular

dark brown marks which are chiefly on the veins, rounded, much

widened and furnished with numerous veins along the fore-border ;

veins pale tawny : wings pale gray, veins tawny (Walker). Body long,

105; teg., 27 millims.

Reported from Silhat.

134. FLATOIDES PRINCIPALIS, Stal.

Flatoides principalis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 159 (1865).

g. ‘Testaceous-stramineous ; tegmina turning into pale olivaceous,

very slightly narrowed behind the middle, broadly rounded at the apex:

wings sordid whitish. Head fairly produced before the eyes ; vertex some-

what longer than the thorax, a little longer than broad, obtuse at the apex

and sinuated on both sides ; frons much longer than broad, fairly narrowed

upwards, rounded on both sides towards the apex; a ridge proceeding

from the base beyond the middle, distinct, furnished in the middle with

two small ridges: clypeus without a ridge: median part of the thorax,

elevated, somewhat concave anteriorly, rounded at the apex: scutellum

with an abbreviated transverse ridge a little before the middle, recurved

on both sides, and continued to the apex, black-fuscous at the apex :

costal part of the tegmina transversely veined, very broad, narrowed

towards the apex, occupying towards the base more than a third part

of the tegmina; margins entire, not eroded: last pair of tibie bi-

spinose (Stal). Long, 15; exp. teg., 38 millims.

Reported from Malacca, Ligor.

1886. ] K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. ;

135. Frarormss (?) EMARGINATUS, Walker.

Flatoides emarginatus, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 89 (1856).

Blackish: head, pectus, and legs dull dark testaceous; frons about

twice broader than long with an elevated border and with three short

ridges on the hind part: tegmina and wings blackish, a white limpid

spot beyond the middle of the costa of the tegmina, which are slightly

hooked. Body long, 63; exp. teg., 23 millims.

Reported from Singapore.

Genus Arracis, Stal.

Hem. Afric. iv, pp. 237, 250 (1866).

Body oblong, depressed: head much narrower than the thorax,

more or less prominulous before the eyes : ocelli present: antenne short :

disc of thorax elevated and flat; thorax broadly sinuated at the base :

clavus granulated at the base : last segment of the abdomen in 9 produced

in a large plate which is rounded at the apex: feet simple, last tibie

unispinose (Stal).

136. ArTRacis pRUINOSA, Walker.

Elidiptera pruinosa, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt., p. 75 (1858).

Flatoides pruinosa, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh., p. 439 (1862).

Atracis pruinosa, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 250 (1866).

Sordid testaceous: head and pronotum slightly marked with black :

disc of the mesonotum mostly black: tegmina with a slight greyish

bloom and slight, small, irregular and variable, brown or black marks ;

costal margin much dilated: wings greyish with darker veins. Vertex

much broader than long, slightly angular in front, with a slight ridge

and with elevated borders; frons a little longer than broad, with two

nearly obsolete ridges and with slightly elevated borders; pronotum

somewhat truncated anteriorly and with a very slight ridge (Walker).

Body long, 72; teg., 21 millims.

Reported from N. China.

Genus Copsyrna, Stal.

Rio Jan. Hem. ii, p. 69 (1862); Hem. Afric. iv, p. 237 (1866).

Body somewhat cylindrical or compressed: head much narrower

than the thorax : antennew standing up a little beyond the anterior margin

of the gene, second joint short or very short: ocelh not visible: tegmina

rounded at the apex : last pair of tibies unispinose.

82 E, T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

137. CopsyRNA MACULATA, Guérin.

Peciloptera maculata, Guérin, Icon. Régne An. t. 58, f. 7 (1830-34) ; Voy. Bél.

Ind. Orient., p. 470 (1834) : Spin., A. 8. E. F. viii, p. 423 (1839) : Walker, List Hom.

B. M. ii, p. 443 (1851) ; J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 92 (1856), p. 161 (1857).

Copsyrna maculata, Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. ii, p. 69 (1862).

Head, thorax, and wings yellowish-white, a little orange on the sides

of the mesonotum and at the base of tegmina: head with an oblong

patch in the middle of the frons, two approximated dots in the middle

of the pronotum, two longitudinal parallel lines in the middle of the

mesonotum, and four small dots on the posterior lateral margins, black :

tegmina oblong, rounded at the tip, with several brown spots, almost

black towards the anterior margin, quadrate, in several places confluent,

leaving small white spaces in their midst and forming, towards the tip,

three arched parallel bands on the external margin: wings white :

beneath and feet pale yellow (Guérin). Long, 12; exp. teg., 50 millims.

Reported from Java, Malacca, Singapore.

Genus Nupuusa, Amyot & Serville.

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 527 (1843): Walker. List. Hom. B. M. ii, p.

(1851): Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 237 (1866); Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh., p. 773 (1870).

Head broad, straight or scarcely arched beyond the eyes; vertex

in the form of a very short margin beyond the pronotum, with a slight

transverse ridge which separates it from the frons which is broad and

has neither a distinct longitudinal ridge nor a transverse groove: ocelli

apparently absent: pronotum without a longitudinal median ridge;

mesonotum with three almost parallel elevated lines: tegmina with

longitudinal and forked veins ; of a very fine substance, although slightly

opaque ; truncated at the tip; margins straight, a little broader at the

tip than at the base ; external border with very distinct transverse veins ;

wings almost as long as the tegmina and much broader at the tip than at

the base: vulvar plates in ¢ broad, in form of an elongated cone,

extending beyond the tip of the abdomen, with a sabre-shaped oviduct,

divided into two equal plates, very robust and usually hidden by the

vulvar plates: last pair of tibis unispinose (A. & 8.) Differs from

Oopsyrna in having the tegmina truncated at the apex and the head only

a little narrower than the thorax.

138. NepHesa rosEA, Spinola.

Ricania rosea, Spinola, A. 8. E. F. viii, p. 400 (1839).

Nephesa rosea, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 528 (1843) ; Walker, List

Hom. B. M. ii, p. 433 (1851) ; J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 91 (1856): Stal, Ofvers. K, V.-A,

Forh., p. 489 (1862) ; p. 773 (1870) ; Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 393 (1866).

Peciloptera completa, Walker, 1. c., p. 241 (1851).

Flata matutina, Walker, 1. c., p. 437 (1851).

1886.] J.C. Douglas—The Hive-Bees indigenous to India, Sc. 83

3, 2. Head, thorax, and tegmina of a slight rosy colour: wings

white: body beneath and feet of a pale yellowish colour (A. & S.).

Loug, 22 millims.

Reported from Philippines, Java, Singapore.

Species of doubtful occurrence.

138. Peciloptera luteimargo, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 92 (1856).

Green, with a slight testaceous tinge: frons a little longer than

broad with the border slightly elevated and with a slight ridge; sides

rounded : thorax ecarinate: pronotum nearly semicircular, extending

over the vertex: mesonotum broader than long: tegmina subquadrate

at the tips, about which there is a luteous brown-bordered band: wings

limpid (Walker). Body long, 6¢; teg., 145 millims.

Reported from Singapore.

139. Peciloptera niveina, Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. i, p. 92 (1856).

White: in structure like the preceding: tegmina with a testaceous

marginal band which extends from two-thirds of the length of the costa

to the base of the hind border (Walker). Body long, 5;; teg., 144

millims.

Reported from Mount Ophir (Singapore).

140. Flata lyncea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iv, p. 42 (1794); Syst Rhyng., p. 55

(1803).

Small: face flavescent, markings black: frons glaucous with a dull

black dot on both sides cinctured flayescent and a small line in the

middle: thorax glaucous with two rounded dull black spots anteriorly :

tegmina and wings hyaline, exterior margin flavescent (Fabr.).

Reported from India.

IlI.—The Hive-Bees indigenous to India and the Introduction of the

Italian Bee.—By J. C. Doveuas. |

[Received January 11th ;—Read January 6th, 1886. |

As Lam about to leave Calcutta, and for several months shall not be

able to pursue further my investigation concerning the indigenous bees

of the genus Apis, I present this preliminary paper. I hope on a future

occasion to be able to give further details, after I have mounted, exa-

mined, and drawn some of the more characteristic specimens; I shall

also obtain additional specimens and examine more nests of wild bees.

It is a striking fact that bee-keeping should have been of such trifling

value in India, while it has existed elsewhere as a considerableindustry from

ancient times, has been carried on all over Hurope and in parts of Asia and

84 J. ©. Douglas—The Hive-Bees indigenous to India [No. 1,

Africa, in such different climates as those of Norway and Egypt, and ona

large scale even in the New World, where no indigenous hive-bees exist.

The honey-bee is indigenous over the whole of India, and the climate

is almost universally exceedingly favourable. In 1881, I applied to the

India Office for any information available concerning Indian bees and

apiculture. The matter was referred to the Government of India, who

in 1883 published a collection of papers on the subject. In accordance

with a resolution of the Government of India, a large number of

specimens of honey, wax, and comb was sent to the International

Exhibition at Calcutta in 1884. I collected a large quantity of specimens

and many facts, personally, and from correspondents, who took great

trouble to render me assistance in the enquiry. I found European

entomologists had no more information on Indian bees than Dr. Gerstacker

had given in his paper* published in 1862. I received valuable assis-

tance in my enquiries from Mr. EH. C. Rye, through Mr. Tegetmeier of

‘The Field ;? and Mr. Horton Ellis placed at my disposal the corre-

spondence the late Mr. Woodbury had with the late Mr. F. Smith and

others. Herr F. Moravitz, of the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences,

was kind enough, in reply to a letter of mine, to give me such inform-

ation as he possessed on the subject of Asiatic varieties.

General facts elicited by the enquiry were :—

1, That some species of hive-bee is apparently indigenous to every

part of India and that in the plains several species exist.

2. That of the same species found in the hills and also in the plains,

the variety inhabiting the colder climate is the more productive.

3. That honey is obtained from even the least productive varieties by

suspending or inserting in walls vessels suitable for the habitation of the

insects.

4, That bee-keeping of the primitive kind described above is com-

mon in the plains, but the more productive the species or variety of bee

the less primitive the mode of cultivation ; the lowest form consists in

the use of an earthen vessel for a hive and in the destruction of all the

bees when taking the honey, as in lower Bengal; the use of cylindrical

hives made for the purpose of wooden logs or earth and wattle, where

the bee is more productive, as in the Punjab; hives built in house-walls,

as in Cashmere, where the bees and their brood-nests are not destroyed,

but feeding on meal and sugar or honey is practised; and, finally,

where Apis mellifica is found, in the Bashahr district of the Punjab,

special bee-houses as high as 25 feet are built, and men devote their time

to the care and protection of beex.

* ‘Ueber die geographische Verbreitung und die Abinderungen der Honigbiene

nebst Bemerkungen tiber die auslindischen Honigbienen der alten Welt,’ in XI,

Wander-Versammlung Deutsche Bienenwirthe zu Potsdam, 1862.

ea ewe =.%

1886. | and the Introduction of the Italian Bee. ‘85

5. That the products of the bees building in the open air in the plaius

are simply taken by driving off the bees by means of smoke; no attempt

being made to cultivate the bees, or to “ preserve ”’ them in the technical

sense.

6. That of about 65 specimens of honey sent to the Exhibition from

different parts of the country and examined by me almost all were fer-

mented, thin, and, from a European point of view, utterly unmarketable ;

samples of hill-honey said to be good were after being kept found by me

to be inferior. This inferiority is due (1) to the honey being “ unripe ”’ or

being taken from the combs of bees building in the open, which honey

appears to be thinner than that stored in a hive-house or other close space,

and (2) to the method of extracting, which admits of the honey being

contaminated by nitrogenous matter from crushed larve and pollen.

7. Pure good honey of indigenous bees is unobtainable in Calcutta.

8. As A. florea builds inside houses and A. dorsata in caves, and

under such conditions build larger and multiple combs, yielding larger

quantities of denser honey, it appears very probable that, if a well

ventilated hive with several openings or one large opening were used,

these bees might be hived, and that their honey would then become dense

like that of A. mellifica, but their comb-building would present difficulties

in the way of extracting without injuring brood, and they would probably

not defend their hive so as to keep their combs free from moth.

9. Many attempts, extending over several years, had been made by

Europeans to hive indigenous bees in the plains, and to import European

bees, but without success. Apis indica has been successfully cultivated

in frame-hives in the hills.

10. The past failures have not been due to inherent impracticability,

but to want of knowledge, skill, and experience, or of just appreciation

of the initial difficulties. In the case of imported bees, a considerable

sacrifice of bees was not provided for, nor were experiments continued

sufficiently long to discover the local conditions of success.

11. The alarming accounts given of the viciousness of some Indian

bees are not confirmed. The Rev. A. Bunker, Mr. F. Benton, Mr. Dathe,

and myself have handled, or hived A. dorsata, or had it under observation.

Instances of this bee attacking men and animals when wantonly or acci-

dentally irritated by persons ignorant of bee-management prove nothing,

as this behaviour is common to most bees in similar circumstances. The

number of such accidents reported is extremely small considering the

enormous number of bees’ nests which exist even in the towns and the

scanty clothing worn by the labouring population : three species exist in

Calcutta: most gardens contain nests of two species. The relative

irascibility of races of bees can only be ascertained by persons skilled in

handling bees.

86 J. C. Douglas—The Hive- Bees indigenous to India [No. 1,

My observations and experiments have been continued since Nov-

ember 1882, and a number of gentlemen interested in the subject have

pursued the enquiry during these years, made observations on wild bees,

or collected and supplied me with specimens ; the objects of this enquiry

being to ascertain the habits, structure, affinities, and economic value of

the several indigenous species and varieties. Several gentlemen had kept

Apis indica in the hills. Mr. F. Todd of Landour sent to the exhibition

specimens of super and extracted honey so obtained. Mr. Hunter of

Landour has also kept this bee, and supplied me with valuable information.

I have kept hives of Apis indica in Calcutta and taken many nests. Mr.

Stocks of Berhampore, Bengal, has several hives of this bee: being more

favourably situated than myself he has been much more successful than I

in filling his hives, and his bees were evidently preparing to swarm late in

December, a wide departure from the usual swarming time when not hived.

Capt. R. Fenton, B.8.C., kept the Bhootan bee in Bhootan, and sent several

stocks to Calcutta. I kept this bee in Calcutta for two years and had ane

hive swarm naturally. The Rey. A. Bunker of Toungoo had recently

8 hives of the variety of A. indica indigenous to-that place: he was very

successful in filling his hives, but ultimately lost most of his stocks from

moth. Mr. Bunker and myself have had A. dorsata under observation,

Mr. Bunker has hived it, and two experienced bee-masters from

Germany have also hived it independently ; but all attempts at hiving it

permanently have been unsuccessful, Many combs of A. dorsata have

been searched by me, and at my request, for drone-cells, but in every case

the comb was found uniform throughout in the size of the cells. I have

taken nests of A. florea and had this bee under observation. Mr. A.

Bunker has hived it. It will be seen from the above that a series

of laborious experiments and a large number of observations have been

made extending over more than three years; and, besides the operations

detailed, many persons have sent specimens and given information of

great value.

Apis inp1cA.—Found all over India, in the plains and on the hills ;

kept by natives in rude hives, most in the hills, but also in the plains ;

kept near Calcutta by villagers, who insert earthen vessels in the walls

of their houses to serve as hives and destroy the bees periodically.

Nests of this bee common in Calcutta. This bee differs in colour, being

lighter in the plains than in the hills; it appears constant in size of body

and of its cells all over India, in such different climates as those of Chumba,

Landour, the Khassia Hills, and Lower Bengal ; in habits it corresponds to

A. mellifica, its stocks are much lighter than those of A. mellifica, but may

be greatly improved by cultivation; and it is exceedingly liable to be

attacked by moth. Most nests examined contained moth, and several were

i a i

1886. | and the Introduction of the Italian Bee. 87

badly ravaged. Persons who have kept the bee complain of losing even

the heaviest stocks from moth. It permits other insects to share its

quarters, and does not keep its hive so clean as A. ligustica: the difference

is very striking. The ravages of moth are worst during the rains, when

the bees decrease in number. This bee swarms in the hot season and just

before the rains, it works during the rains and the cold season, but is

apparently less active in the cold weather than A. florea. A stock in a

frame-hive prepared to swarm in the cold season, having been fed and

otherwise protected. Near the hills this bee often migrates at certain

seasons. The largest yield of honey reported from one hive is 30lbs.

Description of Nest.—In one nest examined the measurements

were :—thickness of comb minimum °59”", max. ‘79’, distance between

faces of combs ‘27’ to ‘39’, distance of combs from centre to centre ‘98”

to 1:18” (‘98 appeared normal). A barrel-shaped hive from the Punjab

was 18 inches deep and 11 inches in diameter, content about 1600 cubic

inches ; it contained 14 combs, a large quantity of drone-brood, and a

large number of drones; the covered worker brood-comb was ‘79” to

‘95” thick, the drone brood-comb was ‘98" thick, the store brood-combs

reached 1°18” in thickness, the distance between the brood-combs was

315”, and the distance from centre to centre of store-comb was min.

1:3”, max. 1:772” on outside combs; the normal distance between

combs is less than 4” and the thickness of the combs somewhat over 2” ;

the worker-cells are 6 to the linear inch, and the drone-cells 5; actual

measurements of worker-cells 3 cells = 513” = 5°85 per inch; 3 cells =

‘494’ = 6125 per inch, average 5°95. The measurements were made .

with a vernier.

Tur Buootea Brz.—All bees, including queen, very dark, almost or

quite black, with light hair; comb—worker 53 and drone 43 cells per

linear inch, drone-comb a full inch thick. Hxceedingly mild in temper,

in fact, cowardly ; the sentinels commonly running in when those of A.

mellifica would rush out and attack. Stocks apparently heavier than

those of A. indica. Kept in Bhootan by Capt. R. Fulton and in Calcutta

by myself. One hive swarmed naturally in Calcutta. Given A. mellifica

worker-comb used it as drone-comb, bred large number of drones ;

yielded no surplus honey, 6 tbs only being found in hive at end of season.

Very liable to moth.

The behaviour of both the above towards moth is quite different

from that of A. ligustica. They do indeed attack the moth and tear down

their combs; but if a larva of wax-moth be dropped into a hive of A.

ligustica, the bees become excited, and at once sting the larva and carry

it out. The Indian bees, on the contrary, do not notice the larva, the

Bhootea bee particularly, and I have dropped larve between the combs

without causing any commotion or exciting the bees to sting the larva,

88 J.C. Douglas—The Hive-Bees indigenous to India [No. 1,

This bee is much larger than Apis indica. It is certainly at least

a constant variety or race differing widely from A. indica; possibly a

different species: the young queen of the hive that swarmed ‘“ mated

pure,” although A. indica was present in large numbers in the neighbour-

hood, but the Bhootea drones were very numerous. If not a different

species, it is certainly close to the debatable ground between “ species ”

and “variety.” It appears that the Bhootea bee and A. indica do not

breed with A. mellifica: I bred about 25 Italian queens only 5 of which

mated by reason of my having but very few drones; the honey supply

apparently failed suddenly when not expected and the Italians destroyed

the drones ; I, however, let all the queens fly till mated, lost, or incapable

of mating, but in no case was a queen impregnated by a drone of the

Bhootea or Bengal species, though I had some thousands of Bhootea

drones in the same apiary, and A. indica was plentiful. I found also that

a queenless hive of A. ligustica would sting a Bhootea drone to death

instantly, if he were placed on the flight-board : bees do not destroy their

own drones by stinging them ; they worry and starve them. Both A. indica

and the Bhootea bee attempt to rob A. ligustica, but not to any important

extent; and they both abscond very readily, unless they have been a

month or more in the hive; A. imdica is the more prone to abscond,

One hive of A. indica had a laying worker when queenless.

Both the above species are what would be termed swarming bees, that

is to say, they breed many drones and swarm frequently. The Bhootea

bee is exactly midway in size of body and of cell between A. indica and

A. mellifica, and it differs from both more widely than do any two varieties

of A. mellifica from one another. Though the Egyptian variety (A. fasct-

ata) builds a slightly smaller comb, it can use the comb of A. ligustica.

Apis poRsATA builds under boughs, normally a single comb, but under

favourable conditions, asin caves, it duplicates its comb. Cells 45 tothe

inch. No drone-comb differing from worker found in any comb examined. In

acomb from S. Coimbatore the actual measurements were 3 cells = °645”,

Z. e., 215" each, or 4°65 cells per inch ; other three were ‘225”, :218”, :230”,

average 4°425 per inch. The Sikkim variety is larger than that found

in the plains, and the hill varieties generally appear darker and larger than

those of the plains; specimens from Jubbulpore are very light-colour-

ed. A comb of the Sikkim variety would be interesting to ascertain if it

differs from the comb of the plains, and if it has drone-cells. In many parts

it migrates at certain seasons, and it leaves its comb readily on failure of

pasturage. It is reputed vicious, but this is not confirmed by experts ; nor

is its sting exceptionally severe. This bee is confined to the plains or does

not extend beyond about 3000 feet of altitude. It builds no special drone-

comb, all its cells are the same size, and its drone is not differentiated from

1886. ] and the Introduction of the Italian Bee. 89

the worker as is that of other species, but is of the same size and shape

as the worker, excepting that it has the eyes meeting, as in the drone of

A. mellifica.

APIS FLOREA or FLORALIS, the latter being a literary correction only.

This is the smallest known species of the genus, and its drone is rela-

tively to the worker the largest and most differentiated from the female

and worker. It inhabits the plains or not above 3000 feet of altitude,

its worker-comb is very regular, the drone-cells have much thicker walls

and are cylindrical. Drone-cells 6, worker-cells 9 to the linear inch.

Actual measurements of a comb from South Coimbatore gave 5°725 drone

and 8°925 worker-cells per inch. When this bee builds on a thin branch,

its comb is very small, about the size of a man’s hand, and single; but

built in a building the comb may attain to several square feet in

area and be partially duplicated. This bee is very mild in disposition,

and its sting is not so severe as that of A. indica. It may be mentioned

that bees generally appear readily to become familiarized with man’s

presence, the bees of a hive frequently opened and. bees building near

roads and paths: and in houses appear to become less. irritable and

impatient of interference than those which inhabit secluded places,

but bees that are starving, diseased, robbing, or being robbed are liable

to become irritable. This species appears. very constant in size and

colouring.

This bee is described and figured by Latreille as “* A. indica, Fab.,’”

and A. indica, as A. socialis; the descriptions are very imperfect and

the figures inaccurate ; full descriptions will be given hereafter.

Tue BusHanr Bezt.—This is a variety of Apis mellifica. The speci-

mens I have are dark with black scutellum, excepting in one specimen, in

which that part has adark red mark on it. ‘he comb corresponds

exactly with that of A. mellifica. This bee is found in the Bushahr

district of the Punjab and probably elsewhere along the northern

frontier ; it is said to be readily manipulated, a trait not common amongst

the varieties with a light scutellum. It is no doubt productive, as the

natives of Bushahr build stone houses 25. feet high for its reception and

follow the care of bees asa special industry. This bee would prove of

considerable economic value if aeclimatized in other parts of India.

The few drones I have are smaller than those of A. ligustica. Its power

of resisting moth are unknown.

Hazara Vartety.—This appears to be a variety of A. mellifica.

Specimens of workers only are known to me, and they are perceptibly

smaller than A. ligustica and than the Bushabhr variety. It has a yellow

scutellum and is striped yellow shaded off at the sides, as in the Hgyptian

bee (A. fasciata). This variety would no doubt’ prove productive in the

plains, but would probably resemble the Egyptian bee in its qualities.

90 J. C. Douglas—The Hive-Bees indigenous to India [No. 3,

The principal points on which information is required with refer-

ence to the above two varieties.of A. mellifica are :—proneness to breed

drones and to swarm, weight of stocks, liability to moth and other parasites

and to disease, liability to have laying workers, liability to suffer from

robbing, prolificness and longevity of queens, sensitiveness in breeding to

variations of honey-supply, whether easily manipulated, 7. e., if excitable

and if readily subdued, if they keep on their combs or fall off readily,

and if they are readily shaken off, what quantity of surplus honey they

collect. Persons who are favourably situated for obtaining information

on any of these points have it in their power greatly to further the

interests of Indian apiculture.

Many persons have speculated on the origin of A. mellifica, whether

it originated in a cold, in a temperate, or in a warm climate, under what

conditions, and from what kind of progenitor, it was developed; but

based as it was on data furnished by a single species their reasoning must,

it is obvious, have been very far from conclusive. The different species

and varieties found in India may afford data most pertinent to the

questions at issue, and, as the hive-bee has been so widely and closely

studied, a complete knowledge of its different species and their distribu-

tion would be of general biological interest.

Distripution.—Dr. A. Gersticker concludes, from an examination

of his specimens (1862), that the Southern Italian variety of A. mellifica

extends to the islands and mainland of Asia Minor and the Cau-

casus, and the Egyptian variety over Syria and Arabia, through imper-

ceptably minute variations in the Himalayas, on to China; he had only

one specimen from the Himalayas and one from China for examination.

Herr F. Morawitz kindly informed me (1882) that in Asiatic Russia

the hive-bee is only found in Siberia and Transcaucasia, in the eastern

territory the form common to Northern Hurope, in the latter only Apis

ligustica. The honey-bee has not been brought from Central Asia by any

Russian traveller; nor has Trschewalsky found it in any of the Chinese

provinces visited by him. Efforts had been made to introduce it into

Taschkend, but up to the date of Herr Morawitz’s letter without success. I

may state that attempts to introduce the hive-bee into Australia have repea-

tedly failed,—as they have done in the case of India,—but ultimately pro-

ved successful. The variety of A. ligustiea referred to by Herr Morawitz is

no doubt that found in Southern Italy and distinguished by the yellow scu-

tellum ; the Hazara bee has this character. I defer discussing the relations

of the Indian species (A. indica and A. mellifica) to the European species,

until I have made a full examination of the specimens I have collected.

In A. florea, we have the worker-cells very much smaller than the

droue-cells, we find the small cells beautifully regular and quite hexago-

ee ee OO I EE a ee

——_ 4 ™

1886. ] nd the Introduction of the Italian Bee. 91

nal, whereas the drone-cells, being so large comparatively, are cylindrical

and have thick walls. In this fact we have a confirmation of the theory

that the hexagonal form of the bee’s cell is due, not to design on the

part of the bee, but to the crowding together of cells which would, if

constructed separately, be cylindrical.

The origin of the Huropean species has been repeatedly discussed.

Dr. Gerstiicker has discussed the opinions of a number of authorities in his

paper referred to above, the principal question being whether the hive-bee

is indigenous to Germany and Northern Europe, or whether it was intro-

duced from a warmer climate. The arguments adduced in favour of its

being indigenous to Northern Europe are the great difference between the

yellow striped bees of Southern and South-Hastern Europe, Northern

Africa, and Asia Minor and the dark-coloured bees of Northern Europe ;

the constancy of the yellow-striped Italian and the dark-coloured northern

varieties when they are kept separate, even though the striped variety be

introduced into Germany ; and that the races were in contact in the region

of the Alps before the introduction of the Italian bee into Germany. It

may be noted that these varieties breed freely together, and that the Italian

bee was only introduced into Germany in 1853. I find that the Hazara

variety, from the Hazara district of the Punjab, has the light scutellum,

is somewhat smaller than A. ligustica, has the yellow bands ending at the

sides, and light hair, that it corresponds, in fact, to the Egyptian bee; and

that the Bushahr bee has the dark scutellum, is somewhat larger, and dark-

coloured like the Northern Huropean variety. Apis indica of Lower Bengal

is a yellow-striped bee; the Bhootan bee is very dark indeed and also

larger; Apis dorsata appears also to vary in the same way, the varieties

found in Lower Bengal and Jubbulpore being lighter in colour and smaller

than that found in Sikkim : the variation in size and colour thus following

the same law in India as in Kurope and Northern Africa. The arguments

advanced by Dr. Gerstiacker in favour of the Northern European bee being

descended from progenitors introduced from the south are, the proved

possibility of its introduction from the south and acclimatization, and the

absence of wild bees in Northern Hurope, whereas they are common in the

south. Dr. Gersticker objects that the hive-bee introduced into America

has not confined itself to the southern parts as it would have done if it

had been of southern origin, but that the northern and central states

have appeared most favourable to it; and that hive-bees do occasionally

run wild, and were once wild, in Germany, but that the changes due

to extended cultivation of the land and the more complete domestication

of the insects render this very unfrequent. It may be replied that in India

in the plains wild bees abound not only in the forests but in the large towns,

and that Cuba and warm countries generally are favourable to bee life, but

92 J. C. Douglas—The Hive- Bees indigenous to India [No. 1,

that the varieties and species found wild differ widely with climate, and

that those of one climate do not naturally—and for obvious reasons—

spread into an adjacent widely differing climate, for wild life in which their

differentiation has unfitted them, but that, when man cultivates the

animal under different climatic conditions, his care removes the adverse

conditions. The data supplied by Apes mellifica alone must leave the ques-

tion inconclusive, but in India we find several species each varying with

locality, all wild, and the data supplied are of higher value. We find

the same law as to variations of colour and size with climate in India for

three species certainly as is found in Hurope for A. mellifica. We find

A. dorsata, apparently the least differentiated form, building no drone-

cells, the drone being about the same size and shape as the worker,

differing, however, in the head; this species builds normally one comb

under a bough, the worker is long in shape, resembling somewhat in this

respect the queens of the other species. A. florea is apparently highly

differentiated, its drone differing most in size and shape from the worker.

The queens of A. mellifica, A. florea, A. indica, the Bhootea, and the

Bushahr bees differ much less in size and shape than do workers and

drones of the respective races, the perfect female being the least and the

drone the most differentiated. A. florea and A. dorsata, living under more

constant conditions, might be expected to vary less, respectively, than the

bees building in cavities fitting them for inhabiting widely different cli-

mates, e. g., A. indica of Lower Bengal and the Bushahr variety of A. melli-

fica. The nest of single-comb bees is simpler than that of multicomb bees

and obviously less protective, for the bees are spread out instead of being

able to cluster ; the simpler nest is obviously only suited to warm climates.

But the single-comb bees duplicate their combs under favourable condi-

tions ; they inhabit caves and other cavities, A. florea building in houses ;

under these conditions they duplicate their combs and their honey becomes

denser like that of A. mellifica, but they do not appear to start a number

of parallel combs like A. mellifica. The nest of the single-comb bee

merges into that of the multicomb bee, and the bee building in the open

air merges into the bee inhabiting a cavity. In regions near the hills and

mountain slopes all the bees appear to migrate: A. dorsata and A. florea

readily move from place to place, in the plains, if food fails: A. indica

readily absconds if interfered with, while A. mellifica does not abscond,

excepting under severe pressure, as when the number of bees is reduced

to very few. If we suppose A. mellifica descended from a progenitor,

somewhat like A. dorsata, inhabiting a hot climate, we are enabled to

explain many of its habits: the habit of clustering on a branch when

swarming, no longer of use, is a survival of a habit of its progenitor: so

also its absconding under pressure and the rearing by it of drones in

1886. ] and the Introduction of the Italian Bee. 93

worker-cells so very common under certain conditions. Migrating would

evidently be much easier for a species building on a branch in a warm

climate than for one to which a cavity was necessary in a temperate or

cold climate: hence this habit would tend to disappear, as in A. mellifica.

It may be urged that the storing of food proves the bee indigenous to a

climate with a pronounced winter, but even in the tropics there are

periods when flowers are scarce or a season of heavy rain prevents the col-

lection of food, and the safety of the brood renders some stores essen-

tial ; nor could the large quantity of brood necessary to keep up the race

in spite of its enemies and hardships be dependent on food gathered as

required. In Lower Bengal, A. indica collects very little, if any, surplus

honey; the surplus of a single year is enormously increased by cultiva-

tion, and bears no fixed relation to that which would be produced by the

same bee naturally ; an enormous number of stocks of A. indica perish

every season from moth and want of stores. The Italian bee is esteemed

for its relatively great ability to protect itself from moth, and to keep its

hive clean and free from other injurious insects; the black bee of nor-

thern Europe is inferior in this respect ; this is probably an acquired

peculiarity possibly due to many centuries of protection by man. A. indica

occupies necessarily any cavity in wall or tree it can find, and it could

not defend the usually large entrances to such cavities even if it tried :

hence it commonly shares its dwelling place with other insects, and it

cannot keep this dwelling clean ; in a hive it permits vermin to collect and

allows an accumulation of débris to harbour its enemies. It appears to

defend its combs rather than its hive, as would a single-comb bee build-

ing in the open. I purpose, when I can find leisure, to give fuller descrip-

tions of the several species and varieties of Indian hive-bees after mak-

ing accurate drawings and measurements and examining carefully a

large number of specimens of the numerous varieties of the different

species. Efforts will be made to ascertain the economic value of the

Bushahr variety of A. mellifica. Mr. Minnickin, the officer in charge of

the district in which this bee occurs, has been supplied with appliances,

and I have had the pleasure of explaining and demonstrating to him their

use. I hope some stocks will be sent to Simla and hived there; and I

have suggested that the Punjab Government should supply some stocks of

this and of the Hazara bee to a number of gentlemen who had expressed

their willingness to introduce the Italian bee. It is to be regretted that

the economic value of this bee cannot be investigated by an expert.

InTRODUCTION OF THE ITALIAN Bexr.—The acclimatization of a foreign

animal in a new habitat demands justification, and should be recorded ;

I know of no more fitting record than the publications of this Society

in whose garden the first Italian queens have been bred, the first

94 J.C. Douglas—The Hive-Bees indigenous to India [Noaay

honey collected by Italian bees harvested, and the first stock distributed

in India. I decided to introduce a foreign race because little was

known of the native races, and the information then available shewed that

the latter were either of inferior economic value, or that years of study

under cultivation would be necessary to discover the best mode of treat-

ing them. All the most experienced bee-masters I consulted agreed

with me in considering India a most favourable field for apiculture,

and that to ensure success it merely required that the subject should

be taken up by some one who had sufficient knowledge and skill to

adapt his method to the local conditions. I found the former attempts

had failed from causes I well understood. The Duke of Buckingham

gave me full information about his effort to imtroduce bees while he

was Governor of Madras. The present editor of the British Bee Journal,

Mr. W. Cowan, agreed with me as to the cause of this failure. The

Rev. J. S. Woodside, an American Missionary, tried to introduce the

Italian bee and failed. JI chose Italians because the most extended

experience in Europe and America had demonstrated their superioity :

they are very productive, proof against moth even when weak, easy

to manipulate, thoroughly understood, readily and cheaply obtainable

in Italy, and—a minor point—they are a handsome race. Herr F.

Morawitz recommended to me the Egyptian bee as most likely to be

suited to the climate. This bee was introduced into Germany by the

Acclimatization Society at Berlin in 1864, brought from Egypt by Herr

Hammerschmidt, but in the best hands it was found of little value and

not preserved ; I have since discovered in the Hazara variety a race

apparently nearly allied to the Egyptian bee. The Cyprian bee has

been strongly recommended and much puffed in dealers’ advertisements—

a single hive in one season is said to have yielded 1000 lbs. of surplus

honey ; but this variety is at least uncertain in temper, it cannot be

regarded as in a higher than the experimental stage, and some of the

most experienced bee-keepers in America are giving it up; it and

the Syrian and Holyland varieties are most certainly unsuited to the

purpose of introducing bee-culture amongst a people who wear very

little clothing and have as yet no skill in bee-management. The black

bee of England and Northern Europe is inferior in its power of resisting

moth, and has been replaced in America by the Italian for this reason ;

the Southern Italian bee is inferior in temper to the Northern Italian, the

race referred to generally as the Italian bee; hence I selected the latter

race, and I strongly recommend that it be exclusively imported so long

as it is necessary to import bees. The economic value of the Bushahr,

Hazara, and possibly other Indian varieties of A. mellifica which may be

discovered hereafter, remains to be ascertained; it is not likely to be

18386. ] and the Introduction of the Italian Bee. 95

higher than that of A. ligustica; and, from Mr. Minnickin’s account, I

should think it would prove lower. I think the Hazara race will probably

prove to be like the Egyptian or Syrian.

I have imported Italian bees, a large proportion of which died or

contracted disease or debility on the voyage so that they proved useless,

or in some cases had to be destroyed some time after arrival ; twice the

imported bees were in great danger of extinction. I have sent 3 stocks to

Landour, one of which was lost by an accident immediately after arrival,

and the others are doing well and are reported by the expert Mr. F. Todd

who has them, to be “‘ Splendid honey gatherers and easy to manipulate.”

I had to leave Calcutta on leave, and in my absence I lost some queens

and bees, but I have four stocks at the Alipore Jail Apiary, two of which

will shortly be sent to Burmah, to the Rev. A. Bunker, who has been

keeping indigenous bees for some time. The difficulty of importing

queens has now been surmounted ; they can be imported safely and well

with very little risk for about 10 shillings each. I have devised a portable

hive and water-boxes which I believe will enable me to import bees as

required without the enormous losses hitherto experienced. I am about

to send the pattern hive to Italy and to order four stocks as a trial; if

successful, I have no doubt there will ultimately arise a trade in bees and

queens between Italy and India, as there is between Italy and America

and other countries. I have written a handbook for India which has

been published by the Government of India, and this has excited much

interest in the subject. I have distributed literature and shewn a num-

ber of persons how to handle bees and to use the modern appliances. I

have designed a set of simple cheap appliances suited to Indian require-

ments, and these are on sale at the Alipore Jail. I have issued a large

number of hives, etc. Finally, by taking 80 lbs. of honey and by breeding

a large number of queens, of which five were impregnated, I have demon-

strated that A. mellifica can be successfully cultivated in Calcutta even

under the unfavourable conditions presented by weak stocks placed in the

centre of a large city, under climatic conditions not previously studied,

with the necessity for devising suitable and cheap appliances, and other

difficulties always presented by the introduction of a new industry. I

find it better in Calcutta to place the hives in the open, not under trees

or verandahs; I use a double-walled hive painted white with a chaff

cushion under the roof; the flight-hole in the hot weather should be at

least 12 inches long by 3” wide; it may be contracted in the cold

weather. In the very hot weather the hive should be shaded by a dur-

mah mat on the roof, or a mat shade, from the afternoon sun. Ina

short time I hope to be able to arrange for the supply of bees direct

from Italy ; my official engagements preventing me from breeding queens

and distributing bees from Calcutta as I had intended,

96 J.C. Douglas—The Hive-Bees indigenous to India, Sc. [No. 1,

Of the enemies of bees, the larger hornets are troublesome for a

short period of the year. They carry off bees, and large flight boards should

be removed from hives at this season in an apiary. A boy with a bag-net

to catch and kill the hornets and the destruction of hornets’ nests with

turpentine or other agents would be appropriate remedies. The wasp or

yellow hornet does no harm, unless the hive entrance is too wide. Weak

stocks always require special protection, but I have found A. ligustica well

able to defend itself against wasps, and even the large hornets have been

found by me dead on the flight-board. The large death’s-head moths are

said to rob bees in Europe, and to be proof against the bees’ anger. I once

found two dead moths inside a hive ; they were dry and had evidently been

killed by the bees. On another occasion I noticed great excitement in a

hive and found it due toa large number of bees engaged in removing a

death’s-head moth they had just killed in the entrance to the hive;

this moth was 23” long from head to tips of closed wings. It is probable

that this moth robs A. indica and A. florea. Toads sit in front of hives

in the evening and catch the bees, unless the hives are occasionally

visited at this time and the toads destroyed. Lizards visit hives and live

under the hive or get between the walls of hives. <A nest of large black

ants once attacked a hive of A. ligustica, but such occurrences as this are

easily guarded against. It does not appear that the enemies of the hive-

bee are worse in India than elsewhere, excepting the large hornets, and

these would be readily dealt with in the case of apiaries; in England,

boys are paid a trifling sum for queen-wasps, and nests of these pests are

destroyed by means of a little turpentine; traps are also used. The

fact that the wild hive-bees are so exceedingly abundant proves they are

able without man’s protection successfully to struggle against their

enemies, while their number must act to reduce the number of the

cultivated bees destroyed.

1886. ] F. Moore—List of Moths from Tavoy and Siam. 97

IV.—List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam

during 1884-85 by the Indian Musewm Collector under C. H. Pirmay,

Esq., C. I. E., Chief Superintendent of Telegraphs. Part I. Hetero-

cera.—By Freprerick Moors, F. Z.8., A. L. 8. Communicated by

the NaturaL History SECRETARY.

[ Received and read Feb. 3rd, 1886. |

Family Sphingide.

1. Cypa pecoLor, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. VIII, p. 255.

Ponsokai, Siam.

Family Z2ygenide.

2. TRYPANOPHORA HUMERALIS, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. VII,

p. 1593.

Tavoy.

Family Chalcosiide.

3. Muinionta PyRIZONEA, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1882,

p. 875.

Tavoy, and Ponsokai, Siam.

4, CODANE LEUCOMELAS, Nn. sp.

Female. White: forewing with a broad transverse purplish-black

apical band, and a narrow medial oblique band, decreasing to a point

at its lower end and from the upper end of which the costal border is

also black ; three white obliquely disposed subapical spots, and a very

narrow one with bordering white cilia at the apex: hindwing with a

similar coloured marginal band, and a single white apical spot. Thorax,

head, and antennz bluish-black ; palpi, legs, and abdomen white.

Hxpanse 1,3, inch.

Has. Ponsokai, Siam.

This species differs from the same sex of C. zelica, on the forewing,

in the apical and middle black band being narrower, the inner margin of

the apical band crossing at the angle of the upper median vein, at which

point it is slightly bent, and is thence straight to the posterior angle ;

the middle band is about half its width, and ends in a point posteriorly, ©

the three subapical and apical white spots are similar: hindwing with a

somewhat narrower black marginal band, and a larger white apical spot.

Family Nycthemeride.

5. NyYcTHEMERA COLETA, Cram, Pap. Exot. IV, pl. 368, f. H.

Tavoy.

6. NycTHEMERA TRIPUNCTARIA, Linn.(Cram., Pap. Exot. T, pl.22,f. E.)

Tavoy.

98 F’, Moore—List of Moths from Tavoy and Siam. [No. 1,

Family Lithosiide.

7. PrrRIDROME suBFAscIaTa, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. TI,

p. 446.

Tavoy.

8. NrOCHERA MARMOREA, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M, VII,

p. 1674.

Tavoy.

9. Hypsa sTRiciveNaTA, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875,

p. 321.

Tavoy.

10. BaARsINE COCCINEA, n. sp.

Forewing vermillion-red ; crossed by an olivescent-grey inwardly-—

oblique subbasal band, an outwardly-oblique medial band, and a broader

inwardly-oblique discal band; the two former bands joined together at

their upper end, and to the latter band at the lower end; a small similar

coloured basal spot, and a series of oval spots bordering the outer band,

the interspaces- between the bands and the spots being yellow; cilia

yellow; hindwing pale pinkish-red, the veins yellowish. Thorax, head,

palpi, antenne, and legs vermillion-red ; tegule with an olivescent-grey

spot.

Expanse 1,2, inch.

Has. Tavoy.

Family Liparide.

11. Numenes insignis, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. EH. I. C. II, pl.

10, £.'6.

Tavoy, and Ponsokai, Siam.

12.. Lymanrria ASaTria, Hiibn., Samml. Exot. Schmett. IT. f. 1.

Tavoy.

Family Hepialide.

13. HLEPIALUS TAVOYANUS, 0. sp.

Male. Pale vinaceous-brown: forewing with some darker brown

quadrate costal marks, some also within and below the cell, an irregular-

shaped zigzag-bordered discal band, a marginal row of small hemispheri-

cal spots, and a marginal black conical spot between the lower median

and sub-median veins; all these markings with a slender ochreous bor-

der; hindwing darker vinaceous-brown, ochreous at the base; cilia

ochreous from below the upper median vein. Hind part of thorax and

base of abdomen clothed with ochreous hairs.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Has. Tavoy..

1886. ] F. Moore—List of Moths from Tavoy and Siam. 99

Family Urapterygide.

14. Turvopreryx crocoprerata, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kasch. IV, p. 488.

Tavoy.

15. EHNCHERA PITMANI, n. sp.

Silky white. Forewing crossed by a pale cinereous-black, outward-

ly recurved, slender antemedial band, a broader medial macular band

including a portion within the cell, followed by three postmedial bands,

the inner one of which is indistinct, the next slender, palest, and the

outer one macular; beyond is a submarginal row of prominent black

_ oval spots, and a marginal row of less prominent spots ; base of the costa

with spots between the bands: hindwing crossed by three short slender

similar coloured bands, the inner one being very indistinct, followed by a

prominent sub-marginal row of black spots, and less distinct marginal

spots. Body white; head and palpi black; forelegs, and tarsi cinereous-

black.

Expanse 3 ? 23 inches.

Has. Tavoy.

Family Microniide,

16, Mricronia caszata, Guén., Phal. II, p. 27.

Tavoy, and Ponsokai, Siam.

17. Micronia acutnata, Guén., Phal. II, pl. 13. f. 8.

Tavoy, and Ponsokai, Siam.

18. Micronta vacata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 622. pl. 60, f. 18.

Tavoy.

19. Mroronza optusata, Guén., Phal. IT, pl. 5. f. 6.

Tavoy.

Family Palyade.

20. HUMELEA ROSALIA, Cram., Pap. Exot. IV, pl. 368. f. F.

Tavoy.

Family Buschemide.

21. Euscnema mititaris, Linn., 8. N. I. 2. p. 811.

Hills between Burmah and Siam.

22. HUSCHEMA SODALIS, n. sp.

Nearest allied to the Bornean LH. subrepleta (= bellonaria, Guén.,

Phal. pl. 18). Comparatively longer in expanse of wings, and of a much

paler yellow colour. On the forewing the three black basal bands are

narrower, and, though entire in their length, are well separated at their

ends, the adjoining outer yellow parts are broader in extent, and the

portion below the lower median and submedian vein is continuous, not

100 F. Moore—List of Moths from Tavoy and Siam. [No. 1,

being formed by two well-defined parts as in subrepleta. On the hind-

‘wing the black markings are similarly disposed, but the discal zigzag

band is much narrower, being only half the width of that in subrepleta,

thus giving a wider and continuous outer yellow portion; the sub-

marginal spots are narrower, separated, and more or less disconnected

from the marginal spots.

Expanse 23 to 2$ inches.

Has. Tavoy.

23. EvuscHEMA LUNULATA, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1882,

p. 375.

Hills between Burmah and Siam.

24. EUSCHEMA HORSFIELDII, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. II,

pi. 6, B..1. 4,

Tavoy. °

Family Hybleide.

25. HyBL#A CONSTELLATA, Guén., Noct. II, p. 391.

Tavoy.

Family Ophideride.

96. RuHYTIA HYPERMNESTRA, Cram., Pap. Exot. IV, pl. 323. f. A. B.

Tavoy.

27, OvTHREIS FULLONICA, Linn. (Cram., Pap. Exot. I, pl. 77. f. C.)

Tavoy.

28. PHYLLODES VERHUELLII, Voll., Tijd. v. Ent. I, p. 161. pl. 8.

Tavoy.

_ 29. PoTAMOPHORA MANLIA, Cram., Pap. Exot. I, pl. 92. f, A.

Tavoy.

Family Erebiide.

30. Sypna apicaLts, Butler, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 206.

Tavoy.

Family Ommatophoride.

31. Paruta macrops, Linn. (Cram., Pap. Hxot. II, pl. 171.f. A. B.).

Tavoy.

32. Arciva HIEROGLYPHICA, Drury, Exot. Ins. II, pl. 2. f. 1.

Tavoy.

33. NycripAo EXTERIOR, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. XIV, p.

1306.

Tavoy.

34. NycTIPAO CREPUSCULARIS, Linn. (Clerck, Icones, pl 53. f. 3. 4.).

Tavoy.

ee 2 ae

1886. ] EF’. Moore—List of Moths from Tavoy and Siam. 101

Family Dysgoniide.

30. Dysconta cramERI, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, III, p.177. pl. 171. £. 2.

Tavoy.

36. CuHaLciopr Mygpon, Cram., Pap. Exot. II, pl. 156. f. G.

Tavoy.

37. CaLEsia LEUCOSTIGMA, Kollar (Moore, Lep. Ceylon ITI, p. 182).

Tavoy.

38. CALESIA HAMORRHOA, Guén., Noct. III, p. 258.

Tavoy.

Family Remigiide.

39. CAUNINDA ARCHESIA, Cram., Pap. Exot. III, pl. 273. f. F. G.

Tavoy.

Family Thermesiide.

40, PULATYJA LOBIFERA, 0. sp.

Female. Dark vinaceous-brown, numerously speckled with cine-

reous-grey scales: forewing crossed by an ochreous-white speckled bor-

dered, black, sinuous, basal line, an antemedial line, and an irregular

recurved, sinuous, postmedial line, the latter partly encircling a whitish

lower discal lobate spot, then curving upward to end of the cell, and

from thence downward to the posterior margin; a marginal row of

ochreous-white points: hindwing cinereous-brown along the costa; with

a short black lunular with whitish outer border extending from the anal

angle to near the apex ; a marginal row of whitish points. Body, head,

palpi, and legs cinereous speckled; third joint of the palpi, and tarsal

joints with an ochreous-white band.

Expanse 1,5, inch.

Has. Ponsokai, Siam.

RRR een eee

JOURNAL

— OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

~~ <

Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. I1I.—1886.

LLL Oar se ees er—=_ se Ge ey eer see

V.—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon.— By Witiiam Douerry,

Cincinnati, U. S. A. Communicated by the Naturat History SeoreTary.

{Received April 22nd ;—Read May 5th 1886. ]

Last year I spentgseveral months catching butterflies in Kumaon, a

British district in the middle portion of the Himalayas, lying between

the district of Garhwal and the independent kingdom of Nepal. The

results of my visit are embodied in the following pages. In August, I

made a rather successful excursion to the Pindari Glacier in the north.

west of the district, and, from the latter part of September till early in

December, I was engaged in a much longer expedition to the north-east.

This time I was unfortunate ;*I found the low country too dry, and the

high country too cold, and failed in both. Circumstances repeatedly de-

layed me, and when in the middle of October I finally succeeded in

reaching Tagla Khar in Chinese Tibet, I found the ground frozen solid,

and all the butterflies gone. So I would suggest to any entomologist

‘resorting to these regions, that the three summer months are the only

good ones for collecting, either on the desert plains of Tibet, or in the

deep valleys of the Himalayas sheltered by the Outer Range from the

violence of the monsoon rains.

A few remarks on the local distribution of butterflies may not be

amiss. The great Desert Region of India does not approach the Hima-

layas, though a few stragglers of the genera Calloswne and Idmais may

be seen in the wide marshy meadows of the Tarai. The characteristic

104 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

butterflies of this region (which covers all India proper except the

Himalayas, Bengal, Malabar, and the forest-covered districts of the

Eastern Ghats and the Central Provinces) are usually of African genera,

and often of African species, e. g., Charaxes fabius, Yphthima nareda

and Y. asterope, Apatura misippus, Junonia cnone and J. orithyia,

Hypanis ilithyia, Tarucus theophrastus, and Pieris mesentina. The next

region is that of the Tarai, the Bhabar (or dry Tarai), the foot-hills,

and the low valleys, reaching up to three thousand feet. Its fauna

is more or less tropical, and should rather be called Indian than

Himalayan, the genera being for the most part spread over wide areas

in the Hast. In Kumaon it is covered with forest containing a great

variety of trees. The next region, which may be called the Lower

Himalayan, extends from 3,000 to 7,000 feet, and is in Kumaon

covered with a thin and open growth of the ‘chir’ pine (Pinus

longifolia). Above this les what I may call the Upper Himalayan

tract, extending from 7,000 to 10,000 feet, and clothed with a dense

forest of oaks, firs, and rhododendrons. These two regions contain near-

ly all the typical Himalayan forms. To the first belong many species

of Lethe, Ilerda, Yphthima, Mycalesis, Inbythea, Dodona, Abisara, Neptis,

Athyma, Symbrenthia, and a considerable variety of the Thecline. In

the second such genera as Zephyrus (Thecla), Rhaphicera, Zophoessa,

and Aulocera abound. Above 10,000 feet one comes to a fauna chiefly

Palearctic. My collecting in this region was a failure, but it seems to

me that there must be a difference between the butterflies of Darma and

Byans—Alpine valleys covered with great pine-woods and rich meadows

of heather and grasses—and those of the Chinese province of Ngari or

Hundes, a lofty and desert country with but a few inches of rainfall (in

June, July, and August), and hardly any vegetation, except on the banks

of streams and at the edge of the snow, the melting of which affords

moisture throughout the warmer months.

These zoological zones are by no means well-defined, and some

species seem to set all laws of distribution at defiance. At Baghi north

of Simla, I have observed a Parnassius and a Oatopsilia alight on the

same flower. In Kumaon, where I have seen palms and pines growing

side by side, a troop of monkeys on a birch tree, and a flock of parrots

on a fir, similar contradictions occur. An Aulocera is common in the

Kali Valley down to 2,500 feet and even less; I saw a straggling speci-

men of Colias fieldi at the same place; and Papilio machaon is common

at Bagheswar (3,000 feet) in the valley of the Sarju, and even at the cross-

ing of the Ramganga near Gangolihdt a thousand feet lower still. Onthe

other hand, I caught Terias hecabe flying over Bireg Mountain at nearly

12,000 feet elevation, The largest range in elevation known to me is

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 105

that of Vanessa kaschmirensis, which I found in the Kali and Sarju

valleys at less than 2,500 feet, and again at the summit of the Lepu Lek

Pass over 18,000 feet above the sea.

As I spent less than six months in Kumaon, I cannot be sure

how many broods of butterflies occur there, or in what months they

appear. So far as my four years’ experience goes, there are four

broods of Indian tropical and subtropical butterflies; two in the wet

season—in May or June and in August or early September, and two

in the dry season—in October or late in September and in the first

warm weather of March—respectively. These periods vary in different

localities, the amount of the rainfall being the chief cause of change.

In Kumaon, the second wet-season brood, a numerous one, appeared

from the middle to the end of August, and the first dry-season brood,

less important, especially in the drier valleys, came out in the last week

of September, my first specimen of Mycalesis visala having been taken

September 22nd. In Travancore, there was a small brood of dry-season

forms early in March, and a very large one in the second week of May.

In Orissa and Ganjam, the first wet-season brood did not appear till the

end of July (the monsoon coming late that year), and was poor in

numbers. In the Chittagong Hill Tracts, the last dry-season brood,

including a vast number of species and of specimens, appeared in the

middle of March, while the first wet-season brood, both there and in

Arakan, came out at the end of May, and was avery smallone. At

Bassein, Burma, the first dry-season brood, which, as I have said, appeared

in Kumaon near the end of September, was delayed till the middle of

November. All butterflies do not have four broods. A few seem to

keep coming outat short intervals throughout the year, many are found

only in the wet season, and some perhaps only in the dry. It is said

that still others are found in but one month of the year, and so have

only one brood instead of four. Nevertheless, I think I may generalize

my experience into the brief statement that there are four broods, two

of the wet, two of the dry season, each of them simultaneous with, or

preceding by about a month, the beginning and the end of the season

after which I have named them.

Between the two broods of dry-season butterflies (October and

March), and between the two broods of wet-season butterflies (May—June

and Aug.—Sept.), I have never observed any difference. But between

specimens of the wet and dry-season broods there are in many genera

very perceptible differences. There is a difference in size, the wet-season

specimens being usually smaller, and there are minor differences in the

angulation of the wings and in the tone and purity of the colouring be-

low. But the most remarkable difference is in the presence of large eye-

106 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

like spots on the underside of the wet-season forms, either absent or

greatly reduced in those of the dry season. To give an example, the

Sarju valley was on September 20th full of ragged specimens of a strong-

ly ocellate butterfly (Mycalesis mineus proper), which a week later was

succeeded by swarms of a larger, more angulate, non-ocellate insect

(Mycalesis visala), precisely similar in its structure, and especially in

those very complex organs, the prehensores, which in general mark by

strong differences the slightest specific variations. In the same way

Melanitis leda was succeeded by the non-ocellate M. ismene, and

Junonia asterie by the non-ocellate J. almana. Such facts are best

studied in countries where the wet and dry seasons are very well marked,

and there is none better than Travancore, where in 1882—3 I first

observed these curious metamorphoses. Hitherto I have only found them

to exist in Junonia, Yphthima, Melanitis, and in the following groups

of Mycalesis :—Calysisme, Orsotriena, Telinga, Gareris, Virapa, and

Samanta. Many genera of the Satyride seem to produce only the two

wet-season broods, and so fail to show what variations the weather

would produce in their markings. Again, some dry countries produce

only the dry forms, and some wet countries only the wet ones. For

instance, I believe that Sindh produces only the dry-weather form,

Junonia almana, while the wet climate of Ceylon and Singapore

produces only J. asterve. In dry Orissa, the wet and dry forms of

Orsotrigna medus and O. runeka are tolerably distinct, and O. rwneka is

the commoner of the two. But on the damp Malabar coast, of the

representative forms O. mandata and O. mandosa, the latter, the dry-

weather one, is scarce and imperfectly differentiated. The cause of this

seasonal dimorphism would be a curious subject of study, but 1 have no

suggestions to offer myself. Mr. de Nicéville has recently observed to

me that perhaps, owing tothe rank vegetation of the rainy season, the

butterflies are better concealed, and have therefore been free to assume

these handsome spots, under the influence, perhaps, of sexual selection.

This view is I think somewhat strengthened by certain facts. The dry-

season forms are all more or less leaflike in shape and colouring, while

in the wet-season ones there is no such mimicry. This argues greater

exposure to danger in the dry season. Remembering, however, the

remarks of Darwin and Wallace on the protective nature of the ocelli

of birds, borne out by the testimony of all sportsmen, and observed

by me in the case of the common wild peacock, I am inclined to think

that the ocelli are a direct protection to the insect during the rains,

Certainly that is likely to be the case in the Himalayas, insectivorous

birds being especially numerous there during the south-west monsoon,

when the ocellate type of butterfly prevails.

1886.] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 107

For the last three years I have been studying the eggs of Indian

butterflies, in the hope of thereby throwing new light on the grouping

of these beautiful insects. In this hope I have not been disappointed.

In most cases a genus is well and easily defined by its venation, but

that venation only very imperfectly expresses the relationship in which

it stands to other genera. To define families and subfamilies, one

must, I think, study the ‘ovation’. For example, the group called

by Kirby the subfamily of the Nymphaling now presents a confused

mass of many genera the relations of which inter se are extremely

vague and uncertain. When the ovation is studied, these genera fall

into convenient groups, defined by constant and peculiar forms of egg.

I am aware that this classification is not likely to become a popular one:

the student will always prefer to separate his genera by an artificial key

based on the venation. But that these groups of mine are natural ones,

and indicate in most cases the true line of descent, I do not doubt.

All considerations of markings, shape, habits, geographical range, and

sexual variation indicate the affinity of the genera here placed together.

Unfortunately my work is still very imperfect. The study of the

eges of butterflies is a difficult one. I may state as an example of this,

that I examined the bodies of more than forty females of Melanitis leda

before I obtained a single egg. I was for two years almost equally

unfortunate with the much rarer females of Charaxes. My method was

in all cases to obtain the egg by pressure from the abdomen of the female.

Now the egg of some butterflies, including many of the Satyride, is

marked with highly characteristic lines of tubercles appearing some

time after itis laid. These I have hitherto been unable to study, and

am unable to say whether they extend to the closely allied groups of

the Morphide and EHlymniade. On account of the deficiencies of my

early notes, I am not able to place such common genera as Cwretis and

Loxura, though from my vague descriptions these genera seem to belong

to the Deudoriz group. Many of the rarer forms I have not yet obtained ;

the eggs of Calinaga, of Newrosigma, and of the true Gerydus are

still unknown to me. Owing to these great imperfections, I have

delayed, and shall delay for another year or two, the publication of my

studies of the eggs of eastern butterflies. But I take the opportunity

to give a short synopsis of the results hitherto obtained, as a kind of

prodromus or precursor of the perfected work, defining each group as

briefly as I can. I omit certain points not yet thoroughly tested, such

as the distinction between the Vanessa and Apatura groups of the

Apaturide. My division of the Hesperiade is a tentative one. The two

last groups, though typically very distinct, show a tendency to coalesce,

and I include them under the head of the single subfamily Baorine, for

108 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2;

which name I would willingly substitute Pamphiline, but for my igno-

rance of the type of Pamphila.

I am not sure that the eggs form a good guide to a primary divi-

sion of butterflies. Even if I were sure, Ishould hardly have the courage

to alter the received classification to the required extent. I have conse-

quently adopted Bates’ division by the feet, substituting, for the sake of

convenience, Constant Bar’s simple and obvious names of Tetrapoda,

Heteropoda, and Hexapoda. I do not think, however, that this grouping

represents the real relations of the families of butterflies. Judged pure-

ly by the egg the classification of butterflies would be something like

this :—

1. Danaiform Group, including the Danaide, Acreide, and Helico-

wiade, connected with the Apaturide by Cynthia and Cethosia. (Ege

radiate, much higher than wide, leathery).

2. Satyriform Group, including the Satyride, Hlymniade, Mor-

phide, and Brassolide, connected with the Apaturide by Kallima. (Egg

usually smooth, globular, translucent, hard).

3. Nymphaliform Group, including the Nymphalide, connected

with the Apaturide by Charawes. (Hgg reticulate, spiny, soft, with

translucent ribs enclosing pentagonal or hexagonal spaces).

4, Apaturiform Group, including the Apaturide and Hurytelide.

(Egg varies greatly, radiate, opaque, rarely much higher or lower than

wide, hard).

5. Lycenform Group, including only the Lycenide. (Egg reti-

culate, generally not spiny, hard, with opaque white ribs enclosing

tetragons).

6. Pieriform Group, including the Pieride and Inbytheide. (Hee

radiate, ampulliform, twice as high as wide) .

7. Hesperiform Group, including the Papilionide, the Hesperiade,

and probably the Hrycinde. (KEgg smooth, prickly or radiate with

minute flattened ribs, not so high as wide, opaque, dome-shaped).

The classification here adopted is as follows. I purposely omit

all differences except those of ovation. By radiate, I mean having ribs

diverging from a point at the apex; by reticulate, having a plexus of

crossing lines bearing no relation to the apex or axis of the egg.

Both sexes with imperfect fore-feet ... » |ETRAP Oe

Male only __,, ty : ioe vw. HETEROP Oe

Both sexes ,, perfect bs ii woe TEA AP Oe

TETRAPODA.

DANAIDA. Ege much higher than wide, leathery, radiate, with

numerous broad flattened ribs and distinct cross-lines, reticulate over

1886. | W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 109

a small area at the apex. Two (Danais) or four (Hestia) anal tufts in

the male.

ACRAIDZ, Egg similar, no anal tufts.

SATYRIDZ. Lge about as high as wide, a little more or a little

less, rather small, hard, typically translucent, and smooth or with obscure

polygonal facets, sometimes subradiate, or even (Awlocera) with dis-

tinct, broadly-scalloped, anastomosing ribs, somewhat as in Hesperia.

In some species it is covered with calcareous (?) accretions which do

not appear till after some days’ exposure to the atmosphere. Base of

costal vein swollen, no preecostal cell. Cell of hindwing closed.

ELYMNIADA. Eggs similar, large, globular, translucent, hard,

obscurely facetted, nearly as high as wide. Base of costal vein swollen,

a precostal cell in hindwing. Cell of hindwing closed.

MORPHIDA. Eee similar, globular, translucent, hard, not so high

as wide, smooth (Discophora, Thawmantis), or obscurely facetted

(Clerome). Base of costal vein generally not swollen, no precostal cell.

Cell of hindwing open.

APATURIDA. Egos hard, small and numerous (except in the

Euripine), opaque, never much wider than high, sometimes much higher

than wide (in the Cynthine), radiate, with ribs generally slender and

acute (except in the Cynthine and Argynnine), and often serrate. Cross

lines not very distinct. Type Apatura (Hypolimnas) bolina.

—

Subdivisions of the Apaturide.,

KALLIMINZ®. Hege obsolescently radiate, as high as wide, somewhat Mor-

pho-like. .

CYNTHINZA. Ege as in Danais but hard, much higher than wide. These two

groups are aberrant, and should perhaps form separate families.

ARGYNNIN2. Egg as high as wide or higher, ribs rather numerous, heavy,

blunt, anastomosing, projecting at apex, with numerous distinct cross lines.

APATURIN®. Ege not so high as wide, ribs few, sharp and prominent,

usually projecting at apex, and often serrate.

EURIPINZ. Eggs large, few, hardly as high as wide, ribs low, serrate,

rather numerous, not produced at apex, The group seems somewhat transi-

tional to the Charazide.

EURYTELIDA. Eggs radiate, small, numerous, hard, nearly as

high as wide, with radiating lines of erectile bristles. The Hurytelide,

though I think them nearer to the Apatwride than to any other group,

interrupt the sequence of the families.

CHARAXIDA. LHggs large, few, globular, hard, not so high as

wide, with obscure ribs and cross-lines at the base only, forming (usually)

tetragons, with minute projecting points at their intersection. Charawes

seems to connect the Apaturide with the Nymphalide.

110 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

NYMPHALIDA. Eggs very large, few, soft, not so high as wide,

trongly reticulate with elevated, translucent, chitinous (?) lines crossing 7

the surface asymmetrically, enclosing pentagonal and hexagonal spaces,

and bearing long, acute, often bifid spines at their intersection. This

group is a large and, so far as the eggs go, a very homogeneous one, but

the caterpillars vary greatly. Type Nymphalis (Limenitis) populi.

HELTER OP ODA,

LYCANIDZ. Hees hard, small, numerous, much wider than

high, reticulate, with a whitish, calcareous(?) accretion forming an

asymmetrical network of tetragons.

Subdivisions of the Lycenide.

AMBLYPODINA. Hgg at least half as high as wide, convex above, widest

well above the base, with numerous delicate intersecting ridges bearing

acute spines at their crossing.

DEUDORIGINA. Egg similar, with short, truncate spines. Clasps (harpagones)

small, aborted, attached immoveably to the projecting intromittent organ.

THECLINA. Egg fully halfag high as wide, convex above, widest close to the

base, with coarse, minutely vesicular reticulations forming large irregular

pits over the surface, and bearing broad, depressed tubercles at their in-

tersection.

LYCHNINA. Egg less than half as high as wide, concave above, “ turban-

“shaped” (as Mr. Scudder calls it), widest above the middle, reticulations

coarse and asymmetrical.

PORITINA. Egg hexahedral, otherwise similar. This is the only egg known

to me that is not round in horizontal section. I hope to figure this extra-

ordinary form in my forthcoming article on this subject.

GERYDINA. Ugg less than one-third as high as wide, delicately and

sometimes obsolescently reticulate, sometimes carinate, flat above and

below.

ERYCINIDZ. Egg not so high as wide, smooth, granulate or

prickly, neither reticulate nor radiate in the few genera examined

by me.

LIBYTHEIDA. Hee ampulliform, shaped like a soda-water bot-

tle, twice as high as wide, forming a short neck or stalk close to the apex,

radiate, with strong and anastomosing ribs. Palpi long, pupa suspended.

Of the affinity of this remarkable genus with the Pieride@ I have no

doubt. Westwood remarks on the similarity of their larve.

HEXAPODA.

PIERIDH. Egg as in the Libytheide. Palpi short, pupa girt.

PAPILIONIDA. Egg dome-shaped, smooth or obscurely facetted,

not so high as wide, somewhat leathery, opaque. The egg of Parnassius,

1886.] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 111

in my opinion, is that of a true papilionid, though Mr. Scudder compares

it with those of the Lycenide.

HESPERIADA. Eggs very large, very few (except in the first

group), only one or two matured at a time; opaque, dome-shaped,

smooth ; or with delicate, depressed serrate ribs, few or very numerous,

and with distinct cross lines.

Subdivisions of the Hesperiade.

HESPERINA. Egg small, hard, seven-eighths as high as wide or even higher,

constricted at base, with wide, scalloped, anastomosing ribs. This group

is very distinct. The only Indian genera belonging to it are Hesperia

(Pyrgus) and Gomalia.

SUASTIN#. Egg lower, dome-shaped, large, hard, constricted at base, with

a few broad depressed, delicate, biserrate ribs. This group does not seem

to be represented in Europe or North America,

BAORINZA. Cyclopides-Group. Egg similar, two-thirds as high as wide,

constricted at base, with very numerous slender ribs.

BAORIN#, Baoris-Group. Hgg half as high as wide, leathery, limpet

shaped, widest, and often carinate at. base, smooth, generally overlaid with

pigment above, as in many Papilios, sometimes with numerous obsolete

ribs. This group seems to be equivalent to the Astyci as defined by Scud-

der.

In the following list I have given the exact localities of all the rarer

butterflies that I caught in Kumaon, and [I have endeavoured briefly to

indicate the range of most of the species in height. The figures given

are however very uncertain, representing but a limited experience. In

most cases I have given a rough estimate of the height of the highest

and lowest points at which I have taken the species, making allowance,

in a few very common kinds, for “ straggling.” The fauna of the dis-

trict changes considerably as one goes from west to east. On the west,

the Pindari Valley forms a part of the Garhwél river-system, and its

butterflies are distinctly those of the North West Himalayas. The sue-

cessive river-valleys to the eastward thence partake more and more of

the nature of the Eastern Himalayas. Some Sikkim forms seem to ex-

tend westward to the Sarju or the Ramganga and no farther. Anda

very large number seem bounded by the Kali, the river separating

Kumaon from Nepal. The valley of this river forms a genuine zoological

boundary. Among the species that seem to extend no farther west, are

Papilio paris, Melanitis zitenius, Hlymnias leucocyma, Symbrenthia hyp-

selis, Neptis vikasi, Huthalia apiades and LH. lubentina, and such genera

and subgenera as Dyctis, Rohana, Dichorrhagia, Moduaza, Haridra, Zemeros,

Ohersonesia, Chliaria, Remelana, and Cheritra. Three larger groups, the

112 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

family of the Morphide and two aberrant divisions of the Lycaenidae

(the Gerydine and the Poritine), seem to extend no farther west than

the Kali and its branch the Sarju.

A few remarks may be permitted on the curious habits of the

larvae of certain Lycenide. Dr. Thwaites (in Moore’s ‘‘ Lepidoptera of

Ceylon’’) has the following remarks on the subject, ‘‘ Nature, however,

finds a protection for these said helpless individuals "’ [larve of Lycenides

unspecified] ‘in the instincts of a species of ant (Formica smaragdina,

Fabr.), which finding a substance most palatable to it secreted naturally

from a glandular defined spot upon the bodies of these helpless larve,

takes possession of them as ‘ cows,’ surrounding each separate one, and

the leaf on which it feeds, with a few silken strands of its web, protect-

ing them jealously and attacking most fiercely any living thing intruding

upon them.” Besides a remark of Herrich Schiaffer’s, quoted in Distant’s

‘‘ Rhopalocera Malayana,” that Gerydus symethus inhabits ants’ nests,

I have met with no other mention of this singular habit. I have myself

observed it in quite a number of Indian Lycenide, belonging to several

distinct groups, and feeding on the leaves of various trees and herbs.

My observations are still in progress, and I reserve for a future occasion

a fuller account of them, and descriptions of the larve on which they

have been made. The larve in question are all very helpless and in-

active grubs, sluglike in shape, tapering at both ends, pubescent, green

or brown, with a very small retractile head. On each side of the penulti-

mate segment above, there is a short protuberance, from which can, in

most cases (e. g., Tarucus theophrastus), be extended a brush of hairs

(apparently absent in some species, e. g., Azanus ubaldus). This is, I have

no doubt, a scent-gland, and may be intended to attract the notice of the

purblind ants. On the dorsal line of the preceding segment, the eleventh,

there is another short tubercle exuding a viscid juice. It exists in all

the Lycenide known to me, whether they are maintained by ants or not,

and from it issues a gummy thread by the aid of which I believe the

caterpillars sometimes swing themselves from branch to branch, or attach

themselves to leaves. But though in all probability acquired for such

purposes, it is peculiarly attractive to the ants, which at all hours surround

the poor caterpillar and, by stroking and tickling it with their antenna,

induce it to yield up this sweet (P) liquid. I have not yet found

any caterpillar in the possession of web-making or arboreal ants such

as Formica smaragdina, and no restraint such as Dr. Thwaites men-

tions was placed upon any larva observed by me. But the ants would

always remain near the caterpillar, and would always fly fiercely to the

rescue if anything molested it. When it had attained its full growth,

the ants, forming a circle round it, would forcibly drive it down to their

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 113

nest at the foot of the tree. This sight is rather an amusing one, the

caterpillar often showing the greatest reluctance to leave its pasture-

ground, and manifesting strong doubts as to the intentions of its escort.

I was struck with the forbearance and patience of the ants, which

carefully abstained from any violent use of their formidable jaws, though

the journey was thereby sometimes prolonged to six or seven hours.

Having arrived at the foot of the tree, the ants deposited the caterpillar

in an open space just within the mouth of the nest, whereupon the latter

immediately attached itself tothe bark, and commenced its transforma-

tions. I have counted as many as thirteen chrysalids of Azanus ubaldus

so attached in one nest at the foot of a kind of bdbul tree (Acacia

leucoplea). All were uninjured and all produced perfect butterflies. The

instinct which induces the ants to preserve these caterpillars in their

nests, thus sacrificing a large present supply of food to the possibility of

a future supply of the sweet juice they are so fond of, strikes me as one

of the most remarkable things in nature.

A kind of hermaphroditism seems to occur sometimes in the Hespert-

ade. From the body of (apparent) males of Suastus eltola and of Ooladenia

dan, both having perfect prehensores of the form characteristic of their

respective species, I obtained one or two well-developed eggs exactly

similar to those taken from the females of the same species. Also, from

a male of Suastus toona (the egg of that species being, except for this,

unknown to me) I obtained a single immature blood-red ego. I have

not observed this in any of the higher groups of butterflies.

My thanks are due to the Superintendent of the Indian Museum,

Calcutta, who has given me the freest access to the fine collections under

his charge; and to Mr. de Nicéville, who has given me the benefit of

his advice and assistance on several difficult points.

Suborder RHOPALOCHRA TETRAPODA, Constant Bar.

Family DANAIDA, Felder.

1. Dawnats acuaia, Cram. (aglea) = melanoides, Moore. Commonin

the Tarai and in the Sarju and Kali valleys up to 4,000 feet.

2. Danars timniacse, Cram. Ranibagh at the foot of the hills.

3. DAnNais SEPTENTRIONIS, Butler. Sarju and Kali valleys, 2—4,000

feet.

4. Danaistytia, Gray. Pindari, Gori, Sarju, and Kali valleys, 3—

6,000 feet. Mimicked by Hestina nama.

5. Danais cHrysippus, Linn. Ranibagh, Kali valley to Dharchula

(3,000 feet), not common.

114 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

6. Danas cunutia, Cram. Common everywhere, up to Khati,

7,000 feet.

7. WurL@a mipamus, Linn. = linnei, Moore. Kali valley to Dhar-

chula, Gori, and Sarju valleys, 2—4,000 feet, common.

8. HupLeéA core, Cram. Common as high up as Khati, 7,000 feet.

Family ACRAIID AI, Doubleday.

9. Paresa vesta, Fabr. Common locally, 4—5,000feet. Taken on

the Dhoaj, 6,500 feet.

Family SATYRID AI, Swainson.

10. Mycanesis (GaRrERIS) sAnaTANA, Moore. The non-ocellate dry-

season form, Askot, 5,000 feet, October. The ocellate, wet-season form

(gopa, Felder), Ramgarh and Takula, Western Kumaon, 5,500—6,000

feet, August, rare.

11. Mycanesis (Catystsmn) purseus, Fabr. The dry-season form,

first seen on the Lower Gori, 2,50) feet, September 29th; also in the

Kali valley and the Bhabar, 1—3,000 feet. The wet-season form

(blasius, Fabr.) common in the same localities, Aug.—Sept.

12. Mycanusis (CatysismMe) mineus, Linn. Wet-season form, com-

moner than the preceding species in all the valleys up to 5,000 feet,

Aug.—Sept. The dry-season form (visala, Moore) first seen on the

Lower Sarju, about September 23rd. Caterpillar taken by me at 10 Pp. M.

in a meadow at Sonakala, Southern Orissa. It is fusiform, brownish-

green, tapering greatly at both ends. Head rather large, finely pubes-

cent, dark fuscous marbled with paler, a smooth plate in the middle

of the forehead, two short, rough triangular horns. Neck greatly con-

stricted. Body rough and prickly rather than pubescent, finely wrinkled

transversely, six wrinkles to each segment, the second twice as broad as

the others. <A faint darker dorsal line chiefly visible posteriorly, a lateral

line of oblique dark streaks, one to each segment. Last segment pro-

longed and ending in two rough, triangular, slightly divergent horns.

It has the habit of resting for hours with its chin strongly retracted, and

its horns projecting forwards. The fourth eye from above is very much

larger than the others, and the head with its short, ear-like horns looks

very much like a cat’s. The larva of Melanitis has on the contrary the

horns long and slender, and the eyes subequal. Before undergoing its

metamorphosis, the larva of mineus became in colour a clear transparent

green (like the normal colour of that of Melanitis), unmarked except by

the black dots of the spiracles.

Chrysalis green, smooth, its envelope transparent, shorter and

thicker than the chrysalis of Melanitis, strongly constricted between

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 115

the thorax and abdomen. The period varied in my specimens from

five days and six hours to six days and eight hours.

The caterpillar feeds on various grasses, That of Melanitis I always

captured on young growing rice. Both are strictly nocturnal.

13. Mycauusis (SAMANTA) MALSARA, Moore. Wet-season form, Kali,

Gori, and Sarju valleys, 2—4,000 feet, Aug.—Sept. Dry-season form

(lepcha, Moore) Lower Kali valley, 3,000 feet, November, rare. My

specimens, both ocellate and non-ocellate, all have the white band below

very narrow, whereas the usual form of the species in Sikkim has it

wide. The dry-season form of this latter variety is rudis, Moore, which

I have taken abundantly in the Chittagong Hill Tracts.

14. Mycanzesis (SAMANTA) HERI, Moore. My two specimens from

Kapkot and Baghrihat, 2—5,000 feet, differ from a Sikkim specimen in

the Indian Museum, Calcutta, in having the band below almost obsolete.

One has only two ocelli on the forewing below, the other has two

additional smaller ones between them. Both have only two ocelli on

the hindwing above. I have also the dry-season form (one male,

Jhulaghat, 2,000 feet), lacking the ocelli below, but otherwise similar,

especially in the prehensores. Those who do not accept the doctrine

of the seasonal variation of the Satyride will consider this a new

species. In the same way nicotia, Hewitson, is represented in the dry

season by langit, de Nicéville.

15. LerHe Europa, Vabr. Ranibagh at the foot of the hil's, 1,000

feet.

16. Letne pyrta, Felder. Lower Himalayan tract, 3—6,000 feet.

17. Lerner ayrania, Koll. Kumaon generally, 3-—7,0U0 feet. My

specimens are somewhat transitional to dinarbas, being quite as dark,

and tinged with lilac in certain lights. These two probably form one

species.

18. Lerue mairrya, de Nicéville. Dhankuri, Khati in Western,

Sosa in Hastern, Kumaon, 7,000—11,000 feet. (Upper Himalayan

tract.)

19. Lerue siponis, Hew. Naini Tal, 6—7,000 feet, small specimens,

a large dark variety at Khati, N. W. Kumaon, 7—8,000 feet.

20. Lerne vaAtvarTa, n. sp., allied to nicetas and stdonis. Dhan-

kuri, Khati, Dwali, N. W. Kumaon; near Khela, East Kumaon, 7—11,000™

feet.

Shape of wings very much as in sidonis, except that the angle at

the upper median branch of the hindwing is obsolescent, those at the ends

of the lower median branches being more produced. Wings wider and

costa more bent than in micetas and maitrya. Lustrous brown, cilia alter-

nately dark and pale. Two dull ochreous spots on costa of forewing

116 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

at 1 and 2 from apex respectively, more distinct in the female. Faint

traces of a pale transversé band in continuation of the inner spot.

Hindwing with five distinct black spots, the last smallest, extending

from the first subcostal to the lower median, encircled in the female by

pale bronzy rings. Below, forewing basally fuscous brown, becoming

paler and more reddish apically, an irregular dark line obliquely from

middle of costa to the submedian vein near the lower angle of the wing,

separating the dark base from the pale outer portion. Along its outer

edge a strong ochre band extends from the costa to the upper radial,

thence faintly marked as a pale band, angulate, but not broken as in

nicetas. A subapical pale band from the costa, where it is ochreous,

to the upper median, containing four dark spots pupilled with whitish

dots. Cell with a pale band across it a little beyond the middle.

Hindwing with four broken irregular lilac lines across base and diso

besides two short ones defining the discocellular veins. The outer line

is bordered by a very angular dark brown band, widest from costa

to upper median, where it is acutely angled; a faint trace of ochreous

beyond its upper portion. Cell crossed by three lilac lines besides

those at the end. Ocelli seven, all set in lilac rings, and forming a

curved line much as in sidonis; the anal two small and set in the

same lilac ring, the 2nd, 3rd, and in a less degree the 4th strongly

blurred, their lilac rings being also somewhat diffused, especially in

the female. The other ocelli are distinct, pupilled with white. A

continuous marginal line of dull reddish ochreous, bounded by a

slender black line within and without; along its inner edge a wavy

band of bright lilac narrowed at the veins and extending from the upper

median to the submedian vein.

This species is more variegated in colour than sidonis, and less than

nicetas ; the 2nd, 3rd, and 6th ocelli are always blurred, and the Ist, 5th,

6th, and 7th perfect, thereby differing from mattrya (in which they are

all blurred), from nicetas (in which they are all perfect), and from sidonis,

in which the 2rd and 4th are slightly blurred. From sidonis, its nearest

ally, it also differs in the ochreous marks on the forewing above and below»

and in the distinct black spots of the hindwing above. Prehensores close

to those of sidonis. The uncus, however, is more bent down, appearing

runcate from above and flattened laterally, while in sidonis it appears

acute from above and is cylindrical. In both species the uncial branches

viewed from the side are distant from the uncus, and much shorter, and

come to meet it at an angle, while in maitrya the uncus and its branches

are nearly equal, nearly parallel, and approximate. The clasp also, is

simply hooked instead of being set with numerous barbs as in sidonis

and vaiwvarta.

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 117

21. Lerner (Tanstma) verma, Koll. Lower Himalayan tract, 2,500—

6,000 feet, not very common. "

22. Lerue (Tansrma) rouria, Fabr. Lower Himalayan tract, 2,500—

7,500 feet, common. The subcostal veins of these two species are dif-

ferently arranged, but they agree in the very broad cell of the forewing,

in the white apical stripe common to both sexes, in “the first ocellus of

_ the hindwing below being withdrawn from the series, and, as regards the

prehensores, in the curiously palmate branches of the uncus. )

23. Lerne (ZopHorssa) JALAURIDA, de Nicéville. Dhankuri, Khati,

Dwali, North-West Kumaon, 7—11,000 feet. The female only differs

from the male in its larger size, broader wings, and somewhat paler

markings.

24. Lutue (ZoPpHoEssaA) Goatpara, Moore. Dhankuri, Khati, 7—

9,000 feet.

Subgenus CuarmMA, nov. Forewing, outer margin straight or slightly

convex, cell rather short and.broad, upper radial from the end, 2nd and

3rd subcostals from just before the end, of the cell, approximate, discocel- ~

lulars slightly convex. Hindwing narrow, almost equally angled at the

first and third median branches. The apical angle obsolescent, that at

the 1st subcostal more distinct, the lower discocellular joining the

median just before its last bifurcation. A glandular patch of peculiar

black scales on the hindwing of the male in the space between the costal

and subcostal veins, extending into the cell and just within the fork

of the lst and 2nd subcostals. By this patch, and by the displacement

of the first ocellus of the hindwing behind the line of the others, this

group may be distinguished from other Lethe. What I regard as of

more importance is the extraordinary structure of the prehensores ; the

uncus (which is provided with rather short and slender branches)

being cleft into two strong lobes lying in the same vertical longitudinal

plane, and resembling the open claw of a lobster, the lower point being

slightly the longer, a structure unknown among all other tetrapod

butterflies. Type baladeva. The genus probably includes andersonii,

Atkinson, and perhaps other species.

25. Leraz (CHARMA) BALADEVA, Moore. Pindari Valley, 7—8,000

feet, darker than Sikkim specimens, the silver bands narrower.

26. Lerue (Neops) punana, Moore. Khati, Kapkot, 7—8,000

feet, rare.

27. RHAPHICERA MOOREI, Butler. Dhankuri, Khati, Dwali, Chau-

dans, 7—11,000 feet. The female only differs in its larger size, slightly

paler colouring, and broader wings.

~ 28. Amecera scnakra, Koll. Kumaon generally up to 9,000 feet,

seen as low as Dharchula, 3,500 feet.

118 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kwmaon: [No. 2,

29. AuLOcERA PADMA, Koll. The female described by Kollar is

evidently of the same speci® as Moore’s male type of avatara, Kollar’s

description and plate are unmistakeable. There are, however, two

allied species now passing under the name of padma. Of the true padma

I have both sexes from Niarkanda near Simla and from the Galis north

of Mari, but in Kumaon I obtained only females, taken in October and

November in the Kali Valley, ranging from 7,000 feet at Juti in

Chandans to 2,500 feet at Garjiaghat and even lower. This species -

is much the larger of the two; my females are all over four inches

spread. The cell of the forewing is covered with long shining hair ;

the male mark on the forewing is more distinct, the male lacks the white

spots diverging to the costa from the macular band; in the female

these are three in number, and rather blurred. The female has the

surface below heavily striated with whitish; the band is not at all

definite outwardly and is nearly white in colour.

30. AULOCERA LOHA, n. sp., is the other form of padma. Smaller,

* cell of male smooth, sex-mark not very plain, male distinguished

by the divergent white spots from the median band to the costa,

the female by the band of the hindwing below being narrow, well-

defined, and ochreous. This insect is darker than the other, the apex

of both wings glossed with lilac below, and the base of the hindwing

greenish. It may perhaps be only a seasonal form of the preceding

species. Iam unluckily unable to compare the prehensores, having no

drawing of those of padma. I found loha common on Bireg mountain,

North-West Kumaon, in August and September, 9—12,000 feet, the

species thus occurring at the same elevation as brahminus, the prehensores

of which are altogether different. The padma from Sikkim mentioned

(P. Z. 8. 1882) by Mr. Elwes are of this species.

31. AvLocura swaHa, Koll. Found on all the hills of the Pindari

district 7—10,000 feet, also on the outer ranges, Jagheswar, Takula

and the Dhoaj, 5,500—9,000 feet, and in Chaudans in Hast Kumaon, 5—

7,000 feet. A common species. I did not obtain the form which has

the band of the forewing bright yellow.

32. AULOCERA BRAHMINUS, Blanch. Pindari District, 10—12,000

feet, not very common.

33. AuLocERA scyLLA, Butler. Pindari Glacier, and Mount Byeri

above Furkya, North-West Kumaon, 12—14,000 feet, Garbyan, 12,000

feet, Lepu Lek, 16,000 feet, North-Hast Kumaon. The prehensores are

distinct from those of brahminus. The latter has the uncus, seen from

above, longer and its branches more slender. Seen from the side, scylla

has the uncus and its branches parallel and nearly in the same horizontal

plane, and the top of the uncus is knobbed, while in brahminus it is

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. . 119

smooth and the branches diverge downwards from it. The clasp has

its upper limb toothed horizontally, in scyllavertically. Colonel Lang’s

type of werang seems to me only a small brahminus from high elevations.

Mr. Butler’s scylla I have not seen. The present species is small,

ochreous-gray below, with a discal line of white spots on the -hind-

wing below, the band there crooked; on the forewing below, the ocellus

is pupilled with white and the band is wide and united. I have caught

it flying with brahminus, from which I consider it distinct, in the

meadows near Furkya.

34. AULOCERA SARASWATI, Koll. Pyura, above Loharkhet, the

Dhoaj, Takula, 5—9,000 feet. It is the most distinct of the Awlocera.

The egg has 23 ribs, that of all the other Aulocera having 26—28.

35. (ners pumitus, Feld. A single female found on the moist

ground at the edge of the snow-line on the northern side of the Lepu

Pass, Chinese Tibet, 17,000 feet.

36. CALLEREBIA SCANDA, Koll. Above Loharkhet, Khati, Dhan-

kuri, N. W. Kumaon, 7—11,000 feet.

37, CALLEREBIA HYBRIDA, Butler. Kumaon generally, 6—9,000

feet. Probably the wet-season brood of annada.

38. CALLEREBIA NIRMALA, Moore. ‘Two males, above Loharkhet, 7—

8,000 feet.

39. CALLEREBIA ANNADA, Moore. Kumaon generally, 5—7,000° feet.

First specimens taken Sept. 22nd. The above forms are easily separat-

ed, but the differences can hardly be called specific. Except in scanda

the prehensores are very similar in all. The next species is very distinct.

40. CALLEREBIA HYAGRIVA, Moore (Yphthima hyagriva). The vena-

tion of the forewing shows this species to be a true Callerebia, both

the lst and the 2nd subcostals being emitted before the end of the

cell. The structure of the prehensores shows the same thing. All the

Satyride known to me, except Yphthima and Melanitis, have the uncus

branched, and in hyagriva this part is branched precisely as in other

Callerebia. The prehensores are scarcely to be distinguished from those

of annada. I found hyagriva not uncommon at various points in Kumaon,

3—7,000 feet, during the rains.

41. Yruraima (more properly IpHTHimMaA) NAREDA, Koll. Kumaon

generally up to 9,000 feet, common. This species is somewhat transi-

tional to Oallerebia. The uncus is not exactly lobed, but flattened out

horizontally like a tile, appearing from above very broad and square-cut.

42. YPHTHIMA SAKRA, Moore (= nikea, Moore). Kumaon generally,

3,000—11,000 feet, common in the higher regions, varies greatly.

43. YPHTHIMA ASTEROPE, Klug. (= ariaspa, Moore), Bagheswar,

Takula, Lower Sarju, Lower Gori, 2,000—6,000 feet.

120 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

44, YPHTHIMA HUEBNERI, Kirby. Bagheswar, Rambagh, Kapkot,

1,000—4,000 feet.

45. YPHTHIMA SINGALA, Felder. Bagheswar, Kapkot, Takula, Lower

Sarju, 2,000—6,000 feet. Fresh specimens have faint traces of a male

mark on the forewing above, as in philomela. The forewing above is

always ocellate in the female, non-ocellate in the male. I found an

allied species, ocellate in both sexes, common at the extreme summit

(5,000 feet) of Mahendragiri, Ganjam district, Hastern Ghats, and per-

haps identical with thora. The form I call singala is common in many ~

parts of India; I am not sure of its identity with the Ceylonese species.

46. YPHTHIMA AVANTA, Moore. River-valleys generally, 2,500—5,000

feet. The sex-mark is more prominent than in singala. Ocellus on

forewing above sometimes obsolete in the male.

47. YPHTHIMA PHILOMELA, Joh. Valleys up to 6,000 feet. The

sex-mark is very prominent. ‘These seven species are all very distinct,

‘and all have the prehensores differently formed. The dry-season forms

are all more or less non-ocellate. That of sakra is still unknown

to me. The seasonal forms are not so well separated in Yphthima as in

Mycalesis.

48. Metanitis tepA, Linn. Wet-season form, Tarai and low valleys

up to 4,000 feet, August—September. Dry-season form (ismene, Cram.),

‘same localities, October—November. This species is hardly distinct

from the next two. The prehensores, which in this family and in the

Lycenide are almost infallible tests of species, here show no good

distinctions. ,

49. MeLANITIS zITENIUS, Herbst. Kali valley, 2—4,000 feet.

50. Metanitis BELA, Moore. Wet-season form, Baghrihat, Kali

Valley, 2,500 feet, rare. Dry-season form (aswa, Moore), Toli, Kali

Valley, 2,500 feet, rare. I consider tristis, Felder, swywdana, Moore, and

abdulle, Distant, all synonyms of this species.

Family ELYMNIAD.

51. EnyMNIAS UNDULARIS, Dru. Ranibagh at the foot of the outer

hills, 1,000 feet.

52. ELyMNIAS LEUCOocyMA, Godt. Kal valley at Balwakot and

Toli, 2,500—3,000 feet. Compared with Sikkim specimens they are more

striated and speckled with white below, and as in patna they all have

an irregular line of whitish spots round the outer disc of the hindwing

above.

53. Dycris patna, Westw. Two males, Garjiaghat, near the junction

of the Kali and the Gori, Eastern Kumaon, 2,500 feet. They do not

differ from Sikkim specimens.

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 121

Family MORPHIDA, Westwood.

I did not capture any morphid in Kumaon, but in the great gorge of

the Sarju below Kapkot, I observed several specimens of a magnificent

new species, probably an Amathusia or a Zeuxidia (I think I noticed the

acuteness of its wings), and an excellent mimic of Huplea midamus,

which was common there. They had the true morphid flight, and always

settled on the underside of leaves with folded wings. I spent half the

day in trying to catch them, but was unsuccessful, owing to the danger-

ous and precipitous nature of the place.

Family APATURIDA, Boisduval.

Subfamily Katuimina.

54. Kania INAcHUS, Boisd. (inachis). River valleys, 2—5,000

feet.

Subfamily ARGYNNINA.

55. CuUPHA ERYMANTHIS, Drury. River valleys up to 5,000 feet.

56. ATELLA PHALANTA, Drury. Tarai and hills to 6,000 feet.

57. ArTEevuA sinna, Koll. Kali valley, 2—3,000 feet, common.

58. Arcynnisiss#A, Gray. The dark basal area on the hindwing

oe is broad and undefined; the submarginal dark band of the hind-

wing below is distinctly broken by an ochreous space between the radial

and the upper median. In these respects it differs from latonia, Linn.

(lathonia). The prehensores also seem tolerably distinct. The species

is common all over Kumaon from Bagheswar (3,500 feet) in the Sarju

valley to the Lepu Lek, 16,000 feet. At very high altitudes the speci-

mens are small.

59. ARGYNNIS CHILDRENI, Gray. Naini Tal, Khati, 6,000—8,500

60. ArGynnis KAMALA, Moore. Dhankuri, 10,000 feet.

61. ArGynnis JaAiNADEVA, Moore. Pindari Valley, 9,000 feet, rare.

62. Araynnis nipHE, Linn. Lower Himalayan region from the

Kali valley, 2,500 feet, to Almora and above Pithoragarh, 6,000 feet.

Subfamily APATURINA.

Vanessa-Group.

63. VANESSA KASCHMIRENSIS, Koll. From the Kali valley (2,500

feet) to the summit of the Lepu Lek, over 18,000 feet, far above the

snow line. I also found it abundantly in Nepalese Tibet and in the

dry valleys of Hundes (Chinese Tibet). The prehensores as drawn by

me are different from those of uwrtice figured by Dr. Buchanan White.

122 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

64. VANESSA LADAKENSIS, Moore. Near Kalapani, Nepalese Tibet,

14,000 feet; another near Hindi, Chinese Tibet, 15,000 feet. The pre-

hensores are quite different from those of kaschmirensis.

65. Vanessa CANACE, Linn. (charonia, Drury). Knmaon generally,

2,500—8,000 feet, rather scarce.

66. GraprTa c-aALBuM, Linn. Khati, N. W. Kumaon, 8,000 feet.

Resembles my Mari specimens very closely.

67. GrapTa aGnicuLA, Moore. Pindari Glacier, 12,000 feet, Byans

valley, Eastern Kumaon, 12—15,000 feet. These species are closely

allied, but I have been able to separate my own specimens by means of

slight differences in the prehensores as well as by the shape and colouring.

But I do not find the prehensores absolutely constant in the first three

genera of this group.

68. Pyramuis 1npicA, Herbst. Kumaon generally, 2,500—10,000

feet.

69. Pyrameis carpul, Linn. Ranging from Dharchula (3,000

feet) to 16,000 feet on the Lepu Lek.

70. Cyrestis tHyopamas, Boisd. Kumaon generally, 2,000—8,000

feet, called the ‘‘map butterfly’’ by European collectors. The occa-

sional yellowish specimens are perhaps cases of atavism, indicating

descent from a red Oyrestis.

71. Cuersonusta RISA, Doub. Kali valley, 2—3,000 feet. Kumaon

specimens are lighter in colour and more delicately marked than

Sikkim ones. Three of the bands below are in both sexes beautifully

glossed with lilac on the hindwings and to a less extent on the forewings.

72. SYMBRENTHIA HIPPOCLUS, Cram. Low country and river-valleys,

as far up as the Dhoaj, 6,500 feet, common. I have also found it in

the Eastern Ghats of the Indian Peninsula, in the districts of Ganjam

and Vizagapatam.

73. SYMBRENTHIA HYPSELIS, Godt. Kali valley, Hastern Kumaon,

2—4,000 feet, common.

74. SyYMBRENTHIA ASTHALA, Moore. Pindari valley, N. W. Kumaon,

7,000 feet. The undescribed female differs from the male in the red

markings above being paler, the apical band wider and longer, extending

from the extreme costa almost to the onter margin, approaching the

discoid band, remote from the lower band, having a deep sinus on

its lower side andastreak given out upwardly from its outer end.

Lower band of forewing broad, its upper part clavate, displaced out-

wardly above the lower median, discoid band irregular, heavy, its end

produced below the middle median branch. Lower band of hindwing

extends only to the second subcostal, with only a trace of a sub-

marginal line beyond it. Below, nearly uniform orange-tawny, the base

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 123

of both wings and costa of forewing paler ochreous. The prehensores

of these species are interesting. In hypselis the clasp seen from the side

is curiously bent upwards in the form of the figure 2. In asthala

the shape is still more bizarre, the tip bending down so as almost to form

_a@ complete circle. The base of the clasp is also more square, and the

uncus more slender.

75. SYMBRENTHIA HysuDRA, Moore. Pindari valley, N. W. Kumaon,

5—8,000 feet. The female is much like the male, but all the red mark-

ings are larger and more confluent. The prehensores are very different

from those of the preceding species, the uneus having strong branches

nearly as long as itself, and the clasp, seen from the side, being square-

cut, with a short horizontal projection from its upper angle.

Junonia-Group.

76. Junonia orn1THYIA, Linn. Kumaon generally, plains to 6,000

77. JUNONIA LEMONIAS, Linn. Kumaon, plains to 6,000 ft.

73. Junonia GNoNeE, Linn. Kumaon generally, taken up to 7,000 ft,

79. Junonia atuites, Joh. (laomedia). Ranibagh and the Tarai,

1,000—2,000 feet, scarce.

80. JunonrA atMANA, Linn. The dry-season form. I have no doubt

that it is conspecific with asterie, Linn., the wet-season form. Both

are found in the Sarju and Kali valleys, 2,000—4,000 feet, and in the

Tarai. The prehensores are the same in both.

81. Precis 1pHita, Cram. Everywhere common, as high up as

Khati, 8,000 feet. The wet-season brood consists of very pale specimens ;

the autumn brood, appearing at the end of September, is much darker.

82. PssupERGOLIS veDA, Koll. (wedah). Sarju, Kali, and Gori

valleys, 2,000—5,500 feet.

83. Romana parysaTis, Westw. (parisatis). One male, seen at

Jhulaghat, eastern border of Kumaon. The gerus is allied to Precis.

Apatura-Group.

84. Apatura (or Hypotimnas) Botina, Linn. Tarai, 1,000 feet.

Specimens from the forests of the Kali valley (2,000—4,000 feet) approach

jacintha, Drury.

85. Apatura (or Hyponrmnas) misrppus, Linn. Almora, 6,000

feet, Lower Gori, 2,500 feet.

86. Srrpocniona nicma, Gray, (nicea). Sarju, Gori, aud Kali

valleys, 2—5,000 feet.

87. DicHORRHAGIA NESIMACHUS, Boisd. One female in bad condi-

tion, Kali valley, near Jhulaghat, Nepal. I am not certain as to the

position of this genus, never having examined the egg.

124 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

Subfamily Hvripina.

88. Srpnisa picHroa, Koll. Loharkhet, N. W. Kumaon, Askot,

EK. Kumaon. Much darker than Kulu or Simla specimens. The black

discal band across the hindwing below is especially wide, so as wholly

to enclose the whitish spot between the lower medians. The veins are

also heavily marked with black. At Mari, in the extreme north-west

of India, I found this species with the band on the hindwings below

wholly obsolete, and the underside with a whitish, silky gloss.

89. Hustina naMA, Doub. Kali, Sarju, and Gori valleys, from

2,000 almost to 6,000 feet. The outer part of the hindwing above is

somewhat darker than in Sikkim specimens, and the ground-colour

more distinctly greenish.

90. Huripus consimitis, Westw. Jhulaghat, Hast Kumaon, two

females only.

Family EURYTELIDA, Westwood.

91. Erconis mMerionE, Cram. Gori and Kali valleys, 2—4,000 ft.

92. Eraouis artapns, Linn. Ranibagh and the Tarai, 1,000 feet.

Family CHARAXIDA.

93. CHARAXES FABIUS, Fabr. Ranibagh at the foot of the hills.

$4. CHaraxes (Hunepis) arHamas, Drury. Sarju, Kali, and Gori

valleys, 2—4,000 feet.

95. CHARAXES (EULEPIS) EUDAMIPPUS, Doub. Seen, Jhulaghat on

the Kali, no doulkt as to the species.

96. CHaArAxes (Haripra) LUNAWARA, Butler. Lower Kali, rare.

97. Cuaraxes (Haripra) HemMANA, Butler. Kapkot on the Sarju,

perhaps the western limit of the group. Also, Gori aud Kali valleys.

My specimens seem to correspond well enough with Mr. .Butler’s

figure and description, but the markings are not very constant.

Family NYMPHALIDAi, Swainson.

98. SympHazpRA NAIS, Forst. Haldwani in the Tarai, 1,000 feet.

99. HurHALIA DoUBLEDAIL, Gray. Naini Tal, Ranibagh, etc., 2,000

—7,000 feet. Found chiefly in the rains.

100. Hurnaria apiapes, Mén., (appiades). Lower Gori, Jhulaghat

on the K4li, 2—3,000 feet, scarce.

101. Euraania Garupa, Moore. Kali valley, 2—3,000 feet, scarce.

102. EUTHALIA LUBENTINA, Cram. Kali valley at Baghrihat, 2,500

feet, scarce.

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 125

103. NympHauis (or Limenitis) panava, Moore. Gori valley at

Garjiaghat, rare.

104. Mopuza procris, Cram. Kali valley, 2—4,000 feet, scarce.

105. Poramis (or ApaTurRA) NAMOUNA, Doub. Loharkhet, and Kap-

kot on the upper Sarju, 4—5,000 feet, scarce.

106. Atuyma pERIvS, Linn. (leucothoé). Kumaon generally, 1,000

—6,000 feet. Unlike the other species of Athyma it prefers open

meadows to forests.

107. AtHyma sELENOPHORA, Koll. Kali and Gori valleys, 2—3,000

feet.

108. AruymA cama, Moore. Almora; Eastern Kumaon generally,

2—5,000 feet, common.

109. Arnyma zERocA, Moore. Gori and Kali valleys, 2—8,000

feet, varies considerably in markings.

110. Arnyma opatina, Koll. Upper Himalayan region, from Naini

Tal, 6,000 feet, and Askot, 4,500 feet, up to Dwali, nearly 10,000 feet.

111. Rauinpa HorpDonta, Stoll. Ranibagh, the Tarai, and the Ram-

ganga, Kali, and Gori valleys, common, 1—4,000 feet.

112. Nepris rnmopres, Moore. Common all over Kumaon from

2,000 to 7,000 feet.

113. Nepris varmona, Moore. Kali valley, Eastern Kumaon, also

Haldwani in the Tarai, 1—3,000 feet.

114. Nepris nAnpINA, Moore. Loharkhet, N. W. Kumaon, 5,000

feet.

115. Noupris vixast, Horsf. Sarju valley at Kapkot, 4,000 feet,

rare.

116. Nuprtis soma, Moore. Common in the Sarju, Gori, and Kali

valleys, 2—4,000 feet.

117. Nepris susruta, Moore. Kali valley, 2—3,000 feet.

118. Nepris mMAnENDRA, Moore. Common, extending from the

Sarju and Kali valleys at 2,000 feet, up to over 9,000 feet near Dwali,

N. W. Kumaon, and at Budhi, N. H. Kumaon. My specimens differ

from those in the Indian Museum in being darker red below with

all the white markings smaller.

119. Nupris ampa, Moore. Kaliand Sarju valleys, 2—5,000 feet.

.Most of my specimens are much darker than the common amba of the

N. W. Himalayas, and are by no means fixed in type, gradually chang-

ing to cartica, which is therefore in my opinion only a form of this

species. The allied carticoides, however, seems distinct.

120. Nupris ananta, Moore. Ramganga valley, 2,500 feet, rare.

126 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

Suborder RHOPALOCHERA HETHROPODA.

Family LYCAINIDA, Stephens.

Subfamily AMBLYPODINA.

121. PancHata GaAngesA, Moore. Naini Tal, Dhankuri, 6—8,000 feet.

122. PancHata RAMA, Koll. Kumaon generally, 1,000—8,000 feet.

Though it belongs to a tropical group, I found it flying in great numbers

on the mountain near Ramgarh (7,500 feet) in December, when the

ground was powdered with snow. The males and females of rama are

very much alike. Dodonéu, which I have from Mari, seems to be a

distinct species. |

123. Iraora MzcENAS, Fabr. One male, Jhulaghat, eastern border

of Kumaon; an extremely variable species wherever I have found it.

I prefer to separate this group from the next by the structure of

the prehensores, the clasps of Deuwdoriw being very small and immove-

ably fixed on each side of the intromittent organ, which is not retrac-

tile; while in Amblypodia they are free and tolerably well deve-

loped. As for the egg, I had examined that of some twenty species

of the Amblypodia group, including several of the genera, and found

it always covered with acute spines. But in all the females of rama

examined by me, there were two easily-distinguished forms of egg

present in about equal numbers, the one with the spines acute as in

Amblypodia, the other with them truncate as in Deudoria.

Subfamily Drvporiaina”.

124. VirACHOLA ISOCRATES, Fabr. Charma valley, Hastern Kumaon,

3,000 feet.

125. Dervportx EprarBAS, Moore, (epijarbas). Kumaon generally,

2—6,000 feet. |

126. Baspa MELAMPUS, Cram. Almora, Loharkhet, Kali valley, 2—

6,000 feet.

127. Hysupra sELirA, Moore. Almora, Pyura, 4—6,000 feet.

128. Brpaspa nissa, Koll. Kumaon generally, 3—7,000 feet. My

specimens rarely show any trace of the red spot above, and are of a

richer metallic above and a deeper rufous below than Simla specimens.

The genus seems very close to Rapala.

129. RapaLa scurstacna, Moore. Lower’ Ramganga and Sarju, 2—

4,000 feet. Distinguished by the beautiful blue of the hindwings and

the basal part of the forewings, when seen in certain lights, especially

from behind.

a nd it

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 127

130. Rapata grisea, Moore. Kapkot, Bigheswar, Khati, 3—7,000

feet. This species, which has the transverse band below broader than

in schistacea, and the wings dull steel-blue in all lights without the

brilliant cyaneous reflections of that species, has been identified by Mr.

de Nicéville as orseis, Hew. (from Sumatra), and so named by him in his

lists of the butterflies of Sikkim, Calcutta, and the Andaman Islands.

An aberrant male and female from Jhulaghat on the western border

of Nepal differ in the extreme width of the transverse band below,

which is very dark, and on both wings of the male, and less perfectly

in the hindwing of the female, is united with the dark discocellular

band. I prefer not to separate this form from grisea, though it is

perhaps distinct.

131. Curtis tHeris, Drury, (thetys). Kali valley, not common.

Except in the outline of the wings, which is that of the typical thetis, my

Kumaon specimens do not differ from bulis. The red is confined to a

rather small area of the forewing, indented from above, and not reaching

the hind margin.

132. Cvuretis BuLIS, Doub. Sarju, Kali, and Gori valleys, 2—5,000

feet. Male as in the preceding form, the red of the forewing occupying

most of the cell, but not extending above middle median on the disc,

the hind margin widely black. Female with a large white medial

area on the forewing indented at the end of the cell. Hindwing

with a small lunular white patch on the disc, extending to the whitish

costa. It thus seems to resemble dentata, Moore, in colouring, but the

hindwing, like the forewing, is very strongly angled. My specimens

vary remarkably in size. Though the prehensores are very complicat-

ed in this genus, I have not been able to detect the slightest difference

between those of the two species (?) here called bulis and thetis.

133. Loxura atyMNUS, Cram. Ranibagh and the Tarai, 1,000 feet.

Of the position of this as of the preceding genus, I am still uncertain.

Subfamily THECLINA.

134. Currirra acte, Moore. Askot, 5,000 feet, Baghrihat, 2,500

feet, EH. Kumaon, scarce.

135. Cuerirra sarra, Godt. Jhulaghdt, Gori, and Kali valleys,

2—3,000 feet.

136. Sprnpasis LonitTa, Horsf., (himalayanus, Moore). Below Kap-

kot, 3,500 feet, scarce.

137. Sprinpasis votcanus, Fabr. Haldwani at the foot of the hills,

1,000 feet. :

138. Tasuria toneinus, Fabr. Haldwani at foot of hills, 1,000 ft.,

one male.

128 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

139. Prarapa pEvA, Moore. Kapkot, 4,000 feet, a female. It re-

sembles a specimen from Sikkim in the Indian Museum, being much

darker than those from Kanara and the plains of Bengal, the blue on the

forewing covering only the lower half of the base of the cell, paler

blue from the hind margin to just above the middle median, broken

by black veins, the margin broad and black. Hindwing bluish as

in deva, but powdered with gray scales, and interrupted by black veins,

and by a submarginal line of joined dark lunules, the costal border

widely dark. Owing to my ignorance of the male, I am unwilling to

describe the species as new.

140. ReMELANA YAJNA, n. sp. Allied to megisbia, Hewitson.

Black, the upper part of the hindwing glittering azure from the first

subcostal to the radial, extending beyond into the cell (slightly), and

almost to the costal and the upper median veins, but not approach-

ing the apex or the costa. Anal lobe gray, touched with fulvous and

bluish, a slender marginal bluish line on the lower part of the hind-

wing, cilia dark. Below rufous-brown, darker at apex. On the hind-

wing a slender transverse line of fulvous crosses the wing, almost

straight to the lower median, bordered outwardly with slender lines

of black and white, continued by similar lines at right angles with it

from the lower median to the abdominal margin. On the forewing

the line is chiefly white (the fulvous and black being obsolescent),

slender, and sinuous, extending from the submedian almost to the costa.

A broken submarginal darker line obscurely visible on both wings.

Lower part of hindwing with a large area of gray extending to the

upper median, bordered outwardly with white and black lines, part of

abdominal margin white. Anal black spot partly bordered with fulvous

and silvery lilac, a submarginal black-centred fulvous spot between the

lower medians. ‘Tails black, tipped with white, the outer more slender

than the inner, and somewhat shorter. Antennz black annulated with

white, club black. Expanse 13-inch.

Differs from megisbia, Hewitson, habitat unknown, in the ground:

colour of the underside, which is dull rufous-brown, that of Hewitson’s

species being orange (in his description) or orange-yellow (in his plate).

Two males, Garjiaghat and Baghrihat, on the Kali, 2,500—3,000

feet.

141. CrriariA kina, Hewitson. Loharkhet, N. W. Kumaon, 5,000

feet. Male, forewing widely black over the apex, costa, and outer

margin to the lower angle; a large whitish discal patch (greenish or

bluish in different lights, just entering the cell and extending from the

submedian to the upper median, and obscurely along the median

basally and the submedian discally) set in the middle of an area of

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 129

bright blue, only visible in some lights, and extending to the hind

Margin and nearly to the costa. Hindwing bluish-gray over the outer

disc from submedian to lower subcostal, and also on the abdominal

margin basally, with three somewhat darker spots anally and subanally,

of which that between the lower medians is rather distinct. Edge line

black, fringe white, cell and the space between the subcostals blue in

some lights as on the forewing. Below, whitish with a silky lustre,

two dark transverse lines across end of cell of forewing, a dark discal

transverse line in two parts, narrowed, and removed inwardly below

the upper median. Two darker lines of joined lunules submarginally ;

edge line of both wings dark. Hindwing, a black spot near the costa

basally, a double streak across end of cell, a dark transverse discal

band broken into six pieces, that near the costa being nearly black, a

submarginal line of streaks backed by a continuous irregular dark-

gray line, a black spot surrounded with dark ochreous between the

lower median branches, a smaller similar spot on the lobe.

Female, black, forewing with a whitish discal area most distinct

between the median branches, but extending beyond, and entering the

interno-median space as a pale band. Cilia white, especially at the lower

angle. Disc of hindwing with a pale area cut by dark veins, a sub-

marginal white line and an obscurely darker subanal spot near the

margin. Both sexes have four tails, of which, unlike othona, the outer

ones are much the shorter. My specimens agree with Sikkim males in

Mr. de Nicéville’s collection; the Sikkim female I have not seen. They

are much darker than Mr. Hewitson’s figures. My two males were both

taken flying in a flock of the common COyaniris puspa, from which I could

not distinguish them till I caught them. If this is a case of mimicry, it.

is the first, I believe, yet observed in the Lycenide. |

142. CuitariaA oTHona, Hew. JLower Gori, HE. Kumaon, 2,500

feet, Kapkot, N. W. Kumaon, 4,000 feet. Male beautifully glossed

with dark blue on the forewing beyond the cell, seen only in certain

lights. Female, the pale blue of the male, replaced by a pale gray area

from the hindmargin of the forewing to the middle median. MHind-

wing with a similar area (without any trace of blue) extending nearly

to the margin, where there is a dark subanal spot with fainter ones

near it. Marginal black and white edge-lines as in male. Below

like the male, marks somewhat paler, subanal black spot bordered

narrowly with pale ochre, wings wider and more rounded than in the

male.

143. Inerpa opa, Hew. Naini Tal, 6,000—7,000 feet.

144. Inerps BRAHMA, Moore. Naini Tal, Loharkhet, 5—7,000 feet.

145. Inerps sena, Koll. Kumaon generally, extending up to

130 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

Budhi in Bydns (9,000 feet), and down to 3,000 feet. It frequents drier

and more open ground than the other species.

146. Inerpa ramu(?), Koll. Upper Sarju, Pindari, and Kali valleys,

5—9,000 feet, scarce. :

147. InerpA coruscans, Moore. Same localities. This species is

shining greenish-blue well beyond the cell, and to the hind margin of the

forewing, and over the disc of the hindwing. The preceding species is

merely powdered with the same colour, which does not extend on the

forewing beyond the cell or to the hind-margin, and is nearly obsolete on

the hindwing. As in other Ilerda, these species are easily distinguished

by their prehensores, the clasp of coruscans, seen from the side, being

truncate and apparently unarmed, while in tamu(?) it is very broad and

rounded at the end, with a line of strong, bent hooks. The uncus of

tamu seen from the side is shorter than in coruscans, and its branches

are more bent. JI name the preceding species with great doubt, being

unable to distinguish between tamu, androcles, moorei, and langit. It

is so difficult to describe, and so impossible to figure the colouring of

an Ilerda, that I think it will be very hard for the student to separate

the four species mentioned, except by examination of the prehensores,

which ought to be figured.

148. InerDA BPICLES, Godt. Eastern Kumaon, in the Ka4li valley,

2—4.,000 feet, at Askot (5,000 feet) and the Dhoaj Mountain (6,000

feet). This genus is very close to Chrysophanus, the prehensores being

generically the same, though each species has its characteristic form.

149. CHRYSOPHANUS TIMMUS, Cram. (timeus). Naini Tal, 6—7,000

feet, above Garbyan, and at Kalapani, N. H. Kumaon, 11—15,000 feet.

Comparing the prehensores of my specimens with those figured by

Dr. White, I should suppose the species distinct from the European

phleas (phiewax 7).

150. CuHRYSOPHANUS PAVANA, Kollar. Kumaon generally, 4,500—

13,000, local.

151. Surunpra QuERCETORUM, Moore. Bagheswar, Lower Ram-

ganga, Gori, and KA4li valleys, 2—4,000 feet. The egg clearly shows

that the genus is near Thecla and remote from Amblypodia.

152. Turcta (or Zepuyrus) BrrupA, Moore. Outer Himalayas,

Pyura and Rémgarh, 4,000—7,000 feet.

153. Turcta syLtA, Koll. Dhankuri, 9—11,000 feet, N. W.

Kumaon.

154. Turota 1cANA, Moore. Dhankuri, 9—11,000 feet, N. W.

Kumaon, also in Chaudans in N. EH. Kumaon.

155. THecLA MANDARA, n.sp. Allied to zcana, but whereas that

species is metallic over the disc of the hindwing and most of the

1886. | W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kuwmaon. 131

forewing, interrupted by black veins, and appears green in some lights

and violet in others, this species is only touched with obscure violet

close to the base of the forewing: the disc has a faint lustre, as if

greasy. Below more rufous than icana; the transverse discal line

extends to the lower median, slightly bent inwards at its lower end;

the discal band of the hindwing is straight, the submarginal band

rounded: both are tinged with reddish. A blurred, obsolescent ocellus

of black and reddish anally and subanally. Outer margin of the fore-

wing strongly convex, sinuous, outer margin of hindwing not scalloped,

abdominal marginal not excavated, but straight or slightly convex.

The prehensores, though generally resembling those of icana, are quite

distinct. Both are distinguished from syla and birwpa by the uncus

seen from the side being divided horizontally. In icana the upper

lobe is slender, bent downwards, and projects beyond the lower. In

this species the upper lobe is straight, and shorter than the long and

massive lower lobe. The clasp (which in both species tapers obliquely

upwards) here ends in a blunt, almost vertical point, while in icana it

ends in a sharp horizontal beak. The uncus in birupa and syla is very

different, being broad and entire, when viewed from the side.

There is an allied species undescribed in the Indian Museum, col-

lected by Mr. de Nicéville in the Jalauri Pass, N. W. Himalayas. It

is distinctly violet above in all lights and has a silver-white line across

the hindwing below.

Subfamily GERYDINA.

156. ALLOTINUs MULTISTRIGATUS, de Nicéville. Two females, Askot,

5,000 feet, H. Kumaon. I also found it common at Dimagiri and

Barakhal in the Chittagong Hill Tracts, and on Sirtai Mountain in

the Lushai country. I wrote a description of it last September, but

on my return to Calcutta found that Mr. de Nicéville had anticipated

me, giving it the name of Gerydus multistrigatus. It is not, however,

a Gerydus, the tarsi being cylindrical, the first joint nearly twice as

long as all the others combined. The egg is extremely flat, strongly

bicarinate at the side, more than three times as wide as high, with the

sculpturing all but obliterated above. The third subcostal branch igs

given off opposite the end of the cell, for which reason I put it in the

genus Allotinus. Of the other Indian species of the Gerydine, drumila

is very much like multistrigatus ; it likewise has the legs cylindrical, but

the third subcostal is emitted a little beyond the end of the cell. It

has been found in Sikkim, Cachar, and the Lushai country. Paragerydus

horsfieldii, and another allied species entirely black above, occur abun-

dantly in Arakan and the Chittagong Hill Tracts, north of which they

132 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

have not yet been observed. The egg is not quite so flat as in

multistrigatus, and there is no trace of carination: it is beautifully

reticulate above. Hamada, Druce, described from Japan, is found in

Sikkim, Cachar, and the Chittagong Hill Tracts; it is very unlike any

other member of this group, if indeed it belongs to it at all. From the

structure of the prehensores I should rather place it among the Lycenine.

The legs are short and thick, the wings broad and rounded, the third

subcostal originates before the end of the cell. I did not succeed in

examining its egg. Another species of this subfamily I found abundantly

in the Chittagong Hill Tracts. Sikkim specimens of it have been

identified by Mr. Moore with boisduvalw from Java. It is the only true

Gerydus yet known from India. All the Gerydine which I have ex-

amined are distinguished by the extraordinarily flattened egg, and by

the curious structure of the prehensores, the clasps being very long,

broad, thin and plate-like, somewhat resembling the ‘‘ valves” of the

Papilionde. It is my impression that the egg of Catapecilma (Cata-

peecilma, Butler) elegans, Druce, is intermediate in character between

those of the Deudoriz and Gerydus groups.

Subfamily Poritina.

157. PoriTiA HEWITSONI, Moore. A male and a female, Kali valley

at Garjiaghat.

Subfamily Lycanina.

158. Hveres pipora, Moore. Everywhere from 1,000 to 10,000

feet. The red area on the hindwing below is variable. The female is

dark brown above. The male is indistinguishable from parrhasius.

159. Tarucus THEOPHRASTUS, Fabr. Haldwani at the foot of the

hills.

160. Tarucus venosus, Moore. Bagheswar, Sarju valley, common ;

also in the Kali valley, 2,000—4,000 feet.

161. P pLinius, Fabr. Jhulaghat, Kali valley, 2,000 feet.

The structure of the costal and sub-costal veins of the forewing shows

that this species does not belong to Mr. Moore’s genus Tarucus. It is

perhaps allied to the next-group.

162. AzANUS UBALDUS, Cram. Ranibagh and Haldwani at the foot

of the hills, Jhulaghat in the Kali valley, 2,000 feet.

163. Azanus GamrRa, Lederer, (crameri, Moore). Haldwani, scarce.

164. Potyommatus Bzticus, Linn. Kumaon generally, up to Budhi,

9,000 feet.

165. Lamprprs mLIANUS, Fabr. Ranibigh, at the foot of the hills ;

Sarju and Kali valleys, 2—4,000 feet, scarce.

1886. | W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 133

166. CuinapEs Larus, Cramer, (varunana, Moore). Haldwani at

the foot of the hills.

167. Cuitapes puri, Koll. Everywhere up to 7,000 feet.

168. Casratius rosimon, Fabr. Jhulaghat, 2,000 feet.

169. CarocHurysops strABO, Fabr. Lower Gori valley, also at Rani-

bagh, 1—3,000 feet.

170. CavrocHrysors CNEIUS, Fabr. (cnejus). Kumaon’generally up

to 10,000 feet (Dhankuri).

171. Carocurysops panpAva, Horsf. Ranibagh, Sarju valley, 1—

4,000 feet.

172. Nacapupa pana, de Nicéville. Kumaon and the plains, up to

5,000 feet, not so common as ardates. It is quite different from the

tailless ardates of Orissa, the hindwing being broad and truncate.

173. NacapuBa ca.estis, de Nicéville. One male, Jhulaghat, 2,000

feet.

174. NacapuBA ARDATES, Moore. Kumaon generally up to 5,000

feet, common. The tailless form, which in Orissa and the Hastern

and Western Ghats is almost as common as the tailed, apparently does

not occur in Kumaon.

An aberrant male, Ranibagh. The transverse discal band of the

underside is extremely broad on both wings, united with the discocellular

streak. This aberration occurs in many Lycenide. I have a remarkable

example of it in a specimen of Nacaduba prominens from Bassein,

Burma, and in one or two specimens of Zizera maha and Z. sangra,

in which the discal spots are all very elongate below. Similar though

much rarer variations occurs in the Argynnis and Cynthia groups of the

Apaturide, of which I have an example in an Atella. One or two

species have been based on these curious monstrosities.

175. Ziznra pyemmMa, Snellen. Ranibagh, 1,000 feet.

176. Zizmra sanara, Moore. Ranibagh, Jhulaghat, 1,000—2,000

feet.

177. Zizpra MAHA, Koll. Kumaon generally from the plains up

to 9,000 feet.

178. ZizpRA KARSANDRA, Moore. Ranibagh, Bagheswar, 1,000—

4,000 feet.

179. Lycaya artana. Moore. Naini Tal, 4,000—8,000 feet.

180. LycmNa AstRARCHE, Bgstr. (nazira, Moore). Naini Tal, Dhan-

kuri, 6,000—10,000 feet.

181. Cyaniris ceLestinA, Koll. Naini Tal, Jagheswar, 6—8,000

feet.

182. Cyantrris HUEGELH, Moore. All Kumaon as low as Bagheswar

3,500 feet, as high as Garbyan, 12,000 feet.

134 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

183. Cyanreis pinectus, Moore. Khati, N. W. Kumaon, 7,000 feet,

Toli and Garjiaghat, East Kumaon, 2—3,000 feet scarce. My speci-

mens are very small.

184. CYANIRIS ALBOCERULEUS, Moore. Khati, N. W. Kumaon, 7,000

feet, rare.

185. CyYANIRIS VARDHANA, Moore. Jagheswar, 7,500 feet, rare.

186. Cyaniris marcinaTa, de Nicéville. Dhankuri, Khaéti, 7—

10,000 feet. Female. Both wings chiefly black, forewing with the white

area larger and clearer than in the male, extending from the lower

median to the lower radial, and into the end of the cell, where it is

indented from above. Hxtreme base of forewing from cell to hind

margin dull greenish-blue. Hindwing with a subapical white patch

over three spaces, a black spot between the upper median and the

radial, sometimes a streak across the end of the cell, a line of obscure

whitish submarginal lunules. Part of the disc between the white area

and the abdominal margin dull bluish. Below like the male.

187. Cyaniris puspaA, Horsf. Kumaon generally, up to 7,000 feet,

down to 2,000 feet. All these species except the first two, are easily

distinguished both by their colouring and marking and by the shape

of their prehensores.

188. Pirnecops zALMORA, Butler. Jhulaghat, Kali valley, 2,000 feet.

189. ParHaniA MALAYA, Horsf. (albidisca, Moore). Ranibagh,

Bagheswar, Kipkot, Jhulaghat, Dharchula, 1,000—5,000 feet. All my

Kumaon specimens, as well as those taken by me in Burma and Chitta-

gong, are tailed, while in Orissa, Ceylon, and the Eastern and Western

Ghats, their place seems to be taken by a tailless form. Of this last,

those from Ceylon and the Western Ghats are apparently Megisba

thwaitesii, but those from Orissa and the Eastern Ghats seem to me

identical with malaya except in the absence of the tail. The occurrence

likewise of the tailless form of Nacaduba ardates in those districts is

worthy of remark.

Family ERYCINIDA, Swainson.

Subfamily Numeosina, Bates.

190. Dopona purGa, Koll. Kumaon generally, 2,500 to 8,000 feet.

191. Dopona rnuGcenss, Bates. Naini Tal, 6—7,000 feet, Loharkhet,

5,000 feet, not common.

192. AsisaRA SUFFUSA, Moore. Ranibagh 1,000 feet; also at Askot

and in the Kali valley, 2,000—5,000 feet.

193. ABISARA FYLLA, Hew. Askot, the Dhoaj, Eastern Kumaon,

4— 7,000 feet.

194. ZEMEROS PHLEGYAS, Cram. (flegyas). Askot and the lower

Kali, Eastern: Kumaon, 2—5,000 feet.

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 135

Family LIBYTHEIDA, Westwood.

195. LipyrHea Myrrua, Godt. Kumaon generally from the Tarai

up to 4,000 feet.

196. Lipyrnra Lepita, Moore. Almora, Naini Tal, Khati,Chaudans,

5—8,000 feet. The prehensores are quite different from those of myrrha,

from which species it seems perfectly distinct.

Suborder RHOPALOCERA HEXAPODA, Constant Bar.

Family PIERIDA, Duponchel.

197. Tras venata, Moore. Bagheswar, Askot, 3—5,000 feet.

Felder describes a form of this species under the name of santana from

Kaladungi at the foot of the Kumaon Himalayas.

198. Trritas prona, Horsf. Bagheswar, Almora, Naini Tal, 3—~

6,000 feet. |

199. Trias HECABE, Linn. Everywhere up to 8,000 feet, occa-

sionally higher. Many varieties, but none seem even locally constant.

200. Trrias LaTA, Boisd. Eastern Kumaon, Askot, Gori, and -

Kali valleys up to Dharchula, 2—5,000 feet.

201. Gawnoris (or Mancipium) canip1a, Sparrm. Hills generally,

2,000—11,000 feet, from the KAli valley at Jhulaghét up to Garbyén in

Byans.

202. Ganorts agaKA, Moore. Naini Tal, Dhankuri, Khati, Dwali,

6,000—11,000 feet.

203. AporiA SORACTE, Moore, (soracta). Pindari valley, 9,000 feet,

scarce.

204. SyNcHLOE CALLIDICE, Esp. Two males, Pindari Glacier, 12,000

feet.

205. BrLenois MEsnNTINA, Cram. Ranibagh, 1,000 feet.

206. Hupuina nerissa, Fabr. Haldwani at the foot of the hills.

207. Dertias nvcHaris, Drury. Almora, Ranibagh, 1—5,000 feet.

208. DrEiAs BELLADONNA, Fabr. Sarju, Kali, and Gori valleys, 2—

5,000 feet. If Mr. Butler’s distinctions are to be followed, my specimens

belong to horsfieldiu, Gray, described from Nepal.

209. NupHEronia GHA, Felder. Naini Tal, Bhim Tal, 2—6,000

feet.

210. CATOPSILIA OATILLA, Cram. Bagheswar, Takula, Kali valley,

1—6,000 feet.

211. Caropsiuia crocaLE, Cram. Bagheswar, Ranibigh, 1—4,000

feet.

212. CATOPSILIA PYRANTHE, Linn. Bagheswar, Kali valley up to

Dharchula, 2—4,000 feet.

136 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

213. CatopsiniA GNomA, Fabr. Haldwani at the foot of the hills.

214. GONEPTERYX ZANEKA, Moore. Naini Tal, Lohughat, 6—8,000

feet.

215. GONEPTERYX RHAMNI, Linn. (nepalensis, Doub.) Kumaon ge-

nerally, 3,000—8,000 feet. The Kumaon form does not seem to me

distinct from the European. I did not find carnipennis, a species recently

described by Mr. Butler from the Kali valley.

216. Coias Fiecpi1, Mén. Kumaon generally above 6,000 feet.

One taken at Garjiaghat on the Gori, 2,500 feet, others as high as

16,500 feet, near Tara, on the Chinese border.

217. Coxias nyate, Linn. Lohughat in Kali Kumaon, 7,000 feet.

218. Ixias PIRENE, Linn. (pyrene). Kali valley, 2—3,000 feet.

219. Ixias MARIANNE, Cram. MHaldwani at the foot of the hills.

Family PAPILIONIDA, Leach.

Subfamily Parnassina.

220. PaRNAssius JACQUEMONTII, Boisd. Pala, Jhidikhar, and Tag-

' lakhdr, Chinese Tibet, 13,000—16,000 feet.

221. Parnassius HARDWICKII,Gray. Bireg Mountain and the Pindari

valley, N. W. Kumaon, Byans valley N. H. Kumaon, 10,000—15,000

feet.

Subfamily Papitioninz, Swainson.

222. Papitio macHaon, Linn. (variety asiaticus, Mén.). Common

from 2,000 feet in the Sarju and Kali valleys up to 14,000 feet in

Byans and 12,500 feet in the Pindari valley.

223. Papitio (DatcHina) cLoantHus, West. Khati, Loharkhet,

Lower Ramganga, 2—7,000 feet.

224. Papitio (DALcCHINA) SARPEDON, Linn. Sarju, Ramganga, Gori,

and Kali valleys 2—5,000 feet. :

225. Papitio (ZuTIDES) AxION P, Felder. One battered male, Askot,

E. Kumaon, 5,000 feet.

226. Paprizio (ZEvIpES) aGAMEMNON, Linn. Lower Gori, 2,500

feet, scarce.

227. Papi~tio (Sarparia) PotycToR, Boisd. Almora, Sarju, and

Ramganga valleys, 2—5,000 feet.

228. Papitio (ACHILLIDES) PARIS, Linn. Kali valley, 2—3,000 feet.

The metallic area on the hindwing of all my specimens is blue rather

than green.

229. Papitio (ByasA) PHILOXENUS, Gray. Pindari valley, 7,000 feet,

scarce,

1886. ] W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 137

230. Papitnio (MENELAIDES) ARISTOLOCHIZ, Fabr. Ranibagh and

Haldwani at the foot of the hills.

231. Paprnio (ORPHEIDES) ERITHONIUS, Cram. Ranibagh, Baghes-

war, 1—4,000 feet; generally replaced by machaon except in the Bhabar

and the outer hills.

232. Papizio (Sarnia) PRoTENOR, Cram. Kumaon generally, 2—

6,000 feet, though never very common.

233. Papruio (Lanrtias) pouites, Linn. (polytes, or pammon).

Kumaon generally, 1,000—6,000 feet, common.

234, Papriio (CuILAsA) DissiMiLis, Linn. Kali valley at Jhulagh at

and Baghrihat, 2—3,000 feet, scarce.

235. Papr~io (Cuimasa) PANoPE, Linn. Kali valley at Jhulaghat,

2,000 feet, scarce.

236. Papinio (CHARUS) HELENUS, Linn. Kali valley, Dwélisera,.

2,000 feet, scarce.

Family HESPERIADA, Leach.

Subfamily Hesperina.

237. Hesperia (or Prreaus) G@atBa, Fab. Bagheswar, Balwakot,.

Dharchula, 2—4,000 feet.

238. HzusprriA KASHMERENSIS, Moore. One male, Garbyan, N. H.

Kumaon, 12,000 feet.

Subfamily Suastinz.

239. BADAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS, Fabr. Near Bhim Tal, Outer Range,.

3,000 feet.

240. CHOASPES BENJAMINI, Guér. Lower Sarju valley, 2,000 feet.

Iam not sure of the position of this genus and the preceding one.

241. Suastus toona, Moore. Lower Gori, 2,500 feet.

242. Svuastus ELTOLA, Hew. Gori, Kali, and Sarju valleys, 2—5,000-

feet, common and variable.

243. Suastus Gremius, Fabr. Askot, E. Kumaon,. 5,000 feet..

244. TLYAROTIS ADRASTUS, Cram. Lower Gori, 2,500 feet, Takula,

5,000 feet, scarce.

245. TaGiaDES aTricus, Fabr. (menaka, Moore). Sarju, Kali, Gori

valleys, 2—4,000 feet.

246. SARANGESA PURENDRA, Moore. Naini Tal, 4,000 feet, Almora,

5,000 feet.

247. SARANGESA DASAHARA, Moore, Gori and Kali valleys, 2—4,000

feet.

248. Sararupa sAMBaRa, Moore. Bagheswar, Takula, Lower Gori,

25,000 feet.

138 W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. [No. 2,

249, ABARATHA SARAYA, n. sp. One male, Bagheswar on the Sarju

(the Sarayu or Saraya of the Sanskrit poets), 3,500 feet.

Agrees with Mr. Moore’s description of the genus Abaratha seca

that the apex of the forewing is not acute but right-angled, that of

the hindwing decidedly rounded. The outer margin of the hindwing

is also more scalloped, and less irregularly angulate. Above, fuscous

with the following tawny-ochreous marks: a line of streaks just

within the margin; a line of square spots from the costa to the upper

median branch, continued to the hind margin by a series of larger

and more irregular blurs, removed further from the outer margin; a

dull area just beyond the cell, from costa to the middle median; three

large irregular spots occupying the middle of the cell, and the two

spaces below between the submedian and the middle median. Also

the following translucent spots ; five apical ones, the upper three elongate

and approximate; one at the end of the cell, almost bifid, with a

dot on the costa above it; four on the disc from the submedian

to the upper median, the second from above largest of all and adjoining

that at the end of the cell. Also one in the cell near the base. All

these are surrounded by blackish rings above and below. A blackish

marginal line; cilia long, alternately black and whitish. Hindwing

rusty ochreous, with a ial dark line, and a discal, a cellular

and a sub-marginal row of dusky spots, but no translucent ones. Below

paler ochreous, without any rufous tinge, the translucent spots set in

small blackish patches, a submarginal line of joined dusky spots, and a

dark streak near the base from the submedian to the median veins.

Hindwing with a black transverse streak at the end of the cell, a

fainter one nearer the base of the cell, anda circle of large and con-

spicuous black spots, nine in all, round the disc, whereof two are between

the costal and the subcostal, and two between the median and the

submedian veins; whitish hairs at the extreme base. Body dull ferrugi-

nous above, whitish below. Female unknown.

Differs from ransonnetit, Felder, its nearest ally, in the absence

of all white on the disc below. In colouring it is somewhat inter-

mediate between ransonnetti and the curious Abaratha agama of Sikkim,

which seems to mimic Argynnis issea.

250. ANTIGOoNUS ANGULATUS, Feld. Lower Sarju valley, 2—3,000

feet.

251. Ha.pr separata, Moore. Khati and Dwali, Pindari valley, 7—

9,000 feet. The female differs from the male in the larger size and

squarer shape of the apical and cellular translucent spots. In the male

the outer discal spot is sometimes wanting.

252. IsorEINON MASURIENSIS, Moore. Loharkhet, N. W. Kumaon,

7,000 feet.

1886. } W. Doherty—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon. 139

253. Isorptvon satwa, de Nicéville. Jhulaghat, Kali valley, rare.

254. CoLapenta Dan, Fab. (fatih, Koll.). Gori and Kali valleys,

2—5,000 feet.

255. COLADENIA DHANADA, Moore. Kali valley 2—5,000 feet. Iam

neither sure that these two species belong to the same genus, nor that

either of them (or the two species of Isoteinon above named) should be

placed in this subfamily, which includes many of the larger Indian

Hesperiad@e, and especially those of the Ismene group.

Subfamily Baorina.

Cyclopides Group.

256. CyYcLOPIDES sUBVITTATUS, Moore. Sarju valley 3—6,000 feet,

Kali 2,500 feet.

257. ? PLESIONEURA SUMITRA, Moore. Pindari valley, 7—9,000 feet,

Chaudans, 7,000 feet.

258. P PLusioNEURA PULOMAYA, Moore. Pindari valley, 7—9,000

feet. I have taken specimens transitional between this species and the

last, and think it probable that the two are not specifically distinct.

259. P PLESIONEURA LEUCOCERA, Koll. Sarju and Kéli valleys, 2—

5,000 feet. Some of my specimens seem somewhat transitional to munda,

Moore, from the North West Himalayas, the spots of the hindwing being

evanescent. My females have the antenne entirely dark.

Baoris Group. (Astyci, Huebner, apud Scudder.)

260. PLESIONEURA cURVIFASCIA, Felder, (alysos, Moore). Baghes-

war, 3,500 feet.

261. Ubaspzs rots, Cram. Sarju and Kali valleys, 2—4,000 feet.

262. PARNARA ASSAMENSIS, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville. Goriand

Kali valleys, 2—4,000 feet.

263. Parnara BApA, Moore. Bagheswar, 3,500 feet.

264. CHAPRA KarsANA, Moore. Loharkhet, 5,000 feet.

205. CHapra maruras, Moore. River-valleys 2,000—4,900 feet.

266. CHAPRA PROMINENS, Moore. Lower Ramganga, 2,500 feet.

267. THanaos stramata, Moore. Badgheswar, Balwakot, 2—4,000

feet. Varies considerably.

268. TaracTRocera sacaRa, Moore. Bagheswar, Dhérchula, com-

mon, 2—4,000 feet.

269. TuLicora BAMBUS®, Moore. KéAli and Gori valleys, 2—4,000

feet.

270. PapRAONA DARA, Moore. River valleys, 1—4,000 feet, common,

271. PapRaona MasoipEs, Butler. Ditto. Differs fromthe preced-

ing chiefly in the rich, dark tawny-ochreous colour of the underside, dara

140 A. Barclay—On a second Species of Uredine [No. 2,

being greenish-yellow set with dark scales. The markings are almost

exactly alike. The prehensores are singularly different: Seen from

above, the uncus of dara is gradually acuminate, that of mesotdes

abruptly truncate and slightly bilobed; seen from the side the uncus

of dara is slender, tapering and pointed at the tip, that of mesoides,

which is surmounted by a prominent tuft of hairs, is blunt and rounded

at the tip; the clasp of dara is much more slender than in mesoides,

and its terminal hook much more produced and bent.

The prehensores of the Hesperiade are by no means so constant

as those of other butterflies, and are lacking in generic characteristics.

Nevertheless, their study seems to me absolutely necessary to any clear

understanding of the species.

VI.—On a secend Species of Uredine affecting Abies smithiana, Forbes.

By Surceon A. Barcuay, M. B., Bengal Medical Service.

[Received Jan. 8th ;—Read Feb. 3rd, 1886.]

(With Plates IV. & V.)

The Himalayan spruce-fir (Abies smithiana, Forbes) harbours yet

another uredine. This tree, as I have already mentioned in a former

paper,* is not common in Simla, though very common at slightly higher

elevations a few miles beyond the station. A few, however, do occur in the

station, and on three of them this second species of uredine was found.

Two of these grow in the garden of a house towards the western side of the

station, and were most probably planted there for ornamental purposes,

whilst the third grows in an open, though preserved, forest on “ Jakko,”

a peak towards its eastern end about two miles as the crow flies from

the first mentioned locality. I noticed the parasite for the first time

early in July when it was in all cases fully mature.

The abnormal appearances caused by the growth of this fungus

differ very widely from those already described as characteristic of in-

fection by the first described species. The whole tree is generally be-

sprinkled with the fungus, and it is then conspicuous by the amount

of yellow discoloration occasioned. In this affection also the young-

est shoots only are attacked, not one of the needles of the preced-

ing year’s growth being involved. A marked difference, however, in

* Supra, p. 1.

pagi Sli

A. BARCLAY, Journ Asiat. Soc Ben gal. 1886. Vol. LV. Pt IL

5 X 340

Parker & Coward ith.

’

‘

‘ E j

: é

: -

‘ =

’

« .

‘ Ma - i

. - c '

<p :

a .

»- .

f as ‘

’

;

Th - 3 ¥ .

a et:

+ ve : * r

. *. *

- ; . e

ns pete,

’ f -

. rs

Z +

, ‘

—*

el oe

‘

‘ ,

. ?

A. BARCLAY, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1856, Vol. LV, Pt. II. PLATE V.

Photo-Collotype. Survey of India Offices, Calcutta, August 1886.

) be hissas, soa

1886. ] affecting Abies smithiana, Forbes. 14)

the behaviour of this parasite, as compared with the first species de-

scribed, lies in this that not every needle of an attacked shoot is

involved. Indeed, only a few needles may be affected, although fre-

quently the greater number are (fig. 1). Nevertheless, some inter-

mediate needles always remain free. Again, no marked hypertrophy

of the tissues is caused by this parasite, and the affected needles

are not curved. Hach affected needle usually bears several ecidia, the

number varying from four to thirteen or even more. A large zone of

yellow discoloration surrounds each ecidium. If only a few ecidia are

borne, and these at some distance from one another, a corresponding

number of yellow rings encircles the needle ; but when the ecidia are nu-

merous, the whole needle may be uniformly discoloured with the excep-

tion of about a quarter of an inch of its extremity. Whilst the peridia

are still unopened, the ecidia appear usually as long linear yellowish swel-

lings with their long axes coincident with the length of the needles ; but

they are sometimes short and spherical. They occasionally attain a length

of 2°5 m.m., rarely more, and when ripe open by irregular frayed rents

on their summits. The peridium is then seen to be white. The ecidia

are usually borne on the upper surfaces of the needles, though frequently

also on their sides, but never on their lower surfaces. The spermagonia,

which may be recognised as minute dark spots, are irregularly scattered

all over the needle.

Microscopical Characters.—In a transverse section of a needle through

an ecidium but little derangement of the normal tissue elements will

be observed. Thus, the resin canals are not obliterated, and the general

arrangement of the palisade-like parenchyma-cells is maintained every-

where, except where replaced by the ecidial fructification. The central

wood-bundle is not disturbed. The ecidia are buried deeply in the

parenchymatous tissue with generally only one layer of these cells be-

tween their bases and the endodermal sheath surrounding the central

bundle (fig. 7). As the ecidial fructification ripens, the hypodermal

layer of cells together with the overlying epidermal layer is first

lifted and then rent. Ripe ecidia in such transverse sections measure

about 0°294 m.m. in breadth and 0°259 m.m. in depth. They are

covered by a peridium of a single layer of long flat cells each

measuring on an average 36 to 60 w in length by 20 » in breadth (figs. 5.

and 7). At the basis of ecidia and spermagonia mycelial filaments are

aggregated in masses, but elsewhere they are sparingly present. At

such places the masses of filaments dissociate the parenchyma-cells. The

mycelium nowhere penetrates the cells, and, consequently, there are no

haustoria. The hyphe vary in diameter from 4 to 5 win diameter.

They contain a few minute globules of orange-yellow oil (fig.2). Fila-

142 <A. Barclay—On a second Species of Uredine affecting, Sc. [No. 2,

ments may be seen coursing through the whole of the tissue underlying

the discoloured parts of needles, excepting the central bundles, which are

efficiently protected by the endodermal sheaths. Their structure may

be most conveniently observed in the air-cavities below stomata, where

they may generally be seen (fig.6). The hymenium is flat, and the ecidio-

spores are given off in single rows from short sterigmata. Hach spore of

a series is separated from adjoining ones by an intercalary cell or lamella.

These intercalary cells are best seen between the upper spores of a series,

being there larger and rounder, whilst between the lower spores they are

thin and wedge-shaped (fig. 3).

The eecidiospores are for the most part oval, measuring on an aver-

age 30 x 24 uw, but varying from 24 x 24 to 34 x 22 yu. The epispore

is covered with prominent deciduous spines, which sometimes become

detached in flakes. The whole thickness of the epispore is about 2 to 3 p.

They contain orange yellow granular contents sometimes with large oil

globules (fig. 4). The spores were on several occasions placed in water

in a moist cell with a view to observing their mode of germination,

but they persistently refused to grow. I had no opportunity of discover-

ing whether they would germinate after a period of quiescence ; pro-

bably such a period is necessary for them before germination is possible.

The spermagonia are likewise deeply set with their bases below the

hypodermal layer of cells (fig. 8): they have no hairs on their sum-

mits and measure about 0°353 m.m. in width by 0°287 m.m. in depth.

I looked carefully and often on all the surrounding vegetation for

indications of a further cycle of development of this uredine, but could

find no uredo- or teleutospore formation which I thought could possibly

be related to it. It has evidently no relationship with the uredine occur-

ring on the same host described in my former paper, for in the forests in

which that species was found in great abundance this one never occur-

red. Although the individual shoots attacked by the former parasite are

far more seriously injured, the entire shoot being killed by it, yet as

regards the whole tree the fungus just described must be the more

harmful owing to the much larger number of needles attacked which

fall early leaving the tree in a very ragged condition.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate LY.

Fig. 1. General appearance of an affected shoot showing that only the nee-

dles of the last season’s growth have been attacked and that many

needles among those attacked have eacaped entirely. About natural

size.

3 2, Fragments of mycelial filaments, x 340.

1886.] EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 143

Fig. 3. Row of ecidiospores towards the base of a series: showing inter-

calary cells or lamellae most distinctly between the upper spores,

x 340.

“4 4. Mature ecidiospore, x 340.

sy 5. Peridial cells, x 340.

> 6. Showing a few mycelial filaments in an air-cavity below a stoma,

x 849,

Prate V (Photographs).

Fig. 7. Transverse section of a needle through an ecidium shewing the

depth to which its base extends, and afragment of the pseudoperi-

dium outside.

> 8. Longitudinal section of a needle showing a spermagonium above and

the margin of an ecidium below.

VII.—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. No. 6.—Addenda and Index.

By H. T. Atkinson, B. A., PRESIDENT OF THE SOCIETY.

[Read November 4th, 1885. ]

Genus Pacinopsattria, Stal.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 211.

Basal cell of tegmina irregularly four or somewhat five-angled, very

often broad ; ulnar veins altogether distant at the base: head broad,

obtuse, with the eyes broader than the scutellum ; vertex more than

twice broader than the eyes; ocelli twice and often thrice more distant

from the eyes than from each other; frons slightly or moderately convex,

at the base before the vertex scarcely or but a little prominent: thorax

angulated on both sides : first femora without distinct spines; metas-

ternum elevated, the elevated part furrowed, and somewhat sinuately

truncated (Stal, Hem. Afr. iv, p. 2).

1. PacILoPSALTRIA AFFINIS, Fabricius.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 211, no. 2.

Body of a moderate size, spotted black: margin of thorax dilated :

tegmina obscurely greyish, posterior margin broadly hyaline with several

fuscous spots: wings much shorter, fulvous, black before the margin,

striated fulvous, margin itself not hyaline but fulvous (Fabr.).

3 9. Pale olivaceous-flavescent or virescent: lores (margin ex-

cepted), clypeus (ridge excepted), two small apical spots on, and two

144, E. T. Atkinson-—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

transverse lines towards, the base of the frons, a band on the gene, a

spot including the ocelli, two spots at the eyes and a transverse line

(sometimes obliterated) on the vertex, a broadish lateral intramarginal

line on the thorax, four basal spots (the median pair somewhat large), a

narrow oblique lateral line (posteriorly abbreviated), and three small

posterior spots on the scutellum, basal limbus of the dorsal segments of

the abdomen and a lateral spot on the four last ventral segments, black.

Tegmina opaque whitish yellow, clouded fuscous, a median spot in the

radial area and a spot occupying the middle of the 1-2 paler ulnar areas,

the apical areas (the entire eighth area and basal and apical parts of the

first area excepted) vitreous, colourless; ulnar veins marked at the apex

and near the apex on both sides with a small fuscous spot: wings

lutescent ; a narrow streak and the apical part, outwards broadly, and

inwards narrowly, obscurely fuscous; this apical part at the veins and

the veinless limbus and anal area, weakly lutescent. Head obtuse,

frons slightly convex : lateral apical part of the vertex lying between

the frons and the eyes subequal in breadth to the subbasal part of the

frons; clypeus sinuately truncated at the apex : ocelli more than twice

as distant from each other as from the eyes: sides of thorax much

angularly dilated, angles somewhat straight, rounded at the extreme

apex: sides of the interior ulnar area somewhat parallel behind the

middle: metasternum elevated, longitudinally impressed in the middle,

sinuated anteriorly: the veinless limbus of both tegmina and wings of

equal breadth (Stal).

Genus Piatyeteura, Amyot & Serville, Stal.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 211.

Body stout, large: head not or scarcely broader than the scutellum,

rarely narrower: ocelli rarely a little more than twice as distant from

the eyes as from each other : the sides of the thorax much flattened out,

foliaceous, horizontal, anterior angles turning towards the middle of the

eyes, anterior margin sinuated behind the eyes; posterior limbus broad :

basal cell of tegmina broad ; ulnar veins emitted from it, distant at the

base, interior ulnar area gradually broader towards the apex: entire

tympana or the greater part concealed; opercula moderate, transverse,

rounded at the apex, slightly valvate (Stal).

2. PLATYPLEURA CILIARIS, Linneus.

Cicada ciliaris, Linn., Syst. Nat. (10th ed.) i, p. 486 (1758); Mus. Lud. Ulr. p.

155 (1764) ; Olivier, Enc. Méth. v, p. 757 (1790) ; Germar in Thon’s Arch. ii, (2),

p. 2 (1830) ; Silb., Rev. Hnt. ii, p. 78 (1834) : Stoll, Cig., p. 102, t. 26, f. 147 (1788).

1886. ] KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 145

Cicada ocellata, De Géer, Mem. iii, p. 220, t. 33, f. 2-8 (1773): Olivier, Enc.

Méth. v, p. 751. t. 112, f. 3 (1790) : Cape.

Tettigonia marmorata, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 38 (1803), Amboina.

Cicada marmorata, Germar, Thon’s Archiv. ii (2), p. 17 (1830); Silb., Rev.

Ent. ii, p. 79 (1834) : Platypleuraid. Sign., B.S. E.F. (6 sér.) i, p. xlii (1881), China. .

Oxypleura (?) marmorata, Walker, 1. c. p. 24 (1850).

Platypleura ciliaris Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 3 (1869) ; Ofvers. K. V-A. Foérh. p.

500 (1862) ; id. p. 707 (1870) : Butler, Cist. Ent. i, p. 185 (1874).

Stal (in Hem. Afric. iv, p. 16, 1866) makes P. ocellata, De Géer of

Walker, (excl. syn.) and P. capensis, Am. & Serv., one with P. hirti-

pennis, Germar, and also Cicada plumosa, Germar, a variety of the same

species ; again (in Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 500, 1862) he unites Cicada

ocellata, De Géer, Cicada varia, Olivier, from the Cape, and Platypleura

arcuata, Walker (Ins. Saund. p. 1), from Ceram, with P. ciliaris, Linn.,

but Butler (1. c.) keeps the last two separate. Olivier is the only one

that gives India as the locality ; and I include the species in our Indian

list as it is also recorded from Java and the Philippines, the fauna of

which have a marked affinity with that of India.

Thorax with a rim: tegmina pale with white patches: wings

blackish ferruginous, with a yellowish band bent back towards the disc

and sometimes triple : abdomen blackish with pale and ciliated rings

(Olivier). Head and thorax green, spotted black : tegmina fuscous and

variegated cinereous, with two whitish spots before the costa, which is

virescent at the base: wings dull black with two small lines at the base,

and a spot towards the margin, rufous; body cinereous (fabr.).

3. PLATYPLEURA SPHINX, Walker.

22 4.°8. B. liii, (2),. p. 213, no. 6.

$ ¢. Body pale tawny, tinged with white, briefly whitish pilose :

vertex with two brown bands: rostrum tawny, tip brown reaching the

hind coxe: antenne dark tawny: mesonotum with four obconical dark

brown marks, outer pair long, inner pair short and pointing to two dots of

the same colour: legs pale tawny ; tips of the tibiz darker; claws pice-

ous, tawny at the base ; first femora with tawny teeth which hardly rise

above the surface; hind tibiz with tawny spines which are piceous

at the tips: tegmina whitish, brownish tawny towards the base and hay-

ing elsewhere some irregular pale brown marks which, here and there,

include white spots ; veins yellow: wings brown, mostly yellowish white

‘ towards the base and having a large spot of the same colour in the disc,

white at the tips with a white spot on the hind border which elsewhere

is brown; flaps yellowish-white, with broad brown borders,

146 EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

4, PLATYPLEURA CELEBS, Stal.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 213, no. 7.

$. Sericeous, above testaceous; beneath with feet greyish: head

above and wings sordid flavescent, middle of the vertex and apical lateral

band, frons (basal spot excepted), two minute spots behind the middle

of the thorax, two median basal spots on the scutellum, an oblong discoi-

dal spot, and another very large, oblong-obtriangular, lateral spot on both

sides, extended from the base beyond the middle, also the dorsum of the

abdomen, black: venter fuscous: tegmina clouded pale fuscous and

greyish-sericeous from the base beyond the middle, vitreous towards the

apex ; anastomoses and the apical and subapical spots on the longitudi-

nal veins, fuscous: wings very slightly infuscate towards the apex,

limbus sordid whitish, very slightly imfuscate in the middle. Allied

to P. subrufa, Walker, in stature, breadth of apical limbus of the tegmina

and wings, and the form of the thorax, but the frons is more obtuse,

much less prominent and the coloration and marking very distinct.

Vertex more than twice as broad as the transverse eye; ocelli almost

thrice as distant from each other as from the eyes: frons occupying a

little more than one-third of the face: thorax gradually dilated from the

base to a distance beyond the middle, thence rounded and abruptly nar-

rowed : costa moderately dilated, subcostal vein and costa contiguous

throughout their entire length: seventh apical area of the tegmina shor-

ter than the eighth : apical limbus of tegmina and wings of equal breadth,

that of the tegmina colourless: opercula somewhat longer than their

greatest breadth, yellow-greyish, infuscate at the base (S¢dl).

5. PLATYPLEURA ANDAMANA, Distant.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 214, no. 8.

2. Tawny pubescent: face moderately convex, transversely furrow-

ed, with a deep central longitudinal furrow ; Iuteous with two short

black basal lines on each side of the vertex : a narrow black fascia, ex-

tending from eye to eye immediately in front of the ocelli: eyes brilliant,

castaneous, broadly pilose behind : pronotum deeply furrowed with fron-

tal edge and two small fovez, placed close together near the middle of

the hind border, piceous : mesonotum with two large obconical spots

extending backwards from the fore border midway between which there

is a discal dart-shaped mark and two dots wide apart near the hind

border, black: there are also two other somewhat obscure black marks

situate on the fore border on the outer sides of the large obconical spots :

metathoracic cross with its fore borders piceous: abdomen above with the

segmental sutures black, clothed with a luteous pubescence; anal append-

ee Ss

1886.] BK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 147

age piceous, castaneous. Underside with legs ochraceous : rostrum ex-

tending to the second abdominal segment ; its tip, two spots on the sixth

abdominal segment, knees, and tarsi piceous: tegmina dark brown with

pale semi-opaque markings, especially on the apical half. Basal third

thickly covered with pale pubescence and containing five dark-brown

spots, of which the most prominent are two which are subcostal, situate

beyond the middle of this space, and a third one below the basal of those

two spots. Remainder of tegmina less pubescent witha number of whi-

tish spots, of which the most prominent are a transverse row stretching

across from near the costa to the inner border, immediately beyond the

basal third pubescent space ; another more waved row beyond the mid-

dle, confluent near the costa, where they are very visible below: a subapi-

cal marginal row of five whitish oblong spots, arranged on the veins of

which the apical ends are dull brown; and an outer marginal row of six

dark-brown spots, also arranged on the veins and of which the lowest is

the largest ; a dull whitish fusiform spot on the inner angle which is very

distinct on the underside: wings castaneous with a dark brown marginal

border and some suffused dark-brown discal streaks extending across the

wings (Distant).

6. PLATYPLEURA NICOBARICA, Butler.

J. A. 8. B liii, (2), p. 233.

Allied to P. fulvigera, Walker, from the Philippines, but larger, with

tegmina longer; the whole of the spots crossing the coriaceous area,

testaceous ; those crossing its apex, smaller: the blackish transverse

spots considerably smaller: the wings longer, the subapical, transverse,

fasciole replaced by 3-4 decreasing longitudinal fulvous streaks : prono-

tum considerably broader, its lateral angles more oblique and therefore

more prominent (Butler). Body long, 21: exp. teg. 77 millims.

7. PULATYPLEURA BASIALBA, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 214, no. 10.

$. Body yellow, whitish pubescent, whitish pulverulous beneath:

band in front and behind on the frons, also a stripe of short bands on

each side, slender bands on the gene, bands on the antenne and their

tips, seven small marks on the pronotum, three stripes on the mesono-

tum of which the side pair are oblique and the middle one straight,

widened on each side by the fore border, and a small spot on each

side near the hind border, black: eyes and antenne tawny; ocelli red :

abdomen black; drums, tip and hind borders of the segments yellow :

legs yellow, briefly whitish pubescent ; tips of claws black: hind tibize

148 EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

with tawny spines; first femora with two small teeth beneath: tegmi-

na colourless, white at the base above, brown at the base beneath; from

this brown hue a short tawny stripe proceeds along the hind border and

communicates with an oblique brown band which crosses the tegmen

near its base: wings colourless, dark brown with a whitish outline for

near half the surface from the base which is tawny ; flaps dark brown ;

veins tawny ; piceous at the tips of the tegmina.

8. PLATYPLEURA OCTOGUTTATA, Fabricius.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 216, no. 18.

Head pallid with two dull-black parallel bands, three ocelli in

the middle of the upper dilated band, two dots and a pale spot in the

middle of the lower: thorax anteriorly rufous, a broad pallid band in the

middle, posteriorly dull black with a great trifurcate spot, testaceous :

abdomen black : tegmina at the base black ; at the middle with four, large

white spots 3-1; at the apex, hyaline: wings short, black, posterior

margin, white (Fabr.).

3, 2. Testaceous-flavescent, whitish sericeous: disc of thorax,

testaceous: two bands on the head and spots on the scutellum, black :

anterior band on the head in front spotted yellow: tegmina vitreous,

scarcely basal half fuscous; spot near the apex of the radial area and

anterior band, whitish, opaque; anastomoses margined fuscous; small

spots (sometimes wanting) arranged in two subapical rows, fuscous :

wings black-fuscous, veins sanguineous towards the base ; broad vein-

less limbus colourless, vitreous; head very broad (Stal).

9. PLATYPLEURA SUBRUFA, Walker.

J. A. S. B: liii, (2), p. 216, no. 14.

9. Body tawny: two stripes on the head of which the fore one

forms a circlet on the face, a row of bands on each side of the face, tip

of rostrum, the antenne, two marks on each side of the scutellum, black :

rostrum tawny reaching the hind coxe: posterior lobe of the pronotum

pale tawny, piceous; mesonotum with four black marks, side pair large

and obconical, inner pair smaller and nearly round, a black dot behind

each of the latter: posterior margins of the abdominal segments and

the tip mostly black: legs tawny, claws paler with black tips;

tegmina colourless with a broad white band one-third of the length from

the base; the colourless part includes a brown band, its cross-veins

are clouded with brown and there are two imperfect rows of brown

dots on the tips of the longitudinal veins of the marginal areolets :

1886.] KH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 149

wings brown, tawny at the base with a broad, interrupted white band

and a white spot at the tips; veins dark tawny, flaps brown.

Specimen from Nagar (Sind).

10. PuatyptevrRA BUFO, Walker.

J A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 216, no. 15.

6. Body tawny: two irregular bands on the head of which the

hinder one passes over the region of the ocelli, tip of rostrum, the

antenne, and median mark on pronotum, black : rostrum tawny reaching

the posterior margin of the drums: posterior lobe of pronotum pale

tawny, ferruginous: mesonotum and abdomen ferruginous, the latter

tawny at the tip and beneath: legs tawny, tips of claws, black; first

femora armed with two very short and blunt tawny teeth: wings very

slightly tinged tawny, but tawny towards the base and bright tawny

along the costal margin ; veins tawny, darker towards the tips ; transverse

veins darker.

11. PLATYPLEURA cERVINA, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 217, no. 16.

?. Body and rostrum pale buff; tip of the latter black, reaching

the hind coxze: antenne piceous, buff at the base: legs pale buff; claws

black, tawny towards the base; first femora with small teeth; hind

tibiee with buff spines having black tips: tegmina and wings whitish,

veins yellow, the former buff along the costal margin ; transverse veins

clouded brown and a row of brown dots on the tips of the longitudinal

veins of the apical areas.

12. PLATYPLEURA HILPA, Walker.

Platyplewra hilpa, Walker, List Hom. B. M. i, p. 6 (1850) ; Butler, Cist. Ent. i,

p. 185 (1874).

Pecilopsaltria hilpa, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 168 (1866).

Platyplewra fenestrata, Uhler, Proc. Acad. N. 8. Phil., p. 282 (1861).

Body in ¢, tawny and in ¢, dark tawny: a broad irregular band

across the vertex, bands on the face, the rostrum, the antenna, sides of

the posterior lobe of the pronotum, four broad obconical stripes on the

mesonotum of which the inner pair are not more than half the length of

the outer pair and between these latter a conical stripe and behind them

five spots of which two on each side of the middle one which is angular

and joins the conical stripe above mentioned, parts of the pectus and the

abdomen, black: abdomen at the tip beneath and opercula and drums in

the g, tawny; the opercula rather large: legs very dark tawny, claws

black towards the tips, first femora not spinose: tegmina and Wings in of

150 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

paler than in $, the former nearly colourless, dark tawny towards the

base with four broad irregular brown bands and along the hind border

two connected rows of brown spots: wings dull tawny with two brown

bands, the inner one broader than the other but not extending more

than half across the wing; flaps tawny (Walk.) Long, 21; teg., 67

millims. Reported from China.

13. PLATYPLEURA HYALINOLIMBATA, Signoret.

Platypleura hyalinolimbata, Sign., Bull. S. E. F. (6 sér.), i, p. xlii (1881).

Close to P. repanda, Linn., from which it differs in having the wings

entirely of a velvety blackish brown, bordered by a broad hyaline limbus,

veins of a distinct yellow: tegmina with the flattened marginal space

between the side and the veins broader than in P. repanda ; the expansion

of the pronotum is concave and sinuated below, whilst in P. repanda it is

convex (Sign.).

Reported from China.

14. PLATYPLEURA REPANDA, Linneeus.

Cicada repanda, Linn., Syst. Nat. i (2) p. 707 (1766): Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 159

(1764) : Gmelin ed. Syst. Nat. i (3) p. 2097 (1782) : De Géer, Mém. iii, p. 209, t. 33, f.

1 (1773): Olivier, Enc. Méth., V, p. 754 (1790): Germar, Thon’s Arch. ii, fase. 2, p.

220 (1830); Silb., Rev. Ent. ii, p. 78 (1834) : Guérin in Tigny Hist. Ins. vi, p. 189

(1830).

Tettigonia repanda, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii, p. 321 (1781); Mant. Ins. ii, p. 267

(1787) ; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 23 (1798); Syst. Rhyng. p. 41 (1803).

Fidicina ? repanda, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 90 (1851).

Platypleura ? repanda, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 13 (1858).

Tawny or yellowish brown; a black line and several small black

patches on the thorax: opercula very large: abdomen black above:

tegmina and wings tawny, transparent along the posterior margin near

which is a series of transparent oval patches; tegmina have a like patch

on the exterior border and a waved transverse line, brown in the middle.

Body long, 27 millims.

Reported from India.

Genus Tacua, Amyot & Serville.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 217.

Head broad, as broad as the thorax, triangular, with a longitudinal

groove in the middle of the frons: eyes stout, prominulous: entire

lateral margins of thorax somewhat flattened out, anterior angles

rounded, tegmina and wings entirely opaque: abdomen stout, tumid ;

opercula in @ very large, reaching at least the middle of the abdomen

(A. & §.).

1886. ] H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 151

15. Tacva sprcrosa, Llliger.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 217, no. 17.

Black: pronotum with a narrow border anteriorly and a broad pos-

terior band yellow with a greenish tinge, posterior margin of mesonotal

cruciform elevation and two spots confluent with the margin orange-

yellow : abdomen black, 5-7 segments yellow above with a greenish tinge

and with a rounded black spot on the fifth segment: tegmina black

or brownish olive with a dark green tinge, veins sanguineous: wings

black with a broad sordid whitish limbus: feet black.

Genus Tosuna, Amyot & Serville.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 217.

Head broad, triangular; frons very tumid without a longitudinal

groove in the middle: eyes stout, prominulous: lateral margins of

thorax very narrowly somewhat dilated, forming a tooth before the

middle: the tegmina and wings entirely opaque with a weak, elevated,

transverse line in the middle of each tegmen: abdomen stout, inflated ;

opercula as in Tacua (A. & S.).

16. TosENA MELANOPTERA, White.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 217, no. 18.

Tn size and colour resembles 7. fasciata, Fabr. (reported from Java)

but in the latter, the veins of both tegmina and wings are of a very clear

ferruginous colour, the band is obscure yellow, there is a ferruginous line

(sometimes interrupted) on the front of the clypeus, the anterior margin

of the pronotum has four smal] ferruginous spots and the tips of the

femora are yellow. In T. melanoptera, White, the veins of the tegmina

and wings are nearly entirely black, the band on the tegmina is whiter

and generally broader than in T’. fasciata, the clypeus is entirely black,

there are no spots on the anterior margin of the pronotum, the yellow

marks above the antenne are smaller and the legs are of an uniform

black (White).

17. TosENA MEARESIANA, Westwood.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 217, no. 19.

Black: posterior margin of pronotum, yellow: mesonotum posteriorly

on both sides with an oblong, ferruginous spot: metanotum margined

fulvous: tegmina black fuscous, veins black: wings broadly testaceous :

anal area and slender apical margin, fuscous; veins black (Westwood).

152 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

18. Tosmna ALBATA, Distant.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 217, no. 20.

General colour and markings of 7’. melanoptera, White, but tegmina

with five longitudinal whitish fascie situate between the veins commenc-

ing near the base, two of which amalgamate with the broad median

transverse band, and a subapical row of five irregular longitudinal

fasciz of the same colour, the first of which is placed at about one-third

the length of the outer border from the apical point of the tegmina, and

the last is fused into the median band near the inner margin. Wings as in

T. melanoptera, but with a submarginal row of nine whitish fascis

commencing near the costa, of which the seventh and ninth are largest,

the last very much so; two-thirds of the outer border narrowly edged

with the same colour (Distant).

19. TosENA SPLENDIDA, Distant.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 217, no. 21.

¢o Body black: face with the lateral borders dull reddish, with a

well-pronounced, central, longitudinal impression; transversely costate,

with the interstices wide and irregularly punctate: eyes prominent,

luteous and fringed behind with long hairs, pronotum deeply furrowed,

much as in 7’. melanoptera, White, with four large luteous spots ; two on

the disc, sub-oval, converging from immediately behind the eyes towards

each other, through two-thirds of the width of the pronotum, their bases

widened and separated by a space of about two millimétres; the other

two somewhat larger and much more irregular, occupying the posterior

lateral angles; mesonotum very sparingly pilose (except near the lateral

borders, where the hairs are much longer and more regularly abundant)

and with two subcordate luteous spots on the disc, parallel with the

pronotal central spots, and, like them, converging towards each other at

base: metanotum with two small luteous spots at the base, very in-

distinct in g, but clearly exhibited in 9: abdomen above pilose:

rostrum black, with a small luteous spot near the base, in length just

reaching the posterior coxa. Body beneath and legs pilose’; femora with

a wide central, rufous band, fore-femoral spines apparently well develop-

ed: drums of the usual generic size, but situated close together, and

divided by a very slight emargination behind: abdomen with a longitu-

dinal discal row of sub-triangular reddish markings, the bases of which

are situate on the posterior borders of abdominal segment. Tegmina

and wings, where not obscured by darker markings, transparent,

exhibiting varied opaline lustre, which in some lights is found to be

varied with a close and regular series of transverse darker striae:

1886. ] Ki. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 153

tegmina at base narrowly dark fuscous: costal area fuscous for rather

more than half its length, veins and veinlets bright luteous, and for

two-thirds the length of-the tegmina, bordered on each side with fus-

cous: the apical border is also fuscous, very broadly so at the apex, and

narrowing towards the inner margin, containing a sub-marginal row of

pale luteous spots, which are the outer terminations of an equal number

of narrow transverse linear, pale luteous strie: claval area greenish:

wings pale greenish for nearly two-thirds their area from the base, re-

maining portion shining fuscous, enclosing a sub-marginal row of pale

opaline spots, of which the largest is sub-costal and irregular in shape,

being somewhat sub-quadrate, hollowed out externally, and produced at

the base towards the outer edge: veins and veinlets pale luteous, in

some places tinged with green.

?. Differs principally from the ¢ in having all the colour mark-

ings intensified, the tegminal row of sub-marginal spots, which are

Iuteous in the g being pale opaline in the 9: the abdomen is more

thickly clothed with pilosity and the rostrum is somewhat shorter in

length than in the &. (Distant).

$. Differs from the others in its paler coloration and more trans-

parent appearance but the last peculiarity is shadowed in 7. albata, Dist.

whilst the pronotal and mesonotal spots which ally it to Gaeana may be

seen indicated on the pronotum of 7. melanoptera, White in which the

two discal spots are jointly recognizable whilst the broad pronotal Iute-

ous band of that species appears only as two angular spots in 7’.

splendida.

Genus Hurcuys, Amyot & Serville.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 218.

Body slender: head small, triangular, as broad as the pronotum ;

frons angular, slightly compressed on each side, furnished with a distinct

abbreviated longitudinal groove: eyes stout, slightly prominulous: the

lateral margins of the thorax not dilated unless anteriorly and not

dentated: tegmina entirely opaque, ulnar veins distant at the base:

abdomen elongate (A. & S., Stal).

20. Huvrcuys pHiLa@Mata, Fabricius.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 218, no. 22.

Black: frons, scutellum on both sides and the abdomen, sanguine-

ous: wings fuscous-diaphanous. Differs from H. sangwinolenta, Fabr.

(same as H. sanguinea, De Géer) in its larger size, and in having the red

frons immaculate ; scutellum red ; and dorsal streak, black : tegmina dull

154 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

black not piceous and the wings smoky-diaphanous (Fabr.) Head

thorax and feet, black ; entire frons, two large patches on the mesonotum

and the abdomen, red: tegmina black, tip sordid white : wings smoky

(A. § 8.)

21. Huvscuys sanauingea, De Géer.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 218, no. 28.

Head, thorax, pectus and feet, black, shining: frons, rounded, red :

entire abdomen red: thorax with two large patches in the shape of

elevated plates, red, of the colour of sealing-wax: eyes and oviduct in

the 2, brown: tegmina, elongate, somewhat broad, of a very obscure

brown approaching black; longitudinal veins black, distinct: wings

transparent of a brownish tint, veins black: ocelli three, pale red:

antenne short, setiform, situate on a much stouter cylindrical part:

tegmina longer than the abdomen, wings a little shorter (De Cféer).

Head black: frons rufous, a longitudinal line and the rostrum,

black: thorax glabrous, black; a rounded spot on both sides, red:

abdomen red: tegmina and wings obscurely fuscous immaculate: feet

black (H. sanguinolenta, Fabr.). Black, frons sanguineous, anteriorly

black: two spots on the mesonotum and the abdomen: tegmina and

wings, white; veins black (H. incarnata, Germar). This species is re-

ported from India and Germar remarks that it may be a variety of

CO. sanguinolenta, Fabr. from which, however, it differs in the white,

black veined, tegmina, having the apical veins narrowly cinctured fus-

cous, and the white, black-veined wings broadly margined fuscous,

H. Germari, Guerin, is probably also only a variety of this (Mag. Zool.

p- 78; t. 237, f. 2, 1839) :—Black, frons sanguineous, anteriorly black :

two spots in the mesonotum and the abdomen, red: tegmina white,

veined black, apical veins narrowly cinctured fuscous: wings black-

fuscous, posterior lobe subhyaline (Guérin). Reported from Java.

22. Huncuys sreruata, Walker.

Huechys stellata, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 27 (1858).

Black: head with two testaceous spots between the eyes : mesono-

tum with six testacous spots, four in the middle and two behind: teg-

mina with two broad, irregular, fawn-coloured bands which are connec-

ted on the costa, a middle interrupted white band consisting of three

large spots which are partly enclosed by the second broad band; ten

exterior white dots on as many areolets: wings with five white dots

(Walker). Body long, 31-2: teg. 92 millims.

Reported from India.

1886. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 155

23. Husrcuys picta, Walker.

Huechys picta, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 28 (1858).

8,2 Black: head with two testaceous bands: pronotum with a

testaceous band on the hind border which is broad in the ? and extends

in the middle to the fore border: mesonotum with a testaceous border

and with two testaceous stripes which are broader in the 2: abdomen

red with a black dorsal stripe : tegmina blackish, with a testaceous discal

spot near the base, an interrupted testaceous band and two exterior sub-

costal dots: in the ¢ the discal spot is almost obsolete and there is only

one dot: wingscrimson, with black borders (Walker). Body long,

19—21; teg. 50—52 millims.

Reported from Assam, Java.

Genus ScrpRoprera, Stal.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 220.

Head scarcely narrower than the base of the thorax; frons slightly

tumid occupying a little more than one-third of the breadth of the face,

without a longitudinal furrow ; vertex more than twice broader than the

eyes: the ocelli as far from the eyes as from each other or a little far-

ther: rostrum not extended behind the intermediate coxe: first femora

stout, spinose beneath ; first tibiae somewhat equal in length to the

femora: six apical areas, ulnar veins contiguous at the base or united

for a short space (Stal).

24. ScCIEROPTERA crocrA, Guérin.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 220, no. 29.

Yellow : head obscure brunneous ; spots red: thorax yellow; pro-

and meso-notum each with two very large reddish-brown spots: abdo-

men croceous, more obsolete beneath; feet yellow; tibie -and tarsi,

black: tegmina and wings hyaline, veins yellow, anterior veins with the

membrane close to the veins, pale yellow (Guérin).

25. SCIBROPTERA SPLENDIDULA, Fabricius.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 220, no. 30.

Small: head black; eyes pale: thorax pale, with two large rounded

black spots: scutellum black, margin pale: abdomen red: tegmina fus-

cous with a very vivid golden reflection: first femora black, tibie very

stout, dentated, red: last pair of feet black, femora red (Fabr.).

156 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

Genus GRAPTOTETTIX, Stal.

J. A. 8. B. lit, (2), -p. 22%.

Vertex twice as broad as the eyes; frons tumid, prominulous, some-

what compressed; ocelli as far from each other as from the eyes:

thorax narrowed forwards, at the apex a little broader than the head :

rostrum extended scarcely beyond the intermediate coxe: first femora

spinose beneath; first tibie longer than the femora: tegmina with ten

apical cells, ulnar veins distant at the base (Stal).

Genus Gaana, Amyot & Serville.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 221.

Body elongate: head triangular, narrower than the base of the

thorax ; frons tumid, prominulous, rounded, not compressed at the sides,

nor grooved: pronotum not dilated: tegmina and wings entirely opaque,

the former furnished with eight apical areas, the ulnar veins distant at

the base (A. & S., Stal).

26. GANA SIBYLLA, Stal.

Geana sibylla, Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3 ser.) i. p. 576 (1863).

$ Black: tegmina somewhat olivaceous yellow from the base

scarcely to the middle: wings beyond the middle, lutescent. Stature of

G. maculata, Fabr.: frons very tumid: thorax anteriorly somewhat nar-

rower than the head, sides parallel from the apex to the middle, thence

abruptly amplified: the costa of the tegmina and the subcostal vein

rather distant from each other throughout their entire length, ulnar

veins rather distant at the base; apical areas very long, the first, fourth

and sixth of equal length: opercula somewhat triangular, rounded at

the apex (Stal). Long 42; exp. teg., 112 millims.

Reported from Tringany.

27. Gmana octonotTata, Westwood.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 221, No. 33.

Black: frontal and posterior band on the head and a posterior band

on the pronotum and the mesonotum yellowish, the last with two irre-

gular yellowish lines: abdomen sanguineous, basal segments spotted

above with black in the middle: tegmina fuscous-blackish, each with

four whitish spots and very fine red veins: wings sanguineous with

black lines ( Westw.).

1886. | EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 157

28. Gana FESTIVA, Fabricius.

J.A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 222, no. 36.

Antenne testaceous: head dull black, a spot on both sides in the

ocular area, ferruginous: thorax dull black, anterior margin and broader

posterior margin of the anterior lobe yellow and the posterior lobe stria-

ted yellow: abdomen dull black, immaculate: tegmina fulvous, veins

whitish, a median band and the apex on both sides emitting a tooth like

mark, dull black: wings white, dull black at the apex, with a large white

spot: feet dull black (abr.).

29. GHANA SULPHUREA, Hope.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 223, no. 38.

Black: head and thorax spotted sulphureous: basal half of wings

sulphureous (tegmina divided by an oblique blackish band), apices

yellowish-fuscous, veins in the obscure parts black (Hope). The teg-

mina are broadly wrinkled and the drum covers in the ¢ are small,

leaving the striated internal membrane broadly exposed.

The following scheme attempts to provide a rough differentiation

of some of the genera of clear-winged Oicade found in India based on

Stal’s analysis :—

A. Anterior margin of posterior part of the first dorsal segment of

the abdomen in 3 emitting a foliaceous lobe which covers the whole or

part of the tympana or is dilated forwards more or less towards the sides.

Body oblong or somewhat elongate: first femora spinose or acutely

dentate beneath: frons usually more or less convex.

B. (1) Thorax narrowed forwards, lateral margins very often armed

with a small tooth before the middle: (2) basal cell of tegmina more

than twice longer than broad: (3) interior ulnar area not or but very

slightly amplified towards the apex: (4) the ulnar veins very close at the

base or contiguous.

I. Dunpvusia group. A and B above.

1. Leptopsaltria: gens internally near the apex at the base of the

lores furnished with a tubercle or tumescence : rostrum reaching a little

behind the last pair of coxe : interior ulnar area of the tegmina not or only

very slightly narrowed towards the apex: first pair of tibie longer than

the femora : tympana above covered by a very large lobe : opercula short :

second and third ventral segments in 6 with a lateral tubercle. The

head is narrower than the thorax and the frons is moderately convex.

2. Dundubia: gene without a tubercle: rostrum not or scarcely

reaching the base of the last pair of coxa: the opercula are long and

158 KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 2,

extended beyond the middle of the venter. The frons is large, very

convex and near the base is almost twice as broad as the anterior margin

of the lobes of the vertex.

3. Cosmopsaltria: gene without a tubercle: rostrum extending be-

yond the base at least and very often beyond the apex of the last pair of

coxee: theopercula are long and extended behind the middle of the

venter. The frons near the base is not or only somewhat broader than

the apical margin of the lobes of the vertex.

4. Pomponia: gene without a tubercle: rostrum and frons as in

Cosmopsaltria : opercula short, somewhat transverse.

II. Cicapa group. A as above.

B. (1) The lateral margins of the thorax always without a distinct

tooth: (2) basal cell of tegmina rarely (Cicadatra) twice longer than

broad, very often broad: (3) the interior ulnar area gradually distinctly

amplified towards the apex, seldom (Hmathia) equally broad towards

apex and base: (4) the ulnar veins distinctly (often very) distant at the

base.

1. Cryptotympana: first apical area extended more forwards than

the second: the transverse vein closing the base of the second apical

area, very oblique: the space lying between the postcostal marginal vein

and the postcostal ulnar ramus linear and not broader towards the

apex: the basal cell of the tegmina somewhat (but rarely twice)

longer than broad: tympana entirely hidden: metasternum elevated in

the middle and furnished with a posterior process turning backwards.

2. Cicada: as in Oryptotympana, but the metasternvm is not or ig

only a little elevated in the middle and there is no posterior process.

The clypeus is truncated at the apex or somewhat sinuately truncated.

3. Ovtcadatra: as in Cicada, but the basal cell of the tegmina is

twice longer than broad and the tympana are partly visible. The cly-

peus too is somewhat acuminated or a little rounded at the apex.

4. Hmathia : the first and second apical areas are extended to an

equal distance forwards, the second is, however, longer than the first, the

interior basal angle of the first area and the exterior basal angle of the

second area are both obtuse: the interior ulnar area is not amplified

towards the apex of the tegmina and is equally broad at base and apex :

the thorax anteriorly is scarcely narrower than the head and is amplified at

the base: the tympana are for a great part visible : opercula short : rostrum

scarcely reaching the last pair of cox: first pair of femora spinose.

III. Treicen group.

Tympana entirely visible; the anterior margin of the sides of the

posterior part of the first dorsal segment of the abdomen is not produced

and does not send out forwards a lobe.

1886.] HK. T. Atkinson—-Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 159

1. Tibicen: ulnar veins distant towards the base, diverging from

the base : first apical area of the tegmina produced further forwards

than .the second: costa and radial vein contiguous towards the apex ;

veinless limbus of tegmina and wings moderate.

2. Melampsalta: ulnar veins contiguous at the base itself or

united towards the base: eight apical areas: first and second apical

areas of the tegmina equally long and equally extended forwards : space

between the postcostal marginal vein and postcostal ulnar ramus, linear.

30. Dunpvusia mannirera, Linn.

J. A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 228, no. 39: liv, (2), p. 116. D. nigrimacula, Walker (List

Hom. B. M. i, p. 63) reported from Java and D. sobria, Walker (l. c. p. 63) reported

from Hongkong are local forms of this species.

Pale subolivaceous-virescent or flavescent: frons very tumid: the

dorsum of the abdomen marked by fuscous lateral spots: opercula in $

elongate, contracted near the base, very broad behind the middle, round-

ed at the apex (Stil). Body large, testaceous, immaculate: tegmina

obscurely whitish, immaculate, costa black: opercula elongate, almost

as long as the body, arched, testaceous, armed at the base with a robust,

acute, incumbent spine (fabr.). Head, eyes, and part of thorax, also the

abdomen, of a light brown above ; the rest of the body greenish : tegmina

and wings transparent, greenish, spotless: opercula very large, almost

as long as the abdomen (Olivier).

31. Dunpusia micropon, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 224, no. 40.

$ Body black: head with a tawny and green stripe in front and

with an irregular green circlet on each side of the ocelli: face above

with a short yellow stripe and with yellow bands in front: rostrum

tawny, tip black, reaching the hind coxe: antenne black: pronotum

green, with four slightly waved black stripes, outer pair very short,

furrows black ; posterior lobe green widened and slightly angular on each

side in front of which is a very small tooth: mesonotum with four

green stripes, the outer pair much longer than the inner pair, a green dot

near each side which like the hind border is green : pectus tawny : abdomen

black, brown beneath, posterior margins of the segments green: [drums

black; opercula dull green, blackish towards the tips, tapering, very

long, not far apart, more than half the length of the abdomen ?]: legs

tawny ; femora striated black: fore-tibie, feet, and the tips of the other

tibie, black ; fore-femora with three black teeth of which two are long

and one very small; a tawny band on the intermediate feet: wings

160 KE. T. Atkinson —Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

colourless, green at the base; the first and second transverse veins cloud-

ed brown ;. a row of pale brown spots on the tips ofthe longitudinal

veins of the apical areas; veins black; flaps with an opaline lustre.

32. DUNDUBIA VIBRANS, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 224: liv, (2), p. 116.

$ Body pale tawny, rather long : head a little narrower than the pro-

notum, with an irregular and interrupted black band ; face with black

bands on each side ; rostrum tawny, tip black reaching the hind coxe:

eyes prominulous: antenne black: pronotum broadest near the base of

the tegmen, with four crooked black streaks, the outer pair short, the

sutures also blackish, posterior lobe widened with two large black spots

above the base of each tegmen, slightly notched and with a moderate

sized tooth on each side: mesonotum with five black stripes, a slight

black streak in front between the two side pairs which are slightly oblique,

the inner pair much shorter than the outer pair which are almost inter-

rupted: abdomen nearly linear, rather long, with a short black stripe at

the base and on each side of the tip, disc of the segments, piceous : drums

tawny, close; opercula, bright tawny, bordered with black, about

half the length of the abdomen, narrow towards the base, widened to-

wards the tips: legs pale tawny, clothed with paler hairs: tips of the

tibiee and of the feet, piceous; tips of the claws, black; fore femora

with three teeth, two large and one small; posterior tibie with black

spines: tegmina and wings colourless, pale tawny at the base; the teg-

mina slightly clouded with brown at the tips, the first and second trans-

verse veins clouded with brown, an almost imperceptible brown streak

on each apical area; veins partly black, partly tawny, the latter colour

prevailing most towards the base ; flaps pale tawny at the base.

33. DuUNDUBIA NICOMACHE, Walker.

J. A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 224, no. 44,

& Body black, nearly linear, tawny beneath: head with two zigzag

marks behind the ocelli, a long angular stripe on each side between the

eyes, a short stripe on the face, and on each side bands along the whole

length, rostrum (tip excepted), lateral stripe, and four large oblique spots

on anterior lobe of pronotum, the posterior lobe, and 3-4 irregular streaks

on the mesonotum which vary in length and breadth, tawny : tip of rostrum

which reaches beyond the hind coxe, antenna, sickle-shaped spots on

the tawny spots of the anterior lobe of the pronotum, and three large

Spots near the base of each tegmen, and the abdomen, piceous :

drums tawny, close; opercula tawny obconical, very large, a little apart,

1886. } BK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 161

more than two-thirds the length of the abdomen: posterior margins of

the abdominal segments and the underside, tawny, tip piceous: legs

tawny ; feet ferruginous, claws black, ferruginous towards the base

first femora with three tawny teeth, one very small: tegmina colourless,

long, narrow, costal margin tawny; veins tawny with two black bands

across the disc beneath the stigma, black towards the tips, marked with

black at the base ; fore-flaps and hind flaps at the base and for a space

along the hind border, pale tawny with a brownish tinge.

34. Dunpuspia TIGRINA, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 224, no. 45.

3 Body tawny, nearly linear, pale sericeous: head with a slight

ferruginous tinge above: vertex with four black stripes, the middle pair

contiguous, partly united between the ocelli, side pair nearly round on

proceeding from the base of the antenns, thence narrower and slighily

curved : a black band on each side of the face ; rostrum tawny, tip black,

extending a little behind the hind coxe: antenne black: four black

stripes on the anterior lobe of the pronotum of which the median pair

slightly converge from the fore to the hind border, the outer pair are

more oblique, posterior lobe very narrow in the middle with a black

spot: mesonotum with five slender black stripes, the median entire,

inner pair much and outer pair slightly interrupted: abdomen ferru-

ginous above; posterior margins of the segments, piceous; beneath

tawny, piceous at the base and tip: drums tawny, close; opercula

black, small, far apart, outer margin tawny: legs tawny; femora striped

black ; tips of the tibie, piceous ; claws black, ferruginous at the base ;

fore and middle feet black, last pair ferruginous, first femora with three

black teeth, one small: tegmina colourless, long, narrow; costal margin

bright ferruginous as far as the stigma, thence to the tip, piceous ; veins

black, ferruginous towards the base, the first and second transverse

veins clouded brown, a row of brown spots along the tips of the veins

of the apical areas, all indistinct except first and second ; fore flaps

grey, hind flaps grey at the base and for a distance along the hind

border.

35. Dunpusia (P) mMacuLipes, Walker,

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 224, no. 46.

$ Body tawny, whitish pubescent: two interrupted black bands

across the vertex ; furrows on face, black: rostrum pale tawny, tip black,

reaching far beyond the hind cox: two black stripes on the anterior

lobe of the pronotum, its sides and the furrows also blackish : mesonotum

162 FE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

with two U-shaped marks and behind each a dot and on each side an

oblique stripe, all black : abdomen with four rows of black spots, two

in the middle and one on each side ; posterior margins of the segments

and the tip, partly black: drums small, blackish, tymbals white ;

opercula large, pale tawny, slightly overlapping, rather less than half the

length of the abdomen : legs pale tawny, with a piceous band near the

tip of each femur and tibia, the latter has a similar band near the base :

feet tawny, piceous at the base, black towards the tips; femora streaked

with black and with one black and one tawny tooth: tegmina colourless,

pale tawny and marked black at the base, costal margin green; veins

green, black towards the tip; transverse veins black, strongly marked

and 1-4 clouded brown; a row of small brown spots near the tips of

the longitudinal veins of the apical areas: hind flaps pale brownish,

tawny towards the base and for a distance along the hind border. :

36. Dunpupia (P) samra, Walker.

J. A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 225, no. 47.

$ Body green, tinged here and there with tawny: ocellar area

piceous and a piceous streak on each side along the eye: rostrum tawny,

tip black, reaching beyond the hind coxe: antenne tawny: a pale streak

slightly widened in front and behind on the anterior lobe of the prono-

tum and a piceous spot on each side: mesonotum ferruginous with some

green marks, of which there is a large angular spot in the middle, on

each side a forked mark, behind which there is a curved mark, and nearer

each side, a slight streak: abdomen tawny, darker at the tip, paler be-

neath: drums tawny, small; opercula pale-green, small, far apart: legs

tawny; tips of the claws, black; femora with three teeth, one very

small: tegmina colourless, costal margin green, tawny beyond the stig-

ma; veins green, with a few black bands, tawny towards the tips; trans-

verse veins clouded pale brown; a row of pale brown spots near the tips

of the longitudinal veins of the apical areas: fore-flaps and the hind flaps

between the middle-veins and the fore-border, brown.

37. Dunpupia (?) sINGULARIS, Walker.

J. A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 225, no. 48.

$ Testaceous, slender, partly green, very pale beneath : interocellar

space and a dot on each side of the head in front and two dots near the

border of the pronotum, black: mesonotum with an oblique green stripe

on each side: abdomen with four rows of triangular, brown, spots: oper-

cula small: tegmina and wings vitreous, with testaceous streaks between

the apical anastomoses and the border, veins green or testaceous : teg-

1886. ] KH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 163

mina narrow with the transverse veins and the forks of the longitudinal

veins, clouded testaceous ; a testaceous spot atthe tip of each marginal

vein communicating with a slight testaceous streak on each apical area

a testaceous dot on the hind side of the third ulnar area with distinct in-

dications of two transverse veins one joining the fifth anastomosis and

the other ending on the front areola near the base of the second ulnar

area ; afew minute testaceous dots on some of the marginal and discoidal

veins.

38. DunpusiaA ocHRACHA, Walker.

Fidicina ochracea, Walker, List Hom. B. M. i, p. 99 (1850).

Cicada ferrifera, Walker, 1. c. p. 115 (1850).

Dundubia fasciceps, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 242 (1854) ; p. 481 (1862).

$ Sordid yellow; intraocular apical band on the head, blackish :

tegmina more than half longer than the abdomen, whitish-hyaline,

veins flavescent: below with feet yellowish-white: opercula one-half

shorter than the abdomen, subparallel, rounded at the apex (Stal).

Body long, 26 millims.

Reported from China: the Indian Museum possesses a specimen.

' 39. DunpuBia RADHA, Distant.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 225, no. 49.

_ &@ Body above pale castaneous: head with the area of the ocelli

black ; pronotum with the lateral and posterior margins and a very

narrow anterior margin, ochraceous, the last is inwardly margined by

two small, transverse, linear, black spots and the posterior margin has

also a very narrow discal inner border of the same colour: mesonotum

with a large median, obconical spot on the anterior margin, with a very

indistinct median line and with the lateral margins black, outwardly

marked with ochraceous; five indistinct basal spots, three within the

anterior angle of the cruciform elevation and one on each side of the

same: abdomen rather darker in colour with the seemental sutures

piceous. Underside of the body concolorous, opercula dull ochraceous :

tegmina with the costal membrane and claval area dull ochraceous :

wings with the base narrowly of the same colour. The body is much

elongated, the head including the eyes, a little narrower than the base

of the pronotum ; the face is prominently convex, faintly longitudinally

furrowed and transversely striated: the rostrum reaches the middle of

the posterior coxes: the opercula are very long, reaching the penulti-

mate abdominal segment, they are abruptly narrowed on the first ab-

dominal segment, then gradually amplified and rounded on each side,

maximum width being at the junction of the second and third abdomi-

164 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

nal segments from whence they are gradually narrowed to the apex

which is obtusely rounded (Distant).

40. DunpusiA TRIPURASURA, Distant.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 225, no. 50.

& Head, pronotum, and mesonotum ochraceous: frons with a

triangular black spot near the base, and transverse black striz which

do not meet in the middle, vertex with two large oblique and irregular

black fascie on the disc, and a large irregular black spot on the inner

margin of the eyes: pronotum with two median longitudinal black fas.

cie, and three oblique black striz on each side, the outer one submar-

ginal and somewhat rounded : mesonotum with a large median clavate

spot, of which the apex terminates on the anterior margin, bordered on

each side by a subconical spot, followed by a small triangular one, and

a wide submarginal fascia, black: abdomen dull sanguineous, with a

series of discal segmental black fascie (these are much larger in some

specimens and subconfluent) and a lateral segmental row of irregular

black spots. Body beneath with the sternum ochraceous, covered with

greyish pubescence: abdomen dull sanguineous; opercula pale sangui-

neous; legs ochraceous: tegmina and wings pale hyaline. Frons very

prominent and convex; head, including eyes, narrower than the base

of the pronotum, subequal to the mesonotum in width: opercula sub-

triangular, well separated at the base, gradually becoming more diver-

gent, and narrowing to the apex, which is obtuse, and almost reaches the

apex of the fourth abdominal segment: anterior femora armed with

three spines; two moderately large and ochraceous ; apical one small

and black ; posterior tibize with three black spines on the inner side near

the apex, and two smaller and wider apart on the margin (Distant).

41. DunpusBia NAGARASINGNA, Distant.

J. A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 225, no. 51.

8 Body above castaneous : head with the middle of the frons and an

oblique fascia on each side of the ocelli, ochraceous: pronotum with a

median band and lateral and posterior margins, ochraceous : mesono-

tum with two anterior median obconical spots denoted by black mar-

gins; margins of basal cruciform elevation, ochraceous : abdomen with

the basal half sparingly clothed with greyish pile, the apical half much

more densely so, and with a broad lateral fascia of greyish pile on each

side: body beneath, with the sternum, legs, and opercula, pale ochra-

ceous; abdomen pale castaneous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline ;

costal membrane of tegmina ochraceous: head broad, including the

1886. | KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 165

eyes subequal in width to the base of the pronotum, and wider than the

mesonotum ; the face is very tumid, the middle longitudinally sulcated

for half the length, and the sides transversely striated ; rostrum reach-

ing the apex of the posterior coxe ; opercula long, reaching the base of

the last abdominal segment, narrowest and with the edges concave from

base to the commencement of the second abdominal segment, from

which they are somewhat abruptly widened with the edges convex and

the apex somewhat narrower and rounded: anterior femora with two

long ochraceous spines; posterior tibie with two long black spines,

somewhat close together on the inner margin near the apex and two

much wider apart on the outer margin (Distant).

42. DUNDUBIA TERPSICHORE, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 233, no. 94: liv, (2), p. 117.

@ Body pale green, slightly tinged with tawny, slightly clothed

with white shining down: a black dot on each side of the ocelli: ros-

trum pale tawny, tip piceous, reaching a little beyond the intermediate

cox: antenne tawny: mesonotum with a piceous dot on each side

above the cross-ridge: two last segments of the abdomen above and the

oviduct, piceous: legs pale tawny tinged with green; claws black to-

wards the tips; first femora with two tawny teeth of which one is

small: tegmina and wings colourless, tinged with brown towards the

tips, costal margin of tegmina green, slightly spinose, middle part black ;

veins black, green towards the base, black along the hind border of the

tegmina,; flaps buff and tinged with red at the base and for some dis-

tance along the hind border.

43. DUNDUBIA (?) EVANESCENS, Walker.

Dundubia evanescens, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 6 (1858).

3 Pale testaceous, slender: head with a black band, and with the

usual black marks in front: pronotum with two approximate black stripes

and with two black spots on each side: mesonotum with nine black

stripes which are more or less abbreviated hindward where there are

two black dots: abdomen with six stripes of black spots; the second

pair of stripes incomplete: opercula nearly half the length of the abdo-

men: tegmina and wings vitreous, veins pale testaceous ; tegmina with

the marginal veins clouded by brown stripes which successively decrease

in length, first and second transverse veins clouded with brown, very

oblique, third and fourth oppositely oblique, slightly curved or undulat-

ing: wings very slightly clouded with brown along the transverse mar-

ginal veinlets (Walker). Body long, 21—23;,teg., 51—55 millims,

Reported from India.

166 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

44, Dunpupia (?) GurrignRA, Walker.

Dundubia guttigera, Walker, J. Linn. S. Zool. i, p. 83 (1856).

Testaceous: head with three angular stripes and an elliptical ring-

let in front and on each side of it transverse lines, two dorsal nearly

parallel stripes on pronotum, five stripes on the mesonotum of which

the inner pair are abbreviated and the outer pair are interrupted, black:

opercula small, rounded: abdomen ferruginous: tegmina and wings

vitreous, the former with a brown spot on each transverse veinlet and

on the tip of each marginal vein (Walker). Body along, 23; exp. teg.

71 millims.

Reported from Malacca, Singapore.

Genus Metampsatta, Kolenati, Stal.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 225.

Head somewhat as broad as the anterior breadth of the thorax ;

vertex about twice as broad as the eyes: frons slightly or moderately

convex, furnished with a more or less distinct, median, longitudinal

groove: thorax broader posteriorly than anteriorly, the lateral margins

obtuse, rarely a little dilated: ulnar veins of the tegmina contiguous at

the base or united towards the base: eight apical areas, basal cell

quadrangular: last ventral segment in ¢ very deeply and broadly emar-

ginate at the apex: tympana entirely visible above: opercula small or

moderate: first pair of femora beneath 3—4 spinose (Stal).

Genus CosmMopPsaLTRiA, Stal.

J. A. 8. B. lili, (2), p. 226.

The subgenera founded by Stal (1. c.) are thus distinguished :—

a. Frons very tumid, seen from above distinctly produced before

the juga: clypeus rounded at the apex or narrowly roundly subtrun-

cated.

b. Thorax broad anteriorly, entire lateral margins distinctly am-

plified, ramus of the interior ulnar vein distinctly curved towards the

base :—Platylomia, Stal (C. flavida, Guérin).

bb. Thorax much narrowed anteriorly, lateral margins not or only

very slightly amplified: ramus of the interior ulnar vein straight or

slightly curved: Cosmopsaltria, Stal (C. spinosa, Fabr.)

aa. Frons slightly convex, not or but very slightly prominulous

before the juga: last dorsal segment in ¢ acutely dentated on both

sides at the apex: clypeus narrowly truncated or sinuately truncated

at the apex :—Diceropyga, Stal (C. obtecta, Fabr.).

1886. ] K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rh ynchota. 167

45. COSMOPSALTRIA OBTECTA, Fabricius.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 226, no. 54,

Head virescent with a black vertical cross and on this the usual

ocelli: the thorax green, the anterior lobe with small impressed lines,

the posterior lobe with five more distinct abbreviated lines: abdomen

virescent, furnished beneath with opercula which are arched, elongated,

cinereous and armed at the base with a robust, acute spine: feet

virescent with black lines (Fabr.).

$ Weak olivaceous-virescent: an interior marginal spot beneath

the middle of the lores; the extreme interior margin of the gens

at the frons; four transverse, lateral, subbasal lines on the frons

terminated inwards by a longitudinal line and united, interior apical

angle and median subapical spot on the juga ; a narrow median band

slightly verging forwards on both sides and spots on the vertex including

the ocelli, two narrow median streaks very slightly diverging before the

middle posteriorly slightly arcuated not extended behind the posterior

transverse impression, a small median, lateral discojdal streak on both

sides, a small oblong obliquely longitudinal spot behind the lateral ob-

lique median impression, algo a streak near the lateral margins of the

thorax, three median longitudinal lines (the middle one near the apex of

the scutellum the lateral ones abbreviated in the middle of the scutellum),

all reaching the base, the lateral ones slightly converging backwards, four

small basal spots situate towards the sides, an obliquely longitudinal line

abbreviated on both sides, situate behind the exterior basal spot and two

small spots placed behind the middle of the scutellum, an irregular spot

on the first dorsal segment of the abdomen, two lines (one interior, the

other exterior) also two. spines on the first pair of femora, an abbreviated

upper anterior line on the posterior femora and an indistinct band near

the apex of the posterior tibie, blackish. A median band and lateral

Spot (sometimes very obsolete) on the dorsal segments of the abdomen,

fuscous-testaceous: tegmina and wings somewhat gordidly vitreous :

veins fuscous, olivaceous-virescent towards the base ; the apex of the

exterior ulnar vein flavescent at the costa; the two exterior anastomoses

with a fuscous limbus.

6 Apical angles of the last dorsal anal segment produced in a long

lobe, gradually acuminated, the lobes below and towards the apex fus-

cous, inferior anal segment obtuscly emarginate at the apex > opercula

about one-third shorter than the abdomen, beyond the middle towards

the apex gradually, thence more abruptly narrowed, inwardly behind the

middle rounded, outwardly straight, rounded at the apex, olivaceous-

flavescent : second ventral segment armed at the apex in the middle of

the sides with a much elevated tubercle. Head equal in breadth to the

168 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

posterior part of the thorax, anteriorly very obtusely rounded : frons

seen from above truncated, scarcely prominulous before the juga, slightly

convex, sides distinctly furrowed : thorax somewhat narrowed forwards

beyond the middle, thence forming an angle prominulous in a minute

tooth, anteriorly more narrowed : tegmina extending beyond the abdomen

by half their length ; the first anastomosis rather oblique, interior ulnar

area gradually very slightly narrowed towards the apex, much obliquely

truncated at the apex, interior apical angle obtuse, somewhat rounded :

first pair of femora bi-spinose beneath (Stal).

46. CosmopsattTria sita, Distant.

J. A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 226, no. 55.

$ Head, frons with a central fascia furcate anteriorly and an ob-

lique spot on each side at the base; vertex with a large triangular spot

inclosing the ocelli and an irregular longitudinal fascia near the inner

margin of the eyes, black : pronotum with two central longitudinal fascize

joined and rounded near posterior margin, widened and angulated near

anterior margin, on each side of these 1s a small discal waved line and

two oblique fascie near the lateral margins (the outer one submarginal

and rounded) black: mesonotum with a central longitudinal fascia, on

each side of which is a clavate, smaller and suboblique fascia, followed

by two linear spots on the anterior margin and a discal waved irregular

fascia on each side. Abdomen with the segments (excluding first)

more or less piceous at the base and with a lateral segmental row of

piceous spots : body beneath ochraceous and unicolorous. Tegmina and

wings pale hyaline, the former with the venation of the basal half, ochra-

ceous, and of the apical half, fuscous ; transverse veins at the base of the

9-3 apical areas, fuscous-ochraceous at the junction. The head, includ-

ing the eyes, 1s considerably narrower than the base of the pronotum,

the face is only moderately convex, furrowed from beyond the middle,

the sides distinctly striated (the face has also an oblong spot bordered

with black at the base and the upper strie are also of that colour).

Opercula reach the third abdominal segment, they are moderately trun-

cate outwardly, widened and angulated inwardly (but not meeting) on

the first abdominal segment and then diverging and narrowing to the

apex which is obtuse and rounded ; the inner margin is slightly convex:

rostrum reaching a little beyond the last coxe: anterior femora with

two strong spines (Distant).

47, COSMOPSALTRIA DURGA, Distant.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 226, no. 56.

g Head, pronotum, and mesonotum dull ochraceous : head with the

following black markings ; an irregular spot on the frons, a large central

1886. ] EH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 169

fascia on the vertex, reaching from the anterior to the posterior margins,

produced on each side in front, enclosing the ocelli; a curved fascia a

little before the inner margin of the eyes, and a subtriangular spot on

the apex of the lateral margin: pronotum with the anterior margin

(narrow), a central longitudinal fascia, bordered with black on each side,

and a triangular fascia on each lateral margin, pale ochraceous ; two

narrow oblique fasciee on each side, a narrow longitudinal fascia on each

side of the disc, inner posterior, and inner and outer lateral margins,

black : mesonotum with a clavate central longitudinal fascia, bounded

on each side by a shorter, broader, and much angulated one, followed by

an elongated spot and by a sublateral broad fascia, broken near the

anterior margin, two rounded spots near the base, and two smaller ones

on the anterior branches of the cruciform elevation at the base: abdo-

men pale castaneous, disc piceous, gradually widening from the base to

the apex, where it is wholly black. Underside of the body ochraceous

and unspotted; a black spot on the inner margin of the eyes, anterior tibise

and tarsi, apices of intermediate tibie and tarsi, and apex of the rostrum,

piceous. Opercula pale greenish: tegmina and wings pale hyaline, trans-

verse veins at the bases of the second and third apical areas, infuscated.

Face broadly sulcated in the centre, and transversely striated (many of the

strie black) ; rostrum passing the posterior coxe, and reaching the inner

angles of the opercula. Opercula reaching the second abdominal segment,

the outer margins subparallel with the lateral abdominal margins, hipped

and widest (but not meeting) near the bases of the femora, from thence

diverging and gradually narrowing to the apex, which is obtusely angu-

lated: anterior femora with two long and prominent teeth, and a shorter

one near the apex. Posterior tibie with three inner and two outer long

marginal spines (Distant).

48. COSMOPSALTRIA OOPAGA, Distant.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 227, no. 58.

Head dull ochraceous : posterior lateral margins of the frons black :

the two basal ocelli surrounded with black, which extends to the poste-

rior margin: pro- and mesonotum pale olivaceous ; pronotum with a

~ central longitudinal ochraceous fascia, bordered with black, which is

widest anteriorly, and rounded, with the black lines continuous posterior-

ly; mesonotum with two obconical spots, bordered with black on the

anterior margin, followed by a small black spot, and an anterior lateral

fascia ; a curved basal fascia anda small spot on each frontal side of the

cruciform elevation, of the same colour: abdomen dull ochraceous,

inclining to olivaceous, with the lateral side sparingly covered with

greyish pubescence, and with an indistinct lateral segmental row of fus-

170 ' #. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

cous spots. Underside of the body, pale ochraceous or olivaceous: tegmina

and wings pale hyaline : the body is broad and somewhat depressed, the

abdomen narrowing at the apex : the head, including the eyes, is nar-

rower than the base of the pronotum, and but little wider than the meso-

notum : the rostrum about reaches the apex of the first abdominal seg-

ment: the opercula, which almost reach the apex of the fourth abdomi-

nal segment, are situate on the lateral side of the abdomen, much wider

apart at the base than at the apex; they are concavely narrowed on each

side near the base, and are there widened and convex on each side to the

apex, which is broad and rounded ; the extreme apex beng on the outer

margin. The face is tumid with a curved black fascia at the base, and

a central longitudinal furrow ; it is profoundly transversely striated, the

interstices being very broad (Distant).

49, COSMOPSALTRIA FLAVIDA, Guérin.

J. AS. B. hii, (2), p..227, no. 60.

Yellow-virescent: head yellowish-green with a brown spot on each

side of the labrum and in front and another blackish spot in the middle

between the eyes which are red: the pronotum is broader behind, of the

same colour as the head, with a transverse groove rounded at the ends

and two oblique grooves in front; the posterior margin after the groove

is flat, wrinkled transversely, bordered brown, also two triangular spots

placed in its midst and two lines on the anterior margin but not reaching

the middle: mesonotum tumid, smooth, with two deep hollows on the

posterior and lateral margins, emarginate behind ; above and at its junc-

tion with the pronotum are four angular brown spots, a longitudinal line

and two arcuate spots on the dorsum and four rounded spots behind,

brown: abdomen yellowish-green, the middle slightly red and the pos-

terior margin of the segments finely edged with black, covered with a

silvery white pubescence. Tegmina and wings transparent, veins yellow

and in some places, brown; a row of seven small round brown spots on

the external margin of the tegmina (and four on the anastomoses)

larger and deeper posteriorly : body beneath more yellowish than above

with portions greenish: tip of rostrum black, reaching the posterior

cox: opercula small, bordered outside with black: femora yellow (an-

terior pair excepted which have beneath two small spines and the tips,

black) ; tibiee yellow with base and tip blackish; tarsi brown: oviduct

? orange yellow (Guérin).

50. LEpropsALTRIA GUTTULARIS, Walker.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p, 227, no. 61.

2 Testaceous varied with green, beneath mostly pale green: head

with a 4-forked mark about the ocelli, two transverse streaks on each

1886. } HE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 171

side, sutures on the face and three streaks on each side, black : a band in

front on the pronotum also two stripes which approximate in the middle

and three streaks on each side where there is an acute angle in front, a

median stripe and five streaks on each side on the mesonotum, four spots

on the pectus, and abdomen partly beneath towards the tip, black : tegmina

and wings vitreous, veins testaceous, black towards the tips; tegmina

with a whitish stigma, tips and transverse veins and tips of the marginal

veins clouded with brown.

51. LeEpropsanTRIA ALBIGUTTA, Walker.

Dundubia albigutta, Walker, J. Linn. §. Zool. i, p. 83 (1856).

Green, partly testaceous: two lines forming an angle, in front of

the ocelli, borders of ocelli, a line on each side of the fore margin of the

head, transverse lines along most of the ridges on each side of the frons,

and two tubercles on each side of the abdomen beneath, black : opercula

small rounded : tegmind and wings vitreous ; the former slightly clouded

brown at the tips ; a whitish spot on the costa at the tip of the first apical

area; first and second transverse veins with brown spots (Walker).

Body long, 18—19; exp. teg. 67 millims.

Reported from Malacca, Singapore,

52. COSMOPSALTRIA ANDERSONI, Distant.

Cosmopsaltria andersoni, A. M. N. H. (5 ser.) p. 170 (1883).

¢@. Head olivaceous ; lateral margins of the frons, area of the

ocelli and a small spot on each side of the same, black : pro- and mesono-

tum olivaceous, the former with a central, longitudinal, ochraceous band,

bordered with black, widest anteriorly and compressed about the centre

and with a small curved black line behind the eyes: mesonotum with two

obconical spots bordered with black on the anterior margin, on each

side of which is a small discal black streak and a curved black spot on

each side of the base near the anterior angles of the cruciform elevation,

which are also black: abdomen dull, dark ochraceous : underside of

body pale ochraceous; annulation on the anterior femora near their

apices, upper surfaces and apices of anterior tibize, bases and apices of

intermediate and posterior tibiz and tarsi, apex of rostrum, and apical

portion of last abdominal segment, black: tegmina and wings pale hya-

line, the first with the costal membrane and the basal portion of the vena-

tion, ochraceous ; the remaining portion of the venation more or less

shaded and marked with the veins black or olivaceous, and with a black

claval streak: wings with the veins black or olivaceous, outer claval

margin and an inner claval streak fuscous. The body is broad and

172 KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

somewhat depressed, the abdomen above moderately pilose: the head,

including the outer margins of the eyes, is subequal in width or a very

little narrower than the base of the pronotum: the rostrum about reaches

the middle of the first abdominal segment: the opercula are long, strongly

compressed and sinuate near the base, and then widened and convex

on each side, but narrowing at their apices which reach the base of the

last abdominal segment: face swollen and tumid with a narrow median

longitudinal groove and strong transverse striations, the interstices of

which are very broad. Allied to ©. oopaga, Distant, from which its

smaller size and the greater length of the opercula at once distinguish it

(Distant). Long, 32; exp. teg. 88 millims.

Reported from Mergui.

Genus Pomponn, Stal.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 228.

St4l distinguishes the subgenera Pomponia and Oncotympana thus :=

Pomponia—Abdomen in ¢ longer than the head, thorax and scutel-

lum taken together, the first segment occupying the fifth or sixth part

of the abdomen, posterior margin straight or somewhat rounded, the

anterior lateral lobes moderate, not or very slightly convex, covering

only a part of the tympana, space between these lobes broad or some-

what so: last ventral segment acutely dentate on both sides at the apex,

(P. fusca, Olivier). |

Oncotympana Abdomen in ¢ short, shorter or only as long as the

head, thorax and scutellum taken together; first dorsal segment occupy-

ing about one-third of the abdomen, posterior margin more or less dis-

tinctly sinuated; anterior lateral lobes very large, covering the entire

tympana, convex, broader than the space lying between them: last

dorsal segment in 4 obtusely rounded on both sides at the apex (P. pal-

lidiventris, Stal).

538. Pompontia URANIA, Walker.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), 228, no. 62.

3 Body somewhat fusiform, ferruginous, partly whitish pubescent :

head and pronotum tinged with green: rostrum tawny, tip black, reach-

ing beyond the posterior margins of the opercula: antenne tawny: pos-

terior lobe of the pronotum bright green, partly ferruginous along the

fore border no tooth: mesonotum green on each side and at the tip, cross-

ridge pale tawny : abdomen green, powdered white beneath, and at the

base a short snow white band which forms two triangles : drums pale

tawny, close ; opercula of moderate size slightly overlapping, full one-

1886. ] EH. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 173

fourth of the length of the abdomen: legs tawny, tinged green; first

femora with three tawny teeth, two large, one very small, claws black,

tawny at the base: tegmina colourless, slightly tinged with tawny

towards the tips, a row of pale brown spots along the tips of the long-

itudinal veins of the apical areas; first and second transverse veins

clouded brown with traces of it on the others; costal margin green to

the stigma, dark tawny thence to the tip; veins green, with black

bands across the breadth beneath the brand, wholly black towards the

tips : basal cellule, flaps at the base and for a space along the hind border,

tawny.

54. PoMPponia BINDUSARA, Distant.

J. A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 228, no. 63.

g Body above pale ochraceous; head with the lateral margins of

the front bordered with black striz, and with two contiguous black spots

on the disc; two oblique striz on the lateral margins of the vertex and

the area of the ocelli black: pronotum with two central longitudinal

fascie, narrowed, joined and rounded on the posterior margin, widely

divergent and terminating on the anterior margin, a small curved fascia

on each side of the disc and oblique striz also, black: mesonotum with a

central fascia, a shorter and more oblique one on each side, followed by

an elongate spot on the anterior margin, and a long, somewhat broken,

submarginal fascia, black; two rounded spots in front of the cruciform

elevation, and two smaller ones on the anterior branches of the same,

also black: abdomen somewhat thickly covered with pale pubescence,

with a series of discal segmental markings, two large spots near the

lateral margins of the third and fourth segments, and a lateral seg-

mental row of small spots, black. Underside of the body pale ochraceous :

apical disc of the abdomen, black: tegmina and wings pale hyaline ;

transverse veins, at the bases of the second and third apical areas, slight-

ly infuscate : face convex : apical two-thirds with a narrow central furrow

transversely striated, the striz black near the middle. Rostrum slightly

passing the posterior coxe, its apex black: opercula small, posterior margins

obtusely angulated, and reaching the base of the first abdominal segment,

widened and obtusely angulated, but not meeting inwardly : posterior

tibize with three inner and two outer marginal spines: anterior femora

with two long and prominent spines (Distant).

55. Pomponia KAMA, Distant.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 228, No. 65.

2 Head, pronotum and mesonotum greenish: head with the lateral

sides of the frons, black: vertex with two transverse lines on the lateral

174 K. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

margins , somewhat connected inwardly by a short oblique fascia and the

area of the ocelli, from which proceed two narrow fasciz to the posterior

margin, black: pronotum with a median, black, clavate fascia, of which

the middle is ochraceous, widest and much angulated at the anterior mar-

gin, narrowest and somewhat acutely pointed on the posterior margin ;

an arcuated narrow fascia on each side of the disc; oblique strie pale

fuscous ; lateral submarginal striz black, and an oblique fuscous spot on

the lateral margins ; posterior margin narrowly edged with black : meso-

notum with two large obconical spots margined with black, anda large \

fascia in front of the anterior angles of the basal cruciform elevation :

tympana pale greenish, fuscous anteriorly, and bright cretaceous-white

near the lateral margins: abdomen castaneous, lateral margins of the

basal segment bright cretaceous-white. Body beneath with the head,

sternum, and opercula greenish; abdomen castaneous: legs greenish ;

apices of tibize and tarsi and tarsal claws, black : tegmina pale fuscous

hyaline; anatomoses and apices of the lateral veins at the margin

broadly infuscate, and a blackish spot near the termination of the radial,

vein: wings pale hyaline: face broad, convex, the middle blackish, and

with a central longitudinal impression, and transverse striations: ros-

trum with the apex black, and just passing the posterior coxe: opercula

very short, not reaching the base of the first abdominal segment: abdo-

men beneath deeply furrowed at the lateral margins, the disc somewhat

gibbous: head, including the eyes, narrower than the base of the prono-

tum, about equal to the base of the mesonotum (Distant).

56. PomponiA MADHAYVA, Distant.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 229; no. 66.

3 Body pale greenish: abdomen with a lateral row of three large,

oblong, spots, only denoted by their darker green margins, occupying

the lateral sides of the first three segments ; segmental incisures narrow-

ly dark greenish : ocelli red; eyes fuscous: mesonotum with two very

faint obconical spots. Body beneath pale greenish: legs and rostrum

pale ochraceous: tegmina and wings pale hyaline; the first with the

costal membrane and the veins pale greenish: the head, including the

eyes, is narrower than the base of the pronotum ; the face is broad and

convex, with a broad central longitudinal impression and strong trans-

verse striations ; the opercula are small, not reaching the apex of the

metasternum; the second and third abdominal segments beneath are

rounded, produced, and pointed anteriorly ; the rostrum reaches the poste-

rior coxe (Distant).

1886. ] EH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 175

57. Pompontia LINEARIS, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 228, no. 64.

3. Body tawny beneath: head and pronotum piceous, with indis-

tinct tawny marks, chiefly along the sutures; face piceous towards the

rostrum, which is tawny with a black tip that extends to the posterior

margins of the opercula: antenne black: pronotum with six pale tawny

stripes which proceed from the fore border to the disc: pectus green :

abdomen ferruginous, segmental incisures black: the tympana dark

ferruginous ; opercula green, rather large, hardly apart: legs tawny ; fore

femora with two sharp tawny teeth; tips of feet and of the claws black :

tegmina with an indistinct tawny tinge, slightly coloured with green,

pale brown and marked with black at the base, costal margin greenish,

transverse veins clouded brown; a row of small brown spots on the tips

of the longitudinal veins of the apical areas ; veins with alternate black

and pale yellow bands; veins of the wings tawny, transverse veins

darker ; flaps pale brown at the base.

58. PomponiA IMPERATORIA, Westwood,

J. A. 8. B. liii, '2) 229, no. 67.

Luteous-fulvous: head and dorsum of thorax with very many black

spots varying in size and form ; mesonotum with a trifid mark: sides of

pronotum emarginate and angulate in the middle: abdomen brunneous,

sides paler, a spot on both sides on each segment, black: wings yellowish

hyaline, veins fulvous: subapical transverse veins on the tegmina, cloud-

ed fuscous, and seven spots towards the margin, fuscous ( Westw.)

09. Pomponia TIGROIDES, Walker.

Dundubia tigroides, Walker, Ins. Saund. p. 5 (1858).

Pomponia tigroides, Distant, J. A. S. B. xlviii, (2), p. 38 (1879) ; liii, (2), p. 229

(1884), no. 69.

¢. Green, partly testaceous : head with minute black marks in front

and on each side and with a large black spot on the vertex: pronotum

with six black stripes; the inner pair dilated at each end, the middle

pair oblique, the third pair marginal; a curved brown discal streak on

each side between the first and second pairs: mesonotum with five black

stripes which are slightly dilated posteriorly, outer pair curved poster-

iorly, two black dots on the posterior margin : abdomen with a black

lanceolate mark on each of the first and second segments, with black

dots along each side and witha black subapical band : costa of tegmina

green, luteous beyond the middle, stigma black with a pale band, veins

176 EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhyuchota. [No. 2,

green, partly black, first and second transverse veins very slightly cloud-

ed with brown (Walker). Body long, 23 ; teg. 54 millims.

Differs from D. tigrina, Walker, by the outward curve of the exte-

rior stripes on the mesonotum, by the spots and band of the abdomen

and by the first transverse vein of the’tegmina, which is slightly oblique

outwards, whereas that of D. tigrina is very oblique inwards.

Reported from India, Tenasserim.

60. Pomponia Expansa, Walker.

Carineta expansa, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 26 (1858) ; Signoret, B. 8. EH. F.

(6 sér.) i, p. xli (1881).

Pomponia expansa, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 171 (1866).

g. Black, short, pilose, very broad : head with two green spots

on the vertex ; frons with a green stripe and with lateral transverse

testaceous streaks: pronotum with two angular green stripes in the

middle and with a curved stripe on each side; borders testaceous-green

with two black spots on each side: mesonotum with various dorsal

testaceous marks; borders green: abdomen blackish-brown ; dorsal

and ventral operculas testaceous, with dusky borders, the latter very

broad, about half the length of the abdomen: legs testaceous, striped

with black: wings vitreous, veins tawny here and there green, partly

bright pale green at the base: tegmina with a pale green stigma, a

brown spot near the tip of each marginal vein ; transverse veins clouded

with brown, first and second slightly oblique and curved, first parted

from the second by a little more than twice its length, the third and

fourth nearly straight (Walker). Body long, 27 ; teg., 96 millims.

Reported from India, China.

61. Ematuta morora, Stal.

J. A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 229, no, 69.

3. Very pale olivaceous, sparingly greyish-sericeous: a median

streak amplified forwards and posterior limbus of thorax, four triangular

spots reaching the base of the scutellum (the median small, the lateral

spots large), also the dorsum of the abdomen, subtestaceous: tegmina

and wings, vitreous ; veins pale olivaceous-virescent, fuscous towards

the apex ; a spot on the two exterior anastomoses and a subapical spot

at the exterior margin of the tegmina, fuscous ; the first anastomosis of

the wings margined with fuscous, the veinless margin inwards at the

anal area and the anal area at the base, fuscous: streaks on the femora

and apex of tibie fuscescent. In the &, the opercula are small, oblique,

oblong and the first ventral segment is triangularly elevated between the

1886. ] KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 177

opercuia. The head is scarcely broader than the apex of the thorax ;

the vertex scarcely more than twice as broad as the eyes; frons promi-

nulous. Ocelli somewhat more distant from each other than from the

eyes. Thorax either somewhat amplified forwards or with the sides

parallel, abruptly amplified at the base. First pair of femora trispinose

(Stal).

Genus Rustia, Stal.

Hem. Afric. iv, p. 8 (1866).

Head as broad as the anterior lobe of the thorax, anterior margin

deeply incised between the frons and the freely prominulous lobes of the

vertex, lateral part which bears the semiglobose eyes turning somewhat

upwards: rostrum short: ocelli twice as distant from each other as from

the eyes; eyes remote from the base of the head: the part of the thorax

lying before the transverse impression more than twice as long as the

posterior part: tympana entirely visible ; anterior margin of the sides of

the first dorsal segment of the abdomen neither produced nor sending

forwards a lobe; ulnar veins of the tegmina distant at the base; wings

with five apical areas: first pair of tibiz not produced in a spine beyond

the insertion of the tarsi (Stal).

62. RvustTia PEDUNCULATA, Stal.

Rustia pedunculata, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x, p. 383 (1866).

. . Testaceous-flavescent: clypeus, lores, gene (except the ocular

part), ocellar area, six streaks on the thorax (median pair and the intra-

marginal lateral pair narrow), five streaks on the scutellum (the median

streak and lateral pair elongate), black-fuscous : the dorsum of the abdo-

men with obsolete fuscous streaks: tegmina and wings vitreous, veins

fuscous, costa and the radial vein yellow-olivaceous, interrupted sub-

apical band (which is dentated posteriorly) on the tegmina, fuscous :

last dorsal segment of the abdomen, fuscous ; an obsolete median streak

and the sides, testaceous-flavescent, the sides with a fuscous spot: last

ventral segment very slightly and very broadly sinuated at the apex.

Vertex thrice as broad as the eyes: ocelli twice as distant from the eyes as

from each other: lateral margins of the thorax parallel, abruptly ampli-

fied at the base: interior ulnar area of the tegmina slightly narrowed

towards the apex, first apical area longer than the second, seventh and

eighth apical areas of equal length, somewhat small: first femora 3-spi-

nose, the subapical spine minute (Séal). Long, 13; exp. teg. 31 mil-

hms.

Reported -from Cambodia.

178 E. T. Atkinson-—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

Genus Cicapa, Linneus, Stal.

J. A. 8. B. Ini, (2), p. 229.

This is one of the oldest namesvin the order and has suffered so

many changes by the creation of new genera that it would be unprofit-

able to trace back its history. Taking the changes of the last quarter of

a century, we find that in 1866 Stal added Leptopsaltria, Cosmopsaltria, and

Pomponia to the Dundubia group: The Cicada group including Fidicina

was increased in 1861 (A.S. EH. F. (4 sér.) i, p. 613) by Psaltoda, Oryp-

totympana, Tympanoterpes, and Selymbria, and, in 1864, by Proarna.

In 1862, Stal (Rio. Jan. Hem. p. 19) distributed the species of Cicada

proper amongst the subgenera Cicada, Taphura, Parnisa, Calyria, and

Prunasis. All of these were raised to the rank of genera in 1866 (Hem.

Afric. iv, p. 8) and, excepting Cicada, were thrown into the Tibicen group.

To the Cicada group were added Henicopsaltria, Nosola, and Hmathia, in

1866 ; and tothe Tibicen group, Henicotettix in 1858; Pydna, Stagira, Cal-

lipsaltria, and Tympanistria, in 1861; and Rustia and Beturia, in 1866.

In 1870, Stal still further divided the species of his restricted Cicada

in establishing the subgenera Chremistica, Macrotristia, Cicada, and

Diceroprocta. I doubt much whether any of those Indian species which

still bear the generic name Cicada really belong to that genus: if

they do, they belong to the subgenus Cicada, which has the sides of

the thorax anteriorly without a lobe ; the sides of the last dorsal segment

in o& posteriorly unarmed, very often produced in an acute tooth in the

middle ; the sixth ventral sezment in 9 broadly, angularly sinuated at

the apex; and the interior ulnar vein straight or but shghtly curved.

This question can only be settled by an examination of the types.

63. CicADA (P) FERRUGINEA, Olivier.

J. A. 8S. B. liii, (2), p. 230, No. 74.

Entirely ferruginous, clouded brown : tegmina and wings of a deep

colour, the posterior margins light and transparent (Olivier).

64. Tipicen (P) auratus, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 230, no. 72.

&. Body black, densely tawny pubescent, pale tawny beneath :

a band in front of the head, three spots in the ocellar area, face and

rostrum, tawny: disc of face, tip of rostrum which reaches the in-

termediate coxe and the antenne, black: anterior lobe of pronotum

with the borders and a short stripe, behind which are two triangular

spots resting on the hind border; posterior lobe and two stripes on

the mesonotum amplified in the middle and its posterior margin,

1886. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 179

tawny: abdomen velvety black with patches of golden hairs: [tym-

pana uncovered, tawny, rather large ; opercula pale tawny, small, wide

apart P|: tip of abdomen tawny, with a horn of the same colour: legs

- yellow ; femora striated black ; tips of the tibiz and of the feet, black ;

claws black, tawny at the base; fore-femora with three robust black

teeth ; fore-tibise mostly black : tegmina colourless, pale buff and marked

with buff at the base ; costal margin bright rosy red, darker towards

the tips, black on the stigma; veins tawny, black towards the tips ;

first and second transverse veins and the longitudinal vein between

them, clouded black: veins of the wings pale tawny with black tips

and the tips of the flaps clouded brown. In the ¢ the abdomen is a little

longer and more pointed than in the o.

Species of doubtful position.

Cicada rugipennis, Walker, Ins. Saund., p. 17 (1858).

3. Luteous-testaceous, stout: pronotum much broader behind than

in front, sides straight, sutures strongly marked : abdomen with a black-

ish band on the fore border of each segment: wings white, rather

broad, very stout and rugulose: tegmina slightly rounded in front,

costa and veins reddish, the latter black at the tips; 1-3 transverse veins

and most part of the intermediate veins, clouded black: wings with a

short angular band in front at two-thirds of the length. Body long,

292; teg. 84 millims.

Reported from India.

Cicada delineata, Walker, Ins. Saund., p. 17 (1858).

?. Black, testaceous beneath : ocellar space and two irregular stripes

on the head, the frons, margin of pronotum, six irregular stripes on the

mesonotum and a spot and dot on each side in front between the inter-

mediate and exterior pair of stripes, a band on the posterior margin of

each abdominal segment and the abdomen for the most part beneath, legs,

and veins on the tegmina towards the base, testaceous : transverse streaks

on the frons, six various stripes on the pronotum and the sutures in part,

also three spots on each side, stripes on the femora and tibie and veins

of the tegmina above the base, black: tegmina and wings vitreous.

Body long, 21; teg., 63 millims.

Reported from India.

Cicada subvenosa, Walker, Ins. Saund., p. 18 (1858).

o. Pale testaceous: greatest part of the vertex, 2-4 stripes on the

pronotum, also a dilated spot by the border, four stripes on the meso-

notum of which the middle pair are short and two dots behind these

180 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

and a spot at the base of the abdomen, black: pronotum a little broader

than the head with a brown spot on each side hindward ; the outer pair

of black spots on the mesonotum contain between them some forked

testaceous lines: tegmina and wings vitreous, veins pale testaceous, the

first and second veins of the tegmina slightly clouded brown. Body

long, 145; teg. 38 millims.

Reported from India.

Cicada strigosa, Walker, Ins. Saund., p. 19 (1858).

&, g. Black: transverse lines on each side of the face, a stripe on

the pronotum, the abdomen beneath more or less, greatest part of the

femora, a band near the base on the tibiz, testaceous : teemina and wings

vitreous, with a very oblique interrupted brown band which extends

along the transverse veins; veins testaceous, black towards the tips: the

basal area and the base of the sixth ulnar area, clouded brown and with

a short brown band which extends across the tip of the front area ;

a brown mark at the tip of the first apical area: abdomen in & with

three stout spines at the tip. Body long, 1435 ; teg., 38 millims.

Reported from India.

Cicada virguncula, Walker, J. Linn. S. Zool.i, p. 84 (1856).

Green: head small : drums very small: abdomen luteous above at

the base, hind borders of the segments, luteous: wings vitreous ; costa

and veins green. Body long, 13}; teg. 35—36 millims.

Reported from Singapore, Malacca.

Genus CicapaTra, Amyot.

A.S. E. F. (2 sér.) v, p. 152 (1847) : Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. (8 sér.) ii, p.

338, t. 3, (1875).

In A. S. HE. F. (4 sér.) i, p. 617 (1861), Stal unites Tettigia and

Cicadatra and makes them subgenera of the united genus. TFieber (1. c.)

keeps them separate and describes Cicadatra as having the anterior

femora trispinose : pronotum trapezoidal : covering of the drums semi-

oval or broadly triangular, concealing more or less the drums, and more-

over a subulate projection or point: the genital sheath (porte-pénis) in

the & is corneous, elongate or linear and has at the tip a bundle of rib-

bon-shaped white or brownish appendages with numerous points : the

two sectors spring each from one of the angles of the short basal cellule

of the tegmina, the angles separated by a short, oblique, vein: rostrum

reaching only the middle or the usually convex end of the mesosternum.

In Tettigia, the anterior femora are bispinose : pronotum trapezoidally

broadened backwards: the drums almost covered by a broad semioval

plate : the genital sheath in & is corneous and ends in two horns, in-

ee le 1 etl

1886.] EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 181

curved towards the base; the two sectors spring from the elongated

basal cellule at a right angle, the exterior sector rising at the internal

inferior angle, the other a little higher at the tip of the short, oblique,

intermediate vein: the rostrum long, reaching the first ventral segment,

basal joint prominulous, third joint about 33 times longer than the

second, clypeus long, triangular, acute, four-fifths of the length of the

frons : space between the scrobe and the eye almost twice as large as

the scrobe: mesosternum broadly triangular, convex with a short and

weak apical groove: metasternum in the ', obtuse, quadrangular, free.

65. CICADATRA STRIATA, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), 229 no. 71: liv, (2), 116.

¢. Body tawny: head with a broad, slightly interrupted black

band ; face convex, with a row of black bands on each side : rostrum

tawny, piceous towards the tip, reaching the hind coxe : pronotum part-

ly black above, with a short, broad, yellow stripe in the middle: meso-

notum mostly occupied by four very broad black stripes, the lateral

much longer than the median pair and with two tawny streaks: abdo-

men mostly piceous above: legs tawny: first femora with three rather

long teeth: tegmina and wings colourless, veins tawny, black towards

the tips ; the first and second transverse veins clouded with brown : fore-

flaps tawny, tips of hind-flaps, brown. Body long, 16$: exp. teg. 44

millims,

66. CICADATRA XANTES, Walker.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 230, no. 76; liv, (2), p. 117.

3. Body tawny: vertex with two very large black spots ; face red

above with a piceous stripe in front: rostrum tawny, tip black, reaching

_ the intermediate coxe : antenne tawny, piceous at the bases and tips:

pronotum with a yellow stripe on each side of which there is a short,

slightly curved stripe and a small spot on the hind border, piceous :

mesonotum with four black obconical stripes, the middle pair rather less

than half the length of the outer pair and so close together that they

almost appear united ; behind them are two piceous spots which join the

cross-ridge which is ferruginous and small: abdomen ferruginous with

a piceous stripe which tapers from the base to a little beyond the middle

and then disappears : drum-covers pale tawny, very small, not half cover-

ing the tympana which are ferruginous; the opercula bright tawny,

rather narrow, of moderate size, about one-third the length of the

abdomen : legs tawny ; femora striated ferruginous ; tips of claws black

fore tibise and feet ferruginous ; fore femora with two rather long ferrugi-

182 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

nous teeth : tegmina colourless, veins yellow, on the costal margin a

black vein is enclosed between two yellow veins and extends to the pale

yellow stigma: flaps with a tawny tinge at the base and along part of

the middle vein.

67. CICADATRA QUADRIMACULA, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 233, no. 98; liv, (2), p. 117.

$. Body bright tawny, scarcely pubescent: head, rostrum (base

excepted), antennex, black: pronotum with a slightly curved stripe on

each side, two triangular spots on fore border, three small spots on hind

border, and some indistinct marks on the disc, black: mesonotum with

four very large black spots of which the outer pair are obconical, slightly

oblique, widened to each other at the base, on the inner side slightly

emarginate by a very slender short oblique tawny stripe, the third spot

much shorter and apparently divided into two U-shaped spots, the fourth

behind the third, quadrate, with a slender cone on its fore border: a large

spot on each side at the base of the antenne, a small one in front of the

head and three along the hind border, and the base of the rostrum,

tawny : abdomen black above, posterior dorsal margins of the segments

with an interurrupted reddish band, a broad pale tawny band near

the tip, horn pale tawny; beneath piceous, posterior margins of the

ventral segments, ferruginous, tip pale tawny: drum-covers very small,

pale tawny, with blackish discs partly covering the tympana, which

are greyish ; opercula bright tawny, small, far apart: legs tawny:

coxee, posterior femora and last tibie striped black ; claws ferrugi-

nous; first femora black with a tawny spot near the tip and with

three robust black teeth ; first tibie black with a slender tawny band

near the base, middle pair black; first and middle feet, piceous ferrugi-

nous at the base, last pair tawny with piceous tips: tegmina whitish,

pale tawny and marked with black at the base, costal margin bright

tawny, stigma pale brown, veins pale tawny, black towards the tips

first and second transverse veins and the space between them and ths

costal margin clouded very dark brown; fore-flaps pale tawny : wings

with the first and second transverse veins and the space between them

clouded very dark brown, flaps white at the base and itd some part of.

the hind border.

Genus CRYPTOTYMPANA, Stal.

J. A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 230.

Head very broad, about as broad as the thorax; frons occupying

about a third part of the breadth of the face: thorax very slightly am-

1886.] H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 183

plified backwards from the apex; the lateral margins dilated, straight,

or slightly sinuated; anterior angles distinct; posterior limbus broad :

scutellum posteriorly depressed, slightly sinuate at the apex: tegmina

with eight apical areas, basal cell sending out two veins which are rather

broadly distant : wings with six apical areas; abdomen obconical, tym-

pana entirely hidden above by the very large lobe of the dorsal segment

which is produced forwards: opercula large, flattish, contiguous inwards

or slightly valvate: metasternum furnished with a stout process which

is curvedly produced from the base backwards : first pair of femora beneath

with two large spines and near the apex with an obsolete, obtuse, small

tooth ( Stal.)

68. CRYPTOTYMPANA RECTA, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 230, no. 77.

2. Body black, short, broad, tawny pubescent in parts: rostrum

black, tawny at the base, reaching the last coxe : antennew black : posterior

lobe of the pronotum with two large tawny spots; the mesonotum

with two small tawny spots near the middle of its posterior mar-

gin: opercula tawny, very small, wide apart: legs dark tawny ; fe-

mora, especially the first and intermediate pairs, striped black; tips of

the tibie, feet, and fore-tibie, black ; first femora with three black teeth

of which two are long and one is very small: tegmina colourless, green

along the costal margin for half its length, dark brown thence to the

tips, black towards the base, to this colour succeeds a small space havine

an opaline lustre; veins tawny, black towards the tips; the first and

second transverse veins and the adjoining longitudinal veins are clouded

dark brown ; flaps black towards the base.

69. CRYPTOTYMPANA VICINA, Signoret.

J.A. 8. B. liii (2), p. 230, no. 78 :.includes Fidicina bicolor, Walker, List Hom. B.

M. iv, p. 1121 (1858), from Java.

Much smaller than C. acuta, Signoret, from which it differs only in

the absence of patches on the pronotum and .in the complete transpa-

rency of the wings in the external portion: the opercula are proportion-

rately less elongate, but of the same form (@).

70. CRYPTOTYMPANA IMMACULATA, Olivier.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 231, no. 79.

Black: wings, hyaline, spotless: abdomen black: opercula reddish :

two spines on the first pair of femora, acute, larger than usual (Olivier).

Head and thorax blackish brown, abdomen black ; three red ocelli on

3 24

184 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

the head : opercula orange red: first pair of femora with two robust

spines: tegmina and wings hyaline, immaculate, margin of the brown

colour of the body beneath. Differs from C. intermedia, Signoret, in

having the tegmina and wings entirely transparent, the opercula smaller

though of the same colour, and the femoral spines apparently more

robust. Body long, 50: exp. teg. 112 millims.

71. CORYPTOTYMPANA INTERMEDIA, Signoret.

J. A. S. B. liii (2), p. 231, no. 80.

Differs from C. atrata, Fabr., in the absence of patches on the pro-

notum and scutellum, whilst those on the head are larger : the brown

basal patch on the tegmina is not so large and does not extend beyond

the basal cell: opercula are altogether yellow and are larger, elongate,

flattened, and with a rim: abdomen reddish yellow with a blackish band

on each segment; sides brown. From Tenasserim (Walker) ; China

(Signoret, B. S. H. F. (6 sér.) i, p. xli, 1881); Java (Sign.).

72. CRYPTOTYMPANA ATRATA, Fabricius.

Tettigonia atrata, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 681 (1775) ; Spec. Ins. ii, p. 321 (1781);

Mant. Ins, ii, p. 267 (1787) ; Hnt. Syst. iv, p. 24 (1794) ; Syst. Rhyng. p. 42 (1803).

Tettigonia pustulata, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv, p. 20 (1794); Syst. Rhyng., p. 37

(1803).

Cicada nigra, Olivier, Enc. Méth. v, p. 750, t. iii, f. 5 (1790) : Stoll, Cig., p. 84;

t. 22, f., 118 (1788), La Cigale Chinoise noire.

Cicada atrata, Germar, Thon’s Archiv. ii (2), p. 65 (1830) ; Silb., Rev. Ent. ii, p.

68 (1834).

Cicada atra, Signoret, Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 406, t. 10, f. 1.

Fidicina atrata, Walker, pt., List Hom. B. M. p. 89 (1850).

Cryptotympana nigra, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 6 (1868) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh.,

p. 714 (1870).

Cryptotympana atrata, Stal, A. 8. H. F. (4 sér.) i, p. 613 (1861). |

Entirely dull black ; the margin of the abdomen, especially of the

last segment, testaceous : tegmina and wings whitish, black at the base,

veins testaceous ([abr.). This description is copied through all Fabri-

cius’ works and the reason for Stal giving in his later writings prece-

dence to Olivier’s name is not understood.

Black, varied with reddish yellow ; tegmina and wings hyaline va-

ried with brown : head with a reddish longitudinal patch in the middle

of the frons, ending below near the eyes and another transverse patch ;

pronotum with a patch on each side on the posterior margin, 2-4 on the

scutellum, one at each angle: tegmina and wings witha broad opaque,

basal, brownish patch occupying the basal cell of the tegmina, which are in

the opaque portion veined yellowish, and also in a part of the transparent

1886.) HE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 185

portion, but becoming obscure and black towards the apical anastomoses :

‘abdomen black, margined yellow: opercula moderate, tumid, rounded,

blackish-brown bordered with yellow: feet black, varied with yellow.

Long. 47: exp. teg. 134 millims.

Reported from China, Java, but likely to be found in India.

73. CRYPTOTYMPANA AcuTA, Signoret.

Cicada acuta, Sign., Rev. Mag. Zool. p. 409, t. 10, f. 3,3 A (1849).

Fidicina acuta, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 81 (1850).

Fidicina nivifera, Walker, 1. c. p. 80 (1850).

Cryptotympana acuta, Stal, A. S. E. BF, (4 sér.) i, p. 613 (1861) ; Ofvers. K. V.-

A. Forh. p. 483 (1862) ; p. 714 (1870).

Black : two reddish brown patches on the pronotum and a yellow

band on the posterior margin : mesonotum with six stripes, of which the

two median are small: scutellum reddish: metanotum reddish on each

side with two median patches: tegmina and wings brownish at the base,

the external cellules and the two first anastomoses only being slightly

smoky: abdomen with a large farinose patch on each side of the first

three segments, which is only feebly indicated on the fourth, beneath

black varied with red: opercula large, elongate, ending in a point and

sinuate on the margins, entirely yellow: feet black, varied with yellow.

Body long, 42: exp. teg. 130 millims.

Reported from Java, Philippines, likely to be found in India.

74, CRYPTOTYMPANA CORVUS, Walker.

eee. li, (2) p. 231, no. 82: liv (2), p. 117.

¢. Body black, short, broad, adorned here and there with patches

of bright tawny down: a tawny spot on the face: rostrum and antenne,

black, the former reaching the hind coxe: abdomen with a tawny spot

on each side of the tip beneath: legs black ; femora striped tawny, hind

tibie tawny, black at the base and at the tips: first femora with two

long, black teeth : wings nearly colourless, with a slight pale brown

tinge at the tips, very dark brown towards the base, costal margin dark

brown, striped with green, veins black, greenish towards the base.

Body, long, 36: exp. teg. 113 millims.

75. CRYPTOTYMPANA BUBO, Walker.

J. A. 8. B. lit, (2), p. 231, no. 81: liv (2), p. 117.

$. Body black, short, broad, shining, partly clothed with tawny

down which forms patches on the thorax: head with five tawny spots in

front, the largest on the vertex ; rostrum and antenng, black : eyes

186 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

prominulous : the pronotum with two dark tawny spots near the hind

border, posterior margin of posterior lobe dark tawny, and the mesonotum

on each side with two tawny spots: abdomen obconical, a little longer

than the thorax, witha dark tawny stripe along each side beneath:

drums black, rather large ; opercula large, black, nearly half the length

of the abdomen, irregularly triangular, tawny on the outer sides and at

the tips, which are narrow and pointed: legs black; femora tawny

beneath except at the base and tips ; a slender tawny band near the base

of each middle tibia; hind tibie tawny, black at the base and at the

tips; a broad tawny band on each hind foot: first femora strongly

bidentate : tegmina dark brown for half the length from the base,

slightly tinged with brown thence to the tips, adorned at the base of

each tegmen with a tawny spot, beyond which is a tawny stripe extend-

ing nearly half the length of the fore border ; veins tawny for half the

length from the base, black from thence to the tips. @ has the abdo-

men much longer than the thorax. Body long 836—40; exp. teg. 117—118

millims.

76. ORYPTOTYMPANA (?) mnvaRians, Walker.

Fidicina invarians, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 11 (1858).

?. Black : wings vitreous, black at the base ; veins reddish, part-

ly black along the costa : tegmina with the first and second transverse

veins black, very oblique, first very slightly clouded, the third and fourth

undulating (Walker). Body long 373; teg., 109 millims.

Reported from India.

77. ORYPTOTYMPANA FACIALIS, Walker.

Cicada facialis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 30 (1858).

g. Black, slightly clothed with pale golden pubescence on the

borders of the segments: head with a luteous spot on each side in front

between the eyes; face with a luteous stripe, its lateral margins

testaceous : abdomen with 2-3 slight tawny bands in the middle beneath :

legs partly tawny, tegmina and wings vitreous, black at the base; veins

tawny, black at the tips, first and second transverse veins slightly clouded

with black (Walker). Body long 37—38; exp. teg. 1OV—101 millims.

Reported from Siam.

78. CORYPTOTYMPANA FUMIPENNIS, Walker.

Fidicina fumipennis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 17 (1858).

3. Black: a streak on the head on each side before and behind,

and an undulating streak on each side of the pronotum, ferruginous :

1886. ] BH. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 187

head here and there tawny pubescent: pronotum with a median stripe

and hind border, tawny, the latter edged black: mesonotum with four

tawny stripes, inner pair short, outer pair partly ferruginous: abdomen

with a broad tawny stripe on each side at the tip: opercula acute, slightly

falcate, extending to half the length of the abdomen, broadly tawny

along the exterior side: legs partly tawny: tegmina and wings nearly

vitreous in the middle, green towards the base, brown about the tips

and along the external margin ; veins green, black towards the tips ; first

and second transverse veins on the tegmina clouded dark brown

(Walker). Body long, 22: exp. teg. 121—122 millims.

Reported from Siam.

Genus Trpicen, Latreille, Stal.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 281.

Body oblong : head varying in breadth, rarely broader than the

anterior margin of the thorax ; frons slightly or moderately convex,

occupying not more than half of the breadth of the face, furnished with

a longitudinal groove : clypeus subacuminated at the apex or slightly

truncated : rostrum short or moderate: ocelli remote from the base of

the head : sides of thorax rarely a little dilated, very often convex, am-

plified posteriorly : costal margin of the tegmina not or towards the

base only a little dilated, ulnar veins very often entirely distant, never

contiguous; eight apical areas, first apical area extended farther for-

wards than the second: tympana entirely visible: anterior margin of

the posterior part of the first dorsal segment of the abdomen not ampli-

fied in a lobe, straight : last ventral segment in ¢ deeply and broadly

emarginated : opercula small or moderate, not valvate, rarely contigu-

ous : first pair of femora spinose beneath (Stal). In Hem. Afric. iv, p.

26 (1866), Stal distributes the African species of this genus amongst the

subgenera, Abricta, Abroma, Quintilia, and Hpora, to which, in 1870, he

added Nelcynda. The Indian species 7. brunneus, Fabr., belongs to the

subgenus Abricta and T’. apicalis, Germar, to Abroma.

79. TIBICEN AURENGZEBE, Distant.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 231, no. 83.

3. Body above dull ochraceous. Head with the front margined

anteriorly by two narrow black striz ; ocelli narrowly margined with

black ; eyes pale ochraceous: pronotum with a central longitudinal sul-

cation, bordered with a small fuscous spot on each side at the anterior

margin, starting from a wide, transverse, and somewhat raised base, on

the middle of which is a fuscous spot ; oblique stri# narrowly fuscous ;

188 KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,-

lateral anterior and posterior margins much paler: mesonotum with

two short obconical median fuscous spots and a large sublateral and

somewhat broken fascia of the same colour on each side: abdomen with

the posterior segmental margins narrowly and obscurely paler. Body

beneath concolorous ; middle of the face, metasternum, disc and apex of

the abdomen, fuscous: legs concolorous, femora streaked with fuscous ;

bases and apices of tibis, and apical points of tarsi, also fuscous. Teg-

mina and wings pale hyaline and talc-like; tegmina with costal and

basal half of venation ochraceous, remainder fuscous; transverse veins

at the bases of the second and third apical areas infuscated. Width of

head, between the outer margins of the eyes, rather less than that of the

pronotum at the base; pronotum a little more than twice as broad as

long; face with the base much elevated, somewhat narrowing to the

apex, distinctly longitudinally sulcated, and strongly transversely striate :

rostrum about reaching the posterior coxe, with the apex pitchy ;

opercula slender, curved inwardly, but not meeting at the base or apex

(Distant). Long. 18: exp. tegm. 48 millims.

80. 'TIBICEN APICALIS, Germar.

J. A. 8. B. liii (2), p. 231 no. 84: liv (2), p. 117.

Q. Head somewhat broader than the base of the thorax, black,

frons tumid, basal spot ferruginous : thorax anteriorly much narrower

than the head, sides obtuse, slightly converging backwards, posteriorly

abruptly amplified, posterior limbus narrow ; upper apical segment in #

with two black stripes. Very near 7. brunneus, Fabr., but differs in

being smaller, head broader, frons much more tumid, sides of thorax

slightly converging backwards, and in the markings. In the form and

structure of the tegmina, abdomen, and spine of posterior trochanters, it

agrees with 7’. brunneus (Sidl).

81. Tipicen supvitta, Walker.

J. Av S. Bi (2), p. 230, nos. 71,73: liv (2), p. 117.

3. Body black, scarcely pubescent: a small tawny spot on the

vertex between the ocelli and the hind border: rostrum and antennee

black, the former reaching the intermediate coxe: pronotum with a

slender tawny stripe extending from the fore to the hind border: abdo-

men obconical, piceous, tawny at the tip, beneath ferruginous and tawny

towards the tip; [drums large, pale brown and opercula tawny ?]:

legs black ; femora striped red; claws and hind feet tawny; femora

with three tawny teeth, of which one is very long and two are of

moderate size; hind tibie tawny towards the tips: tegmina and wings

1886. ] HK. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 189

colourless, whitish and tinged with red at the base, veins pale tawny,

black towards the tips: basal cell and adjoining veins clouded brown:

tegmina with two oblique dark brown bands, the first interrupted, the

second occupying the transverse veins, but not reaching the hind border ;

a small dark brown spot on the tips of the fore border; a row of pale

brown spots occupies the tips of the veins of the apical areas; fore

membranes whitish : wings with a broad, interrupted oblique brown

band which communicates here and there with the base along the bor-

ders of the veins; flaps colourless, brown along the fore border and

towards the base, where they are whitish ; veins tawny ; black towards

the tips.

82. 'TIBICEN PUSILLUS, Fabricius.

Tettigonia pusilta, Fabr., Syst. Rhyne. p. 44 (1803).

Cicada pusilla, Walker, List Hom. B. M. i, p. 229 (1850).

Small: thorax flavescent ; the anterior lobe, a pale dorsal line, and

small impressed lines, black, the posterior lobe with four dull black spots

at the base, the lateral ones largest: abdomen flavescent, segments black

at the base : wings hyaline, costa flavescent : feet flavescent (Fabr.).

Reported from Amboina, India.

83. Tipicen (?) Nana, Walker.

Cicada nana, Walker, List Hom. B. M. i, p. 202 (1850).

3S. Body tawny: vertex ferruginous, piceous on each side; face

with two piceous stripes in front : rostrum dark tawny, tip black, reach-

ing the intermediate coxe : antenne tawny : pronotum ferruginous with

a very large triangular black mark on each side: opercula of moderate

size, rather less than one-third of the length of the abdomen: legs

tawny; claws black; femora with three tawny teeth: tegmina and

wings colourless ; veins tawny, black along the hind borders of the

tegmina. Long, 123; exp. teg. 29—30 millims.

Reported from China.

Genus Moaannia, Amyot & Serville.

J. A. S. B. liii, p. 232.

Body elongate: head small ; frons conically produced: eyes small

scarcely prominulous: tegmina large and broad, their basal half coria-

' ceous, more or less transparent, up toa transverse elevated line beyond

which, and the wings, hyaline ; costal margin of the tegmina somewhat

straight before the middle, the second apical area extended forwards to

190 KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

a less distance than the first: abdomen stout, inflated, broader than the

thorax, a little compressed on its upper surface on both sides, so as to

form a kind of ridge (A. & S., Stal).

84. MoGANNIA CONICA, Germar.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 282, nos. 85 (M. illustrata), 86 (M. recta) ; liv, (2), p.117:

includes also Cephalovys hemelytra, Signoret, A. S. H. F. (2 sér.) v, p. 295 ; Mogannia

ignifera, Walker, List Hom. B. M. i, p. 249 (1850), from Java, and Mogannia

avicula, Walker, 1. c. p. 249 (1850), from Java and the Philippines.

@. Ferruginous: abdomen with a red band on the posterior xar-

gin of each segment: tegmina and wings vitreous, red at the base,

veins tawny; the tegmina tawny for more than one-third of the length

from the base and having a brown upright band dividing the tawny

from the vitreous part; the wings brown along the basal part of the

hind border (M. recta, Walker).

85. MoGANNIA OBLIQUA, Walker.

J. A. S. B. tai, (2), p. 232, no. 87.

?. Green, mostly reddish beneath: head black along the hind

border: pronotum with some testaceous marks and a black stripe dilated

backwards: mesonotum with some testaceous marks and a black stripe

dilated before and behind : abdomen reddish with a spot on each side

near the base and a short band hindward of pale sericeous pile, two

green bands near the tip: legs piceous; posterior tibie and tarsi pale

green : tegmina and wings vitreous, red at the base, veins green black

towards the tips; the tegmina have a red costa, a brown band extend-

ing from the tip of the front areolet obliquely to the hind border, whence

it is continued obliquely towards the base of the wing (Walker).

86. MoGANNIA VENUSTISSIMA, Stal.

J. A. &. B. liii, (2), p. 232, no. 88.

3, ¢%. Cerulean or brassy black, sordid flavescent-sericeous: teg-

mina before the middle and the wings sordid hyaline ; the tegmina veined

sordid straw-colour, before the middle black, at the base pale sangui-

neous; the wings veined fuscous, sanguineous at the base.

Var. a. Basal spot on frons and oblong median spot on the thorax,

sanguineous.

Var. b. Entire frons, median streak on the thorax contracted in

the middle, also veins and band on the black part of the tegmina, weak

sanguineous-flavescent ; abdomen varying into ferruginous (Sid).

Sse

1886. | E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 191

87. MOoGANNIA FUNEBRIS, Stal.

J. A. 8. B. liii, (2), p. 232, no. 89.

¢. Aenescent-black, fuscous, pilosulous : tegmina and wings vitre-

ous, the former black before the middle, basal area and a band at the apex

of the black part, sordid lutescent (Stal).

88. Moacannia inpicans, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 232, no. 90.

$. Body bright or very dark red: rostrum black reaching the

intermediate coxe: antenne yellow, black at the base: a very large

dark ferruginous spot on each side of the fore-chest : mesonotum with a

broad, obconical, oblique, black stripe on each side, the margins of which

are also black: pectus black: abdomen blackish towards the base, tip

with a black horn: legs black, pilose : coxe and posterior femora mark-

ed with red: tegmina and wings colourless, tawny at the base; the

tegmina with a broad brown band which includes a very irregular yellow

band ; veins yellow, tawny at the base. ¢. Body nearly all black; a

colourless spot on the base of the brown band of the tegmina (Walker).

89. Mogannia (P) Locusta, Walker.

J. A. S. B. liii, (2), p. 233, no. 91.

@. Body ferruginous, pale tawny beneath : two small black spots

between the ocelli: rostrum pale tawny, tip piceous, reaching the inter-

mediate coxe: antenne tawny: anterior lobe of the pronotum with two

slender black stripes which slightly converge from the fore border and

then slightly diverging include a nearly circular space and are united on

the hind border, a small black spot on each side infront ; posterior lobe

tawny : mesonotum with three slender black stripes, the side pair slight-

ly converging towards the tip of the middle one, sides and hind border

tawny, pale yellow sericeous : abdomen pale tawny, witha very broad

dorsal ferruginous stripe extending from the base to the narrow part, a

row of small piceous spots along each side; last segment piceous above

-at the base, horn tawny, rather long; sheaths pale tawny, piceous and

pilose towards the tips, and extending some distance beyond the tip of

the abdomen ; oviduct ferruginous, black and serrated at the tip: legs

pale tawny ; first femora with three tawny teeth, of which one is very

small: tegmina colourless, basal cell, costal margin, and veins pale

tawny ; wings colourless, in both fore membranes pale buff, flaps pale

buff at the base and for a space along the hind border.

192 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

90. Mogannta (P) LACTEIPENNIS, Walker.

J.A.S. B. liii, (2), p. 233, no. 92.

@. Body luteous, palely pilose : head black, a small tawny spot at

the base of each antenna; a large tawny spot on each side of the face:

rostrum black, tawny at the base; antenne black: a black band along

the fore border of the posterior lobe of the pronotum : mesonotum with

four black obconical marks, median pair not more than half the length of

the lateral pair, between the former there is a black stripe increasing in

breadth from the fore border to the middle where it ceases : abdomen

black, posterior dorsal margins of segments tawny, a tawny spot on each

side near the tip which is tawny: drums tawny, small, open, furrows

hoary ; opercula very small: legs luteous, a piceous spot at the tip of each

tibia ; tips of claws, black; first femora with two stout teeth which are

partly black at the base: tegmina and wings white, opaque, luteous at

the base; veins black, tawny towards the base and near the stigma.

91. MoaganniA HEBES, Walker.

Cephaltowys hebes, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 38 (1858).

co. Testaceous: pronotum blackish with a stripe and the border,

testaceous; mesonotum with four blackish obconical stripes, the inner

pair very short : two black spots on each of the second and third seg-

ments of the abdomen: opercula oblique, elongate-conical: tegmina and

wings vitreous, veins pale green, black at the tips. Body long, 162:

exp. teg. 42 millims.

Reported from N. China.

92. Mogannia nasatis, White.

Mogannia nasalis, White, A. M. N. H. xiv, p. 426 (1844); Walker, List Hom.

B. M. i, p. 248 (1850).

Head, thorax, and body finely yellowish-brown sericeous, especially

above: near the base of the tegmina is a broad transverse band (widest

interiorly) of a glossy yellowish hue, darker on the borders, veins green-

ish, base and tip quite clear: wings with the veins obscure, inner edge

reddish : pronotum with two large rounded spots, one on each side; the

margin and a line through each spot, deeply impressed: hind tibiee hairy

behind with three longish spines on the apical half (White). Long, 22

millims,

Reported from Hong-kong.

1886. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 193

93. MoGANNIA CHINENSIS, Stal.

Mogannia chinensis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 155 (1865).

3. Black, remotely golden-yellow sericeous : a streak and the api-

cal part of the dorsum of the abdomen, densely sericeous: the tegmina

and wings vitreous ; veins fuscous ; a broad, oblique, sordid stramineous

band on the tegmina before the middle, anteriorly and posteriorly the band

often interrupted and with a fuscous end: tibia and the posterior tarsi

yellow-whitish ; intermediate tibiz at the base and apex and the last pair

at the base, black: venter ferruginous. Very like M. nasalis, White,

differs in the larger size, the colour of the posterior tibie, and in the lateral

processes of the upper anal segment in of being longer (Stal). Long,

18; exp. teg. 40 millims.

Reported from N. China.

94, QOOSMOSCARTA SIAMENSIS, Butler.

Cosmoscarta siamensis, Butler, Cist. Ent. i, p. 245, t. viii, f. 1 (1874); J. A. 8. B.

iv (2), p. 23 (1885).

_ Allied to C. tricolor, St. Farg., but in the form of the thorax more

like 0. divisa, Walker. Head and thorax, basi-costal third of corium, and

basal part of the clavus reddish-testaceous : wings pale fuscous, the

basi-costal veins and the base, reddish: abdomen above and beneath

blue-black : pectus and legs, piceous ; hind tibie with a strong spine.

A variety has the basal third of the tegmina reddish-testaceous ( Butler).

Long, 18; exp. teg. 42 millims.

Reported from Cambodia,

95. Cosmoscarta RUGULOSA, Walker.

Cercopis rugulosa, Walker, J. Linn. 8. Zool. i, p. 95 (1856), p. 105 (1857).

Cosmoscarta rugulosa, Butler, Cist. Ent. i, p. 249 (1874).

Black, shining; ferruginous beneath: abdominal margins and the

legs red: a blackish band on each femur: tegmina rugulose (Walker).

Long, 103; teg. 293 millims.

Reported from Singapore, Borneo.

96. CosmMoscARTA MALAYA, Stal.

Cercopis malaya, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 147 (1865).

3d. Black-violaceous, sparingly puberulous, tegmina and feet black-

ish : two smallish spots on the corium behind the middle, one placed at

the costa, the other obliquely behind it, also two very minute obsolete

spots of which one is at the apex of the clavus and the other behind the

194 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

middle of the costal margin, red. Thorax fairly densely and finely

punctured, truncated at the base before the scutellum, margins (anterior

excepted) reflexed, lateral angles obtusely rounded : scutellum im-

pressed before the middle: tegmina very densely punctulate, scarcely

narrowed towards the apex : mesostethium rather distinctly bitubercu-

late, posterior margin not elevated before the coxe (Stal). Long, 8;

exp. teg., 23 millims.

Reported from Malacca.

97. CosMoscARTA HEROS, Fabricius.

Cercopis heros, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 89 (1803): Stoll, Cig. p. 104, t. 27, f.

149. (1788): Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 492 (1862): Walker, List Hom. B. M.

iii, p. 654 (1851).

Cercopis abdominalis, Westwood in Donovan’s Ins. China, p. 39, t. 16, f.5 (1843) :

Walker, |. c. p. 654 (1851): J. Linn. S. Zool. x, p. 286 (1867).

Cosmoscarta heros, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 11 (1869) ; Butler, Cist. Ent.,i, p.2 54

(1874).

S, 2. Black, shining: head very obtuse and almost globose:

thorax gibbous, dull black, spotless: tegmina dull black, the base and

a median band, orange-fulvous: abdomen red (Fabr.). Long with

teg., 16; breadth of thorax, 63 millims.

Reported from Hong-Kong.

98. CoSMOSCARTA DISCREPANS, Walker.

Cercopis discrepans, Walker, J. Linn. S. Zool. i, p. 95 (1856).

Blackish-purple, black beneath: tegmina black with an elongated

red spot which is contracted in the middle and occasionally interrupted

(Walker). Long, 6—73; teg. 17—19 millims.

Reported from Singapore.

99. CosSMOSCARTA UNIFASCIA, Walker.

Cercopis wnifascia, Walker, J. Linn. 8. Zool. i, p. 95 (1856).

Red: thorax dilated on each side : disc of the pectus black: tegmi-’

na with a black band across the middle : wings hyaline (Walker). Long,

123; teg. 25 millims.

Re ported from Singapore.

100. CosmoscARTA FULVICEPS, Dallas.

Cercopis fulviceps, Dallas, Trans. Ent. Soc. (n. s.) i, p. 10 (1850).

Head and thorax bright orange, shining: tegmina reddish

black, somewhat obscure, outer margins pitchy red: wings brownish ;

1886.] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. . 195

abdomen beneath black, shining; pectus, legs, and rostrum pitchy.

Long, 22 millims.

Reported from Sikkim.

101. Cosmoscarra prmiprata, Dallas.

Cercopis dimidiata, Dallas, Trans. Ent. Soc. (n.s.) i, p. 11 (1850).

2. Head black ; eyes pale brown, ocelli yellowish-white : thorax

very thickly and finely punctured, with its posterior half and a trans-

verse quadrangular patch on the anterior margin black; the remainder

bright red ; scutellum black: tegmina bright red, with three broad irre-

gular black transverse bands, the first of which rises at the apex of the

scutellum, the second a little behind the middle, and the third forms a

broad black margin around the apex: body beneath black, shining ; legs

and rostrum pitchy (Dallas). Long 15 millims.

Reported from Sikkim.

To the above may be added :—

C. pulchella, Butler, Cist. Ent. i, p. 254 (1874). Laos.

C. exultans, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 171 (1858). N. China.

C. bimacula, Walker, 1. c. iii, p. 656 (1851). China.

C. rotundata, Walker, 1. c., Suppt. p. 174 (1858). Laos.

C. pellucida, Butler, Cist? Ent. i, p. 262 (1874). Laos.

C. Distanti, Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 672 (1874). Penang.

102. PHYMATOSTETHA PUDICA, Walker.

J. A. 8, B. liv (2), p. 15, (1885).

Tawny, black beneath: pronotum with a black mark in front, divid-

ed by a testaceous stripe and having on each side of it a testaceous spot ;

scutellum black with a testaceous strip e abdomen cupreous-black, tes-

taceous at the base and with a row of testaceous spots on each side be-

neath : legs testaceous, tips of femora, black ; tibie black with a testa-

_ ceous band near the tip: tegmina brown with a testaceous undulating

basal subcostal streak and with two testaceous bands which have black

borders in front; the first band at one-third of the length, composed of

three spots, the second band at two-thirds of the length, entire, attenua-

ted before the middle ; tips testaceous : wings pale brown, rosy at the

base (Walker). Body long, 15—16; teg. 35—-36 millims.

Reported from Silhat.

To this add the following :—

P. semele, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 151 (1865). Malacca, Laos.

P. triseriata, Butler, Cist. Ent. i, p. 267 (1874). Laos.

PB. dislocata, Walker, J. Linn. 8. Zool. i, p. 95 (1856). Malacca.

196 K. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

P. borneensis, Butler, l. c. p. 268 (1874). Malacca, Ligor, Borneo.

P. nympha, Stal, 1. c. p. 150 (1865). Malacca.

Colsa costestriga, Walker, 1. c. p. 96, t. iv, f. i (1856), Malacca.

103. PryzLus (P) intecRatus, Walker.

Ptyelus integratus, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 94 (1858).

Dark testaceous : head with a broad stripe beneath, abdomen in the

middle, coxe, streaks on femora and hind tibiz, blackish : tegmina testa-

ceous slightly darker towards the base; wings vitreous (Walker). Body

long, 77; teg. 16—17 millims,

Reported from India.

To this add the following :—

? P. bipars, Walker, J. Linn. S. Zool. i, p. 96 (1856). Singapore.

? P, immutatus, Walker, 1. c., p. 96 (1856). Singapore,

Add the following to the genus CLovia,

C. multilineata, Ptyelus id., Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 154 (1865). N.

Ohina.

OC. malaya, Ptyelus id., Stal, 1. c. p. 153 (1865). Ligor, Malacca, China.

C. punctum, Walker, J. A. S. B. liv (2), p. 115 includes apparently Ptyelus

orientalis, Stal, Freg. Hug. Resa, Hem., p. 287 (1859).

Add to the genus MAacHmRoTA.

M. punctato-nervosa, Signoret, A. S. HE. F, (5 sér.) ix, p. xlix (1879). China.

104. Memsracis Fuscata, Fabricius.

J. A..S: B: liv, (2), p. 79, no. 6;

Thorax foliaceous, rounded, fuscous; with a slender streak before

the anterior margin and a broader band before the apex, white: apex

acute, black: tegmina fuscous (Fabr.).

105. LeEproBELUS SCUTELLARIS, Fabricius.

a Aa ae MY, A2),.p> Go, no. LZ,

Head black : thorax with two, flat, robust, acute horns, produced

posteriorly, subulate, entirely black with a broad snow-white, posterior

band : wings deflexed, fuscous: costa a little white at the base: body

fuscous (Fabr.).

106. CENTROTYPUS ONERATUS, Walker.

Centrotus oneratus, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 78 (1858).

Tawny: pronotum pubescent, moderately high, minutely punctured ;

lateral horns lanceolate, very broad, rather flat, directly diverging,

1886. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 197

obliquely ascending, with a slight ridge, near the hind side of each ;

posterior horn ridged, straight, very slender, acute at the tip, extending

a little beyond the abdomen: abdomen greyish ferruginous with black

points, except along the hind borders of the segments : legs tawny :

tegmina tinged slightly testaceous, veins testaceous ; wings vitreous,

veins black (Walker). Body long 4; ; teg. 103 millims.

Reported from India.

To this add :—

Centrotypus longicornis, Vuillefroy, A. 8. H. F. (4 sér.) iv, p. 142, t. 1, f. 8

(1864). Malacca.

107. Crnrrotus (?) FLEXICcORNE, Walker.

Centrotus flecicorne, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 78 (1858).

Black: pronotum pubescent, moderately high, very slightly ridged :

lateral horns long, acute, diverging, obliquely ascending, slightly inclin-

ed backward, much curved, with a ridge near the hind border; posterior

horn slender, ridged: femora black: tegmina tinged slightly lurid, taw-

ny at the base, costa black towards the tip, veins testaceous ; wings

vitreous (Walker). Body long, 67; teg. 12} millims. :

Reported from N. India.

108. Crnrrotus (?) opLiquus, Walker.

Centrotus obliquus, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 79 (1858).

Ferruginous very pubescent : pronotum rather high, somewhat sca-

brous, slightly ridged : lateral horns horizontal, moderately long, diverg-

ing, very slightly curved backward ; posterior horn ridged, very slender,

black except towards the base which is much above the abdomen, conti-

guous to the abdomen and hardly extending beyond it at the tip: legs

tawny, femora black: tegmina tawny (Walker). Body long, 2}; teg.

10% millims.

Reported from India.

109.° Crenrrotus (?) conaustus, Walker.

Centrotus congestus, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 79 (1858).

Black, stout, short: pronotum pubescent, rather high, flat above:

lateral horns stout, elongate-conical, directly diverging, obliquely ascend-

ing ; posterior horn ridged, lanceolate, reaching almost to two-thirds the

length of the abdomen: legs tawny ; femora black: tegmina tinged slight-

ly grey, a brown mark at the tip of the costa, veins tawny (Walker).

Body long, 33: teg., 74 millims.

198 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 2,

Reported from India. This is entirely different from the species

described by Walker under the same namein J. L. 8. Zool. x, p. 187

(1867) from Sula.

110. Crnrrotus (?) gripposuLus, Walker.

Centrotus gibbosulus, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 80 (1858).

Ferruginous, stout, short: head and pronotum pubescent, the latter

oblique above the head : lateral horns conical, diverging, extremely

short, hardly ascending and curved backwards; posterior horn ridged,

lanceolate, black towards the tip, reaching to three-fourths of the length

of the abdomen which is black: legs tawny, femora black, tegmina

hardly tinged, brown at the base, veins tawny (Walker). Body, long

3¢; teg., 65 millims.

Reported from India. This species is entirely distinct from the

species described under the same name by Walker in J. L. S. Zool. x,

p. 187 (1867) and which should be renamed C. walkeri.

To these add :—

? Centrotus laminifer, Walker, J. Linn. S. Zool. i, p. 93 (1856). Singapore.

? C. caliginosus, Walker, 1. c. p. 93. Malacca.

? C. semivitreus, Walker, 1. c. p. 94. Singapore.

? C. semifascia, Walker, l. c. p. 94. Malacca.

? Micreune formidanda, Walker, 1. c. p. 94. Singapore.

Sipylus crassulus, Centrotus id., Stal. Frege. Hug. Resa, p. 285 (1859). Malacca.

Tricentrus fairmairei, Centrotus id., Stal, l. c., p. 284 (1859). Malacca.

Gargara malaya, Centrotus id., Stal, 1. c., p. 285 (1859). Malacca.

To Genus Lepr, and following add :—

Ledra auditura, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 249 (1858). Hong-kong.

L. quadricarina, Walker, 1. c., p. 249 (1858). Hong-kong.

Tituria nigromarginata, Petalocephala id., Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Férh., p. 158

(1865). Malacca.

? Ledra cultellifera, Walker, J. Linn. 8. Zool. i, p. 98 (1856). Singapore.

? Ledra conifera, Walker, 1. c., p. 98 (1856). Singapore.

? Ledra nigrilinea, Walker, 1. c., p. 98 (1856). Singapore.

? Acocephalus olivaceus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 846 (1851). Malacca,

Philippines. 5

? Celidia guttivena and punctivena, Walker, J. Linn. 8. Zool. i, p. 99 (1856).

Malacca.

111. Terricgonra aupipicans, Walker.

Tettigonia albidicans, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 96. (1858).

Whitish testaceous : a dot on the vertex, stripe on frons, triangular

spot on face, two spots on posterior margin of the pronotum and one on

the anterior margin, a spot on the scutellum, disc of the pectus, abdomen,

1886. ] HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 199

tip of femora, tibie and tarsi and dots on the veins of the tegmina near

the tips, black : posterior margins of the abdominal segments and the

tip, testaceous : wings blackish lurid towards the tips and along the

interior border (Walker). Body long, 103: teg. 21 millims.

Reported from Silhat.

112. ByrHoscopus (?) punctTiFER, Walker.

Bythoscopus punctifer, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 104 (1858).

Dull testaceous, stout, very minutely speckled black: a dot on each

side beneath at the base of the antennw, the abdomen above and tips

of hind femora, black: tegmina testaceous, veins pale, punctured black ;

wings vitreous dark brownish grey (Walker). Body long, 43; teg., 103

millims.

Reported from India.

To these add :—

Tettigonia tripars, Walker, J. Linn. 8. Zool. i, p. 97 (1856). Malacca.

I. suavissima, Walker, 1. c., p. 97 (1856). Singapore, Borneo.

T’. jocosa, Walker, 1. c. p. 97 (1856). Mount Ophir.

T, suturella, Stal, 1. c., p. 288 (1859). Malacca.

Jassus (Thamnotettic) sinw, Stal, 1. c., p. 293 (1859). Hong-kong.

J. (Thamn.) alacer, Stal, 1. c., p. 293 (1859). Hong-kong.

113. Funcora niagrirostris, Walker.

Hotinus nigrirostris, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 28 (1858).

Fulgora nigrirostris, Butler, P. Z. S. p. 98 (1874).

Orange: head black, ascending, as long as the body, green beneath,

with orange streaks on each side by the eyes: thorax with a broad

stripe, pronotum with a band on each side, mesonotum with a streak and

three dots on each side and the anterior tibia, black : tegmina black, very

closely reticulated orange and with six orange bands, the first and third

bands regular, second slightly dislocated hindward where it sometimes

joins the third, fourth formed of three small widely separate dots, fifth

of 4-5 large spots usually confluent, sixth very irregular of 3-5 spots and

dots of various size : wings with the apical third black (Walker). Body

long, 36—44; teg. 63—75 millims.

Reported from India?, Pachebon (Siam). Distinguished from

F. wiridirosiris by its brighter orange colour, by its longer head, and by

its tegmina, which are more regular and not bordered white.

114. Funegora pucatis, Stal.

Hotinus ducalis, Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3 ser.) i, p. 576 (1868).

So, 2. Testaceous : feet more obscure ; tibie, tarsi, antenne, and

venter blackish ; tegmina sordid virescent-whitish, black-fuscous to-

200 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

wards the apex, veins virescent; three transverse rows of spots

before the middle; a broad band behind the middle ; some small spots,

girdled white, placed behind the band, the veins green; apical part

sparingly sprinkled with small whitish dots : wings whitish-green, apical

part, black: cephalic process very long, gradually compressly narrowed

to the apex, moderately curved. In stature similar to I’. candelaria,

Linn., cephalic process longer and, seen from the side, broader, frontal

ridges more distinct (Sidl). Long, 42—46; exp. teg. 80—94 millims.

Reported from Cambodia.

115. Funcora caiestina, Stal.

Hotinus celestinus, Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3 ser.) i, p. 576 (1863).

¢. Weak green-olivaceous, venter and feet black-fuscous: head

obscurely fuscous-testaceous: tegmina pale sordid alliaceous with three

virescent-veined, blackish bands, the first broad near the base, hardly

visible except on the clavus, the second narrow, placed a little before the

middle and very narrow in the middle, the third broad and with

three pale virescent olivaceous spots, the apical part behind this

band greyish-whitish sprinkled with pale-cinctured olivaceous spots; the

disc of the apical areas fuscous : wings of a beautiful azure, apical part

black. Allied to F. ducalis, Stal, but the cephalic process is longer, fus-

cous-testaceous, much curved. Head gradually compressly narrowed from

the base towards the apex, a little longer than the body, not impressed

above, before the middle (Stal). Long, 41: exp. teg. 90 millims.

Reported from Cambodia. This species is very close to F. connece

tens, mihi, described from Tenasserim at p. 130 (1885).

116. Pyrops nopitis, Westwood.

Fulgora nobilis, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 146, t. 12, f. 10 (1841).

Pyrops nobilis, Walker (excl. syn.), List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 268 (1851) ; J. Linn. S.

Zool. p. 96 (1856).

Head with a process which is straight, gradually attenuated, oblique-

ly truncated at the apex, furnished with acute black tubercles arranged

longitudinally in six rows, of which two are above, two beneath, and two

lateral: eyes pale fuscous, a pale acute tubercle behind the eyes: anten-

nz pale: rostrum scarcely reaching the lateral pair of feet; head pro-

and meso-notum and tegmina lIuteous greyish, slightly tinged virescent,

sprinkled with minute black spots : metanotum and abdomen fulvous-

fuscous, the latter with transverse black spots: tegmina with numerous

larger fulvous dots: wings white, somewhat opaque ; veins pale, tinctur-

ed virescent : feet concolorous, with black bands; last pair of tibie in-

wards immaculate, externally punctured black; tarsi luteous; claws

1886. ] H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 201

black (Westw.). Body with cephalic process, long, 63; cephalic process,

long, 25; exp. teg. 1154 millims.

Reported from Malacca, Sumatra. P. javanensis, Distant, is closely

allied to P. nobilis, West., from which it differs thus :—the prolongation

of the head is not prominently and dentately spined as in P. nobilis, but

only obtusely spined, thus giving the head a much more slender appear-

ance, the spines in both species being arranged in six longitudinal rows,

two above, two beneath, and one on each side: the black spotting is

also much more minute and the colour of the dorsal surface of the abdo-

men is different. P. mustelinus, Distant, also from Java, is allied to P.

punctatus, Olivier, from which it differs by the much more prolonged head,

the apex of which is not distinctly curved upwards, and which is also

more spotted with black than in Olivier’s species : the abdomen above

is ochraceous and not black, &.

Genus Cynruina, Stal.

Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 230 (1863).

Head narrower than the thorax; protuberance slender, porrect :

frons much narrowed towards the base with two obsolete parallel ridges ;

vertex sinuated at the base, a little broader than the eyes, ridged longitu-

dinally in the middle: second joint of the antennez subglobose : rostrum

extending almost to the apex of the abdomen: thorax in the middle

produced anteriorly in an angle, longitudinally ridged in the middle,

very broadly sinuated at the base : scutellum tricarinate: tegmina some-

what narrow, scarcely amplified towards the apex, rounded at the apex

with longitudinal veins rarely furcated, almost entirely transversely

venulose: wings less ample, tegmina much shorter, posterior margin

not sinuated, transverse veinlets remote: feet slender, last tibiz 5-spi-

nose. Allied to Ulasia (Stal).

117. CynTHinA FEROCULA, Stal.

Cynthila ferocula, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 230 (1863).

&. livid: here and there pale ferruginous : almost entire clypeus,

the cephalic process, and the basal limbus of the abdominal segmenis,

infuscate: very broad streak on the frons, dilated towards the apex,

four small spots on the vertex, two longitudinal lines diverging back-

wards, posteriorly abbreviated, also several small spots sprinkled over

the thorax above and two spots on the same between the lateral ridges

and a broad patch on the deflexed sides, minute spots scattered over the

scutellum, and bands and spots on the feet, black fuscous: last tibie un-

coloured : tegmina weakly ferruginous from the base to beyond the mid-

202 KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

dle, opaque, sparingly sprinkled fuscous, apical part somewhat vinaceous,

veined ferruginous sprinkled with larger spots arranged in a longitudinal

row and some minute spots, black fuscous: wings vitreous, veined fus-

cous, infuscate at the base at the longitudinal veins. Close to 0. apicalis,

Westw., smaller, scarcely differing except in the shorter and more slen-

der cephalic process, which is slender, not or scarcely thickened towards

the apex, produced obliquely forwards and upwards, as long as the scu-

tellum (Stal.) Long incl. ceph. process, 20; exp. teg. 48 millims.

Reported from Ligor, Malacca.

Genus Scamanpra, Stal.

Stettin Ent. Zeit., xxiv, p. 232 (1863).

Head not protuberant ; frons a little broader beneath than above the

middle, with the lateral margins of both halves somewhat parallel, and

sinuated in the middle of the lower half, abruptly narrowed at the base

and very slightly reflexed, not higher than the vertex, emitting from the

base a small (mobile ?), cylindrical, furrowed corpuscule, reflexed above

the anterior part of the vertex, furnished with two, sometimes obsolete,

parallel ridges: thorax not ridged in the middle: first pair of femora

not or scarcely amplified above at the apex; last pair of tibie, with three

spines, furnished above at the base with a tubercle, often much elevated

and acute (Stal).

118. ScamanpRA HECUBA, Stal.

Scamandra hecuba, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit., xxiv, p. 234 (1863).

?. Ochraceous, beneath more obscure : tegmina less obscurely sor-

did subsanguineous, sprinkled with small fuscous spots which are some-

times encircled pale, almost half the apical part fuscescent-ochraceous

anteriorly rounded, veined pale and subsanguineous: wings purely and

obscurely sanguineous, the base itself black-fuscous, posterior limbus

narrowly whitish, apical part fuscescent-ochraceous, anal area at the

base with a fairly large flavescent spot: feet blackish : dorsum of the

abdomen weakly sordid testaceous-flavescent, anus sanguineous. Close to

S. rosea, Guérin, lateral margins of thorax more divergent, tegmina less

broad near the apex, apex semicircularly not obtusely rounded; the

apical ochraceous part of the tegmina is larger, anteriorly less distinctly

not ending in a pale arch, remaining part without fuscous bands : wings

scarcely whitish veined on the disc (Sidl). Body long, 23; exp. teg.

74 millims.

Reported from Ligor, Malacca.

1886. ] KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 203

119. ScAMANDRA SEMELE, Stal.

Scamandra semele, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 235 (1868).

3S. Fawn-colour: basal two-thirds of the tegmina minutely, palely

and sordidly sprinkled sanguineous, areolas of the apical part fuscescent

in the middle : wings weak sordid sanguineous, base itself black-fuscous,

spotted fuscous in the anterior area, posterior limbus whitish, spotted

ochraceous, apical part fuscescent, veined ochraceous : abdomen sangui-

neous, genitalia black: feet, especially the tibie and tarsi, infuscate.

Form of tegmina very distinct, they are amplified at the apex and rather

obtusely rounded, costal margin straight, scarcely sinuated near the

apex, commissural margin distinctly sinuated near the apex (Stal).

Body long, 13; exp. teg. 37 millims.

Reported from Ligor, Malacca.

120. ScCAMANDRA ROSEA, Guérin.

Aphena rosea, Guerin, Voy. Bél. Ind. Orient. p. 454, t. 3, f. 3 (1834) ; Walker,

List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 274 (1851): J. L. S. Zool. i. p. 84 (1858).

Aphena saturata, Walker, J. Linn. §. Zool. i, p. 143 (1857).

Scamandra rosea, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 233 (1863),

Head without a prolongation, with the thorax yellow turning into

ferruginous : pronotum strongly lobed in the middle of its anterior bor-

der, emarginate on its posterior border : tegmina yellow-ferruginous for

two-thirds of their length, apical part saffron-yellow, a little browner on

the margins: the reddish part is traversed by two oblique brown bands,

of which the external is arched outwards with numerous small spots

of the same colour between them: wings rosy turning into vermillion

with yellow patches at the base and the tip ; the posterior margin with

a white smear in the entire rosy space, where also are irregular strize

more or less white: abdomen above and beneath vermillion-red with

more yellowish transverse bands ; feet brown (Gwérin). Body long,

21; exp. teg. 65 millims.

Reported from Java, Sumatra, Malacca, Singapore.

12]. APHANA FARINOSA, Fabricius.

J.A.S. B. liv, (2), p. 142, no. 26.

Head flat, dilated, obscurely ferruginous, with two farinose white

spots: thorax ridged, obscurely ferruginous : tegmina white-farinose, at

the base fuscous often varied ferruginous, at the apex fuscous hyaline :

wings rufous at the base, punctured hyaline, black at the apex : body

fuscous ; abdomen flavescent (Fabr.).

204 EH. T. Atkinson —Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

122. APHANA ATOMARIA, Fabricius.

J. A. 8. B. liv, (2), p. 143, no. 27,

A little smaller than A. farinosa, Fabr., body dull black ; head and

thorax flavescent, spotless, the latter carinate: tegmina white-farinose

at the base, more obscure at the apex ; with two marginal spots, one at

the narrow margin, the larger posterior : wings sanguineous with several

white-hyaline and dull black spots, black at the apex (Fabr.).

123. HUpPHRIA DISCOLOR, Guérin.

Aphena discolor, Guérin, Voy. Bél. Ind. Orient., p. 452, t. 3, f. 2 (1834) : Spino-

la, A. 8S. HE. F. viii, p. 242 (1839): Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 273 (1851); J.

Linn. Soc. Zool. X, p. 96 (1867).

Aphena blattoides, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 46 (1858).

Euphria discolor, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. p. 232 (1863).

Head red, oblong, flattened, seen from above little prominent; frons

rounded and produced in a small horn curved backwards and scarcely

reaching the middle of the pronotum, compressed on the sides and

grooved ; front of the head oblong, labrum elongate, broad in front, ending

in a point and covering the base of the rostrum ; the rostrum is longer

than the head, four-jointed, tip extending to and passing a little beyond

the last pair of coxee : pronotum black, sinuate in front, finely bordered

red, very slightly emarginate behind, about four times broader than long :

mesonotum triangular, not so long as broad, almost twice as broad in

the middle as the pronotum, ending posteriorly in an acute point ; it is

black with a broad, transverse, rounded, red patch in the middle: the

metanotum is not so broad and has several impressions and a smooth

elevation in the middle; it is blackish varied with red and has several

white farinose patches : there is a small brown triangular piece at the

base of the pronotum which covers the articulation of the tegmina ; the

tegmina are oblong a little amplified at the apex; two and half time

longer than broad ; veins numerous, of a bright reddish brown especial-

ly at the base; marked with irregular black patches more numerous

beyond the middle ; tip of saffron-yellow passing gradually into red ;

between the black patches and the red are large white farinose patches

larger at the base and towards the side, which is also marked by large

black patches or spots which become smaller towards the tip and form

small patches which border the tegmina : wings black with the exterior

border brown and the internal margin near the abdomen pale and a Iit-

tle transparent ; they are marked with white rounded patches, farinose

and thicker at the base : the abdomen above and beneath brown, orange-

yellow towards the borders of the segments, covered above almost entire-

1886. ] H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 205

ly with a white powder similar to that on the wings: thorax beneath,

femora and all the feet, red; anterior tibie and tarsi, black ; interme-

diate pairs black outwards, reddish within, last pairs red with the tip

and tarsi, black (Guérin). Long, body, 23: exp. teg. 75 millims.

Reported from Sumatra, Java, Cochin-China.

124. EupHria cornuta, Fabricius.

Lystra cornuta, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 57 (1803) ; Germar in Thon’s Arch. ii, (2)

p. 52 (1830); Guérin, Voy. Bél. Ind. Orient. p. 452 (1834).

E. (Callidepsa) cornuta, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 87 (1868).

&. Sordid sanguineous-flavescent : tegmina broadly sanguineous,

sprinkled with numerous, here and there confluent, black spots, the very

large disc behind the middle, black: wings and tibie sordid sangui-

neous ; the tips of the tibie, tarsi, lateral margins of the thorax, and

two lateral spots on the pectus, black: basal horn on the frons, erect,

gradually acuminated, slender, somewhat larger than the vertex and

thorax together (Stal). Body long, 22; exp. teg. 70 millims.

Reported from China.

125. PoLyDICTYA APHHNOIDES, Walker.

Chalia aphenoides, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 31 (1858).

&. Ferruginous : abdomen black with red bands: tegmina with

the apical third part paler: wings with whitish reticulations along the

interior border and about the interior angle (Walker). Body long 123:

teg. 37—38 millims.

Reported from Penang.

The present paper concludes this contribution to a ‘ Homoptera

Indica ; for the families Psyllide, Ooccide, Aphidide, Aleurodide, &e.

have practically been unworked in India, and whoever takes them up will

probably have to ignore much that has been written about them. My

object has been to provide those who may become interested in this order

of insects with some guide to the classification and arrangement, and was

at first devoted to the correction of our only English list, but this be-

came so unsatisfactory that it was found better to revise the whole on

the basis of Stal’s numerous and elaborate essays. I have preferred

where possible to give only the original descriptions, but where Stal, Sig-

noret, Butler, or Distant have redescribed a species, their descriptions

are recorded. It would have been desirable to give a new description of

many species, but knowing the fruitful source of confusion which identi-

206 HK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 2,

fication without comparison with types has proved in the history of this

order, I have translated or transcribed, with some omissions and addi-

tions, the original descriptions, however unsatisfactory these were.

This list of recorded species is, it 1s betieved, tolerably complete, but we

have not in our Indian Museum examples of evena moiety of those

given, and I would now endeavour to enlist the efforts of observers in

India to complete the series. The number of species here described

under each family is as follows :—

Cicadidee, 115

Cercopidce 67

Membracide, 33

Jassidee, 38

Fulgoride, 204—457

These with the species indicated as likely to exist but not described

bring up the number to close on 500. These figures could probably be

doubled in a few years, for the number of Jasside alone awaiting

examination should add several hundred species to our Indian fauna.

OOOO AOE

1886. ] E. T. Atkinson—-Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 207

INDEX.

This index is to the six papers on Indian Homoptera of which

one appeared in 1884 (Vol. li), three in 1885, and the remainder in

1886. The names of genera are given in capitals, and those generic

and specific names which have been sunk or have otherwise fallen out

of use are in ztalics.

AcantHopHyss, liv, 84.

capra, liv, 84.

AcuHILINA, lv, 36.

ACOCEPHALINA, liv, 102.

ACOCEPHALUS, liv, 102.

olivaceus, lv, 198.

stramineus, liv, 102.

AtcatHoos, liv, 139.

fecialis, liv, 139.

Awaanta, lv, 24.

splendens, 25.

Awnoyra, liv, 156.

appendiculata, 156,

histrionica, 157.

APHROPHORA, liv, 19.

sigillifera, 20.

APHROPHORINA, liv, 18.

ApHANA, liv, 142.

albiflos, 148.

amabilis, 152.

atomaria, 143.

aurantia, 151.

aurora, 152.

caja, 146.

confucius, 144.

delicatula, 150.

dimidiata, 146.

dives, 147.

farinosa, 142.

imperialis, 148.

nicobarica, 147.

nigro-irrorata, 144.

nigro-maculata, 153,

pulchella, 144.

resima, 151.

scutellaris, 142.

variegata, 145,

ApHana, liv, 142.

albiflos, 148.

atomaria, 143.

blattoides, lv, 204.

dasirufa, liv, 145.

caja, 145.

confucius, 144,

delectabilis, 149.

delicatula, 150.

discolor, lv, 204.

dives, liv, 147, 152.

farinosa, 142.

emperialis, 148.

20, 144.

Llectissima, 151.

nigro-irrorata, 144,

nigro-maculata, 153.

nigro-punctata, 143.

operosa, 150.

paulinia, 145.

placabilis, 148.

pulchra, ly, 22.

pulchella, liv, 144,

sanguinipes, lv, 121.

saturata, 203.

saundersit, liv, 143.

scutellaris, 143.

submaculata, 151.

uniformis, 155.

208 EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota.

variegata, 145.

veris-amor, lv, 22.

Arracts, ly, 81.

pruinosa, lv, 81.

Benna, lv, 34.

capitulata, lv, 135.

Bidis, lv, 35.

notivena, 36.

Bator, lv, 178.

Brix1A, lv, 33.

meander, lv, 34.

BytnHoscopvs, liv,- 102.

indicatus, liv, 102.

punctifer, lv, 199.

stramineus, liv, 102.

CALLIPSALTRIA, lv, 178.

CaLuitettix, liv, 17.

melanochra, liv, 17.

producta, 18.

versicolor, 18.

Caryria, lv, 178.

Carineta, lv, 176.

expansa, lv, 176.

Carystvs, liy, 21.

viridicans, 21.

CrntTromeria, ly, 25.

speilinea, lv, 25.

Crntrotina, liv, 76.

Centrortvs, liv,

anchorago, liv, 87.

antilope, 86.

assamensis, 88.

caliginosus, lv, 198.

capra, liv, 84.

congestus, ly, 197.

costalis, liv, 88.

crassulus, ly, 198,

dama, liv, 81.

fuirmairet, lv, 198.

flexicorne, 197.

flewuosus, liv, 87.

gazella, 81.

gibbosulus, lv, 198.

hardwickii, liv, 80.

laminifer, lv, 198.

malaya, 198.

malleator, liv, 88.

malleolus, 88.

malleus, 88.

minutus, 89.

obesus, 88.

obliquus, lv, 197.

oneratus, 196.

paria, liv, 83.

pilosus, 83.

reponens, 86.

rupicapra, 85.

scutellaris, 838.

semifascia, lv, 198.

semivitreus, 198

substitutus, liv, 87.

tarandus, 77.

taurus, 85.

terminalis, 85.

varius, 82.

vicarius, 8d.

Centrotyevs, liv, 87.

assamensis, liv, 88.

flexuosus, 87.

longicornis,

obesus, 88.

oneratus, lv, 196.

Cephaloxys, liii, 233.

hebes, lv, 192.

hemelytra, 190.

locusta, liii, 233: Iv, 191.

quadrimacula, 233: liv, 127.

terpsichore, 233; liv, 117.

CERCOPIDA, liv, 5.

Crrcorina, liv, 6.

[No. 2,

1886.] E, T. Atkinson——Notes on Indian Bhynchote. 209

Cercorts, liv, 5.

abdominalis, lv, 194:

amplicollis, liv, 9.

basiclava, 17.

bispecularis, 10.

circumducta, 13..

connexa, 11.

costalis, 13.

decisa, 9.

dimidiata, lv, 195.

discrepans, 194.

_ dorsalis, liv, 11.

dorsimacula, 11, 14.

dorsivitta, 15.

dubitabilis, 16.

ducens, 8.

egens, 8.

fenestrata, lv, 51.

ferruginea, liv, 12.

fulviceps, lv, 194.

fuscipennis, liv, 7.

heros, lv, 194.

hilaris, liv, 14.

humeralis, 15.

latissima, 8.

lydia, 9.

malaya, lv, 193.

mebulosa, liv, 21.

nigripennis, 7.

pallida, 12.

pictilis, 12.

plana, 7.

pudens, 16.

pudica, 15: lv, 195.

guadrimaculata, liv, 11.

ramosa, 11,

rugulosa, lv, 193.

signifera, liv, 15.

stellata, 14.

theora, 13.

tomentosa, 11, 1d.

tricolor, 6.

trigona, 9.

undata, 10.

unifascia, lv, 194.

viridans, liv, 8.

Crrynia, lv, 64.

maria, lv, 64.

rosea, 64.

tenella, 64.

Chalepus, lv, 48.

aconophoroides, 48.

Chalia, lv, 205.

aphoenotdes, lv, 205.

Chanithus, lv, 26.

CicapA, liii, 229; liv, 97; lv, 158,

178.

acuta, lv, 185.

affinis, liii, 211.

an@éa, 229; liv, 116.

apicalis, lini, 231.

atomaria, liv, 143.

atra, lv, 184.

atrata, 184.

aurata, liii, 230; lv, 173.

brunnea, liv, 157.

candelaria, 128.

etliaris, lv, 144.

crocea, lili, 220.

crux, liv, 90.

delineata, lv, 179.

facialis, 186.

ferruginea, liii, 230.

ferruginea, liv, 98 ;

ferrifera, lv, 163.

flavida, liti, 227.

fuscata, lv, 53.

guttularis, liti, 227.

hemiptera, 215.

hyalina, lv, 51.

ammaculata, lil, 231.

imperatoria, 229: lv, 175.

indica, 217.

intermedia, 231,

210

maculata, 222.

maculicollis, 230; liv, 157.

mannifera, lili, 223.

marmorata, lv, 145.

mearesiana, lili, 217.

nana, lv, 189.

nigra, 184.

nobilis, liti, 215.

obtecta, 126.

ocellata, lv, 68.

octonotata, liu, 221.

operculata, 231.

percheronit, 222.

phenicura, 219.

philemata, 218.

plumosa, lv, 145.

pulchella, liti, 228.

pusilla, lv, 189.

repanda, 150.

rugipennis, 179,

sanguinea, lii, 218.

sanguinolenta, 218.

semicincta, liv, 117.

speciosa, liii, 217.

spinosa, 227; liv, 28, 158; ly,

166.

splendidula, li; 220.

striata, liv, 216: ly, 181.

strigosa, lv, 180.

subtincta, liu, 229: liv, 116.

subvitta, 230: liv, 117.

subvenosa, lv, 179.

sulphurea, liii; 223.

testacea, 219.

_thalassina, 222.

tomentosa, lv, 14.

trabeata, lili, 219.

truncata, lv, 74.

vaginata, lili, 223.

varia, lv, 145.

varians, liii, 226.

versicolor, liv, 18.

E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

vicina, liii, 230.

virescens, 2238.

virgunceula, lv, 180.

gantes, liti, 230:° liv, 117; ly,

181.

2-punctata, liv, 111.

CicapaTRA, liv, 116; lv, 158, 180.

quadrimacula, li, 228: hiv,

197 3- lv, 1S2:

striata, lii,-229; liv, 116; lv,

181.

xantes, liii, 230: liv, 117; Wh, |

181.

Cicapipa, li, 210.

Crxiina, liv, 97; lv, 31.

Crxivs, liv, 97; lv, 31.

albistriga, lv, 31.

bohemani, 33.

caudatus, 32:

efferatus, 32.

eminens, 42.

meander, 34.

pellucidus, 63.

pustulatus, 36.

walkert, 33.

Ciovia, liv, 20.

conifer, liv, 114.

guttifer, 20, 117.

malaya, lv, 196.

multilineata, 196.

nebulosa, liv, 21.

punctum, 115.

quadridens, 117.

Coxsa, lv, 196.

costestriga, lv, 196.

CoccosTERPAUS, liv, 88.

minutus, 89.

Ca iis, liv, 97, 110.

guttivena, lv, 198.

andica, liv, 111.

punctivena, lv, 198.

Colobesthes, lv, 67.

1886.] E. T. Atkingson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 211

albiplana, 71.

conspersa, 72.

falcata, 71.

marginata, 73.

pryert, 73.

Copsrrna, lv, 86.

maculata, lv, 86.

CoretuRvura, lv, 43.

fusco-varia, lv, 43.

Cosmopsaurria, lili, 226; lv, 158,

178.

abdulla, 226; liv, 23, 158; lv,

166.

andersoni, lv, 171.

durga, hii, 226; lv, 168.

flavida, liii, 227; lv, 170.

obtecta, 226; lv, 167.

oopaga, 227; lv, 169.

sita, 226; lv, 168.

spinosa, 227: liv, 23, 158: Iv,

166.

Cosmoscarta, liv, 6.

andamana, liv, 13.

basinotata, 6.

bimacula, Iv, 195.

- bispecularis, liv, 10.

borealis, 12.

decisa, 9.

dimidiata, lv, 195.

discrepans, 194.

distanti, 195.

dorsalis, liv, 11.

dorsimacula, 11.

' ducens, 8.

egens, 8.

exultans, lv, 195.

elegantula, liv, 12.

fictilis, 11.

fulviceps, 194.

funeralis, 7.

fuscipennis, 7.

heros, ly, 194.

lydia, liv, 9.

malaya, lv, 193.

mason1, liv, 8.

megamera, 7.

moorei, 7.

pallida, 12.

pellucida, lv, 195.

pictilis, liv, 12.

pulchella, lv, 195.

rotundata, 195.

rugulosa, 193.

siamensis, liv, 23; lv, 193.

theora, liv, 13.

tricolor, 6.

trigona, 9.

unifascia, lv, 194.

undata, liv, 10.

viridans, 8.

zonata, 9.

Cromna, lv, 67.

acutipennis, 72.

angulifera, 70.

Cryprotympana, lili, 230; Iv, 158,

178, 182.

acuta, ly, 185.

atrata, lui, 321; lv, 184.

bubo, liv, 117; lv, 185.

corvus, limi, 251; liv, Lit; aye

185.

facialis, lv, 186.

fumipennis, lv, 186.

immaculata, liii, 231; Iv, 183.

intermedia, liii, 231; lv, 184,

invarians, lv, 186.

nigra, ly, 184.

recta, li, 280; lv, 183.

vicina, lii, 230; lv, 183.

CrnTHita, lv, 201.

ferocula, lv, 201.

CrYRENE, lv, 48

fusiformis, 48.

westwoodi, 49.

212 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

Darnina, liv, 90.

Dabrescus, liv, 109.

angulatus, 110.

nervosopunctatus, 109.

Darapax, lv, 38.

fusipennis, 38.

Darpvvs, lv, 13.

De tPHacina, lv, 35.

Dersina, lv, 41.

Dersze, lv, 41.

carnosa, 42.

moesta, 41.

Diceropr@a, liii, 226; lv, 166.

DicHoptTerRA, lv, 23.

hyalinata, lv, 23.

Dictiophora, |v, 26.

DICTYOPHARINA, lv, 22.

DicTYoPHARA, lv, 26.

albivitta, 29.

despecta, 27.

graminea, 27.

hyalinata, 23.

indiana, 25.

anscripta, 27.

insculpta, 27.

leptorhina, 30.

lineata, 26.

nigrimacula, 28.

pallida, 27.

patruelis, 30.

sauropsis, 30.

sinica, 27.

spetlinea, 25.

walkeri, 29.

DraBescovs, liv, 109.

angulatus, 110.

nervosopunctatus, 109.

Dounposis, lili, 223: lv, 157, 178.

albigutta, lv, 171.

chlorogaster, liii, 226.

cinctimanus, 228.

doryca, 227.

evanescens, lv, 165.

fasciceps, 163.

guttigera, 166.

immacula, liii, 225: liv, 116.

intemerata, liii, 224..

lateralis, 224: liv, 116.

linearis, liii, 228.

maculipes, 224; lv, 161.

mannifera, liii, 223 : liv, 116; lv,

159.

microdon, liii, 224; lv, 159.

nagarasingna, 225; lv, 164.

nicomache, 224; lv, 160. |

nigremacula, ly, 159.

obtecta, liii, 226.

ochracea, lv, 166.

radha, lili, 225; lv, 163.

ramifera, lin, 228.

samia, 225: lv, 162.

saturata, lil, 227.

singularis, 225; lv, 162.

sobria, lv, 159.

spinosa, liti, 227.

terpsichore, liii, 233: liv, 117;

lv, 165.

tigrina, 224; lv, 161.

tigroides, lv, 175.

tripurasura, liii, 225; lv, 164.

urania, liii, 228.

vaginata, 223.

varians, 224: liv, 116.

vibrans, 224: liv, 116; lv. 160.

HLASMOSCELIS, ly, 42.

fusco-fasciata, 42.

Euica, lv, 39.

latipennis, 39.

Hlidiptera, lv, 36.

ferruginea, 78.

1886. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 213

jimbria, 80.

indica, 79.

pruinosa, 81.

smaragdilinea, 37.

Emarat, liii, 229: lv, 158, 178.

eorota, lili, 229; lv, 176.

EPIcuines, liv, 96.

hebes, 96.

planata, 96.

Euacanthus, liv, 100.

extremus, 100.

Evpuria, liv, 150.

amabilis, 152.

aurantia, 151.

aurora, 152.

discolor, lv, 204.

cornuta, 205.

lectissima, liv, 151,

submaculata, 151.

walkeri, 152.

Evpitis, lv, 45.

albolineola, 45.

malaya, 46.

Euria, lv, 38.

lurida, 38.

EURYBRACHYDINA, lv, 12.

Evurysracuys, lv, 12-13.

eruginosa, lv, 20.

basalis, liv, 155.

bimaculata, lv, 14.

decora, 20.

fraterna, 14.

ansignis, 19.

lepelletieri, 15.

multicolor, 19.

pulverosa, 17.

punctifera, 16.

reversa, 22.

rubrescens, 17.

rubricincta, 16.

spinosa, 16.

subfasciata, 17.

tomentosa, 14.

tricolor, 21.

venusta, 14.

Eoryetera, lv, 53.

obscura, 53.

Faventia, ly, 36.

pustulata, 36.

Fipicrina, liii, 231: lv, 178.

acuta, lv, 185.

atrata, 184.

bicolor, 183.

bubo, liv, 117.

corvus, liii, 231°; liv, 117.

fumipennis, lv, 186.

ammaculata, liii, 231.

intermedia, 231.

anvarians, ly, 186.

nivifera, 185.

ochracea, lv, 163.

operculata, liii, 231; liv, 117.

recta, liii, 230.

repanda, lv, 150.

vicina, liii, 230.

Fata, liv, 97; lv, 67.

acutipennis, lv, 72.

addita, 74.

albata, 73.

angulifera, 70.

antica, 73.

candelaria, 128.

conspersa, 72.

coromandelica, 74.

distinctissima, 75.

falcata, 71.

fenestrata, 51.

ferrugata, 68.

flaccida, 70.

fuscata, 53.

guttularis, 75.

graminea, liv, 27.

214 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota.

hyalina, lv, 51.

hyalinata, liv, 238.

indocilis, lv, 70.

anornata, 66.

entacta, 66.

intracta, 70.

lactifera, 75.

lathburit, liv, 30.

lutescens, lv, 72.

lyncea, 83.

maculata, liv, 134.

maria, lv, 64.

marginalis, 71.

marginata, 73.

marginella, 65.

marginella, 69.

matutina, 82.

obscura, 52.

ocellata, 68.

pryeri, 73.

punctata, liv, 140.

rectimargo, lv, 76.

sinensis, 76.

splendens, 25.

tenella, 64.

tricolor, 65.

triscripta, 76.

truncata, 74.

Fratina, lv, 63.

Fiatoipes, lv, 79.

discalis, 52.

dubtitans, 78.

emarginatus, 81.

eptiscopus, 58.

facialis, 55.

fenestrata, 51.

fimbria, 80.

fumosus, 55.

guttatus, 58.

hyalina, 51.

indica, 79.

lignarius, 78.

marginalis, 59.

matutina, 82.

minor, 78.

orientis, 51.

perforatus, 55.

principalis, 80.

pruinosa, 81.

speculum, 54.

tenebrosus, 54.

truncatus, 77.

Fuavina, lv, 44.

granulata, 45.

Frutis, lv, 13, 22.

pulchra, 22.

Fugora, liv, 127.

seruginosa, 130.

affinis, 140.

amplectens, 133.

andamanensis, 135.

brevirostris, 128.

candelaria, 128.

celestina, 137: lv, 200.

cardinalis, 138.

clavata, 130.

coccinea, 138.

connectens, 130.

cultellata, 138.

curtiprora, 136.

cyanirostris, 130.

decorata, 138.

delessertii, 135.

ducalis, 137: lv, 199.

Festiva, 141.

fulvirostris, 134.

geminata, 137.

gigantea, 132.

graminea, lv, 27.

guttifera, liv, 138.

guttulata, 136.

hyalina, 1¥, 23.

hyalinata, 23.

intricata, liv, 137.

[No. 2,

1886. | BE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota.

lathburii, 129,

lauta, 130.

lineata, lv, 26.

maculata, liv, 134.

marginella, lv, 65.

nigrirostris, liv, 30: lv, 199.

nigromaculata, 138.

nobilis, lv, 200.

oculata, liv, 131.

pallida, lv, 26.

philippina, liv, 130.

ponderosa, 131.

punetata, 140.

pyrorhina, 133.

pyrorhyncha, 133.

pyrrhochlora, 138.

rajah, 138.

spinole, 129.

stellata, 137.

sultana, 132.

subocellata, 132.

truncata, lv, 74.

verhuelli, liv, 1382.

virescens, 138.

viridirostris, 129.

FuLGoRIDA, liv, 127.

FouuGorina, liv, 127.

Gzana, lili, 221; lv, 156.

consobrina, 222.

consors, 221.

dives, 221: liv, 116.

festiva, 222; lv, 157.

maculata, liv, 222.

octonotata, 221; lv, 156.

sulphurea, 223; lv, 157.

sibylla, lv, 156.

Gareara, lv, 198.

malaya, 198.

GEBENNA, liv, 154.

sylvia, 155.

GeprosiA, lv, 13.

Glossocratus, liv, 102.

sulcatus, 108.

guttatus, 221,

HeEcatvs, liv, 102.

kirschbaumit, 104.

paykulli, 103.

sulcatus, 103.

He ticoprera, ly, 36.

smaragdilinea, 37,

Hemiptycna, liv, 90.

crux, 90.

Homispuzrivs, lv, 44.

rufo-varius, 44.

HENIcOPSALTRIA, lv, 178,

- Henicorertix, lv, 178.

Hrracta, lv, 40.

walkeri, 40,

HomaocrePHata, liv, 141.

festiva, 141.

Hotinus, liv, 127.

candelarius, 128.

ceelestinus, liv, 137, lv, 200.

clavatus, 130.

ducalis, liv, 137; lv, 199.

delessertit, liv, 135.

fulvirostris, liv, 184.

gemmatus, 137.

guttulatus, 136.

lathburit, 180.

maculatus, 134.

nigrirostris, 130; lv, 199.

oculatus, liv, 132.

' ponderosus, 131.

pyrorhynchus, 133.

senriannulus, 138.

spinole, 129.

subocellatus, 132.

215

GRaPToTEtTtTrx, liii, 221; lv, 156.

216 EH. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota.

virescens, 138.

viridirostris, 129.

Houecuys, liii, 218; lv, 153.

crocea, liii, 220.

fumigata, 220.

octonotata, 221.

pheenicura, 219.

philemata, 218; lv, 153.

picta, lv, 155.

sanguinea, liii, 218; lv, 154.

splendidula, 220.

stellata, lv, 154.

testacea, liu, 219.

thoracica, 219.

trabeata, 219.

transversa, 219: liv, 116.

Hyeyops, lv, 35.

notivena, 30.

percheronul, 35.

Hyruica, liv, 112.

paradoxa, 112.

HyYpsavucHenta, liv, 80.

balista, 81.

ballista, 81.

hardwickii, 80.

uncinata, 80.

Issina, lv, 43.

Issus, lv, 45.

apicalis, lv, 17.

malayus, 46.

pectinipennis, 47.

testudinarius, 48.

Jassipa#, liv, 91.

JASSINA, liv, 110.

Jassus, liv, 97, 110.

alacer, lv, 199.

deplanatus, liv, 111.

sine, lv. 199.

Lacvsa, lv, 42.

fusco-fasciata, 42.

Laternaria, liv, 128.

candelaria, 128.

Lecua, lv, 66.

dentifrons, 67.

Lupra, liv, 92.

auditura, lv, 198.

carinata, liv, 92.

chlorocephala, 107.

? conifera, lv, 198.

culobata, liv, 106.

P cultellifera, lv, 198.

cultrata, liv, 106.

dilatata, 93.

dorsalis, 94.

fornicata, 92.

lineata, 94.

mutica, 92.

nigrilinea, lv, 198.

obligens, liv, 95.

punctata, 94.

punctifera, 95.

plana, 93.

planata, 96.

quadricarina, lv, 198.

scutellata, liv, 93.

serrulata, 92.

Leprina, liv, 92.

Lepropsis, liv, 95.

obligens, 95.

LeprosBeE.vs, liv, 81.

auriculatus, liv, 82.

curvispinus, 82.

dama, 81.

gazella, 31.

pallipes, 82.

paria, 83.

scutellaris, 83.

varius, 82.

[No. 2,

1886.] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhyuchota. 217

LEPTOCENTRUS, liv, 85. MeLampsatta, lil, 225; lv, 159,

antilope, 86. 166.

reponens, 86. varians, 226.

substitutus, 87. MEMBRACIDA, liv, 76.

taurus, 85. Mempracis, liv, 77.

LEPTOPSALTRIA, lili, 227; lv, 157, capra, liv, 84.

178. flexuosa, 87.

albigutta, Iv, 171. fuscata, 79.

guttularis, liii, 227: lv, 170. minuta, 89.

tuberosa, 227. planata, 96.

Limors, liv, 141. rupicapra, 8d.

westwoodii, 141. tarandus, 77.

Lopxorina, lv, 42. taurus, 85.

LoxocEpHata, lv, 12, 20. tricornis, 85.

seruginosa, 20. Messena, lv, 12, 17.

decora, 20. nebulosa, 18.

Lycorma, liv, 148. pulverosa, 17.

delicatula, liv, 150. Meravrves, lv, 24.

imperialis, 148. reticulatus, 24.

iole, 150. Micrevne, lv, 198.

punicea, 149. formidanda, 198.

Lystra, liv, 142. Minpvura, lv, 61.

eruginosa, lv, 20. hemerobii, 62,

atomaria, liv, 143. Mrriza, lv, 61.

bimaculata, lv, 14. sorurcula, 62.

cornuta, 205. MoganntA, liii, 232 ; lv, 189.

dimidiata, liv, 146. avicula, lv, 190.

pulchra, lv, 22. chinensis, 193.

punicea, liv, 149. conica, liv, 117; lv, 190.

spinosa, lv, 15. funebris, liii, 232; lv, 191.

tomentosa, 14. hebes, lv, 192.

tricolor, liv, 156. agnifera, lv,-190.

westwoodit, 142. : allustrata, lili, 232; liv, 117; lv,

2-maculata, lv, 14. 190.

indicans, 232; lv, 191.

M. lacteipennis, 233; lv, 192.

Macu#rota, liv, 22. locusta, 233; lv, 191.

ensifera, liv, 22. nasalis, lv, 192.

punctato-nervosa, lv, 196. obliqua, liii, 2382; lv, 190.

punctulata, liv, 23. quadrimacula, 233 ; liv, 117.

spangbergi, 22. . recta, 282; liv, 117; lv, 190.

Macu#rorina, liv, 22, terpsichore, 233 ; liv, 117.

218 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota.

venustissima, 232; ly, 190.

Monecpnora, liv, 113.

trimacula, 113.

Monopsis, lv, 39.

sinica, 40.

viridicans, 39.

Mulvia, lv, 51.

Nepussa, lv, 82.

marginella, 82.

rosea, 82.

Nersia, lv, 26.

Nusis, lv, 12, 21.

sanguinipes, 21.

tricolor, 21.

Nogodina, lv, 61.

Nosota, lv, 178.

Ox1aRvs, lv, 32.

bohemani, 33.

walkeri, 33.

Oxonta, ly, 13.

Omalocephala, liv, 141.

festa, 141.

Oncorrmpana, lv, 172.

Oxypleura, liti, 214.

basialba, liii, 214.

bufo, 216.

marmorata, lv, 145.

sangutflua, liti, 216.

subrufa, 216.

OxyrHacuis, liv, 76.

rudis, 78. .

subjecta, 79.

tarandus, 77.

unicolor, 78.

Parnisa, lv, 178.

Paropina, liv, 91.

Penthicus, liv, 145.

variegatus, 145.

Prnturmia, liv, 112.

castanea, 113.

compacta, 113.

orientalis, 113.

PETALOCEPHALA, liv, 106.

chlorocephala, 107,

expansa, 96.

paykullt, 108.

planata, 96.

wallengrenti, 105.

Phalenomorpha, lv, 79.

PHENICE, lv, 41.

carnosa, 42.

meesta, 41,

PuHoronts, ly, 153.

nigro-maculata, 153.

paulinia, 154,

Puomnta, lv, 64,

inornata, 66.

intacta, 66.

marginella, 6.

rubicunda, 65.

tricolor, 65.

Phyllyphanta, lv, 67.

cereris, 76.

jimbriolata, 69.

marginalis, 71.

PHYMATOSTETHA, liv, 13.

basiclava, 17.

binotata, 17.

borneensis, ly, 196.

circumdueta, liv, 13.

costalis, 14.

dislocata, lv, 195.

dorsivitta, liv, 15.

dubitabilis, 16.

hilaris, 14,

nympha, lv, 196.

pudensg, liv, 16,

pudica, liv, 15: ly, 195.

[No. 2,

1886.] E. T. Atkingon—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 219”

_ semele, lv, 195.

signifera, liv, 15.

stalii, 13.

stellata, 11, 14.

triseriata, lv, 195.

PLATYBRACHYS, lv, 13.

Pratyomia, liii, 226: lv, 166.

PLATYPLEURA, liii, 211: lv, 144.

andamana, liii, 214; lv, 146.

arcuata, lv, 145.

assamensis, liii, 212.

basialba, 214; lv, 146.

bufo, 216; lv, 149.

celebs, 213; lv, 146.

capensis, lv, 145.

capitata, liii, 214, 216.

cervina, 217; lv, 149.

ciliaris, lv, 144.

congrew, lii, 211.

distincta, 213, 233.

fenestrata, lv, 149.

fulvigera, 147.

hilpa, 149.

hirtipennis, 145.

hyalinolimbata, 150,

insignis, li, 216.

interna, 211.

marmorata, lv, 14.

nicobarica, 233; lv, 147.

nobilis, 215.

ocellata, lv, 145.

octoguttata, liii, 216; lv, 148.

phaleenoides, li, 211.

repanda, lv, 150.

roepstorffii, lai, 214.

semilucida, 215.

sphinx, 213; lv, 145.

straminea, 217.

subrufa, 216; lv, 148.

Pocharica, lv, 51.

Pochazordes, lv, 51.

Pochazia, lv, 50.

apicalis, lv, 55.

costimacula, 60.

fasciata, 53.

fumata, 53.

gradiens, 60.

guttifera, 57.

interrupta, 56, 59.

obliqua, 59.

obscura, 52, 58 (?).

ocellus, 55.

simulans, 56.

sinuata, 53.

POECILOPSALTRIA, liii, 211; Iv, 143.

affinis, liii, 211; lv, 143.

capitata, 216.

hilpa, lv, 149,

octoguttata, liii, 216.

subrufa, 216.

PQcILOPTERA.

addita, lv, 74.

antica, 53, 73.

argiolus, 68.

cereris, 76.

comma, 67.

completa, 82.

coromandelica, 74.

dentifrons, 67:

distinctissima, 75.

falcata, 71.

jimbriolata, 69.

guttularis, 75.

indoctlis, 70.

intracta, 70.

lactifera, 75.

? luteimargo, 83.

lutescens, 72.

maculata, 82.

marginella, 69.

maria, 64.

? niveina, 83.

ocellata, 68.

plana, 74.

220 E. T. Atkinson—Noftes on Indian Rhynchota.

punetifrons, 78.

rectumargo, 76.

sinensis, 76.

stellaris, 68.

tricolor, 65.

triscripta, 76.

truncata, 74.

vidua, 77.

Potypictya, liv, 155.

apheenoides, lv, 205.

basalis, liv, 155.

tricolor, 156.

PouyNnevRA, liii, 211.

ducalis, 211.

Pompont, liii, 228; lv, 158, 172,

178.

bindusara, liii, 228; lv, 173.

expausa, lv, 176.

fusca, 172.

imperatoria, lili, 229; lv, 175.

kama, 228; lv, 173.

linearis, 228; lv, 175.

madhava, 229; lv, 174.

pallidiventris, lv, 172.

tigroides, liii, 229; lv, 175.

urania, 228; lv, 172.

Poopuitus, liv, 114.

costalis, 114.

natalensis, 114.

Privesa, lv, 51.

Proarna, lv, 178.

Procontna, liv, 96, 97.

Proconta, liv, 97.

ferruginea, 97.

Paunasis, lv, 178.

Psattopa, lv, 178.

Pseudophana, lv, 26.

graminea, 27.

hyalinata, 23.

pallida, 27.

patruelis, 30.

splendens, 20.

[No. 2,

Prvstvs, liv, 18.

? bipars, lv, 196.

bipunctipennis, liv, 115.

concolor, 114.

conifer, 19, 114.

costalis, 114.

dolosus, 114.

frenulatus, 114.

guttifer, 20, 117.

? immutatus, lv, 196.

P integratus, 196.

natalensis, liv, 114.

orientalis, lv, 196.

punctum, liv, 19, 115: lv, 196.

quadridens, 19, 117.

rotundatus, 114.

sexvittatus, 19, 115.

simulans, 114.

subfasciatus, 19, 116.

viridicans, 21.

Poucrina, lv, 63.

pellucida, 63.

Pypwna, lv, 178.

Pyrops, liv, 139.

candelaria, 128.

guttulata, 136.

nobilis, lv, 200.

perpusilla, liv, 140.

punctata, 140.

spinolee, 129.

virescens, 138.

Rrcania, lv, 50.

apicalis, 55.

costimacula, 60.

episcopalis, 61.

episcopus, 58.

fabric, 51.

fenestrata, 51.

fumata, 53.

_ fumosa, 55.

fuscata, 53.

gradiens, 60.

guttata, 58.

guttifera, 57.

hemerobit, 62.

hyalina, 50, 51.

interrupta, 56.

levifrons, 51.

limitaris, 60.

maculata, 51.

malaya, 55.

marginalis, 59.

marginella, 69.

mellerborgi, 52.

obliqua, 59.

obscura, 53.

obscura, 52.

ocellata, 51, 68.

ocellus, 55.

pellucida, 63.

plebeia, 60.

prominens, 57.

pulverosa, 61.

quinquefasciata, 51.

yosea, 82.

- simulans, 56.

sinuata, 54.

speculum, 54.

versicolor, 51.

walkeri, 59.

Ricanina, lv, 49.

Rust, lv, 177, 178.

pedunculata, 177.

Scamanpra, lv, 202.

hecuba, 202.

rosea, 203.

semele, 203.

ScapHou.a, liv, 90.

? minuta, 89.

1886.) E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchoia. 221

semiatra, 91.

Scarida, liv, 92.

Scarpanta, ly, 67.

comma, 67.

SCIEROPTERA, liii, 220; Iv, 155.

crocea, 220; lv, 155.

fumigata, liii, 220.

splendidula, liii, 220; Iv, 155.

Scolypopa, lv, 50.

SELENOCEPHALUS, liv, 105.

costalis, 108.

cultratus, 106.

egregius, 105.

Sexiza, lv, 77.

ferruginea, 78.

lignaria, 78.

truncata, 77.

vidua, 77.

Sutymsria, lv, 178.

SIGNORETIA, liv, 91.

malaya, 91.

Sipyivs, lv, 198.

crassulus, 198.

Siva, liv, 107.

costalis, 108.

strigicollis, 108.

SPHENORHINA, liv, 114.

approximans, 114,

braconoides, 114.

contigua, 114.

intermedia, 114.

proxima, 114.

SpHoncoPuorvs, liv, 81.

balista, 81.

Sracira, lv, 178.

Tacua, lin, 217; Iv, 150.

speciosa, 217; lv, 151.

TaPHuURA, lv, 178.

Tarundia, lv, 50.

222 H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota.

Tempsa, lv, 45.

spinosa, 227.

malaya, 46. splendidula, 220.

Terrica, lv, 46. Suavissima, ly, 199.

fusca, 4:7. suturella, 199.

TrTtTiconis, liv, 97.

addita, liv, 98.

affinis, lini, 211.

atrata, lv, 184.

testacea, liii, 219.

tripars, lv, 199.

unimaculata, liv, 99.

vaginata, liti, 223.

albidicans, 198. THaMNOTETTIX, liv, 111.

apicalis, liv, 98. alacer, lv, 199.

assamensis, 100. bipunctata, liv, 111.

bella, 99. malaya, 91.

brunnea, 157. sine, lv, 199.

cardinalis, 101. THessitus, lv, 12, 18.

confinis, 98. insignis, 19.

duplex, 98. mortuifolia, 19.

extrema, 100. nigro-notatus, 19.

ferruginea, 98. THOMSONIELLA, liv, 104.

festiva, lin, 222. kirschbaumii, 104.

gemina, liv, 98. Trsicen, liii, 231: lv, 158, 178, 187.

immaculata, 98, 99. apicalis, 231; liv, 117; lv, 188.

jactans, 111. auratus, ly, 178.

jocosa, lv, 199. aurengzebe, 230; lv, 187.

kinbergi, liv, 99. nana, ly, 189.

longa, 98. brunneus, liv, 157.

maculata, liii, 222. pusillus, lv, 189.

marmorata, lv, 145. subvitta, liti, 230; liv, 217; lv,

obscura, liv, 98. 188.

obtecta, liii, 226. Titurta, liv, 96.

octoguttata, 216. nigromarginata, lv, 198.

opponens, liv, 102. planata, liv, 96.

pavo, 98. Tomaspris, liv, 13.

philemata, lui, 218. circumducta, 13.

pusilla, ly, 189. larinia, 17.

pustulata, 184. pudens, 16.

quadrilineata, liv, 101. signifera, 15.

reducta, 98. Tosena, liii, 217 ;. lv; 151.

repanda, lv, 150. albata, 217; lv, 152.

rubromaculata, liv, 101. dives, 221.

sanguinolenta, lii, 218. mearesiana, 217; lv, 151.

semicircularis, liv, 97. melanoptera, 217; lv, 151.

speciosa, liii, 217. splendida, 217; lv, 152.

Maintern Bros. mp.

uy t

A TD YT C7 = in nag euaie Rm CQ P AYN xy o00fr gs <3 ’

A. BARCLAY, Journ. As, Soc, Bengal, 1886, Vol. LV, Pt. II. PLATH VII

Photo-Collotype, Survey of India Offices, Calcutta, September 188¢

1886.] <A. Barclay—On a new Species of Uredine parasitic, Se. 223

TricenTRuS, lv, 198. U.

fairmairei, 198. Ugyops, ly, 35.

Triopsis, lv, 33. percheronti, 35.

TROPIDUCHINA, lv, 37. Uropnora, liv, 116.

Tropipucuus, lv, 38. hardwickii, 116.

luridus, 38.

TYMPANISTRIA, lv, 178. a

Tympanorurrns, lv, 178. XipHoPauS, liv, 83.

pilosus, 83.

VIII.— On a new Species of Uredine parasitic on Cedrus deodara, Loudon.

By Surcnon A. Barcray, M. B., Bengal Medical Service.

[Received Jan. 16th ;—Read March 3rd, 1886. ]

(With Plates VI. and VII.)

This parasite is by no means conspicuous and is decidedly uncom«

mon. It was observed during May 1884 at two isolated localities be-

- tween Simla and Wangtu in the Sutlej Valley, and I have searched in vain

for it among the numerous deodars about Simla. At one of the two

places in which it was found (Turanda), it occurred on several trees, but

at the other (between Sungri and Bagi), on two. trees only. All the

trees on which it occurred were well-grown, and it was observed that

when a tree was attacked at all it was. so very largely. A few needles

only of certain rosettes of needles are attacked, and these when the affec-.

tion is fully developed eurve downwards (fig. 1.) This curling of certain

needles gives the branches a curious frayed appearance by which alone

attention is generally attracted to the occurrence of the parasite. The

affected needles are not discoloured, but retain their normal green colour.

The ecidia protrude in great numbers on the upper surfaces of affected

needles, a single needle bearing sometimes as many as from 10 to 12 of

them. They are generally arranged in a single row on one or other side

of the middle line ; but occasionally, towards the distal end of the needle,

a second parallel short row exists. To the naked eye no spermagonia

are visible, but with a field-lens they may be seen in great numbers.

as minute points scattered all over the needle.

The affection does not at first sight appear to cause much injury, but,

when it is remembered that an innumerable number of needles are affect-

ed, and that these fall early, the conclusion cannot be resisted that so large

a drain upon the assimilative organs of the tree must be attended with

224 A. Barclay—On a new Species of Uredine [No. 2,

the most injurious consequences to its welfare. The fungus is confined

entirely to the leaves, the mycelium never being found in the tissues of

the stems bearing affected needles. The mycelium is therefore not

perennial. Before entering upon a description of the structure of the

fungus and of its morphological relations to its host, it is necessary to

give an account of the normal structure of the needle.

Normal Structure of Deodar Needle.—The transverse section of a

young normal needle is broadly quadrangular, one angle being superior, one

inferior, and two lateral ; the superior angle is truncated and grooved ;

as the needle grows older, however, the upper angle becomes gradually

flattened until at last the section of an old needle is more triangular

than quadrangular (fig. 8). On each of the four sides of the young

needle there are as a rule four longitudinal rows of stomata, and on

either side of the needle a resin canal, one of which is always larger than

the other, though both are of the same structure. The centre of the

needle is occupied by the wood bundle, the xylem being below and the

phloém above.

Looking next to the more minute structure of the tissues of the

needle, it will be observed that the needle is clothed externally by a sin-

gle layer of epidermis cells. Under this is a layer of thick-walled hypo-

dermal cells, interrupted opposite the stomata, and double at the angles

and between the stomata, where there is only space for a single cell;

this layer is double also at each side of the resin canals. These cells

are from three to four times as long as they are broad, and the epidermal

cells are about one-third the length of the hypodermal cells. The resin

canals are clothed internally by a layer of thin-walled epidermis cells

supported externally at about three places by a second layer of similar

cells: the whole is surrounded by a layer of sclerenchyma fibres,

except where the canal is bounded by the hypodermal cells. Below the

hypodermal layer follow large parenchymatous chlorophyll-containing

cells radially arranged. These cells internally abut against the cells of an

endodermal sheath surrounding the central vascular bundle, much in the

same way as that in which palisade cells of leaves generally abut against

the spongy tissue. This parenchymatous tissue is loose with numerous

large air-cavities. The cells of the endodermal sheath are closely conti-

guous laterally, and are densely filled with starch grains. They are

large cubical cells nearly twice as long as they are broad. The tissues

enclosed by this sheath are :—(a) in the centre the xylem and phloém

divided into two lateral divisions; the xylem being below: (b) beyond

the phloém a group of much thickened sclerenchyma fibres: beyond

these again and between them and the endodermis, (c) a set of large

water-containing cells with numerous bordered pits. Laterally the place

1886. | parasitic on Cedrus deodara. 225

of these last mentioned cells is taken by smaller cells filled with starch

grains and a few sclerenchyma fibres. Several of these characters may

be seen illustrated in figs. 9 and 10, which, however, represent attacked

needles.

Structure of Affected Needle—The general outline of a transverse

section is considerably altered (fig. 9). The parenchyma cells, es-

pecially near the ecidia, are larger and rounder than usual, losing

their palisade like character and resembling spongy tissue (fig. 10).

The resin canals have entirely disappeared. The parenchymatous

tissue is invaded everywhere, but especially in the neighbourhood

of the ecidia, by mycelial filaments. These filaments are, however,

entirely arrested at the endodermal sheath. They are not convoluted

except at the bases of ecidia. They are best seen in the air-cavities

of the parenchymatous tissue and are of the usual characters, that is,

branched, septate, and filled with clear fluid or finely granular matter

(fig. 3). A few haustoria of the branched type penetrate the paren-

chyma cells (fig. 6). The ecidia are very superficial and measure about

0°177 m. m. in breadth by 0166 m. m. in depth in transverse sections.

At their bases the mycelium is densely aggregated, pushing aside and

disorganising the parenchymatous and hypodermal cells (fig. 7.) The

hymenium is flat and regular, and the rows of ecidiospores are given off

from pointed sterigmata (fig. 7.) There are no intercalary cells be-

tween successive spores, and each row consists of about six spores.

The pseudoperidium is a very perishable structure, consisting of a

single layer of more or less irregular cells irregularly arranged together

and easily becoming detached from one another (fig. 5). In every

transverse section of a needle through an ecidium from five to nine

spermagonia are involved. They are very minute, measuring about 0:081

m.m in breadth by 0:045 m. m. in depth, and very superficial, being for

the most part above the level of the epidermis. Their bases only are

insinuated between the epidermis cells, and the underlying hypodermal

cells are not displaced to any appreciable extent. The spermagonia are

generally flattened on their summits (fig. 7.) They appear to have a

special proneness to emerge on the margins of ecidia encircling them,

for, in every transverse section of a needle passing through an ecidium,

a spermagonium (or part of one) may be seen at either side of the

secidium (fig. 7.)

The scidiospores are spherical or oval with orange-yellow granular

contents (fig. 4.) The dry spores measure on an average 12°7 uw x 84 uy;

but after moisture they swell considerably, attaining average dimensions

of 179 x 148 y. The epispore is very thick and beset externally

with numerous prominent tubercles (fig. 4. c.), giving, in optic section, a

226 A. Barclay—On a new Species of Uredine parasitic, §c. [No. 2,

radially striated appearance (fig. 4, a, b.) On my return to Simla about

three weeks after gathering them they refused to germinate. Possibly

the period during which they remain germinable had been exceeded,

but possibly also they were not properly preserved during these three

weeks.

Such then are the morphological characters of one stage of exis-

tence of a uredine inhabiting the most valuable of Indian conifers. I

searched carefully for some clue to its further life-history but in vain.

As the parasite does not occur in Simla, so far as Iam at present aware,

I have no immediate prospect of pursuing the investigation, but must

leave it to any to whom facilities may be offered for undertaking the

research. I have looked frequently on deodars for vegetable parasites,

but beyond the one just described I have seen no trace of any other form.

The remaining cycle or cycles of its development are therefore in all pro-

bability passed through on some other host.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. General appearance of a rosette or fascicle of leaves with four

needles attached. These are strongly curved whilst the unaffected leaves are

straight. About natural size.

2. Appearance of ecidial fructification protruding through the epidermis.

The black points indicate spermagonia. About 15 times natural size, as seen under

a field-lens.

3. Mycelial filaments in an air-space in the parenchymatous tissue. x 580. .

4, Aicidiospores; a and 6 in optic section: c, surface view showing tubercles

on external surface of epispore. x 580.

5. Peridial cells. x 250.

6. Haustorium in a parenchyma cell. x 500.

7. Section through a ripe ecidium. On the right margin the section passes

through the middle of a spermagonium, on the left it includes the margin of a

second. x 250.

PLATE VII (Photographs).

Fig. 8. Transverse section of an old deodar needle, normal.

9. The same of an affected needle.

» 10. The same through an ecidium, more highly magnified.

G.KING,Journ.Asiat.Soc Bengal ,1886,Vol.LV, Pt Il. PLA

Parker & Coward lith.

- West, Newman & Comp

PRIMULA TANNERI, King.

“a

‘re at \

GaN G, Journ. Asiat Soc. Bengal,1886,Vol.LV, Pt IL. Pinte

Paxker&Coward hth.

West, Newman &Co. imp.

PRIMULA PANTLIN GIl,King.

G.KING,Journ.Asiat.Soc.B engal ,1886,Vol.LV,Pt. II.

PRIMULA JAF FREYANA, King.

Pi...

Parker kCoward Lith.

We amp.

est, Newman &Co

eka 5 y

qr oo eit At

yak ee) Pn i

on ah Ay.

1886. ] G. King—On three new Himalayan Primulas. 221

TX.—On three new Himalayan Primulas.

By G. Kine, M. B., LL.D., F.L.S.

[Received and Read April 7th, 1886. |

(With Plates VIII., [X., and X.)

Since the publication of the Primulacee by Sir J. D. Hooker in his

Flora of British India, several collections of plants from the higher

parts of the Hastern Himalaya have reached the Calcutta Herbarium.

Amongst these I find three species of Primula which I believe to be

undescribed, and which I now describe and name.

1. Primuta Tanneri, King. Glabrous, not mealy; basal sheaths

short, broad, membranous. Leaves long-petiolate deltoid, with cordate

base and acute apex, the edges irregularly and coarsely serrate, glaucous

beneath when young and sometimes slightly puberulous, especially on

the nerves, blade about 2 inches long and 1°5 in. broad; petioles

1‘5 in. long, often narrowly winged. Scape slender, from 5 to 8 inches

long, two- to eight-flowered, bracteoles minute subulate from broad bases,

pedicels slender and unequal, some of them as long as the flowers.

Calyx infundibuliform, cleft half-way down, the teeth lanceolate,

rather longer than the tube of the corolla. Corolla bluish white; the

tube cylindric or sub-infundibuliform, the throat with a dentate

annulus, the limb ‘75 in. across, deeply lobed, the lobes obcordate.

Ovary globose pyramidal ; the stigma sub-eapitate. Fruit unknown.

Hazs.—Sikkim Himalaya at elevations of about 11,000 feet, Col. H.

C. Tanner: Chumbi Valley, Dr. King’s collectors.

This approaches P. geranicfolia, Hook, fil., P. Kaufmanniana,

Regel, and P. cortusoides, Linn., in flowers and inflorescence; but the

leaves are very different.

There is in the Calcutta Herbarium a specimen in young fruit, but

without corollas, of a Primula which has leaves very like those of this

species. It was collected by Mr. R. Pantling in the Lachen valley in

Sikkim at an elevation of about 12,000 feet, and it evidently belongs to a

nearly allied, but distinct species, which I have provisionally named

P. deltoidea. Mr. Pantling notes that the corolla of his plant is purple

with a yellow eye.

Some fragmentary specimens in the Calcutta Herbarium, named

P. Balfouriana, Watt MSS., also come near this.

Plate VIII, fig. 1 Primula Tanneri, King, 2 corolla natural size, 3

calyx, ovary, style, and stigma, 4 corolla, 5 stamens, slightly enlarged.

228 G. King—On three new Himalayan Primulas. [No. 2,

2. Primuza Pantiinen, King. Glabrous, not mealy ; the sheaths

very short. Leaves sessile ob-lanceolate, the edges remotely and obscurely

sub-dentate, slightly revolute (at least when dry), about 1°5 in. Jong

and ‘3 in. broad. Scape 5 or 6 inches long, one- to two-flowered ; bracte-

oles few minute subulate ; pedicels rather stout, about :2 in. long. Calyx

narrowly campanulate, about half as long as the tube of the corolla, cleft

about half way down; the teeth lanceolate-acuminate. Corolla yellow,

glabrous, the tube sub-infundibuliform, the throat without an annulus,

the limb about 1 inch across, deeply lobed; the lobes obcordate, the api-

cal notches wide and deep. Ovary globose; stigma capitate. Fruit un-

known.

Hazs.—At Chopta, altitude about 12,000 feet, in the Lachen valley,

Sikkim, growing in damp places and even actually in water: Mr. Pant-

ling’s collector.

This approaches P. Dickieana, Watt, but has narrower leaves and

rather fewer smaller flowers than that species. The corollas of this are

pale yellow with a darker yellow eye. They are extremely beautiful.

Plate IX, fig. 1 Primula Pantlingii, King, natural size; 2 and 3

corolla ; 4 and 5 calyx; 6 anthers, slightly enlarged.

3. Primuta JAFFREYANA, King. Glabrous, slightly mealy when

very young; the sheaths at the base of the leaves membranous short.

Leaves obovate-elliptic, narrowed into a short winged petiole, the apex

blunt, the edges irregularly and closely dentate ; blade about 1°5 in.

long, and from ‘5 to ‘75 in. broad; petioles from °5 to ‘75 in. long.

Scape 3 inches long, many-flowered ; bracteoles numerous, subulate ;

pedicels slender varying from ‘5 to ‘75 in. long. Calyx cylindrico-cam-

panulate, about half as long as the tube of the corolla, 5-ridged externally,

cut about half way down; the teeth linear-lanceolate. Corolla pale

purple, the tube cylindrical, inappendiculate, the limb spreading, about

‘5 in. across, rather deeply lobed; the lobes broadly obcordate. Ovary

globose; stigma faintly 2-lobed. Fruit not seen.

Has.—Chumbi valley, EH. Himalaya, at elevations of about 12,000

feet ; Dr. King’s collector.

This approaches P. Tibetica, Watt ; but has much larger, more mem-

branous, leaves. I have named it after Mr. A. T. Jaffrey, Curator of the

Botanic Garden, Darjeeling.

Plate X, fig. 1 Primula Jaffreyana, King, 2 calyx, 3 entire flower,

natural size, 4 corolla and anthers, 5 ovary, style, and stigma, 6 anthers,

slightly enlarged.

L.ve NICEVILLE , Journ Asiat Soc. Bengal. 1886 Vol. LV. PtII. | Phx ta,

Parker & Coward hth

1886. ] L. de Nieéville—Life-History of Satyrine. 229

X.—On the Life-History of certain Calcutta Species of Satyrinss, with

special Reference to the Seasonal Dimorphism alleged to occur im

them.— By Lionet ve Nice’viniz, F. EH. 8.

[Received 22nd April ;—Read 2nd June, 1886. |

(With Plate XII.)

_ At the meeting of this Society held on the 3rd December, 1884, I

read a paper on the Butterflies of Calcutta, and exhibited a series of

specimens, chiefly appertaining to the subfamily Satyrince. In this paper

I expressed the opinion that a very marked seasonal dimorphism occurred

in this and other groups of butterflies. I also forwarded the same set of

specimens to England, and my friend and colleague, Mr. W. L. Distant,

exhibited them at the meeting of the Entomological Society of London

for February, 1885. My object in bringing the matter thus prominently

to the notice of both Societies was to ascertain from the members if they

could throw any light on, or offer any opinion as to, the cause of these

species being furnished, on the underside of the wings in the brood or

broods (most probably the latter) that are on the wing during the rainy

season, with strongly marked and conspicuous ocellated spots, while in

the same species, or other species that take their place, during the cold

and dry seasons these markings are obsolete or entirely wanting, and

the general tone of colouration is much paler and more leaf-like. This

expression of opinion may have been somewhat premature so far as the

question of the seasonal dimorphism went, which certainly had not at

that date been proved; but certainly not so far as the occurrence of

ocellated species in the rains and of non-ocellated ones in the cold and

hot seasons is concerned, facts of which I had convinced myself by long

previous observation. It may be repeated that the Calcutta year is

roughly divisible into a cold season (extending from the middle of

October to end of March), a hot season (from April to middle of June),

and a wet season or rains (from the middle of June to the middle of

October).

A short discussion followed Mr. Distant’s remarks on the specimens

exhibited at the Entomological Society of London, but I was sorry to

find that no solution of the phenomenon was suggested by the members

present. My suggestion was that the obliteration of the ocelli was an

advantage to the insects during the cold and hot seasons, as at those

times the vegetation is much more scanty and dried up, the insects live

chiefly among the grass, and would consequently be easily seen were

they not inconspicuously coloured and marked ; while in the rains, the

230 Lionel de Nicéville—On the Life-History of [No. 2,

vegetation being then very dense, they can hide themselves, and their

conspicuous livery is no bar to their safety. My belief that these ocellated

spots are conspicuous and non-protective rather than the reverse, is, [am

aware, contrary to the opinion of many eminent naturalists; I can, however,

only state my opinion tothe contrary for what it is worth and as the

result of my own observations: I can see, for instance, a Mycalesis mineus

with its big eyes and prominent white discal line far sooner and more

easily than I can the plain evenly coloured and marked M. indistans, but

whether this is so with the birds, lizards, Mantodea, predaceous flies, &c.,

which live largely on butterflies, 1am unable to say. Having brought

the subject to notice, I hope that it will attract the attention of obsery-

ing naturalists, and that a solution of the question may soon be forth-

coming.

As to the second point, whether the fourteen named species of

butterflies referred to represent that number of distinct species or half

that number, I have been able to prove by breeding direct from the egg

that the extraordinary seasonal dimorphism which I had suspected to-oc-

cur does actually existin the case of four of them; the three remaining

species must wait till the commencement of next rains, when I hope

to complete the experiment.

The transformations of the genus Melanitis have long been known.

As far back as 1829 Dr. Horsfield* figured the larva and pupa from Java

of M. leda (= M. determinata, Butler) ; Mr. Mooret in 1881 figured

those of M. tambra from Ceylon, and Surgeon-Major Forsayetht{ those of

M. ismene. But the transformations of the large genera Mycalesis (con-

taining 86 species, according to Mr. Moore’s Monograph in 1880, and

many new species since described) and Ypthima (containing 31 species.

up to 1877, according to Mr. Kirby’s invaluable Catalogue) have

hitherto been quite unknown. And yet, so far as my experience goes,

it is very easy to breed them: it is only necessary to procure live

females, and to shut them up in any kind of box, in which they will lay

eggs; if the box has a gauze cover, the eggs will be found attached to

it; if blades of grass, or, better still, a pot of growing grass, is placed

in the box, the eggs will be laid on the grass. I have had no difficulty

in getting species of Satyrineg to oviposit, though I have often failed

with butterflies of other families. JI will now proceed to give in detail

the results of my experiments.

* Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. pl. viii, fig. 9, larva ; 9a, pupa (1829).

+ Lep. Cey. vol. i, pl. ix, figs. 2c, larva and pupa (1880).

{ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1884, pl. xiv, figs. 2, larva, just before turning to @

pupa; 2b, pwpa.

1886. ] certain Calcutta Species of Satyrine. 231

1. Yvpramma nussneri, Kirby. Pl. XII, Fig. 1.

Y. hiibneri, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep., p. 95, no. 18 (1871) ; idem, id., Distant,

Rhop. Malay., p. 57, no. 4, pl. vii, fig. 5, Q (1882); Y. huebneri, Marshall and de —

Nicéville, Butt. of India, vol. i, p. 226, no. 217, pl. xvii, fig. 65, ¢ (1883); Y. philo-

mela, Hiibner (nec Linnzeus), Zutr. Ex. Schmett., figs. 83, 84 (1818) ; id., Hewitson,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., third series, vol. ii, p. 284, no. 4 (1865) ; Y. howra, Moore,

Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. liii, pt. 2, p. 17 (1884).

On September 5th, 1885, Captain C. A. R. Sage* of the 18th Bengal

Infantry sent me ina tin box with a gauze cover seven live females

which had that day been caught. At the hour I received them (5-30 P.M.)

they had laid over 70 eggs of a beautiful light green colour on the

gauze cover, and two on the side of the box. On Sept. 9th, larve

commenced to emerge, and I placed the gauze on which the eggs were

laid amongst some grass growing in a pot, covering the whole with

a large wooden box with glass sides. The larve rapidly fed up, and

turned to pups, the imagines emerging between October 19th and 25th,

as true Y. huebneri like their mothers. The pupze were sometimes

green, sometimes brown.

On my return on November 8th from my annual autumn holiday in

the Sikkim hills, Captain Sage gave me six about half-grown larve

which he had hatched on October the 20th from eggs laid by Y. huebneri

on the 15th. Being few in number these larve were fed up by me in

a stoppered glass jar, fresh grass being supplied about every other day.

The first of them changed to a pupa on November 20th, and the imago

emerged on December 7th; on November 22nd, another larva changed to

a pupa, the imago emerging December 9th; on November 25th, two

more larve changed to pups, the imagines emerging Dec. 12th; on

December 3rd, another larva changed to a pupa, the imago emerging

December 19th; on December 12th, the last larva changed to a pupa, the

imago emerging on January Ist. All the pups were green, and all

the imagines were true Y. howra. The colour of the pupa does not, I

believe, affect the imago in the least ; it is purely protective, the green

ones in nature being probably attached to the green blades of grass,

while the brown ones occur on the dark-coloured stems near the roots.

The larva when full grown is about an inch or a little less in length,

entirely green, the head round, body of nearly equal thickness through-

out, slightly increasing in size to the fifth segment, thence gradu-

* I am much indebted to this gentleman, who was at that time living on the

outskirts of Calcutta (Alipur), for live specimens of the different butterflies with

which I have experimented. He also bred the same four species from different batches

of eggs, several of them more than once, and always arrived at the same regults ag I

did, as I can testify from having perused his notes and inspected his specimens.

232 Lionel de Nicéville—On the Life-History of [No. 2,

ally tapering to the anal segment, which is furnished with two very

short diverging immovable processes or tails. The head and body are

thickly shagreened, that is, covered with very small closely-set tubercles

emitting fine colourless hairs. There is a dorsal line somewhat darker

green then the rest of the body, which becomes white at the fourth seg-

ment, and extends right through the crown of the head. There is also

a paler green lateral line below the spiracles. The pupa is either green

or brown, with the head rounded, the edge of the wing-cases raised and

angled anteriorly, the thorax humped, and marked, like the abdominal

segments, with some dark brown waved lines and spots.

With regard to this species Mr. Butler remarks* that I have “ yet

to explain to which form, the dry or the wet, the intermediate grades ”’

[between Y. huebnert and Y. howra] “‘ belong.’ The intergrade forms re-

ferred to, in which ‘the ocelli are reduced to points,” probably occur

either at the beginning of the wet or of the dry seasons, though in the

case of this genus I have noticed that the seasonal forms are less well-

marked than in either Melanitis or Mycalesis : now and again a perfectly

ocellated specimen may be found in the middle of the dry or cold season,

or a non-ocellated one in the rains, but this does not much militate

against the fact that in the rains the prevailing form will be ocellated,

in the other seasons non-ocellated. The many variations that occur in

this species are very fully treated on in “The Butterflies of India,

Burmah and Ceylon.” I was a little surprised to see that Mr. Moore, in

the face of what is recorded in that work on this subject, and without any

reference thereto, had described one form of it under the name of Y. howra.

Captain Sage first took Y. howra on November 18th, at a time when

afew Y. huebnert were still on the wing, this being the earliest date on

which he captured the cold and dry season non-ocellated form of this

species.

2. YPTHIMA PHILOMELA, Jobanssen. PI. XII, Fig. 2.

Tam unable to give the synonymy of this species, whose correct identi-

fication and geographical range are matters about which there is much

uncertainty and difference of opinion. I consider that the species should

be known as P. philomela (as pointed out by Mr. Kirby in his Cata-

logue), Johanssen having described it first from Javan specimens, of which

there are a pair in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, collected by Dr.

Horsfield in that island ; these specimens are, so far as I can see, con-

specific with the Indian ones. The Papilio lisandra of Cramer described

from China may or may not be distinct, for I possess no specimens from

that country for comparison. Mr. Moore considers the Indian species to

* Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. v.

1886. | certain Calcutta Species of Satyrine. 233

be the Papilio baldus of Fabricius, who described it from India; in this

he is followed by many authors, including Hewitson in his Monograph

of the genus, who gives Java and Sumatra as well as India as its

habitat. Mr. Elwes records it from China, Japan, and Amurland. Mr.

Distant (who followed Mr. Butler) identified it as the Y. methora of

Hewitson, and has sent me several specimens from the Malay Peninsula

which I am unable to separate specifically from Y. philomela. Mr. But-

ler identifies* my Calcutta specimens as “ Y. methora, Hewitson, varie-

ty.” Ihave lately, since Vol. I of “ The Butterflies of India” appeared,

had the good fortune to obtain, from Mr. Otto Moller from Darjiling, and

from Mr. A. V. Knyvett from Buxa, Bhutan, a considerable series of

both the ocellated and non-ocellated forms of the true Y. methora, the

former occurring in the spring (March and April), the latter in the sum-

mer (August). Hewitson’s types were all three females, the locality

from which he described the species being North India and, as given in

Mr. Kirby’s Catalogue of his collection, Sikkim and Yunan. The speci-

mens Major Marshall and I identified in ‘‘ The Butterflies of India” as

Y. methora from Yunan do not appear to be that species (Hewitson

seems to have made the same mistake, as he placed specimens from both

Sikkim and Yunan under that name), having a sexual streak in the

male, which the true Y.methora does not possess. I cannot therefore

agree with Mr. Butler in considering the Calcutta species as a variety

of Y. methora, of which Mr. Hewitson described and figured a female

of the strongly-ocellated summer brood. Y. laroides, Westwood, is stated

to occur at the Cape of Good Hope, but Mr. Trimen does not mention it

in his South African Butterflies ; and it also may be a synonym of

Y. philomela. Y. lara, Donovan, is recorded from the Cape, but it is also

unknown to me. Lastly, Mr. Butler described a species of Ypthima

from Upper Tenasserim under the name of marshall. Mr. Moore has

kindly thus named for the Indian Museum, Calcutta, numerous speci-

mens of the non-ocellated form of Y. philomela, and on this authority,

in addition to the fact that these Calcutta specimens agree fully with

Mr. Butler’s description of Y. marshallii, I expressed my opinion

that this species is nothing else than the non-ocellated form of Y. philo-

mela. Mr. Butler (without having seen my specimens) denied the fact,

but on seeing them subsequently, when Mr. Distant took them to the

* TI have to express my indebtedness to Mr. W. L. Distant for having, after

some difficulties and delays which have retarded the publication of this paper many

months, obtained Mr. Butler’s identifications of the specimens exhibited at this So-

ciety and also at the Entomological Society of London. When Mr. Butler wrote

his remarks on my suggestions on the seasonal dimorphism obtaining in these spe-

cies, he had not even seen the specimens in question !

234 Lionel de Nicéville—On the Life-History of [No. 2,

British Museum for his inspection, he admitted that they are that species.

This name, therefore, falls —Leaving the confused and disputed question

of the synonymy of this species, I will proceed to give the results of my

experiments in breeding it.

On September 10th, Captain Sage sent me a tin box with net cover

containing several females of Y. philomela. The insects had laid numer-

ous egos on the net, which differ considerably in colour from those of Y.

huebneri, being at once distinguishable by the naked eye. On September

14th, two larve emerged. On September 18th, eighteen more emerged,

and I placed all the young caterpillars in a stoppered glass jar on the

same grass as that which was used for Y. huebnert. The larve are at first

exceedingly small, pinkish-white in colour, hairy, and with a pinkish

head. When full-grown, they are a full inch in length, rather larger

therefore than Y. huwebneri, with the body more compressed than in

that species and flattened to a ridge line below the spiracles, the head

_ rounded, the second segment a little larger than the head, the third

and fourth segments gradually increasing to the fifth, then very

gradually decreasing to the anal segment, which is furnished with two

very small immovable pointed processes or tails. The larva is reddish-

ochreous coloured throughout, not green as in Y. hwebneri, with an

indistinct darker dorsal line, two narrow subdorsal ones, and several

other very narrow lines placed very close together in the spiracular

region above the lateral ridge. There is also a subdorsal series of

about eight short oblique streaks. The head and body throughout

are shagreened, being covered with small tubercles bearing very fine

short hairs. The pupa is either pale ochreous with darker ochreous

and brown markings, or pale green with dark brown markings. It is

very narrow, the thorax longitudinally humped above, with another

ridge just before the abdominal segments placed transversely. On Oct.

8th, one larva; on Oct. 9th, seven larve ; on Oct. 10th, two larve; and

on Oct. 11th, one larva changed toa pupa. On Oct. 17th, three females

emerged; on Oct. 19th, two males and one female; on Oct. 23rd, two

females, and on Oct. 24th, one female emerged ; and two larve died. All

these butterflies proved to be true Y. philomela like their female parent.

On my return from Darjiling on November 8th, Captain Sage gave

me eight very small larve which had emerged on November 4th from

eggs laid by a female Y. philomela on October 29th. On December 16th,

one larva changed to a pupa, which disclosed a male imago on January

5th ; on December 18th, a larva changed, a female imago emerging on

January 10th; on-December 24th, a larva changed to a pupa, a female

emerging on January 16th; and on December 28th, two larve changed

to pupe, a female emerging on January 19th from the one, and a male

1886. | certain Calcutta Species of Satyrinse. 235

on January 20th from the other. Two larve died, having shrivelled

up in the act of turning, possibly in consequence of the atmosphere

of the glass jar in which I bred them not being sufficiently moist,

for in nature these animals must get heavily drenched with dew every

night. All these butterflies bred from eggs laid by Y. philomela proved

to be true Y. marshallii. I may add that Captain Sage, who kept a

careful register of his captures from day to day, first observed “ wild ’’

specimens of Y. marshallii on November 18th, having for months before

caught Y. philomela only.

3. MycaLesis minevs, Linneus. PI. XII, Fig. 3.

The synonymy of this species when it comes to be fully set down (and

unfortunately I do not possess the necessary material from extra-Indian

sources to attempt the task) will be stupendous. In India this species

is certainly represented by mineus, Linneeus ; drusia, Cramer ; polydecta,

Cramer; justina, Cramer; visala, Moore; and indistans, Moore; the

first four species representing ocellated forms, the last two non-ocellated

forms.

Males of typical M. mineus can at once be distinguished by an

ochreous or pale golden elongated patch on the underside of the fore-

wing near the base of the inner margin of closely-packed scales placed

on either side of the submedian nervure near its middle, which patch

is widely surrounded by an area of shining very closely-packed darker

scales ; a somewhat similar patch is also present on the upperside of the

hindwing near the base of the first subcostal nervule. This patch is also

found in typical M. indistans (and it is needless to state that it occurs

also in M. visala, which is but a slight local variety of the latter form).

In typical M. blasiws and in its probably non-ocellated form M. perseus,

these patches are very much smaller and black. Where these patches

are well-marked and the characteristic markings occur with them, these

two species, mineus and blasiws, can be at once distinguished. But the

identification of large series of specimens of this group of Mycalesis

from various parts of India is complicated by this structural character

appearing to be by no means constant, and moreover by the large yellow

patch being sometimes associated with the markings of M. blasius and

M. perseus, and the small black patch with those of M. mineus ; so that

when an attempt is made to sort them into separate species by one

character, an unnatural result is obtained. I wish here only to draw

attention to these circumstances. My own belief is that hybridisation

takes place extensively. In Calcutta I have not as yet met with

any of these puzzling specimens, but such seem to occur commonly

in other parts of India. Local breeding experiments should be carried

out to decide the question.

236 Lionel de Nicéville—On the Life-History of [No. 2,

I will now give the results of my breeding of this species. On

September Ist I placed two female M. mineus in a breeding-cage with

glass top and sides into which I had previously introduced a pot of grow-

ing grass. The same evening the insects laid about thirty eggs singly and

in batches on both sides of the blades of grass indiscriminately. The eggs

are almost white, shining, and semitransparent. On September 5th, the

one female died, and her body on being opened was found to be quite

empty and devoid of eggs. On September 6th, the other female died, and

most of the eggs hatched. As usual the young larve made their first meal

off the empty egg-shells. They are pale green with a black head bearing

two very obtuse black horns on the crown, and with the caudal processes

very small.

Down to the last change of skin, the larve are pale green without

any conspicuous markings; after that change they become pale reddish,

finely mottled with greenish, ochreous, and other colours, the general

effect being somewhat that of the brownish colour of a grass stalk to

which the bases of the dead leaves are still attached. At this stage, the

larve remain chiefly amongst the bases of the grass stalks, where they

are very difficult to be seen. When full-grown, they are about 11 inches

long. The first segment is somewhat narrower than the head, the body

gradually thickens to the middle, and then equally regularly and

gradually tapers to the anal segment, which is furnished with two

short, slightly divergent pointed processes or tails. There is a very

faint greenish dorsal line, with about six obscure darkish oblique

streaks at the sides, the four middle ones of which are the most pro-

minent. The head is blackish, armed with two divergent, blunt, conical

horns, which are obscure reddish like the body ; both head and horns are

thickly set with small rough tubercles, and the face is covered with

short hairs. The whole of the body is very rough or rugose, and very

thickly set with minute tubercles. The legs and underside of the body

are coloured like the upper surface. The pupa is usually pale semi-

transparent green without markings, quite smooth, with the thorax very

convex above and constricted at the base of the abdomen, and with

the spiracles black. I obtained one differently coloured pupa : this was

rich reddish-brown, with the spiracles prominently bright yellow. The

larve turned to pupe between September 28th and October 4th, and

butterflies emerged between October 5th and October 12th,—it seems,

unnecessary to record the exact dates. The imagines, though variable,

were all nearer to M. indistans than to M. mineus, while the majority

were true M. indistans.

Mr. Butler* appears to consider the non-ocellated form of M.

mineus (M. indistans) as rare. In Calcutta it is far commoner than the

* Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1885, p, vi.

1886. ] certain Calcutta Species of Satyrine. 237

ocellated form, the former occurring for about two-thirds of the year, but

the latter for the remaining third only.

4. Me.anitis tepa, Linneus. Pl. XII, Fig. 4.

The synonymy of this species also will be vast when written in full,

as not only must all the numerous forms of M. ismene, Cramer, be added

to it, but also the numerous intergrade forms that have been described,

including that latest bantling of Mr. Butler’s, M. determinata,* which, even

if the “lurid”’ M. leda should prove constant, must sink under the far

older name M. ismene. Its range is enormous: it occurs in Hastern,

Western, and Southern Africa both as true leda (as universally accepted)

and as banksia, throughout Southern Asia, in the Pacific Islands, and in

Australia. Whether it presents dimorphic forms throughout its range, I

cannot say. The specific extent of the genus Melanitis must long remain

in doubt, until, in fact, breeding experiments have been carried out exten-

sively ; but I believe that there are several good species in India alone,

though how many I am not prepared to say: in Ceylon, for instance,

M. tambra is probably distinct from M. leda, in Sikkim M., zitenius and

M. tristis may be good species, and so on.

I did not keep a very exact record of dates in breeding this species,

as the transformations, as stated above, had been previously recorded,

but, from eggs laid by M. leda (= determinata, Butler) in August, I

bred, on September 6th, a female M. leda, on the 7th, another female ; on

the 8th, two female M. ismene, one with distinct ocelli, and therefore an

intergrade between M. leda and M. ismene, though nearer the latter; on

September 9th, one male and two females of M. ismene ; on September 10th,

three males and four females of M. ismene, several of which are intergrades,

and one male M. leda; on September 11th, two males and one female

(the latter a highly ocellated specimen) of M. ismene ; and on September

12th, one male of M. ismene: the total result being that from nineteen

pupe bred from eggs laid by true WM. leda, I obtained three specimens

(1 6,24 ¢) like the mother, and sixteen specimens (7 do, 9 % 2) of

M. ismene, several of which, though transitional forms, were yet all

nearer to M. ismene than to M. leda.

My efforts to breed a second generation failed, all the specimens

dying without coupling or laying eggs.

Captain Sage first observed a specimen of M. ismene on September

23rd, the only Melanitis seen by him for several months previously being

leda.

To conclude, I would earnestly ask entomologists tiving in the tro-

pics to devote as much time and attention as they can to breeding but-

* Ent. Month, Mag. vol. xxi, p. 246 (1885).

238 L. de Nicéville—Lvfe-History of Satyrine. [No. 2, 1886. ]

terflies from the eggs at different seasons, but especially, if the seasons

are strongly marked, at the commencement or at the end of each change.

My experiments have as yet been applied to four species only, and I

think I may safely say that the results to most entomologists are most

unexpected. I could indicate many dozens of Indian species in which

I believe this seasonal dimorphism to occur, embracing nearly every

family into which butterflies have been divided, but I might be again

accused of ‘‘ guessing.” The subject is a-most interesting one, and I

hope to revert to it again before long.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1, Larva from above ; 1 a, green pupa; 1b, brown pupa; bred from eggs

laid in captivity by true Ypthima huebneri.

Fig. 2, Larva from above ; 2 a, pupa; bred from eggs laid in captivity by tx

Ypthima philomela. a*¥

Fig. 3, Larva from above ; 8 a, green pupa; bred from eggs laid in captivity by

true Mycalesis mineus.

Fig. 4, Larva from above; 4a, front view of head of full-grown larva; 4 b,

pupa; bred from eggs laid in captivity by true Melanitis leda.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

——Q-—

Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. III.—1886.

XI.—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. No. 2.—By Pro-

FEsson Avucust Foren, Zurich. Communicated by the Naturat

History SucRETARY.

[Received May 20th ;—Read June 3rd, 1886. |

I. Subfamily Camponotide.

Genus CAMPONOTUS.

1. C. sytvaticus, Oliv., subsp. C. cognatus, Sm., var. e. Also found

in Sibsagar (Assam) and in Sind.

2. C. micans, Nyl., 8 and ?. Variety of colour: the body, the

legs, and the antenne are partially or totally reddish brown or pale

ferruginous. Sibsagar.

3. C. Gicas, Latr. (Hist. nat. Fourmis), ¥. Johore, Malay Penin-

sula.

4. C. sexcurratus, Fab. (Ent. Syst. II. 354.)

Subsp. OC. exiquoguttatus, n. st. This subspecies resembles also

O. cingulatus, Mayr, but cingulatus has long, quite erect hairs on the tibize

and scapi.

®. Length 5.3—8.3 millims. Narrow, like the C. seaguttatus, i.

sp., and C. cingulatus. Clypeus slightly carinate, very slightly and

shortly lobate anteriorly, hardly emarginate in the middle of its anterior

240 <A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. [No. 3,

margin. Mandibles with 6 teeth, very delicately reticulate, with scat-

tered puncture. Legs shining, very delicately reticulate, moderately

flattened, but not prismatic ; without prickles. The whole body opaque

(the head anteriorly slightly shining), very finely and closely trans-

versely wrinkled, microscopically rugged between the wrinkles; the

head partly reticulate. A very scattered and large, often hair-bearing,

puncture at the anterior and middle part of the head of the 8 major.

On the abdomen, the base of the hairs is rather raised. Longer and

shorter, often undulating, yellowish erect hairs are scattered over the

whole body ; but the tibie and scapi are only shortly, thinly, and very

obliquely pilose (pubescent). A quite applied grey-yellowish pubescence

on the whole body, especially on the sides of the thorax, the coxar,

and the abdomen. This pubescence is longer and more abundant than

in C. sexguttatus, 1. sp.

Colour of the § major: the abdomen yellowish, with the anterior

part and a narrow transverse fascia by the posterior margin of each seg-

ment brownish. Thorax reddish yellow. Head yellowish or brownish

red. The head is regularly sprinkled, especially behind, with extremely

minute (nearly microscopical), round, brown spots like freckles. Legs

and funiculi brownish or yellowish red; scapi and mandibles brown.

Colour of the 8 minor: the abdomen differs only in having the

three posterior segments entirely brownish. The rest of the body red-

- dish brown, much darker than in the 3 major. Head without freckles.

Legs, antenne, and mandibles brown.

9. Length about 12 millims. Long, narrow, cylindrical. Scale of

the petiole not emarginate. Resembles the § major, but less opaque ; the

scutellum and abdomen are even moderately shining. Hverywhere

more or less delicately reticulate, hardly here and there finely wrinkled

en the abdomen. Colour of the head, legs, and antenne like that of the

$ major; colour of the abdomen rather like that of the % minor,

Thorax and petiole yellowish ar brownish red. Sides of the mesothorax

and metathorax, two lateral fascis on the mesonotum and its anterior

part brown. Wings tinged with brownish yellow ; veins and pterostig-

ma brownish. Sibsagar (Assam).

This subspecies is very distinct from C. sexguttatus, i. sp., which

besides inhabits South America. But I have lately (H’tudes Myrméco-

logiques en 1879) found the OC. ewtensus, Mayr, from Australia, to be a

subspecies of sexguttatus. In the very variable groups of Camponotus

sylvaticus, seaguttatus, herculeanus, which are distributed over the whole

world, it is better to reduce the number of “species”? as much as

possible, because these are not constant. According to Mayr (Ants of

Turkestar ), the C. variegatus, Smith (from Asia), is a variety of C. sylva-

1886.] A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 241

ticus, which I have also described (1. c.). It is possible, however, that

the true C. variegatus, Smith (Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 18), is more closely

allied to C. sewguttatus, subsp. exiqguoguttatus.

Genus POoLYRHACHIS.

5. P. praamata, Drury (Ill. Nat. Hist. t. 2, pl. 38, 1770), §. Tavoy.

6. P.armata, Le Guillou (Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. T. X.1841) (= Polyrh.

defensus, Smith, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 62; = Polyrh. pandarus, Sm., l. c. p. 65),

% and @. Sibsagar (Assam).

Var. minor n. Length: only 7 millims. Abdomen bright rufo-

ferruginous ; legs brown; thorax and antenne dark brown. In other

respects like the typical form. Sibsagar.

7. P. spintgera, Mayr (Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 4 Dec,

1878). Sibsagar.

8. P. pives, Smith (Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 60) ( = acantha, Sm., Proc.

L. 8. Z. V. 1860, p. 98, sec. Mayr), . Sibsagar. The sole ¥ is a variety

with the abdomen brown, the pubescence coarser and a little more fasci-

culate, the abdomen having coarser and more abundant raised wrinkles

than the typical form. The pronotum a little broader anteriorly.

9. P. acasta, Smith (Proc. L. L. S. 1860, V. 100)? (per-

haps = argentea, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 1862), §. The silvery

pubescence is not dense, The spines of the metanotum are straight,

divergent, twice as distant at the base as in P. dives, as long as the -

distance between their bases. Basal surface of the metanotum much

broader than long (in P. dives longer than broad). Abdomen of the

Sibsagar specimen brownish, legs reddish yellow with the coxa, tarsi, and

the base of the tibie blackish-brown. Length 5.5 millims. Sibsagar.

10. P. rurcaTa, Smith (Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 64), 3. Variety with the

abdomen black (rufo-testaceous in Smith’s type). A very distinct,

curious species, with the head and abdomen wholly smooth and shining,

the thorax and petiole very coarsely, unevenly, and deeply reticulate

(reticulate-punctate), the scale cylindric, much raised, bearing two long

spines curved like chamois horns.

Smith’s description is to be completed as follows :—

Thorax deeply emarginate between the mesonotum and the meta.

notum. Pronotum and mesonotum together strongly arched longitudi-

nally and transversely. Basal surface of the metanotum very short,

Clypeus carinate. Mandibles smooth and shining with scattered punc-

ture. The whole body more or less covered with long, yellowish-white

erect hairs and with a very scattered coarse pubescence. Tuibiee and

scapi with long and perpendicularly erect hairs. Length 5. 5—6 mil-

lims. Sibsagar (Makes a nest in trees and is said to stridulate, but I

242 A. Forel—Indian Anis of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. [No. 3,

have found no stridulating organs and suspect the insect merely scrapes

dry leaves with end of abdomen.—Wood-Mason).

An aberrant specimen having the scale lowerand more sqamiform,

the scale-horns removed from one another and lowered towards the ab-

domen, the body more pilose, the thorax and the abdomen dark reddish-

brown,—also comes from Sibsagar.

The Polyrhachis furcata belongs to the group “ armata” of Mayr.

11. G. srriata, Mayr (Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 1862),

8 and ¢@. The hairs on the body are yellowish brown and not black as

Mayr has stated. The ? is only 11 millims. in length, differing from

the ¥ in having the abdomen very opaque, very closely punctured be-

tween the wrinkles ; then the spines of the pronotum and the superior

spines of the scale are shorter. The wings are wanting. Tavoy and

Sibsagar.

12. P. mMayrei, Roger (Verzeichniss etc., Berl. ent. Zeitschr cag

Subsp. P. intermedia, n. st., §. Differs from the P. Mayret, 1. sp.,

having only scattered erect we (the tibie and scapi have only a Hie

very scattered erect hairs), the lamine frontales more approximated, the

abdomen brownish, with much less abundant gray (not golden) pubes-

cence. The sculpture of the abdomen can easily be seen through the

pubescence. Sibsagar.

This subspecies is allied to P. proxima, Roger (Berl. ent. Zeitschr.

1863), by its erect hairs and by its approximated laminae frontales. But

it differs from that species in the broadness and the stout form of its

thorax (stouter than in P. mayrei, i. sp.), by its stout metanotal teeth, by

the very distant superior spines of its broad scale, between which is a

little tooth.

The P. intermedia induces me, however, to believe that the P. prowi-

ma, Roger, is also only a subspecies of P. mayert. A specimen of P. in-

termedia has the abdomen black.

13. P.Re.ucens, Latr. (Hist. nat. Fourm.) P pecrerens, Roger(Berl.

ent. Zeitschr 1863) P ¢. This ¢ cannot be more accurately determined

without the 9. Pegu.

14. P. tavistma, Smith, var. picHrous n., ¥. Differs from the

typical form only in having the abdomen and the legs yellowish ful-

vaceous, with the antenne and the anterior part of the head reddish

brown. The rest of the body is black. Sibsagar.

N.B. The species Polyrhachis affinis, Le Guillou, according to Mayr

(Formicide Borneenses, Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, 1872), is synonymous

with P. bihamata, Drury. The name Polyrhachis affinis must therefore

be restored to the Polyrhachis vicina, Roger (vicina, Roger, Verzei-

chniss, 1863, = affinis, Smith, Cat. Brit. Mus. 1858). Thus the last species

1886.] <A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 243

must be called “ Polyrhachis affinis, Smith (nec Le Guillou) = P. vicina,

Roger.”

Smith (Proceed. Lin. Soc., March 1863) has described two different

species of Polyrhachis, P. dolomedes (No. 1, p. 14) $% and ¢ from

Ceram and P. dolomedes (No. 2, p. 16) § from Waigiou, under the

same name! Analogous mistakes have been committed several times

by Smith: for instance, in Journal Proceed. Lin. Soc. Suppl. Vol. V,

pp. 104, 105, two quite different Ponera semillima, Smith, are to be seen :

the one p. 104 = Lobopelta diminuta, Smith, and the other p. 105 =

Ponera affinis, Roger (sec. Mayr, Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1862,

and Roger Berl. ent. Zeitschr 1860). But the double Polyrhachis dolo-

medes is not yet corrected, and I propose to name the P. dolomedes

No. 2, Polyrhachis psewadonyma, n. sp., if this species is not synony-

mous with P. wiphias, Smith (1. c.) !

Genus CHCOPHYLLA.

15. Qi. smaraaprna, Fab., ¢ and . Also found in Sibsagar, Pegu,

Arrakan, and South Andaman Island.

Genus MyrMrcocystus.

Wesmaél, Bullet. Acad. Roy. Bruxelles 1838, == Cataglyphis, Foerst., Verh.

Nath. V. Rheinl 1850, = Monocombus, Mayr, Formicina Austriaca, Verh. z.-b. Ver.

Wien, 1855. .

16. M. viaticus, Fab. (Mant. Insect. sist. 1787), %. Kurhurbali.

This Mediterranean species has hitherto been found to extend only as

far as Persia and Turkestan, and is here recorded from India for the first

time. The Indian specimens are typical, only a little more pubescent on

the metanotum.

II. Subfamily Dolichoderide.

Genus DoLICHODERUS.

Lund, Annales des Sciences nat. xxiii, 1831 (Forel, Bullet. Soc. vaud. Sc. nat.

vol. xv, 1878).

17. D. moaeripcet, n. sp., 3. Length 2.3 millims. Head short oval,

broad, with very convex sides, very straitened behind, and there also

semicircularly emarginate, about the neck of the pronotum. The pos-

terior edge of the head, about the slope, is sharp, slightly raised, and

nearly angle-shaped at both ends. Clypeus anteriorly with a deep,

transverse, and curved impressed line, which runs from one anterior angle

of the head to the other. The clypeus is very convex behind this im-

pressed line. Frontal area and frontal sulcus indistinct.

Viewed from the side, the thorax ascends straight from the neck

towards the middle of the mesonotum, this middle being the summit of an

944 A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. [No. 3,

obtuse angle. From the middle of the mesonotum it descends again as

far as the deep meso-metanotal strangulation. The middle of this de-

scending surface is interrupted by the two protuberant stigmas. The

basal surface of the metanotum is very abruptly ascending, hardly

arched, and terminated behind by a transverse nearly rectilinear edge,

which forms with the declivous surface a right or nearly acute angle.

The declivous surface of the metanotum is plane above and concave ©

below.

Viewed above, the pronotum is flattened, widened, trapeziform ; the

mesonotum is elongate and has a strong longitudinal impressed line with

two edging blunt elevations in the middle of its sides; the basal surface

of the metanotum is rectangular, longer than broad.

Scale raised, hardly inclined, moderately thick, evenly convex in

front and behind, with the upper edge transverse and slightly rounded.

The abdomen of the sole specimen is deformed.

Mandibles smooth aud shining with very scattered puncture. . The

whole body shining, especially the head. The head very delicately reti-

culate at the sides. On the anterior surface of the head, this sculpture

passes into a very delicate scattered puncture, which replaces the

reticulations. Thorax more or less delicately reticulate, except the

declivous surface of the metanotum, which is smooth. Scale delicately

reticulate or punctate. Abdomen with very delicate scattered puncture.

No erect hairs. An extremely fine and much applied pubescence is scat-

tered over the whole body, especially on the abdomen, on the scapi, and

on the legs, where it forms a slight and delicate down.

Uniformly dark brownish or reddish yellow. Antenne and legs

clearer.

Gizzard (proventriculus) without sepals, of the same shape as in

the other species of the genus Dolichoderus, for instance, very like that

of D. bispinosus. I softened the abdomen in water, and was thus

enabled to dissect out that organ without destroying the specimen.

Sibsagar.

N. B. Ihave found the gizzard of D. marie, Forel, very like that of

D. 4-punctatus of Hurope.

III. Subfamily Poneride.

Genus PONERA.

18. PonERA LEEUWENHG@KI, n. sp., ¥. Resembles a little the P. insu-

lana, Mayr, and P. tesserinoda, Mayr, but is quite distinct. Length: 7.5—-8

millims. Mandibles shorter and broader than in P. tesserinoda, strongly

striate, with scattered puncture above the striation, armed with 7 teeth.

1886.] <A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 245

A very distinct groove runs obliquely from the inner articular angle to

the exterior edge of the mandibles (as in P. tesserinoda and sulcata):

A much raised longitudinal carina in the middle of the clypeus (as in

P. insulana), which is slightly acuminated or toothed in the middle of its

anterior edge, Hyes smaller by half than in P. tesserinoda, situated on

the anterior quarter of the sides of the head. Head broad, a little

narrowed behind, and there broadly concave. The anterior edge of

this concavity forms a right angle with the anterior surface of the

head. The perpendicularly truncate posterior surface of the occiput is

obliquely striate or wrinkled and shining. The sides of the head are

more or less flattened and submarginate. Head longitudinally striate

beneath, coarsely reticulate and finely granulate above (anteriorly). On

the forehead and the cheeks the reticulations pass into longitudinal

wrinkles.

Thorax moderately short ; a lamelliform tooth at the anterior inferior

angle of the pronotum. The meso-metanotal suture wholly obliterated.

Declivous surface of the metanotum truncate, plane, oval, and margin-

ed by a small subdenticulate edge. This truncation is shining, trans-

versely wrinkled below, the wrinkles being more effaced above. Pro-

notum semicircularly reticulate-rugose, mesonotum longitudinally so,

both in addition with scattered and moderately effaced extremely coarse

puncture. The basal surface of the metanotum with an extremely coarse

and deep reticulate-punctate-rugose sculpture.

Scale like that of P. tesserinoda, but nearly twice as broad as thick.

Its anterior and posterior surfaces are both truncate and transversely wrin-

kled. Its periphery has an extremely coarse and deep puncture, between

which it is rugose. A rounded hump under the petiole.

Abdomen truncated anteriorly; the truncation shining and nearly

smooth. The rest of the first segment reticulate-rugose (transversely

so in front, longitudinally behind) ; besides, it is very coarsely scattered

and effaced-punctured. The other segments of the abdomen are shining

and delicately, more or less effaced reticulate-rugose (transversely so

on the base, longitudinally so on the end of each), with scattered not

coarse puncture. Legs and antenne strongly punctured.

The spurs of all the legs pectinate. Some rare scattered erect

hairs, especially on the tibiz and scapi. A short, much spaced applied

pubescence is scattered everywhere. This pubescence is extremely fine

on the abdomen.

Brownish black. Abdomen dark reddish brown. Legs, antennae,

mandibles, lamine frontales, and anterior edge of the head reddish.

Sibsagar.

246 A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Mussum, Calcutta. [No. 3,

Genus BorHROPONERA.

Mayr, Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. xii. 1862.

19. B. ruripes, Jerdon (Madr. Journ. Lit. & Sc. 1851, 119:

Ponera), %. Sibsagar.

In the same box with B.rufipes (Sibsagar Assam 22%) is another

Bothroponera, which differs from B. rufipes only in having two stout,

blunt, triangular, and flattened spines at the metanotum. These spines,

or lamelliform large teeth, have a posterior concavity, which is directly

continued into the declivous surface of the metanotum and sharp edged

in common therewith, whilst the anterior convex side is directly con-

tinuous with the basal and lateral surface.

This toothed Bothroponera agrees in every respect with the descrip-

tion of “‘ Pachycondyla (Bothroponera) bispinosa, Smith ”’ (Cat. Brit. Mus,

p- 107); only the longer tooth at the lateral angles of the scale is

wanting.

Now Mayr (Journ. Mus. Godeffroy Hamburg, XII, 1876, p. 32) has

found that Bothroponera piliventris, Sm., an Australian species closely

allied to B. rufipes, offers a very peculiar sort of dimorphism in the §, the

first category of ¥ having a narrow and entire scale, the second a broad

and emarginate one.

The toothed Bothroponera (bispinosa) from Sibsagar agrees so com-

pletely in every minute detail, except the teeth orspines, with C. rujfipes,

that I venture to suggest that the two belong to the same species and

constitute a new case of dimorphism in the §% of ants, P. bispinosa

being the dimorphic form of P. rufipes.

It is easy to confirm or to refute my supposition by the observation

of the living colony, especially of the pups: in the nests.

Genus ODONTOPONERA.

Mayr, Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1862.

20. O. penticuLara, Smith (Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 90), 3. Sikkim.

Genus LOBOPELTA.

21. L. murasinis, Smith (Proc. Lin. Soc. Zool. 1861, p. 15), §.

Sibsagar.

22. L. woop-masoni, n. sp., ¥.. Resembles the DL. castanea, Mayr, ~

but very distinct by its large and wide strangulation between the meso-

thorax and the metathorax.

Length 6:2 mill. Long and narrow; the legs and especially the

antennsw very long. Head oval. LHyes large, flat, situated at the an-

terior 2 of the head. The second joint of the funiculus longer than the

1886.] A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 247

first. Mandibles rather broad, striated; their terminal edge long

sharp, with a pointed tooth at the end and an obtuse one at its posterior

third. Clypeus very triangularly advanced, nearly acuminated, strongly

carinate, longitudinally striated. Laminae frontales extremely short ;

sulcus frontalis broad and short. The sides and the anterior part of the

head longtudinally striated. Vertex and occiput shining, nearly smooth.

Mesothorax strongly strangulated after the mesonotum ; the strangula-

tion much widened. Mesonotum small and narrow. The basal surface

of the metanotum narrow, rounded, as long as the pronotum and the

mesonotum together. The declivous one moderately short, transversely

wrinkled, rounded at the sides and above. The rest of the thorax is

shining and nearly smooth, except the sides of the mesothorax and of the

metathorax, which are more or less rugose. Scale raised, narrowed in

front, smooth and shining, as long as the breadth of its posterior sur-

face. Abdomen shining and nearly smooth, strongly strangulated after

the first segment.

Here and there a few erect hairs on the legs, the scapi, and the under

side of the body. Applied pubescence nearly totally wanting. Yellow-

ish or reddish brown, darker over the head, the thorax, and the scale.

Funiculi, tibie, and tarsi testaceous. Sibsagar.

N. B.—Smith (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, Part IV, 6 Sept.) de-

scribes a Ponera castanea from New Zealand and says that the genus

Ponera had not been previously ascertained to inhabit New Zealand.

Now Mayr had previously (Novara Reise, Formicide, p. 69, 1865) also

described a Ponera castanea (!) from Auckland (New Zealand) ; but

I cannot ascertain if P. castanea, Smith, and P. castanea, Mayr, are two

different species or not.

V. Subfamily Myrmicide.

Genus Sima.

23. S. ruroniaRA, Jerdon, 9. Also from Sibsagar.

Genus CAREBARA.

Westwood, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1841, vi. 86.

24. C..ianata, Westw. (l.c. $); Smith (Cat. Brit. Mus. ¢), ?,

Sibsagar, ¢ Pegu.

Genus APH NOGASTER.

Mayr, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1853, = Atta autorum, nec Fabricii.

25. A. BarBARA, L. (Systema Nature I. 962 9).

Var. semirufa, André (Species d. Formic. d’ Europe, 1881-82), 3

West shore of Sea of Galilee.

248 <A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. [No. 3,

Var. punctata n., § media-major. Length 6°3 millims. Head smooth

and shining with very scattered, but distinct and moderately coarse

puncture, besides with some divergent effaced strie. Pronotum and

mesonotum rugose. Two elongate tubercles on the metanotum. Dark

reddish brown. Abdomen dark chestnut-brown. In other respects like

the other varieties. Kashmir.

The A. barbara is a very variable Mediterranean species and has

hitherto been found as far as Asia Minor and Turkestan, but not in India.

Genus PHEIDOLE.

27. P.rnpica, Mayr, ?. Also from Port Canning, near Calcutta.

Genus CREMASTOGASTER.

Lund, Ann. d. Sc. nat. 1881, 1382, = Acrocelia, Mayr, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1852.

28. C.supnupa, Mayr (Verh. k. k. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 4 Dec. 1878),

5 variety. Differs from Mayr’s description only in having the mandi-

bles entirely striated, the funiculi not clearer than the rest of the antenna,

the second node of the petiole entirely smooth, the spines of the metano-

tum slightly concave exteriorly, and in being longer (4 millim.). Sibsagar,

29. C. FuavA, n. sp., 9. Length 4° 2—5 millims. Entirely of a

pale yellow; only the posterior half of the abdomen with a brownish

tinge. Slender; legs and antenne ratherlong. Resembles a little the

C. rogenhoferi, Mayr. The club of the antenne 38-jointed. Mandibles

closely striated. Head and thorax opaque. Head entirely longitudinally

striated ; its sides and posterior angles have besides a regularly spaced

and rather coarse puncture. The strie diverge towards the occiput,

which has also sinuous, more or less transverse strie.

Thorax rather narrow. Pronotum moderately flattened above, with

the sides a little prominent. Mesonotum with two lateral carine, between

which it is concave, a little enlarged in front, rounded at its anterior

margin. Spines of the metanotum little divergent, moderately convex

exteriorly, a little shorter than the interval between their bases. The

declivous surface of the metanotum smooth, shining, much longer than

the basal one. The rest of the thorax longitudinally rugose and

delicately reticulate-punctate between the wrinkles.

The first node of the petiole viewed from above, as in O. rogen-

hoferi, flattened, broad, with a semicircular anterior edge, which is ter-

minated by two angles at the middle of the sides. From these angles,

each posterior half of the sides is concave and converges strongly towards

the posterior edge, where it is terminated by a little protuberance. The

posterior edge is emarginate between these protuberances. The second

1886.] Lionel de Nicéville—On some New Indian Butterflies. 249

~ node is longitudinally and broadly, but not very deeply sulcated in the

middle (the sulcus is deep in OC. dohrni, Mayr, and rogenhoferi, Mayr).

Petiole and abdomen shining and delicately reticulate ; some longitudi-

nal wrinkles on the second node.

Some erect hairs on the thorax and on the head, very few elsewhere,

none at all on the tibie and scapi. A spaced, but regular, applied pubes-

cence on the tibie, the scapi, the head, and the abdomen, very scattered

elsewhere. Sibsagar.

XII.—On some New Indian Butterflies —By Lionst pp Nice’ vine, F. E.S.

[Received 23rd April ;—Read June 2nd, 1886. |

(With Plate XI.)

Family NYMPHALIDA.

Subfamily Saryrinz.

1. LerHeE BRISANDA, n. sp., Pl. XI, Fig. 13, 2.

DESCRIPTION. FEMALE. “UpPErsIDE, both wings castaneous. Lore-

wing with rather more than the outer half fuscous, crossed from the

middle of the costa to near the anal angle by a decreasing white band,

which is tinged with ochreous anteriorly, its inner edge very straight

and sharply defined, its outer edge less regular and blurred; two small

ochreous subapical spots divided by the fifth subcostal nervule. Hind-

wing with the outer half fuscous, bearing a submarginal series of four

black spots placed upon a castaneous band, the upper one large and

round, the second in the subcostal interspace somewhat quadrate and

extending to the inner of the two pale marginal fine lines, the third and

fourth in the median interspaces small and oval; there are faint traces

also of a spot in the discoidal and a geminated one in the submedian

interspace. UNDERSIDE, both wings pale ochreous-brown. Forewing with

two ferruginous fine lines crossing the middle of the cell, the discal band

as above but somewhat lengthened posteriorly, the ground-colour within

it somewhat darker than the rest of the wing, a submarginal series of

four small perfect ocelli placed between the veins, made up of a white

pupil, a black ring, a ring of the ground-colour, a ferruginous ring, and

an outer pale ring; two fine dark marginal lines. Hindwing with two’

discal fine irregular ferruginous lines from the costa to the submedian

nervure, the lower disco-cellular nervule defined with ferruginous; a

submarginal series of six perfect ocelli, made up of a black white-pupilled

centre, then an ochreous, then a dark brown, and lastly an outer vio-

250 Lionel de Nicéville—On some New Indian Butterflies. [No. 3,

laceous ring, the upper occllus much the largest, the second and

fourth subequal, as are also the third and sixth which are the smallest,

the latter twinned ; two fine dark marginal lines inwardly defined by a

pale violet line and enclosing a fine ochreous line. Cilia pale brown

throughout.

EXpanse: ¢, 2°35 inches.

Has.—Buxa, Bhutan.

Nearly allied to Lethe dinarbas, Hewitson, the female of which has

not hitherto been figured or described, from which it differs on the

upperside in having the ground-colour castaneous instead of pale brown,

the discal band straighter and better defined, the ocelli on the hindwing

smaller and blind; on the underside the ground-colour in L. brisanda

is ochreous, in L. dinarbas it is pale brown washed with violascent, the

forewing has four ocelli owing to the discal band being narrower, in L.

dinarbas there are three only, on both wings in the latter the discal narrow

lines are dark brown instead of ferruginous and broader and more

regular. L. brisanda is nearly allied also to L. hyrania, Kollar, from which

the castaneous ground-colour of the upperside and the much narrower

discal band on the forewing will readily distinguish it.

A figure of L. dinarbas, female, is given (fig. 4) from a specimen

from Native Sikkim in Mr. Otto Moller’s collection.

The type and only known specimen of L. brisanda is in the collection

of Mr. A. V. Knyvett, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of

figuring and describing it. The male has yet to be discovered : it will

probably prove to be closely allied to L. dinarbas, which also occurs at

Buxa, and to L. hyrania.

Subfamily NympHarina.

2. NeEpTIS KUHASA, n. sp., Pl. XI, Fig. 12, ¢.

Duscription. Maus. Upprrsipn, both wings black with orange

markings. Forewing with a broad discoidal streak bounded below by

the median nervure, obscurely separated from the large triangular spot

beyond by two fine black lines; a broad subapical patch well-separated

from a rather less broad discal one which reaches the inner margin, and

is strongly constricted at the first median nervule ; a prominent submar-

ginal somewhat lunate band, with a very obscure and fine pale marginal

line. Hindwing with a broad straight even discal band, and a narrower

(about one-third the width) submarginal similar band; marginal line

as in forewing. UNDERSIDE, both wings with the ground-colour much

paler, and the bands also paler, ochreous rather than orange. Forewing

marked as above. Hindwing with an additional ochreous band at the

base of the costal margin, the discal and submarginal bands broader

1886. ] Lionel de Nicéville—On some New Indian Butterflies. 251

(much reducing thereby the width of the band of the ground-colour

between them), the outer margin broadly fuscous bearing a prominent

ochreous line. Fumatn, both wings slightly paler. Forewing with the

apex less produced. Hindwing with the discal band narrower, the sub-

marginal band wider than in the male. Unprrsipr with the same

differences as above.

Hixpanse: 6,1:°9; 2, 2:0 inches.

Has.—Cachar.

N. kuhasa differs from Upper Tenasserim specimens of N. sattanga

in both sexes in the submarginal band on the upperside of the hindwing

being narrower ; the band of the ground-colour on the underside of the

hindwing between the discal and submarginal ochreous bands is twice as

wide, and in addition the outer margin of that wing is broadly fuscous,

bearing a prominent ochreous line. InN. sattanga the margin is equally

broadly ochreous inwardly bounded by a narrow black line, the extreme

margin being defined by a very fine black line.

Mr. Wood-Mason took one male on the 29th July, and two females

on the 8th August at Irangmara in Cachar, which specimens are now in

the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

3. NEPTIS BURMANA, n. sp., Pl. XI, Fig. 9, ¢.

Description. Mare. Upprrsipe, both wings black with prominent

pure white markings. Forewing with the discoidal streak narrow, deeply

indented at the end of the cell; the discal series of spots large and well-

separated, the submarginal macular band distinct, with a pale line on

either side. Hindwing with the discal band somewhat broad, straight,

and even, followed by a pale line, the submarginal white macular band

prominent, with a pale line beyond. Unprrsipn, both wings dull ferru-

ginous. Forewing with the triangular spot less prominently separated

from the discoidal streak beyond, and the pale lines on either side of the

submarginal macular band more distinct. Hindwing with a broad white

basal band, two marginal white lines (there is only one pale line on the

upperside), other markings as above.

HXPANsE : 2°4 inches.

HAs.—Upper Tenasserim.

Nearest to N. cartica, Moore, from which it differs on the upperside

in haying all the markings prominent and pure white; in N. cartica the

markings are all obscure and tinged with fuliginous, except the discal

band of the hindwing and the four spots on the forewing in continuation,

which are white ; the submarginal band also on the hindwing is more

macular in N. burmana ; and on the underside there are two marginal

lines on the hindwing, in N. cartica there is only one, whereby the width

252 Lionel de Nicéville—On some New Indian Butterflies. [No. 3,

of the band of the ground-colour between the discal and submarginal

bands in that species is increased.

There are two male specimens of N. burmana in Major Marshall’s

collection, both taken by Captain C. T. Bingham, one in the Donat range

in January, the other at Sekkan, Thoungyeen, in February.

Family LEMONIID.

Subfamily Nemropiinz.

4, ABISARA CHELA, n. sp., Pl. XI, Fig. 7, ¢.

Description. Marne. Uppersipn, both wings dark fuscous brown.

Forewing with an oblique white discal band from the middle of the costa

to about the middle of the submedian interspace, variable in width; a

submarginal narrow white line, sometimes distinct throughout its length,

at others blurred in the middle, but always ending ina distinct white spot

at the costa ; one or two short fine marginal white lines at the anal angle.

Hindwing with two submarginal rounded black spots divided by the dis-

coidal nervule, the upper one the smaller and outwardly circled with white,

the lower one marked anteriorly and posteriorly with white ; the outer

portion of the discoidal and third median nervules orange ; three somewhat

indistinct black lunular spots on the margin in the median and submedian,

interspaces, inwardly defined with a pale line, the spot in the submedian

interspace geminated; two fine interrupted white marginal lines; tail

short and marked with white; an ill-defined discal pale band, inwardly

sharply defined, outwardly blurred. Unpsrsipe, both wings much paler,

all the markings more distinct. Forewing with the discal and submar-

ginal bands much broader than above, the latter always well-marked

throughout its length. Hindwing marked as above, but tne space from

the discal band to the margin irrorated with white, the outer portion of

all the veins orange. Frmaue. Upprrsipn, both wings paler than in the

male, tinged throughout with ferruginous, the veins of the hindwing more

broadly marked with orange. UNpzERSIDE with the same differences as

above.

Expanse: 6, 1:75 to 1:90; 2, 1:90 inches.

Has.—Sikkim, Sylhet.

Allied to A. neophron, Hewitson, which oocurs in the same places

with it, and in Sikkim in the same months; differs from it in its smaller

size, usually broader discal band on the forewing, the submarginal line

usually more prominent, and always ending anteriorly in a white spot,

which is never the case in A. neophron ; markedly also in the length of the

tail, this part being fully twice as long in A. neophron as it is in A. chela.

Through the kindness of Mr. Otto Méller I have examined a long series

1886.] Lionel de Nicéville—On some New Indian Butterflies. 253

of both species from Sikkim, and find that the differences given above

are constant. He first recognized and pointed out to me the distinctness

of these two species. For comparison I have figured (fig. 8) the upperside

of a male specimen of A. neophron from Sikkim.

Family LYCAINIDA.

5. ALLOTINUS MULTISTRIGATUS, n. sp., Pl. XI, Fig. 11, $, 2, 2.

Description. Mate. Upperstpn, both wings dark brown. Fore-

wing with a pale brown elongated patch in the middle of the disc. Hind-

wing unmarked. Unpursipn, both wings pale ochreous brown, covered

(except the inner margin of the forewing) with hundreds of very minute

spots made up of a dark brown centre and fine outer pale line. Fore-

wing with three similar but larger discoidal spots, and a fourth below

the middle one in the submedian interspace at the point where the

first median nervule is given off; a similar submarginal series. Hind-

wing crossed by fouralmost equi-distant series of similar spots. Cilia pale

brown throughout. Fermatz, differs in having the forewing more trun-

cate and the hindwing more deeply scalloped than in the male. Uppsr-

SIDE, forewing with the discal patch very prominent and pale ochreous,

the basal half of the costal margin narrowly pale ochreous, with four

short streaks beyond. Cvzlia pale ochreous. Otherwise as in the male.

EXpanse: 6, 2°1; 9, 2°0 to 2°1 inches.

Has.—Kumaon, Sikkim, Chittagong.

In collections W. Doherty from Kumaon and Chittagong; Colonel

A. M. Lang, R. E., Otto Moller, and A. V. Knyvett from Sikkim. Quite

different from any species known to me.

6. SAaTADRA TEESTA, n. sp., Pl. XI, Fig. 3, &.

Description. Mate. Uppursine, both wings of a very deep purple,

of a deeper shade than in any species of the group known to me. Fore-

wing with a very narrow black marginal line. Hindwing with the black

marginal line much broader than on the forewing ; tail black, tipped with”

white. Unprrsipz marked almost exactly as in 8. singla, mihi.

HxPAaNsE: o, 1°8 inches.

Has.—Sikkim.

Nearest to’ S. singla, from which it differs in the forewing being

shorter and truncated instead of produced at the apex, the marginal

black line only a quarter as broad, the colouration of both wings on the

upperside of a deeper shade of; purple. Obtained in the Teesta Valley,

Sikkim, by Mr. Otto Moller, in whose collection the type specimen is

deposited.

254 Lionel de Nicéville—On some New Indian-Butterflies. — [No. 3,

Family PAPILIONIDZ.

Subfamily Papinionina.

7. PAPILIO PAPHUS, n. sp., Pl. XI, Fig. 6, &.

Description. Mats. Intermediate between P. glycerion, Gray, and

P. tamerlanus, Oberthir. Differs from the former in being larger, the

forewing less profusely marked with black on the outer margin, both

above and below, the hindwing having the disc crossed by a narrow black

line which is joined posteriorly to a continuous subbasal line, the wing

membrane between the discoidal nervule and the anal angle much

broader. On the underside of the hindwing there is in P. paphus a series

of six elongated streaks of the ground-colour divided by the nervules,

from the costal nervure to the first median nervule outside the cell, these

streaks being much shorter in P. glycerion, the ones in the costal, subcostal,

and second median interspaces of that species being divided in the middle

by a black bar into two spots, the anterior one in each instance being

yellow, in P. paphus they are undivided and concolourous with the ground

throughout. It differs from P. tamerlanus on the upperside (no figure is

given of the underside of that species nor any detailed description) in

having the two black bands at the end of the cell of the forewing parallel

and conjoined in the middle as in P. glycerion, the black bands of the

hindwing much less prominent. It is also a smaller insect, but agrees

with it in the rounded apex of the forewing, and the width of the wing-

membrane at the anal angle of the hindwing.

Expanse: o, 3 inches.

Has.—Sikkim.

P. glycerion has a very wide range, occurring as far west as Simla

at any rate, probably throughout the Himalayas eastwards, and in China,

P. tamerlanus was described from Moupin, Western China, P. paphus is

known to occur as yet only in Sikkim, specimens of it (including the

type) are in Mr. Otto Moller’s collection, also in that of Mr. A. V.

Knyvett. For comparison, I have figured (fig. 5, 6) the underside of a

specimen of P. glycerion from Sikkim.

Family HESPERIID.

8. HAxpeE cupta, n. sp., Pl. XI, Fig. 1, ¢.

Desoriprion. Mare. Upprrsipn, both wings dark brown. Fore-

wing with two small spots in the cell placed obliquely one above the

other, obsolete in one specimen, two or three conjoined subapical minute

spots, two on the dise divided by the second median nervule. Hindwing

with some long ochreous hairs in the middle of the disc. UNDERSIDE,

UE NICEVILLE

. Journ. Asiat Soec.Beneal, 1886, Vol.L.V Pt.

INDIAN

F ¥

ey,

iveils ?

wary '

iG.

if ’

;

‘I

es fap

n Po bh

{

ero

ih?

a4 '

‘ey | 7

al con.

r 6

bP ae ts |

4 4 Sih ry

' , Th is

Hf 4 si

. he t

| rie aed

a tint?

a 5 a

* ey Coa

7 ae {

i; aL id ae . i

ASE vs ee

ye *

oa. © oe

HAN ey muy y

% opvene! |

ti Ate’

Cit. ib AE

sf Y 7 Al Li]

en '

r i ¥ . ‘

R . Pa .

’

{

‘ :

mie)

fais?

hal 1

ped

7 i

] Pa

4 ’

Cute

ery

‘ ‘

‘

| f

“s

Tay

fa) oF

ij i

Ls ' *

‘ \

“ a

B. 'Oh bon) >

Taft

‘

> *

x ;

Pah .

P :

saa

| ‘

. ¥

h ; 4

iw id

’ eT

- 1886.] Lionel de Nicéville—On some New Indian Butterflies. 255

forewing with the costa and apex diminishing towards the anal angle,

and the whole of the hindwing clothed with greenish-ochreous scales.

Forewing marked as above. Hindwing wlth two or three small pale

opaque spots on the disc. Cilia cinereous, tipped with darker at the end

of the nervules.

Expanse: o, 1'4 to 1°5 inches.

Has.— Sikkim.

Near to H. kwmara, mihi, differs somewhat in shape, the forewing

being narrower and more produced at the apex, the subapical spots

smaller. On the underside in H. gupta there are some pale spots on the

disc of the hindwing, which are absent in H. kumara. The shade of the

ground-colour is also quite different : in H. kumara, it is golden brown,

in H. gupta, greenish-ochreous. The sexual mark is rather prominent.

Mr. Otto Moller has obtained several male specimens in Sikkim.

9. PAMPHILA AVANTI, n. sp., Pl. XI, Fig. 10, 3.

Description. Mare. Upprrsipe, both wings fuscous. Forewing

with a broad oblique subbasal streak, a more irregular and broader dis-

cal streak, both commencing close to the costa and extending to the

submedian nurvure where they are joined, and a subapical streak, which

joins the discal one, all yellow. Cilia very long and brown. Hindwing

with a large irregular-shaped spot in the middle of the disc, with two

very small and indistinct ones placed outwardly beyond it. Cilia pale

yellow. Unpersipe, both wings much paler, ferruginous-ochreous on the

hindwing; a dark ante-ciliary line. Forewing with the yellow markings

much as above but paler and more extended. Hindwing with the discal

spot larger and silvery-ochreous, with a small spot in the cell near the

base and another of the same size beyond the outer end of the large

discal spot, a lengthened pale ochreous abdominal streak. Antenne

short, with a prominent club, the shaft and club fuscous above, the club

tipped with ferruginous below, and the shaft pale ochreous.

Expanse: 6, 1 inch.

Has.—Native Sikkim.

There are two specimens of this very pretty and distinct species in

Mr. Otto Moller’s collection, obtained by his native collectors probably

at high elevations in Sikkim near the passes. It is unlike any hesperid

known to me.

EXPLANATION OF PLatTEe XI.

Fig.1. Halpe gupta, n. sp., 3.

2. Allotinus multistrigatus, n. sp., 2.

3. Satadra teesta, n, sp., d',

256 W. Doherty—Additional Notes on Indian Butterflies. [No. 3,

Fig. 4. Lethe dinarbas, Hewitson, 9.

5. Papilio glycerion, Gray, 3, underside.

6. Fis paphus, n. sp., 3, underside.

7. Abisara chela, n. sp., &, upperside.

8 BA neophron, Hewitson, 6, upperside.

9. Neptis burmana, n. sp., 3.

10. Pamphila avanti, n. sp., 3.

11. Allotinus multistrigatus, n. sp., gi.

12. Nephis kuhara, n. sp., di.

13. Lethe brisanda, n. sp., 2.

XITI.— Additional Notes on new or rare Indian Butterflies—By Witt11aM

Douurty, Cincinnati, U. 8. A. Communicated by the Naturat H1s-

TORY SECRETARY.

[Received April 23rd ;—Read June 2nd, 1886. ]

Family DANAIDA.

1. Eupi@a (TREPSICHROIS) KALINGA, 0. sp.

&. Differs from the male of midamus, Linn. (linnei, Moore),

only in the less brilliant blue of the forewing, with its spots larger

and more distinctly white; and in the smaller male patch of the hind-

wing, extending neither to the apex of the cell nor to the lower

median branch. 2. Almost indistinguishable from the male, except

in the absence of the male patch and the presence of a line of obscure

whitish submarginal dots on the hindwing. A few paler streaks are

usually visible on the disc of the hindwing subapically, but the cell

is in all my specimens immaculate, a character in which it differs from

all its allies.

I found this butterfly common on Mahendragiri and other mountains

of the Ganjam District and in the Potingi Pass and the neighbouring

country in the Vizagaptam district, Madras Presidency, and in the ad-

joining native state of Jaipur. I also sawa specimen flying in Orissa,

near the southern boundary of that province. It probably represents

midamus throughout the main line of the Hastern Ghats from the

Godavari to the Mahanadi.

2. Evuprima (TREPSICHROIS) MIDAMUS, Linn.

One female taken by me in the Nicobars, on the island of Bompoka

or Pahat, the most beautiful of that beautiful cluster of islands. .

1886. ] W. Doherty—Additional Notes on Indian Butterflies. 257

3. Danais (TIRUMALA) GAUTAMOIDES, 0. sp..

3%, 2. Differs from gautama, Moore (Arakan, Chittagong, and Tenas-

serim),in the whiter hyaline markings, all obscurely edged with dark on

the underside, and in the deeper brown of the underside. The hyaline:

mark at the base of the cell of the forewing is bifid as in gautama, but

the upper branch is the shortest, and is remote from the mark at the end

ef the cell, the latter being shaped as in septentrionis, but less oblique..

The’cell of the hindwing is usually cleft in three parts by slender black

lines. Expanse 82’ millimetres...

Apparently an insular representative of gautama ; somewhat transi--

tional to limniace.. Common in the Southern Nicobars—Great and Little

Nicobar and Kondul. It seems to be mimicked by Radena nicobarica,.

Wood-Masen and de Nicéville,. which I have often taken in company

with it. The closely aHied limniace is common in Kar Nicobar,.Teressa,.

Bompoka,.Camorta, and Nancowry,. but I have never found it in the:

southern islands of the group, where gautamoides abounds:

Family SATYRIDA.

4, Mycanusts (VIRAPA) MANT, n. sp.

¢. Fuscous, white band of the forewing wider than in any allied

species, and almost crossing the apex. Hindwing unmarked except by

two submarginal lines obscurely darker. Below paler brown, a broad

dull violet band across disc of hindwing, nnmarked with white, its inner

border nearly straight. This band is obscurely visible on the lower

part of the forewing, not extending to the white band, below the-

white band one large ocellus, above it two apical ocelli set obliquely,.

the upper many times the larger, the ochreous rings of the two confluent.

Hindwing with seven ocelli, the fourth blurred, the third smallest,

the fifth as large as all the others united. Margin with an ochreous

brown, and an obscure violet line bordered by dark lines. Cilia dark.

The absence of the ocellus on the forewing above, and the. violet band’

of the underside unmarked with white distinguish mani from the

female of the Andamanese radza. From the female of the wet-season

brood of anawias (India) it differs on the underside in the uniform:

paler and more ochreous brown of the base ; in the great breadth of the

white band which extends almost to the end of the cell; in the very

unequal ocelli, in the absence of the lilac gloss discally and submargin-

ally; and in the darker apex, and obsolescent discal band of the fore-

wing. Hxpanse 57 millimetres.

One female, Gonyi, Great Nicobar ; two females, Ikuya, Little

Nicobar ; male not taken.

258 W. Doherty—Additional Notes on Indian Butterflies. [No. 3,

But for the differences in the venation I should have supposed

maniwt identical with anawioides, Marshall. I name this species for

Mr. E. H. Man, Superintendent of the Nicobars, to whose kindness I

owe the exceptional facilities which I enjoyed for visiting the islands

under his charge.

Family APATURID A.

Subfamily Kauiminz.

5. DOLESCHALLIA POLIBETE, Cramer.

Kar Nicobar not common, probably an immigrant from the Anda-

mans.

Subfamily ARGynNINa.

6. CrRRHOCHROA NICOBARICA, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville.

@. Differs from male in being duskier basally on the hindwing

within the continuous discal black striga. Below paler, more ochreous,

less ferruginous, more tinged with blackish, all the marks more distinct,

the discal pale band of the hindwing wider, that of the forewing obscurely

visible, very wide, bordered inwardly, and at the lower end outwardly,

by a distinct reddish fascia, the submarginal fascie of the forewing

more distinct than in the male, and the bent blackish line apically on

the costa of the male absent. Great and Little Nicobar.

Subfamily ApatTurRIna.

7. CYRESTIS TABULA, de Nicéville.

@. Differs from the male in being white below instead of pale

orange-ochreous ; above it is only slightly tinged with ferruginous, and

is somewhat like thyodamas except that the lighter spaces are heavily

clouded with gray. When flying it more resembles the white Indian

species thyodamas for which I at first mistook it. The male of the same

species. Great Nicobar.

8. ApaturA (or Hypotimnas) misippus, Linn.

A male from Mount Harriet, near Port Blair, Andaman Islands. I

have both sexes from Kar Nicobar, the female being as usual a mimic of

Danais chrysippus.

Yoma, n. gen.

Resembles Hurhinia, Felder (Rhinopalpa) in the shape of its wings,

and has the costa of the forewing similarly indented at the base. The

hindwing, however, has but one lobe at the anal angle (two in Hu-

rhinia), and is tailed at the upper median instead of the radial vein ;

its abdominal margin is less excavated. The outer border of both

wings is straighter, and the forewing is not produced at the end of the

lower median. Unlike Hurhinia the cell is closed in both wings; the

1886.] W. Doherty—Additional Notes on Indian Butterflies. 259

first subcostal of the forewing is given off at one-sixth before the end

of the cell, the second at two-thirds thence to the end of the cell,

the third (which extends to the costa) at more than one-third between

the cell and the apex, opposite the end of the first subcostal; the |

fourth and fifth bifurcate halfway thence to the apex. Upper dis-

co-cellular distinct, very short, middle strongly angled inwardly, one-

third above its lower end, lower slender, slightly concave, half again as

long as the upper, reaches the median just beyond its last bifurcation.

Hindwing with the preecostal vein slightly bifid, the cell closed by a

slender vein somewhat bent inwardly, joining the costa considerably

before the separation of its two upper branches. The radial is more

curved than in Hurhinia, the internal short, = less than half the

abdominal margin. The antenne are slender and have about 51 joints,

of which the club, which is small and cylindrical, has fourteen. The

palpi are long and raised above the head, the last joint long and straight. _

The feet seem to have four claws.

The genus is rather close to Apatura (Hypolimnas), but the fore-

wing is sharply angled at the end of the fifth subcostal, and the hind-

wing at the upper median branch. The disco-cellulars of both wings

are very different from those of Apatura, and the forewing is indented

at the base of the costa (asin Hurhinia and Grapta). The disco-cel-

lulars also distinguish it from Dichorrhagia, which in venation comes

nearest to it among Indian butterflies. From Vanessa and allied genera

it differs in the short, broad cell of the forewing, with its deep, acute

upper angle more remote from the base than the lower one.

As I have never seen sabina, I take vasuki for the type of the genus.

9. YoMA VASUKI, n. sp.

3, 2. Deep fuscous above with two obscure darker submarginal lines.

Cilia whitish, anal angle irrorated with gray, obscure darker lines across

the cell above and below. A broad band of pale reddish-ochreous crosses

both wings discally, somewhat bent inwardly near the costa of the fore-

wing, where it is cut by the dark subcostal vein. A series of three apical

ochreous spots, the middle one distinct, the outer ones small and obscure.

Two small white spots on the outer disc between the middle median and

the lower radial, present in both sexes. On the hindwing, unlike sabina,

the band is immaculate and narrows greatly in its lower portion, not

approaching the abdominal margin. An obscure ocellus visible in some

specimens on the hindwing outside of the band. Below the butterfly resem-

bles a dry leaf; the prevailing colour is ashy gray with a faint silky

gloss ; the band of the upperside is faintly visible through the wing as a

paler fascia, the two white dots more distinct, forming part of a discal line

of black dots set in reddish irides, obscurely visible on both wings though

260 W. Doherty—Additional Notes on Indian Butterflies. [No. 3,

obsolescent on the forewing ; near the lower angle of which it includes

a distinct and much larger black spot. Except in the breadth of the

wings the sexes do not differ.

Kgg very nearly.as high as wide, spherical, slightly flattened above

and below, shining green, with eleven or twelve slender radiating ribs

meeting above.

Seen from the side, uncus strongly bent downwards, slender,

with two very broad moveable wings, clasps deeply bifid. _

I found it flying rather commonly in the open country at the foot

of the Arakan Yoma near Sandoway, Arakan. It has the habits of

Apatura (Hypolimnas) misippus. There are specimens (males only)

in Major Marshall’s collection and in that of the Indian Museum,

labelled ‘‘ Rangoon.”

The allied sabina, Cramer, from Amboyna and Java, has according

to Cramer and Godart the white discal spots of the forewing present

only in the female. The ochreous band is very broad in both sexes,

extending according to Godart, to the anal angle, and is marked with

one or two black discal spots.

10. Evripus consimitis, West.

A male and a female, 5,000 feet, Potingi Peak, Hastern Ghats, in the

Vizagapatam District. They differ considerably from Himalayan speci-

mens, and are perhaps somewhat transitional to the rare meridionalis

from Travancore.

Family NYMPHALIDA.

11. PartrHenos Linactnus, Butler.

Great Nicobar, scarce.

Family LYCAINID A.

Subfamily Tuecrina.

12. Myrina (Pourtisa ?) ponina, Hew.

Sirtai Mountain, Lushai country, near the frontier of the Chittagong

Hill Tracts, rare.

13. Brpvuanpa LAPITHis, Hew.

Barakhal, Chittagong Hill Tracts. My specimens do not agree very

well with Hewitson’s and Distant’s figures and descriptions of Malaccan

specimens.

Subfamily DuvporiGinz.

14. Dervporix BARTHEMA, Distant.

Dimagiri and Barakhal, Chittagong Hill Tracts. The yellow colour

of the underside of the female, which is not uncommon in the Chittagong

1886. ] W. Doherty—Additional Notes on Indian Butterflies. 261

Hill Tracts, varies greatly in different specimens. I suspect that the

male will be found to be of the usual dull rufous hue of below, charac-

teristic of the group, and will perhaps be difficult to distinguish from

some well-known species.

Subfamily Lycayina,

15. CasTALIus MANLUENA, Felder.

Allied to rovus. o&. Black, tip of tails white, and a slender marginal

white line on hindwing, broken at the veins. -Both wings with a broad

white discal band, extending on the forewing from the hind-margin to

above the lower radial, just entering the cell, at the end of which it is

strongly indented from above; prolonged outwardly between the upper

medians. On the hindwing it is broad, strongly produced outwardly,

acutely indented inwardly. Below, forewing, ground white, base dark with

a white longitudinal line close to the costa: a black mass extending obli-

quely from the base and the hind margin to the middle of the costa, where

it joins a broad black subapical area which extends thence to the middle

median branch, there it is connected (slightly) with the broad sub-

marginal dark band, and with an outer discal dark area lying between

the upper median and the hind-margin. Hindwing with a basal black

mass untouched with white, and a discal band, irregular but unbroken,

crossing the wing, and a submarginal line of wide, joined black lunules

uniting at the apex with the discal band. Hxpanse 26 millimetres.

A male taken by me at Ikuya, Little Nicobar. The prehensores are

quite distinct from those of the next species. The species is without

metallic markings either above or below. Felder’s female, with which

this male seems conspecific, is as he remarks distinguished from rowus

and allied species by the absence of all white at the base of the costa

of the hindwing below. This also distinguishes it from airavati. The

unbroken transverse discal band of the hindwing distinguishes the two

Nicobarese species from all others. The female has, according to Felder,

white marginal spots on both (?) wings above.

16. CASTALIUS AIRAVATI, 0. sp.

$. Allied to ethion. Above, light, shining blue, the outer borders of

both wings broadly, and the costa of the forewing narrowly black. A

white band crosses both wings. On the forewing its upper part is wide,

centering between the upper median and the lower radial branches;

thence to the hind margin it is slender and almost obsolescent; on the

hindwing it is narrow and angular. Below, ground ochreous-white (white

in ethion), pure white on the lower part of the forewing. It differs from

ethion below in the increased size of all the black markings. The trans-

verse discal band across the hindwing, though irregular, is continuous ;

262 W. Doherty—Additional Notes on Indian Butterflies. [No. 3,

on the hindwing its two parts are very close together; the upper one is

widely united near the costa, with the outer of the two oblique basal

stripes. The latter are united in both wings, enclosing a narrow white

band. The two lines of submarginal spots are less equal and regular than

in ethion, the inner being very large and forming an almost continuous

and very heavy lunular line. The anal and subanal black spots are edged

with silvery blue. Tails shorter than in manluena. Expanse 32 milli-

metres.

Two males, Gonyi, Great Nicobar.

Family PIERIDA.

17. NycHITONA xIPHiA, Fab., var. NICOBARICA.

My numerous specimens from Great and Little Nicobar all have the

black margin of the apex much narrower than in the typical wiphia, and

the discal spot greatly reduced, and almost obsolescent. The genus does

not seem to occur in any of the northern islands of the group.

18. DELIAS KANDHA, Nn. sp.

$, 2. A local form of thisbe, Cramer. Allied to pyramus, Wallace,

from Sikkim. In kandha the ochreous anal area of the hindwing

above is replaced by pale cream; the light discal areas on the hindwing

below, which in pyramus are ochreous anally and whitish apically,

are in kandha of an almost uniform bright yellow hue, inclining to

lemon ; the ochre spot at the base of the costa of the hindwing below

is much larger and more distinct; the apical grey streaks of the

forewing above are obscurely tinged with ochreous. All the pale

marks are larger, and the black areas smaller and better defined. The

female hardly differs from the male. Four males and three females

taken on the Potingi Pass in the Vizagapatam District, Madras Presi-

dency and the adjoining Jaipur State, at from 3,000 to 5,000 feet eleva-

tion on the Hastern Ghats. Expanse 98 millimetres.

19.. DELIAS ETHIRE, 0. sp.

3,2. <A local form of hierte, Hiib. The male closely resembles

Delias hierte, var. indica, Wallace (Assam to Upper Tenasserim).

It is a whiter insect, the apex being but slightly clouded with gray,

the subapical band distinctly marked being gray, with the spaces

beyond it partly of almost pure white. The cell of the forewing

is white above and hardly touched with gray below, the upper

two or three apical pale spaces tinged with yellowish. Hindwing

immaculate except for the gray terminations of two or three of the

veins. The scarlet spots of the hindwing below are transmitted through

the wing asa pink band. Below, the disc, base and abdominal margin

of the hindwing are bright lemon yellow, becoming whitish outwardly

1886. | W. Doherty—Additional Notes on Indian Butterflies. 263

on the disc, the scarlet submarginal band is rather narrow and even,

@. Like the male, and has little resemblance to the female of hierte ;

it is white, all the veins accented with black, the extreme apex and

the subapical band of the forewing dark gray, leaving a whitish

band tinged with ochreous across the apex. Below, the female is like

the male, the apex of the forewing is more distinctly marked with lemon-

yellow, and the veins and subapical band are darker, the cell marked

with perceptible gray lines. The brilliant lemon and scarlet hues of

the hindwing are transmitted through the wing appearing above as

creamy and pink. The two lower disco-cellulars of the forewing are less

oblique and more angled outwardly than in hierte, resembling those

of ewcharis. HExpanse 98 millimetres.

Common in the Vizagapatam District, Madras Presidency (at Bobbili,

Parvatipuram, the Potingi Ghat, etc.), and in the Jaipur State, probably

extending to the Godavari; scarce in the Ganjam District (Mahendragir1) ;

~ also seen in Southern Orissa, where it is probably rare. From eucharis,

in company with which I have often taken it, it is easily distinguished

by the absence of the dark submarginal band on the hindwing above

and below.

Family PAPILIONIDA.

20. PAPILIO DOUBLEDAII, var. SAMBILANGA.

Intermediate between dowbledati, Wallace (India and Malacca), and

rhodifer, Butler (Andamans). The tail is black as in dowbledaii. Of the

discal semicircle of whitish spots on the hindwing, that on the abdominal

margin is very short ; those between the middle median and the radial are

generally absent above and quite rudimentary below. The anal orange

spot is large, the marginal one at the end of the middle median is joined

with the submarginal one between the two upper medians, both above and.

below (very much as in rhodifer). The female is similar, but the wings

are wider and the tails much shorter and broader.

Great Nicobar, rather common.

Family HESPERIAD AA.

21. Erionora (?) LALITA, nu. sp.

do. Above light but very bright ferruginous, slightly paler out-

wardly, marked with translucent ochreous spots set in black rings.

On the forewing, one large triangular spot near the end of the cell,

another larger and quadrate below it between the lower median

branches, a third, much smaller and rounded, slightly beyond them

between the upper medians. JBelow these, two minute ones with

the translucent pupil obsolescent, set obliquely in the internomedian

264 W. Doherty—Additional Notes on Indian Butterflies. [No. 3,

space; also five subapical ones, small, well-separated, the third and

fourth furthest from the base, the third largest, the fourth and fifth

minute. Hindwing with a transverse black spot at the end of the

cell, and a semicircle of eight smaller ones on the disc round it, of which

only one or two are pupilled with hyaline: the first, which is placed

basally between the costal and subcostal veins, is obscure. Below duller

ferruginous, the markings similar, the black rings of the spots of the

forewing less distinct. Body densely clad with rust-red fur, eyes scarlet.

Hxpanse sixty millimetres. @ unknown, probably very similar.

IT caught two males, of which I unluckily have but one before me,

on Sirtai Mountain (2,000 feet), in the Lushai country, north-east of

Chittagong and south of Cachar.

The type of Hrionota is thraw, but Mabille includes irava in the

genus. On account of its possible affinity with that species (which I

have never seen), I put this rare butterfly under the head of Hrionota.

It seems, however, to bear more resemblance to Felder’s species of

Chetocneme and Netrocoryne from the Australian and Austro-Malayan

region. The following details of the structure of lalita will perhaps be

useful to that bold man who may some day be found to undertake to

systematize the Hesperiade.

Costal margin of forewing slightly convex, apex acute, outer and

hind margins straight ora trifle convex. Costal margin of hindwing

replicate, very convex basally, apex distinct, outer margin rounded,

abdominal margin convex with a deep abdominal fold. Cell two-thirds

of the length of the forewing, costal vein ends just before the end of the

cell, first subcostal originates at nearly one-third before the end of the

cell, then at decreasing intervals come the second, third, fourth (which

extends to the apex) and fifth, upper radial from end of cell, disco-cellulars

oblique, hardly angled, the lower longest. Hindwing, costal vein ex-

tends to apex, cell broad, quadrate, half as long as the wing, longest

from base to its lower angle, disco-cellulars somewhat sinuate, upper

two-thirds as long as the lower, or as the distance between the bifurca-

tion of the subcostals and the end of the cell. Lower disco-cellular

meets the median just beyond its last bifurcation.

Antenne of about fifty-five joints, the club consisting of twenty-

nine joints, is bent at a right angle, and tapers to a slender point.

Palpi densely hairy, penultimate joint very thick and rounded, concave

on both sides, last joint projecting forward, minute, blunt, one-fifth

as long as the preceding one, in which it is more or less concealed.

The feet each bear two long hairs, two claws, and two pubescent cushions

or pulvilli. The front tibie are slightly swollen, with a very short spur

in the middle, the middle tibie have two very long and unequal spurs

v.. KING Journ Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1886. Vol. LV, Pt. IL | Neel XI.

Parker & Coward. lith.

West, Newman & Co. imp

” ILEX SIKKIMENSIS, King.

G.KING, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1886Vol. LV Pt IL

PL Ay,

Parker & Coward lith.

West, Newman & Co. imp.

ILEX HOOKERI, King.

1886.] G. King—On two new Species of Tex. 265

at the lower end. The hind tibie are clothed with very long dark

brown appressed scales (not hairs). At their end a pair of spines, and

also two singular follicular appendages resembling the husk of oats,

acicular, scaly, hollow, dark-brown, membranous, loosely attached, and

about two millimetres in length. On the middle of the tibia is a single

somewhat longer spine with an accompanying follicle.

XIV.—On two new species of Vex from the Eastern Himalaya.—Ry

Guorce Kine, M. B., LL. D., F. L. 8., Superintendent of the Royal

Botanic Garden, Calcutta.

[Received May 8th ;—Read June 2nd, 1886. }

(With Plates XIII. & XIV.)

Both the species described below fall into the section of the genus

Ilex which is characterised by having the flowers in very dense short

axillary branched cymes, and with the fruit never more than 4-celled.

Inex Sixkimensis, King. A glabrous evergreen dicecious tree 30 to

50 feet high, the young branches rather stout, their terminal buds

covered by numerous large imbricated broadly-ovate blunt puberulous

bracts, their bark pale yellowish ; leaves thinly coriaceous, 5 to 7 inches

long, narrowly elliptic-oblong or oblanceolate, the apex acute, the edges

finely serrate, the midrib very prominent, primary lateral nerves 10 to

12 pairs, distinct but not ~prominent; flowers in shortly pedunculate

glomeruli from the axils of the older leaves, bracts broadly acute, each

bract with a 3-flowered, 2 to 3-bracteolate, cyme in its axil; flowers of

both sexes pedicillate 4-merous, the sepals ovate blunt, the petals broadly

ovate connected by their bases; stamens in the male flowers about

as long as the petals, the anthers broadly ovate, in the female flower

absent; ovary, absent in the male flowers, in the female 4-celled with

1 ovule from the inner upper corner of each cell; ripe fruit globose, 2 in.

in diam., yellow, succulent, crowned by the remains of the quadrate

stigma ; pyrenes 4, trigonous, grooved, each 1-celled and 1-seeded.

Sikkim, at elevations of from 6,000 to 10,000 feet, collected by

Kurz, Gamble, Lister, King.

This species falls into the section with I. insignis, dipyrena, and

odorata. It is the plant referred to by Sir J. D. Hooker in the Flora

of British India, Vol. I, p. 599, as a possible new species near odorata,

of which, when working up the genus I/ex for that work, he had seen

only a single imperfect specimen collected in Sikkim by Mr. Brandis.

266 G. King—On two new Species of Tlex. [No. 3,

Although resembling J. insignis, Hook. fil. & Th., in many respects,

this species is readily distinguished from that species by its longer-

stalked smaller fruit, and from insignis, as well as from every other

Indian Ilex, by the great broad bracts which cover the terminal buds of

its young branches. This has moreover yellow fruit, while the fruit of

insignis and dipyrena is red, and that of odorata is nearly black. Like

odorata the fruit of this has 4 pyrenes.

Plate XIII. 1, Apex of branch of Ilex Sikkimensis, King; 2, cluster

of ripe fruits ; 3, bract of inflorescence, of natural size; 4, apex of ripe

fruit; 5, base of the same, slightly enlarged ; 6, male ee ; 7, the same

with the stamens removed; 8, the same dissected to shew the calyx;

9, stamens; enlarged.

Inex Hooxeri, King. A small deciduous glabrous tree, the young

branches rather thin, their bark pale yellow; leaves coriaceous, from 3

to 5 inches long, narrowly oblong or lanceolate, the apex acuminate,

the edges serrate and slightly recurved when dry, midrib prominent,

lateral primary veins 6 to 10 pairs, prominent, as also are the nerves;

flowers in dense small sub-sessile axillary glomeruli which are covered

when young by ovate-orbicular bracts ; flowers pedicillate, the pedicels

winged, 0°2 inch long, and with 2 or 3 lanceolate bracteoles near their

bases ; flowers unisexual or hermaphrodite, 4-merous, the sepals short,

triangular, united by their bases, as also are the broadly-ovate petals ;

stamens short incurved, anthers broadly ovate; ovary surrounded at its

base by a thin inconspicuous disc, fleshy, 4-celled, the stigma large thick

discoid; ripe fruit globular, 0°2 inch across, crowned by the discoid

stigma: pyrenes 4, obtusely trigonous.

On Tongloo in the Sikkim Himalaya, at elevations of from 9,000 to

10,000 feet ; also in the Chumbi valley: Gamble, King, and Calcutta Bo-

tanical Garden native colleetors.

This species also falls into the section with insignis, dipyrena, and

odorata. It had not been collected when Sir J. D. Hooker worked up

the genus for the Flora of British India. It is distinguished from all

these by its smaller narrower leaves, but especially by the small glomeruli

from each of which only 2 or 3 fruits are produced.

Plate XIV. 1, Branch of Ilex Hookeri, King; 2, ripe fruits; of na-

tural size; 3, hermaphrodite flower seen from below; 4, 4, the same

seen from above; 5, single petal and stamen; 6, stamens ; enlarged.

See oS OOS Eo EEeer

1886.] E. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 267

XV .—Insect-Pests belonging to the Homopterous Family Coccide.

By H. T. Arxinson, B. A., PResipEnt.

[Received and read July 7th, 1886. |

In a recent paper on the Homopterous section of the Indian Rhyn-

chote, it was remarked (p. 205 supra) that the group to which the

Coccide belong had been practically unworked in India, and that whoever

takes them up will probably have little aid from what has been written

about them. Further research shows no reasons for modifying this state-

ment ; and the object of the present paper is to introduce the family to

the notice of observers in India.

The more immediate cause of the early appearance of the paper is

the receipt of letters from Ceylon asking for aid in the discrimination

of Ceylonese species, and, as the inquiry is still in its infancy, it appears

to me that the better plan will be to publish extracts from these letters

in our Proceedings and invite the aid of those who are inclined to

assist in this investigation. .This aid may be afforded by collecting

Specimens in spirits, accurately watching and recording transformations

and the seasons at which these occur; the soil, aspect, climate which

appear to favour or retard the spread of the insects ; accounts of any

experiments for destroying the pests; general and particular effects

of each species on tea, coffee, chinchona, or other economical products,

local history of first appearance, continuance, &c., enemies of the pests,

whether Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, or Acari.

CoccIpz.

Coccus, Linn. : Coccide, Leach, Westw. : Gallinsecta, Latr. : Coccides, Sign.

The insects of this family are commonly known as scale-insects or

gall-insects and some of them, from the white farinose substance se-

ereted by them, as mealy-bugs. They are common on almost all trees and

plants in all parts of the world, and frequently commit great havoc on

those cultivated for food or industrial purposes such as the coffee, tea,

chinchona, orange, lemon, apple, and other fruit-trees: with the excep-

tion of the Carteria lacca, Ker, and a few others, their history has never

been studied in India, and it is with the object of showing the character

and forms of these insects sufficiently to aid in their determination that

the following outline history of the family is given. It is chiefly based

on the writings of Bouché, Costa, Westwood, Targioni-Tozzetti, Sig-

noret, Maskell, Comstock, and Low.

The Linnean genus Coccus was divided by Geoffroy into two sections,

268 KE. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. [No. 8,

(1) Chermes, Geoff. nec. Linn. including those having the form of a

shield and (2) Coccus for the remainder. Bouché further separated the

genus Ohermes of Geoffroy into two divisions, (a):—those in which

the body itself of the insect has or assumes the shield-like form, and

(b) :—those in which the insect is concealed beneath a distinct move-

able shield. It is, however, to the works of Targioni and Signoret

that we have to look for the systematic classification of the insects

of this family and for those characteristics common to nearly all the

species on which the family is founded. The larval form has six legs,

two antennex, and two eyes, and there is no visible distinction between

the sexes: the adult @ has usually neither wings, legs, nor antenne,

but is furnished with a setiform rostrum or sucking apparatus: the

adult ¢, on the other hand, has two wings, two processes similar to the

halteres of the Diptera in place of hind-wings, legs, antennx, two and

sometimes four eyes, but no rostrum: the adult ¢ also is less common

than the adult 9, indeed in some genera has not yet been discovered.

Signoret distributes the genera of this family amongst four sub-

divisions or sub-families :—

Diaspina :—Comprising those insects which are covered by a scale

or pellicle composed partly of the exuvie or moulted skins of each

transformation and partly of a secretion formed by the insect itself and

which is attached to the cast-off skin, the two forming a shield more

or less independent of the body of the insect and which is variously

called scale, shield, buckler, test, or puparium (bouclier, schild).

Brachyscelina :—Comprising species living in tubes or galls and

of which the @ resembles the ? of the preceding sub-family and the ¢g, |

with its hook-shaped genital sheath, furnished with lateral filaments,

the ¢ of the Coccina.

Lecanina :—Comprising species either naked or inclosed or simply

covered with a waxy or filamentary or even calcareous material: most

of the ¢ take on an entirely different form after impregnation and then

fixed to their food-plant remain so fixed for the rest of their lives.

The lower-lip is one-jointed: the anal extremity is cleft and has two

triangular lobes or plates above the cleft.

Coccina :—Comprising species in which the adult ? is naked or is

covered more‘or less with a whitish waxy matter, varying much in form

and consistence: the lower-lip is 2—3 jointed; the anal extremity is

not cleft, but is produced in two tubercles more or less developed and

prominent, each of which is furnished with a long bristle: the trian-

gular lobes or plates of the Lecanina are wanting : at the last stage the

g is usually inclosed in a cottony or felted or calcareous envelope that

forms a receptacle for the eggs.

sell ae 5

1886.] E. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 269

Subfamily Draspina.

Diaspides, Sign., A. S. E. F. (4 sér.) ix, p. 98, 109 (1869): Diaspide, Maskell,

Trans. New Zeal. Inst. xi, 189 (1879): Diaspinw, Comstock, Rep. Dep. Agr. U. 8.

p. 278 (1880) : Diaspide, F. Low, Verh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxii, p. 513 (1888).

The genera falling under this subfamily, as we have seen, are dis-

tinguished by a shield or covering formed partly of the cast-off skins

of the earlier stages and partly of a filamentary addition thereto secre-

ted by the insect itself. Dr. F. Low (1. c.) has recently bestowed some

attention on the metamorphoses of this group, and I shall incorporate

the result of his investigations in the following account of this sub-

family :—

$. In the adult, the head has four ocelli, two on the underside

close to each other and two on the vertex behind the base of each

of the antenne, which are 10-jointed and placed close to each other at

the apex of the head, each on a small tubercle: mesonotum in the

middle with a transverse band (apodema) which is narrow and of equal

breadth throughout, somewhat arched, very shining and convex and in

most species of a darker colour than the rest of the dorsum. The

abdomen is almost as broad as the thorax, broadly rounded at the

extremity and furnished there with a knob or protuberance, from

which proceeds the genital organ, which is as long as or longer than

the abdomen: there are no caudal appendages. Wings oval, the basal

lobe but slightly projecting; the hind-wings are wanting and are

replaced by a pair of usually clavate processes, resembling the halteres

or poisers of the Diptera, and furnished with a hooked bristle which

fitting into a pocket or hollow in the. fore-wings steadies them

in flight. Legs moderately long; femora tolerably stout, somewhat

flattened and with a notch on the underside near the base; tarsi with

one joint, conical and ending in a simple claw and four knobbed hairs

called digitules. The ¢ rests as larva and pupa under a variously

shaped shield which is composed of a single larval skin and of an

appendage formed of a stiff (neither filamentous nor felted) secretion,

the latter attached to the margin of the former.

¢. In the adult, the body is circular, pyriform, oval, or longish-

elliptical, strongly depressed, without any of the external organs except

the rostrum or sucking setiform apparatus. Last abdominal segment

( pygidium) very flat, sharp-edged, roundish, semi-circular or obtusely

triangular, undivided, furnished on the posterior margin with small lobes,

Spines, hairs, and scales. There are visible under the microscope by

transmitted light on the upper side of this segment a number of

270 EK. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. ([No. 3,

organs in the form of circular openings (pores) or tubes, which are

either collected in groups or stand in irregular rows along the margins,

and which are probably organs of secretion, hence the name spinnerets

( filiéres). These organs afford specific and generic characters of value.

The female individuals le either in all stages free beneath a variously

formed shield, which is made up of two larva-skins each with an ap-

pendage of stiff secretion at its margin, or they are enclosed as mature

females in the second of the skins included in the shield, and then only

the first skin possesses a secretional appendage. We shall now further

examine the shield.

This shield varies much in shape and colour according to genus

and species. As observed before, it is composed of the cast-off skin

and a secretion formed by the insect itself. In the ¢ there are two

of these cast-off skins present in the shield and in the 3 but one. In

both sexes the larvee possess six legs, antenne, and a rostrum, and are

not distinguishable from each other. They attach themselves to the

food-plant on which they live by the rostrum or sucking apparatus, and

the abdomen soon begins to grow, the extremities, however, remaining

of their original size. In this stage there is no shield, but, after the

lapse of a few days, the first moult takes place, and the cast-off skin

preserves the characters of the change that then takes place. From an

examination of this skin it appears that, contrary to the process obtaining

in the Cicadeé and other families of the Homoptera, in the first shedding

of the skin the dorsal portion is entire, and it is the lower side of the

front portion of the abdomen that bursts and allows exit to the insect.

The skin of the dorsum is compact or felted and semi-corneous, whilst

that of the sternum and foreparts of the abdomen is comparatively soft

and delicate; and these characters are preserved in the exuvie, which

show the dorsal portion entire and the sternal portion burst open and

often unevenly torn in the process. The larva then commences to

deposit a secretion on the edge of this skin so as to gradually form

an appendage varying in shape and colour according to the genera and

species, and which together with the exuvie form the shield under which

the larva lives. Up to this point in their history there is no difference

in the development of the sexes, but here they diverge.

6. According to Dr. Léw, when the shield has been formed as

above described, a second moult takes place and this time the dorsal sur-

face bursts and the very delicate cast skin is not incorporated with the

shield but is extruded posteriorly : the shield remaining the same. The

appendage to the first larval skin formed by the added secretion varies

in the different genera; in Aspidiotus and Aonidia this secretion surrounds

the larval skin as a more or. less broad, circular, oval or elongate-oval

1886. | E. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 27

border, which is more or less convex according to the shape of the larva

within it. It is attached too to the larval skin in}*such a way as to

place the skin somewhat away from the middle towards the side of the

shield. In the other genera, the larval skin lies at the base of the

shield, whilst the attached secretion forms a straight caudal appendage,

which is not so broad as, or but a little broader than, the larval skin itself.

In Diaspis and Chionaspis, this appendage is‘parallel-sided, flat, with the

sides and the middle longitudinally ridged, whilst in others it is convex,

fluted, highest next the hinder end of the {larval skin, and posteriorly

generally somewhat flattened, with the sides parallel or a little dilated.

The next change produces the adult g already described.

9. When the larva, after casting the first skin as already explained

and after adding toit a secretion to form a shield, has attained to a

certain age, it undergoes a second moult beneath the shield and be-

comes a fully developed female. The process undergone indicates two

separate groups, which may be thus distinguished :—

(a). Aspidiotaria :—in the genera Aspidiotus, Diaspis, Targionia,

Parlatoria, Chionaspis, and Mytilaspis, the 9 completes the second moult

exactly like the first, bursting through the skin on the underside, and

the second skin, like the first, is shield-shaped, compact, felted, and entire,

and becomes attached to the inner side of the first skin so as to form a

part of the shield, under which the insect moves freely about. The

perfect ¢ then completes the shield by adding to it an appendage formed

of the same secretion as that produced by the ¢.

(b.) Leucaspiaria :—in the second group, formed of the genera

Leucaspis, Aonidia, and Fiorinia, the second moult does not take place

by the bursting of the skin, but the body shrivels up towards the

head and thus becomes detached from the skin. The insect remains

enclosed in tie skin as in a cocoon, and the skin retains the shape and

size of the larva from which it has been shed and is as large, or nearly

so, as the shield which was already formed when this second moult

took place,and adheres rather firmly to it. Above, it is compact and

felted, below soft and thin, and completely envelopes the female, which

ceases to grow and is, in fact, smaller than in the preceding larval

stage. Therefore, in species belonging to this sub-family, the ? can be

at once recognised by the presence of two cast-off skins in the shield,

the first of the first moult with an appendage formed by the secretion

referred to, and which varies in form with the genus, and, below it and

to a certain extent behind it, the larger cast-off skin of the second

moult, covered partly by the first skin and partly by its appendage.

In those cases in which the adult ? is free, this second larval skin has

a further secretion of its own, but in the second group, where the ¢

272 E. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. _[No. 3,

is inclosed, there is no such secretion. In no case is the shield com-

posed of cast-off skinsalone, and, where it appears so, closer examina~

tion will show the secretion.

In the ? as in the ¢, the shape and colour of the shield varies

with the genera and species. In Aspidiotus, Diaspis, Aonidia, and

Targionia, the shield is circular or oval with the first larval skin in or

near the middle; in Parlatoria and Leucaspis it is produced, oval, with

the first larval skin at or near the apex; in Fiorinza it is elongate and

with parallel sides, and in Chionaspis and Mytilaspis it is mussel-shaped.

Dr. Low further observes* that the shields in the ¢ are smaller, nar-

rower, and often quite differently formed from those of the ?, so that,

if we find one with a single larval skin attached, this character will

help us to ascertain whether the insect beneath isa ¢ or ?,—if the

specimen be a ¢, it must be in the last larval stage, if it be a ¢, it must

be either a larva or a pupa. In examining the ? of the second group

above noticed, in which the ? is completely enveloped, care must be

taken not to mistake the second larval skin for a dead larva. If it

appears as a small thin pellicle not attached to the shield, it is a dead

larva, but if be a stiff, semicorneous body attached by its dorsum to the

first skin, it is the second larval skin and beneath is the living female.

The following table gives Low’s arrangement of the genera of this

group.

Table of Genera.

A. Aspidiotaria :—The perfect 2 not enclosed in the second (lower)

larval skin, which forms a portion of the shield, and which itself is smaller

than the perfect shield and has a secretional appendage on its border,

a. Shield in @ circular or broadly oval, with the first larval skin

placed in or near the middle.

a. Shield in @ flat, plate-shaped, not closed beneath,

1. Shield of ¢ oval or ovally produced, the larval skin placed

somewhat away from the middle :—Aspidiotus, Bouché

[Sign., A. S. H. F. (4 sér.) ix, p. 113, 1869].

2. Shield of ¢ long with almost parallel sides, scarcely broader

than the larval skin which is placed at its apex with

median and lateral longitudinal ridges :—Dvaspis, Costa

[Sign., l. c. 431].

b. Shield of ¢ highly convex, hemispherical, closed beneath by a

* Where there is difficulty in detecting the construction of the shield, the same

writer recommends its being dissected in a solution of caustic potash or boiling

water,

1836. ] E. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 273

secretional layer or plate; shield in o, produced ovally, larval skin

almost at the apex :—Targionia, Sign. [l. c. x, 105].

b. Shield in ? produced ovally or mussel-shaped, 7. e. narrowed

in front and gradually widened behind: first larval skin at the apex or

very near it.

a. Shield of 2 long, oval or elliptic: larval skin placed at the

apex or near it: body of ? broadly oval: shield of ¢ long, narrow, with

almost parallel sides :—Parlatoria, Sign. [l. c. ix, 450].

b. Shield of @ narrow at the apex, gradually widened towards

the posterior part, mussel-shaped : larval skin placed at the apex: body

of ? ovally produced or in form of an ellipse.

1. Shield of ¢ brown, more or less transparent: shield of $

brown, narrow, elongate, convex like that of the 9. Myti-

laspis, Targ. [Sign., l. c. x, 91: includes Lepidosaphes,

Shimer].

2. Shield of 2 white, opaque: shield of ¢ white, long, narrow,

with nearly parallel sides, scarcely broader than the

larval skin, flat, with median and lateral longitudinal

ridges :—Chionaspis, Sign. [1]. c. ix, 442].

B. Leucaspiaria:—Adult female enclosed in the second (lower)

larval skin, which forms a portion of the shield, which is itself as large

or nearly as large as the perfect shield and has no secretional appendage.

a. Shield of ¢ ovally produced or with parallel sides: the first

larval skin ovally produced and placed at the apex of the shield.

1. Shield of 2 ovally produced, white: the first larval skin yel-

lowish or brownish, the second pitch- or red-brown : shield

of 6 very long, narrow, pure white, very convex behind

the yellowish larval skin, somewhat flattened posteriorly :—

Leucaspis, Sign. [Sign., 1. c. x, 100).

2. Shield of ? narrow at the apex, then abruptly widened and

produced, with almost parallel sides, delicate, brownish-

yellow: shield of & of the same shape but much smaller

and narrower :—TFvorinia, Sign. Sign., 1. c. ix, 449].

b. Shield of ? circular or broadly-oval, rather flat: the first larval

skin oval or almost circular, placed in the middle or slightly away from

the middle of the shield: shield in ¢ oval, with the larval skin away

from the middle :—Aonidia, Sign. [Sign., 1. c. x, 102].

Maskell [Trans. New Zeal. Ins. xii, p. 293, 1880] has created

a genus Poliaspis, which he describes as possessing the same character

as Leucaspis, but it has also a fringe of spiny hairs set close together

around the edge of the abdomen, which fringe is absent in Leucaspis.

274 KE. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. [No. 3,

Although no species of this sub-family has been recorded from

India, we may reasonably expect to find the following or their repre-

sentatives.

Aspidiotus aloes, Boisd., on Aloe wmbellata [Sign., A. 8. (5 sér.) ix, p. 114, 1869.]

ss buddleie, Sign., on Buddleia salicina [Sign., 1. c. 115.]

* caldesit, Targ., on Daphne collina [Sign., 1. c. 116].

os ceratoni@, Sign., on Ceratonia siliqua [1]. c. 118].

% chameropsis, Sign., on species of Chamerops [l. c. 118].

- destructor, Targ., on palms, guavas [1. c. 121].

bf nerti, Bouché, on Neriwm oleander [1. c. 126].

ra pandant, Boisd., on species of Pandanus [1. c. 181].

5 palmarum, Bouché, on species of Chamerops [l. c. 131].

- bicarinatus, Walker, from China [1]. c. x, 107].

Diaspis boisdwvalit, Sign., on orchids []. c. ix, 432].

»» bromeli@, Kerner, on pine-apple [1. c. 434].

Fiorima pellucida, Sign., on Areca palm [1. c. 449].

Sub-family BRacHysceLina.

Brachyscélides, Sign., A. S. H. F. (4. sér.) ix, p. 100 (1869) ; (5 sér.) vi. p. 591

(1876).

This sub-family was created by Signoret to contain several genera

from New South Wales described by Schrader [Trans. Ent. Soc. Sydney,

i (i), p. 1, 1863] and which live in galls or tubes on the Hucalyptus

and other allied trees. The greater number of the galls of Brachyscelis

were found on H. hemostoma, though H. corymbosa and Angophora

lanceolata were also infested by them. In Brachyscelis, the galls of the

& are trumpet-shaped and, in the figure given by Schrader, are attached

to the underside of the leaf, whilst those of the ? are of an elongated

bell-shape, with a cap which falls off when the gall arrives at maturity,

and are usually placed on the small branches. At the end of this gall is

found an opening or notch such as might be made by a knife and

through it the ? receives air and also the larve escape. The two

abdominal sete of the + appear through this orifice, which is always

surrounded with a white farinose secretion. The larva is flat, nearly

transparent, and of a yellow colour : the sides are furnished with hairs

arranged in one row and there are two long anal sete: the antennz are

about half the length of the body, 7-jointed and each armed at the

tip with two small and two long hairs: tarsi 3-jointed, the last joint

with a claw, which is also furnished with some small hairs. The adult

3 is about two lines long, of a yellow colour and has one-jointed

tarsi ending in two claws, one being stronger than the other: the

anal sete are nearly twice as long as the body; the wings contain two

longitudiual veins: antennz with ten-joints, which are neither very

1886.] HE. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 275

distinct nor regular: eyes prominent. These insects have hitherto been

found only in Australia, but it is possible they may be found on the

Eucalyptus imported thence and now common in India. The genera

created by Schrader are :—

1. Brachyscelis, in which ? has six legs complete, but short and

unfit for use.

2. Opisthoscelis, in which ? has only two long posterior legs.

3. Ascelis, in which @ is apodous.

In Opisthoscelis, the galls of both sexes are often found under the

same leaf: that of the @ is in the shape of a pea, but somewhat larger 5

that of the ¢ is very small and conical. The 9 of O. swbrotunda is of

_acrimson red colour, nearly round, but the terminal segment of the

abdomen is very much tapered; the g is of a red colour, with anal

- sete; the body, legs, and antenne are very hirsute: long about 2'”.

In Ascelis, the 2 larve alone form galls; the ¢ undergoing its

changes within the gall of the parent ?. This 2 is of a pale yellow

colour, the segments are hardly visible, and it appears as a mass of

apparently inert matter without external members. The dorsum has

a three-pointed corneous process, which always holds some gum apparent-

ly intended to close the opening of the gall, which is here always on

the upper side of the leaf to which the gall is attached. The galls are

usually of a large, globose form, and also in the form of large flat

swellings on both sides of the leaves. The larva is flat and transparent,

and resembles that of Brachyscelis, except that it is more pointed at the

apex, has shorter antenne, short anal sets, and has not so much hair

fringing the abdomen. The o& larva changes in the parent gall to a

second form, which is red, active, and somewhat longer than the first

change, but narrow and with very short anal sete; after this it changes

to a pupa and then to an imago, which is also of a crimson colour.

Subfamily Lecanrna.

Lécanides, Sign., A. S. EH. F. (4 sér.) ix, p. 100 (1869); (5 sér.) x, p. 268 (1870).

Lecanide, Maskell, Trans. New Zeal. Inst. xi, p. 203 (1879): Lecanine, Com-

stock, Rep. Dep. Agr. U. 8. p. 278, 330 (1880).

“This group comprises those genera in which the insect is either

naked or inclosed, clothed with a waxy or cottony substance, or even

completely enveloped, and in such case the @ rests naked on its food-

plant and forms a cottony secretion between the abdominal skin and

the bark in which the eggs are placed. The form varies much; some-

times flat or globular, oval or circular, soft or semi-corneous. The

rostral filaments have their source between the first pair of feet and

276 EK. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. [No. 3,

first are directed towards the anal extremity and then turn backwards

through a groove at their source. In the Diaspina, the rostral filaments

are entirely free from their source ; here in addition they are furnished

with a one-jointed lower lip. In the Coccina, this lower-lip is 2—3-

jointed. The antenne are small, in the young insect and 6—7-jointed ;

in the adult 7—8-jointed ; the two first joints are stout, short, the third

generally longest, the last the most pubescent. Feet short, tarsi

one-jointed, with a single claw accompanied by four hairs (digitales),

of which the two upper are long and end in a small knob ahd the two

lower are short and clavate. The body is usually ciliated and in some

genera fringed. The ¢ in the larval and pupal stages is like the ¢? ;

before entering the adult stage, a whitish or sometimes felted waxy

pellicle is formed above which is detached from the body and beneath

which appear the abdominal filaments. The adult $ has usually a

small head, angular in front and on the sides, with several eyes and

ocelli: in LZ. aceris there are ten in all, in others four, six, or eight: the

antenne are large and pubescent, usually ten-jointed, of which 4—6

joints are the longest, the last joint has sometimes hairs differing in

size and shape: thorax more or less large, more or less gibbous with a

band (apodema) more or less prominent, and often darker than the rest

of the thorax: wings membranous, hyaline, pubescent, with a single

vein, which bifurcates near the base and sends one branch to the costal,

the other to the internal margin: in place of hind-wings are processes

similar to the halteres or poisers of the Diptera which end in 1—3

bristles, curved at the tip: the abdomen ends in a tubercle furnished

with a process directed downwards and protecting the genital organ :

on each side are two long cottony threads secreted by the spinnerets,

accompanied by several rather long hairs around which this cottony

matter adheres.

The following subdivisions of this sub-family are suggested by

Signoret or by his descriptions :—

1. Lecantodiasparia:—Species having the shield-like form of the

Diaspina and the anal lobes and lower lip of the Lecanina: inclosed

in a complete sac or envelope: adult @ without legs or antenne or

the latter only represented by stumps: the ¢ after laying her eggs

within the envelope shrivels up towards the head: young sometimes

viviparous.

2. Signoretiaria :—Similar to the preceding, but legs and antennz

present in the adult @.

3. Ceroplastaria :—Species in which the adult 2 is covered with

a waxy layer having the tesselated appearance of the carapace of a

tortoise.

1886.] E. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 277

4, Pulvinariaria :—Species in which the body is naked, but secretes

a cottony mass in which the eggs are laid.

5. Lecaniaria :—Species in which the body is naked and there is

a secretion : often viviparous.

Subdivision LECANIO-DIASPARIA.

Lécaniodiaspites, Sign, A. S. H. F. (4 sér.) x, p. 273 (1870) ; Lecanodiaspis,

(5 sér.) i. p. 422 (1871).

Lecanio-diaspidw, Maskell, Trans. New Zeal. Inst. xi, p. 205 (1879). Lecanio-

coccide, pt., ibid, xiv, p. 223 (1882).

This group includes those genera in which the adult 2 is without

legs or antenne and is inclosed in a sac or envelope with a fringe around

the body more or less visible but always present: the upper portion of

this envelope appears to be formed by the larva and the lower portion by

the adult insect: the ¢ lays her eggs within this envelope and to make

room for them shrivels up towards the head so as to be hardly visible:

the young are sometimes viviparous. The group forms a link between

the Diaspina and the Lecanina, having the shield-like form of the first

and the under-lip and abdominal lobes which characterise the second.

1. The apodous adult ¢ inclosed in a firm, globular, irregular, shell,

to which it is not attached: the young insect instead of the abdominal

lobes of Lecaniwm has the anal tubercles of a Coccus : the under-lip of the

larval 9 is 2-jointed :—Pollinia, Targ. [Sign., 1. c. x, 274. ]

2. Shell or envelope more or less flat or convex, firm, and with a

regular double fringe around the naked body and on the dorsum a

number of tubiform spinnerets secreting a matter isolated like the tubes

but together forming a complete envelope: under-lip l-joited: As-

terolecanium, Targ. [Sign., 1. c. 276).

3. Shell almost smooth, compact, spherical above, flat beneath,

felted, with a well-developed fringe: adult 2 without feet, antenne com-

pletely atrophied, their place occupied only by circular rings: anal

tubercle always present and for this reason Maskell makes it the type of

a new subsection Lecanio-coccideé :—Planchonia, Sign. [1. c. 282].

4. Similar to Planchona without feet, but with the antennz pre-

sent thus connecting with the next group :—Lecaniodiaspis, Targ. (Sign.,

l, c. 285].

5. Maskell [Trans. New Zeal. Inst. xi, p. 208, 1879] subsequently

created a genus for an insect in which the young have the abdominal

lobes; the shield is glassy and transparent, becoming waxy at a later

period and, in one species, felted at the latest stage: the 9 preserves

the feet and antenne atleast untilafter the young are produced :—Cteno-

chiton.

278 HK. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. [No. 3,

6. To these add a genus created by Maskell for species in which

the adult 2 has a shield formed partly of the pellicle of the second

moult and partly of a firm, apparently chitinous secretion: apodous in

the adult stage :—Lecanochiton, Mask. [Trans. New Zeal. Inst. xiv, p.

221, 1882].

Subdivision SIGNORETIARIA.

Signoret, A. 8. HE. F. (5 sér.) i, p. 422 (1871).

This group includes species inclosed in a kind of sac or envelope

formed by the female at the time of laying her eggs and intended for

their protection: this sac varies much in character being in some a

mere cottony mass, and in others firm and felted: feet and antennez

present, sometimes atrophied.

1. Species inclosed in a rather thick or felted case formed ofa

white substance: antenne 8-jointed in the aduit, 6-jointed in the

larval 2 :—Signoretia, Targ. [Sign., 1. c. 426].

2. Species enclosed in a complete envelope or sac in which the

adult @ is found lying on a cottony mass, its body shrivelled and

pushed to one of the extremities in proportion to the number of the

egos: the larval and adult ? have 6-jointed antennsz, but the feet and

antenns become atrophied, thick and short, and the joints are scarcely

visible: adult g¢ with 10-jointed antennw: six eyes, two in front of

the vertex, two a little beneath and two in place of the rostrum :—

Hriopeltis, Sign. [1. c. 429].

3. Species inclosed in a sac of a white felted substance: anal ring

round in front and behind and with eight hairs on the recurved extre-

mity : antenne of 2 with six joints in the larval, pupal, and adult states.

Philippia, Targ. [1. ¢. 433].

Subdivision CEROPLASTARIA.

Sign. A. S. E. F. (5 sér.) i, p. 423 (3871).

This division includes those species which are covered by a layer

more or less thick of a waxy substance that forms in some a covering

resembling the carapace of a tortoise and in others one resembling a

star-fish. It includes the genera Vinsonia and Ceroplastes, the former

of which combines the tortoise-shaped disc of the dorsum with star-fish

limbs, whilst the latter is without arms. From Signoret’s remarks

[l. c. iv, p. 98, 1874] we should place here the genus Fairmairia, Sign.,

to contain species having a scaly covering of a mother-of-pearl con-

sistence in the form of a tent or of two leaves leaning against each

other ; composed of a circular-rayed secretion that increases in con-

1886.) E.T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccidee. 279

centric circles formed each below the other. The larva is flat, twice

as long as broad ; as it grows it becomes higher than broad, but still

keeping its elongated form; 24 times as long as broad, very convex

above and flat beneath: it preserves its limbs and antennsw, which are

6-jointed in the larva and 8-jointed in the adult.

Genus Vinsoni4, Signoret.

A.S. E. F. (5 sér.) i, p. 423 (1871) ; ii, p. 33 (1872).

Insects in which the pellicle covering the body is of a waxy ap-

pearance, corneous, transparent, forming on its disc a tortoise-like tes-

sellation and having seven rays or arms, one corresponding to the head

and three on each side corresponding to the stigmata, with a very short

one at the anal extremity. The insect beneath is oval, strongly rounded,

a little narrowed towards the head: antenne 6-jointed, of which the

third joint is longest and equal to the last three taken together; the

sixth is longer than the fourth and fifth and has some hairs; there are

two hairs on 1, 2, and 5: rostrum 1-jointed, short: feet slender and

short, tibize as long as the tarsi.

VINSONIA PULCHELLA, Signoret.

A. S. B. F. (4 sér.) x, t. 7, £..7 a—d (1870) ; 5 (sér.) ii, p. 34 (1872).

The ? has the appearance of a 7-branched star, and, as it grows

older, the secretion fills up the space between the branches of the star,

which appear then to be united by a membrane: the disc of the dorsum

is convex and semi-globose. This species has been found on the mango

in Réunion.

CEROPLASTES, Gray.

Spicil. Zool. p. 7 (1830): Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. iv, p. 1086 (1851): Sign.,

A. S. EH. F. (5 sér.) i, p. 424 (1871); ii, p. 35 (1872); Comstock, Rep. Agr. U.S.

p. 330 (1880).

Species covered with a thick waxy matter which does not adhere

to the insect, and which is formed of layers of secretions from the spin-

—nerets. Some of the species have on the dorsum tubercles or tumes-

cences varying in size according to age and which disappear more or

less as the insect reaches its full growth, then from being more or less

flat with concentric lines and tumescences it becomes globular and

smooth: antennz 6-jointed, of which the third joint is the longest :

in the larval stage the fourth and fifth joints appear as one: legs long,

tibie as long as the tarsi: claw with four digitules, the shorter pair

very stout and horn-shaped: @ unknown.

280 E, T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. [No. 3,

CEROPLASTES CERIFERUS, Anderson.

Coccus ceriferus, J. Anderson, Mon. Coccus cerif., Madras, (1791) ; Corres.

Madras, p. 46 (1800) : Pearson, Phil. Trans. p. 883 (1794); Fabricius, Ent. Syst.

Sup. p. 546 (1798); Syst. Rhyng. p. 311 (1803): Chavannes, A. S. H. F. (2 sér.)

vi, p. 144 (1848) : Walker List Hom. B. M. iv, p. 1087 (1851).

Columnea ceriferus, Targioni, Atti Georg. (1866). ;

Ceroplastes ceriferus, Westwood, Gard. Chron. p. 484 (1853): Sign. A. 8. HE. F,

(5 sér.) ii, p. 40, t.7, £. 3 (4872). J. Wood-Mason, Journ. Agri.-Hort. Soc. India,

1878, v, p. 76.

Insect globular, a little elongate, covered with a white waxy mass ;

‘the part resting on the food-plant more or less convex. Found on

Celastrum ceriferwm in Madras: on the kowa or arjoon, mango, pipul,

and other trees in Ranchi, Chutia Nagpur.

Subdivision PULVINARIARIA.

Pulvinarie, Maskell, Trans. New Zeal. Inst. xi, p. 205 (1879): Sign., A. S,

E. F, (5 sér.) i, p. 424 (1871) ; iii, p. 29 (1878).

This division is formed for the genus Pulvinaria, Targ., which in-

cludes those species in which the adult ¢ forms a mass of waxy-

resinous cottony matter in which the eggs are laid. To this genus

belongs the P. gasteralphe, Icery, that attacks the sugar-cane in the

Mauritius.

Subdivision LECANIARIA.

Sign., A. S. E. F. (5 sér.) i, p. 424 (1871) ; iii, p. 395 (1878).

This group iucludes those species which are naked: they vary in

form, flat, or globular, or semi-globose and more or less smooth or |

rugose. It comprises the following genera :—

1. Species which are naked, flat or globular, smooth or rough, with

one joint in the lower lip and having anal lobes or scales :—Lecanium,

Illig. (Sign., 1. c. ii, 395].

2. In which the adult 2 in its most advanced stage is divided

into two equal parts by a film formed of the skin of the abdomen which

remains stationary, whilst the insect continues to increase on its dorsal

surface until the lateral margins thereof meet and a ball-like form is

produced on the underside of which traces of a fissure may be seen :—

Physokermes, Targ. [Sign., 1. ec. iv, 87].

3. Species in which the 2 is spherical, more or less rounded, except

where it is attached to its food-plant, and the ¢ occur in masses along

and around the branches on which the insect lives: formed for the wax-

insect of China :—Hricerus, Guérin [Sign., 1]. c. 90].

1886.) HE. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 281

4. Body convex above and expanded on the margin ; cleft pos-

teriorly, lobes obtuse, approximate, inflexed: antenne short, conical,

6-jointed, three basal joints large, terminal sub-equal, small: feet robust

short, tibia hollowed anteriorly to receive the tarsus, which is ovate,

acute, furnished with a pointed claw :—Lecanopsis, Targ. [Sign., 1. c. 93].

5. Differs from the preceding in having neither feet nor antenns

in the adult state :—Aclerda, Sign. [1 ec. 96].

6. Created for the lac-insect of India :—Carteria, Sign. [I. c. 101]:

see A. M. N. H.i. p. 10 (1861) for Carter’s description.

LecaniuM, Illiger.

Sien., A. 8. H. F, (5 sér.) iii, p. 395 (1873).

Signoret includes in this genus species which are naked, more or

less flat or globular, smooth or rugose: lower-lip with a single joint:

abdomen cleft at the anal extremity and with two triangular lobes or

scales above the cleft.

Signoret has divided the genus, which is numerous in species, into

six sections or sub-genera :—

1. Insect flat; segments of the body distinguishable; usually

viviparous : antenne in adult $, 7-jointed; in larva, 6-jointed :—L. hes-

peridum, Linn.

2. Insect more or less elevated, but elongate, and some having a

kind of dorsal ridge: usually oviparous: @ ordinarily with 7-jointed

and sometimes 8-jointed antennew, larva with six :—D. persice, Fabr.

3. More or less elevated, globose, hemispherical ; skin of a peculiar

tessellated structure: antenne in 2, 6—7-jointed. LL. aceris, Schrank.

4, More or less globose, hemispherical ; the skin is perforated with

oval cellules or openings ; tarsi jointed; antenne in ?, 8-jointed. L.

coffee, Walker.

5. In which the skin is rugose and the dorsal disc has one longi-

tudinal and two transverse ridges and is marked by a more or less

irregular pattern formed of cellules or openings: antennew usually

8-jointed.—L. depressum, Targ.-Tozz.

6. Entirely globular except the part attached to the food-plant ‘

antenne and feet wanting :—JZ. emerici, Planchon.

LECANIUM HESPERIDUM, Linn.

Coccus hesperidum, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii, 739 (1735) : Fabricius, S. R. (1803).

Calymnatus hesperidwm, Costa, Nuoy. Obser., t. i, f. 1 ? (1835).

Calypticus hesperidum, Costa, Faun. Ins. Nap. 8, 1 (1837): Lubbock, Proc.

Royal Soc. ix, p. 480 (1858) ; A. M. N. H. (3 sér.) iii, p. 8306 (1859) : Beck, Trans.

Micr. Soc. (n. s.) p. 47 (1861).

282 E. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. [No. 3,

Lecanium hesperidum, Sign., A. 8S. E. F. (4 sér.) viii, p. 856 (1868) ; (5 sér.) iii,

p. 399 (1873): Maskell, Trans. New Zeal. Inst. xi, p. 205, t. 6, f. 12 (1879); xi,

p. 292 (1880): Comstock, Rep. Dep. Agr. U. S. p. 44, f. 52 (1876); p. 338, t. 8,

f, 2 (1880).

Young insect flat, long, oval, reddish-brown, very active; abdo-

minal cleft visible: antennz with six joints, the third longest, the

fifth having the appearance of two soldered together, the last with a-

few hairs: tibie and tarsi of about equal length; the upper pair of

digitules long, the lower short and narrow: the abdominal lobes end in

two very long sete. The adult $ is not known.

Adult ¢ oval, varying in eccentricity from a regular ellipse to nearly

circular, elongate, flat; yellow, inclined to brown on the disc, often

dark; smooth, shining, with a fringe of small hairs not very close to-

gether, sparingly punctured on the disc; after death, the border above

becomes wrinkled radially for a narrow space. The antenne are pre-

sent and are 7-jointed, 1 and 3 joints thickest, 4 and 7 sub-equal in

length, and 3 a little shorter, rest shorter and sub-equal. Feet moder-

ately long, coxe thick, femora moderately large and about the same

length as the tibie, which are thinner ; tarsi still thinner, ending in a

claw: upper digitules rather long, ending in a knob; lower pair about

twice as long as the claw and very broad.

Maskell notes that beneath the body there is a deep red cavity be-

tween which and the food-plant to which the ¢ is attached the young

run about. Abdominal lobes cordiform, more distinguishable in the

young insect: anal ring surrounded by six long hairs. long, 3—4

millims.

This species occurs on holly, ivy, ilex, and especially on the orange,

and has been found throughout Hurope, the United States, and New

Zealand, where it does great damage, but varies much in its appearances,

being in some years particularly numerous and destructive and in others

much less active. The more common parasites of this species in the

United States are Coccophagus cognatus, Comys bicolor, and Hncyrtus

flavus.

Lecanium correa®, Walker.

Lecaniwm coffee, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iv, p. 1079, (1852): Nietner, Enemies

coffee-tree, p. 6 (1861) : Targioni-Tozzetti, Cat., p. 37 (1869): Signoret, A. 8S. HE. F.

(4 sér.) viii, p. 849, t. 1, f. 16 a, (1868) ; (5 sér.) iii, p. 435, (1873).

This is the ‘ brown scale-insect’ or ‘ brown or scaly-bug’ of writers.

Walker (1. c.) describes it simply as “ferruginous, flat, scale-like,

almost round, with transverse ridges: long 2 millims,” and remarks

1886.] EE. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccidee. 283

that it destroys the Coffee plantations in Ceylon. ¢@. Clear light

pinkish colour, slightly pubescent: head transversely ovate-rotundate,

narrowed, and angular in front; eyes large, black; ocelli two, small,

lateral; antennz 9-jointed, the second joint smallest, third longest,

thence decreasing to the tip. Thorax ample, cordiform, narrowed in

front: wings two, hyaline, with two veins, of which the subcostal vein

is dark pink, not folded straight down the back when at rest, but half

spread out: scutellum ample, transverse, rounded at the apex. Abdomen

triangular-subcylindrical, of shrivelled appearance, with two lateral

points, one central appendage, and two long, thin, white filaments at the

extremity.

¢. Apterous, tortoise-like, yellowish, marbled with grey or light

brown, sub-oval, more or less semi-globose according to age, dorsum

with one elevated longitudinal and two transverse ridges, uneven:

cleft behind, at the extremity of a split bifid, anal flap or lobe of a brown

colour: eyes marginal, black: antenne 7-jointed, the third joint longest :

the rostrum with one long sucking bristle. Old individuals are light

brown with a dark margin, smooth, semi-globose, fixed to the branch.

‘Larva of 2 has two anal filaments, which are lost when the insect

undergoes the final moult. The larva and pupain ¢ and 2 are active,

except the pupa of the @, which is plentiful on the underside of the

leaves, where the long narrow oval shell under which it rests is easily

discovered : this shell is transparent and composed of nine plates of

which three are central and three are on either side. Sometimes the

entire underside of the leaves is covered with nothing but the pupa of

the ¢ all dead. The eggs are oval and of a pinkish colour and are

not actually laid by the %, but when they are matured the parent dies,

her whole interior forming one mass of eggs protected by the shell.

The above is Nietner’s description of the form found in Ceylon. Sig-

noret describes specimens from Bahia thus :—Brown-red, hemispheri-

cal, margins a little flattened: antenne 8-jointed, third joint longest,

4,and 5 equal, 8 longer than the two preceding taken together: feet

long, tibiz one-third longer than the tarsi, which are articulated: claw

very stout, the two lower digitules horn-shaped: anal ring with eight

very long hairs, above on the abdomen six hairs, two on each segment

at the tip: the stigmatic hairs of the margin very long, very obtuse

at the tip and accompanied by two very short ones; the hairs of the

circumference obtuse at the tip, greatest length, 23; broad 13 millims.

This insect is found on coffee, tea, orange, Gardenia, and many jungle

trees.

The brown scale-insect is also infested by Hymenopterous insects,

perhaps more than the white scale insect or the black scale. These

284 KE. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccidee. [No. 3,

parasites are very minute and are for the most part of a brilliant metallic

blue or green or gold.

LeEcanium nigrum, Nietner.

Enemies of Coffee-tree, p. 9 (1861). The black scale.

@. Shield-like, much larger than the brown scale, colour from

yellowish grey to deep-brown and almost black, according to age: sub-

oval, dorsum with one longitudinal and two concentric oval costs on

the disc, towards the margin slightly rugose. The scale under the

microscope is highly tesselated and the anal slit and flap as in L. coffee:

in old 2 the scale is black with a slight longitudinal costa.

The larva has two long, black, anal sete and a projectile tube.

o scarcely differs from that of L. coffee, the head and thorax are not

so bright in colour, but the wings appear more strongly hyaline. Mr.

Nietner remarks that this species occurs alone and in company with

the brown scale but is far less common, and Mr. Green notes its oc-

curence on Ohinchona officinalis and calisaya, Manihot ceara, and Oroton

tigiiwm. It is found with LD. coffee on the coffee-tree, but only in small

numbers.

Trisporium gardneri, Berkeley: Syncladiwm nietnert, Rabenhorst.

Mr. Nietner remarks that when the scales have been fairly estab-

lished upon a coffee-tree, .the tree becomes covered with a fine black

tissue formed of a fungus (7. gardnerv), which comes and goes after

the scale and neveralone. At first this fungus has the appearance of

a thin, diluted blackwash, but, rapidly increasing in density, within

two or three months it quite covers and blackens the leaves and other

parts of the tree, finally almost resembling moss. Its period of growth

seems to extend over about twelve months, when it is replaced by a

young growth or both it and the scale abandon the tree, and when

leaving the tree, the fungus peels off in large flakes. Mr. Nietner

writes :—‘ As the occupation of a coffee or any other tree (by scale-

insects), gives rise to the appearance of a glutinous saccharine sub-

stance (honey-dew, which is either a secretion of the scale or the extra-

vasated sap that flows from the wounded tree, but more probably a

combination of both) which disappears with the scale, and as the fungus

does exactly the same, I have no doubt that its vegetation depends upon

this glutinous saccharine substance.” Whether Mr. Nietner’s remarks

regarding the appearance of the fungus be correct or not, its occurrerce

with species of Lecaniwm is marked in the United States, Hurope (?),

and New Zealand. Mr. Maskell particularly notices that plants attacked

by insects of this sub-family have their leaves much blackened.

1886.] HE. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 285

Subfam. Coccina.

Coccides, Sign., A. 8. E. F. (4 sér.) ix, p. 102 (1869) ; (5 sér.) iv, p. 546 (1874).

? varying in form and in the substance of the skin or covering :

in the last stage generally inclosed in a sac or envelope secreted at the

time of laying the eggs and which is cottony in Dactylopius, Coccus, &c.,

felted in Hriococcus; globose and more or less scaly or corneous in

Kermes ; calcareous in Margarodes ; or it is naked and reclines on a

cottony cushion asin Nidularia. The under-lip is 2—3-jointed: abdo-

minal lobes or plates are absent, but on each side of the abdomen at the

anal extremity are tubercles which carry a more or less long bristle.

The segments are easily visible in the larva, less so in the adult; each

segment has on each side one or more spinose appendages: antennz

vary much in the number of joints, usually six in the larval state and

6—10 in the adult: legs as in all the Coccida. In the adult ? one can

find, by maceration in caustic potash, the antennz sometimes deformed,

the feet, but sometimes these are wanting, and the lower-lip always.

The ¢ only differ from the o& of the sub-family Lecanina in the shorter

armature: they are small, with long antennez, generally 10-jointed,

filiform, pubescent ; four eyes and usually ocelli: wings large, mem-

branous, transparent: halteres 3-jointed: femora long, pubescent ;

tarsi one-jointed, one-clawed, usually with four digitules: abdomen

more or less long and broad with a bundle of hairs on the last segment,

whence proceed 2—4 very long threads formed of a white, fragile

secretion.

The following subdivisions are suggested in this subfamily :—

1. Species having the globular shape of some forms of Lecaniwm

and easily taken for them, but with a multiarticulate under-lip and

without the Lecanid abdominal lobes in the larva, though possessing

them in the adult stage :—Kermesaria.

2. Species of an elongate form resembling the genera of the group

Dactyloparia, more or less pubescent: antennas 6—7-jointed : an emar-

gination more or less visible at the end of the abdomen between the

lobes, which are furnished with 5—6 hairs, of which one is very long :—

Anthococcaria. :

3. Species varying in form and the number of joints in the antenna,

with an anal ring visible, which has 6—8 hairs and spinnerets secreting

a cottony matter: tarsi and claws with digitules: 2—4 filamentary

processes at the extremity of the abdomen :—Dactyloparia.

_. 4, Species without an anal ring and having merely an opening at

the end of the abdomen :—Ooccaria,

286 HK. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. [No. 3,

5. Species with only a simple ring at the end of the abdomen:

antenns with 11] joints in the adult 2, and 10 in the ¢ :—Mono-

plilebaria.

Subdivision K eRMBSARIA.

Sign, A.S. EH. F. (5 sér.) i, p. 425 (1871) ; iv, p. 547 (1874) : Comstock, Rep.

Dep. Agr. U. 8. for 1880, p. 337.

This group has been formed for the genus Kermes, which connects

the Coccina with the Lecanina. At first sight the insect hardly ap-

pears to differ from the sixth group of the genus Lecaniwm (p. 281),

but is differentiated thus:—Body globular more or less complete or

slightly truncate: in the larval state the presence of a more than one-

jointed under-lip, the absence of the abdominal lobes or plates and the

presence of more or less marked tubercles at the extremity, distinguish

them. In the adult state, the antenne and feet still remain almost

normal, but in some species, which have reached the last stage of their

life and have secreted their corneous envelope, the antennez are some-

times deformed and the feet are sometimes absent, and the abdominal

lobes resemble those of Lecanium. The species of the genus Kermes

hitherto recorded have been found in Europe and the United States.

Subdivision ACANTHOCOCCARIA.

Acanthococcites, Sign., A‘S. HLF. (5 sér.) v, p. 16 (1875).

This group contains those genera in which the species have an

elongate form more or less pubescent, but much less so than in Dacty-

lopius: antenne 6—‘7-jointed; an emargination more or less visible

between the lobes of the extremity of the abdomen and these lobes with

5—6 hairs, of which one is very long. In the larval state all are the

same and have on the lateral margins a fringe of spiny hairs, and in

some genera on the median line also. The following gives Signoret’s

table of the genera [1. c. p. 16].

1. Adult 2 without legs or antenne: rostrum arising from a

curious tubercle or protuberance on the head: body resting on a cot-

tony mass which extends beyond and covers its margins. The ¢ un-

dergoes its changes in a small cottony envelope: antenne 6-jointed ;

wings with a very small lobe near their insertion: halteres with a -

single bristle: head with 4—6 ocelli. Larva with 6-jointed antennee

in ?, 7-jointed in do: adult has the dorsum covered with a transparent

waxy and knobbed secretion :—Nidularia, Targ. [Sign., l. c. p. 17].

2. Adult 2 with legs and antenne: rostrum not arising from

the usual place between the first pair of feet, without a tubercle: body

1886.) EH. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccidxé. 287

surrounded with a white cottony substance covering all except the dor-

sal disc :—Gossyparia, Sign. [1]. c. p. 20].

3. Adult apodous, antenne in form of a short many-jointed stump,

body elongate, cylindrical, thrice longer than broad: rostrum in young

with a 2-jointed under lip: anal ring large, in form of a broad circle,

finely punctured and striated transversely, with six hairs not extending

beyond the abdomen :—Antonina, Sign. [Sign., 1. c. p. 24: includes ?

Laboulbenia, Licht., M. T. Schwer. Ent. Ges. v, p. 299, 1878].

4, Adult in most advanced stage with only last pair of feet, an-

tenne absent: body globular, rounded; abdomen not visible; a very

great mass of white cottony matter secreted by the insect and forming

an appendage :—Capulinia, Sign. []. ¢. p. 27].

5. Species enclosed in a simple felted envelope and preserving

the members during all stages of their existence: antenne in 2, 6:

jointed ; in larval 3, 7, and in adult ¢ 10-jointed :—halteres with a simple

bristle: style very short: knobbed hairs on some of the joints of the

antenne :—Hriococcus, Targ. [Sign., ]. c. p. 29].

6. Species enclosed in an envelope which is pointed at both ends

and of a greyish-yellow: Acanthococcus, Sign. [l. c. p. 34].

7. Species naked until fully grown, then the ¢ forms a dense

sac of waxy matter within which the eggs are laid: the full-grown

3 makes a similar sac or envelope within which it undergoes its last

metamorphosis; antenne of larva and adult ¢@, 7-jointed: anal ring

with eight hairs: four digitules :—Rhizococcus, Sign. [l. c. ps 36:

Comstock, Rep. Dep. Agr. U. S. for 1880, p. 339].

8. Add perhaps species in which the adult 2 has the body egg

or pear-shaped, not depressed, covered with a waxy envelope: antennze

and feet absent: rostrum very short, conical, not jointed: anal seg-

ment semiglobose, rest of the body of a more firm consistence and fur-

nished with an anal chitinous cone emitting a long, hollow filament

formed from the secretion: larva with 6-jointed antenne and feet :—

Xylococcus, Low [Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. xxxii, p. 274, 1882].

9. Also add species in which the adult ? is inclosed ina sac

elliptical in outline, very convex above, formed of a continuous waxy

secretion: ¢ itself elliptical, with neither legs nor antenne: two anal

tubercles: anal ring with eight spines: under-lip 2-jointed :—Cerecoccus

Comstock [Rep. Dep. Agr. U. S. 1881-82, p. 213].

10. Add also a species forming a connecting link between the

Coccina and the Phyllozera group of the Aphide having the head, thorax,

and abdomen reunited as in the latter: ¢ entirely apterous :—Ritsemia,

Licht. [Compt. Rend. Ac. Sc. France Ixxxviii, p. 870, 1879).

288 so. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. [No. 3,

Subdivision DacryLoparia.

Dactylopites, Sign., A. 8. E. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 305 (1875).

a This group contains those species in which the genital ring ig

visible and has 6—8 hairs, and spinnerets secreting a cottony substance

that form a more or less truncated point at the anal extremity of the

abdomen between the abdominal filamentary processes of which two or

ae are also present. On the tarsi and claw are digitules dilated at the

ip.

1. Larval ° with antenne having 6-joints, adult 2 with 8; larval

é with 7 joints: four digitules: anal ring with six hairs :—Dactylopius,

Sign. (I. e. p. 306).

2. Larval + with antenne having 6 joints, adult 2 with 9; larval

g with 7 joints: only two digitules :—Pseudococcus Westw., Sign. [l. ¢.

p. 328: Comstock, Rep. Dep. Agr. U. 8. for 1880, p. 345].

3. Larval @ and adult 2 with antenne having 6 joints; larval

o with 7: tarsi without digitules :—Ripersia, Sign. [1. c. 335].

4, Larval @ with antenne having 6 joints; adult @ and larval

$ with 8: lower lip very short, rostral filaments very short :—West-

woodia, Sign. [1. ec. 337).

5. Extremity of abdomen with four filamentary processes, no

digitules :—Oudablis [Sign. 1. c. 338; B.S. H. F. (6 sér.) i, p. elvii,

1880: includes Boisduvalia, Sign. ].

6. Eyes in ? prominulous; in o& there are twelve, of which four

are large, and eight ocelli: no digitules dilated at the tip: eight hairs

on the anal ring: two bristles on the halteres: antenne with nine

joints in @, ten very long in ¢ :—Puto, Sign. [1l. c. 341, and 395, includes

Putinia, Sign.].

7. To this may be added the genus Tetrura, Licht. [B. S. EH. F.

(6 sér.) ii, p. xxv, 183] to contain C. rubi, Schranck.

Genus Dactyxopivs, Costa, Sign.

Faun. Regn. Nap. Gallins. p. 15 (1835): Sign. A. S. E. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 306

1875: [includes Diaprostocetus, Costa, olim].

Antenne: of the larval ? with six joints; of the larval ¢ with

seven joints; of the adult ? with eight joints: six hairs on the anal.

ring at the extremity of the abdomen: two digitules on the tarsus and

two on the claw.

DAcTYLOPIUS ADONIDUM, Linn.

Coccus adonidum, Linn., Syst. Nat. p. 740 (1767): Geoffroy, Ins. i, p. 511

(1764): Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 743 (1775); Spec. Ins. 1i, p. 393 (1781); Mant.

Ing. ii, p. 318 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 224 (1794); Syst. Rhyng. p. 307 (1803) ;

1886.] HH. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 289

Gmelin ed. Syst. Nat. i (4) 2215 (1788): Olivier, Enc. Méth. vi, p. 91 (1791):

Haworth, Trans. Ent. Soc.i, p. 308 (1812); Bouché, Schadling Gart. Ins. p. 51

(1833): Burmeister, Handb. Ent., ii, p. 74, t. 2, f. 2 (1835): Amyot and Serville,

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 629 (1843) ; Walker, List Hom. B. M. iv, p. 1080 (1852),

Pediculus coffee, Lederman, Microscop, t. 9 (1762).

Diaprostocetus adonidum, Costa, Prospetto di una &c. (1828).

Trechocorys adonidum, Curtis, Gardiner’s Chron. iii, p. 443 (1843).

Coconidia, Amyot, A. S. H. F. p. 476 (1848).

Pseudococcus adonidwm, Nietner, Obs. Enemies of Coifee-plant Ceylon, p. 4

(1861).

Dactylopius adonidum, Targioni-Tozzetti, Cat. p. 32 (1868): Signoret, A. S.

HK. F. (4 sér.), viii, p. 842 (1868); (5 sér.) v, p. 307, t. 6, f.1, la, ad (1875): Com-

stock, Rep. Agr. Un. States for 1880, p. 341, t 11, f 1, la-d (1881).

The species which Signoret assigus to D. adonidum, Linn. is de-

scribed thus :—

?. Long, 23—3; broad, 1} millims. White, a little yellowish :

a median dorsal band, brown; feet and antenne a little brownish,

powdered with a large quantity of farinose matter secreted by spinnerets

or pores scattered over the entire body: besides this, each lateral lobe

or segment presents a secretion which forms a more or less long woolly

appendage around the entire body, increasing in length towards the

end of the abdomen, where there are four much larger appendages,

of which the two internal are the longest and extend to end of, or

beyond the body. Antennz 8-jointed, of which the eighth is the

longest, then the third and second, the fourth and fifth are of equal

length and shortest, the sixth and seventh a little longer than the

fourth and fifth; there is a slight pubescence especially at the tip of

each joint. Feet rather long with a rather spare pubescence; tibiee

twice as long as the tarsi; claw stout and long with slender digitules,

which are furnished with a very small knob at the tip, abdomen with a

more or less distinct and rounded cicatrix on the sutures of the 1-2

segments and the median line; an oblong cicatrix on the sutures of the

5-6 segments on each side nearer the margin than the median line;

on each segment a large number of spinuerets in the shape of rounded

dots and some scattered hairs. Hach lateral lobe presents a space with

rounded spinnerets and two more or less stout, conical spines which

form the apparatus for secreting the cottony matter of which each

lateral appendage is made: those of the lobes of the extremity of the

body have a much larger number of spinnerets and the two conical

spines are also much larger; a little lower down, two hairs arise, of

which one is large, around these is condensed the secretion furnished

by the spinnerets. The genito-anal ring is very broad, punctured, and

furnished with six rather long hairs.

S. The larve undergo the change in a cottony envelope and their

290 HK. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. [No. 3,

antenne are 7-jointed. The adult is long cf a brown neither yellow

nor red, with the segments paler; as it grows older, the colour deepens

especially on the head and corneous portions of the pronotum: tegmina

long, broadly rounded, of a more or less deep grey, reddish towards

the side: halteres long, yellow, with a single recurved bristle at the

tip: pronotum long, rounded on the sides, straight in front, rounded

behind, with a blackish arch on the mesonotum. Abdomen long,

ending in a rounded, thick armature furnished with some hairs: lateral

lobes of each segment presents two long filaments of a white cottony

substance secreted by a group of rounded spinnerets, in the midst are

two long hairs and a smaller, around which the matter secreted is con-

densed ; the lobes above have much smaller ones with but 2—3 rounded

spinnerets. Head thick, in the form of a ball or a little truncated in

front, more convex beneath than above and pubescent, except on the

pigmentary circle of the eyes and ocelli of which there are perhaps

four. Feet long, with a broad tarsus, flat, pubescent, presenting a very

long and narrow hook or claw; the digitules of the tarsi are not thicker

than ordinary hairs and have a very small knob at the tip.

@. The larva varies in size with its age, is flatter, of the same

elongated form and same colour but the antenne are 6-jointed.

$. The larva is of a uniform shape but more elongate and the

antenne are 7-jointed. The moult preceding the imago state is often

indicated by a rolling up internally of the rostral filaments and some-

times by the future antenne and tibie, the latter of which are already

indicated interiorly in the members of the larva. (Sign.).

Mr. J. Nietner (l. c.) describes the Ceylonese form of this insect as

follows :—

2. Apterous, oval, brownish-purple, covered with a white mealy

powder which forms a stiff fringe at the margin (one tooth or tuft to

each segment on either side) and at the extremity of the abdomen 2

sete. The dorsum has three longitudinal and a number of transverse -

corrugations, the latter corresponding with the number of segments :

upon each of the three longitudinal corrugations, the mealy secretion

forms a sort of ridge-cap. The antenne, legs, and rostrum are of a

light brown colour and slightly pubescent: the antenne are setaceous,

8-jointed of which the last joint is the longest, nearly as long as the

legs and porrect. The rostrum is situate between the first pair of legs,

having a few hairs but no sucking bristles at the tip.

&. ight sordid brownish, slightly pubescent: head rather

square, enlarged behind and rounded off at the poterior angles; eyes

prominent, black ; ocelli two, small, lateral ;. antennze 9-jointed, second

joint longest, third shortest, 4—9 subequal: [mouth externally re-

1886.] EH. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 291

presented by two black knobs, resembling blunted mandibles? these

are eyes]. Thorax ample, oblong-quadrate, enlarged at the shoulders :

wings two, ample, two-veined, hyaline strongly iridescent, laid straight

down the back, half overlapping each other when at rest: scutellum

ample, transverse, rounded at the apex. Abdomen sub-cylindrical,

of shrivelled appearance, with two long anal set, which are slightly

curled and of a mealy, brittle consistence, being much smaller than the

:. about 1+ millims long and in appearance resembles a small may-fly.

?. Larva or pupa resembles the perfect insect but on a smaller and

less perfect scale.

&@. The pupa has the wings and anal setz rudimental. These

imperfect & resemble young Psoci or Aphides but they carry the antennz

-turned backwards along the sides of the body. The larva and pupa

are active and can move about.

Nietner (/. c.) has the following observations on the D. adonidum

of Ceylon :—“ The insects, in all stages of development, are found

all the year round, the propogation being continuous. It appears to

me, however, that the @ are more plentiful about June and January

than at any other season. They affect dry, hot localities, and are found

both on the branches and on the roots of the trees to about one foot

below the surface of the ground. The eggs are actually laid and en-

veloped ina white cottony substance and are oval and of a yellow

colour.” Perhaps there are two species as some are rather flatter and

more densely covered with meal, but these may be only local varieties.

The white scale-insect attacks orange, guava, and other trees, as well

as coffee, and is also found on beet-root and other vegetables. It is

also infested by parasites, amongst which Mr. Nietner mentions the

occurrence of a small mite named by him Acarus translucens ; a similar

mite is reported from America and New Zealand as infesting the

egg-envelope of these insects. Mr. Green writes :—“ This insect attacks

a large number of plants. Upon coffea it is found chiefly among

the clusters of berries, and, in this position, not content with the pri-

mary damage done by itself, it attracts a species of ant which builds

its nest inclosing the colony of Dactylopius. On the estates, it is most

destructive to young Chinchona plants, frequently killing them out-

right. It is preyed upon by the larve of several beetles and also by the

larva of Lucius epius, a small Lepidopterous insect.”

Subdivision Coccaria.

Sion. A. 8. EH. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 346 (1875).

This group is confined to the genus Coccus, which includes the

cochenille insect, Coccus cacti of authors, used asa dye. It has not the

292 H. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccidee. | No. 3,

anal ring of the previous group, which is here replaced by a simple

hairless opening placed at the extremity of the abdomen: eyes smooth,

two ocelli: antenne in the adult ¢ only 7-jointed; larval ? with 6

and larval é with 7 joints. The species recorded are from N. and S.

America, China, Australia, New Zealand, and Rodriguez island.

Subdivision MonoPpHLEBARIA.

Monophlebites, Sign. A. S. EH. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 850 (1875.)

This group is formed for those species of the sub-family Ooccina

in which the ? has 11 joints in the antenne and the & has 10 joints ;

each of these joints has a node or swelling and a whorl of hairs which

makes it appear double and has thus led some authors to give 22—25°

joints to the antenne: the eyes are compressed with numerous facettes

but there are no ocelliin the &: instead of the ciliated anal ring of the

Dactyloparia, we have a single ring placed before the extremity of the

abdomen. The group includes the following genera :—

1. Covered with a cottony matter varying in colour and with a

secretion of still larger filaments: two horn-shaped digitules on the

claw and two on the tarsus but without knobbed tips: antenne in 2

with 11 joints; in larva 6-jointed with a long pubescence: genital

apparatus ending in a tube internally with a reticulated ring like a

sphincter and without hairs at its extremity :—Icerya, Sign. [l. ¢. 351:

Comstock, Rep. Dep. Agr. U.S. for 1880, p. 347]. |

2. As preceding: the pubescence very long with two knobbed hairs

on the last joint of the antenne : no digitules :—Gwerinia, Targ. [Sign.

l. c. 352].

3. Only nine joints in the antenne, rest as in Monophlebus :—

Drosicha, Walker. [Sign. 1. c. 353: Walker, List Hom. B. M. Sup.

p- 306, 1858].

4. Antenne very long; eyes reticulated: lateral margins of the

abdomen in the ¢ without appendages :—Leachia, Sign. [1. c. 359].

5. Antenne with 11 joints in ?, 10 in $ : no digitules but simple

hairs: lateral margins of the abdomen in the ¢ with rounded tubular

appendages: antenne in ¢ conical, moniliform with a very short pubes-

cence :—Monophlebus, Leach. [Sign. ]. c. 363].

6. Body covered with a white secretion: antenne 11-jointed,

conical: feet stout, claws short, no digitules: a spare pubescence in ©

form of sjiines on the inner side of the feet and of hairs on the outer

side: teguments with rounded spinnerets mingled with some hairs

and light semitransparent spaces :—Ortonia, Sign. [l. c. 367].

1886.] E.T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 293

7. Adult ? with 11-jointed antenne; anal tubercles wanting or

obsolete: no rostrum but merely an esophageal opening :—Celostoma,

Maskell [Trans. New Zeal. Inst. xii, p. 294, 1880].

Genus Monoeuuesus, Leach, Sign.

Monophlebus, Leach : Westwood, Arc. Ent. i, p. 22 (1845); Walker, List Hom.

B. M. iv, p. 1088 (1851): Sign., A. S. E. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 363 (1875).

Species in which the ? has eleven joints in the antenne and the

é but ten: eyes reticulated: no digitules on the tarsi or claws, the

lateral margins of the abdomen in § with tubular rounded appendages

[not plates]: antennz in ? conical, moniliform, with a very short pu-

bescence. g with wings having a single vein which bifurcates sending

out one branch which follows the costal margin and another which

trends towards the middle of the internal margin but does not reach it.

MOoNOPHLEBUS ATRIPENNIS, Klug.

Monophlebus atripennis, Klug, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii, (i) p. 80 (1835): West-

wood, Arc. Ent. i, p. 22 (1845): Walker, List. Hom. B. M. iv, p. 1088 (1851): Sign.,

A. S. BH. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 364 (1875).

Adult 8 fuscous-black: abdomen, scutellum and base of wings

obscurely coccineous, with a somewhat frosted white appearance :

antenne longer than the body, very hairy: wings piceous, with two

hyaline-white lines: abdomen flat, hairy, incisions between the seg-

ments deep, and two flesh coloured, apical, hairy (a millim. long)

appendages (Westw.). Body long, 7} millims.

Reported from India, Java.

MoNoPHLEBUS DUBIUS, Fabr.

Chironomus dubius, Fabr., Syst. Antliat. p. 46.

Monophlebus fabricii, Westw., Arc. Ent. i, p. 22 (1845): Sign., A. S. EB. F.

(5 sér.) v, p. 365 (1875).

Monophlebus dubius, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iv, p. 1088 (1851).

Adult ¢, deep black, shining, margin sanguineous: abdomen

black ; apex flat, bifid, rufous; lobes with three elongate porrect hairs:

wings deep black, with two hyaline-white lines: feet black (Westw.).

Reported from Sumatra.

MoNOPHLEBUS LEACHII, Westwood.

Monophlebus leachti, Westw., Zool. Journ. ii, p. 452: Arc. Ent. i, p. 22,

t. 6, f. 1 (1845): Walker, List Hom. B. M. iv, p. 1089 (1851): Sign., A. S. E. F.

(5 sér.) v, p. 365, t. 9, f. 5, 5a (1875).

294 K. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Fanvily Coccide. [No. 3,

Adult & piceous black, abdomen and pronotum fuscous flesh-

coloured, scutellum whitish: wings piceous with two hyaline-white

lines: antenne very long 25-jointed (?) : abdomen flat, incised at the

apex, the five last segments emitting on each side a long pilose appen-

dage (increasing in length) (Westw.) Body long, 7: last lateral appen-

dage 2: antenne 83: exp. teg. 163 millims.

Reported from Malabar, Pondicherry.

MoNOPHLEBUS SAUNDERSII, Westwood.

Monophlebus saundersii, Westw., Arc. Ent. i, p. 22 (1845): Walker, List Hom.

B. M. iv, p. 1089 (1851): Sign., A. S. H. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 367 (1875).

Allied to M. burmeisteri, Westw., but much smaller, covered with

a white-farinose powder and with the lateral appendages of the abdomen

shorter: head, antennsz, feet and dorsum of thorax brunneous-fuscous ;

sides of thorax and the abdomen testaceous flesh-colour, the latter

furnished on each side with four short, hairy, lateral appendages, the

basal very small, the apical longer and between them two about one

half smaller than the last, wings fuscous, posterior margin dilated, with

two hyaline-white lines: genital organ stout, cylindrical, curved, longer

than the apical appendages, thicker at the apex and truncated (Westw.).

Body long, 4—5: exp. teg. 14—15 millims.

Reported from N. India.

MOoNOPHLEBUS BURMEISTERI, Westwood.

Monophlebus burmeisteri, Westw., Arc. Ent. i, p. 22, t. 6,f.2 (1845): Walker, -

List Hom. B. M. iv, p. 1089 (1851): Sign., A. S. HE. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 867 (1875).

Adult ¢@ piceous-black; pronotum and abdomen fuscous flesh-

colour; scutellum and a band between the wings, whitish: wings

broad, piceous, a little paler at the base, and with two hyaline-white

lines: antenne longer than the body: abdomen with five long, hairy

appendages on each side. Differs from M. leachit, Westw., in its shorter

wings, posterior margin more rounded and longer abdominal filaments

(Westw.). Body long, 5—6: cum teg. 16: exp. teg. 13-14 millims.

Locality unknown but most probably N. India.

The following genera belonging to the sub-family Coccina are for

various reasons not yet arranged under any group :—Oallipappus,

Guérin; Porphyrophora, Brandt; Margarodes, Guilding ; Orthezia, Bose;

Walkeriana, Sign.; Llaveia, Sign.

Callipappus, Guérin, has the eyes with facettes found in the genus

Monophiebus and the anterior feet are like the rest: it has numerous

fragile filamentary appendages secreted by the two penultimate seg-

ments as in Porphyrophora. The ¢@ has antenne with 11 joints, some-

1886. ] HE. T. Atkinson— On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 295

times only 10, each joint becoming more and more long from base to

tip: eyes with facettes, below them an ocellus: abdomen slightly

lobed on the sides: genital organ very long, twisted several times and

like a portion of the intestine accidentally protruded: above and at the

tip of the 5—6 segment are a number of spinnerets forming transparent

fragile filaments in shape of a tuft that extends well beyond the

abdomen: feet long, tarsus one-third shorter than the tibia and having

at the tip a small supplementary articulation; a single claw with a

hair on the inner and outer face: halteres broad and stout with a small

hook at the extremity, on the side. The @ has 10-jointed antennae, of

which the first is very broad and short, the second as broad as long,

and the rest increase in length and diminish in breadth: rostrum a

little below the insertion of the first pair of feet, which are like the

rest. The single species recorded under this genus comes from Aus-

tralia {Sign., A. S. H. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 374, 1875].

Porphyrophora, Brandt, has, in the &, antenne moderately long,

9—10-jointed: eyes very large with facettes, touching each other be-

neath : first pair of feet short; tarsi, tibie, and claws not longer than

the femora; the claw soldered to the tarsus; the other feet as usual,

but no digitules, though all the tibis and tarsi have some spiny hairs

on the internal margin: 5—6 segments of the abdomen, above and

towards the upper margin, have a band or row of spinnerets whence

arise a large quantity of light, transparent filaments that form a tuft

extending well beyond the abdomen: the latter has at the anal extre-

mity a stout elongate tubercle furnished with a hook-shaped style of

which the free portion is fine and long: wings very large: adult @ is

proportionately much stouter than the o and has no trace of a rostrum :

in the larva, the rostrum appears between the intermediate pair of legs.

The species hitherto recorded of this curious genus belong to Hurope

and Asia Minor and include the P. polonica and P. hamelit which .are

used for dyeing [Sign., A. S. H. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 377, 1875].

Margarodes, Guilding, includes a curious West-Indian species which

is inclosed in a calcareous, nacreous, envelope of such consistence as to

be used as a bead for necklaces, hence its vulgar name perle de terre

[Sign., A. S. E. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 385, 1875]. A species has been recorded

from §S. India. Specimens of Indian and W. Indian puparia are in

Indian Museum. -

Orthezia, Bosc. [== Dorthesia] has the 2 apterous and the ¢ winged

and eyes with facettes, but varies so much in the different stages of

its existence that it is necessary to study the whole series before a par-

ticular form can be assigned to its proper stage in the development of

the insect. The young larva has 6 joints in the antenna, the larval

296 HK. T Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. [No. 3,

¢ has 7, others have 7 joints, with a sort of scape asin the Hymenop-

tera, and the tibia and tarsus in one, and the adult ? has 8 joints in the

antenne. No species of this genus has as yet been recorded from

India ; it is described by Signoret [A. S. E. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 386, 1875]

and Douglas [Hnt. Mon. Mag. xvii, p. 172, 203, L881] and need not be

further noticed here.

Genus WALKeERIANA, Signoret.

A. S. HE. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 390 (1875).

@. Antenne with ten short joints, 2 and 10 of equal length and

longest : body in its normal state covered with a great number of yellow

hairs mingled with a white, calcareous, lamellar secretion which, when

removed, shows the body to be like that of a 2 of the genus Monophle-

bus. The skin has rows of spinnerets differing as they produce the

pilose or calcareous secretion: feet robust, of moderate length and of

the usual appearance; claw stout, with a hair on each face; the tarsi

one-third as long as the tibizw which latter are longer than the femora.

At the anal extremity before the margin, the genital ring is surrounded

by a great mass of large hairs: above on the penultimate segment, are

three cicatrices, of which the median is transverse, roundly oval, and the

lateral are longitudinal oval.

WALKERIANA FLORIGER, Walker.

Coccus floriger, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Sup. p. 305 (1858).

Walkeriana floriger, Sign., A. S. H. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 391 (1875).

Dark red, elliptical, white above, with a double row of lateral,

truncated, yellowish-white, elongated appendages, and with some silky

hairs: forepart with some dorsal porrect appendages of the same shape

(Walker). Long 6—7 millims.

Signoret (1. c.) describes the adult @ as forming a many coloured

pilose mass, yellow, more or less light, more or less tawny, with white

calcareous plates strewn regularly over the upper surface and on the

sides of the abdomen: the yellow pubescence is longest and most

abundant on the thorax, especially on the median line, which causes

the white secretion to be less visible: beneath, the entire body is en-

tirely margined with white plates: abdomen with a slight white efflo-

rescence; segments visible and each more and more emarginate as they

approach the tip, the median part of the last segment reascending as

far as the basal third of the abdomen with the anal or genital opening,

around which is a considerable mass of long hairs. Antenne blackish,

with ten joints of which the first is stout and short, the second and tenth

are longest ; at the tip of each joint is a circlet of short hairs and there

1886.| 4H. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccide. 297

are also some on the disc; at the extremity of the tenth joint there are

two long hairs and a number of short ones: feet blackish, rather long.

Reported from Ceylon. |

Llaveia, Sign., created for a Mexican species which approaches

Porphyrophora in the form of the first pair of feet and Monophlebus in

the number of the antenne. [A.S8. H. F. (5 sér.) v, p. 370, 1875].

Tessarobelus, Montr., created for a species from New Caledonia in

1864, [An. Soc. Linn. Lyon, xi, p. 246, 1864, and Sign., A. S. H. F.

(5 sér.) vi, p. 600, 1876].

Dr. J. Anderson, in his ‘ Letters to Banks’ (1786—89), quoted by

Signoret, has noticed and named several species of Coccide from the

Madras Presidency, but his descriptions are so meagre and imperfect

that but little use has been made of them. Amongst those mentioned

by him are the following :—

1. Coccus chl@oon, found on the Aira indica, and which Signoret

would refer to Dactylopius [A. 8. HE. F. (5 sér.) vi, 612, 1876].

2. ©. oogenes, found on the Phyllanthus emblica, Euphorbia hirta,

Tinospora cordifolia, and Hibiscus populneus in Madras. Anderson de-

scribes this species as purple-red and surrounded by a silky material

of which the threads are as fine as those of a spider’s web and can be

drawn out to several inches before they break: the adult ¢ deposits

her eggs in a silken receptacle and had no rostrum: the ¢ is of an

amber colour | Sign., 1. c. 621].

3. OC. trichodes, found on the guava, Anona squamosa, Solanum

lycopersicum, and Hibiscus rosa-sinensis: Signoret would refer it to

Dactylopius. The ¢ is inclosed in silken threads which fall off when

she deposits her eggs and serve to hold the young on the food-plant: &

of an amber colour with two opaque white filaments which are longer

than the body ; wings uncoloured and transparent, but after a few days

slightly crimson: antennz 10-jointed and on each joint a few hairs:

segments of abdomen visible ; limbs pubescent [Sign., 1. c. 625].

4. OC. erton, found on the orange, Robinia mitis, Hibiscus rosa-

sinensis, Picus indica, Hrythrina corallodendron, Cocos nucifera, and

Myrtus zeylanicus: Signoret assigns it to Dactylopius: of a purple

orange or a chocolate brown. [Sign., 1. c. 615.]

5. C. microogenes, found on Vitis vinifera and Galega prostrata.

Of a deep red, with a bright white silky covering, the red disappear-

ing in the advanced stage: 2 with the margins rimmed and becoming

sometimes dull grey and sometimes scarlet: ¢ with two wings which

when closed are twice as long as the abdomen and two long filaments

at the anal extremity. Signoret suggests that this may be the same as

Pulvinaria vitis, [Sign., 1. c. 620].

298 KH. T. Atkinson—On the Homopterous Family Coccidee. [No. 3, 1886.]

6. O. koleoo, found on the egg-plant. Colour diaphanous white,

except the antenne and the extremity of the rostrum, which are of a

chocolate brown: they form a cylindrical silky envelope which becomes

attached to the food-plant [Sign., l. c. 618].

7. (. diacopeis, found on the Ottrus sinensis: segments of abdo-

men deeply incised [Sign., ]. c. 613]. :

8. ©. narcodes, very sluggish, found on Odina wodier [Sign., 1. e.

621].

Oe a

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

———

Part II—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. IV.—1886.

XVI.—The Landshells of Perak.—By O. F. von Méutenvorrr, Pu. D.

Communicated by the Natura History Secrerary.

[Received September 18th ;—Read November 3rd, 1886. ]

The following notes are based on a collection made by Deputy

Surgeon-General R. Hungerford during a short visit to Perak, and on a

number of shells received by the Indian Museum from Larut. I have

thought it advisable to combine with the description of these a list of

all species hitherto known from Perak. So far as I know, only the

following papers have been published on the subject :—

H. Crossr, Mollusques nouveaux de Perak. J. de Conch., xxvii,

1879, pp: 198—208 (5 sp.).

H. Crossz, Faune malacologique de Perak. Ibid., pp. 336—340

(18 sp.).

H. H. Gopwrn-Avusren and G. Nevitt, Shells from Perak (and the

Nicobar Islands). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, pp. 734—740 (9 sp.).

J. pE More@an, Note sur quelques espéces nouvelles de mollusques

terrestres recueillis dans la Péninsule Malaise. Le Naturaliste, vii,

1885, No. 9, pp. 68—70 (16 sp.).

STREPTAXIDA.

1. STREPTAXIS PLUSSLNSIS, de Morgan.

de Morgan, Le Natur., vii, 1885, No. 9, p. 68.

“* Heliciform, of whitish colour, spire regular, very flat, base ven-

trose, smooth, upper side transversely striate. Umbilicus very wide,

300 O. F. von Mollendorff—The Landshells of Perak. [No. 4,

inner sides of all the whorls being visible, aperture triangular, slightly

oblique, very irregular, having a tooth on the penultimate whorl and a

groove (“‘sillon”’?) in the upper part; 6 whorls, linear suture.” Diam.

maj. 7, alt. 3 mill.

Has.—Mt. Tchékél in the valley of the river Pluss.

This description is not sufficient to enable one to form an idea of

the value of the species, which has to be compared with the several

species described from the Malay peninsula.

2. ENNEA PERAKENSIS, Godwin-Austen & G. Nev.

Godwin-Austen & Nevill, P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 735, t. lix, f. 2.

Dr. Townsend found two apparently immature specimens of an

Ennea at Buket Pondong, which the late Mr. G. Nevill considered to be

full-grown and to be the type of a new subgenus of Hnnea. Col. God-

win-Austen, however, deemed it best, considering only two specimens

were found and that these were so similar in general form to immature

specimens of Hnnea stenopylis, Bens., from the Khasi Hills, not to found

this new subgenus until further examples were obtained proving that

the shell was a mature form. The results of Mr. Hungerford’s investi-

gations have justified Col. Godwin-Austen’s caution. He found this

Ennea in different stages of maturity, some entirely corresponding to

the figure above quoted, but also some full-grown. The diagnosis has

accordingly to be altered as follows :—

Testa aperte perforata, cylindraceo-claviformis, solidula, nitida, virides-

centi-crystallina, anfr. 2 apicales fere glabrati, tertvus confertim costulatus,

reliqui 43 costulis validis, planiusculis, subdistantibus, paullum arcuatis

sculpti, ultimus penultimo angustior, circa wmbilicum valde compressus,

obtuse carinatus, antice substrangulatus, scrobiculatus. Apertura fere

verticalis, rotundato-tetragona, peristoma latiuscule expansum, albolabia-

tum, margine externo ad insertionem subito attenuato, sinuato. Lamella

parietalis valida usque ad marginem producta, callo dentiformi in palato

opposito. Long. 4, diam. 2 mill.

The other teeth which immature specimens show on the columella

and in the palate, disappear in the full-grown shell. The analogy with

E. stenopylis, Bens., pointed out by Godwin-Austen, exists also in full- -

grown specimens. HH. perakensis is, however, a little longer, more cylin-

drical, the costulation more distant, and the ribs higher and less

arcuate.

Our species as well as the following one belongs to the group of

Indian and Chinese species for which the late Mr. Nevill has founded

the subgenus Martensia. This name has, however, been pre-occupied by

Semper (Landsch-Philipp., I, 1870, p. 42) fora genus of the Zonitide,

1886. ] O. F. von Méllendorff—The Landshells of Perak. 301

type Nanina mossambicensis, Pfr. Although Martensia, Semp., has been

considered a synonym of Trochonanina, Mouss., by some authors, doubts

have been expressed more recently whether the Polynesian species of

Trochonanina really belong to the same section as the Hast African cari-

nate forms of Nanina. If not, Martensia, Semp., has to be retained for

the latter group, and the section Martensia, Nev., has to be renamed.

3. ENNEA HUNGERFORDIANA, ND. sp.

T. aperte perforata, ovato-conica, sulcis validiusculis, subdistantibus

verticalibus sculpta, viridescenti-crystallina ; anfr. 63 convexiuscult, ulti-

mus angustior, bast valde compressus, substrangulatus, valde scrobiculatus,

paullum ascendens. Apertura verticalis, parva, irregulariter ovalis, peris-

toma late expansum, margine externo ad insertionem subito attenuato,

recedente, profunde sinuato. Lamella parietalis altissima, callum denti-

formem marginis eaternt fere attingens et cum illo sinulum fere circu-

larem formans. Long. 3, diam. 15 mill.

Has.—Ad Buket Pondong, leg. cl. R. Hungerford.

Smaller and more ovate than the last. The greatest peculiarity of

the species is the sinulus of the aperture. In most species of Hnnea,

the parietal lamella is opposed to a tooth or dentiform callosity in the

outer margin of the peristome, which latter gets suddenly thinner from

that place to the insertion and is more or less sinuate. Thus the lamella

and tooth enclose a more or less circular orifice connected with the rest

of the aperture by a small canal. In our species, the. lamella is so much

prolonged that it all but touches the tooth of the outer margin, and it

looks as if the lamella really were the continuation of the peristome.

The latter is, from the tooth upwards, not only suddenly attenuate, but

also receding, so that the orifice or sinulus is hardly visible in front, but

appears, when the shell is turned sideways, very much like a commencing

tube. The only species in which I have seen a similar formation is

Lnnea vara, Bens., otherwise widely different from EH. hungerfordiana.

NANINIDA.

4. ARIOPHANTA, n. sp. (?), (prox. N. (A.) rnTERRUpPTA), G. Nevill,

Handl. Moll. Ind. Mus., 1878, p. 20.

Nualla Kangsa, Perak ; coll. Dr. Edmond Townsend.

No species of Ariophanta was found by Mr. Hungerford.

5. RHyYsora, sp.

Mr. Hungerford obtained a single specimen of a fine large Nanina,

diam. 59, alt. 32 mill. It is greenish-brown with a narrow dark brown

302 O. F. von Mollendorff—The Landshells of Perak. [No. 4,

band round the periphery and another broader one round the umbilicus,

the periphery is obtusely angulate, the spiral rugose sculpture is coarser

above, finer and more regular at the base; 6 moderately convex whorls

form a little elevated spire. The nearest relation seems to be Nanina

pluto, Pfr., from Cambodja, but it is probably a new species which I do

not care to describe from a single example.

6. HemrIPiectaA CyMATIUM, Bens.

Perak, without distinct locality (Hungerford). The single speci-

men agrees fairly well with the figure and description of Nanina cyma-

tiwm, known from Penang and Malacca.

7. HupLecta BIJUGA, Stoliczka.

Stoliczka, J. A. 8. B., xlii, pt. 2, 1873, p. 14, t. i, f. 4—7, t. ii, f. 16—18 (Rotula).

Helia bijuga, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel., vii, 1876, p. 103. Nanina bijuga, G. Nevill, Handl.

Moll. Ind. Mus., 1878, p. 81. Nanina (Rotula) bijuga, Crosse, J. de Conch., xxvii,

1879, p. 336.

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend, Hungerford), originally described

from Penang.

8. MacrocHLAMYs, sp.

Mr. Hungerford found a few dead specimens at Buket Pondong

which fairly agree with the form figured by Godwin-Austen (Land &

Freshw. Moll. Ind., iv, 1883, p. 110, t. xxvi, f. 4) and mentioned by him

as ‘‘ M. consepta, Bens., small var. ? ” from Tenasserim.

9. MAcROCHLAMYS, sp. an nova P

A single specimen from Buket Pondong. Small, 3 mill. long and

2 high, horn brown, well-polished, probably new.

There is besides another much smaller species of Marcon

and a species of Microcystis, which I have likewise left undescribed on

account of the very scanty material.

10. MuicRocysTINA TOWNSENDIANA, Godwin-Austen & G. Nevill.

Godwin-Austen & Nevill, P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 736, t. lix, f, 1.

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend, Hungerford).

11. Katietia prrakensis (G. Nevill), Godwin-Austen.

Godwin-Austen, Land & Freshw. Moll. Ind., i, 1882, p. 8, t. ii, £. 7.

Perak (Dr. Townsend), Buket Pondong (Hungerford).

12. SIrTALA CARINIFERA, Stoliczka.

Stoliczka, J. A. 8S. B., xlii, pt. 2, 1873, p.16, t.i, f. 8. Godwin-Austen, Land &

Freshw. Moll. Ind., ii, 1882, p. 35.

1886. | O. F. von Méllendorff—The Landshells of Perak. 303

Penang (Stoliczka). Mr. Hungerford found two badly preserved

specimens at Buket Pondong which agree entirely with Stoliczka’s

figure and description.

HELICIDA.

138. Henix (TRACHIA) MALAYANA, N. sp.

T. latiuscule umbilicata, depressa, tenuis, pilis brevissimis in lineas

regulares valde approwimatas dispositis hirsuta, rufobrunnea ; anfr. 53

perconvest sutura valde impressa junctr, spiram fere planam apice via

prominulo efficientes, ultimus maximus, valde inflatus, antice breviter

descendens, circa umbilicum subacute angulatus, apertura non valde ob-

liqua, rotundato-lunaris, peristoma tenue, breviter expansum, vix reflexius-

culum, sinuosum, rosewm. Diam. maj. 23, min. 18, alt. 14 mill.

Has.—In regione Perak, leg. cl. R. Hungerford.

T have little doubt that this is the form mentioned by Crosse (J. de

Conch., 1879, p. 336) as H. (Planispira) breviseta, Pfr., from Buket

Pondong, but judging from Pfeiffer’s diagnosis—all I can compare at

present—I do not believe that the Perak form can be combined with

Pfeiffer’s Siamese species. The latter is pale yellow (‘‘pallide fulvida’’),

round the umbilicus only “ subangulatus,” the peristome is white, the

dimensions are 22 mill. diam., 105 mill. alt., there are only 5 whorls.

There appears to be a great deal of affinity, and the comparison of the

types may probably result in making the Perak form a variety of H.

breviseta, Pfr., but for the present I prefer to give it a separate name.

14. A second species of Trachia, of which only a few dead exam-

ples were found at Buket Pondong, is smaller, the whorls increase more

regularly and the last one is not so prominently large; the spine is a

_ little more prominent, the angle round the umbilicus much more obtuse.

This is perhaps Trachia penangensis, Stol.

15. HEtLix PERAKENSIS, Crosse.

Crosse, J. de Conch., xxvii, 1879, p. 199, t. viii, f. 4 (Geotrochus).

Perak (Dr. Townsend), not found by Mr. Hungerford. I have

some doubts about its really being a Geotrochus, a group which has not

yet been observed in the Indian region, The figure gives the idea

rather of Satsuma (or Fruticotrochus, Kob.), which group is widely

spread in China, and might very well range into the Malay peninsula

hitherto so little explored.

Mr. de Morgan’s paper contains the following Helix :—

304 O. F. von Méllendorff—The Landshells of Perak. [No. 4,

16. HeE.ix swerrennami, de Morgan.

de Morgan, 1. c., p. 68.

Upper portion of the Kinta valley. 16 mill. wide, 10 high; flat,

strongly keeled, peristome acute, columellar margin reflected to the

umbilicus. May be a Trochomorpha or a Plectotropis.

17. Hex taisroti, de Morgan.

de Morgan, l. c., p. 68.

“‘ Gounong-Tcheura,” N. of Ipoli, Kinta valley.

Similar to the last, but discoid, reddish brown, diam. 15, alt. 4

mill. This is most probably a Trochomorpha.

18. Henix HARDOUINI, de Morgan.

de Morgan, 1. c., p. 68.

Kinta valley between Lahat and Ipoli.

Diam. 17 mill., alt. 8 mill., flat, strongly keeled, peristome expanded

FBS

(“ évasé.”) Perhaps also a Trochomorpha or else a Plectotropis.

19. Herx LAnATENSIS, de Morgan.

de Morgan, l. c., p. 68.

Between Lahat and Ipoli, Kinta valley.

Diam. 25 mill., alt. 14 mill., flat, slightly (“‘légérement ”’) umbili-

cated, strongly keeled, yellow (“ blonde ”’), transparent, peristome acute,

thin, columellar margin slightly reflected towards the umbilicus. Might

also be a Trochomorpha.

BULIMIDA.

20. AMPHIDROMUS PERVERSUS, Linn.

Perak (Dr. Townsend).

STENOGYRID A.

21. Srenoayra (Opgas) GRaciLis, Hutton.

Buket Pondong (Hungerford).

22. SvenogyrA (SUBULINA) TCHEHELENSIS, de Morgan.

T. elongate turrita, gracilis, tenwis, transverse densissime arcuatim

striatula, corneo-flavida, opaca ; anfr. 12 planiusculr, spiram elongatam

apice subacuto efficientes ; apertura obliqua, angulate ovalis, peristoma

acutum, margine dextro sinuoso ; columella subincrassata, paullum arcu-

ata, basi truncata, cwm margine basalt angulun rotundatum formans.

1886. ] O. F. von Méllendorff—The Landshells of Perak. 305

Long 33} diam. 6 mill. (anfr. 12 )

+P) 245 99 4¢ +P) ( 99 10 )

oe: Vee ae ie el Oe es

»- 21 9. 4g ow C » 95)

1878. Stenogyra (Opeas) terebralis ?, Theobald (? n. sp.) G. Nevill, Handl.

Moll. Ind. Mus., 1878, p. 166.

1879. Stenogyra tchehelensis, J. de Morgan, Le Naturaliste, vii, 1885, No. 9,

p. 69.

Has.—Mt. Tchéhél prope flumen Pluss (de Morgan), Buket Pon-

dong (Dr. HE. Townsend, Hungerford).

I cannot but believe that the fine Subulina eallgeteal by Mr. Hunger-

ford at Buket Pondong is the same which Mr. Nevill mentions from the

same locality asa doubtful H. (Opeas) terebralis, Theob., oran.sp. I

have no figure of Theobald’s species at my disposal—has it been figured

at all ? the Conchologia Indica does not give it—but if the species of

the Shan States is really an Opeas, it cannot be identical with the Perak

form, which decidedly belongs to Subulina. De Morgan’s description of

his H. tchehelensis is somewhat vague and apparently was taken from

immature examples, but, as the dimensions given by him of a specimen

having 10 whorls—23 x 5 mill. agree perfectly with those of some

younger specimens in Mr. Hungerford’s collection, I think the two forms

of different Perak localities may be safely combined.

23. RHODINA PERAKENSIS, J. de Morgan.

de Morgan, 1. c. 1885, p. 68.

Limestone rocks of Gounong Tcheura near Ipoli, Kinta valley,

under dead leaves.

Mr. de Morgan has founded a new genus for a curious Stenogyra-

like shell, which he considers to be related to Rhodea. It may be worth

while to translate his description here :—“ Shell cylindraceous, striate,

dextrorse, numerous whorls, apex obtuse, last whorl much larger than

the penultimate, aperture triangular, columellar margin reflected and very

prominent [‘‘saillant’’], peristome continuous. Differs from the genus

Rhodea by the aperture “ disposée en cornet” and by the want of a

keel.”’ I must confess that I fail to perceive any relation to Rhodea

from these remarks. The descriptive notes on the species are meagre

also; it is cylindrical, fragile, horny yellow, has 10 regularly in-

creasing whorls very regularly and distinctly striate, the suture is linear

and well-marked, the aperture triangular, oblique, peristome thin, not

reflected (‘“‘non déjeté”’). Long. 25, diam. of last whorl 43, long. of

aperture 5, lat. 3 mill. |

306 O. F. von Méllendorff—The Landshells of Perak. [No. 4,

It is to be regretted that this apparently very interesting form has

not been figured. Might it not be related to Perrieria, Tapp.-Can., of

Borneo ?

CLAUSILIID A.

24. CLAUSILIA (PSEUDONENIA) FILICOSTATA, Stoliczka,

Stoliczka, J. A. 8. B., xlii, pt. 2, 1873, p. 28, t. iii, f. 7, 8.

Var. tenuicosta, G. Nevill, Handl. Moll. Ind. Mus., 1878, p. 183. H. Crosse, J. de

Conch., xxvii, 1879, p. 337.

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend, Hungerford).

The few badly preserved specimens which Mr. Hungerford found

at Buket Pondong seem to justify Mr. Nevill’s classification of the Perak

form asa variety of the Penang Clausilia filicostata. The variety is

longer, up to 24 mill., at the same time slenderer, the striation is much

finer so that it could hardly be called costulate, there are fine spiral lines

besides, 12 whorls instead of 10+-11. It might even be separated as

a species, especially if there are differences in the closing apparatus, the

description of which is insufficient in Stoliczka’s diagnosis. As I am

unable to compare specimens of the typical Clausilia filicostata, I must

leave this question undecided.

PUPIDA.

25. HypsrLostToMA BENSONIANUM, W. Blanford.

W. Blanford, Contr. Ind. Mel., iv, 1863, p.8. Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel., v, 1868, p. 437.

Conch. Ind., t. viii, f. 2.

Of the three species of Hypselostoma hitherto described, H. ben-

sonianum is the only one with which the form collected by Mr. Hunger-

ford at Buket Pondong can be combined. Diagnosis and figure agree

fairly well, but the latter is not very exact, at least not detailed enough

for a small form, and the description might also be more complete. It is

besides not very likely that the same species ranges from Ava into

Perak, while there occurs another species at Moulmein. A comparison

of specimens of H. bensonianwm with the Perak form may therefore

result in separating the latter as a distinct species. Unfortunately I do

not possess the Ava species.

CYCLOPHORID 4.

CY CLOTIN &.

26. CYCLOTUS HUNGERFORDIANUS, 0. sp.

Testa aperte wmbilicata, depressu, plicis distantibus transversis sculpta,

in interstitiis plicarum siriis transversis subtilibus et liners spiralibus

1886. ] O. F. von Mollendorff—The Landshells of Perak. 307

rugosulis minutissime granulata, viridescenti-cornea, spira breviter conoidea

apice mamillari, nitido. Anfr. 4 teretes, ad suturam profundam planatt,

ultimus ad aperturam valde descendens, breviter solutus. Apertura diago-

nalis, circularis, peristoma continuum, rectum. Operculum testacewm,

crassum ; peripheria sulco late ewaratum, extus valde concavum margini-

bus anfractuum breviter elevatis, anfractus 8 oblique plicato-striatt. Diam.

maj. 73, alt. 5 mill.

. Has.—Ad Buket Pondong, leg. cl. R. Hungerford.

This species is most probably the same which is mentioned in

G. Nevill’s Handl. MoH. Ind. Mus., 1878, p. 256, as Oyclotus, n. sp., found

at the same locality by Dr. EH. Townsend. It belongs to the group of

CO. pusillus, Sow., hunanensis, Gredl., etc., which Prof. von Martens has

named, Cycloti suturales (Landschn. Ostas., 1867, p. 124).

Mr. J. de Morgan describes (I. c., 1885, p. 69) an Aulopoma lowt

from the Kinta valley, which I suspect to be a Cyclotus very similar

to, if not identica] with, the above species. The dimensions are about

the same, 8 and 5 mill., and the short description of the shell agrees

very well, especially the remark that the live shell is covered witha

layer of mud. This covering seems to be characteristic of the group, as

I have observed it, not only in 0. hungerfordianus, but also in all Chinese

and Philippine species. The description of the operculum does not in

any way point to Aulopoma, hitherto not known out of Ceylon. He

calls it circular, horny, composed of lamelle placed one upon another,

slightly convex on the inner side. This might fairly well apply to the

operculum of a Cyclotus, certainly not to that of an Aulopoma. If my

supposition as to the identity of the two species be correct, the question

arises whether the rules of priority require that the species should be

called Cyclotus lowt, de Morg. I think that the publication of a Cyclotus

as an Auwlopoma in such an insufficient way that its identity can only be

guessed, does not entitle it to priority, but, as this can only be decided

after typical specimens of both species have been compared, I have

thought it better to publish the species collected by Mr. Hungerford

under a new name.

27. OPpistTHOPORUS soLUTUS, Stoliczka.

Stoliczka, J. A.S. B., xli, pt. 2,{1872, p. 266, t. x,f.8—10. Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum.,

suppl. iii, 1876, p.44. G. Nevill, Handl. Moll. Ind. Mus., 1878, p. 263. H. Crosse, J.

- de Conch., xxvii, 1879, p. 337.

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend, Hungerford) ; Penang (Stoliczha), .

28. OPISTHOPORUS PENANGENSIS, Stoliczka,

Stoliczka, 1. c., 1872, p. 265, t. x, f.7. Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum., suppl. iii, 1876,

p. 43. G. Nevill, Handl., 1878, p. 263. H. Crosse, 1. c., 1879, p. 338.

308 O. F. von Mollendorff—The Landshells of Perak. [No. 4,

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend, Hungerford) ; Penang (Stoliczka).

According to Crosse, Prof. von Martens considers this form to be a

simple variety of O. corniculum, Mouss., of Java, whilst Stoliczka com-

pared it to O. sumatranus, Mart., of Sumatra. The descriptions of these

species do not, however, mention the two lines of short cilia above and

below the periphery (as in O. biciliatus, Mouss.), which seems to me to

be a good specific character.

CYCLOPHORIN &.

29. SPIRACULUM P REGELSPERGERI, de Morgan.

de Morgan, Le Nat., vii, 1885, No. 9, p. 69 (Cyclophorus).

“Very depressed, very widely umbilicated, 5 whorls, very finely

striate ; suture linear, under which there is a deep groove (“sillon’’)

covered by the margin which forming a canal along the suture is en-

larged towards the aperture and ends in a lamina (“‘lame’”’) which covers

the canal entirely and forms a tube of 4—5 mill. in length. Aperture

oblique, nearly circular, slightly reflected, near the suture winged

(‘‘ échancrée’). Colour horny above, brown at the base, a black band

round the periphery, regularly arranged brown spots on the upper side

which give the shell the aspect of a rolled-up snake. Operculum cir-

cular, horny, inner side presenting a spherical depression with a promi-

nent nucleus in the centre, outer side helicoid (“‘ hélicoidale ”) furnished

with very fine membranaceous lamelle destined to render the fitting of

the operculum more hermetic.” Alt. 8, diam. maj. 25, diam. apert. 8

mill.

Has.—Hnvirons of Lahat and Pappan, Kinta valley (J. de Mor-

gan), Larut (Ind. Mus.).

I have tried to give a literal translation of de Morgan’s description,

which certainly lacks the technical precision of a diagnosis, but at least

permits me to recognise his species in an immature example from Larut.

It is decidedly not a Cyclophorus: I considered the Larut specimen to

be a Pterocyclus which might, on account of the curious canaliculated

suture, be related to Pterocyclus albersi, Pfr. De Morgan’s mention of a

tube and description of the operculum point to Spiraculum ; I should

also have thought of Riiostoma, but there is no mention of the last

whorl being solute. Whether the species is really new or has to be

combined with a Burmese or Siamese form I cannot now decide.

30. SpPIRACULUM KINTANUM, de Morgan.

de Morgan, 1. c., 1885, p. 69 (Cyclophorus).

Kinta valley.

1886. | O. F. von Mollendorff—The Landshells of Perak. 309

This is most probably a Spiraculuwm : the operculum is analogous to

that of the last species; there is at a short distance from the aperture a

small sutural tube bent backwards. The shell is greenish-brown, much

depressed, the last whorl slightly solute. Diam. maj. 19, alt. 5 mill.

31. CyYCLOPHORUS MALAYANUS, Bens.

Larut (Ind. Mus.), Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend teste G. Nevill,

Handl., 1878, p. 267), otherwise known from Penang, Siam, Burma.

32. CYCLOPHORUS SEMISULCATUS, Sowerby.

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend teste G. Nevill, Handl., 1878,

p. 269, err. typ. “ C. semistriatus’’).

33. -CYCLOPHORUS EXPANSUS, Pfr., P var.

G. Nevill, Handl., 1878, p. 269, ‘appears to be new; it is near C. cyoeus."

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend).

34, CycLoPHoRUS Low!, de Morgan.

de Morgan, 1. c., 1885, p. 69.

Kinta valley, common; Patani. According to the author’s remarks

this is a fine shell of 55 mill. diameter; the description is, however, so

incomplete that no attempt to compare it to a known species can be

made. Not even the colour of the shell is indicated. It may be (C.

awrantiacus, Schum., widely distributed in the Malay peninsula.

35. LEPTOPOMA ASPIRANS, Benson.

Buket Pondong ( Dr. Townsend, Hungerford), Burma, Pegu, Tenas-

serim.

36. LAGOCHILUS TOWNSENDI, Crosse.

Crosse, J. de Conch., xxvii, 1879, pp. 200, 339, t. viii, f. 3, — Lagocheilus, n. sp.,

G. Nevill, Handl., 1878, p. 282, — Cyclophorus baylet, de Morgan, l. c., 1885, p. 69.

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend, RK. Hungerford), abundant in the

basin of the Perak river, especially in the Pluss valley (de Morgan).

Mr. Hungerford brought some specimens from the original habitat

which entirely agree with the very exact description of Mr. Crosse. I

am rather inclined to consider the Perak shell merely a variety of L.

trochoides, Stol., from Penang to which it is closely related ; being, how-

ever, unable to compare specimens of the latter, I follow Messrs. Crosse

and Nevill for the present.

So far as can be judged, or rather guessed, from Mr. de Morgan’s

short remarks on his “ Cyclophorus baylei,” it is a Lagochilus and most

probably identical with L. townsend, Crosse.

310 O. F. von Mollendorff—The Landshells of Perak. [No. 4,

ALYCARIN Ai.

37. Axnycmus erBBosuLuS, Stoliczka.

Stoliczka, J. A. S. B., xli, pt. 2, 1872, p. 268, t. x, f.14. Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum.,

suppl. iii, 1876, p. 58. G. Nevill, Handl., 1878, p. 295. Crosse, J. de Conch., xxvii,

1879; p. 339, t. xi, £6:

Originally described from Penang, but found at Buket Pondong by

Messrs. Townsend and Hungerford. The Perak form presents some

slight differences, viz., pale whitish colour, broader base, and more in-

flated last whorl, but these do not justify the separation even as a variety.

38. ALYCHUS PERAKENSIS, Crosse.

Crosse, J. de Conch., xxvii, 1879, pp. 206, 339, t. xii, f. 7.

Discovered by Dr. Townsend at Buket Pondong, where Mr. Hunger-

ford also collected it in some numbers. Crosse justly compares it with

A. jagort, Mart., from Java, from which it is, however, well distinguished

by its greater size and bright yellow colour, the smaller number of

its whorls, its spiral sculpture.

39. ALYCHUs DIPLOCHILUS, n. sp.

Testa late wumbilicata, depressa, subdiscoidea, solidula, subtiliter sub-

distanter costulato-striata, nitidula, rubescenti-cornea ; spira breviter co-

noidea apice obtuso. Anfr. 4 convexi, ultimus ad peripheriam obtuse

angulatus, basi valde inflatus, gibbus, ab apertura sat remote (ca. 2 mill.),

profunde constrictus, dein tumidulus, sub tubulo suturali brevi ca. 4 mill.

longo dense costulatus, ad aperturam glabratus, valde deflexus. Apertura

maxime obliqua, subcircularis, peristoma duplex, internum continuun,

expansum, eaternum ab allo sulco distincto separatum, latissime eapansum.

Diam. maj. 4, min. 3, alt. 2 mill.

Has.—Ad Buket Pondong, leg. cl. R. Hungerford.

40. ALYCEUS OLIGOPLEURIS, n. sp.

Testa sat aperte wmbilicata, depressa, subdiscoidea, distanter et minute

costulata, albescens, nitidula, spira brevissime conoidea, apice obtuso.

Anfr. 35—4 conveai, ultimus basi inflatus, gibbus, ab apertura sat remote

constrictus, dein tumidulus, subglabratus, ud aperturam subito deflexus,

sub tubulo suturali brevissimo densissime costulatus. Apertura maxime

obliqua, subcircularis, peristoma duplex, internum porrectum, duplicatum,

externum sulco distincto ab illo separatum, expansum, reflexiusculum.

Diam. maj. 23, min. 1, alt, 13 mill.

Has.—Ad Buket Pondong, leg. cl. R. Hungerford.

1886. | O. F. von Mollendorfi—The Landshells of Perak. 311

Related to the last, but much smaller, more distantly ribbed, ulti-

mate whorl without angulation at the periphery, the inner peristome

much more prominent and the outer less widely expanded.

41. ALYCHUS MICRODISCUS, Nn. sp.

Testa aperte umbilicata, discoidea, densissime costulata, cornea, spira

brevissime prominula. Anfr. 33—4 convexi, ultimus valde remote ab aper-

tura leviter constrictus, dein distortus et ascendens, ad apertwram breviter

deflewus, subtus paulium infiatus, gibbus, tubulus suturulis brevissimus.

Apertura parum obliqua, subcircularis, peristoma duplea, eaternum expan-

eo refleciusculum, internum porrectum, expansiusculum. Diam. maj.

poten. 12, alt. 1 mill.

Has.—Ad Buket Pondong, leg. cl. R. Bier ereor

The peculiar distorsion of the last whorl, which first ascends after

the constriction and is then again deflected towards the aperture, separates

this minute species from all forms known to me,

42. ALYCHUS PARVULUS, n. sp.

Testa sat aperte umbilicata, discoidea, confertim et minute costulata,

cornea ; spira brevissime prominula ; anfr. 33—A4 convext, ultimus paullum

ab apertura remote leviter constrictus, dein tumidulus, basi parum inflatus,

subgibbus, tubulus suturalis brevissimus ; apertura diagonalis, circularis,

peristoma duplex, externum late expansum, internum late porrectum, ex-

pansiusculum. Diam. maj. 13, alt. $ mill.

Has.—Ad Buket Pondong, leg. cl. R. Hungerford.

Another minute form, still smaller than the last, to which it appears

somewhat related. It differs, however, in the constriction being com-

paratively nearer to the aperture, the almost regular last whorl, the

broad outer and very prominent inner peristome.

43. ALYCEHUS MICROCONUS, n. sp.

Testa umbilicata, globoso-conica, costulis confertis transversis et

lineis spiralibus quasi reticulata, cornea ; anfr. 4 conver, ultumus pone

aperturam leviter constrictus, sub tubulo suturalt modico densius costula-

tus, dein subglabratus, non descendens. Apertura parum obliqua, fere

circularis, peristoma breviter expansum, tenue, subduplicatum. Diam.

maj. 13, alt. 13 mill.

Has.—Ad Buket Pondong, leg. cl. R. Hungerford.

By the conical shape, the regular last whorl, the reticulate sculp-

ture this small species is very well distinguished from all Indian Alycei.

312 O. F. von Méllendorff—The Landshells of Perak. [ No. 4,

Mr. J. de Morgan describes, in the paper already mentioned, two

species of Alyceus from Perak, one of which appears to be a remarkable

novelty.

44, ALYCHUS JOUSSEAUMEI, de Morgan.

de Morgan, Le Natural., vii, 1885, No. 9, p. 70.

“White, perforate, depressed, whorls convex, suture deep, last

whorl very ventrose and strongly contracted a little above the circular

aperture, sculptured by fine transverse striz ; above the contraction a

sutural tube, the length of which varies with the age of the shell.

Peristome double, reflected, presenting the form of a horseshoe, the

concave side of which is turned to the umbilicus. Operculum horny,

multispiral, circular, concave, inner side with a prominent central

nucleus.” Diam. maj. 11—15 mill, alt. 6, apert. diam. 4 mill.

So far as can be judged from this not very exhaustive description,

the species would appear to be related to A. wmbonalis, Bens., and physis,

Bens. It is the largest form hitherto described.

Has.—Limestone hills of the Kinta valley, summit of Mt. Lano.

The other species, A. chaperi, de Morg. (l.c., p. 70), is probably

A. gibbosulus, Stol., or at least closely related to that species ; the meagre

description does not, however, permit an identification with any degree

of certainty.

DIPLOMMATININ A.

45. DIPLOMMATINA CANALICULATA, N. sp.

T. dextrorsa, conico-turrita, costulis acutis distantibus sculpta, corneo-

flavescens, spira elongata, regulariter conica, apice acuto; anfr. 10 per-

convert, ultumus initio constrictus, penultimo multo angustior, ad aperturam

ascendens. Apertura verticalis, angulato-subcircularis, peristoma duplex,

externum late expanswm, refleciusculum, internum sulco ab illo separatum,

expansiusculum, superne appressum. Colwmella basi truncata, cum mar-

gine basalt angulum canaliformem formans. Lamella colwmellaris, vali-

diuscula fere ad marginem producta. Alt. 5, diam. 2 mill.

Has.—Ad Buket Pondong, leg. cl. R. Hungerford.

This novelty is well characterized by the long regular conical spire,

the distant and very sharp ribs, the curious angle at the base of the

columella, which forms almost a canal and is distinctly continued into

both peristomes. The latter are prolonged round this angle into a

spur-like excrescence. Similar formations are observed in several Indian

and Chinese species, but in none are they so well developed as in this.

1886. ] O. F. von Méllendorff—The Landshells of Perak. 313

46. DIPLOMMATINA NEVILLI, Crosse.

Crosse, J. de Conch., xxvii, 1879, pp. 203, 339, t. viii, f. 2 (Palaina).

Discovered by Dr. Townsend and also found by Mr. Hungerford at

Buket Pondong. Ido not know why the author classes it asa Palaina ;

it appears to me to bea typical Diplommatina with well-developed colu-

mellar lamella. The truncation of the columella and the canal-like angle

at its base are similar to those of the last-named species, though not

quite so distinct. It is only 3 mill. long.

47. DIPLOMMATINA CROSSEANA, Godwin-Aust. & G. Nev.

Godwin-Austen & Nevill, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 738, t. Ix, f. 3, 3a.

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend, R. Hungerford).

Very small, only 13 mill. in length, dextrorse, antepenultimate

whorl the largest. I believe it to belong to the section Diancta, Mart.

48, DiIPLOMMATINA MIRABILIS, Godwin-Aust. & G. Nev.

Godwin-Austen & Nevill, l. c., p. 739, t. lx, f. 4, 4a, 40.

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend), not found by Mr. Hungerford.

Dextrorse, 13 mill. in length. From the figure and description I see no

reason why it should be classed as Palaina, as the authors have it.

49, DIPLOMMATINA SUPERBA, Godwin-Aust. & G. Nev.

Godwin-Austen & Nevill, 1. c., p. 739, t. lx, f. 5, 5a (Palaina).

Buket Pondong (Townsend and Hungerford).

This truly “superb” little shell presents, it is true, some similari-

ties with species of Palaina, but chiefly in the sculpture, on which sub-

generic distinctions should not be based. On account of the constricted

penultimate whorl I should class it as a Diancia.

50. OPpiIsTHOSTOMA PAULUCCIM, Crosse & Nevill.

Crosse & Nevill, J. de Conch., xxvii, 1879, pp. 197, 205, 339, t. viii, f. 1.

Godwin-Austen & G. Nevill, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1879, p. 738, t. lx, f. 2, 2a, 2b.

51. OPpimsTHOSTOMA PERAKENSE, Godwin-Aust. & G. Nev.

Godwin-Austen & Nevill, 1. c., p. 738, t. Ix, f. 1, la, 10.

Of these two species, both discovered by Dr. Townsend at Buket

Pondong, Mr. Hungerford has, so far as I can see, only found the latter

at the same locality.

314 O. F. von Mollendorff—The Landshells of Perak. [No. 4,

PUPININ &.

52. Puprna arTatTa, Bens.

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend, R. Hungerford). Known from

Ava, Burma.

53. Pupina ARULA, Bens.

Buket Pondong (Townsend and Hungerford), otherwise known from

Burma.

54. Mecatomastoma (CoprocHILUS) SECTILABRUM, Gould.

Perak (Dr. Townsend), Larut (Ind. Mus.). Described from Tavoy,

Tenasserim, and found also on Penang.

55. Hypocystis eLepHas, de Morgan.

de Morgan, Le Natural., vii, 1885, No. 9, p. 70.

Testa anguste umbtlicata, pupine-formis, solidissima, sublevigata,

in anfractu ultimo distinctius rugoso-striata, rufo-carnea vel aurantiaca,

sptira trregularis ovata, apice conoideo-obtuso ; sutura impressa, marginata —

albescens ; anfr. 6 convexiusculi, penultumus multo longior, supra aper-

turam planatus, dorso inflatus, ultumus angustior valde descendens, ante

aperturam paullulum ascendens. Apertura verticalis, angulato-circularts,

intus aurantiaca, peristoma multiplicatum crassissimum, aurantiacum,

subtus protractum, margine externo ad angulum insertionis sursum pro-

ducto. Operculum normale, intus castaneo-callosum, anfr. 24—3, extus

conveaiusculum, albidum, anfr. 7, marginibus lamellatim elevatis. Amis

47, diam. anfr. penult. 23, aperture diam. intus 153, ¢. perist. 193.

Peristoma usque ad 8 mill. crassum.

Has.—Per totam vallem fluminis Perak (J. de Morgan), Larut

(Ind. Mus.).

The small collection from Larut which I received for inspection in

1885, contained this magnificent species, and I had determined to name

and to describe it when I saw the notice of de Morgan’s paper containing

two species of Hybocustis. Presuming that one of these might be the

Larut form, I delayed the publication until I had received the paper

itself. Although the author’s description is again insufficient, still I am

convinced that his H. elephas from Perak is the same as the one from

Larut. He gives even greater dimensions: long. 50—57, diam. 24—27y

diam. apert. 17—20 mill.

If Lam tolerably certain of this identification, I am not quite sure that

the shell is really a novelty. There are three species of Hybocystis known,

H. gravida, Bens., from Burma (Moulmein), mowhoti, Pfr., from Cambodja,

1886. ] O. F. von Méllendorffi—The Landshells of Perak. 315

and myersi, Haines, from Siam. Of none of these I have been able to

compare specimens ; from the published descriptions I glean the follow-

ing differences between the four forms.

Name. gravida. mowhott. myers, elephas.

Axis. 35 35 39 50—57 mill.

Umbilica- Perforate. Subumbilicate. Narrow. Narrow.

tion.

Colour. Whitish brown Deep violet Incarnate Reddish incarnate

(fusco-albida). | brown (saturate brown or orange.

fusco-violacea). | (carneo-fusca).

Sculpture.| Rather smooth | Slightly striate | Sublevigate. Sublzvigate.

(leeviuseula, (striatula).

vix striatula).

Last whorl. 5 Ag a id Foveolato-mal- | With irregular | With distinct rather

aye leatus. spiral sulci. | irregular transverse

Slightly and Deeply descen- Obliquely stripes.

suddenly dent, ascen- descendent. Strongly descen-

ascendent. dent at the dent, close to the

aperture. aperture very little

ascendent.

Suture. Impressed, Not mentioned. Slightly Impressed, very

marginate. impressed. distinctly margi-

nate.

Aperture. Circular. Angulate oval. | Angulate oval.| Almost circular.

Peristome. | Whitish, incras- Orange red, Incrassate, the} Orange, multi-

sate, with an duplicate, outer | upper inser- | plicate, abnormally

inner groove margin at the | tion angulate. | thick, outer margin

(intus late sul- insertion pro- at the insertion

catum). ducted upwards. producted upwards.

Imperfect as this comparison from mere diagnosis must necessarily

be, it seems to entitle the Perak shell to specific distinction.

56. Mr. de Morgan mentions (l. c., p. 70) a second species, H. jous-

seawmet, de Morg., from the Pluss valley, which is said to differ from

H. elephas by the much smaller size, the white colour, the greater size

of the last whorl at its beginning, the penultimate whorl having a

rather prominent gibbosity at the right side, the flattening of the last

whorl being more distinct, the margination of the suture deeper im-

pressed, the narrower umbilicus, and the less reflected peristome. The

316 S. A. Hill—Solar Thermometer Observations at Allahabad. [No. 4,

operculum has on the inner side a small dish-like prominence with @

central nucleus, the outer side is more convex than in the last species.

Axis 45, diam. 21, apert. diam. 15 mill. As the author does not mention

how many specimens he found of this species which accompanied GZ,

elephas, it may be but an individual deviation.

HYDROCENID Ai.

57. GEORISSA MONTEROSATIANA, Godwin-Austen & G. Nevill.

Godwin-Austen & Nevill, Proc. Zool. Soo., 1879, p. 739, t. lix, £. 6.

Buket Pondong (Dr. Townsend, R. Hungerford).

58, GwORISSA SEMISCULPTA, Godwin-Austen & G. Nevill.

Godwin-Austen & Nevill, 1. c., p. 740, t. lix, f, 8, 8a.

Based on a broken specimen from Buket Pondong, not found by

Mr. Hungerford,

I have not seen any freshwater shells from Perak; the second

volume of Nevill’s Handlist (1884) mentions only the following species

from that region :— .

p. 6. AMPULLARIA TURBINIS, Lea, var. SUBAMPULLACHA, G. Nev.

Perak (Dr. Townsend).

p. 22. PALUDINA BENGALENSIS, Lam., subspec. PoLYGRAMMA, v. Mart,

Qualla Kangsa (Dr. Townsend).

p. 256. Mewanta Epriscoparis, Lea.

Qualla Kangsa (Dr. Townsend).

p. 280. Mutanra sucicostis, Hanley.

Qualla Kangsa (Dr. Townsend).

Manila, August, 1886.

XVII.—On Solar Thermometer Observations at Allahabad.—By S. A.

Hi, B. Sc., Meteorological Reporter to the Government of N.-W.

Provinces.

[Received Ootober 26th ;—Read November 8rd, 1886. ]

In April, 1883, I sent to the Society a paper on the measurement

of solar radiation by means of the black-bulb thermometer in vacuo,*

in which paper a very decided variation of solar heat emission during

* See Journal Vol. LIT, Part I.

1886.] S.A. Hill—Solar Thermometer Observations at Allahabad. 317

the sun-spot period was suggested. Last year also, I published a paper

in this Journal,* in which a very similar conclusion was arrived at, by

a totally distinct method, from the observations made on certain days

at Lucknow. In the first paper, the monthly mean excess of the solar

thermometer on clear days above the air temperature at noon was com-

pared with the barometric pressure and the tension of vapour, as well as

with a number representing a proportionate estimate of the amount of dust

and haze in the month, and then, by combining the observations of the

several months by means of Pouillet’s formula (which makes allowance

for the varying thickness of the atmosphere traversed by rays from the

sun at different altitudes), transmission co-efficients for the various

constituents of the atmosphere were computed. These co-efficients then

served to correct the original observations to what would have been

their probable value if there had been no atmospheric absorption, and it

was in the annual means of such corrected observations that the varia-

tion in the sun-spot period appeared most distinctly.

In discussing the Lucknow observations, those taken with a non-

registering thermometer at different hours of the same day were com-

pared, and the “solar constant’? was computed by Pouillet’s formula.

The resulting mean values, though founded on at most only four days’

observations in each month, gave a very similar variation to that deduced

from the Allahabad results, the maximum falling in 1878, which was

the minimum year of the last sun-spot cycle.

The solar thermometer brought into use at Allahabad in 1876, a

large one by Negretti and Zambra, continued to be used under nearly

identical conditions until this year, when it was removed to the new

observatory. It had been my intention to keep the exposure of the in-

strument as nearly constant as possible for ten or eleven years, when if any

appearance of a cyclical variation were found in the observations, it

might with much probability be assigned to real changes occurring in

the sun. During my absence from India in 1883-84, however, the

position of the instrument was changed, and the readings of it were

permanently increased (apparently by reflection from a small mango

tree) to the extent of about 2 degrees as empirically determined. In

Table I., which gives a summary of the observations for ten years, the

vitiated observations thus empirically corrected are printed in sloping

figures.

* Vol. LIV, Part II.

318 S. A. Hill—Solar Thermometer Observations at Allahabad. [No. 4,

TaBLe I.—Hacess Temperature of the Sun Thermometer on Clear

Days above the Air Temperature at Noon.

Year. Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April.| May. | June. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec. | Mean.

1876 66:1 | 65°7 | 63:9 | 60°6 | 565 | 57:3 | 60°3 | 6401] 640 | 62-0

1877 63:0 | 66:7 | 63:6 | 62:4 | 60:0 | 57-47 59°83 | 63:0 | 634] 621

1878 65:9 | 643 | 65:2! 645 | 62:3] 5781 596] 647 | 6461 632

1879 64:2 | 63:9 | 63-7 | 62°6 | 61:8 | 61:0 | 61:1 | 649 | 63:5 | 63°12

1880 63:0 | 63°8 | 60:3 | 59:9 | 62:0 | 61:5 | 58:3 | 62:5 | 606 | 61'3

1881 62:3 | 60:9 | 61:9 | 60-4 | 60:3 | 63:0 | 54:8 | 618 | 59°9 | 606

1882 60°5 | 615 | 601 | 61:1! 606! 59:1 | 546] 62:2] 58:2] 598

1883 609 | 61:5 | 61:0 | 58:4 | 57-6 | 57:1 | 59:2 | 59°83 | 58:2 | 59:3

1884 58:3 | 60°5 | 59°3| 61:1] 589] 55:91 641) 65:31 63:5 | 60-8

1885 63:2 | 66:2 | 63:0| 62:2| 61:0 | 58:1| 61:6| 643 | 6361} 62°6

In this table, as in those already published, clear days are understood

to be those on which the cloud proportion at 10 a. mu. and 4P. mM.

does not exceed one-fifth of the expanse. Such days are so uncommon

in July, August, and September that these three months could not be

included. The column of annual means indicates clearly a cyclical

variation in the ten years, the maximum occurring in 1878-79 and the

minimum falling about the end of 1883; hence, if such a variation

appears in the computed values of the so-called solar “‘ constant” given

below, it cannot be set aside as a merely arithmetical result, since it is

founded upon a similar variation in the data obtained by direct obser-

vation. The monthly means at the foot show a maximum in February

and another in November, with a faintly marked minimum in the cold

weather and another more distinctly marked in June. They should,

however, be multiplied by the square of the earth’s mean radius vector

for each month to correct for the varying distance of the sun, before they

can be properly compared, a point which was overlooked in my paper

of 1883. When thus corrected they stand as follows :—

Jan. Feb. March. April. May. June. Oct. Nov. Dec.

60'7° (62:0? 61°7%>), GIB” 615° 607° 58:9° GlGriaaae

If the absorptive power of the atmosphere were constant, we should

expect to find the maximum result in June, when the sun rises highest

in the heavens, and the minimum in December, when the incidence is »

most oblique and the thickness of the atmosphere to be traversed by

the rays is greatest. The actual variation which gives maxima in

February or April and in November and minima in December and October

must be due to the modifying influence of a variability of absorption.

1886.] S. A. Hill—Solar Thermometer Observations at Allahabad. 319

For this only two causes in the least degree likely to produce the ob-

served effect suggest themselves, changes in the quantity of water va-

pour in the air and changes in the thickness of the dust haze of the

dry months.

Regarding the proportionate quantity of the latter in the several

months, I think the scale laid down in my paper on the Lucknow obser-

vations probably represents the truth more exactly than that assumed

in my former paper on the Allahabad results. This scale is :—

Jan. Feb. March. April. May. June. Oct. Nov. Dec.

3 5 7 9 10 6 0 1 2

The pressure of vapour and the total pressure of the air (which

does not differ by more than one per cent. from the true pressure of the

dry air alone) are given in the next two tables. The figures for June

are for the first half of the month only, the clear days as a rule being

confined to this half.

Taste IIl.—Mean Pressures of Water Vapour.

Year. Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | Apl. | May.| June. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec. | Mean.

1876 "812" | :295’"| -356” | -330”| °5241 *700”| -678”| °447” | -343”| -443”

1877 428 1 °349 | -450 | °684 | 592 | °775 | -642 | -474 | 424 | -519

1878 364 | -431 | 392 | -486 | 630 | 515 | 648 | 454 | -318 | °471

1879 325 | ‘354 | 856 | °825 | ‘461 | 568 | °704 | °3865 | :306 | :422

1880 °335 | °349 | -417 | -400 | °650 | °789 | °605 | -409 | °340 | -477

1881 "284 | °357 | 481 | °433 | 642 | 859 | °612 | °352 | -260 | °475

1882 335 289 300 348 | °469 783 635 428 348 437

1883 381 | °298 | °343 | °393 | ‘496 | °693 | °568 | °354 | °287 | -424

1884: 335 | °312 | °315 | ‘293 | 433 | 608 | ‘663 | °423 | °373 | °417

1885 396 | -291 | °352 | °374 | °474 | 563 | -616 | -401 | °386 | °428

————E ee ee ee 0 en ee eee

Mean °350 | °332 | °371 | °392 | 540 | “685 | °637 | ‘411 | -343 | °451

Taste Ill.—Mean Barometric Pressure. 29 inches +

Year. Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | Apl. | May. | June.} Oct. | Nov. | Dec. | Mean.

my | |

1876 681 | -626 | 541 | ‘389 | -300 | °199 | °605 | ‘670 | °787 | 533

1877 foe | iso | oso | ‘006 | "369 | "803 | ‘601 | -678 | “733 | “590

1878 771 | °704 | °599 | ‘478 | 380 | :205 | 482 | °615 | 693 | °570

1879 723 | 646 | 554 | -402 | °274 | -219 | 546 | -686 | °717 | °530

1880 679 | -652 | -509 | °390 | -305 | 184 | °562 | -727, | °768 | 525

1881 779 | -690 | *598 | ‘417 | °326 | :194 | 519 | -653 | °743 | °547

1882 751 | 652 | 557 | -416 | ‘337 | 129 | -492 | ‘689 | -711 | °526

1884 770 | ‘669 | ‘537 | °435 | -297 | -241 | ‘608 | "706 | 794 | °562

1885 781 | “666 | 584 | 452 | 416 | -264 | 558 | °714 | °715 | °553

320 §. A. Hill—Solar Thermometer Observations at Allahabad. [No. 4,

From the monthly means of the excess temperatures and of these

elements, as well as the proportionate figures for dust haze, we may

compute the transmission co-efficients of the several constituents of the

atmosphere by a modification of Pouillet’s formula. For, putting R to

stand for the observed radiation (as given in Table I.) and S for the solar

“constant,” we have R =8. a B/ty%*, where a and B are the trans-

mission co-efficients of air and vapour, each of one inch pressure, y the

transmission co-efficient for dust haze of one-tenth of the density ob-

served in May, «the atmospheric thickness traversed by the rays at

noonday compared with the vertical depth of the atmosphere, and 8, f,

and d the pressures of air and vapour and the proportion of dust

respectively. Remembering that, for the obliquities we have to deal

with, ¢ is as nearly as possible equal to the secant of the zenith distance,

we may for purposes of calculation put the equations into the form :—

log R=log S + b sec. z loga+tf sec. % log*B +d sec. 2 log y, and

the equations for the nine months are more than sufficient to determine

all the unknown quantities.

The observations of Mr. Hennessey at Mussoorie and Dehra in 1869

and 1879, however, probably give more accurate values for the trans-

mission co-efficients of air and water vapour than could be determined

in this way, and I therefore adopt them now. These values (see P. R.S.,

No. 219, 1882, page 435) are :— ,

a 998555

B = 12783

Inserting these in the equations for the nine months, we find y = ‘99449

and S = 82°29.

The value of y shows that in May, when the dust haze is a maximum

and the sun’s rays nearly vertical, the absorption by dust does not much

exceed 5 percent. This result is probably only brought about by the

circumstance that the reflection from dust particles in all directions round

the thermometer bulb is nearly equal to the absorption by those particles

which lie in the direct path of the solar beam, but it suffices to show that

any error of moderate extent in estimating the proportionate quantity of

dust for a given month or year will have little effect onthe computed value

of the solar constant. The quantity of water vapour in the air can be

determined with a considerable degree of exactness, and, when its

pressure at the place of observation is about an inch, it absorbs 27 per

cent. of the incident radiation. The figures in Table I. can therefore

now be corrected for atmospheric absorption as were those in my first

paper. The resulting values of the solar ‘‘ constant,’ corrected also to

the earth’s mean distance from the sun, are the following ¢—

1886,] 8S. A. Hill—-Solar Thermometer Observations at Allahabad. 321

Year. Solar Constant.

1876 82'8°

1877 85°1

1878 85:2

1879 | 83:6

1880 82'7

1881 81°83

1882 79°6

1883 786

1884 80°4

1885 83:'1

If these results are to be trusted, they show that, during the eycle

of visible change on the sun’s surface, there is a cyclical variation of

large range in the heat emitted by him, the maximum of emission coin-

ciding with, or perhaps slightly preceding, the phase in which his surface

is most uniformly bright, and the minimum coinciding with the phase

of greatest disturbance, which is also apparently that of greatest absorp-

tion of the photospheric radiation by the sun’s atmosphere. For, in

1878, the surface of the sun was less disturbed by spots than in any

other year of the ten, while the spots were most frequent and occupied

the greatest area’ in 1883. This conclusion, which, so far as the mini-

mum phase of the sun-spots is concerned, was deducible from the

observations published in my paper of 1883, is confirmed by the aver-

age variation of the intensity of solar radiation all over India, as de-

duced in the annual meteorological reports, though probably, on account

of the somewhat rough and ready way in which the observations are

combined in those reports, the variation is not so uniform as it would

beifa more elaborate method of reduction were adopted; it is also

confirmed by the variation of temperature all over India and probably

in other tropical countries, Képpen having long since shown that the

temperature of the torrid zone varies inversely with the frequency of

sun-spots; I have also found it distinctly confirmed by a series of

ground-temperature observations made at Allahabad, and, so far as

evidence collected only on this side of the world goes, it may be con-

sidered as fairly established. It is desirable, however, that contem-

poraneous observations made in America, or in some other distant region,

should be investigated with a view to testing the truth of this variation

in the sun’s heating power; for, though a variation in the direction here

indicated seems to me not opposed to anything we know of the constitu-

tion of the sun, but rather to be expected from the changes observed on

his surface, the antecedent probability is very small that the variation

322 R. D. Oldham—On probable Changes in the Geography [No. 4,

would be of anything like so great a range as that just found, a range

from maximum to minimum of about 11 per cent. of the mean heating

effect.

XVIII.—On probable Changes in the Geography of the Punjab and tts

Rivers: an Historico-Geographical Study.—By R. D. OtpHam, A. R.

S. M., Deputy Superintendent, Geological Survey of India.

[Received 30th September ;—Read December 12th, 1886.]

(With a Map—PI. XIX.)

Introductory.—Of all the problems with which we are brought in

contact when we try to unravel the ancient geography of India, none

surpass in interest or difficulty those connected with the rivers of the

Punjab and Sind. Both interest and difficulty result from the fact that,

previous to the advent of the English, all civilization and every invader

have entered India from the North-West, and their difficulty from the

changes that appear to have taken place in the courses of these rivers

during the last three thousand years. It cannot be said that this subject

has been neglected by previous writers on the ancient geography of India,

but their efforts have mainly been addressed to the identification of towns

or countries, and their references to the rivers are often marked by an

ignorance, or neglect, of the fundamental principles of physical geology ;

yet the matter is one on which the geologist must be heard as well as

the scholar, for, whatever dependence may be placed on history or

tradition, the conclusions that are drawn are only valid so long as they

are possible, and no one that has not studied the mode of action of

rivers on a geological basis can decide whether any particular change in

the course of a river, of which there appears to be historical indication,

can or cannot have taken place.*

* Throughout the following paper, I am largely indebted to the author of an

anonymous essay in the Calcutta Review, on the “‘ Lost River of the Indian Desert”,

(vol. lix, pp. 1—29, understood to be by Surgeon-Major C.F. Oldham). I am

indebted to this writer for having first drawn my attention to the subject, for having

suggested most of the opinions supported in the following paper, and for many of

the references given below. I have, however, except where the contrary is expressly

stated, verified them in every case ; and, to save wearisome repetition, I must request

all who wish to see how little I diverge from the opinions expressed by the writer

referred to, and to what extent this paper goes beyond the matter he has treated

of, to compare the two, promising that the perusal of the article in the Calcutta

Review will prove anything but a waste of time.

1886. ] of the Punjab and its Tivers. 323

I. On the Ancient Course of the Indus through Sind.—It is generaily

supposed, and the supposition is supported by authority, that the Hastern

Narra marks an old course of the Indus, and that it was down this now

deserted channel that the fleet of Alexander sailed. This supposition has

been adopted by General Cunningham in his ‘ Ancient Geography of

India,’ where the capital of the king Musikanus according to Strabo,

Diodorus, and Arrian, or of the Musikani according to Ourtius, is

identified with the town known in more modern times as Aror or

Alor. He says that the ruins of Aror are situated “to the south of

a gap in the low range of limestone hills, which stretches from Bhakar

towards the south for about twenty miles, until it is lost in the broad

belt of sand hills which bound the Nara, or old bed of the Indus, on

the west. To the north-east it was covered by a second branch of the river

which flowed nearly at right angles to the other at a distance of three

miles. At the accession of Rajah Dahir in A. D. 680 the latter was

probably the main stream of the Indus which had been gradually

working to the westwards from its original bed in the old Nara.”

Leaving his fleet at Alor, Alexander* marched against Oxycanus or

Portikanus, or, according to General Cunningham’s identification, Lark4-

na, and_Sindomana or Sehwan, and from Sindomana he “ marched back

to the river where he had ordered his fleet to wait for him. Thence de-

scending the stream he came on the fourth day to”’ a town which the

General identifies with Brahmanabad, notwithstanding that by his own

confession this lies twenty miles west of the Hastern Nara down which he

has just declared that Alexander sailed. General Cunningham’s identi-

fication of this town, the Harmatelia of Diodorus, with Brahmanabad

seems to be satisfactory, but the more thoroughly this is the case the

less likely does it seem that the Hastern Narra can mark the course

of the Indus when Alexander sailed down it.

But there are more important objections than this.

Harmatelia, Alexander sailed down the river to Pattala, which General

Cyanningham identifies with the modern Haidarabad, and from thence he

sailed to the sea by two different courses, one of which took him to near

Karachi, the other to the Ran of Kachh. It seems clear that Alexander’s

historians placed the head of the Delta at or near Patala, which cannot

have been much further from the sea than Haidarabad, for Onesikritus

says that all three sides of the Delta were equalf; in any case it was

below Harmateleia. But as Harmateleia and Brahmanabad are the same,

and, as this place lay twenty miles west of the Hastern Narra, the Indus

must in some manner have broken westwards from the bed of the Narra

After leaving

* Cunningham, Ancient Geography of India, p. 267 et seq.

7 Cunningham, op. cit., p. 283.

324 R. D. Oldham—On probable Changes in the Geography [No. 4,

and wandered over higher ground. In the text there is nothing to shew

that General Cunningham appreciated this difficulty, but in the map a

compromise seems to be attempted which, the usual fate of such attempts,

can hardly be called satisfactory. I say seems, for in this map—as in all

the maps illustrating the work, but more conspicuously in this—an

attempt has been made to represent, without any distinguishing mark,

both the present and the ancient courses of the rivers. On the map in

question (No. IX), the ‘‘ Narra ft. (ancient course of the Indus)” leaves

the existing course of the Indus about thirty miles north of Aror and

flows nearly due south to Jakrao, whence a course is marked running 8. W.

by Brahmanabad to Patala. From Jakrao, another course diverges to the

S. E., and, after reaching the latitude of Amarkot, turns 8. S. W. and

flows into the Ran—or perhaps into a lake, for it is by no means clear

whether General Cunningham supposed the Ran to have existed in

Alexander’s times—shortly after joing a branch of the Indus which

flows S. 8. H. from Patala, but whether this eastern line is supposed to

mark an ancient course of the Indus or to represent the dry bed of the

Narra is not clearly shewn, but either supposition would be equally im-

possible. The accounts of the Arab historians and geographers shew

that from the 8th century the Indus flowed past Mansura, until, in the

13th century, it abandoned this course for one further to the west, which

it has since maintained, and the supposition that the Hastern Narra

marks the ancient course of the Indus lands us on one of the horns of

a dilemma, for, if the Indus flowed down the Narra as far as Jakrao,

and the present continuation was then in existence, it is inconceiv-

able that the river should have left this lowland to wander up hill,

through the higher land to the west; nor, if this line is meant to re-

present the present channel of the Hastern Narra, which did not exist

in Alexander’s time, is it possible satisfactorily to explain the excavation

of this channel. I have not written the above in any spirit of captious

criticism, but merely to shew the difficulty that attaches to the elucida-

tion of the ancient geography of Sind if we accept the prevalent idea,

inconsistent as it is with the known principles of physical geography,

that the Hastern Narra represents an ancient course of the Indus.

§ 2. The Indus in its course through Sind flows between banks that

are raised above the general level of the country, which slopes away on

either side. This is a feature common to all rivers which are raising

the level of their alluvial plains by the deposit of silt, but, at Bukkur,

the Indus exhibits a feature which is exceedingly rare, if not without a

parallel, in the case of any other river, for here it flows at the higher

level through a gap in a low range of hills surrounded on either side by

eS as

eee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee

— =)

0 a ee ea eee! ee

. x

1886. ] of the Punjab and its Rivers. 325

alluvium at a lower level than that of the river where it passes through

the gap. It is difficult to give any satisfactory explanation of this

feature if we suppose the Indus to be the only river that ever flowed in

this region, but I hope to shew that there are both historical and geo-

graphical indications of the former existence of a river which flowed

to the Ran of Kach, independent of the Indus, and, if we admit its

existence, the following hypothesis may he offered as a possible explana-

tion of the existing peculiarity in the course of the Indus.

In former times, the Indus wandered over the plain which surrounds

the Khairpur hills, raising the level of the soil on either bank till it

broke away into the low ground on one side or the other, and so by

degrees raising the level of every part; during the latest phase of this

process, previous to the origin of the existing conditions, it flowed east

of its present course and, having raised the level of the ground there,

wandered away westwards; by this time the surface of the alluvium

had been raised till it was level with a gap in the Khairpur hills at

Rohri, and, as the alluvium south of the ridge would probably be at a

considerably lower level than on the north side, the waters of the Indus,

having once found an outlet through this gap, would soon establish a

permanent course for themselves. If then we assume that the other

river instead of depositing silt and raising the level of its alluvium was

an eroding stream, we may suppose that it gradually worked westwards

till it reached the present situation of the Hastern Narra and excavated

that channel: the flood waters from the Indus would smooth off the

slope between them, and, had the process continued, there can be little

doubt that the Indus would soon have broken away into this low lying

channel, had not the other river, owing to a change of course in its upper

reaches, dried up before this happened. It may seem strange that two

rivers should have flowed so close to each other under such different

conditions, but it must be remembered that, if the second river was

small in comparison with the Indus, it may well have deposited all its

silt higher up its course, and consequently have had none to deposit

when it reached the latitude of Rohri.

So far I have merely proposed a possible hypothesis to account

for the known peculiarity of the course of the Indus, but I hope to be

able to shew that there is both historical and geographical evidence

of the former existence of this second river.

§ 3. The commonly accepted opinion that the Eastern Narra marks

the former course of the Indus is no doubt due to a prevalent tradition to

that effect among the natives of the country ; but it must be borne in

mind that these traditions often arise from an endeavour to explain

326 R. D. Oldham—On probable Changes in the Geography [No. 4,

known phenomena, and that when they have their origin in historical

fact, this has become so modified by the alteration inherent in oral

transmission, not to mention that resulting from a change from prose

to verse, that it is impossible to separate the original foundation of

fact from the superstructure of fable. Nevertheless, as no tradition

ever arose without some foundation in fact, whether an _ historical

occurrence or a phenomenon requiring explanation, these legends

must not be neglected, but rather regarded as valuable hints as to

the direction that research should take, although they can never be

appealed to as proof. But even legend throws some doubt on the

correctness of the common idea, if we may believe the following quota-

tion from the Tarikh-i-Tahiri. After mentioning the size of the ruins

of Muhammad Tur, the capital of the Sumra chiefs of Sind, he gives

the following account of its destruction: “ The cause of the ruin of

the above-named city and its dependencies which had flourished between

900 and 1000 years was as follows. Below the town of Alor (Aror)

flowed the river of the Panjab which was known as the Hakra, Wahind,

Dahan, and by others, for it changes its name at every village by which

it flows, after fertilising the land the river poured its waters into the

sea.” The legend then goes on to say how, as a result of the oppression

and lust of Delu Rai, who ruled all the land between the capital and Aror,

the Hakra was diverted into the present bed of the Indus.* This exhibits

the legend ina form slightly different from that which it now takes ; and

the mention of Muhammad Tur as well as the names of the river, Hakra,

Wahind, and Dahan, none of which are applied to the Indus, but all of

which are applied to a dry river bed further east in which the Indus has

certainly not flowed within the historic period, all points to the conclusion

that the legend originally referred to the drying up of that second river

whose existence I have hypothetically inferred. The change that has

come over it is easily understood, for to this day part of the flood waters

of the Indus find their way into the deserted bed of this river; and,

when the memory of the co-existence of the two had passed away, what

more natural than to suppose that what had occurred was an alteration

in the course of the Indus, which, as usual, came to be attributed to the

vices of the ruler of the country so laid waste.

This supposition also fits in with a tradition which, according to

the writer just quoted,t is prevalent, on the borders of Bikaner, to the

effect that the waters of the Hakra spread out into a great lake ata

place called Kak, south of the Mer country. No place of the name of

Kak is now known, but we have Kachh, which may be it, and the early

Arab Historians mention a piratical tribe, the Kerks or Kurks, who

* Calcutta Review, LIX, 20. ft Calcutta Review, LIX, 17.

eR OE NE ee ee Se Oe a ee oe see ae Ce ee

1886. ] of the Punjab and its Rivers. 327

appear to have inhabited the shores of the Indus Delta and Kachh ; but,

however this may be, the Mers are well-known as a tribe formerly in-

habiting the south-west corner of the Indian Desert to the north of the

Ran of Kachh, which doubtless is the great lake referred to in the

tradition.

Neither the historians of Alexander the Great’s invasion of India

nor the classical geographers throw any real light on this question.

Ptolemy is doubtless the fullest and most complete in his list of localities,

but the modern representatives of most of his towns are as yet a matter of

dispute. If General Cunningham is right in identifying the Mousikanos

of Arrian with Aror, it would support the generally-accepted theory, for

Ptolemy places Sousikanos, which is evidently the same place, west of

the Indus; it seems to me, however, more probable that the Kamigara

of Ptolemy, which he places east of the Indus, occupied the position

known in later days as Aror. The ruins of this city are still known in

the neighbourhood as Kaman, and this with the affix nagar might easily

be corrupted into Kamigara.*

From the date of Ptolemy’s geography we lose all sight and know-

ledge of Sind until the advent of the Arab geographers and historians

in the eighth century, from whom some information can be gained as to

the course of the rivers in their times.

Unfortunately, the works to which one would naturally first turn

are useless, or, worse still, misleading. The Arab geographers had all

a@ very vague and general idea of Indian geography, indeed their works

compare ill with our modern knowledge of Central Africa or of that terra

incognita Central Thibet, their distances are vague and often incon-

sistent, their bearings are seldom correct, and, to make confusion worse

confounded, they were constantly confusing places which had similar

names though distinct and distant from each other—a mistake ren-

dered easy by the character in which their books were written, and which

betrays itself constantly in the fact that hardly ever do two different

authors spell the same name similarly.

Of all the geographers quoted in Sir H. Elliot’s History of India

but two mention on which side of the Indus the town of Aror was situated :

Al Masudi says that it was on the west bank of the Indus,+ and Al Idrisi

says that the Mihran runs to the west of Dur (Aror).{ The contra-

diction here is apparent, not real, for strangely enough all the bear-

ings given by Al Idrisi have been reversed,§ yet I cannot help thinking

* Ancient India as described by Ptolemy, &c., by J. W. McCrindle, M. A., M. R.

A, 8., London, Calcutta and Bombay 1885, p. 151.

} Elliot’s History of India, edited by Prof. Dowson, I, 23.

ft Elliot, op. cit, I, 79.

§ Thus he places the Persian Gulf east of the Delta of the Indus and Sewestan

or Seistan, north of Turan,

328 R. D. Oldham—On probable Changes in the Geography [No. 4,

that in this case his statement is really correct, though constructively

wrong. In the extract from Al Istakhri itis merely stated that Alrur

is situated ‘near the Mihran,’ but, in the map reproduced by Prof.

Dowson* and extracted from the Askkalu-l1 Bilad (a copy of Ibn

Haukul’s work), Alrur is clearly placed on the east bank of the Indus,

on the same side as Multan and the opposite side to Sadusan and

Makran. This map is said to be very similar to that of Al Istakhri, as

published by Moeller, and may be regarded as probably more trustworthy

than the text, into which clerical errors are so easily introduced.

But if the geographers can give us no definite information on this

subject, we can at least obtain a fairly certain answer from the historians,

for, in the Chachnama,f it is stated that Chach set out from Alor and

after many marches reached the fort of Pabiya “on the Biyah,” after

capturing this fort he crossed the Biyah, and, having passed the Ravi,

reached Multan: the same itinerary is given for Muhammad Kasim’s

later march over the same country both in the Chachnama and by Al

Biladuri,f and it is certain that the passage of the Indus, had it been

crossed, would not have been omitted by a chronicler who was careful to

mention the much smaller rivers of the Bias and Ravi. In the case of

Muhammad Kasim, the passage of the Indus at Nirun is recorded, but

there is no record of his recrossing it before reaching Aror.

This should be sufficient proof that the Hastern Narra has not been

the bed of the Indus, at any rate since the eighth century, but this

opinion is so widely held and has been so supported by authority that

it will not be amiss to bring forward still further evidence pointing in

the same direction.

The Arab geographer Al Idrisi places the head of the Delta, or the

place where the first distributory is given off, at Kallari, ‘a hard day’s

journey’ of forty miles from Mansura. The exact words of the trans-

lation are “fat Kallari it divides—the principal branch runs towards

Mansura, the other flows northwards (southwards) as far as Shartisau

it then turns westwards (eastwards) and rejoins the chief stream forming

henceforward only one river. The Mihran passes on to Nirun and then

flows into the sea.”§ Further on it says, ‘‘ Kallari on the west (east)

bank of the Mihran is a pretty town well fortified and is a busy trading

place. Near it the Mihran separates into two branches; the largest

runs towards the west (east) as far as the vicinity of Mansuria which

is on the west (east?) bank; the other runs towards the north-west

* Elliot’s History of India, I, 32.

t Op. cit., I, 140.

t Op. cit., I, pp. 122 and 202-3.

§ Elliot, op. cit., I, 78.

1886. ] of the Punjab and its Rivers. 329

(south-east) then to the north (south) and then towards the west (east).

Both unite at the distance of about twelve miles below Mansitria.”’*

It will be noticed that the bearings in these two accounts do not agree,

probably in the second case we should be satisfied with turning them

three quarters of a semicircle, but even then they would not cut in, and

in consequence the first set, which are more consistent, must be regard-

ed as more nearly correct; any way it is clear that the river bifur-

cated at a place called Kallari, forty miles or a ‘hard day’s journey’

from Mansura, that one branch flowed by Mansura, and that the two

reunited below Mansura.

At the conclusion of the second account he says that from Kallari

to Sharisan is three days. I refer to this now as the statement is

puzzling, but is due to the confusion of two places of very similar

names, KAllari and Ballari. On Ibn Haukal’s map the town at the

bifurcation of the river is called Ballari while Kalari is further north and

at some distance from the river. In the text he says that Ibn and

Labri—which Prof. Dowson identifies with Amari and Kallari—are

situated east of the Indus, but distant from it. Al Idrisi’s two accounts

are evidently from different sources, and it is probable that either he or

his informant must have confused the Ballari, or Kallari, at the bifur-

cation of the Indus with the other town of similar name situated to

the east, which might well be three days distant from Sehwan.

The first account too is somewhat difficult of understanding, for it

is impossible to understand how, from any point one day’s journey—even

if it be one of four miles—from Mansura, a branch of the Indus could

flow south to Sehwan. It is of course a physical impossibility that the

Indus should have flowed any distance northwards, and the general

reversal of Al Idrisi’s bearings has already been referred to. No other

authority makes this statement, and the map of Ibn Haukal places

Saddsan on the west bank of the Indus above Ballari, where the river

bifurcates ; this is altogether a more probable disposition.

We have thus two authorities confirming each other that in the tenth

or eleventh century the Indus or a branch of it flowed passed Sadiisan,

which we may certainly identify with Sehwan. The Chachndma seems

to shew that the same was the case in A. D. 713, for it says that, when

Muhammad Kasim besieged Siwistan (Sehwan), the river “ Sindhu

Rawal” flowed north of his camp.f There can be little doubt that

this was either a bend or a branch of the Indus.

It is thus clearly proved that at any rate since the commencement

of the eighth century of our era the Indus has flowed west of Aror and

the range of hills running southwards, and that, though it is practically

* Op. cit., I, 79. + Elliot, op. cit., I, 159.

330 R. D. Oldham—On probable Changes in the Geography [No. 4,

certain that the Indus, or one branch of it, must have at one time flowed

through the gap near Aror, it is equally certain that nothing but the

flood waters then or since have flowed eastwards past Aror to the Narra,

and that for the last 1100 years at least the Indus flowed west of the low

range of hills running southwards from Sukkur and Aror. The tract

of country between these hills and the range to the west is on the map

a simple network of deserted river channels, and it will be hopeless to

attempt to determine with accuracy which of these was the river course

at any one particular period.

§ 4. Yet, though the Hastern Narra is not a deserted bed of tho

Indus, it seems probable that as late as the eleventh century it was

occupied by a flowing river. My witnesses to prove this are, Ist, the

Chachnama, and, 2nd, the Beglarnama, both translated in the first

volume of Prof. Dowson’s edition of Sir H. Hlliot’s History of India,

When Muhammad Kasim invaded Sindh, he sent his mangonels up

the river to Niran, and, after receiving the submission of that place, he

determined to go against Sehwan, and after its capture to “ recross the

river ’’* and proceed against Dahir; from this it is evident that he must

have crossed one of the main branches of the Indus, thus confirming

other accounts which place Niran between the two main hranches of

the Indus. After the capture of Sehwan, he returned to Niran, where

he crossed the Mihran by a bridge of boats, and went against Dahir ;

after crossing the river and defeating Dahir’s troops, whom they pursued

‘as far as the gates of Jham,’ the Arab army marched on till it reached

‘the fort of Bait,’ where an entrenched camp was formed. Muhammad

Kasim then advanced towards Rawar and came to a “ lake,” but, as this

had to be crossed by a boat, it was probably a branch of the river ; after

crossing he advanced a day’s march and came to “ Jewar on the banks of

the Wadhawah (or according to another MS. Dadhawah’’).¢ After his

defeat by Muhammad Kasim, Dahir took refuge in the fort of Rawar,

which was but a day’s march from ‘ Jewar on the Wadhawah,’ and which

seems itself to have been on the Wadhawah, for, among the administra-

tive arrangements made by Muhammad Kasim before he marched north-

wards, it is stated that he placed “‘ Nuba, son of Daras, in the fort of

Rawar and directed him to hold the place fast and keep the boats ready.

If any boat coming up or down stream was loaded with men or arms of

war, he was to take and bring them to the fort of Rawar.”{ From this

it is evident that Rawar was on a navigable stream, and it remains to

identify this if possible.

Elphinstone has placed Rawar on the Indus, but this was clearly

* Elliot, op. cit., 1, 158. + Op. cit., 1, 168. t Op. cit., I, 189.

1886. ] of the Punjab and tts Rivers. 331

not the case, for it was several marches east of the Indus, three halting

places being mentioned in the Chachnama, and the context clearly shew-

ing that these were separated by more than a single stage ; besides which

_ the text says that, when it was known that Dahir had been killed

“between the Mihran and the Wadhawah,” the chiefs and officers of the

_ Rani “took refuge in the fort,” thus clearly shewing that, in the opi-

nion of the writer of the chronicle, the Mihran and the Wadhawah were

not one and the same river. This would perhaps be of little value if

‘unsupported, but, on examining the latest maps of Sind, I find that the

Narra can be traced northwards to Sahara in Lat. 27° 15, where it ends

abruptly, that thence for twenty-three miles its course is obscured and

obliterated by the deposit from the flood waters of the Indus: but, in

Lat. 27° 25', Long. 69° 18’, I find a deserted river channel, called on the

map the “dry bed'of the river Wundun,” which is continuous with the

dry bed of the Hakra, traceable through Bhawalpur and Bikanir. This

similarity of name certainly lends great support to the theory, originally

started by the anonymous writer in the ‘ Calcutta Review,’ * that the

Narra is the old bed of the Hakra which till the thirteenth century

pursued an independent course to the sea.

Further evidence of the existence of another river besides the

Indus in this region may be found in the Chachnama, where it is

related that, on the way from Rawar to Brahmanabad, Muhammad

Kasim laid siege to the fort of Dhalila, and ‘when the besieged were

much distressed * * * they sent out their families into the fort which

faces the bridge, and they crossed the stream of the Naljak without the

Musalmans becoming aware of it.” At daybreak they were pursued

and overtaken as they were crossing over “ the river” and “those who

had crossed previously fled to Hindustan through the country of

Rémal and the sandy desert to the country of Sir, the chief of which

country was named Deoraj.” But far more important and convincing

evidence is to be found in the Beglarnama. It is there related that,

after an embassy to Jessalmer, Khan-i-Zaman (the hero of the chroni-

cle) went towards Nasrpur, and, in the course of his journey, it is inci-

dentally mentioned that he crossed ‘the tank Sankra.’+ At Nasrpur,

being pressed for money, he determined on a marauding expedition

against the ‘‘Sodhas at the village of Tarangchi.” He set out and

“ crossed the waters of the Sankra,”’ and ‘‘ when Dida and Ghazi learnt

that he had gone in that direction they rode after him;”’ but these

youths had forgotten to ask the permission of their parents, who rode .

after them hot haste and reached the Sankra just as their sons were

* Notes on the Lost River of the Indian Desert, Calcutta Review, LIX, 1—27.

+ Elliot, op. cit., 1, 284.

332 R. D. Oldham—On probable Changes in the Geography [No. 4,

crossing it; the latter, when they saw that their fathers had come

after them, immediately “threw themselves into the stream, swam their

horses over, and joined Khan-i-Zaman.”*

The Sankra ‘here is evidently what we now call the Narra, and the

name given is the same as Hakra or Sakra, which is applied to the dry

bed of the lost river in Rajputana, while the mention of the horses

swimming the river shews that this must have been of some depth, quite

sufficient to be navigable for country boats.

It seems then that, as late as the beginning of the elevertll century,

the Eastern Narra was occupied by a considerable stream of water, and

was known as the Hakra, Sakra, Wandan, Dahan, Wadhawah, Dadhawah,

or Wahind. These names really resolve themselves into three. Hakra or

Sakra is the name still applied to the dry river bed which can be traced

through the Western desert, where the letter S is almost invariably

changed to H. The next four are also one word, D and W being easily

confounded in the character in which these chronicles were written, and

the termination ‘ wah’ simply meaning a stream. While the last appears

to be a separate name which translated means the “river of Hind,” a

name which appears of itself to separate this river from the Mihran, the

‘“‘river of Sind” now known as the Indus. But I have already shewn

that the Indus must have flowed west of Aror since the beginning of the

eighth century, so that there is little difficulty in accepting the conclusion

that the Eastern Narra marks the course of a dried up river which can be

none other than that which the names applied to it indicate, the “ Lost

River of the Indian Desert.”

II. The Lost River of the Indian Desert.—We lost sight of the dry

bed of the old river Wandan in Lat. 28° 16’, Long. 76° 33’. Above this

comes a stretch of sixty miles in which the river bed has either been

completely obliterated by drifting sand or at any rate is not marked on

the Revenue Survey maps of Bhawalpur, but in Lat. 28° 46’, Long. 71°

25’ we again find a dry river bed which, under the varying names of

Hakra, Sotra, Choya, &c. can be traced through Bhawalpur, Bikanir,

and the Sirsa district till it is lost near Tohana in the Hissar district.

Although the connection of these two dry river beds has not yet

been traced (unless we may take a passaget in the essay which has more

than once been alluded to to mean that the writer had personally traced

the connection), there can be but little doubt that the two were originally

continuous and are the sole remaining traces of that great river which,

according to the traditions prevalent throughout the desert, once flowed

through this now barren tract to the sea, or, according to other accounts,

to the Indus at Sukkur.

* Thid, p. 285. t Calcutta Review, LIX, 17, (1874).

via

oe! eee ae ee

1886. ] of the Punjab and its Rivers. 333

As regards the date of the final drying up of this river the only

evidence we have is the couplet, quoted by Col. Todd,* which says that

the river dried up in the time of the Sodah prince Hamir. A prince of

that name was contemporary with the Bhatti rajah Doosaj who ascended

the throne of Jessalmer in A. D. 1044: there is no proof that this

was the same Hamir as is referred to in the couplet, but we have already

found that the latest mention of the Hakra or Sankraf as a flowing

river is about 1000 A. D., and that it is not mentioned in any con-

temporary record of later date; it is, consequently, possible that the two

Hamirs are one and the same, and that the drying up of this lost river

took place some time during the eleventh century.

§ 2. We have next to decide from whence came the water that

filled this river bed; the first hypothesis that may be mentioned is that

of M. de Saint Martin. He considered that it was the Saraswati of the

Vedas whose course had been shortened to its present limits through a

diminution of rainfall. This hypothesis is, however, untenable, for there

is no historic evidence of such an enormous climatic change as this im-

plies, nor could such an enormous rainfall on the Himalayas have existed

during the human period without leaving its traces in the boulder de-

posits of the streams where these issue from the hills on to the plains.

Another theory, propounded by an anonymous writer in the Cal-

cutta Review,f is that the Hakra was originally occupied by the Jumna

or a branch of it. Whether it may ever have carried any of the waters

of the Jumna, I will afterwards consider, but it is certain that it could

not have dene so since the time of Manu, who mentions the Jumna as

joining the Ganges at the modern city of Allahabad; and I have shewn

that the Hakra was probably a flowmg river at a later period than

that.

The third, and to me most probable, theory is that of the anonymous

essayist§ whom I have already quoted several times and shall quote

still oftener, and who supposes the Hakra to be the old bed of the Sutlej,

which, previous to the thirteenth century, did not join the Beas, as it now

does, but pursued an independent course to the sea.

This hypothesis was warmly combated by another anoehy masdd writer

in the same periodical, and it will be convenient before passing on to

the evidence in its favour to consider one argument which has been

* Annals of Rajasthan; a sketch of the Indian Desert, chapter I.

¢ These are the same word, many of these Western Rajputs being unable to

pronounce the letter S.

I Calcutta Review, LX, 351, (1875).

§ Ibid, LIX, pp. 1—27, (1874).

334 R. D. Oldham—On probable Changes tn the Geography [No. 4,

urged against it by the writer just referred to, and again by Mr. Wilson

in his final report on the settlement of the Sirsa district, viz., that the

Hakra is not large enough to have carried the waters of the Sutlej. I

will quote Mr. Wilson’s own words: ‘‘ The Sotar is a well-defined valley,

varying in width from three to six miles, of no great depth, and

usually quite level from side to side, but distinctly marked off from

the light-coloured loamy soil of the plain through which it passes by

a clearly defined bank or sand-ridge on either side, and still more by

its dark rich clay soil free from admixture of sand and producing a

vegetation different in character from that of the surrounding country.”.

» * ¥* “From the appearance of the Sotar valley and the numerous

remains of towns and villages which stud its banks all the way to

Bhawalpur,* it is evident. that at one time it conveyed a much larger

volume of water than at present, and probably was the channel of a

perennial stream. But though it must have been, as it is now, the

largest and most important of all the drainage channels between the

Sutlej and the Jumna, it can never have carried a river at all approach-

ing in size to either of these two. The valley is too shallow and shews

too few marks of violent flood action for this to have been the case;

and there is none of the river sand which would certainly have been

left by sucha stream. The soil is all rich alluvial clay, such as is now

being annually deposited in the depressions which are specimens of

those numerous pools which have given the Saraswati its name, ‘The

river of Pools’; and there seems little doubt that the same action

as now goes on, has been going on for centuries, and that the numerous.

mountain torrents of the Indo-Ganges watershed, fed, not by the

snows but by the rainfall of the Sub-Himalayan ranges, wandering

over the prairie in many shallow channels, joined in the Sotra or

Hakra valley and formed a considerable stream, at first perhaps peren.

nial but afterwards becoming absorbed after a gradually shortening

course, as the rainfall decreased over the lower Himalayan slopes, and

as the spread of irrigation in the submontane tract intercepted more

and more of the annual floods; and the comparatively feeble stream,

cutting away all the prominency in its bed, deposited the silt in the

depressions, and gradually filled its valley with a level layer of rich

hard clay. The same process appears to be still going on, and the bed

of the stream is gradually attaining one uniform slope throughont.’’+

%* Mr. Wilson had traced its course outside the Sirsa district on native author-

ity into the Garrah near Bhawalpur. Actual survey has shewn that this informa-

tion was erroneous.

+ Final report of the Revision of the Settlement of the Sirsa District in the Pun-

jab, by J. Wilson, Settlement Officer, Calcutta, 1884,

ee ee * ee

ee wa bo, oe ee eS ae

1886. | of the Punjab and its Rivers. 335

I have quoted this passage as giving a clear statement of the nature of

the objection raised, viz., the shallowness of the channel and the differ-

ence of its soil from the sandy silt found in the present bed of the Sut-

lej, and at the same time describing the manner in which it is even now

being filled up with an alluvium precisely similar to the existing soil,

and different from the sandy silt of the present bed of the Sutlej, thus

destroying the objection just urged so forcibly. There is no evidence

of the progressive diminution of rainfall assumed by Mr. Wilson, but

the other reason—the extension of irrigation—would certainly absorb an

increasing proportion of the water, and may account for the fact that

the waters of the Gaggar appear to have reached further down this

channel about the commencement of the present century than they now

do.

Another objection which has been raised is, that the Sutlej flows in

a depression below the level of the plain over which the Sotar pursues

its course, and that neither it nor any of the dry river channels, to be

mentioned further on, which communicate with it have been traced into

connexion with the Sutlej. As regards the first, this is a common cha-

racteristic of all the rivers of the Indo-Gangetic plain, and it is certain

that, as long as the present conditions existed, it would be impossible for

any great changes in their courses to take place. But it is equally

certain that, when these plains were being formed, the rivers must have

wandered over them in channels raised above the general level of the

surface, and were consequently liable to constant change of course, and

that the present configuration is due to a change of conditions, from

one of deposition to one of erosion by the rivers, the exact date or cause

of which has not been established.

With regard to the second objection, it implies an ignorance of the

conditions under which rivers flowing over an alluvial plain may change

their course. In such cases rivers flow in places in a single well-defined

deep channel, but in others they spread out over a shallow ill-defined

bed or even split up into several distinct channels; it is at such places

as this that a river is liable to break away into lower ground on either

side, the shallow channel becomes obliterated and gradually merges into

the general level of the plain, but lower down, where the river flowed

in a deeper and better defined channel, the dry bed remains distinguish-

able and marks the former presence of the river.

§ 3. We must now consider the historic evidence in favour of or

against the supposition that there have been extensive changes in the

course of the Sutlej during the historic period.

In the Vedas, the Sutlej is several times mentioned under the name

336 R. D. Oldham—On probable Changes in the Geography [No. 4,

of Satadru, but only in one case is it mentioned or supposed to be

mentioned in connection with the Beas, and that is the 33rd hymn of the

3rd Mandala, where the confluence of the Chutudri and the Vipas is

referred to; there are, however, some points in the description which

render it open to doubt whether this refers to the confluence of the Sutlej

and Beas, and, moreover, it would not prove that the Sutlej did not

pursue an independent course at a subsequent period, unless we could

also prove that the present configuration of the ground, the distinction -

of Khadir and Bhangar, of strath and upland, existed in Vedic times.

Coming to a later period, we do not find the Sutlej mentioned by

any of the classic historians or geographers. In Arrian’s Anabasis there

is no mention of the Sutlej, though all the rivers, from the Indus to the

Beas, are mentioned, and, in the description of his voyage down the

Jhelum and Indus, we find the statement that “these four large and

navigable streams at last discharge their waters into the Indus, though

they do not preserve their individual names until that time. The

Hydaspes falling into the Akesines loses its name there, the Akesines

takes in the Hydraotes and also the Hyphasis, and retains its name

until it falls into the Indus.”* Here not only is there no mention of

the Sutlej, but the special mention of four rivers shews that there was

no information extant of the existence of a fifth large river.

In the “ Indica” of Arrian- some other rivers or streams are men-

tioned ; it is there stated that the “‘ Hydraotes, flowing from the domi-

nions of the Kambistholi, falls into the Akesines after receiving the

Hyphasis in its passage through the Astryabai as well as the Saranges

from the Kekians and the Neudros from the Attakenoi.”f

Ptolemy, however, mentions a river Zaradros which he makes to

receive the Bibasis (Beas) much in the same place as the junction takes

place at present, and furthermore he makes it preserve its name right

to the Indus. He also makes the Bidaspes (Jhelum) preserve its name

till it joins the Zaradros, although it receives first the Sandabal (Chandra-

bagha or Chenab) and then the Adris (Ravi). With the exception of a

few slight peculiarities of nomenclature, this is practically the same

arrangement as obtains atthe present day, if we may regard the Zaradros

as the Satadru or Sutlej of modern times; and when we find the great-

est of the classical geographers agreeing so closely with our modern

maps, we may well begin to doubt whether there has been any great

change in the course of any of the rivers since his time.

Ptolemy, however, gives one peculiar piece of geography which

must not be passed over without notice; in latitude 29° 30’, or about

® Anabasis, LVI, CXIV.

¢ Indica, cap. 1V, McCrindle’s Translation, p. 190,

1886. ] of the Punjab and its Rivers. 337

thirty miles south of the junction of the combined rivers, he places a

“divarication of the Indus towards Mt. Ouindion”’ and the “ source

of the divarication”” in Lat. 27°, Long. 127°. This, allowing for the

vagaries of Ptolemy’s geography, would agree fairly well with the

commencement of the Sotar, and it may be noticed that many maps

which profess to shew the ancient geography of India make the

** Neudrus” follow the course of the Sotar for some way and join

the Indus about where Ptolemy places this divarication. It is not neces-

sary here to enter into a discussion of the exact meaning of that extra-

ordinary phrase of Ptolemy’s “‘ r7y% THs éxrpowys,” for it is evident that

in this matter he was given to a looseness of language, or an inaccuracy

of information, which led him to confuse together affluents and effluents,

tributaries and distributaries.*

After Ptolemy, a long night fell upon our knowledge of India, and,

when, with the advent of the Arab invaders, the dawn again begins to

lift, we find much that is with difficulty reconcileable with Ptolemy’s

account. We have firstly the marches of Chach and Muhammad Kasim

from Aror to Multan, in both of which the “ Biyas ” is the first river

crossed after leaving Arore, thus ignoring the “ divarication towards

Mount Ouindion”’ of Ptolemy ; -but a far more noteworthy fact is that,

throughout the chronicles translated in the first two volumes of Sir

H. Elliot’s History of India, the name ‘“ Biyah” is invariably applied

to the combined Beas and Sutlej rivers. It is needless for me to give

instances in detail, for they are numerous, and many of them have

already been quoted by the anonymous reviewer so frequently referred

to.t The only mention of the Sutlej by any of the historians that

I can find is in the description of one of Mahmud’s campaigns, where

he is said to have crossed the Sihun (Indus), Jelam Chandraha, Ubra

(Ravi), Bah (Beas) and Satladur (Sutlej) ; but, as it is also stated that

all the rivers bear along with them great stones, he must clearly have

crossed them near the foot of the hills, and consequently above any

possible confluence of the Sutlej and Beas. Col. Tod, in his Annals of

Rajputana, mentions that the same nomenclature is found in the native

annals of the state of Jessalmer,t which formerly embraced the whole

of what is now Bhawalptr and Sind east of the Indus as far south as

Arore.

So peculiar a nomenclature as this of the greater river losing its

* Ancient India as described by Ptolemy, by J. W. McCrindle, M. A., M. R. A. S.

London, Calcutta and Bombay, 1885, pp. 91 to 95.

+ Calcutta Review, LIX, p. 11 et. seq.

t Annals and Antiquities of Rajasthan, footnote to chapter V of the Annals of

Jessalmer,

338 R. D. Oldham—On probable Changes in the Geography [No. 4,

name in the lesser, where there is no special sanctity attached to

the latter, can only be explained on the supposition that the Sutlej

originally pursued an independent course, that it afterwards joined the

Beas, and that the united rivers below their junction, retained the name

which had originally been applied to only one, in this case to the lesser

of the two. 7

Another indication that the Sutle] was not originally a tributary

of the Indus is the existence of the word Panjnad as an old name of

the Indus. This nomenclature is mentioned by Tod as occurring in the

annals of Jessalmer* and by the Arab geographer Al Biruni, who,

writing in the eighteenth century, says that the Sind after passing Audar,

(Aror) bears the name of Mihran, and adds, “In the same way as |

at this place they call the collected rivers ‘ Panjnad,’ so the rivers

flowing from the northern side of these same mountains when they

unite near Turmuz and form the river Balkh (Oxus) are called the

seven rivers.” At the present day this term Panjnad is unknown as

a name for the Indus, the corresponding name at present being Satnad,

while Panjnad is confined to the Chenab below the confluence of the

other rivers of the Punjab, and it seems incredible that so inappropriate

a name could ever have been applied had the courses of the rivers been

similar to what they now are.

These facts point to the conclusion that the Sutlej was not always

a tributary of the Indus, but may have pursued an independent course

at any rate toa point much below the junction of the other four rivers,

and if this supposition is correct, the natural conclusion is that the Sotar,

Hakra, or Wahind marks its ancient course through the Western desert.

§ 4. It remains to be seen how far the physical configuration of the

ground supports this supposition. As I have already said, the dry bed

of the Sotar can be traced as far as Tohana in the Hissar district, where,

as is shewn by the disposition of the minor drainage that issues from

the outer Himalayas between the Jumna, the point of junction of the

two great fans of the Jumna and Sutlej respectively is situated. Under

there circumstances it may have derived its waters originally from either

the Jumna or the Sutlej or both.

But the Sotar is by no means the only dry river channel in this

region. Between it and the Sutlej there are no less than four other dry

river channels, all of which, if any trust may be placed in maps, vary

from one to three miles in width, and all of them directly or indirectly

join the Sotar. These channels are not marked, on any map I have seen,

* Annals and Antiquities of Rajasthan, footnote to chapter I of the Annals of

Jessalmer.

1886.] of the Punjab and its Rivers. 339

above where they enter the Sirsa district, but they can all be traced inte

communication with each other or with the Sotar. The most easterly of

these is known as the Wah, and joins the Sotar fifteen miles from Bhatner ;

the other three are all known as Naiwal; the easternmost of these enters

the Sotar near the ancient fortress of Bhatner, while the two westerly

Naiwals, after uniting in Lat. 29° 53’, Long. 73° 53’, appear to join the

Sotar at Wullur. As I have said, these channels are not marked on any

map to the north of the limits of the Sirsa district, but, according to the

writer in the Calcutta Review, the easternmost Naiwal was traced

northwards, during the preliminary survey for the Sirhind canal, to

Chumkour, ten miles from Rupar, the point where the Sutlej leaves the

hills. The next of the Naiwals enters the Sotar at Wullur near the

boundary of Bikanir and Bhawalptr, and has been traced upwards as far

as the ancient fortress of Bhattinda, and, in the settlement report of the

Ludianah district, there is a reference to an old river bed which may be

traced from Muchewara to near Talwandi (fifty miles north-east of

Bhattinda) and thence onward to the south-west; in all probability

these are continuous. The most western of these Naiwals may be

traced upwards past Abohar and Marot, and is said to be clearly defined

at the village of Urkara, twenty miles south-west of Ludianah and half

that distance from the present course of the Sutlej.*

None of the maps mark more than a single dry river channel as

entering the Sotar from the east, and, on the most recent large-scale

maps of the Sirsa district, this is not marked as recognizable in the

same manner as the Sotar and the Naiwals; from this we may conclude

that it has probably been deserted for a longer period than the latter.

This channel is known as the Chitang or Chitrang, and, on the engraved

thirty-two miles to an inch map of India, is conjecturally continued, till it

joins the lower end of the drainage channel which derives its name from

Feroz Shah, who converted it into a canal by introducing the waters

of*the Jumna.

It will be seen from this that the old channels connecting the Sotar

with the Sutlej are both more numerous and more recent than the

solitary one, of any importance, which leads towards the Jumna, and we

may conclude that, at any rate in the latest stage of its history, this lost

river of the Indian Desert was the Sutlej.

I may add, though it cannot be regarded as evidence of much

value, that the traditions of the district declare that these channels were

in turn the bed of the Sutlej river.+

* Calcutta Review, LIX, 6.

+ Calcutta Review, LIX, 6. On the revenue survey maps of Bhawalpir the

words “old bed of the Sutlej”’ are printed from south to north along the boundary

of Bhawalpir, in the neighbourhood of Wallur.

44,

340 R. D. Oldham—On probable Changes in the Geography [No. 4,

§ 5. We have now seen that a dry river bed can be traced, practically

continuously, from Tohana in the Hissar district to the Hastern Narra

in Sind. We find that the drying up of this river cannot be due to

diminished rainfall, and that we must consequently look to either the

Sutlej or the Jumna for its supply ; and, as the latter of these has been

known to flow in its present course from the time of Manu downwards,

while tradition and history alike point to the lost river having flowed

at a much later date than this, we are perforce compelled to look to

the Sutlej. Wo have seen that the supposed mention of the confluence

of the Sutlej] and Bias in the Vedas is not conclusive; that, though

Ptolemy seems to take the former river into the latter much as is now

the case, yet, when we come to the time of the Arab invaders of India,

we find a peculiar nomenclature of the river, which points to the con-

clusion that the Sutlej] can then only recently have become a tributary

of the Bias and so of the Indus; and, moreover, we find a number of dry

river channels, all of which lead from within a few miles of the present

channel of the Sutlej, and ultimately join the dry bed of the lost river.

Taking all these points into consideration, we may well conclude that

this Lost River of the Indian Desert was none other than the Sutlej,

and that it was lost when that river turned westwards to join the Bias.

Ill. The Saraswati of the Vedas. Probably the most difficult of

all these problems relating to the rivers of Northern India is the

persistent reference, in the Vedas, to the Saraswati as a large and

important river. It is impossible to suppose that rational beings would

have selected the insignificant streamlet, now known by that name,

whose bed contains no water for a large portion of the year, to associate

it on equal terms with the rivers of the Punjab and the Indus, still less

to exalt it above them all, to describe it as “chief and purest of

rivers flowing from the mountains to the sea’’, or as “undermining

its banks with mighty and impetuous waves.” The only conclusion

open to us is, then, either that there has been some great change in

the rivers of this region, or that the Saraswati of the Vedas has no

connection with the insignificant streamlet which we now call by that

name.*

The latter of these two is the opinion adopted by Mr. H. Thomast

in an essay on the rivers of the Vedas. According to him, a part of the

ancient Aryans, after leaving their native country at the head waters of

the Oxus, remained for some time in the valley of the Helmund, refer-

ences to which were incorporated in their sacred hymns. After a while

* I have already shewn that this change cannot be due to diminution of

rainfall.

¢ Jour. Roy. As. Soc., XV (new ser.), pp. 357—386 (1883).

1886. ] - of the Punjab and its Rivers. 341

they were again compelled to migrate, and, on reaching the Punjab,

tried to revive the seven rivers of their original home; unfortunately,

however, there were only six large rivers, but the Saraswati being a

stream that lost itself in the lake or tank of Kurukshetra reminded

them in a manner of the Saraswati they had left behind them, the

name was transferred to it, and thus the seventh river was found. In

favour of this hypothesis may be mentioned the fact that, in the Zend,

the Helmund is called the Haraquaiti, a word identical with the Sans-

krit Saraswati, according to the recognised rules of transliteration, but

there is little else that can be produced in favour of this highly ingenious

but far-fetched hypothesis. It implies an almost incredible degree of

childishness in the ancient Aryans to suppose that they would confuse

together a petty streamlet and a large, navigable river simply for the

reason that the one ended in a large lake, while the other flowed into a

tank or jhil.

§ 2. Rejecting the ingenious explanation of Mr. Thomas, there is no

alternative but a considerable change in the hydrography of the region.

We may at once dismiss all suggestions of any possible change in the

number or position of the large rivers within the limits of the Himalayan

region; and, as all the rivers of the Punjab are accounted for, we need

only consider whether the Jumna, or a portion of its waters, flowing in

a channel different from the present one, may not have been the Saras-

wati of the Vedas.

The configuration of the ground west of the high bank of the

Jumna is that of a very broad and gently sloping cone ; this is clearly

shewn by the general directions of the minor watercourses west of the

Jumna, which, as a glance at a sufficiently large scale map will shew,

radiate from the point where the Jumna leaves the hills. This feature

can only have been produced by the Jumna itself, like the Sutlej, though

now flowing in a depression below the general level of the plains on

either side, having once flowed over their surface. The Jumna must,

consequently, during the period which geologists call recent, have

flowed sometimes into the Ganges and sometimes through the Punjab ;

but it is not possible for geology pure and simple to give the exact date

at which the Jumna last changed its course.

Two of these now minor drainage channels, the present Sarsuti and

the Chitang, are continuous with the Sotar, and die out after approaching

within a few miles of the old high bank of the Jumna; and it is not

impossible that one or the other may mark approximately the course of

the Jumna,-or Saraswati, of the Vedic period.

In this connection, a coincidence may be mentioned which is per-

342 R. D. Oldham—On probable Ohanges in the Geography, &§c. [No. 4,

haps germane; when, about the commencement of the century, the

Brahmaputra, a sacred river like the Saraswati, broke away from its

old course and flowed west of the Madhopur jungle to join the Ganges,

the new channel thus formed was immediately christened the Jamuna, a

name it retains to this day, while the old channel now deserted by the

main stream is still known as the Brahmaputra. Possibly, a similar

explanation may be assigned to the name of the Jumna, which, originally

known as the Saraswati, struck out a new course for itself during the

Vedic period and, doing so, acquired a new name. If this be so, the

native tradition that the old Saraswati joins the Ganges at Allahabad is,

unwittingly, a true statement of fact.

The most weighty, and indeed almost the only, argument that can

be urged agaiust this hypothesis must be derived from the mention of

both the Saraswati and the Jumna in the Vedas, and even in the same

verse of the same hymn. It may have been, however, that the Jumna,

after leaving the hills, divided its waters, as the Diyung does even now

in Assam, and that the portion which flowed to the Punjab was known

as the Saraswati, while that which joined the Ganges was called the

Yamuna. Possibly this was the hydrography of the country when the

Aryans entered India, but the name Yamuna seems to indicate that the

easterly flow of the Jumna was established subsequently to their arrival;

the silence of the Vedic hymns on this point is not an objection of

importance, for the geographical references they contain are few and far

between, almost invariably incidental, and seldom go beyond the mere

mention of a name.

The above is confessedly but an hypothesis, and is probably in-

capable of proof or disproof, yet it is one which has been proposed by

Mr. Fergusson, who, if not a Vedic scholar, was, at any rate, a careful

observer of the mode of action of rivers, and whose essay on the delta of

the Ganges is still the standard authority on the physiography of rivers

flowing through alluvial plains. If not true, it is at least a possible

explanation of the difficulty whose solution is by no means a matter of

purely antiquarian interest, for, if the explanation I have put forward is

the true one, it is evident that the present distinction between bhangar

and khadir has originated since the Aryan immigration, and, as it is

hardly probable that there has been a sufficient change of level since

then to account for the erosion by the rivers which has taken place, we

must suppose it to be due to the extension of cultivation in the hills,

which, by causing the rain to flow more quickly off the hill-sides, has

augmented the violence, and consequently the erosive power, of the

rivers when in flood, and thus caused them to lower their channels. into

the plains over which they flowed. | :

WOOD-MASON & DE NICEVII ILE, Journ. Asiat.Soc.Beng al, 188 6, Vol. LV. Pt II. PY]. XV.

B.LDés del. West, Newman &C® chr. lith.

CACHAR BUTTERFLIES.

bags

mas

‘wy

7 ae ae Pane.

pe et ey hee ae

a ¢4

a 7

ru |

WOOD-MASUN &DE NICEVILI i, Journ. Asiat.Soc.Benpral,1886,Vol. LY, Pt ll PLAVEE

CACHAR BUTTERFLIES.

WOOD-MASON & DENICEVILLE, Journ. Asiat.Soc.Beng al ,1886,Vol. LV, Pt. I

B.L.Dos, del

CACHAN BUTTERFLIES.

PLXViL.

WOOD-MASON & DE NICEVIL Lk Jour LAsiat, Soc.Bengal, 18 36,Vol. | V,PtIL, P] X\ ‘Hl.

> |:

By, Behari lal dads,

CACHAR BUTTERFLIES.

Alien Bs

P 4 {

here

‘,

R. D. OLDHAM, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1886, Vol. LV, Pt. IT,

;

PLATE XIX.

. oe. 7/0

Se all Ne

Dera Ismail 4

Ki;

SMarut s

bee!

BSI

a ———

inant 0 cChamkom

rer Machewara

BICKANEER

oor YSULMERE

SHEWING

PRESENT AND ANCIENT COURSES

OF THE

PUNJAB RIVERS

TO ILLUSTRATE

Mr. R. D, OLDHAM’S PAPER ON THE

RIVERS OF THE PUNJAB

° ‘ cd es 2 i s ca

Tp ~ ee “—o soy oN Tb ent em iney teh PR PS tree ee

‘

a hag: > ery 2 aide

ie -+ «”*

J a TR A nt A eR el mee

1886.] | Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On Cachar Rhopalocera. 343

§ 3. It may perhaps be thought that there is some inconsistency in

thus claiming the Sotar first as an old course of the Sutlej and then of the

Jumna, but this is apparent, not real, for, as I have pointed out, the Sotar

takes its rise where the fans of these two rivers meet, and must, as long

as they were building up the deposits they are now excavating, have

constantly been receiving a supply of water from one or other of the

two. It so happens that the last change of course of both rivers,

previous to that change of condition which led to their excavating the

existing depressed channels, took the one into the Beas, the other into

the Ganges, and a dry bed is all that remains of what was once a large

river flowing through a fertile land.

Conclusion.—I have now shewn that we may take it as proved that

there have been great changes in the hydrography of the Punjab and

Sind within the recent period of geology, that there are abundant indi-

cations, not amounting to proof, that these changes have taken place

within the historic period, and that the most important of them, by

which a large tract of once fertile country has been converted into

desert, appears to have taken place after several centuries of the Chris-

tian era had sped. It is hopeless to expect an authoritative settlement

of the question; the physical conditions cannot be said to favour the

idea, but they are far from being inconsistent with so recent a drying up

of the “ Lost River of the Indian Desert.”

XIX.—List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected in Cachar by Mr. J.

Woop-Mason, Part II,—Ruopatocera.—By J. Woop-Mason, Officiat-

ing Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and Professor of

Comparative Anatomy and Zoology in the Medical College, Calcutta ;

and L. pe Nicu'viuun, F. H. S.

[Received and Read November 2nd, 1886. ]

(With Plates XV—XVIII.)

Only one short paper on the Rhopalocera of Cachar has hitherto

appeared. Itis by Mr. A. G. Butler, and it was published in the Trans-

actions of the Entomological Society of London for 1879. In it but 57

species are recorded, of which four are described as new to science,

namely, Salpinx grantw (which appears to be nothing more than one of

_ the almost innumerable slight variations of Huplea klugti), Mycalesis

lurida (which is in all probability a seasonal form of M. perseus or a

form transitional from the one to the other seasonal form of that species),

Lycena (Zizera) squalida (to which the same remark applies, mutatis

mutandis), and Neptis cacharica, which has not since been recognized

344 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

by any entomologist, and nothing identifiable with which has been ob-

tained by Mr. Wood-Mason.

From the Independent State of Manipur, which bounds Cachar on

the east and is separated therefrom by a range of lofty and precipitous

mountains, Mr. Butler has recorded (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th

series, vol. xvi, p. 298, 1885) 114 species, many being described as new,

and many being from the hills, while all, save a few frora Nemotha (a

trigonometrical peak 3,634 feet high at the extreme south of the high-

lands of the district), of those enumerated and described in the follow-

ing pages were caught in the lowlands of Cachar on either side of a line

running nearly directly north and south from the peak just mentioned to

Rupacherra close to the Lushai frontier, between 25° 1’ and 24° 24’

north latitude and between 92° 40’ and 92° 52’ east longitude, approx-

imately, chiefly in the forests of Silcuri, Durgakuna, Dhurmkhall, Sildubi,

Irangmara, the Doarband-pass, Hasooria or Lalla Mookh, and Rupacherra

between the Barak River and the Lushai frontier, and at Dooloo and

Subong north of the Barak near the foot of the N. Cachar Hills.

247 species were obtained, affording a good indication of the rich-

ness of the region in insect life; but large though this number is—the

largest probably that has as yet been published for any portion of India

of equal extent—there is little doubt that it might be increased by at least

a hundred by an enthusiastic collector stationed in the district for a few

years. ,

The collection, which was formed between March 26th and October

Ath, is remarkable for its richness in species of the family Hespervide ; no

less than 53 distinct species of this interesting group having been obtained.

This paper was written in 1881, but its appearance in print has been

delayed till now by Mr. Wood-Mason’s absence from India on furlough

and official engagements and by the preparation of the plates, which have

only just been completed.

For an admirable account of the physical features and meteorology

of the lovely district of Cachar the reader is referred to the graphic pages

of ‘A Statistical Account of Assam’ by Sir W. W. Hunter.*

Suborder RHOPALOCERA.

Family Nymphalide.

Subfamily Danaina.

1. Danats (Lirwmala) LIMNIACE.

Papilio limniace, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. lix, figs. D, E, male (1775).

Common in Cachar, as elsewhere, in April, May, and June.

* Triibner & Co., London, 1879,

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Oachar. 345

2. Danars (Tirwmala) sEPTENTRIONIS.

D. septentrionis, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag., vol. xi, p. 163 (1874).

Common in Cachar; specimens also taken on Nemotha Peak at

3,300 feet elevation. This species has a more restricted range than D.

limniace. .

3. Danats (Limnas) CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 471, n. 81 (1758).

An ubiquitous insect throughout India.

4. Danarts (Salatura) GHNovrta.

Papilio genutia, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. ccyi, figs. C. D, male (1779).

A common species, but less wide-spread than D. chrysippus, and

occurs with it at all seasons.

5. Danas (Parantica) MELANOIDES.

Parantica melanoides, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 247, n. 1.

Common in Cachar from April to June, and taken on Nemotha in

September and October.

6. Danais (Caduga) MELANEUS.

Papilio melaneus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. xxx, fig. D (1775).

A single male on Nemotha, 2nd October.

7. Eupna@a (Penoa) anoatHor.

Danais alcathoe, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 178, n. 5 (1819).

Common in Cachar in May and June. This species has a restricted

range, being confined to Assam and Burma, and giving place in the Malay

Peninsula to H. limborgit, HL. menetriesii, and ZL. pinwilli.

8. Huptaa (Trepsichrots) LINNSEI.

Trepsichrois linnei, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 286, n. 1, pls. xxix,

fig. 4, female; xxx, fig. 1, male; Euplea midamus, Linneeus, auctoruwm.

Common in Cachar and on Nemotha. Mr. A. G. Butler (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th series, vol. xvi, p. 300, n. 9, 1885), records Trepsi-

chrois van-deventert, Forbes (“ Wanderings of a Naturalist,” p. 274, 1885,

from Cachar (Assam), Malacca, and Sumatra) from “‘ near Assam.” We

have examined large series of H. linnei from many localities in the wide

distributional area of that species, extending from the Kulu valley in

the west to Sibsagar in the east of the Himalayan range, through Burma,

to the Malay Peninsula, but we have not succeeded in detecting the

presence of any differences of greater value than those which are

exhibited by the individuals of every animal and vegetable species

whatsoever. Hven Mr. Moore, who described LH. linn, failed to observe

the specific differences that Mr. Forbes has detailed in describing his

346 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

species, as he gives all the localities for H. linnei that Mr. Forbes gives

for H. van-deventert. The description as a distinct species of a slight

variety, if it is even that in this instance, of a well-known, common, and

wide-spread species is, in our opinion, very much to be deprecated.

9. Hupta@a (Danisepa) RHADAMANTHUS.

Papilio radamanthus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. i, p. 42, n.127, male

(1793).

Common in Cachar from April to August. It occurs to the eastwards

as far as Nepal at any rate; it is replaced in Burma and to the south-

wards by the closely allied H. diocletianus. The female is much rarer

than the male, three specimens only having been obtained ; as a rule in

this genus the sexes are of about equally common occurrence.

Mr. Wood-Mason notes that ‘‘ the eversible caudal rosettes of the

males are finely vanilla-scented.”’

10. Eupta@a (Pademma) Kuvatt.

E. klugii, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. EH. I. C., vol. i, p. 180, n. 258

(1857) ; and in Anderson’s Anat. and Zool. Researches, p. 922 (1878).

Five males 6th and 7th April, five females 5th to 7th April, four

males 18th May to 10th June, four females Ist to 2lst June, in the

station of Silchar and the forests around.

The Indian Museum, Calcutta, also possesses specimens from Sylhet,

and others obtained in Burma by the Yunan Expedition, the latter

identified by Mr. Moore.

The blue shot in some of the Cachar specimens is very deep and

brilliant, and extends in the forewing to the marginal series of dots, in

others it is far less deep and vivid (in which cases it is more violet than

blue) and less extensive, only reaching to rather less than midway

between the end of the cell and the submarginal series of spots; in

some specimens, indeed, it is hardly more developed than in examples of

E. kollari, Felder, from Calcutta, and from them these latter can hardly

be distinguished. In some specimens the marginal series of dots on the

forewing is complete to the apex, in others it is obsolete towards the apex,

and, in two specimens taken in Upper Burma by the Yunan Expedition,

it is altogether absent. So with the submarginal series of spots: the

full complement is eight, but in some examples this number is reduced to

four on the apical half: the spots are also equally variable in shape and

colour, some are small and round, others larger and oval, while others

again are produced into elongated streaks: sometimes they are almost

entirely violet, at others they are white-centred, and at others lastly they

are almost entirely white. In some specimens there is no discal series of

spots outside the cell, in others there are as many as five, the one in the

seco nd median interspace being sometimes obsolete.

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 347

‘In the hindwing, the same inconstancy obtains in the two series of

spots on the margin: in some specimens both are as prominent and as

complete as in South China specimens of H. alopia, Godart, between which

condition of completeness and the defect of all but two or three apical

spots of the inner series there is every gradation in both sexes. One of

the female varieties has been described by Mr. Butler as H. granti,* from

Cachar, but, as the above remarks show, H. klugit is one of the most

variable of butterflies, so much so that some specimens of it are almost

if not quite indistinguishable from some specimens of H. kollari, while its

extremes are so very distinct that the one is brilliantly shot with blue,

and the other exhibits only a trace of this interference colour in certain

lights. The underside is quite as variable as the upper, and, in a single

Upper Burma female, there is a prominent violet-white spot in the

discoidal cell of the forewing, visible above and below.

Following the principles of division adopted by Mr. Moore in his

“Monograph of Limnaina and Hupleina,’+ we could make almost as

many species as there are specimens in it out of our large series captured

in Cachar under circumstances that leave no room for doubt that we have

to do with a number of individuals of a single variable species. We

have, therefore, abandoned the attempt to split up our specimens into the

several species discriminated by Mr. Moore in the Pademma group.

11. Eupta@a (Pademma) ERICHSONII.

E. erichsonti, Felder, Reise]Novara, Lep., vol. ii, p. 324, n. 444 (1865) ; HL. crassa,

Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 278, n. 31.

One female 6th April. This specimen has the submarginal spots on

‘the upperside of the forewing reduced to five large ones at the apex, and

the blue gloss confined to the dark base of the wings.

12. Hupta@a (Jsamia) ROGENHOFERI.

E. rogenhoferi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. ii, p. 325, n. 446 (1865) ; HZ. splen-

dens, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 272, n. 9.

Three males and a female, from April to June.

13. Evupia@a (Stictoplea) BINOTATA.

Stictoplea binotata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. xiv, p. 302, n. 7

(1878).

Two pairs taken in May and June. Mr. Moore (Proc. Zool. Soe.

Lond., 1883, po. 319, 320) records two “new species” of this group

from Cachar. From the descriptions they must be very close to H. bino-

tata, which itself is probably inseparable from H. hopet, Felder.

* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 2. ¢ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 201.

ADS

348 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

Subfamily Saryrina.

14. ANADEBIS HIMACHALA.

Mycalesis ? himachala, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C.,

vol. i, p. 234, n. 508 (1857).

Numerous specimens of both species, May, July, and August. This

is a butterfly that occurs only in thick forests, very seldom venturing out

into the sun, and even then never far from the shelter of large trees.

15. Myocatnsis (Virapa) ANAXIAS.

M. anaxias, Hewitson, Ex. Butt, vol. iii, Mycalesis pl. iv, figs. 25, 26, male (1862),

One male near Silcuri, 9th August, and another on Nemotha, 24th

September.

16. Mycazesis (Orsotricena) MEDUS.

Papilio medus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 488, n. 198 (1775).

Numerous specimens of both sexes taken between 26th May and

9th August, that is to say, during the rainy season.

17. Mycatnsis (Orsotricna) RUNEKA.

M. runeka, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H. I. C., vol. i, p. 234,

n. 501 (1857).

Four males only from 3rd to 5th April, that is to say, at the end of

the dry season. It is almost certainly but a seasonal form of M. medus.

18. Mycarusis (Calystsme) BLASIUS.

Papilio blasius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 426, n, 488-9 (1798).

Eleven males and a female around Silcuri between 27th May and

28th June.

19. Mycatzsis (Calysisme) PERSEUS.

Papilio perseus, Fabricius, Syst. Hnt., p. 488, n. 199 (1775).

Two males only near Silcharon 3rd April. This is almost certainly

but a cold and dry season form of M. blasius.*

20. Mycatnsis (Calysisme) MINEUS.

Papilio mineus, Linneus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 471, n. 84 (1758).

Seventy-five males and seventeen females in Silcuri and the forests

around between 26th May and 25th August. A single male of the cold

* Since the above was put in type Mr. de Nicéville has proved by breeding that

MV. vlasius and M. perseus are but seasonal forms of one and the same species.

;

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 349

and dry season form (M. indistans and M. visala, Moore) was obtained

in Silchar on 3rd April. The latter form must swarm in its season just

as we have above given evidence that the wet season generation does in

its season. |

21. Mycanrsis (Pachama) suavnouens, Pl. XVI, Fig. 1, #.

M. suaveolens, W.-M. & do N., in Butt. of India, vol. i, p. 125, n. 103 (1883).

d&. Wings above and below dark sepia, fringed with ashy-white.

Uppersips. Forewing with the costal and outer margins regularly arched ;

with a narrow and very indistinct light brownish discal band extending,

parallel to the outer margin, from the subcostal nervure to the first

median nervule ; with two velvety-black, white-pupilled ocelli encircled

by a slender iris of ochreous-brown of almost the same shade as, but

more distinctly expressed than, the discal band ; with the first of these

ocelli the smaller, triple (having a minute white-pupilled ocellule run

together with it at either end), and so placed that its pupil lies in the

fold between the discoidal nervules; with the second ocellus much the

larger, circular, and placed in the middle of the first median interspace,

whence it extends a short distance into the two adjoining interspaces ;

and with two obsolete anteciliary pale lines. Hindwing above with a

single perfect and slightly elongated ocellus in the first median inter-

space, the bounding nervules of which it does not reach; with a minute

rudimentary ocellus on the fold of the discoidal interspace on one side

only ; and with the anteciliary pale lines more distinct than in the fore-

wing. Uwnpsrsipe darker and more richly coloured, but not striated ;

with a narrow cretaceous-white common discal band extending from

the subcostal nervure in the forewing to the submedian nervure in the

hindwing, where it runs into the inner of the two pale anteciliary lines,

which, equally distinct in both wings, are somewhat coarser in the fore-

wing; and with a third pale line following the outer configuration of

the ocelli. Forewing ocellated as above. Hindwing with seven. ocelli

arranged in two decreasing series, the first of which consists of four

slightly decreasing ocelli, and the second, of three more rapidly decreas-

ing ones, of which the first corresponds to the one visible above, but is

larger, so extending beyond the limits of its interspace on both sides

as to touch the second, which is united to the third or anal. Antenne

above concolorous with the wings and body, below lighter and indis-

tinctly annulated, becoming orange towards the black orange-tipped

club. Cilia ashy-white throughout.

Expanse, ¢, 2°5 inches.

Has.—Cachar and Sikkim.

350 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

A single specimen was taken on Nemotha (T. S.), N. Cachar, at an

elevation of 3,300 feet, in September.

Mr. Wood-Mason notes: “‘ The scent-glands and fans, which are

much as in M. malsara, Moore, emitted a powerful and delicious odour

resembling that of vanilla for some hours after the death of the insect.”

Nearest allied to Mycalesis mestra (Hewitson, Ex. Butt., vol. iii,

Mycalests pl. i, figs. 2, 3, female, 1862, from Bhutan, Assam, and the Khasi

Hills), from the figure of which it differs, above, in having three sub-

apical conjugated ocelli and the discal band less distinct in the forewing,

and only one subanal ocellus in the hindwing, instead of two, as in M.

mestra; and, below, in having the ground unstriated throughout, one

posterior ocellus instead of two in the forewing, and an additional ocellus

in the middle of the ocellated band in the hindwing.

Mr. Otto Moller has taken a few specimens of this beautiful species

in May in Sikkim at about 3,000 feet elevation.

The female is rather larger and paler than the male, but does not

differ in markings.

22. Mycauusis (Kabanda) MALSARIDA.

M. malsarida, Butler, Cat. Diurn. Lep. B. M., Satyride, p. 134, n. 27, pl. iii,

fig. 14 (1868).

One male on Nemotha, 21st September. It agrees equally well with

the description of M. khasiana, Moore (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874,

p. 566, from the Khasia Hills), the only other species in Mr. Moore’s

genus Kabanda (Trans. Hnt. Soc. Lond., 1880, p. 168), except that the

ocelli on the underside are not “minute.” In the original description of

M. khasiana no reference is made to M. malsarida, nor is it possible from

the description alone of the former to tell in what, if any, other respects,

besides the single character mentioned above, it differs from the latter.

23. NrORINA CRISHNA.

Cyllo crishna, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 361, n. 9, note, g (1851).

Seven males, Nemotha, 12th September to 4th October.

24. LETHE EUROPA.

Papilio europa, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 500, n. 247 (1775).

Several specimens around Silchar in the forests, one female on

Nemotha. .

25. LETHE ROHRIA.

Papilio rohria, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 45, n. 446 (1787).

A few specimens from forests in Silchar in August, two from

Nemotha in September.

SE ————— |

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 301

“The males of this species,” Mr. Wood-Mason notes, “ emit a deli-

cious vanilla-like scent.’’

26. ORINOMA DAMARIS.

O. damaris, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 14, pl. vii, figs. 2, 2a (1846).

One male Nemotha, 4th October.

27. YPTHIMA PHILOMELA.

Papilio philomela, Johanssen, Amcen. Acad., vol. vi, p. 404, n. 60 (1764).

Abundant from April to September, obtained on Nemotha in

October. The specimens shew great variation in the size of the ocelli on

the underside, and there is often an additional seventh ocellus between,

and sometimes confounded with, the two anterior pairs of ocelli on the

hindwing. None of them, however, exhibit the markings of the cold

and dry season form which Mr. Butler has described under the name of

Y. marshalli.

28. YPTHIMA NEWARA.

Yphthima newara, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 567.

Three males and one female in forests near Silcuri on May 18th,

one male on July 28th. Mr. Butler (Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth

series, vol. XVI, p. 302, n. 18, 1885) records from Manipur, Y. narada,

Kollar, a species confined to the N.-W. Himalayas so far as we are

aware.

29. YPTHIMA HUEBNERI.

Y. hiibneri, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep., p. 95, n. 18 (1871).

Some hundreds of specimens were taken exhibiting, as usual, great

variation in the ocellated markings; amongst which were a few of the

cold and dry season form, Y. howra, Moore.

30. Hritrs FALCIPENNIS, Pl. XVI, Fig. 2, 3.

E. falcipennis, W.-M. & de N., in Butt. of India, vol. i, p. 237, n. 230 (1883),

$. Nearest allied to H. angularis, Moore,* but differs from that

species in the uppeRsIDE being dark fuliginous throughout, in the

forewing being distinctly falcate, and in the ocellus being round and

prominently white-pupilled, with a very narrow pale iris. Hindwing

with the discal fascia and series of blind ocelli hardly defined by

* Hrites angularis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 825, ¢, from Upper

Tenasserim ; and Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 46, pl. v, fig. 3, ¢, from Perak.

352 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

ochreous, the outer margin less waved, especially at the third median

nervule, where in H. angularis the wing is produced into a short tail,

and the marginal lines obsolete. Unprrsipr. All the markings duller

and less ochreous. Forewing with a small circular central pure white

pupil to the posterior ocellus, not a large, nacreous, and eccentric oval

one, as in H. angularis ; and theiris narrow. On the hindwing the ocelli

are small, the two discal fascis wider and deeper ochreous. The striz

on both wings are shorter and more crowded, forming on the hindwing a

submarginal purplish band.

EXPANSE : 2°1 to 2°3 inches.

One male in the forests near Silcuri on 6th August, and another

male on Nemotha on 25th September.

81. MELANITIS LEDA.

Papilio leda, Linnzus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 474, n. 102 (1758); P. ismene,

Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. xxvi, figs. A, B (1775); Melanitis determinata, Butler,

Ent. Month. Mag., vol. xxi, p. 246 (1885).

One male and two females Silchar, 8rd—5th April, and one male

Silcuri, 27th May, of the cold and dry season form (true M. ismene) ;

nine males and seven females, Silcuri and around, 27th May—9th July,

and two males, Subong, 26th and 29th August, of the rains form (MM. leda,

auctorum).

Subfamily Eiymyinaz.

32. HLYMNIAS UNDULARIS.

Papilio undularis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. ii, pl. x, figs. 1, 2, male (1778).

Twenty-seven males and two females were captured in the forests

around Silcuri between 14th April and 6th August, most common in June

and July.

Mr. Wood-Mason notes that “‘ the males emit a strong odour resem-

bling vanilla, and the females are scentless.”

833. ELYMNIAS LEUCOCYMA.

Biblis leucocyma, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 326, n. 3 (1819).

Three males, Silcuri, 21st June—4th July.

34. DyYcTIS PATNA.

Melanitis patna, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p, 405, n. 6, note, pl. Ixviii,

fig. 2 (1851).

One male on Nemotha, 21st September.

ai lee el,

Le eS es Oe

—— aA w

—

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 353

Subfamily Morpxina.

35. AMATHUSIA PORTHEUS.

A. portheus, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. iii, p. 461, n. 780 (1867).

Two males from the forests around Silcuri, 8rd and 5th August, and

one female from Rupacherra in the Hylacandy subdivision, where 1t

was obtained by Mr. Chalmers, by whom it was generously presented to

Mr. Wood-Mason. One male forewing was also picked up near Silcuri.

36. DIscOPHORA TULLIA.

Papilio tullia, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. lxxxi, figs. A, B, female (1775).

Thirty-one males and four females in the forests around Silcuri

between llth May and 25th August.

37. Enispe svruymius, Pl. XV, Fig. 1, $.

Adolias euthymiws, Doubleday, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvi, p. 179

(1845) ; Enispe tessellata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 521.

One male, 8th September, on Nemotha, agrees exactly with the

description of H. tessellata from Nepal and Sikkim. The type speci-

men of H. euthymius was from the Himalaya Mountains, to which locali-

ty Sylhet and Assam were added in the ‘Genera.’ EH. euthymius is, judg-

ing from the specimens in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, an eminently

variable species, whose variations are in no way related either to locality

or to geographical range, so that even the term ‘local race’ cannot

‘be applied to the extreme dark form named ZF. tessellata by Mr. Moore,

and here figured.

38. THAUMANTIS DIORES.

T. diores, Doubleday, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvi, p. 234 (1845).

Two males, 6th September, and one female, 2nd October, on Nemo-

tha.

Mr. Wood-Mason notes that “‘ the scent-fans of the male are vanilla-

scented.”

39. STICHOPHTHALMA CAMADEVA.

Thawmantis camadeva, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent., p. 9, pl. iv (1848).

- Very common in the month of May in the forests near Silcuri

(Irangmara), forty males and three females having been taken between

the 7th and 20th, on which latter date, as enough females had already

been obtained for examination in the fresh state and for the zoological col-

lection, the collector Motiram was told to catch no more specimens. Two

more males were, however, subsequently brought in on 6th and 21st July.

“The gland,’ Mr. Wood-Mason notes, ‘covered by a patch of

modified scales and by an erectile whisp of hairs on each hindwing in the

354 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

male, secretes a fluid that gives out a pleasant odour distinct from, but so

faint as barely to be perceptible in the presence of, a much stronger odour

(resembling that of sable fresh from the furrier’s shop) which is common

to the two sexes.”

Subfamily NyMpHatina.

40. HERGOLIS MERIONE.

Papilio merione, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, pl. cxliv, figs. G, H (1777).

Numerous specimens of both sexes obtained in the station of Silchar

and at, and in the neighbourhood of, Silcuri between 3rd April and 3rd

August.

41. ERGOLIS ARIADNE.

Papilio ariadne, Linneeus, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 778, n. 170 (1767).

Twenty-four males and nine females at, and in the neighbourhood

of, Silcuri and at Doloo between 9th June and 26th August.

42. HURIPUS HALITHERSES.

E. halitherses, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 293, n. 1,

pl. xli, fig. 2, male (1850).

Five males at Doloo, Silcuri, and neighbouring forests, and in

Hasooria from 20th May to 25th August.

43, ATELLA SINHA,

Terinos sinha, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 2, p. 438, n. 1 ( 1848).

A male and a female in Silcuri, 18th May, two males on Nemotha,

8th and 10th September.

44, ATELLA PHALANTA.

Papilio phalanta, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, pl. xxi, figs. 1, 2 (1770).

One male in the forest near Silcuri on 28th July.

45. CETHOSIA CYANE.

Papilio cyane, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, pl. iv, fig. 1, female (1770).

Fifty-nine ‘males and twenty-four females in the forests near Sileuri

between 8rd May and 5th August.

46. CETHOSIA BIBLIS.

Papilio biblis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, pl. iv, fig. 2, male (1770).

Three males and three females in forests near Silcuri, 12th May to

98th July, a male and a female on Nemotha, 21st September and 4th

October.

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 355

47. CYNTHIA EROTA.

Papilio erota, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 76, n. 237 (1793).

Twelve males and a female in forests near Silcuri between 10th

June and 8th August, two males on Nemotha, 8th and 28th September.

48. PRECIS IPHITA.

Papilio iphita, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. ccix, figs. C, D (1779).

Twenty-nine males and three females in and around Silcuri, 3rd

April to 30th July.

49. JUNONIA ASTERIE.

Papilio asterie, Linnzous, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 472, n. 90 (1758).

Twenty-two males and three females in the forests around Silcuri,

and in the station of Silchar, between 9th June and 26th August.

00. JUNONIA ALMANA.

Papilio almana, Linnzus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 472, n. 89 (1758).

A single male in the forests near Silchar on 3rd April. There is

not the smallest doubt that this and the preceding species are seasonal

forms of one species; the dates of capture in this instance show this

most clearly. We have kept them separate, however, as the fact that

they are one species cannot be said to be proved till the one form has

been bred from eggs laid by the other.

Sl. JUNONIA ATLITES.

Papilio atlites, Linneus, Cent. Ins., p. 24, n. 72 (1763).

Ten males and two females in Silcuri and around, 20th May to 20th

July.

52. JUNONIA LEMONIAS.

Papilio lemonias, Linnzous, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 473, n. 93 (1758).

Common in Silcuri and neighbourhood.

53. JUNONIA HIERTA.

Papilio hierta, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 424, n. 281-2 (1798).

One pair, forest near Silchar on 9th June.

54, JUNONIA ORITHYIA.

Papilio orithya, Linneeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 473, n. 94 (1758).

A single male in the forests near Silchar on 29th July.

356 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

55. NEPTIS HORDONIA.

Papilio hordonia, Stoll in Suppl. Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. v, pl. xxxiii, figs. 4, 4 D

(1790). F

Thirteen males and four females in forest near Silcuri between 19th

May and 8th August.

56. NeEPTIS KUHASA.

N. kuhasa, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. lv, pt. 2, p. 250, n. 2, pl. xi, fig. 12,

male (1886).

$. Uppsrrsipe. Both wings black with orange markings. Forewing

with a broad discoidal streak bounded behind by the median nervure,

obscurely separated from the large triangular spot beyond by two fine

black lines ; a broad subapical patch well-separated from a rather less

broad discal one, which reaches the inner margin, and is strongly con-

stricted at the first median nervule ; a prominent submarginal somewhat

lunate band, with a very obscure and fine pale marginal line. Hindwing

with a broad straight even discal band, anda similar but narrower

(about one-third the width) submarginal band; marginal line as in the

forewing. UNDERSIDE. Both wings with the ground-colour much paler,

and the bands also paler, ochreous rather than orange. Forewing marked

as above. Hindwing with an additional ochreous band at the base of

the costal margin, the discal and submarginal bands broader with the

band of the ground-colour between them hence narrower, the outer

margin broadly fuscous, bearing a prominent ochreous line. Frmatn, both

wings slightly paler. Forewing with tiie apex less produced. Uprrrsips.

Hindwing with the discal band narrower, the submarginal band wider

than in the male. Unpzrsipg with the same differences as the upper.

EXPansE: 6, 1:9; Y, 2°0 inches.

Differs from Upper Tenasserim specimens of N. sattanga, in both

sexes, in the submarginal band of the upperside being narrower, the

band of the ground-colour between the discal and submarginal ochreous

bands on the underside twice as wide, and the outer margin broadly

fuscous, bearing a prominent ochreous line, in the hindwing. In

N. sattanga, the margin is equally broadly ochreous inwardly bounded

by a narrow black line, the extreme margin being defined by a very fine

black line.

One male on 29th July, and two females on 8th August at Irang-

mara.

57. NEpris RADHA.

N. radha, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. i, p. 166,

n, 343, pl. iva, fig. 4 (1857).

One male, Nemotha, 8th September.

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. , 357

58. NEPTIS HARITA.

N. harita, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 571, pl. Ixvi, fig. 8.

Three males taken in forests around Silcuri between 13th July and

2nd August. It is decidedly a rare species. Mr. Distant considers

N. harita to be a variety of N. vikast (Rhop. Malay., p. 444, n. 9a,

pl. xliii, fig. 8, 1886), and so it may be, but, as it is readily distin-

guishable, so far as the specimens before us are concerned, we have

thought it best to keep it separate from that species.

59. NuEpris VARMONA.

NV. varmona, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 561.

Highteen males and seven females in forests around Silchar between

3rd April and 14th July, and two males, Dooloo, on 25th August. It

is probable that some of the specimens included under this name are

really nearer to the next species, for it is by no means easy to draw the

line between the two.

60. NEpPTIS KAMARUPA.

NV. kamarupa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 570.

Four males, Silchar, from 3rd to 7th April. There is but little

doubt that N. kamarupa is the cold and dry season form of N. varmona,

and that many other seasonal forms of the latter widespread, common,

and variable species have been described as distinct.

61. Nepris soma.

N. soma, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1858, p. 9, n. 17, pl. xlix, fig. 6.

One male on llth, and one female on 20th July, in forests near

Silcuri.

62. Nepris SUSRUTA.

N. susruta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 563, pl. xxxii, fig. 4.

Five males between 6th April and 28th July, and six females

between 3rd April and 4th July, in forests around Silchar.

63. NEPTIS OPHIANA.

N. ophiana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 561.

One male taken near Silchar on 7th April.

64. NEPTIS JUMBAH.

N. jumbah, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H. I. C., vol. i, p. 167,

n, 345, pl. iva, fig. 5 (1857).

Two males, Silcuri, on 20th June and 2nd July.

358 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No, 4

65. CIRRHOCHROA AORIS.

Cirrochroa aoris, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn, Lep., vol. i, p. 158, n. 1,

pl. xxi, fig. 2, male (1848).

One male on Nemotha on 12th September.

66. CIRRHOCHROA MITHILA.

Cirrochroa mithila, Moore, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 558.

Twenty-seven males and nine females, Silcuri and neighbouring

forests and Rupacherra, between 8rd May and 10th August, also two

males on Nemotha, 12th September and 2nd October.

67. STIBOCHIONA NICEA.

Adolias nicea, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 13, pl. xii, fig. 1 (1846),

One female, Subong, 26th August,

68. NH YPOLIMNAS BOLINA.

Papilio bolina, Linneeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 479, n. 124 (1758).

Numerous specimens of both sexes in the station of Silchar, in

and around Silcuri, and at Lalla Mookh, between 5th April and 12th

August.

69. PENTHEMA LISARDA,

Diadema lisarda, Doubleday, Ann, and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvi, p. 233 (1845),

Thirty-four males and one female in the forests near Silcuri from

11th July to 13th August, and one male at the foot of the North Cachar

Hills on 29th August.

70. PARTHENOS GAMBRISIUS.,

Papilio gambrisius, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 12, n, 113 (1787).

Nineteen males and seventeen females at and around Silcuri between

3rd May and 8th August.

71. NZEUROSIGMA SIVA.

Adolias siva, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 291, n. 18 (1850).

Three richly-coloured males on Nemotha, 8th and 10th September,

72. LEBADEA ISMENE.

Limenitis ismene, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 276,

n, 10, pl. xxxiv, fig. 2 (1850).

Two males on 6th and 21st July, and one female on 10th August,

in forest near Silcuri.

er k

Tee eee

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 359

73. LIMENITIS AUSTENTA.

Lebadea austenia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 560, pl. xxxii, fig. 1.

A pair taken on Nemotha on 12th September.

74, LIMENITIS DARAXA.

L. daraza, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 276, n. 11, pl.

xxxiv, fig. 4 (1850).

One male near Silcuri on 28th June, another on Nemotha on 12th

September.

75. Limenitis (Moduza) Procris.

Papilio procris, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, pl. cvi, figs. E, F (1777).

Nine males and one female at and around Silcuri between 9th May

and 8th August, and a female on Nemotha on 21st September.

76. ATHYMA PERIUS.

Papilio perius, Linneus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 471, n. 79 (1758); A. leucothoé,

Linnzeus, auctorum,

Twenty-four males and eleven females at Dooloo, Subong, Silcuri

and around, and the station of Silchar, between Sth April and 1st

September.

77. ATHYMA ASURA.

A, asura, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. i, p. 171, n,

$50, pl. va, fig. 1 (1857).

Three males at Irangmara between 18th and 30th July.

78, ATHYMA PRAVARA.

A. pravara, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H. I. C., vol. i, p. 173,

n, 354, pl. va, fig. 4 (1857).

Two males at Irangmara on 18th July.

79. ATHYMA SELENOPHORA.

Limenitis selenophora, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 2, p. 426, n. 1, pl. vii,

figs. 1, 2, male (1848) ; Athyma bahula, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1858, p. 12,

n, 8, pl. 1, fig. 2, female.

Three males from forest near Silcuri, 21st to 25th July. There is

not the smallest doubt that the A. bahula of Moore is the female of this

species. The female of the allied A. zeroca, Moore (a male of which from

Sikkim is here figured on Pl. XVI, Fig. 6), differs from its male in

exactly the same way as does that of A. selenophora from its male.

360 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [ No. 4,

80. ATHYMA INARINA.

A. inarina, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvi, p. 304,

n. 37 (1885); A. inara, Doubleday and Hewitson, auctorum.

Six males and four females at Dooloo and in forest near Silcuri

between 9th June and 25th August.

81. SyYMPHHDRA DIRTEA. ~

Papilio dirtea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 59, n. 184 (1793).

Nineteen males between 6th July and 13th August, four females,

23rd July to 6th August, in forests around Silcuri; also six males and

one female on Nemotha between 10th and 4th October.

82. SyYMPHEDRA CYANIPARDUS.

8. cyanipardus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 613, n. 4.

Two males in forests around Silcuri on 5th and 8th August.

83. EUTHALIA LEPIDBA.

Adolias lepidea, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fourth series, vol. i, p. 71

(1868).

Very numerous specimens in the forests around Silcuri between

14th April and 13th August.

84. EUTHALIA TELCHINIA.

Adolias telchinia, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Pet., Lep., vol. ii, p. 120, n. 1262, pl. ix,

fig. 3, male (1857); A. aphidas, Hewitsou, Ex. Butt., vol. iii, Adolias pl. ii, fig. 8,

female (1862).

One male on Nemotha, 28th September.

85. EUTHALIA APPIADES.

Adolias appiades, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Pet., Lep., vol. ii, p. 120, n. 12638, pl. ix,

fig. 4, male (1857) ; A. sedeva, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., new series, vol. v,

p- 68, n. 10, pl. iv, fig. 3, female (1859). |

As in Sikkim at low elevations, so in Cachar, this is one of the very

commonest butterflies, and was met with between 3rd May and 13th

August in the forests around Silcuri, both sexes being nearly equally

prevalent. The form which Mr. Moore describes and figures as sedeva

is the one which occurs in Cachar.

86. EHurnaia Jaunu, Pl. XVI, Fig. 5, 9.

Adolias jahnu, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. i,

p. 192, n. 387, female (1857) ; A. sananda, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., new series,

vol. v, p. 76, n. 30, pl. vii, fig. 3, male (1859).

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 361

Two males, Irangmara, 2nd and 3rd, one female, Irangmara, 13th

August, and another, Durgakuna, 28th April. The female of this

species* not having been figured from a typical specimen by Mr. Moore,

is refigured here.

87. HUTHALIA KESAVA.

Adolias kesava, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., new series, vol. v, p. 67, n. 9,

pl. iii, fig. 5, male and female (1859) ; Huthalia phemius, Staudinger, Ex. Schmett.,

pl. liv, 2 only (1885).

Two males and two females between 18th July and 10th August in

forests around Silcuri.

88. EUTHALIA GARUDA.

Adolias garuda, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. EH. I. C., vol. i,

p. 186, n. 374, pl. vi, figs. 2, larva ; 2a, pupa (1857).

Sixty-two males and twenty females in forests around Silcuri be-

tween 29th May and 12th August.

89, EuUTHALIA PHEMIUS.

Itanus phemius, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, pl. xli, fig. 4,

male (1850); Adolias sancara, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. Cs

vol. i, p. 195, n. 394, female (1857); EHuthalia phemius, Staudinger, Ex. Schmett.,

pl. liv, g only (1885).

One female, Irangmara, 8th August. Mr. Moore continues to con-

sider H. phemius and H. sancara as distinct species, though every one we

have met who knows these insects in the field unhesitatingly places the

two together under the former name as the opposite sexes of one. He

admits, however, that the specimens he had described as the opposite

sexes of his species were both of the female sex. The two were united

as the opposite sexes of one species on structural grounds alone in 188]

by Mr. Wood-Mason, whose conclusion was subsequently confirmed by

the field observations of Mr. de Nicéville and others.

90. Hursania sama, Pl. XVI, Figs. 4, $ ; 3, 9.

Adolias jama, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. iii, p. 431, n. 690 (1867).

A single female was obtained on Nemotha on 12th September, and

is here figured. At the same time we have figured a male specimen

from the Naga Hills in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

It has nothing whatever to do with either sex of the FHuthalia

described and figured by Mr. Distant under the same name (Rhop.

Malay., p. 119, n. 4, pls. xiv, fig. 8, ¢; xv, fig. 4, 2 (1883).

* A. jahnu, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., new series, vol. v, p. 74, n. 24,

pl. vii, fig. 1, female (1859).

362 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

91. EUurTHaLia LUBENTINA.

Papilio lubentina, Cramer,’ Pap. Ex., vol. ii, pl. clv, figs. C, D, female (1777).

One male, Silcuri, 27th June.

92. EUTHALIA ANOSIA.

Adolias anosia, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. re

p. 187, n. 376 (1857).

One female at Irangmara on 12th J uly, another seen, alis extensis, on

the wall of a room in the bungalow at Lalla Mookh in J une, presenting

the appearance of a leaf overgrown by a fungus, and one male on

Nemotha on 12th September.

93. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 475, n. 107 (1758).

A single male in forest near Silcuri on 19th J uly.

94, SYMBRENTHIA HIPPOCLUS.

Papilio hippoclus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. ccxx, figs. C, D, male (1779).

One male, Dooloo, 25th August.

95. SYMBRENTHIA HYPSELIS,

Vanessa hypselis, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, Suppl., p. 818 (1823).

One male on Nemotha, 28th September.

96. RHINOPALPA FULYA.

R. fulva, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatsch., vol. iv, p. 399, n. 21 (1860).

Nine males in forests near Silcuri from 5th May to 10th August.

The inner edge of the black band on the outer margin of the forewing

on the upperside is straight in the Cachar Specimens ; in R. polynice,

Cramer, it is well-curved. The two species are very doubtfully distinct.

97. DOoLESCHALLIA POLIBETE.

Papilio polibete, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. cexxxiv, figs. D, E (1779).

Two males and one female near Silcuri, 7th to 22nd June. Seen on

the wing frequently at Rupacherra.

98. CuHaraxes (Hulepis) putputs.

C. delphis, Doubleday, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, second series, vol. i, p. 217,

pl. vii (1843).

One male near Silcuri on 9th August.

1886.] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 863

99. CuHaraxes (Hulepis) ATHAMAS.

Papilio athamas, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, p. 5, pl. ii, fig. 4 (1770).

Four males, obtained in forests around Silcuri between 10th June

and 13th August.

100. CHaraxes (Hulepis) arsa.

C. arja, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. iii, p. 438, n. 713 (1867).

One male, Irangmara, 8th August. Four male specimens of what

appears to be a variety of C. arja were obtained, from 28th to 3lst June

and on 3rd August, in the forests around Silcuri. They differ from the

typical form in always having a single small subapical spot only in the

forewing, the discal band narrow (‘25 of an inch in width at the inner

margin of the forewing), the ground-colour very deep indigo-blue on

the upperside, and all the markings richer and darker on the underside.

101. CHARAXES FABIUS.

Papilio fabius, Fabricius, Sp. Ins., vol. ii, p. 12, n. 47 (1781).

Seen in September in Silchar, where it was obtained on a previous

oceasion by one of the Museum collectors.

102. Cuaraxes (Haridra) MARMAX.

0. marmaz, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent., p. 43, pl. xxi, male and female (1848).

Five males in forests in and around Silcuri between 6th June and

29th July.

103. CuHaraxes (Haridra) LUNAWARA.

C. lunawara, Butler, Lep. Ex., p. 99, n. 6, pl. xxxvii, fig. 2, male and female

(1872).

Two males, 6th and 13th July.

104. CHaraxes (Haridra) corax.

C. corax, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. iii, p. 444, n. 724 (1867).

Numerous males obtained between 10th June and 10th August,

only two of which agree exactly with the description of this species, the

_rest being transitional to C. hieraw, Felder.

105. CHaAraxes (Haridra) JALINDER.

C. jalinder, Butler, Lep. Ex., p. 98, n. 4, pl. xxxvii, fig. 4, male and female

(1872).

One male, Dhurmkhal, 31st June, and one on Nemotha, 10th Sep-

tember, agree fairly well with Butler’s description and figure of this

species, though differing inter se.

364 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous (No. 4,

“106. Cuaraxes (Haridra) ainpia.

O. hindia, Butler, Lep. Ex., p. 99, n. 5, pl. xxxvii, fig. 5, male and female (1872).

Nine males between 14th June and 20th August in forest around

Silcuri. They differ considerably from one another, no two being ex-

actly alike; nor does any one of them agree minutely with Mr. Butler’s

figure of this species.

Family Lemoniide.

Subfamily Nemrosuwa.

107. ZEMEROS PHLEGYAS.

Papilio flegyas, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. cclxxx, figs. E, F (1780).

Fifteen specimens of both sexes obtained in the forests around

Silcuri between 20th May and 8th August.

Family Lycenide.

108. PatHaLia P MALAYA.

Lycena malaya, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co., p. 70, n. 4 (1828).

One male, Irangmara, 18th July. This Specimen possesses tails,

going therefore into Mr. Moore’s genus Pathalia ; and it is entirely black

on the upperside. A complete gradation can be made from this black

form to one with the white area on the upperside of both wings more

extensive than the black ground-colour, which latter form has been

described by Mr. Moore as P. albidisca. In Mr. Moore’s genus Megisba,

which has no tails, the same variation occurs: M. thwaitesi from Ceylon

has a small patch of white on the upperside of the forewing only, M.

sikkima is entirely black, but there are other specimens from Sikkim

which have the white area above of greater extent than the black. The

type of M. sikkima is in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and has tails;

so perhaps Mr. Moore does not consider the presence or absence of the

tails to be of generic consequence. He has also named for the Indian

Museum, Calcutta, some Andaman specimens of this group with tails

“ Megisba thwaitesi,” still further showing that he considers the tails of

no importance. In this we quite agree with him, but would carry the

matter still further and treat Pathalia malaya, P. albidisca, Megisba

thwartest, and M. sikkima as one variable tailed or tailless species.

109. Cureris ? sARonts.

C. saronis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, p. 587.

Ten males, 9th June to 13th August, and three females, 30th May

to 17th July, in forests around Silcuri. In both sexes, they agree moro.

1886.] Replopteba de Gaatak ‘ 365

closely with the Andaman species C. saronis than with any other de-

scribed species known to us.

110. CYANIRIS PUSPA.

Polyommatus puspa, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. H. I. Co., p. 67, n. 3 (1828).

One female, Silcuri, 3lst June, one male, Dhurmkhal, 19th July,

and one male, Nemotha, 2nd October.

11]. CHILADES VARUNANA.

Polyommatus varunana, Moore, Proo. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 772, pl. xli,

fig. 6.

Three males and two females in and around Silcuri from 25th May

to 4th June. (7. laius, Cramer, is almost certainly the cold and dry

season form of this species.

112. ZizHRA SANGRA.

Polyommatus sangra, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 772, pl. xli, fig. 8.

Two males and four females at Dooloo on 25th August. Weare

quite unable to say how Z. indica, Murray, differs from this species.

113. ZizeRa DILUTA.

Lycena diluta, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. ii, p. 280, n. 853, pl. xxxv,

figs. 12, 13, male (1865).

Common in and around Silcuri from 28th May to 23rd June.

114. ? Tarucus PLINIUS.

Hesperia plinius, Fabricins, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 284, n. 92 (1793).

One male, Silcuri, 25th June.

115. CaAsTALIvUs ELNA.

Lycena elna, Hewitson, Ex. Butt., vol. v, Lycena pl. i, fig. 8 (1876).

Three males, Irangmara, 18th to 28th July.

116. CASTALIUS ROSIMON.

Papilio rosimon, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 523, n. 341 (1775).

Numerous specimens of both sexes in forests in and around Sileuri,

3rd April to 12th August.

117. JaMIpEs BocHUs.

Papilio bochus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, pl. ccexci, figs. C, D, male (1782).

Many males and females in Silcuri from 27th May to 4th July.

366 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

118. Lyc@NESTHES LYCHNINA.

L. lycenina, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xviii, p. 281 (1868).

Two males, Silcuri, 13th and 30th June, one male, Irangmara, 5th

August, three females, Silcuri, 28th May to 22nd June.

119. LycHNESTHES BENGALENSIS.

L. bengalensis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 773, pl. xli, fig. 9, male.

Numerous males in Silcuri and neighbourhood, 25th May to 30th

July.

120. NacaADUBA ARDATIES.

Lycena ardates, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 574, pl. Ixvii, fig. 1, male.

Many examples of both sexes from Silcuri and around between

26th May and 28th July.

- 121. NacapuBa ? aTRATA.

Lycena atratus, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co., p. 78, n. 18 (1828).

A single pair, Silcuri, 7th June, agree with Horsfield’s description

of this species from Java, and have been so named by Mr. Moore, to

whom the specimens were sent for identification. To this group of the ~

genus belong N. prominens, Moore, and N. plumbeomicans and its local

form nicobarica, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville. They all possess three

catenulated bands on the underside of the forewing.

122. Nacapusa caestis, de Nicéville, Pl. XVII, Fig. 11, 3.

“@, UppEersIDE, both wings shining bluish-purple, the outer margins

somewhat widely black. Hindwing with a fine white anteciliary line

from the anal angle to the first median nervule. Unpersipn, both wings

dusky. Forewing with a subbasal straight fascia from the subcostal

nervure to the inner margin darker than the ground-colour, and mar-

gined with white ; a similar fascia from near the costa to the inner margin

enclosing the disco-cellular nervules, and a series of five similar spots

forming an outwardly curved band from the costa to the second median

nervule; a submarginal series of dusky spots outwardly narrowly and

inwardly widely defined with white; an anteciliary fine white line.

Hindwing with three indistinct basal spots, a subbasal straight band,

another across the disc, coalescing with a shorter much curved one be-

yond, and enclosing a conspicuous small oblong white spot, marginal

markings as in forewing, but with a round black spot beyond the origin

of the ‘tail,’ outwardly defined with silvery-blue scales and inwardly

— Se ee

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 367

with an orange line, and with a few similar scales towards the anal

angle. Cuilia dusky, as is also the ‘ tail,’ the latter tipped with white.”

_ Fixpansx, 1:1 inch.”

One male, Silcuri, 28th May, another, Irangmara, 21st July. This

very pretty and distinct species occurs also at Jhulaghat, 2,000 feet, in

Kumaon (W. Doherty), the Khasi Hills (H. J. Hlwes), Sibsagar (S. E.

Peal), and one specimen, the type, was obtained by the late Mr. A. R.

de Roepstorff at Port Blair in the Andamans. The figure is taken

from a rather pale specimen; the bands on the underside being usually

much more prominently filled in with dark brown.

123. NaAcaDUBA MACROPHTHALMA, Pl. XVII, Fig. 13, 3.

Lycena macrophthalma, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xii, p. 483,

n. 115 (1862).

Two males, Silcuri, 29th May and 7th June.

124. NaAcaDUBA P PAVANA.

Lycena pavana, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. EH. I. Co., p. 77, n. 12 (1828).

Six males, Silcuri and neighbouring forests, 10th June to 8th

August, and two females, 30th May and 25th July, agree with Horsfield’s

description of this species from Java.

125. Nacapupa viona, Pl. XVII, Fig. 12, 2.

Lampides viola, Moore, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fourth series, vol. xx,

p. 340 (1877).

A’ single male, Irangmara, 8th July, has been thus identified by

Mr. Moore.

126. CATOCHRYSOPS STRABO.

Hesperia strabo, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 287, n. 101 (1793).

A few specimens of both sexes in and around Silcuri from 6th

April to 26th August.

127. PoLyoMMATUS BETICUS.

Papilio beticus, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 789, n. 226 (1767).

One female, Silcuri, 3rd June, one male, Nemotha, 2nd October.

128. LAMPIDES ELPIS.

_ Polyommatus elpis, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 654, n. 125 (1828).

One female, Silcuri, 29th May, another Sildubi, 20th J ph two more,

Nemotha, 6th September and 2nd October.

368 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

129. CaTaP@cILMA ELEGANS, Pl. XV, Fig. 6, o.

Hypochrysops elegans, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 350, n. 1, pl. xxxii,

fig. 12.

Three males and one female at Silcuri between 27th May and 9th

June.

130. ILERDA EPICLES.

Polyommatus epicles, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 646, n. 109 (1823).

Hight specimens in the forests around Silcuri between 21st April

and 29th August.

131. IRaovTa TIMOLEON.

Papilio timoleon, Stoll in Suppl. Cramer, Pap. Ex., pl. xxxii, figs. 4, 4 D, female

(1790).

One female, Silcuri, 25th May.

132. CHLIARIA OTHONA.

Hypolycena othona, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., p. 50, n. 7, pl. xxii, figs. 17, 18,

male (1865) ; H. eltola, idem, id., Suppl., p. 14, n. 21, pl. v, figs. 37, 38, female (1869).

One male, Irangmara, 8th August.

1338. HypoLyc@NA ERYLUS.

Polyommatus erylus, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 633, n. 60 (1828).

Ten males at Silcuri and Irangmara, 3lst May to 20th August.

134. REMELANA JANGALA.

Amblypodia jangala, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co., p. 118, n. 44 (1828).

One male, Silcuri, 20th June.

135. DEUDORIX EPIJARBAS.

Dipsas epyarbas, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H. I. C., vol. i,

p. 32, n. 40 (1857).

One male, Silcuri, 2nd June, one female, Silcuri, 25th May, and

another, Irangmara, 8th August.

136. D&rvUDORIX DIENECES.

D. dieneces, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Suppl., p. 31, n. 35, pl. va, figs. 65, 67,

male ; 66, female (1878).

One male, Silcuri, 21st June.

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 369

137. VaADEBRA PETOSIRIS.

Deudoria petosiris, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., p. 22, n. 13, pl. ix, figs. 30, 31,

male (1863).

One male, Silcuri, 15th June.

138. LEHERA SKINNERI, n. sp., Pl. XV, Fig. 3, 9.

eg. Upprrsipe differs only from the same sex of L. eryx, Linneus,

in the anal lobe of the hindwing being centred with clear ochreous

instead of emerald-green. Unpursipz differs only from that species in

haying the ground-colour clear ochreous also instead of emerald-green.

Expanse: 1°8 inches.

One female, Irangmara, 21st July.

139. RAPALA SCHISTACEA.

Deudoriw schistacea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, n. 140.

Seven males and four females, Silcuri between 27th May and 23rd

June.

140. SPINDASIS HIMALAYANUS.

Aphneus himalayanus, Moore, Journ. A. S. B., vol. liii, pt. 2, p. 26 (1884).

Sixty-six specimens obtained in Silcuri and the neighbouring

forests between 27th May and 6th August,—most common in June.

141. SPpmInDASIS SYAMA.

Amblypodia syama, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. H. I. Co., p. 107, n. 39 (1828).

Four males and two females in Silcuri and around from Ist to 15th

June, one female, Subong, 29th August,

142. TasuRIA LONGINUS.

Hesperia longinus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 430 (1798).

One male, Silcuri, 13th June.

143. CHERITRA ETOLUS.

Papilio etolus, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 66, n. 620 (1787).

Five males at Irangmara and Durgakuna between 3rd May and

25th July.

144. CHERITRA ACTER.

Myrina acte, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. i, p. 47,

n. 77 (1857).

One female, Irangmara, 21st July.

370 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

145. Loxura atTyMNUS.

Papilio atymnus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, pl. cecxxxi, figs. D, E (1780).

Thirty-five examples in and around Silcuri between 7th May and

12th August.

146. LoxuRA TRIPUNCTATA.

L. tripunctata, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., p. 26, n. 4 (1868).

Three males and one female in Silcuri and surrounding forests 31st

May, and 11th to 19th July.

147. SuRENDRA QUERCETORUM.

Amblypodia quercetorwm, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C.,

vol. i, p. 42, n. 63, pl. ia, fig. 7, male (1857).

Five males and seven females in forests in and around Silcuri from

29th May to 12th August.

148. NILASERA CENTAURUS.

Papilio centaurus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 520, n. 329 (1775).

One male, Irangmara, 11th July.

149. NILASERA CAMDEO.

Amblypodia camdeo, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C., vol. i,

p. 41, n. 58, pl. ia, fig. 6, female (1857).

Twenty-five specimens of both sexes between 5th April and 10th

August in Silcuri and surrounding forests.

150. SATADRA BAZALUS.

Amblypodia bazalus, Hewitson, Cat. Lycenide B. M., p. 8, n. 88, pl. iv, figs. 37,

38, female (1862).

One female, Silcuri, 31st May, another, Dhurmkhal, 14th July.

Family Papilionide.

Subfamily Prmrinz.

151. TERIAS HARINA.

T. harina, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co., p. 137, n. 63 (1829).

One male, Dhurmkhal, 2lst May, and another, Ivrangmara, 8th

August.

152. 'TERIAS HECABE.

Papilio hecabe, Linneeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 470, n. 74 (1758).

Nine males and ten females in and around Silcuri from 25th May

to 25th August. Under this name are doubtless included many so-

called distinct species of this group.

1886.] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 371

153. CATOPSILIA CATILLA.

Papilio catilla, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. cexxix, figs. D, H, female (1779).

Six males and eight females in Silcuri and surrounding forests

from 30th May to 10th August.

154. CATOPSILIA CROCALE.

Papilio crocale, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. lv, figs. C, D, female (1775).

Numerous examples of both sexes in forests in and around Silcuri

from May to July, but most common in the former of these two months.

155. CaTopPsILIA GNOMA.

Papilio gynoma, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., App., p. 828, n. 152-3 (1775).

Four males, Silchar, 5th to 7th April, one female, 5th a three

females, Silcuri, 7th April to 12th June.

Mr. Wood-Mason setae that the tufts of hair on the wings of the

male “ smell like jessamine.”

156. CATOPSILIA PYRANTHE.

Papilio pyranthe, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 469, n. 66 (1758).

Four males and four females, Silcuri, 25th May to 16th June.

E57. Ix1A8, sp.

Three males, Irangmara, llth and 13th July. These specimens

agree in the size, in the width of the black border on the upperside of ~

the hindwing, and on the underside with the figure of I. evippe, Drury

(ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, pl. v, fig. 2, male, 1770), but differ in the orange

patch on the upperside of the forewing being much smaller.

158. HkBOMOIA GLAUCIPPE.

Papilio glaucippe, Linneus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 469, n. 65 (1758).

Four males and three females in and around Silcuri from 7th

April to 22nd July.

159. CATOPHAGA PAULINA.

Papilio paulina, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, pl. cx, figs. E, F, female (1777).

Seven males in forests in and around Silcuri from 20th May to

1lth July, another male on Nemotha, 2nd October ; twelve females, first

form, from 30th May to llth July, three females, second form (apex of

forewing and entire hindwing on underside rich ochreous), 13th June

to 4th July, around Silcuri.

372 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

160. APPIAS NERO.

Papilio nero, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 153, n. 471 (1798).

A single female of this very rare species at Irangmara on 29th

July. Mr. Otto Moller has also obtained a single female in Sikkim.

161. APPIAS HIPPOIDES.

A. hippoides, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 312.

Very numerous specimens of both sexes in forests in and around

Silcuri from 6th April to 29th August, also on Nemotha, 10th Septem-

ber,

162. APPIAS ZELMIRA.

Papilio zelmira, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, pl. cccxx, figs. C, D, female (1780).

Nearly as common as the preceding in similar localities from 25th —

May to 22nd July.

163. HiposcrRITIA INDRA.

Pieris indra, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H. I. C., vol. i, p. 74,

n, 143 (1857).

One female, Nemotha, 25th September. This sex is very rare in

collections, while the male, having quite different habits, is very

common. |

164. HUPHINA NAMA.

Pieris nama, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H. I. C., vol. i, p. 76,

n, 148 (1857).

One male, Silcuri, 138th June, and a female on Ist June.

165. HUPHINA PHRYNE.

Papilio phryne, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 473, n, 131 (1775).

One male, Silcuri, 8th July.

166. MANCIPIUM CANIDIA.

Papilio camdia, Sparrman, Amoen. Acad., vol. vii, p. 504, note m (1768).

Five males and one female from 7th April to 9th June in and

around Silcuri.

167. MANcIPIUM AJAKA.

Pieris ajaka, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 490, n, 21, pl. xxxi, fig, 16,

female,

One male, 10th September, on Nemotha.

i i

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 373

168. DerLIAS PASITHOR.

Papilio pasithoe, Linnzous, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 755, n. 53 (1767).

Highteen males and eleven females in forests around Sileuri from

22nd May to 10th August.

169. DeELIAS DESCOMBESI.

Pieris descombesi, Boisduval, Sp. Gén., vol. i, p. 465, n. 38 (1836).

Six males and four females, Silcuri and around, 6th April to 8th

August. |

170. DELIAS HIERTE, var. INDICA.

Thyca hierte, var. indica, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., third series, vol.

p. 351, n. 21 (1867).

Twenty-two males and ten females in forests around Silcuri, 29th

May to 5th August.

Mr. Wood-Mason notes that ‘both sexes have a strong grateful

musk odour.”’

Subfamily Papilionine.

171. ORNITHOPTERA POMPEUS.

Papilio pompeus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. xxv, fig. A, female (1775).

One male, Irangmara, 6th August, one female, Sildubi, 2nd July ;

another female, Irangmara, 28th July.

172. ORNITHOPTERA RHADAMANTHUS.

O. rhadamanthus, Boisduval, Sp. Gén., vol. i, p. 180, n. 8 (1836).

Two females, Nemotha, 12th and 13th September,

173. Papruio (Iliades) ANDROGEUS.

P. androgeos, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. xci, figs. A, B, male (1776).

Forty-two males; six females, first form (figured by Distant as the

female of P. mestor, Hiibner), one female, second form (the P. agenor of

Cramer), eight females, third form (the P. alcanor and P. achates of

Cramer); in forests and gardens in and around Silcuri, Irangmara, the

Doarband pass, Hasooria, and Rupacherra; where it was almost always

to be seen from 8rd April to 10th August. On one occasion, all four

forms were seen onthe wing together in a group, having evidently just

emerged from the chrysalis state, and a specimen of each was taken.

Mr. Wood-Mason notes that “all the forms of this species are in-

odorous.”

374 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

174. Papitio (Panosmiopsis, subg. nov.) RHETENOR.

P. rhetenor, Westwood, Arc. Ent., vol. i, p. 59, pl. xvi, figs. 1, la, male (1842) ; P.

icarius, id., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 5, pl. ii, female (1848).—Wood-Mason, Ann. and Mag. of

Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. ix, pp, 104-5 (1882).

Two females only, Nemotha, 28th September, flying in company

with P. dasarada, many specimens of which were taken, but only two

preserved, the rest having been used for dissection and experiment or

been in too bad a state to be worth preservation.

Mr. Wood-Mason notes that they are “ scentless.”

175. Papinio (Pangeranopsis, subg. nov.) ELEPHENOR.

P. elephenor, Doubleday, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvi, p, 305 (1845).

One male, Dhurmkhal, 5th July, of this rare species, which also

occurs at Jorehat, Assam (J. L. Sherwill).

176. Papinio (Panosmia, subg. nov.) DASARADA.

P. dasarada, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H. I. C., vol. i, p. 96,

n. 195 (1857).—Wood-Mason, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. ix,

p. 105 (1882).

Two females, on Nemotha, 21st September and 4th October.

Mr. Wood-Mason notes that they had “the strong scent of caged

porcupines with a touch of musk.”

177. Pavriuio (Panosmia) nuvitut, Pl. XV, Figs. 2,2 a, &.

P. nevilli, Wood-Mason, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. ix, p. 105,

n. 2 (1882); Papilio, n.s.?, Nevill, List Diurn. Lep. Indian Museum, Calcutta,

p. 1, n. 7 (1870).

“ g. Posterior wings above with two large pink-white spots, one

between the discoidal vein and the second branch of the subcostal,

occupying all but the two ends of the space; the other in the space

next in front, smaller and not extending so far towards the base of the

space, and with three bright crimson submarginal lunules, two subequal

in the interspaces between the branches of the median vein, and the

third between the third median veinlet and the discoidal vein, equal to,

or slightly greater than, the other two taken together; below with a

small pink-white spot between the first branch of the subcostal and the

costal veins, forming with the two visible on both sides of the organs

a series of three, all equally distant from the outer margin, the sub-

marginal lunules larger and subequal and much lighter coloured, and

with a fourth rather irregularly-shaped crimson spot, subequal to the

lunules and divided into two unequal parts by the first median vein, at

the end of the basal half of which it is placed, with the tails well deve-

loped, but not constricted at base.”

1886.] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 375

“Has. The vicinity of Silchar, Cachar. The three specimens

before me were obtained many years ago by one of the native collectors

of the museum, under the late Mr. N. T. Davey, of the Topographical

Survey of India.”

“Nearly allied to P. ravana, Moore, from Kulu, in the north-west

Himalayas, but smaller, with the well-developed tails not constricted at

the base, and not red-spotted.” (Wood-Mason, l. c.).

178. Papinio (Pangerana) BRIOLEUCA.

P. eriolewca, Oberthiir, E’tudes d’Ent., vol. iv, p. 33, n. 5, pl. iii, fig. 1, male

(1879) ; id., de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lii, pt. 2, p. 98, n, 256, female (1883).

One male, Irangmara, 8th August, one female, Nemotha, 10th Sep-

tember.

179. Papitio (Pangerana) AsSTORION.

FP. astorion, Westwood, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. ix, p. 37 (1842).

Four males and five females, Irangmara, 11th May to 10th August.

Mr. Wood-Mason notes that “the female emits a strong and dis-

gustingly rank musky odour.”

180. Papit1o (Charus) CASTOR.

P. castor, Westwood, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. ix, p. 87 (1842),

Seventeen males, Irangmara, llth July to 8th August.

181. Papinio (Charus) HELENUS.

P. helenus, Linnzus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 459, n. 4 (1758).

Fourteen males and three females, 7th May to 20th August, in the

forests around Silcuri.

182. Paprtio (Charus) CHAON,

P. chaon, Westwood, Arc. Ent., vol. ii, p. 97, pl. lxxii, figs. 1, 1*, male(1845).

Three males, Irangmara, 25th July to 6th August.

183. Papinio (Zetides) AGAMEMNON.

P. agamemnon, Linneus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 462, n. 21 (1758).

Ten males and three females in forests around Silcuri from 12th

May to 5th August.

184. Papinio (Zetides) BURYPYLUS,

P. eurypylus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 464, n. 37 (1758).

Eleven males and one female in forests around Silcuri from 6th

May to 8th August. The Cachar specimens are a little larger than the

376 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

typical figure of this species (Clerk’s Icones Ins., vol. ii, pl. xxviii, fig.

2, 1764), and have the discal bluish-green macular band even wider.

They agree with P. mecisteus, Distant, in the colour and markings of

the underside ; differing therefrom in being considerably larger, and

in having the basal linear spot in the cell continued almost to the inner

margin, and the discal band broader, on the upperside of the forewing.

They do not agree with the species Mr. Moore has vaguely described

from N. EH. Bengal under the name of Zetides acheron (Ann. and Mag.

of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvi, p. 120 (1885).

185. Paprz1o (Dalchina) SARPEDON.

P. sarpedon, Linnzus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 461, n. 14 (1758).

Hight males and two females in Silcuri and surrounding forests

from 28th April to 6th August.

186. Papit1o (Paranticopsis, subg. nov.) MACAREUS.

P. macareus, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 76, n. 144 (1819).

One male, Rupacherra, presented by Mr. Chalmers.

187. Papitio (Paranticopsis) XENOCLES.

P. xenocles, Doubleday, Gray’s Zool. Mise., p. 74 (1842).

One male, Durgakuna, 6th May.

188. Papinio (Pathysa) ANTIPHATES.

P. antiphates, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. Ixxii, figs, A, B (1775).

Nine males and one female, Silcuri and around, 19th May to 29th

July.

189. Papttio (Laertias) POLYTES.

P. polytes, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 460, n. 7 (1758).

Thirty-eight males (P. pammon, Linneus), three females, first form

like the male, fourteen females, second form (the P. polytes of Linneeus),

and one female, third form (the P. romulus of Cramer), in forests in and

around Silchar from 3rd April to 12th August.

190. Papitio (Menelaides) ARISTOLOCHIZ.

P. aristolochiev, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 443, n. 3 (1775).

Twenty males and four femalesin and around Silcuri from 11th

May to 13th August.

ae. Seen ee

1886.] Lepidoptera of Oachar. 377

Mr. Wood-Mason notes that “the male emits a strong and slightly

pungent odour resembling that of P Batchelor’s Buttons or of the rose

with a trace of acetic acid.”

191. Paprnto (Menelaides) DOUBLEDAYI.

P. doubledayi, Wallace, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. xxv, p. 42, note (1865) ; id., Butler,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 2.

Five males, Silcuri, Irangmara, and Doarband, 8th May to 28th

July. Our specimens agree except in size (being as large as Butler’s

smallest specimen of P. doubledayi) with the P. cacharensis of Butler,

which is described from ‘‘near Assam,” the country given by Wallace as

one of the habitats of his species. Our series of specimens from Burma

(Maulmein), the other habitat given by Wallace for his species, present

great variation in the size of the white spots in the hindwing, the chief

character on which Mr. Butler appears to have relied in separating his

species.

Mr. Wood-Mason notes that this species ane a ‘“musk-scented

body.”

192. Papitio (Orpheides) ERITHONIUS.

P. erithonius, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. ccxxxii, figs. A, B (1779).

Five males and one female, Silcuri and neighbourhood, 3rd April

to 12th August.

193. Papitio (Harimala) PARIS.

P. paris, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 459, n. 3 (1758) ; id., Sere List Diurn.

Lep. Indian Museum, Calcutta, p. 1, n. 17 (1870).

Two small males obtained many years back by one of the museum

collectors.

194. LEPTOCIRCUS CURIUS.

Papilio curius, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 9, n. 71 (1787).

Highteen males in the Irangmara and Sileuri forests from 23rd

May to 10th August.

Family Hesperiide.

195. BaApAMIA BXCLAMATIONIS.

Papilio exclamationis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 530, n. 373 (1775).

Ten specimens, Cees and Dooloo, from 25th May to 25th August.

196. IsMENE @DIPODEA.

I. edipodea, Swainson, Zool. Ills., vol. i, pl. xvi, male, female, larva and pupa

(1820—1821).

378 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous _ [No. 4,

Two males and two females, Irangmara and Silcuri, 20th — and

8th and 18th July.

197. IsMENE JAINA.

I. jaina, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 782.

Two males, Nemotha, 12th September and 4th October.

198. IsSMENE MAHINTHA.

I. mahintha, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 575, pl. Ixvii, fig. 4, male.

One female, Silcuri, 7th June. Hitherto known from Burmah

only. -

199. CHOASPES BENJAMINII.

Thymele benjaminiu, Guérin, Delessert’s Souv. Voy. dans I’Inde, vol. ii, p. 79, pl.

xxii, figs. 2, 2a (1843).

One male, Irangmara, 10th August.

200. HAsoRA BADRA.

Goniloba badra, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 778.

Ten males and eight females in forests around Silcuri, 30th May

to 27th August.

201. HAsoRA COULTERI, n. sp., Pl. XVIII, Figs. 8, $;8a,85, 9.

g. UpprrrsipzE, both wings dark bronzy brown, paler at the base

owing to the presence of a thick clothing of paler olivaceous-brown

sete ; costal margin of the forewing and the veins and outer margins

of both wings darker and faintly glossed with purple; and with the

cilia smoky brown. Forewing without spots, but with three ill-defined

discal bands composed of modified scales arranged along each side of

the submedian nervure and of the first and second median nervules, and

probably concealed by sete in the living insect. UNnpursipn, forewing

strongly glossed with purple at the apex, and with a brownish ashy

lustrous patch, extending nearly to the outer margin, divided by the

submedian nervure, and slightly diffused over the disc. Hindwing

crossed by a pearly-white slightly outwardly concave prominent discal

band, which extends from the costal to the submedian nervure, where

it is slightly recurved, is broadest in the middle of its length, narrowest

at its posterior or inner extremity, and reappears close to the abdominal *

margin asaclump of white scales divided by the internal nervure; the

wing suffused with purple beyond the white band, especially on the dark

anal blotch, in front of which there extends nearly as far as the third

median nervule a distinct whity-brown anteciliary line.

Qa. —e <Pse ee.

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 379

@. Uppsersipe, both wings darker and more richly coloured than

in the male, being very conspicuously glossed with purple beyond the

lighter basal portions. Forewing with three golden-yellow semi-trans-

parent lustrous spots, two discal, situated and shaped much as in

Parata chromus, Cramer, and one minute and subapical one at the

junction of the first and second thirds of the length of the last subcostal

cell, sometimes with two spots one above the other, the upper the

- smaller, and placed in the interspace next above. UNDERSIDE, forewing

marked as above, with the inner margin ashy-white, and with a patch of

ashy scales in the interno-median area at the level of the discal spots.

Hindwing with the band broader than in the male and extending to

the costal margin. In one of the specimens of this sex the upperside

has a mottled appearance owing to the purple gloss being imperfectly

developed, as in so many Hupleas. Head and thorax covered with

iridescent olive-green pubescence nearly concolorous with that of the

wings ; abdominal segments of the body above and below edged _posteri-

orly with yellowish inclining to orange above ; eyes encircled with whity-

brown scales ; palpi clothed with mixed brown and yellowish scales.

Expanse : 2°1 inches. .

Four males and two females, Silcuri and neighbouring forests, June

Ist to July 25th. :

202. BIBASIS SENA.

Goniloba sena, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 778.

Six examples in and around Silcuri, from 16th June to 5th Aucust.

203. BARACUS SEPTENTRIONUM, n. sp., Pl. XVIII, Figs. 4, 4a, 3.

@. Uppersipe, both wings very dark vandyke-brown with golden,

and in certain lights, greenish reflections. Forewing with an oblique

subcostal streak, another shorter one below this in the cell, two subapical

small spots separated from one another by the penultimate subcostal

branch, and an indistinct spot on the disc between the second and

third median nervules, opaque ochreous-brown. Unpexsipn, forewing

greenish-black, increasingly bordered in front from the base to the

apical angle and thence decreasingly to the inner angle with ochreous-

brown, varied by light streaks on the folds and by the two subapical

spots of the upperside. Hindwing throughout ochreous-brown simi-

larly varied with lighter streaks. Cilia smoky-brown in the forewing,

paler on the hindwing.

EXXPANSE, 1°5 inches.

One male, Irangmara, 8th July, another very old specimen, also

fromm Cachar, in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and a

380 Wood-Mason & de Nicévllle—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

third taken in the Sikkim Tarai by Mr. Otto Moller on 14th September,

1881.

B. septentrionum is nearly allied to B. swbditws, Moore (Proce. Zool.

Sec, Lond., 1883, p. 534), but it differs therefrom in its considerably

larger size, in the spots on the upperside of the forewing being of a

brighter ochreous, in the shade of the ochreous of the underside gene-

rally, and in lacking the conspicuously broad very pale yellow discal streak

which extends from the base to near the outer margin of the hindwing

and forms so marked a feature both in B. subditus from the Nilgiri and

Pulni Hills and in B. vittatws (Felder) from Ceylon.

904. AstTicropTERUS suUBFAScIATUS, Pl. XVIII, Figs. 1, la, ¢.

A. subfasciatus, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 842.

A male and a female from forest near Silcuri, 6th June and 20th

July. The male of this species has a curious impressed elongated oval

brand on the forewing, placed so immediately behind as to touch the

median nervure, and extending for one-third of its length along the first

median nervule. This species probably has no real connection with the ~

genus Astictopterus.

205. ASTICTOPTERUS BUTLERI.

g. Closely allied to A. zanites, Butler, from the Malay Peninsula,

Java, and Borneo. Uppsrrsipr, both wings dark fuliginous-brown,

strongly suffused with purple and glossed with dark bronzy-brown

according to the play of light. Forewing entirely lacking the broad

orange band so conspicuous in A. wanites. UNpurRsIpE, forewing paler

and less strongly suffused with purple, paling from the middle of the

interno-median area to the posterior margin. Hindwing plum-coloured,

with the anterior margin fringed atthe base with black bristles forming.

a tuft, which is lodged in, and nipped by the lips of, an elongated

sac-like fold in the cell of the forewing.

9. Larger than the male. Uppsrsipn, forewing with an obsolete

oblique discal red band, which is sometimes quite absent, but distinct

traces of which are always to be seen on the UNDERSIDE, which is rather

lighter everywhere and less strongly suffused with purple than in the

male. The hindwing of course lacks the tuft of black bristles present

in the opposite sex.

Expanse: g 15; 9, 1:7 inches,

Three males and four females in forest near Silcuri, 8th to 19th July.

A preliminary notice and figure of this species appeared in Journ.

A. S. B., vol. lii, pt. 2, p. 98, n. 260, pl. x, fig. 3, g (1883). It is by

ee ee ae eee

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Oachar. 381

no means an uncommon species at low elevations in Sikkim and Bhutan,

and it has also been obtained in the Mergui Archipelago.

206. ASTICTOPTERUS oOLIvasceNs, Pl. XVIII, Figs. 2, 2a, 9.

A. olivascens, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 692.

- Three males and two females from forest near Silcuri, llth to 29th

July.

207. ASTICTOPTERUS SALSALA.

Nisoniades salsala, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 786.

Thirty-five examples of both sexes in forests in and around Silcuri

from 25th May to 6th August.

208. KERANA DIOCLES.

Nisoniades diocles, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 787.

Thirteen males and two females in Silcuri and surrounding forests,

20th June to 12th August.

209. MATAPA ARIA.

Ismene aria, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 784.

Twenty-four males and females, 25th May to 8th August, in and

around Silcuri.

210. GANGARA THYRSIS.

Papilio thyrsis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 532, n. 8383 (1775).

Two males and one female, Silcuri and around, lst and 23rd June

and 12th August.

211. Baoris oceta.

Hesperia oceia, Hewitson, Desc. Hesp., p. 31, n. 22 (1868).

Twenty-eight examples of both sexes in forests around Sileuri,

25th May to 22nd June. Messrs. Moore and Distant have both de-

scribed species under the name of Baoris unicolor: Mr. Moore’s species

is considered by us to be conspecific with the B. oceia of Hewitson; Mr.

Distant’s species not possessing the tuft of hairs on the hindwing in the

male, and hence probably belonging to another genus from our point of

view.

382 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous _[No. 4,

212. PARNARA NAROOA.

Hesperia narooa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 687, pl. xlv, fig. 4.

Seven males and four females in and around Silcuri, 26th May to

21st June.

213. PARNARA AUSTENT.

Baoris austeni, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 533.

Hight males and two females, Silcuri and around, Ist June to 8th

August, one of which has been identified by Mr. Moore.

214. Parnara ornata, Pl. XVIII, Figs. 7, 7a,

Hesperia ornata, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. iii, p. 515, n. 900, pl. Ixxii,

fig. 6 (1867).

One male, Doarband, 23rd May, appears to agree with Felder’s

figure and description of this species from Java.

215. PARNARA ASSAMENSIS.

PMV ITL Hies..o, 0a, 3 Plo RWS, Pigs. 7,405 es

6,9. Upprrsing, both wings rich dark vandyke-brown prominently

marked with semi-transparent white lustrous spots, with the base of

the interno-median and the basal three-fourths of the inner margin of

the forewing, and the posterior or inner half of the hindwing from the

base nearly to the outer margin along the veins, clothed with olive-

brown sete. Forewing with ten spots in the male and eleven in the

female, viz..—two oblong at the end of the cell, disjunct in the male,

but connected at their inner and opposite ends in the female, three

subapical, and five discal in the male, but six in the female, forming an

oblique series extending from the submedian nervure to the hinder dis-

coidal nervule in the male, but to the subcostal (or front discoidal) in the

female ; of which spots the first is subtriangular, touches the submedian

nervure, and is subequal to the fourth ; the second, in the same inter-

space with the first, is equal to the first subapical, and lis close to, but

does not touch, the first median nervule ; the third, the largest of all,

is equal to, or rather larger than, the first and fourth put together, and

acute-angled at its outer end; the fourth is rhomboidal; the fifth

rather larger than the second; and the sixth, present in the female

only, is shaped somewhat like one of the strokes of a section-sign ($).

Hindwing with a small oval discal spot sometimes accompanied by a

very minute dot in front of the third median nervule. UNDERSIDE,

forewing marked as above, but with the hindermost spot touching

the submedian nervure outwardly diffused. Hindwing covered with

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 383

minute olive-brown scales, and lighter internal to a straight line drawn

obliquely across the interno-median area from the apex of the third

median nervule to the base of the submedian nervure, with a prominent

white lustrous dot near the anterior end of the cell and a curved

discal series of four white lustrous spots, of which the third from the

inner margin is by far the largest, transparent, visible on the upperside,

and may or may not be accompanied by a minute dot, which may or

may not be transparent and visible from above. Body clothed above

with olive-green scales and sete, lighter below. Palpi mixed luteous

and olive-green. Antenne black, broadly half-ringed below before the

club with white, with their taper tips ashy.

EXPANSE: ¢, 2°23; 9, 2°3 to 2:4 inches.

One male in forest near Silcuri on llth July, from which the

figure is taken. It occurs also in Sibsagar (S. H. Peal), at Shillong,

and in Sikkim, where it is quite a common species at low elevations ;

the figure of the female has been taken from a Shillong specimen. A

preliminary description of this species appeared in the Journ. A. S. B.,

vol. li, pt. 2, p. 65, n. 202 (1882). P. assamensis is the largest species

of the genus known to us.

216. PARNARA BADA.

Hesperia bada, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 688.

Seven males and eleven females in and around Silcuri from 25th

May to 5th August.

217. PaRNAaRA COLACA.

Hesperia colaca, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, p. 594, pl. lviii, fig. 7.

Many examples of both sexes in and around Silcuri from 380th May

to 13th June, which agree with specimens from the Andamans of this

somewhat variable species.

918. PARNARA TOONA.

Hesperia toona, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 689.

One hundred and twenty specimens at and around Silcuri from

25th May to 12th August.

@ (Hitherto undescribed). Rather larger and less richly-coloured

than the male, with the large discal semi-transparent lustrous spot in the

first median interspace of the forewing shorter, emarginate, and not

extending to the base of the interspace. One example has only the

three posterior of the spots of the underside of the hindwing—and

384 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous _[No. 4,

those much reduced in size—instead of five, but four are visible on

the upperside.

219, Parnara ELTOLA, Pl. XVIII, Figs. 6, 6a, g.

Hesperia eltola, Hewitson, Ex. Butt., vol. iv, Hesperia pl. iv, fig. 40 (1869).

One male, Nemotha, 25th September.

220. CHAPRA SUBOCHRACEA.

Pamphila subochracea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 691.

One female, Silcuri, 8th June.

221. CHAPRA AGNA.

Hesperia agna, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 791.

Five males and three females in and around Silcuri, 28th May to

25th June.

222. CHAPRA MATHIAS.

Hesperia mathias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 433, n. 289-90 (1798).

One male and three females in and around Silcuri, 28th May to 9th

June. The specific distinctness of this and the two preceding species

is in our opinion extremely doubtful.

223. TELICOTA BAMBUSH.

Pamphila bambuse@, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 691, pl. xlv, figs. 11,

male ; 12, female.

Over one hundred examples of both sexes taken throughout the

season.

224. Tunicora auaias, Pl. XVII, Fig. 1, ¢.

Papilio augias, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 794, n. 257 (1767).

One male, Silcuri, 30st June, two females, Silcuri, 3rd and 21st

June. This species may be known from the preceding much commoner

one by the golden colouration of the upperside of the forewing extend-

ing along the veins to the outer margin, and being throughout paler.

225. PADRAONA PALMARUM.

Pamphila palmarum, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 690, pl. xlv, figs. 6,

male ; 7, female.

Five males and four females in Silcuri and surrounding forests,

28th April to 22nd June.

Se a ee)

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 385

226. PADRAONA GOLA.

Pamphila gola, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soo. Lond., 1877, p. 594, pl. Iviii, fig. 9,

male.

Thirty-seven examples of both sexes in and around Silcuri between

25th May and 5th August.

227. PADRAONA P DARA.

Hesperia dara, Kollar, in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 2, p. 455, n. 4 (1848).

Five males and four females, Silcuri from 25th May to 8rd June.

228. PADRAONA, sp.

Three females, 29th and 3lst May and Ist June at Silcuri. One

of these specimens was sent for identification to Mr. Moore, who returned

it labelled ‘“? P. mesa,” a species already (P. Z. 8S. 1882, p. 262) sunk

_ by himself as a synonym of P. dara. Our specimens differ from the

- same sex of the latter species, as identified by us, in having all the mark-

ings considerably larger, clearer, and of a paler shade of golden, differing

in these respects also from Mr. Moore’s figure of his P. mesa (P. Z. 8.

Peeo, pp. 000, n.x118, pl. xxx, fig. 9).

229. AMPITTIA MARO.

Hesperia maro, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 482, n. 242-3 (1798).

Seven males, Silcuri and around from 15th June to 10th August.

230. TaRAcTROCERA mMzviIUS, Pl. XVII, Fig. 2, 9.

Hesperia mevius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 352, n. 338 (1793).

Thirteen examples of both sexes, Silcuri, 29th May to 17th June.

Té is not known by us how IT. sagara, Moore (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

1865, p. 792) differs from this species. No mention of 7. mevius igs

made by Mr. Moore in describing 7’. sagara.

231. Hare sixxima, Pl. XVII, Fig. 8, g.

H. sikkima, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1882, p. 407.

Three males, Irangmara and Dhurmkhal, 9th and 10th August.

232. IsoTEINON MICROSTICTUM, n. sp., Pl. XVII, Figs. 3, g ; 3a, g.

é. Uppursipn, both wings dark vandyke-brown, suffused with

purple, especially on the costal and outer margins and the veins; the cilia

ochreous-grey. Forewing with five small semi-transparent white lustroug

spots, two (the first of which is very minute) before the apex, and three

discal, one geminated in the cell consisting of an anterior outwardly-

386 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

convex thin crescentic and a posterior triangular portion, another about

the same size behind and a little external to this between the first and

second median nervules subcrescentic in shape with its convexity

turned towards the base, and a third squarish external to and in front

of, and rather less than half the size of, this again between the second

and third median nervules. Unpsrsipz, forewing lighter than above,

the translucent spots as on the upperside ; with an indistinct submarginal

band of spots darker than the ground; a dark anteciliary line; the

cilia obsoletely intersected at the veins with dark; and an indistinct

whity-brown spot touching the first median nervule and the satiny

patch extending from the base nearly to the outer angle and from the

interno-median fold to the inner margin of the wing, which bears a

conspicuous fringe of slute-grey sete in part projecting straight back-

wards and outwards from the edge and in part turned up so as to

he spread out fan-wise over the satiny-ashy patch. Hindwing darker

and more suffused with purple than the forewing, with a dark anteciliary

line, but even less distinctly intersected cilia ; with some dark mottling

indistinctly arranged in three bands, one subbasal and two closer

together discal or submarginal, and with an indistinct dot between the

costal and subcostal nervures, another near the end of the cell, on one

side only in one specimen and on both sides in the other, a third

between the second and third median nervules in one specimen, and a

fourth between the first and second in the other, all ochreous- white.

@. Uppersipr, both wings much lighter than in the male. Jore-

wing with the spots much larger and more numerous, there being an

additional subapical one, a very minute dot just in front of the third

median nervule, both semi-transparent, and a third opaque yellow one

(present in one male) touching the submedian nervure in front, and the

third discal spot being quadrate with the inner and outer ends roundly

emarginate. UNpbersipe, both wings with the dark markings more

distinct than in the male. Jorewing devoid of the ashy patch and fringe

of setz seen in the opposite sex. Hindwing with two dots behind the

costal nervure instead of.one, one in the cell, and another between the

second and third median nervules on one side only so minute as to be

scarcely discernible.

Expanse: g, 1:4; 9, 1:5 inches.

Allied to I. flavipennis, de Nicéville (Journ. A. S. B., vol. liv,

pt. 2, p. 122, pl. 1, fig. 4, g (1885), but differs in markings, and notably

in the colour of the ground of the underside, which is pale vandyke-

brown in I. microstictwm and ferruginous-ochreous in I. flavipennis.

Two males, Silcuri, 25th and 26th May, one female, Silcuri, 28th

May.

— + Pe

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 387

PITHAURIOPSIS, gen. nov.

Mauze.—Closely allied to Pithauria, Moore, but differing, in the

forewing, in the distance between the origins of the second and third

median nervules being greater, instead of less, than that between those

of the first and second, in the submedian nervure being strongly sinuated

where it comes into relation with, and the internal area expanded

opposite to, a prominent bilobed discal glandular organ, extending from

the root of the first median nervule for a short distance into the inter-

nal area, and consisting of two unequal slight depressions of the wing-

membrane, separated from one another by the interno-median fold, and

converted by over-arching stiff modified scales into pouches, which are

filled with a soft and fine and adhesive brown woolly substance: and,

in the hindwing, in the“first subcostal nervule being at its origin strongly

arched towards the costal, and the base of the second slightly bowed

into the cell and more acutely angled at its junction with the disco-

cellular nervule, in the subcostal, in fact, with its branches -having the

shape rather of a tuning-fork than of the letter Y ; discoidal nervule

absent, and only one disco-cellular consequently present, as in Pithawria.

The male genital somites and appendages, though at first sight

appearing very different, yet when carefully examined are seen to be built

on the same plan and to differ in characters of specific value only from

those of Pithauria.

FEMALE unknown.

233. PITHAURIOPSIS AITCHISON, n. sp., Pl. XV, Fig. 4, ¢.

3. Upprrsipr, both wings rich bronzy-brown. Forewing with a

basal streak on the costa, another in the cell, one in the submedian, and

a fourth, the longest of all, filling the interno-median interspace, all

composed of long yellowish-olivaceous hair-like scales ; two oblong spots

placed obliquely at the end of the cell, the anterior one the further from the

base of the wing ; two subcostal spots, the anterior one a mere dot; an oval

or heart-shaped spot in the second median interspace; and a romboidal one

in the space behind ; all semi-transparent ochreous. Hindwing with all

but the costal and outer margins clothed with very long yellowish oli-

vaceous hairs. UNDERSIDE, forewing blackish, with the costal and apical half

of the wing yellowish-brown. The spots as above save that those in the cell

are conjoined into an ill-shaped figure of 8, and that there is a submarginal

series of yellowish dots from the first median nervule to the costa. Hind-

wing with a minute yellow spot in the subcostal interspace, two larger

ones (the anterior the larger) in the median interspaces, a submarginal

series of small obscure yellowish spots, the two of which in the submedian

interspace are large and prominent, and a yellow streak on the abdominal

388 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous _[No. 4,

margin. Cvzlia cinereous on the hindwing and at the anal angle of the

forewing, in front of which point they are dark brown.

EXxpanse: 1°8 inches.

Two males, Irangmara, 6th and 29th July. This species agrees in

markings almost exactly with the male of Pithauria murdava, Moore,

but the large and curiously-formed sexual brand in the male will at once

distinguish it.

234, PITHAURIA STRAMINEIPENNIS, n. sp., Pl. XV, Fig. 5, ¢.

&. Upprrsipe, both wings marked precisely as in P. murdava,

Moore, but all the sete on the base of the wings clear whity-brown with

a touch of yellow on all those in front of the submedian nervure of the

forewing, those on the interno-median area of this wing being concolor-

ous with the whity-brown down of the hindwing, the costal area of which

is above more or less extensively pale brown. In P. murdava, the sete: in

the hindwing are yellowish-olivaceous, all those of the forewing distinctly

yellower; and the costal area of the hindwing is dark. All the spots

and streaks of both sides are no less variable in P. straminetpennis than

they are in P. murdava, so we have not attempted to describe them.

¢. Differs from male in being larger, in the wings being paler,

with the scanty setulose clothing at their bases greyish-fuscous paler

than the ground in the hindwing, and in the spots of the forewing

being larger, paler, and more angular; agrees therewith in the costal

area of the hindwing being pale brown above.

Has.— ¢@, Sikkim, Bhutan, Upper Assam, and Cachar; ?, Sikkim.

Expanse: 6, 1°8 to 2:0; 2, 2:1 inches.

We have long known of the existence of two species of the genus

Pithauria occurring in almost equal profusion in Sikkim and Bhutan,

and we recently sent a male specimen of each to Mr. Moore to be named

in order that we might know for certain to which the term murdava

ought properly to be applied. Mr. Moore returned the dark one (which

agrees with his figure in the Proc. Zvol. Soc. Lond., 1878, pl. xlv, fig. 13)

labelled “ P. murdava, &”’, and the light one, our P. stramineipennis,

“P. murdava, ¢.”’ In describing P. murdava, he does not give the

sex of the typical specimen, but his description, like his figure, applies

best to the dark form. Mr, Distant appears to have fallen into the

same error as Mr. Moore, correctly figuring as the male that which

we have all along taken as the male of P. murdava, but describing the

present species as its female.* We possess two specimens of the female

of P. murdava, which differ from the single one of P. straminetpennis,

* Pithauria murdava, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 378, n. 1, male and female

pl. xxxv, fig. 9, male (1886).

eee ee ee

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 389

in having the darker wings richly purple-glossed, with the very scanty

setulose clothing of their bases conforming in colour to that of the male,

and in the costal area of the hindwing being concolorous with the rest

of the organ, as in the male.

Expanse, 2°0 and 2°1 inches.

In our figure the downy clothing of the upperside of the wings at the

base is not represented of a sufficiently light and bright shade; it is in

reality of a clear bright whity-brown or straw-colour, which, being con-

spicuously contrasted with the dark margins, renders P. stramineipennis

most readily distinguishable from P. murdava, in which the downy

clothing is, as has already been stated, yellowish-olivaceous.

The genital armature, which has been carefully examined in several

Specimens of each species, though identical in general plan, yet differs

greatly in detail in the two.

Some hundreds of specimens of each species have passed through

our hands.

Two males, Silcuri and Irangmara, 30th June and I1th July.

235. ‘THANAOS P OBSOLETA.

T. obsoleta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 694.

One battered specimen only three-fourths of an inch in expanse

at Silcuri, 21st June, and another in equally bad condition at Subong,

26th August.

236. HYAROTIS ADRASTUS.

Papitio adrastus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, pl. cccxix, figs. F, G (1780).

Thirty-nine examples of both sexes in forests around Silcuri, 25th

May to 26th August.

ear. Tactapes Arricus, Pl. XVII, Pic: 10, 9,

Hesperia atticus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. i, p. 339, n. 288 (1793).

One female, Subong, 29th August.

238. TaaiapEs osscurus, Pl. XVII, Fig. 9, 9.

T. obscurrus, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, fifth series, vol. vi, p. 274, n. 22

(1876).

One female, Silcuri, 29th May, agrees with examples so named by

Mr. Moore.

239. 'TAGIADES RAVI.

Pterygospidea ravi, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 779.

Twenty-one males and females in and around Silcuri, 25th May

to 6th August.

390 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

240. Sararupa PuisaRa, Pl. XVII, Fig. 4, 3.

8. phisara, Moore, Journ. A. 8S. B., vol. liii, pt. 2, p. 50 (1884) ; Satarwpa bhagava ?

de Nicéville, Journ. A.S. B., vol. lii, pt. 2, p. 90, n. 39, part (1883).

3. Upprrsipr, both wings dark sooty-black, the cilia cinereous.

Forewing with eight semitransparent spots and dots, five dots forming an

S-shaped subapical series, a slightly transversely elongated spot near the

posterior angle of the cell, a second about the same size but squarer below

and beyond this near the base of the second median interspace, and a

third more than four times the size of the other two taken together,

notched at both ends, and placed about the middle of the length of the

wing in the first median interspace. Hindwing with a narrow and indis-

tinct submarginal band lighter than the ground, which is coarsely

mottled between it and a broadish whity-brown subbasal band with

irregular margins that extends from the middle of the costal only to the

internal nervure. Head and thorax with their appendages coloured

much as in S. bhagava, Moore; but the abdomen is black above, with

the segments edged posteriorly with scales concolorous with the alar

band, whereas in 8. bhagava the subbasal band extends right to the

abdominal margin of the wings and crosses the abdomen, of which it

covers two complete segments. UNDERSIDE, both wings marked as above.

Since the above was written this species has been described by

Mr. Moore, to. whom a Sikkim specimen had been sent by de Nicévyille

for comparison.

One male, Irangmara, 29th July.

241. SARANGESA DASAHARA.

Nisoniades dasahara, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 787.

Five males, Silcuri and Silchar, 3rd April to 26th May.

242. UDASPES FOLUS.

Papilio folus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. xxiv, fig. F (1775).

Twenty-two specimens of both sexes, Silcuri and around, 6th

April to 6th August.

243. PLESIONEURA ALYSOS.

P. alysos, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 789.

Six males, Irangmara, 8th to 28th July.

244. PLESIONEURA RESTRICTA, Pl. XVII, Fig. 5, g.

P. restricta, Moore, Lep. Cey., vol. i, p. 178 (1881).

One male, Silcuri, 16th, and another Sildubi, 28th June.

)

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 391

245. PLESIONEURA MONTEITHI, n. sp., Pl. XVIII, Figs. 3, 3a, 9.

¢. Uppersipn, both wings rich dark brown with a vinous tinge

in some lights. Forewing with a semi-transparent white lustrous disca

band of four completely-conjugated spots, the first large and oblong

at the end of the cell; the second posterior and external to it at the

base of the interspace between the second and third median nervules,

and consequently wedge-shaped ; the third conterminous with the first

and second, forming an oblong figure whose opposite angles are sub-

equal, and placed in the interspace between the first and second median

nervules; and the fourth subpentagonal, double the size of the second,

and half the size of the first and third, but not extending for more than

two-thirds of the distance across the submedian area in which it is

placed. Hindwing unmarked. Unpersip8, forewing marked as above, but

with the three subcostal streaks which connect the band with the costa

much more distinct than above, where they are all but imperceptible ; the

lowest spot of the discal band much larger, reaching the submedian

nervure, and outwardly diffused. Cuzlia concolorous with the wings.

Hxpanse: 1-7 inches.

Two females, Irangmara, 8th and 18th July. Closely allied to

P. feisthamelit, Boisduval, from the Moluccas.

946. COLADENIA ANDAMANICA.

Plesioneura dan, var. andamanica, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Journ. A. §,

B., vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 257, n. 118 (1881).

One specimen in forest near Sileuri, 8th August, which agrees best

with this species, but differs in the discal golden band on the upperside of

the forewing being slightly broader and the yellow spots on the underside

of the hindwing obsolete. It agrees with the P. dhanada of Moore (Proe.

Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 789, from Masuri in the Western Himalayas) in

the golden band not nearly reaching the anal angle of the forewing on the

upperside (thereby differing from P. (Kerana apud Distant) aurivittata,

Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 843, pl. li, fig. 2), departing

from it in having the cilia cinereous throughout.

247. COLADENIA DAN.

Papilio dan, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 88, n. 798 (1787).

Eleven specimens of both sexes from 22nd to 30th May.

248. ABARATHA SURA.

Achlyodes swra, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 786.

Two males, Irangmara, 21st July and 2nd August.

392 Wood-Mason & de Nicéville—On the Rhopalocerous [No. 4,

We take this opportunity to give a more complete description of,

and to figure twice the natural size from a Sikkim example, the striking

little hesperid :— .

249. CrcLopipEs susviTtatus, Pl. XVII, Figs. 6, 6a, ¢.

CO. subvittatus, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 692.

3,9. Upprrstpr, both wings iridescent vandyke-brown. Forewing

with one, two, three, four, or five very small pure and bright chrome-

yellow streaks divided by the veins placed obliquely beyond the

end of the cell; or even immaculate; and with all the cilia lighter

yellow than the spots when present, and broadly intersected with brown

opposite to the ends of the veins. Unpsrrsipr, both wings and the

bases of the cilia throughout rich vandyke-brown, darker than above,

and veined and margined with rich chrome-yellow. Forewing with the

costal margin to a little beyond its middle, the costal and subcostal

nervures and nervules to the costal and outer margins, and the extremity

of the third median nervule veined, and the outer margin bordered,

with chrome-yellow, so that the wing may be described as being increas-

ingly bordered from the base to the apex, and decreasingly from the

apex to the submedian nervure with yellow streaked with dark brown.

Hindwing yellow-bordered, with the yellow veins broadly edged on both

sides with yellow. Antenne dark brown, ringed and tipped with

chrome-yellow. Head, thorax, and abdomen above dark vandyke-brown,

below yellow.

HxpansE: ‘90 to ‘95 inches.

Has.—Sikkim, where it is not uncommon at low elevations; Bhutan ;

and Salween, Moulmein, whence the type specimens were received.

The great variation in the number of the small chrome-yellow

Spots on the upperside of the forewing presented by our specimens

from Sikkim and Bhutan suggests at least the suspicion that the (0.

subradiatus of Moore (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 693) from the

Khasia Hills is not specifically distinct from the C. subvittatus of the

same writer.

EXPLANATIONS OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XV.

Fig.1. Enispe euthymius, Doubleday, dg.

Fig. 2. Papilio nevilli, W.-M., od.

Fig. 2a. W.-M., o. .

Fig. 3. Lehera skinneri, W.-M. and de N., 9.

Fig. 4. Pithawriopsis aitchisoni, W.-M. and deN., ¢.

1886. ] Lepidoptera of Cachar. 393

Fig. 5. Pithauria stramineipennis, W.-M. and deN., 6.

Fig.6. Catapecilma elegans, Druce, 2.

PLATE XVI.

Fig.1. Mycalesis suaveolens, W.-M. and de N., dg.

Fig. 2. LHrites falcupennis, W.-M. and deN., g.

Fig. 3. Euthalia jama, Felder, ?.

Fig. 4. = Felder, ¢.

Fig. 5. —jahnu, Moore, 9.

Fig.6. Athyma zeroca, Moore, g.

Pratt XVII.

Fig. Telicota augias, Linneeus, gf.

Fig. 2. Taractrocera mevius, Fabricius, 2.

3. Isoteinon microstictum, W.-M. and deN., ¢.

Fig. 3a. - — W.-M. and deN., 9.

Fig. 4. Satarwpa phisara, Moore, ¢.

Fig. 5. Plesionewra restricta, Moore, ¢.

Fig. 6. Cyclopides subvittatus, Moore, g, x 2.

Moore, g, x 2.

Fig. 7. Parnara assamensis, W.-M. and de N., 9.

Fig. 7a. W.-M. and de N., 9.

Fig. 8. Halpe sikkima, Moore, @.

Fig.9. Tagiades obscurus, Mabille, 9.

Fig. 10. -— atticus, Fabricius, 9.

Fig. 11. Nacaduba celestis, de N., g.

- viola, Moore, @.

Fig. 13. -———macrophthalma, Felder, ¢.

PuatTe XVIII.

Fig.1. Astictopterus subfasciatus, Moore, ¢.

Fig. la - - Moore, ¢.

hig. 2. ———- olwascens, Moore, @.

Fig. 2a — ~ Moore, ?.

Fig. 3. Plesioneuwra monteithi, W.-M. and de N., ¢.

————-- W.-M. and de N., @.

Fig. 4. Baracus septentrionwm, W.-M. and de N., ¢.

Fig. 4a. ———- ———--———— W.-M. and de N., ¢@.

Fig. 5. Parnara assamensis, W.-M. and deN., ¢.

Fig. 5a - W.-M. anddeN., ¢.

Fig. 6 — eltola, Hewitson, ¢.

Fig. 6a. ———- ——-- Hewitson, ¢.

Fig. 7 - ornata, Felder, @.

Fig. 7a ae Felder, g.

Fig. 8. Hasora coulteri, W.-M. and deN., ¢.

— W.-M. and deN., 9.

wig.8b. +——-——— W.-M. anddeN., 9.

394 G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. . [No. 4,

XX.—On some New Species of Ficus from New Guinea.—By Goren

Kine, M. B., LL. D., F. L.S., Superintendent, Royal Botanic Garden,

Calcutta.

[Received 31st December, 1886 ;—Read 5th January, 1887.]

Having been for some time engaged in the study of the Indo-

Malayan species of Ficus, I have, in another place, suggested a new

arrangement of the subordinate groups of which the genus is composed.

Before proceeding to describe the new species from New Guinea which

have recently come into my hands, it will be necessary to give a short

outline of this new arrangement and of its morphological basis.

The flowers of the genus Ficus are collected in a hollow fleshy axis

which forms a kind of flask, on the inner surface of which a number

of flowers are arranged. The flowers at the bottom of the flask come

to maturity first, those near its mouth being younger in point of deve-

lopment. - These flower-bearing axes are called ‘ Figs’ or ‘ Receptacles.’

They vary in colour, form, size, and in the situation which they occupy

on the plant. The hollow receptacle has walls of more or less fleshy

texture, and its mouth is occupied by rows of bracts which, in the

majority of cases, so interlock as practically to close it. The lower of

these bracts often bend downwards into the cavity of the receptacle,

curving round the upper flowers; the middle bracts are more or less

horizontal in direction; while those towards the upper or outer part of

the mouth project therefrom, so as to be visible externally and to form

a more or less prominent apical umbilicus. In a few. species, the mouth

is surrounded externally by a more or less clearly defined annulus

formed of coalesced bracts. So much for the receptacle. I may he

permitted to quote the following description of the flowers contained

in it from my forthcoming monograph on the Indo-Malayan and Chinese

species of the genus, and from a paper sent to the Linnean Society of

London.

“The flowers, which are mostly unisexual, are situated on the inner

walls of the receptacle. They may be either sessile or pedicillate. In

some species they are separated from each other by scales or bracteoles,

and in others by hairs, both of which appendages appear to be analogous

to the palee that are found on the receptacles of many Composite. In

other species the flowers le close together, unseparated by any inter-

vening appendages. Five kinds of flowers are found in the genus, viz.,

male, pseudo-hermaphrodite, neuter, fertile female, and gall flowers.

The structure of each of these is very simple. The male flowers consist

of a perianth of from three to five pieces, which, although sometimes

1886. ] G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. 395

united, are usually free. The perianth sometimes hardly covers the

_stamen or stamens; in other cases it is large, inflated, and completely

envelopes the stamen. In some species the pieces of the perianth are

thin and colourless, and not unfrequently hyaline; in others they are of

a red or dark-brown colour and opaque. In quite half the Indo-Malayan

species there is only a single stamen; in very many there are only two;

while in only a few are there so many as three. In shape the anthers

are for the most part ovate or elliptic, although some are very broad and

almost rotund ; they are always 2-celled and have sutural dehiscence.

Some are sessile or nearly so, and in very few is the filament long.

The attachment of the anther to the filament is innate in most species ; in

a few, however, itis adnate. In species with two stamens the filaments

are often united for the whole or part of their length, leaving the anthers,

however, free.

“ Pseudo-hermaphrodite flowers occur in only a few species. Such

flowers have a perianth like the male flowers, but along with the single

stamen there is present in them a pistil with completely formed style

and ovary. I have, however, never found one of these ovaries to contain

a seed, but I have not unfrequently found one containing a larva.

“ Neuter flowers are found only in the few species forming the

section Synoecia. They are long-pedicillate, have a 3-leaved perianth, and

are without any trace of either anther or pistil.

*‘ Fertile female flowers have a perianth not very different from that

of the males, but cousisting in many cases of more pieces, and being

more often gamophyllous. In the case where the pieces of the perianth

are free, the individual pieces are sometimes rather easily detached, and

are very apt to be confounded with the bracteoles of the receptacles in

species where the latter exist. The perianth is usually much smaller

than the mature achene, and covers the latter very incompletely or not

all. In some cases where the perianth is gamophyllous it forms a small

cup, which surrounds only the base of the ovary or its pedicel. It was

in some such cases, where the perianth is hyaline, that Miquel was led

to believe that none existed ; and hence his statement about the perianth

being absent in Covellia. The pistil may be sessile, but itis very often

pedicillate ; the ovary is more or less ovoid or obovoid, with a tendency

to be emarginate on the side at which the style it attached. It contains

a single pendulous ovule. The style is filiform, and is in most cases

distinctly lateral or sub-terminal ; it rarely springs from the apex of the

ovary. In length the style usually greatly exceeds the ovary: it is

usually smooth, but in afew species itis hairy. The stigma, which is

papillose, varies in shape, being cylindric, clavate, peltate, or infundibuli-

form ; and in a few cases it is flat. In many species it is obliquely

396 G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. [No. 4,

truncate, and in not a few bicrural. It is, however, often very difficult

to determine the exact form of the stigma, from the fact that at an

early stage the stigmas of the fertile female flowers of the same recep-

tacles are joined together in a dense felted mass, from which it is nearly

impossible to detach any individual ina state of entirety. After ferti-

lisation, the ovary becomes developed into an achene which tends to be

unilaterally emarginate (many achenes are very distinctly reniform),

and the style becomes more lateral, or even basal. The ripe achene has

a crustaceous pericarp of a pale yellow colour and with a more or less

minutely tubereulate or undulate surface. Hxternal to the crustaceous

coat, there is occasionally a glairy or viscid layer. The pericarp is never

very thick, and sometimes it is conspicuously thin. On cutting the

achene open the embryo is seen with a small amount of albumen. [f

have not, however, paid much attention to the relation of the albumen

to the embryo. Nota few of the perfect female flowers fail to be ferti-

lised. But the fact of the barrenness of such is not recognisable until

the achene has been cut open, and they are found to contain no embryo.

ixternally these infertile achenes exactly resemble those containing

embryos.

‘“‘ Besides the above four kinds of flowers, there occur, in all the

species of Hicus which I have examined, a set of flowers which, adopting

the name given to them by Count Solms-Laubach, I call gall flowers.

My own name for these was originally insect-attacked females; but

Count Solms-Laubach’s name being much shorter and more suitable, I

have adopted it. The existence of these gall flowers, as a separate and

distinct kind of flower in this genus, was first made publicly known by

the distinguished botanist just mentioned, in Botanische Zeitung, Nos. 33

to 36 for 1885. My own observations and inquiries on Ficus have been

in progress since 1878, but on account of my unwillingness to publish

anything until I had completed my research, I have been anticipated in

the publication of the facts about gall flowers. The gall flowers in

many respects resemble the fertile female flowers: they have in most

cases a similar perianth, an ovary, anda style. When fully developed,

they are recognised at a glance by their containing the larva of an insect,

which can often be seen through the pericarp of the false achene into

which the ovary develops. But whether the larva be visible or not, or

whether it be present or not, the false achene of the gall flower may, in

its later stages, be distinguished from the true achene of the fertilised

ovary of the perfect or fertile female flower by being more often pedi-

cillate, and by its shape being usually globular and rarely elliptic or

reniform; by its surface being smooth, not minutely tubercular or

undulate, and never viscid or glairy ; and frequently also by the tense,

Vea ve ooh eS eee”

1886. ] G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. 397

distended appearance of tough membranous wall (false pericarp). The

style is, as a rule, much shorter and straighter than the style of the

. fertile female flower, and more terminal; and it has very frequently a

dilated tubular apex which occupies the situation of the true stigma, but

has often little or none of the viscid parenchyma characteristic of that

organ. These peculiarities in the nature of the stigma and the shortness

of the style are apparent in the gall flowers of many species from a very

early stage. They are not consequences of the deposit of the egg of

an insect in the ovary, but, as Count Solms-Laubach points out (Bot.

Zeitung, \.c.), such original peculiarities in the style and stigma of

the gall flower may rather determine the selection of it by the insect

as the nidus for its egg; for in many of the species of Blastophaga and

of some other Hymenopterous genera which visit figs, the ovi-positors

are not long enough to reach down the longer and more curved styles

of the perfect female flowers. There are, however, many species of

Ficus (more especially in the group Urostigma) in which the gall and

fertile female flowers are not characterised by any marked differences

in the form of style and stigma, and it is only by cutting the ovaries

open that the two can be distinguished.

“Now there is probably nothing in itself very remarkable in the

mere occurrence in the genus of numerous flowers having the general

form of females, which yet, by reason of certain peculiarities in their

structure, are incapable of fertilisation by pollen and are practically

barren, while at the same time their very structural defects fit them for

becoming the nidus for the eggs of special insects. But when the

manner in which these malformed female flowers are disposed in the

receptacles is inquired into, it becomes clear that, through the interposi-

tion of insects, these malformed females play a most important part in

the life-history of many species of the genus. Inall the species, except

those included in the section Urostigma, the gall flowers occupy the

same receptacles as the males, while the fertile female flowers occupy

different receptacles. In other words, the majority of the species have

two distinct sets of receptacles—one set containing male and gall flowers,

but no fertile female flowers, and another set containing only fertile

female flowers without any trace of either male or gall flowers. The

proportion of males to gall flowers in receptacles of the former kind

varies. In all (excepting the Urostigmas just mentioned) it is the rule

to find the males confined to a zone of greater or less width at the apex

of the receptacle just under the scales which close its mouth. Somes

times this zone is very narrow indeed, and consists of only a single row

of male flowers, and that row not always a complete one; the remain-

ing part of the interior of the receptacle being occupied by gall flowers.

398 G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. [No. 4,

In by far the majority of cases these two kinds of receptacles, so physi-

ologically distinct, are undistinguishable by external characters, and

they are both borne by the same individual plant. They look exactly

alike until one cuts them open and examines their contents. The most

notorious of the few exceptions to this rule is the common eatable fig

(Ficus Carica), in which species the male and gall flowers occupy elon-

gated receptacles borne on one set of individual trees, while the fertile

female flowers occupy more or less globular receptacles which are borne

by a different set of trees. So different in appearance are the two kinds

of receptacles in F’. Carica, that the trees bearing them (although they

have similar leaves) have almost from time immemorial been considered

distinct species, known by distinct names—the former being called the

Caprifig, the latter the Fig.

“In the majority of the gall flowers an insect deposits an egg, and

many of them contain a larva which is easily seen through the coats

of the false achene. The larva escapes into the cavity of the receptacle

by cutting its way through those coats, and the fully developed winged

insects are often to be found in considerable numbers in the cavity of

the fig, the opening by which each escaped from the ovary in which it

was developed being clearly visible. The perfect insects escape from

the cavity of the receptacle into the open air by perforating a passage

through the scales that close the mouth of the latter. The egg of the

insect must in most cases be deposited in the ovary of the gall flower at

a very early period ; for, about the time at which the pupa is escaping

from the ovary, the pollen of the anthers of the male flowers is only

beginning to be shed. It is quite clear therefore that the synchronism

of the two events—the escape of the insect and the maturity of the

pollen—is an arrangement of much physiological significance. In the

species of Ficus in which the arrangement just described obtains (and

these are by far the majority), the perfect female flowers are contained

in receptacles which are consecrated to themselves alone. In these

receptacles the flowers are all perfect females. ‘There is not a trace of

a male or of a gall flower. These receptacles in many species are per-

fectly closed from a very early stage, and yet, in the majority of cases,

every one of the ovaries of the females they enclose contains, when

mature, a perfect embryo. The exact way in which these females are

pollenised is a matter on which I cannot pretend to throw any light.

I can only state the problem. The males are shut up from an early age

with a number of females, the structure of whose organs is unfavour-

able to pollenisation. No pollen is produced by the males that are shut

up with these females until all possibility of their becoming fertile

with pollen has been precluded by the deposit within each of their

1886. ] G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. 399

ovarial cavities of the egg of an insect. On the other hand, a number

of perfectly formed females, all well adapted for the reception of pollen,

are shut up together in a receptacle which contains neither male nor gall

flowers, and to which it must from a very early stage be very difficult for

pollen-bearing insects to get access. Yet each of the females situated

in such apparently disadvantageous circumstances bears a well-formed

embryo. No doubtthe Blastophaga or other Hymenopterous insect deve-

loped in the gall flowers, in some way, conveys the pollen of the males to

the perfect females imprisoned in the neighbouring receptacles. But al-

though one can understand that it is to the advantage of the insect to

enter the receptacle containing the gall flowers, since these afford it

such a suitable nidus for its egg, and that the mature insect in escaping

from these receptacles may, inadvertently carry along with it some of

the pollen which the anthers are then shedding, yet it is difficult to under-

stand how the pollen so removed is conveyed into the interior of the

receptacle containing the perfect female flowers, and how these females

are so universally fertilised by it.

“This arrangement, by which the receptacles are practically dia-

cious, obtains, as I have said, in a large proportion of the species of

Ficus. There is, however, a group of species (Urostigma) in which it

does not obtain, and in which male, fertile female, and gall flowers are

contained in the same receptacle. In this group the difference in struc-

ture in the early stages between gall and fertile female flowers is very

slight, and in some cases I could find no difference whatever. And even

the ripe achenes of the fertile females are in many cases undistinguish-

able externally from the ovaries containing far advanced pupe, and it

is only by cutting them open that they can be recognised. As regards

the relation in this group of Urostigma of the male flowers to the fertile

female and gall flowers, there are two types of arrangement. In one set

of species (of which F'. Bengalensis and tomentosa are good examples)

the male flowers are comparatively few in number, and are confined to

a zone at the apex of the receptacle, just under the ostiolar scales ; while

‘in another set the male flowers are intermixed with the fertile female

and gall flowers over the whole surface of the interior of the recep-

tacle.

“ A third small group (Synecia) has neuter flowers mixed with the

fertile females in one set of receptacles ; while the other set of recep-

tacles contain only male and gall flowers. And a fourth group (which

I have named Paleomorphe) has male flowers which, in addition to an

anther, contain an insect-attacked or gall pistil. These pseudo-herma-

phrodite flowers are confined to the sub-ostiolar zone, the remainder of

the receptacle being occupied by gall flowers: while perfect female

400 G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. [ No. 4,

flowers occur in a distinct set of receptacles and are unaccompanied by

any trace of male or gall flowers.

“It appears to me that, in the peculiarities in the structure and

arrangement of the flowers which I have above described, the evolu-

tionary history of the genus Ficus may to some extent be traced. I

have therefore ventured to arrange the Indo-Malayan species into two

great groups, and to divide the second of these great groups into three

sub-groups, according to their presumed seniority. Believing that her-

maphroditism is an archaic and primitive condition from which the

genus is in process of delivery, I look on its persistence, even in an

imperfect form, as an indication of age. I have therefore separated off

the ten species in which I find it regularly to occur into a distinct group.

Of this group pseudo-hermaphroditism is the diagnostic mark; and to

the section which these ten species form I have given the name Palco-

morphe. It is true that, in the whole of these ten species, the pseudo-

hermaphrodite flowers are confined to the same receptacles as the gall

flowers; while the perfect females are confined to a distinct set of recep

tacles in which there is no trace of either males or galls, and that the

receptacles are thus practically dicecious. Still it appears to me that

the persistence of the rudimentary female organ in the male flowers must

be taken as indicating a more primitive condition than the enclosure in

the same receptacle of strictly unisexual male and female flowers (the

arrangement obtaining in Urostigma). These ten species being disposed

of ina group by themselves, I have formed the remaining species of Indo-

Malayan Ficus intoa group characterised by unisexual flowers. And

that group I have divided into three sub-groups, according as the recep-

tacles are moncecious, pseudo-moneecious, or practically dicecious, the

practically dicecious sub-group being again subdivided into sections

which are founded on the number of the stamens and the situation of

the receptacles. For five of the seven sections into which I have thus

thrown the Indo-Malayan species, I have adopted, as sectional designa-

tions, words previously in use as sectional or subgeneric names. For |

the first section, as already stated, I have invented a new name, which

indicates what I believe to be its position in the evolution of the genus,

and for the seventh I have also invented a name, indicating its juniority

in point of evolution. The arrangement is as follows :—

GROUP 1.—Psrup0-HERMAPHRODITE; male flowers with 1 stamen and

a rudimentary pistil.

Pseudo-hermaphrodite flowers and gall

flowers in one set of receptacles:

fertile female flowers in another set Paleomorphe.

GROUP II.—Unisexvat oR ASEXUAL; male flowers without rudimentary

pistils.

1886. ] G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. 401

Sus-aroup I.—Male, gall, and fertile female

flowers on the same receptacle ... Urostigma.

Sus-croup II.—F lowers unisexual or neuter: male

and gall flowers in one set of re-

ceptacles, fertile female and neu-

ter flowers in another set ......... Synacia,

Sos-aroup I1J.—F lowers unisexual: male and gall

flowers in one set of receptacles,

fertile female flowers only in an-

other set—

A.—Flower monandrous—

a, Receptacles chiefly axil-

ISeye vd deat ale ee a Sycidium.

8, Receptacles mostly in

fascicles from stem

and branches............ Covellia.

B.—F lowers di-, rarely trian-

drous—

a, Receptacles mostly axil-

REY Spends Husyce.

f, Receptacles mostly in

fascicles from stem and

branches tii) /.0..0 eh Neomorphe.

Amongst the new species which it is the chief object of this paper

to describe there are none belonging to the sections Palwomorphe or

Neomorphe. The species are as follows :—

Urostiegma.—Male, fertile female, and gall flowers in the same recep-

tacle ; stamen usually 1; stigma elongate, usually acute; receptacles in

the axils of the leaves or of the scars of fallen*leaves, tribracteate at the

base; leaves alternate, entire, coriaceous, or sub-coriaceous, rarely mem-

branous ; usually trees or powerful climbers ; epiphytal at least in early

life.

Ficus hesperidiiformis, King; a tree, glabrous in all parts except

the stipules which are minutely tomentose externally; young branches

hollow, thick, marked with annular scars; leaves coriaceous, alternate,

broadly elliptic-oblong, gradually tapering towards the apex which ends

in a short rather blunt point, the base rounded, edges entire; lateral

primary nerves very numerous (40 or 50 pairs) running nearly at right

angles from the thick prominent midrib and anastomosing about ‘1 in.

from the edge, secondary nerves and reticulations minute but distinct,

the petiole from § to ¢ as long as the blade; stipules very large, coloured,

conyolute, minutely tomentose on the outer, smooth on the inner surface;

402 G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. [No. 4,

length of blade and of stipules 6 to 9 in., petioles 2°5 in. to 45 in.;

receptacles large, axillary, solitary, pedunculate, globose, smooth, ap-

parently without basal bracts, about 1:5 in. in diam., the walls very

thick; male flowers numerous, pedicellate, anther single, sub-sessile,

ovoid, its walls thick and cartilaginous, the dehiscence lateral, perianth

gamophyllous with 3 oblong blunt segments; gall flowers with hard,

crustaceous, 3-sided ovary, thick short pedicel, and no perianth other

than the long, linear, subulate scales which spring from the walls of

the receptacle between the flowers; fertile female flowers not seen.

New Guinea; H. O. Forbes, No. 737.

The material in my possession is not very abundant, and I have not

had the advantage of seeing Mr. Forbes’s field notes. I presume this

is a tree. The leaves and stipules at once recall to mind those of F.

elastica. But the leaves of this are larger and the stipules are tomentose

externally. The receptacles are quite different from those of elastica,

being greatly larger and of a globular, not an ovoid, shape. When dry,

the receptacles a good deal resemble a small orange.

Ficus Hdelfeltii, King; a tree, the bark of the young shoots pale and

slightly puberulous, all the other parts glabrous except the midribs of

the leaves and the receptacles ; leaves alternate, thinly coriaceous, shortly

petiolate, from oblong to obovate-elliptic, gradually narrowed to the

rounded J-nerved base, the apex rather suddenly contracted to a short

blunt acumen, the edges entire and slightly undulate; primary lateral

nerves about 9 pairs, prominent on the lower surface and forming

bold intramarginal arches, the midrib prominent, sparsely adpressed-

pubescent; the rest of the lower surface glabrous and shining, the

minor nerves and reticulations strongly marked; upper surface dull,

darker than the lower; length of blade 6 to 8 inches, width 3 to 3°25

in.; petioles ‘5 in. long: stipules slightly shorter than the petiole, lanceo-

late, convolute; receptacles axillary, in pairs, pedunculate, globular,

with a projecting cylindric pubescent umbilicus, the sides pubescent

when young, nearly glabrous when adult, from ‘6 in. to °75 in. in diam.,

basal bracts 3, small, reflexed; peduncle about ‘1 in. long, tomentose,

male flowers only near the mouth of the receptacle, sessile, the stamen

elliptic, on a short thick filament, pemanth of 5 narrowly semi-lunar

pieces; gall flowers with a globular smooth, thin, naked ovary anda

short lateral style, the perianth like that of the male: fertile female

flower with an ovoid, rather flattened, minutely tuberculate achene, and

a filiform lateral style much longer than the ovary, the stigma triangu-

lar, perianth of 4 broadly semi-lunar pieces.

New Guinea, H. O. Forbes, No. 59, and probably also 409, of which

I have not complete specimens.

1886. ] G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. 403

In foliage this species much resembles the Indian F’. nervosa, Heyne;

but the receptacles of this are much larger. Its nearestally is, however

fF. pubinervis, var. Teysmanni, which it almost exactly resembles in the

- form, texture, and nervation of its leaves. The flowers, however, of the

two differ, and I have no doubt they are distinct species.

_ Ficus Lawesii, King; a tree, all its parts quite glabrous, the bark of

the young shoots pale and shining ; leaves petiolate, thickly membranous,

ovate-oblong or narrowly elliptic, entire, the base rounded 3-nerved, the

apex gradually narrowed to a very short blunt point; lateral primary

nerves diverging from the bold midrib at a wide angle, about 10 pairs,

not very prominent on either surface, the reticulations small and rather

distinct on the lower surface; both surfaces quite smooth but rather

dull when dry; length of blade 5 to 6 inches, width 2°5 in.; petiole 1 in. to

1°25 in.; stipules narrowly lanceolate, convolute, rather more than half

as long as the petiole; receptacles crowded near the ends of the branches,

in pairs, sessile, cylindrico-globose, ‘Oo in. in diam., contracted at the

base into a short thick pseudo-stalk, umbilicus composed of 3 large,

thick smooth triangular scales, the sides smooth; basal bracts coalescing

into an irregular ring: gall flowers sessile, the ovary prismatic, conical,

smooth, style and stigma absent: male and fertile female flowers un-

known.

New Guinea: H. O. Forbes, No. 85. From its general facies, I

have no doubt that this is a Urostigma near nervosa. The receptacles,

however, in the only two specimens I have seen, are diseased; and only

the gall flowers can be distinguished.

I have named this after the Rev. W. G. Lawes, one of the devoted

band of missionaries settled on the south-eastern coast of N. Guinea

who have done so much in the way of collecting.

Ficus casearioides, King; a glabrous tree, the leaves on long petioles,

thinly coriaceous, alternate, entire, broadly ovate-elliptic, tapering

much to either end, the base acute, 3-nerved, the apex suddenly and

shortly triangular-acuminate; lateral primary-nerves 8 to 10 pairs, nearly

at right angles to the midrib ae like it strongly marked on the under

surface, which is minutely tuberculate-tesselate ; length of blade 5 to 6:5

in., breadth 2°75 in. to 3:25 in., petiole 1°5 in.; stipules lanceolate sub-

convolute, ‘6 in. long ; receptacles axillary, in pairs, on long slender pedun-

cles, 5 in. in diam., depressed globular with a slight stalk-like construc.

tion at the base, smooth, basal bracts 3, minute; peduncles °75 in. long:

male flowers sessile, the single anther broadly ovate, sub-sessile; the

perianth of 3 obovate pieces: gall flowers sub-sessile or pedicillate, the

ovary smooth with thick crustaceous walls, the style short, lateral ;

the stigma infundibuliform; perianth of 4 or 5 oblong pieces which closely

404 G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. [No. 4,

invest the ovary; female flowers like the galls but with a shorter more

globose ovary and a longer style: all three kinds in the same receptacle.

New Guinea, H. O. Forbes, No. 568.

The leaves of this a good deal resemble those of F’. casearia,

Mull., but the structure of the flowers is different. The affinities of this

in the section Urostigma are with nervosa.

Synorncia.—Flowers unisexual or neuter: male flowers with 1

stamen : male and gall flowers in one set of receptacles, fertile female and

neuter flowers in another set; climbers with large coloured receptacles,

the leaves tesselate beneath.

Ficus Scratchleyana, King; scandent, glabrous except the recep-

tacles which are minutely sub-tomentose; leaves petiolate, coriaceous,

entire, narrowly elliptic-oblong, gradually tapering to either end, the

base minutely cordate, 3-nerved; the apex with a short blunt point ;

under surface tesselate; primary lateral nerves 5 or 6 pairs, prominent

beneath, as is the midrib; length of blade 5 to 7 in.; width 1°75 in. to

2°25 in.; petioles 1 in. to 1°5 in. long; stipules subulate, convolute,

about ‘5 in. long.; receptacles axillary, solitary, pedunculate, ovoid-

globose, minutely sub-tomentose, with a prominent umbilicus, about 1

inch in diam., basal bracts 3, small; fertile female flowers pedicillate,

the perianth of 4 linear pieces, ovary ovoid-elliptic, the style lateral;

stigma large, bicrural when young, truncate when adult from the absorp-

tion of the arms; neuter flowers mixed with the females all over the

receptacle, pedicillate, the perianth of 4 lanceolate pieces: receptacles

containing male and gall flowers not seen.

New Guinea, H. O. Forbes, No. 900.

This is well distinct from any other species of this group. Its

nearest ally is F’. apiocarpa, Miq.

Sycrpium.—F lowers unisexual: male and gall flowers in one set

of receptacles; fertile female flowers in a distinct set of receptacles ;

male flowers with 1 stamen (sometimes 2). Leaves alternate; recep-

tacles small, axillary, more or less scabrid (a few have receptacles in

fascicles from the stem); shrubs, small trees or climbers; rarely

epiphytal.

Ficus Armti, King: a climber; the young shoots covered with

short, buff-coloured tomentum; leaves alternate, shortly petiolate,

membranous, ovate-lanceolate, with a long acuminate apex, the base

rounded or sub-cordate 5 to 7-nerved, the edges entire; primary lateral

nerves 5 to 7 pairs, diverging from the midrib at rather a wide angle,

lower surface minutely tuberculate, hispid especially on the midrib and

nerves, the longer hairs with black enlarged bases; upper surface

scabrid, the midrib minutely hispid; length of blade 2°5 in, to 3.;

1886. | G. Kine—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. 405

breadth 1:25 in.; petioles °2 in. long, tomentose; stipules, 2 to each

leaf, subulate, rather longer than the petioles, tomentose at first, but

ultimately glabrous; receptacles axillary, solitary, pedunculate, sub-

globular, with rather a prominent umbilicus, shortly, hispid-tomentose

when young, glabrescent when mature, °2 in. to ‘25 in. in diam.; basal

bracts none, but a few irregular broad fleshy bracts along the sides ,

peduncles slender, about ‘2 in. long, tomentose; male flowers numerous

near the mouth of the receptacle, the perianth of 3 lanceolate pieces ;

anther single, broadly ovate, on a long stout filament; gall flowers with

a pedicillate gamophyllous perianth which is deeply cleft into 4 linear

curving lobes which embrace the ovoid, smooth, shining ovary: style

lateral, from near the apex of, and half as long as, the ovary; stigma

infundibuliform ; female flowers unknown.

New Guinea; H. O. Forbes, No. 609. This species approaches F’.

ampelas, Burm., but its leaves are more inclined to be cordate at the

base and acuminate at the apex, and they are less scabrous and more

hairy on the under surface; while the receptacles are larger, more

hairy when young, and on longer peduneles, than in that species.

I have named this after Mr. Armit, of the Argus Expedition for the

exploration of New Guinea.

CoveLiiaA.—F lowers unisexual; male flowers in the same recept-

acles as the gall flowers, monandrous, the perianth of 3 or 4 distinct

pieces: female flowers in separate receptacles from the males and galls,

pedunculate or sessile, the perianth gamophyllous, much shorter than

the ovary, or wanting, (rarely consisting of 4 or 5 pieces) ; the recepta-

cles on long sub-aphyllous branches issuing from near the base of the stem,

often sub-hypogeal; or on shortened branchlets (tubercles) from the

stem and larger branches; or axillary: shrubs or trees, never epiphytes

or climbers.

Ficus Miquelti, King: F. caulocarpa, Miq. in Ann. Mus. Lugd.

Bat. ii, 235, 297 (not Urostigma caulocarpa, Miq. in Lond. Journ. Bot.

VI, 568); F. fistwlosa, Kurz (not of Reinw.), Forest Flora B. Burmah,

II, p. 459, (partly): a tree, the young branches adpressed-strigose ; leaves

alternate or sub-opposite, membranous, obovate-oblong or oblanceolate,

the apex suddenly contracted into a narrow tail about I inch long, edges

entire, base much narrowed 3-nerved; lateral primary nerves 6 to 8

pairs forming an obtuse angle with the midrib; both surfaces pubes-

cent when young, becoming when adult almost glabrous; length of

blade 4°5 to 8 inches; petioles from ‘3 to ‘5 in.; stipules lanceolate,

pubescent externally, 35 in. long; receptacles borne on rather large,

panicled, scurfy, shortly bracteolate branches, which issue from the stem,

pedunculate, depressed-globular, pubescent, greenish when ripe and with

406 G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. [No. 4,

pale stripes, about *75 in. across; umbilical scales numerous, rather

broad; basal bracts 3, ovate-acute; peduncles ‘75 in. long; male flowers

only near the ostiole, sessile, the perianth inflated, of three broadly

ovate much imbricate pieces; anther broadly ovate, its apex emarginate,

sub-sessile; gall flowers sub-sessile or long-pedicillate, without perianth,

the ovary ovoid-globose, smooth; style short, lateral; stigma tubular;

fertile female flowers without perianth, pedicillate, the achene obovoid,

minutely tuberculate; style as long as ovary, lateral; stigma, cylindric.

Celebes, De Vriese; Singapore, King; Sumatra, Beccari; (Bece. Herb,

P. S. Nos. 544, 631, 761); Perak, King’s Collector, Nos. 1883, 955;

Burmah, Kurz, No. 1520, 3145; New Guinea, Forbes, No. 903.

This species is allied to F. botryocarpa, Miq. by the short, much

branched receptacular panicles. This is the plant which Miquel de-

scribed as Covellia caulocarpa; but as he had already described a Uros-

tigma caulocarpa, it became necessary to find a new name for this, and I

have taken the opportunity of re-naming it after that distinguished

botanist.

Ficus Ohalmersii, King; a tree, the young shoots slightly swollen

at the nodes, the bark dark brown with short pale adpressed hispid

hairs: leaves alternate, thickly membraneous, ovate-lanceolate to ovate-

oblong, tapering gradually to the slightly unequal, bluntish or sub-acute,

3-nerved base, and to the sharply, but shortly acuminate, apex; the

edges entire or obscurely and remotely sub-serrate; primary lateral

nerves about 7 pairs, minutely adpressed-hispid on both surfaces; the

remainder of the lower surface of the leaf glabrous, of the upper sur-

face minutely adpressed-hispid; length of blade 5 or 6 inches; petiole

about ‘5 in. long, adpressed-hispid ; stipules, in pairs, lanceolate, elabrous

except a few stiff hairs near the base externally, ‘5 in. long; receptacles

on short woody racemes from the stem and larger branches, pedunculate,

in pairs, when young broadly pyriform with concave apex and much

depressed umbilicus, smooth, *75 in. or upwards in diam.; basal bracts 3,

broadly triangular, united into a cup; peduncle thick, about ‘25 in.

long; female flowers (when young) narrowly ovoid-elliptic, the style

short, thick, terminal, with a dilated discoid tubular stigma; the peri-

anth gamophyllous, half as long as the ovary and closely applied to it;

ripe female, male and gall flowers unknown.

New Guinea; H. O. Forbes, No. 100. A species near brachiata,

King, but not so glabrous, and with its receptacles borne on much

shorter branches than in that species.

Named after the Rev. J. Chalmers, the intrepid Missionary explorer

of New Guinea.

Ficus Bernaysii, King: a tree? the young shoots fulyous-tomen-

1886. ] G. King—WNew Species of Ficus from New Guinea. 407

tose: leaves alternate, shortly petiolate, membranous, inequilateral,

obovate-elliptic, tapering gradually from above the middle to the blun-

tish, very unequal, obscurely 5-nerved, base, and rather suddenly to the

shortly acuminate apex; the edges minutely serrate ; the whole of the

under surface shortly fulvous-tomentose ; primary lateral merves 7 pairs ;

upper surface shortly adpressed-hispid, tomentose on the midrib and

nerves; length of blade about 7 inches, petioles under ‘5 in.; stipules

tomentose externally, glabrous internally, convolate, 5 in. long; recep-

tacles on long peduncles, in short crowded panicles, from the stem

and larger branches, puberulous, sub-globose, about °25 in. in diam.,

contracted at the very base into a short pseudo-stalk, at the junction of

which with the peduncle proper are 3 small triangular basal bracts:

peduncle proper nearly ‘5 in. long: young female flowers with a flattish

ovoid, smooth, ovary; the style nearly as long as the ovary, lateral,

curved, hairy ; the stigma cylindric ; perianth gamophyllous, very short,

covering only the stalk of the ovary ; ripe female, male and gall flowers

unknown.

New Guinea; H. O. Forbes, No. 625. A species which, in the form

and arrangement of its receptacles, resembles I’. condensa, King, and in

its leaves approaches stipata, King, fasciculata, King, and Forbesii, King.

Named in honour of Mr. L. Bernays, of Brisbane, whose efforts for

the exploration of New Guinea, and for the development of his own

Colony of Queensland are so well-known.

Husyce.—F lowers unisexual, male and gall flowers in one set of

receptacles, fertile female flowers in a distinct set of receptacles; male

flowers with 2 stamens; receptacles small, axillary ; scandent or erect

shrubs or small trees, rarely epiphytal ; the leaves alternate, softly hairy

or glabrous, not scabrid or hispid. |

Ficus Pantoniana, King ; a glabrous climber ; leaves alternate, shortly

petiolate, coriaceous, almost exactly oval or ovate-oblong, entire, the apex

slightly acute, the base rounded or sub-cordate 3-nerved ; primary lateral

nerves 4 pairs, rather prominent on the lower surface, which has wide

obscurely tesselate reticulations; length of blade 3 or 4 inches, width

15 in. to 2 in.; petiole rather under ‘5 in.; stipules ovate-acute, gla-

brous, °3 in. long, receptacles in pairs from the axils of the leaves, but

mostly from the scars of fallen leaves, smooth, globular, ‘4 in. in diam.

produced at the base into a pseudo-stalk nearly ‘5 in. long, at the junc-

tion of which with the peduncle proper are 3 minute bracts; female

flowers pedicillate, the perianth deeply 4-cleft, the lobes shorter than

the ovate-oblong, smooth, pale-edged, ovary : style thick, lateral; stigma

widely infundibuliform : male and gall flowers not seen.

New Guinea, H. O. Forbes, No, 185. I have not seen the recep-

408 G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. [No. 4,

zacles of this which contain the male and gall flowers; but I put it into

this section with some confidence from its resemblance, in externals as

well as in the structure of the female flowers, to F’. disticha, Bl.

I have named it in honour of Mr. J. A. Panton, a distinguished

Australian explorer.

Ficus Baeuerleni, King: scandent, the young shoots puberulous ;

leaves coriaceous, shortly petiolate, ovate-oblong or elliptic-lanceolate,

the base rounded or subcordate 5-nerved (2 of the nerves minute), the

apex gradually narrowed to a short point, the edges entire; primary

Jateral nerves 4 or 5 pairs, very bold (as is the midrib) on the under

Surface which is uniformly covered with very short soft brown tomen-

tum ; upper surface minutely tuberculate; length of blade about 7 inch-

es, petiole ‘4 in.; stipules convolute, pilose externally, rather longer

than the petioles ; receptacles axillary, pedunculate, solitary or in pairs,

depressed-globose, nearly 1 inch in diam., contracted at the base into a

short pseudo-stalk, at the junction of which with the peduncle proper

are 3 broadly triangular basal bracts; peduncle proper ‘25 in. long,

tomentose; female flowers with a perianth of 4 distinct fleshy pieces

which are shorter than the narrowly ovoid, smooth, ovary ; style slender

terminal; stigma halbert-shaped; male and gall flowers not seen.

New Guinea; H. O. Forbes, No. 378.

This has a general resemblance to Ff. recurva, B]., in the form and

venation of its leaves and in the perianth of the female flowers. It is,

however, well distinct by the larger size of all its parts, but especially

of its receptacles which are ten times as large as those of recurva,

besides being pedunculate and of a different shape. This also resembles

lasiocarpa, Miq.

I have named this after M. Baeuerlen, of the expedition sent by the

Geographic Society of Australasia for the exploration of New Guinea.

Ficus duriuscula, King, Monog. Indo-Malayan and Chinese Ficus ;

a tree, all parts glabrous but rather harsh and sub-scabrid ; leaves petio-

late, membranous, elliptic narrowed to each end, or elliptic-lanceolate,

the apex rather shortly acuminate, the edges undulate sub-crenate, base

boldly 3-nerved biglandular; primary lateral nerves 4 to 6 pairs, thin

but strong, as are the midrib and secondary nerves ; reticulations minute,

very distinct on the lower surface; both surfaces glabrous, the lower

harsh to the touch; length of blade 5 to 10 inches; petioles swollen at

either extremity, varying in length from ‘5 in. to 1 inch; stipules

lanceolate, glabrous, ‘25 in. long ; receptacles axillary or in fascicles of from

3 to 6, from small broad flat ebracteate tubercles from the stem and

larger branches, pedunculate, globose, their sides slightly ridged to-

wards the sub-umbonate apex, glabrous, muriculate-scabrid, ‘5 in. across,

1886. | G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. 409

base slightly constricted, ebracteate ; peduncle thin, ‘4 in. to ‘8 in. long,

with a few small scattered. bracteoles, scabrid; male flowers with 2

stamens and a 5 or 6-cleft hairy perianth ; gall flowers with a perianth

similar in shape but not hairy, the ovary ovoid, the style short, lateral;

fertile female flowers with the achene ovoid, smooth, mucilaginous ex-

ternally when ripe ; the style lateral, longer than the ovary, curved; the

stigma clavate; the perianth as in the gall flower.

New Guinea, (Soron) Sig. Beccari (Herb. Becc. P. B., No. 188); H. O.

Forbes, No. 765.

A species allied to the Australian F'. magnifolia, Mull. and to

Madurensis, Miq. but with shorter petioles and more muricate receptacles.

It also comes near brevicuspis, Miq., but its leaves are not obovate and

their bases are not cordate as in that species; they are moreover longer,

more pointed, and have shorter petioles. This also resembles fF’. balica,

Mig. and fF’. copiosa, Steud. This, however, has two stamens, while the

majority of those just mentioned have but one. The receptacles in

Forbes’s specimens are axillary and are more boldly muricate than in

Beccari’s No. 188: the leaves are also rather longer. When better mate-

rial shall be forthcoming, it may be possible to separate these two forms

specifically. At present I include them under one species.

Ficus Odoardi, King: Monogr. Indo-Mal. and Chinese Ficus ; a tree,

the young shoots covered with brown tomentum, the leaves oblong-

elliptic, slightly inequilateral, gradually narrowed upwards to the shortly

acuminate apex, the edges entire ; the base broad, rounded, very slightly

emarginate, 3-nerved; primary lateral nerves 5 pairs, prominent on the

lower surface which is pretty uniformly hispid-pilose ; upper surface

slightly harsh and with some scattered stiff hairs especially on the nerves,

the midrib minutely tomentose ; length of blade from 6 to 9 inches;

petiole about ‘3 in., tomentose; stipules ovate-acuminate, tomentose

on the outer, glabrous on the inner, surface, ‘6 in. long; receptacles

pedunculate, in pairs or solitary, axillary, 1 inch and upwards in diam.,

sub-globose, with conical umbonate apex and broad concave base, the

sides rough, minutely tuberculate and deciduously hispid-pubescent or

tomentose ; the umbilicus minute, closed by stiff yellow hairs, and sur-

rounded at some distance by a wavy annulus; basal bracts none; diame-

ter, 1°25 in.; peduncles stout, clothed, like the receptacles, with decidu-

ous tomentum, ‘3 in. long; male flowers pedicillate, large, occupying the

upper half of the receptacles with the gall flowers; stamens 2, anthers

linear, apiculate ; perianth of 4: pieces, of which 2 are as long as and 2 are

shorter than the stamens: gall flowers smaller, and on shorter pedicels,

than the males, the perianth of 4 distinct pieces, the achene globular ;

style terminal, stigma slightly dilated: fertile female flowers not known.

410 G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. [No. 4,

New Guinea; Beccari, (P. P. No. 937); H. O. Forbes, No. 830.

Named after Signor Odoardo Beccari, of Florence, the distinguished

Malayan Explorer and Botanist. :

Ficus rhizophoraephylla, King: scandent, all parts glabrous, the

leaves thinly coriaceous, on long petioles, narrowly elliptic, tapering

equally to either end, the edges entire cartilaginous and slightly recurved

when dry, the midrib keeled and very prominent on the under surface ;

primary lateral nerves 12 pairs or upwards, sub-horizontal, scarcely visi-

ble on either surface; under surface minutely tesselate, dull; upper

surface very smooth, shining; length of blade 3°5 in, breadth 1°5 in. ;

petiole 1°3 to 1°8 in. long: stipules linear-lanceolate, glabrous, as long as,

or longer than, the petioles; receptacles crowded near the apices of the

branches, in pairs, shortly pedicillate, globular, very minutely tuber-

culate, ‘25 in. in diam.; female flowers on strong cartilaginous prismatic

peduncles thicker than the prismatico-conical smooth ovaries; style~

from the base of the ovary which it shghtly exceeds in length, straight,

erect; perianth of 3 linear pieces which rise from the margin of the

peduncle : male and gall flowers unknown.

New Guinea: H. O. Forbes, No. 578.

Without having seen its male and gall flowers, I put this species

without hesitation into the section Husyce, on account of its resemblance

to F. oleaefolia, King, a species from Sumatra which has leaves very like

this in texture and venation, but is smaller in all its parts and especially

in its stipules. A farther indication of affinity is found in the fact

that the gall flowers of oleaefolia and the fertile females of this species

have similar prismatic ovaries. This in foliage also resembles the

Australian F. euwgenioides, Mull., which however, has very different

female flowers, and which moreover is monocious and falls into the

section Urostigma. The leaves of this are of a pale greenish yellow

when dry ; in shape and venation they much resemble those of Rhizophora

conjugata, Linn.

Ficus pauper, King, Monogr. Indo-Mal. and Chinese Ficus; leaves

membranous, petiolate, slightly inequilateral, lanceolate or ovate-lanceo-

late, the apex acute, the edges entire, narrowed from below the midrib to

the obscurely 3-nerved base; lateral primary nerves about 6 to 8 pairs

diverging from the midrib at rather a wide angle and, like the midrib,

prominent beneath ; midrib with a few scattered adpressed hairs; upper

surface glabrous; length of blade 15 in. to 2 inches; petiole “3 in,

long, adpressed-strigose beneath ; stipules persistent, scarious, decidu-

ously sericeous, ovate-acuminate, ‘35 in. long; receptacles pedunculate,

in pairs, axillary when young, globose, slightly constricted at the base,

sparsely strigose, the umbilicus large and prominent; basal bracts 3,

1886. ] G. King—New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. 411

broadly ovate, blunt, puberulous; peduncle ‘1 in. long, densely puberu-

lous ; ripe receptacles unknown; male flowers with 2 nearly sessile anthers

anda perianth of three distinct pieces; gall flowers with sub-glo-

bular smooth ovary, short thick lateral style and truncate stigma; female

flowers unknown.

New Guinea; Fly River, No. 49, D’Albertis. This is apparently

a shrub or small tree. It approaches fF. erecta, Thunbg.; but is distin-

guished from that species by its smaller leaves which have more

numerous and more horizontal primary lateral nerves than those of

erecta; and by its adpressed strigose much smaller receptacles.

Ficus soronensis, King, Monogr. Indo-Mal. and Chinese Ficus ;

young parts puberulous ; leaves narrowly elliptic, tapering to either end,

_the apex shortly acuminate ; the base acute, 3-nerved; the edges entire ;

primary lateral nerves 3 or 4 pairs, not very prominent; under surface

sub-secabrid from numerous minute black tubercles, the reticulations

open and rather distinct; length of blade 2 to 4 inches; petioles ‘3 in.

long; stipules lanceolate, scarious, puberulous, ‘4 in. long, persistent ;

receptacles in pairs from the axils of the leaves or of scars of fallen

leaves, pedunculate, globular, sub-scabrid, minutely tuberculate, the

umbilicus prominent; basal bracts none, but a few verruciform bracts on

the sides of the receptacle ; peduncles with one or two bracteoles, °15 in.

long ; female florets sessile or pedicillate, perianth of 3 or 4 pieces;

achene sub-trigonous, slightly hairy near the apex, style lateral, stigma

cylindric truncate ; male and gall flowers not seen.

New Guinea, Soron, Beccari’s Herb, P. P. No. 458. This comes near

some of the forms of I’. erecta, Thunbg., but differs in having the under

surface of the leaves more tuberculate and much smaller receptacles.

It is not, however, far removed from erecta.

412 J. 8S. Baly—Description of a new Species of Hispa.

XXI.—Deseription of a new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera alleged :

to be destructive to the Dhan Crops in the Chittagong District.—By

JosepH 8. Baty. Communicated by the Narurat History SucreTary.

[Received Feb. 24th ;—Read March 2nd, 1887. ]

HISPA AENESCENS.

Subelongata, nitida, subtus cwm antennis nigra, pedibus niqro-aeneo

micantibus ; supra nigro-aeneo aut nigro-cuprea ; thorace rugoso-punctato,

lateribus ante mediwm spinis quatuor, bast connatis, et pone mediwm spind

unicd armatis ; elytris anguste oblongis, fortiter seriato-punctatis, spinis

validis triseriatum dispositis, instructis. Long. 2 lin,

Has. Chittagong District.

Antenne slender, very slightly thickened towards the apex, the basal

joint armed at its apex beneath with a short tooth; vertex finely rugu- |

lose, longitudinally sulcate. Thorax rather broader than long, subcylin-

drical, flattened on the disk; sides armed before the middle with four —

stout spines, united into a single stem at their base, the anterior spine

looking almost directly upwards, the three others obliquely upwards and

outwards, behind the middle is also a single spine looking outwards and

slightly upwards, hinder angle armed with a short subacute tooth; disk

coarsely rugose-punctate, a longitudinal vitta and a slightly concave

space on either side behind the middle nearly free from punctures.

Scutellum smooth, impunctate. LHlytra narrowly oblong, strongly seriate-

punctate, armed with a number of strong erect spines, arranged in

three longitudinal rows, those on the outer row more crowded than those

on the disk. Legs simple. a

The small tooth at the lower edge of the apex of the basal joints of

the antennz, and the absence of any spines on the upper surface of the

joints, together with the colour of the upper surface of the body, will

separate the above species from any others known to me. of

OOO LOO BOI LOO I Wed No tt dd ddl ed

LJELWES & L.DE NICEVILLE, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1886. Vol. LV. Pt IL. sieeve

West, Newman & Co. chrom. lith.ad nat.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—e-—

Part II1.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. V.—1886.

XXIT.—List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected in Tavoy and in Sian

during 1884-85 by the Indian Museum Collector under C. HK. Pitman,

Esq., C. I. H., Chief Superintendent of Telegraphs. Part II. Rhopa-

locera.—By H. J. Hiwes, F.Z.8., and Lionen pz Nice’vitue, F. H. S.

[Received September 11th ;—Read November 8rd, 1886. ]

(With Plate XX.)

The collection described in the following pages was sent in the autumn.

of 1885 by Mr. Wood-Mason, Superintendent of the Indian Museum,

Calcutta, to Mr. H. J. Elwes to be worked out. On the latter returning

a complete set of the species to the museum, Mr. de Nicéville compared

it with the collections in that institution and completed the paper.

The specimens were obtained by the Museum Collector, Moti Ram, be-

tween October, 1884, and June, 1885, at the following places :—

I. Tavoy, where the majority of the species were taken in the

month of March,

II. Ponsekai,

III. Hills on the Siamese frontier.

IV. A few specimens were afterwards collected by Mr. James

Wallace, Executive Engineer, Public Works Department, from near

Sinbyoodine.

In determining the nomenclature of Lepidoptera from the Indian

region, great difficulties are met with, because no one has hitherto com-

pared a large series of the forms of wide-ranging dominant genera which

inhabit almost every part of it, and which have hitherto been deter-

414 Elwes & de Nicéville—Lvst of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

mined for the most part by entomologists whose views as to the limits

of variation are at variance with our own, and, as we venture to think,

with those of most modern entomologists. And as, moreover, the de-

scriptions of most of these forms are not comparative, they cannot be

understood in many cases by those who have not seen the types of the

species described. Therefore we believe any identification of variable or

wide-ranging Indian forms must be provisional, and that no fixed no-

menclature can be expected until the Indian Lepidoptera have been

worked out by a naturalist of great experience and philosophic mind,

and who will bring to bear on the subject the same industry, care, and

ability which have been shown by Dr. Staudinger in his Catalogue of

Huropean Lepidoptera, and by Messrs. Salvin and Godman in their

model work “ Biologia Centrali-Americana.”’

Mr. Distant’s ‘“‘ Rhopalocera Malayana” gives a fairly complete and —

carefully worked out account of the butterflies of the Malay Peninsula,

to which the present collection bears considerable resemblance, but the

butterflies of Tenasserim seem, like the birds, to have a greater number

of species with Indian than with Malayan affinities.

The only previous list of Tenasserim butterflies is that published by

Mr. F. Moore in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for

1878, p. 821, which contains 157 species, collected by Moti Ram under

Mr. Ossian Limborg on and around the Moulayet range of mountains.

Captain C, T. Bingham, however, has added very largely to our know-

ledge of this fauna, and Major C. H. H. Adamson’s collection would no

doubt if added extend the number of known species to at least double as

many as we have here enumerated.

A large majority of the species in this collection are represented by

one sex only, and by others by one or more imperfect specimens.

We have enumerated the species represented in Mr. Moore’s list,

but not found in this collection, and where necessary have placed them in

their more modern genera, and we have also retained the order (as far

as possible) of the sequence of the species given therein for the sake of

convenience of reference, but have not numbered them, All those in

both collections are marked with a star.

Family NYMPHALIDA.

Subfamily DanarnzZ.

*1. Dawnars (Lirumala) SEPTENTRIONIS.

D. septentrionis, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag., vol. xi, p. 163 (1874).

Numerous specimens from Tavoy, Ponsekai, and the hills.

#2. Danais (Parantica) MELANOIDES.

Parantica melanoides, Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 247, n.1.

1886. ] Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 451

Danais aglea, Moore (nec Cramer), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 822.

A few males from Tavoy, Ponsekai, and the hills.

Danais (Radena) votearis, Butler.

3. Dawnats (Bahora) CROCEA.

D. crocea, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 57, n. 53, pl. iv, fig. 5.

Two males from Tavoy.

*4, Danais (Caduga) MELANEUS.

Papilio melaneus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. xxx, fig. D (1775).

Three males from Ponsekai.

Danais (Caduga) tTyT1A, Gray.

*5. Danais (Salatura) GENUTIA.

Papilio genutia, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. ccvi, figs. C, D, male (1779).

Danais plexippus, Moecre (nec Linnezeus), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 822.

Two specimens from Tavoy.

Danats (Limnas) curysippus, Linneeus.

*6. Hupiaa (Danisepa) DIOCLETIANUS.

Papilio diocletianus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 40, n. 118 (1793).

Salpine rhadamanthus, Moore (nec Fabricius), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878,

p. 822.

Two males from Tavoy.

*7, Hupta@a (Pademma) ERICHSONII.

E. erichsonii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. ii, p. 324, n. 444 (1865).

Salpine crassa, Moore (nec Butler), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 822.

A single male from Tavoy which does not quite agree with Mr.

Moore’s diagnosis of this species (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 307,

n. 11), as the third, fourth, and fifth upper submarginal spots on the upper-

side of the forewing are quite separate from, instead of being slightly

confluent with, their opposite marginal spots. Mr. Moore in the above

cited paper gives H. crassa from Siam and Cochin China only; he gives

H. ervchsoni from Moulmein only, H. pembertont from Magaree, Pegu,

H. apicalis from British Burma, H. burmeisteri from Upper Tenasserim,

and H. mason from Tenasserim—all these species coming into his genus

Pademma. He seems to have lost sight of the specimens he gave in his

Upper Tenasserim paper under the name of Salpinz crassa from “ Ah-

sown; Moulmein to Meetan; Hatsiega; Naththoung to Paboga; Taoo,

-3,000—5,000 feet,” unless he has distributed them amongst the numerous

species above-mentioned, all of which are from the region dealt with

in this paper. There can be no doubt whatever that a very large

proportion of the new species and some of the older ones given by

Mr. Moore in his paper on Hupleina will have to disappear ; in the col-

416 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

lection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, alone there are certainly dozens

of specimens of Huplea which do not agree with any of Mr. Moore’s

descriptions, and from his point of view constitute undescribed and

therefore new species, but from ours are variations only.

Kurne@a (Pademma) masont, Moore.

Hupt@a (Isamia) margarita, Butler.

*8. Hupia@a (Trepsichrois) LINNAI.

T. linnei, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 286, n. 1, pls. xxix, fig. 4,

emale ; xxx, fig. 1, male.

T. midamus, Moore (nec Linnzeus), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 823.

Several males from Tavoy, and the hills.

Kupta@a (Menama) cupreiPENNIs, Moore. .

9. EKupita@a (Menama) TAvVoYANA.

M. tavoyana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 265, n. 4, pl. xxx, fig. 6,

male.

Several males and one female which vary considerably inter se, but

more or less agree with the type of this species (compared by Mr. Elwes)

in the British Museum.

10. Eupra@a (Menama) cAMARALZEMAN P

BE. camaralzeman, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 271, n. 6, pl. xxix, fig.

1, male.

A male specimen from Tavoy seems to agree with the plate of this

fine species from Siam, but is smaller, and wants the white dot on the

upperside of the forewing in the second median interspace.

*11. EKopia@a (Penoa) LIMBOoRGII.

E. limborgit, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 823, pl. li, fig. 2, male.

Two males from Tavoy. We are inclined to believe that this

species must be the same as H. pinwilli, Butler, from Province Welles-

ley, Malacca, and Sumatra. No characters by which to distinguish them

are given by Mr. Moore, and though both are figured twice, we can detect

no differences of specific value between them. If they are one species,

as seems most probable, Mr. Butler’s name has priority.

Eueia@a (Penoa) atcaTHok, Godart.

Evreie@a (Mahintha) suspira, Moore.

#12, Hopie@a (COrastia) GODARTII. -

E. godartii, Lucas, Rev. Zool., second series, vol. v, p. 319 (1853).

Several males from Tavoy, and the hills.

*13. Evupim@a (Stictoplea) HARRISII.

E. harrisii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. ii, p. 328, n, 451 (1865), male only.

1886. ] Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 417

E. grotet (female only), Felder, 1. c., p. 339, n. 470, pl. xli, fig. 7, female.

Stictoplwa grotet (nec Felder), Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 824.

Several males and one female from Tavoy and Sinbyoodine.

Subfamily SatyRina.

LETHE MINERVA, Fabricius.

L. arcadia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 824.

LETHE MEKARA, Moore.

*14, LETHE ROHRIA.

Papilio rohria, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 45, n. 446 (1787).

A single male from Ponsekai.

LetuHe verma, Kollar.

15. LrtTHeE EUROPA.

Papilio europa, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 500, n. 247 (1775).

A few specimens of both sexes from Tavoy.

#16, MELANITIS LEDA, Linneeus.

Papilio leda, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 773, n. 151 (1767).

P. ismene, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. xxvi, figs. A, B (1775).

Melanitis ismene, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 824.

M. determinata, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag., vol. xxi, p. 246 (1885).

Several specimens of both sexes of the winter and dry-season forms

of this species from Tavoy. As neither Limborg nor Moti Ram collected

in this region during the rains, the ocellated form (true WM. leda) was

not obtained.

*17. MELANITIS BELA.

M. bela, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C., vol. i, p. 223, n. 465

(1857).

Several males from Tavoy.

18. MELANITIS ZITENIUS.

Papilio zitenius, Herbst, Pap., pl. clxxxii, figs. 1, 2 (1796).

Melanitis zitenius, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 412, n. 3, pl. xxxviii, fig. 2, male

(1886).

One female from Sinbyoodine of the dry-season form of the Species

which has been figured by Mr. Distant.

ZETHERA DIADEMOIDES, Moore.

*19. Mycatusis (Calysisme) MINEUS.

Papilio mineus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 768, n. 126 (1767).

Mycalesis mineus, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 825.

Calysisme indistans, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1880, p. 164.

Both sexes of the winter and dry-season form of the species from

Tavoy. Limborg appears to have obtained the rains generation (true M.

418 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

mineus) also. It has nothing to do with the following, Mr. de Nicéville

has lately bred the latter ; it differs widely in the larval stage from

M. mineus.

Mycatssis (Calystsme) prrspus, Fabricius.

Papilio perseus, Fabricius, Syst. Hnt., p. 488, n. 199 (1775).

Mycalesis perseus, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 825.

Papilio blasius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 426, n. 488-9 (1798).

Mycalesis blasius, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 825.

Mr. de Nicéville having bred ab ovo these two hitherto supposed

distinct species the one from the other, the former representing the dry-

season, and the latter the wet-season form, we have placed them together

under the older name, they were kept separate by Mr. Moore in his

Tenasserim paper.

*20. MYCALESIS ANAXIOIDES.

M. anazioides, Marshall, Butt. of India, vol. i, p. 107, n. 87 (1883).

? M. anawias, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 825.

A single male from Tavoy of this very distinct species.

*21. Mycaresis (Orsotricna) RUNEKA.

M. runeka, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. i, p. 234, n.

501 (1857).

Both sexes from Tavoy. The rains generation of this species is

probably M. medus, Fabricius, and was not obtained.

*22. Mycatesis (Culapa) MNASICLES.

M. mnasicles, Hewitson, Ex. Butt., vol. iii, Mycalesis pl. v, figs. 32, 33, male

(1864).

One male from Tavoy rather smaller than Sumatran specimens in

the British Museum compared by Mr. Elwes.

23. Mycatssis (Loesa) FERVIDA.

Loesa fervida, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. x, p. 372,

n. 1 (1882).

Mycalesis suwrkha, Marshall, Journ. A. §. B., vol. li, pt. 2, p. 87, n. 1, pl. iv, fig. 1,

male (1882).

Three males from Tavoy and one from Ponsekai which agree with

the types of this species in the British Museum, and Indian Museum,

Calcutta.

YPTHIMA PHILOMELA, Johanssen.

Yphthima baldus, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 825.

YPTHIMA METHORA.

Yphthima methora, Moore (nec Hewitson), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 825.

The two above-mentioned species are probably different generations

of the ubiquitous Y. philomela. The true Y. methora is a very distinct

i dt ee et ee en

— ee Sr a eee

1886.] Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 419

species, the male without a sexual mark, and occurs in Sikkim and

Bhutan sparingly.

ERITES ANGULARIS, Moore.

Subfamily Etymniinz.

*24, HLYMNIAS UNDULARIS.

Papilio wndularis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. ii, pl. x, figs. 1, 2, male (1778).

Elymnias tinctoria, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 826.

Several males and one or two females from Tavoy which vary con-

siderably. - They do not agree with Mr. Moore’s description of H. tinc-

toria, and we do not think that the latter can be separated from H. un-

dularis. Thefemales have the disc of the hindwing white; even in

Burma, however, this feature is not constant.

ELYMNIAS LEUcocyMA, Godart.

Dyctis leucocyma, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 826.

Dyctis vAsupEVA, Moore.

Elymnias vasudeva, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 826.

Subfamily Morpuina.

AMATHUSIA PHIDIPPUS, Linneus.

ZEVXIDIA MASONI, Moore.

*25. DiscoPHORA TULLIA.

Papilio tullia, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i; pl. Ixxxi, figs. A, B, female (1775).

One or two males from Tavoy.

DiscorHora ZAL, Westwood.

*26. DiIscOPHORA NECHO.

D. necho, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. iii, p. 462, n. 782 (1867).

One male from Tavoy.

*27. CLEROME ARCESILAUS.

Papilio arcesilaus, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 28, n. 305 (1787).

A few males from Tavoy and Ponsekai.

AMMONA LENA, Atkinson.

*28, XANTHOTANIA BUSIRIS.

X. busiris, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., new series, vol. iv, p. 187, n. 6

(1858).

A few males from Tavoy and Ponsekai.

STICHOPHTHALMA LOUISA, Wood-Mason.

Thawmantis lowisa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1878, p. 827,

420 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

Subfamily NYMPHALINA.

*29. CIRRHOCHROA SURYA.

Cirrochroa surya, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 827.

Two or three males from Tavoy.

*30. CUPHA ERYMANTHIS.

Papilio erymanthis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, pl. xv, figs. 3, 4 (1770). |

Messaras erymanthis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 827. |

One specimen from Ponsekai.

*31. .ATELLA SINHA.

Terinos sinha, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 2, p. 438, n. 1 (1848)

One male from Ponsekai.

32. ATELLA ALCIPPE.

Papilio alcippe, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, pl. ccclxxxix, figs. G, H (1782).

Two males from Tavoy and one from Sinbyoodine.

33. ATELLA PHALANTA,

Papilio phalanta, Drury, Ill. Bx. Ins., vol. i, pl. xxi, figs. 1, 2 (1770).

A single male from Tavoy.

JUNONIA ATLITES, Linneeus.

J. laomedia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 828.

*34. JUNONIA LEMONIAS.

Papilio lemonias, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 473, n. 93 (1758).

A pair from Tavoy.

*35,. JUNONIA ORITHYIA.

Papilio oritya, Linneeus, Mus. Ulr., p. 278, n. 96 (1764).

A few specimens of both sexes from Tavoy.

JUNONIA ALMANA, Linneeus.

36. JUNONIA HIERTA.

Papilio hierta, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 424, n. 281-2 (1798).

One pair from Tavoy.

*37. PRECIS IPHITA.

Papilio iphita, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. ecix, figs. C, D (1779).

Several specimens from Tavoy, and the hills.

88. PREUDERGOLIS WEDAH.

Ariadne wedah, Kollar in Higel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 2, p. 437, n. 1 (1848). - =

Two or three males from Tavoy and Ponsekai.

39. ERGOLIS MERIONE.

Papilio merione, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, pl. exliv, figs. G, H (1777).

Several examples of both sexes from Tavoy and Ponsekai.

1886. ] Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 421

40. ERGOLIS ARIADNE.

Papilio ariadne, Linnzus, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 778, n. 170 (1767).

One male from Tavoy.

*41. DOLESCHALLIA PRATIPA.

D. pratipa, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatsch., vol. iv, p. 399, n. 20 (1860).

Many examples from Tavoy and the hills, several of which are hardly

separable from the North and South Indian, Ceylonese and Andamanese

D. polibete, Cramer.

KALiLIm™a LimBorGil, Moore.

442, CYRESTIS THYODAMAS.

CO. thyodamas, Boisduval, Cuvier’s Régne Animal, Ingectes vol. ii, pl. cxxxviii,

fig. 4 (1836).

One male from Tavoy.

43. CYRESTIS NIVALIS.

C. nivalis, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. iii, p. 414, n. 634 (1867).

A single male from Tavoy.

*44, CYRESTIS COCLES.

Papilio cocles, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 7, n. 53 (1787).

Cyrestis earli, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 141, n. 2, pl. xiii, fig. 5, male (1883).

| A single male from Sinbyoodine which seems to agree very well with;

though rather smaller than, this species figured by Mr. Distant under its

varietal name OC. earl.

45, CYRESTIS PERIANDER.

| Papilio periander, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 9, n. 74 (1787).

Cyrestis themire, Honrath, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., vol. xxviii, pt. 2, p. 398, pl. x,

fig. 5 (1884).

: One male from Ponsekai agreeing with Mergui and Malacca ex-

amples.

Cyrestis (Chersonesia) r1sa, Doubleday: and Hewitson.

46. SYMBRENTHIA HIPPOCLUS.

Papilio hippoclus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, p. 46, pl. ccxx, figs. C0, D, male

(1779).

A few males from Tavoy of this widely-spread species.

47. CYNTHIA EROTA,

Papilio erota, Fabricius, Ent, Syst., vol. iii, pt. i, p. 76, n. 237 (1798).

Several males from Tavoy, Ponsekai and Sinbyoodine.

_ *48. HiRoNa ANGUSTATA.

H. angustata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 829.

A pair from Tavoy. At best this species is only a local race of

422 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

H. marathus, Doubleday and Hewitson, and we do not yet know whether

it is constantly distinct from the typical form.

PENTHEMA DARLISA, Moore.

*49, PARTHENOS GAMBRISIUS, var. LILACINUS.

Papilio gambrisius, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 12, n. 118 (1787).

Parthenos lilacinus, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zoology, second series, vol. i, p.

544 (1877).

P. apicalis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 829.

Two males from Ponsekai of the varietal form llacinus, showing

no approach to the other varietal form apicalis described by Mr. Moore.

50. HyYPoLIMNAS BOLINA.

Papilio bolina, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 479, n. 124 (1758).

A pair from Tavoy and Ponsekai.

Ol. YoMA VAsvKI.

Y. vasuki, Doherty, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lv, pt. 2, p. 259, n. 9 (1886).

A single male from Sinbyoodine of this beautiful species.

5)2. RHINOPALPA POLYNICE.

Papilio polynice, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. excv, figs. D, E, male (1779).

One malefrom Tavoy. If KR. fulva, Felder, is hereafter proved to be

distinct from R. polynice, the species in question may be called by the

former name.

53. CETHOSIA BIBLIS.

Papilio biblis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, pl. iv, fig. 2, male (1770).

One male from Ponsekai.

54, HURIPUS HALITHERSES.

E. halitherses, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 293, n. 1, pl.

xli, fig. 2, male (1850).

Hestina isa, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. i, p. 161,

n. 333, female (1857). 7

Euripus eupleoides, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. iii, p. 415, n. 638 (1866) ; id.,

Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 134, n. i, pl. xiii, fig. 6, male ; 7, female (1883).

One female from Tavoy agrees perfectly with Distant’s figure, and

almost exactly with the commonest though extremely variable form of

the female of this species occurring in Sikkim which Mr. Moore des-

cribed as a distinct species under the name of H. isa. Mr. Distant, after

devoting nearly a page to a description of this form, ends by saying that

E. euplaoides is clearly a local race of H. halitherses, but we cannot allow

this to be the case, as it is not peculiar to any one region or locality. A

local race is a race which is limited in its range, whilst this seems to be

merely an inconstant variety in the female sex.

1886. | Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 4.23

55. ATHYMA PERIUS.

Papilio perius, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 471, n, 79 (1758).

A few males from Tavoy and Ponsekai.

56. ATHYMA ASURA.

A. asura, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H. I. C., vol. i, p. 171, n.

350, pl. va, fig. 1 (1857).

Two broken females from Tavoy agreeing with specimens from the

N.-W. Himalayas (Hocking), and from Shanghai (Pryer), in Mr. Elwes,

collection.

57. ATHYMA ZEROCA.

A. zeroca, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 564.

Two males from Tavoy are rather smaller than Sikkim specimens.

58. ATHYMA SELENOPHORA.

Limenitis selenophora, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 2, p. 426, pl. vii,

figs. 1, 2, male (1848).

One male from Tavoy has the macular submarginal band on the

upperside of the hindwing slightly more conspicuous than in Sikkim

specimens.

59. ATHYMA ASITA.

A. asita, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1858, p. 13, n. 8.

A very typical male égreeing exactly with the description from

Ponsekai, and two females from Tavoy.

60. ATHYMA MAHESA.

A. mahesa, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. i, p. 176, n.

360, pl. va, fig. 7 (1857). ’

Two males and one female from Tavoy are rather transitional to

A. ranga, Moore, the latter probably being the dry-season form of A,

mahesa.

61. ATHYMA PRAVARA.

A. pravara, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. i, p. 173,

n. 354, pl. va, fig. 4 (1857).

One male from Ponsekai agrees with specimens from North-Hastern

India, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java and Borneo.

62. ATHYMA KANWA.

A. kanwa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1858, p. 17, n. 17, pl. li, fig. 2,

One female from Tavoy agrees with Bornean specimens, except that

the bands on the hindwing are rather broader. It occurs also in the

Naga Hills.

63. ATHYMA NIVIFERA.

A. nivifera, Butler, Trans. Linn, Soc., Zoology, second series, vol. i, p. 540, n. 5,

pl. Ixix, fig. 4, male (1877).

424, Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

A male from Tavoy agrees with Malacca and Bornean examples in

the British Museum. At best this species is but a “local race” of A.

nefte, Cramer.

*64. LEBADEA ISMENE.

Limenitis ismene, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 276, n.

10, pl. xxxiv, fig. 2 (1850).

Lebadea attenuata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 829.

One or two specimens from Ponsekai. Examples from this region

and Tenasserim are typical L. attenuata, but they merge imperceptibly

into L. ismene, Doubleday and Hewitson, in North-Eastern India.

65. Limenitis (Moduza) PRocRIS.

Papilio procris, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, pl. cvi, figs. H, F (1777).

A few specimens from Tavoy.

66. APATURA NAMOUNA.

A. namouna, Doubleday, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvi, p. 178 (1845).

A male from Tavoy is quite similar to Sikkim examples.

67. ApatuRrA (Rohkana) PARYSATIS.

A. parisatis, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 305, n. 20, note (1850).

Two males from Ponsekai, and a pair from Tavoy.

*68. NEPTIS ADARA.

N. adara, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 830.

One specimen from Ponsekai and two from Tavoy which agree with

some from Burma named by Mr. Moore. Itis very doubtfully distinct

from N. varmona, Moore.

69. NEPTIS VARMONA.

N. varmona, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 561.

Two from Tavoy and one from Ponsekai agree with some forms of

this widely-spread and variable species.

NEPTIS MEETANA, Moore.

70. NeEpTIS EMODES.

N. emodes, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 561, pl. xxxii, fig, 2.

One female from Tavoy.

NeEPTIS JUMBAH.

N. jwinba, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 830.

71. . NEpTis OPHIANA.

N. ophiana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 561.

One male from Ponsekai agrees with Sikkim examples in all but—

the rather yellower shade of the ground-colour on the underside.

NEpPTIS ADIPALA, Moore.

LS eh Le CT

—————E———— >

1886.] Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 425

72. NzEPTIS SOMA.

N. soma, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1858, p. 9, n. 17, pl. xlix, fig. 6.

One specimen from Ponsekai agrees exactly with Hastern Hima-

layan specimens.

73. NEPTIS sUSRUTA P

N. susruta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 563, pl. xxxii, fig. 4.

Two males from Tavoy. They agree fairly well with Upper Tenas-

serim specimens of this species in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, named by

Mr. Moore, but have all the bands and spots of the upperside pure white

not ferruginous (? fuliginous) white.

74. NBEPTIS BATARA.

N. batara, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 310.

One male specimen from Tavoy so named by Mr. Moore. The

type was from Sumatra. Itis very near to N. miah, Moore, but has

the orange bands on the upperside broader throughout.

Nupris (Rahinda) puaciosa, Moore.

75. Nupris (Rahinda) DoRELIA.

N. dorelia, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zoology, second series, vol. i, p. 542, n. 7,

pl. Ixviii, fig. 3 (1877).

A single female from Tavoy so named by Mr. Moore. It has the

second subcostal nervule of the forewing given off after the apical termi-

nation of the cell, but Mr. Distant places this species in the other section

of the genus which contains the true Neptes. In the Indian Museum,

Calcutta, are numerous specimens of a Neptis taken by Dr. Anderson

in the Mergui Archipelago which Mr. Moore has also ticketed “ Neptis

dorelia.’ These latter have the second subcostal nervule of the forewing

given off some distance before the apex of the cell. As there is much

confusion regarding this species, we trust that some one will clear it up

by referring to the type of dorelia, and stating whether itis a Rahinda

ora Neptis. The Mergui specimens are we believe N. sattanga, Moore.

76. SYMPHADRA DIRTBA.

Papilio dirtea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 59, n. 184 (1793).

Three males and two females from Tavoy and Ponsekai. These

specimens agree in some particulars with the S. pardalis of Moore, but

as S.dirtea is an eminently variable species even in the same locality,

the former species cannot in our opinion be retained even as a local race.

77. Huraania (Dophla) punyA.

Adolias dunya, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 291, n. 6,

pl. xliv, fig. 3 (1850).

A single male from Tavoy. It occurs also in Mergui, Perak, Suma-

tra, and Borneo, and seems to be very constant throughout its range.

426 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [ No. 5,

EUTHALIA LEPIDEA, Butler.

Adolias lepidea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 830.

Mr. de Nicéville has lately discovered that the males of this and of

the two following species and probably the whole of this group, have on

the upperside of the hindwing bordered anteriorly by the costal nervure

and extending into the subcostal interspace, an oval glandular patch of

lustrous modified deep black scales, this being an unique feature in this

group of the large genus Huthalia, and has not previously been recorded,

*78. HUTHALIA SATROPACES.

Adolias satropaces, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag., vol. xiii, p. 150 (1876) ; id., Moore,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 830.

There are four males from Tavoy.

79, HKUTHALIA ANDERSONII.

E. andersonii, Moore, Journ. A. §. B., vol. liii, pt. 2, p. 18 (1884).

Two pairs from Tavoy,

EUTHALIA XIPHIONES, Butler.

Adolias wiphiones, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 609, n. 60, pl. xlv,

fig. 6, male.

A. parvata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 831, pl. lii, fig. 3, female.

EUTHALIA DISCISPILOTA, Moore.

Adolias discispilota, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 831, pl. lii, fig. 2,

female.

*80. FHUTHALIA JAHNU.

Adolias jahnu, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. i, p.

192, n. 387, female (1857) ; idem, id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 831.

A. sananda, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., new series, vol. v, p. 76, n. 80, pl. vii,

fig. 8, male (1859).

A male from Tavoy agrees with Sikkim specimens.

EUTHALIA TAOOANA, Moore.

Adolias taooana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 831.

#81. CHARAXES (Hulepis) ATHAMAS.

Papilio athamas, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, pl. ii, fig. 4 (1770).

Charazes samatha, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 831.

Several specimens from Ponsekai and Tavoy, which differ slightly

inter se in the width of the discal band, some have it exactly as wide as

in Drury’s figure of CU. athamas, others a little wider, none “ one-third

less in width” as given by Mr. Moore as distinctive of C. samatha.

82. CHaraxes (Hulepis) DELPHIS.

C. delphis, Doubleday, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., second series, vol. i, p. 217, pl. vii

(1843) :

Two males of this fine species from Tavoy.

1886.] — Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. A427

83. CHaraxes (Hulepis) EUDAMIPPUS.

E. eudamippus, Doubleday, Ann. Soc. Hunt. Fr., second series, vol. i, p. 218,

pl. viii (1843).

One male from Tavoy and one from Ponsekai.

Cuaraxes (Haridra) mMarmax, Westwood.

Cuaraxes (Haridra) piesa, Moore.

*84, CHARAXES (Haridra) aana.

C. agna, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 832.

A single male from Tavoy agrees with the description of this species.

CuAraxes (Haridra) warpax, Felder.

85. CHaraxes (Haridra) corax.

C. corax, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. iii, p. 444, n. 724 (1867).

A few male specimens from Tavoy.

PROTHOE ANGELICA, Butler.

P. angelica, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvi, p. 53

(1885).

P. franckii, Moore (nec Godart), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 832.

Family LEMONIIDA.

Subfamily Lisytua#ina,

LIBYTHEA MYRRHA, Godart.

Subfamily Numeosrina.

ZpMBEROS FLEGYAS, Cramer.

*86. TAXILA FASCIATA.

T. fasciata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 832, pl. lii, fig. 1, male.

One male and two females from Tavoy. The former differs from

the same sex of a Javan specimen of J. haquinus, Fabricius, in the -

Indian Museum, Calcutta, in having a white instead of an orange sub-

apical oblique fascia on the underside of the forewing, which shows

through faintly on the upperside; it is also rather larger.

87. TaxiILA THUISTO.

T. thuisto, Hewitson, Ex. Butt., vol. ii, Tawila pl. i, figs. 5, 6, female (1861).

Abisara thuisto, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 191, n. 4, woodcut n. 51, male ; 52,

female (1883).

A single male from Tavoy which nearly agrees with Distant’s

figure, but has the silvery spot of the submarginal series in the sub-

costal interspace on the underside of the forewing showing through on

the upperside. Itagrees with Bornean examples compared by Mr. Elwes,

but the spots below are smaller and better defined.

428 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [ No. 5,

ABISARA NEOPHRON, Hewitson.

*88. ABISARA ECHERIUS.

Papilio echerius, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer’s Pap. Ex., vol. v, pl. xxxi, figs. 1,1 A

male ; 1 B, female (1790).

Abisara angulata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 833.

One pair from Tavoy agreeing closely with some specimens from

Tenasserim, Tonghoo, Akyab, &c. We do not see how to distinguish

between the numerous varieties of this wide-spread species which

have been described by Moore under many names. These forms seem

to vary too much in most localities to enable them to be distinguished

even as local races.

Family LYCAINID A.

89. CURETIS MALAYICA P

Anops malayica, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. ii, p. 221, n. 241, pl. xxviii, fig.

18, male (1865).

Curetis malayica, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 202, n. 1, pl. xxii, fig. 28, male

(1884).

One male from Tavoy and four from Ponsekai agree more closely

with the figure of this species than with any other, but differ from it

on the upperside of the hindwing in the black margin being broader

and inwardly diffused, not sharply defined, narrow, and even, as in

Felder’s figure. These specimens agree exactly with some from Sikkim,

in which locality there appears to be every gradation between this species

and the most highly angulated C. bulis.

90. CURETIS BULIS ?

Anops bulis, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 473, n. 3,

pl. Ixxv, fig. 5, male (1852) ; id., Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., p. 15, n. 2, pl. iv, fig. L :

(1863). | |

One female from Ponsekai which agrees in markings and colour

with the two figures above quoted, but in the angulation of both wings

is about intermediate between them.

91. CASTALIUS ROSIMON.

Papilio rosimon, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 623, n. 341 (1775).

A single specimen from Tavoy.

*92,. CASTALIUS ROXUS.

Polyommatus rowus, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 659, n. 142 (1828).

Three examples from Ponsekai.

93. NACADUBA ARDATES. -

Lycena ardates, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1874, p. 574, pl. Ixvii, fig. 1.

Two males from Tavoy.

LAMPIDES ALEXIS, Stoll.

In Mr. de Nicéville’s opinion this is almost certainly the cold and

dry-season generation of the following species.

1886. ] 3 Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 439

*94. LAMPIDES EZLIANUS.

Hesperia aelianus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 280, n. 79 (1793).

One female from Tavoy. This is probably the wet-season genera-

tion of ZL. alexis.

*95. LAMPIDES ELPIS.

Polyommatus elpis, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 654, n. 125 (1823).

One pair from Tavoy.

*96. CATOCHRYSOPS STRABO.

Hesperia strabo, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 287, n. 101 (1798).

Lampides kandarpa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 833.

One male from Ponsekai, and a female from Tavoy, of this wide-

: ranging species.

97. CATOCHRYSOPS LITHARGYRIA.

Lampides lithargyria, Moore, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fourth series, vol. xx,

p. 340 (1877).

One male from Tavoy. Is this really a distinct species from the

preceding P It only differs in the shade of colour of the upperside, C.

strabo being “ lilac-blue,” C. hthargyria, ‘ greyish silvery-blue.” The

two always appear to occur together, and the female of the latter species

is even now undescribed.

Drvupapia Listas, Fabricius.

? Hypolycena lisias, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 833.

It is probable that these specimens have been since described by

Mr. Moore under the name of D. boisduvalii.*

*98. CHERITRA FREJA.

Hesperia freja, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 263, n. 19 (1798).

Miurina freja, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 834.

Four pairs of this common species from Ponsekai and Tavoy.

99. CHUERITRA ETOLUS.

Papilio etolus, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 66,n. 620 (1787).

_ Two specimens from Ponsekai.

100. Hypotyca@NA ERYLUS.

Polyommatus erylus, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 633, n. 60 (1823).

Two male specimens from Tavoy.

THAMALA MINIATA, Moore.

VADEBRA SUFFUSA, Moore.

Deudorix suffusa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 834, pl. lii, fig. 8.

*101. Loxura aATYMNUS.

Papilio atymnus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, pl. cccxxxi, figs. D, H (1780).

A few specimens from Ponsekai and Tavoy.

Journ. A. S. B., vol. liii, pt. 2, p. 31 (1884).

430 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

102. PoriTIA PHRAATICA.

P. phraatica, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., p. 214, n. 2, pl. Ixxxviii, fig. 2, female

(1878).

A pair of this pretty species, so named by Mr. Moore, in bad

condition from Ponsekai. The male does not at all agree with Distant’s

figure of this species. It seems near to P. swmaire, Felder, but is

quite distinct.

AMBLYPODIA TAOOANA, Moore.

NARATHURA MOOLAIANA, Moore.

*103. NILASERA CENTAURUS.

Papilio centauwrus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 520, n. 329 (1775).

Amblypodia nakula, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatsch., vol. iv, p. 395, n. 4 (1860).

Arhopala nakula, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 835.

Three specimens from Tavoy and Ponsekai.

NILASERA VIHARA, Felder.

Arhopala vihara, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 835.

104. SATADRA AGABA.

Amblypodia agaba, Hewitson, Cat. Lyc. B. M., p. 8, n. 39, pl. iv, figs. 39, 40,

female (1862).

One male from Tavoy so named by Mr. Moore. The male is unde-

scribed. It differs from the female only in being purple rather than

bright blue on the upperside, the outer margins narrowly and evenly,

instead of broadly, black. Underside like the female.

SURENDRA QUERCETORUM, Moore.

THADUCA MULTICAUDATA, Moore.

Family PAPILIONIDAi.

Subfamily Pisrina.

#105. TERIAS HECABE.

Papilio hecabe, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 470, n. 74 (1758).

A few specimens from Tavoy, Ponsekai, and the hills, which, as

usual in almost all localities, vary considerably ; some of them might per-

haps be called T. sari, another T. hecabeoides, another T. uniformis by

those who believe in the minute subdivision of this genus which has been

carried out by Messrs. Butler and Moore. But for our part we are quite

unable to see how the majority of these species can be defined, and

we think that, when the whole genus comes to be critically revised by

the light of modern ideas, instead of twenty or thirty, not more than

five or six species will be recognised in India.

Tertas suAVA, Boisduval.

TERIAS SILHETANA, Wallace.

1886. ] Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 431

*106. THRIAS FORMOSA.

Eurema formosa, Hiibner, Zutrige Ex. Schmett., figs. 979, 980 (1837).

A few examples from Tavoy and Ponsekai.

TrrRI4s LHTA, Boisduval.

*107. LEProsta XIPHIA.

Papilio ziphia, Fabricius, Spec. Ins., vol. ii, p. 43, n. 180 (1781).

Nychitonia wiphia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 837.

A single very dark female example from Sinbyoodine.

#108. CATOPSILIA CATILLA.

Papilio catilla, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, pl. ccxxix, figs. D, E, female (1779).

Callidryas catilla, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 837.

A few specimens from the hills and from Tavoy, the females show-

ing the usual variations.

*109. CATOPSILIA CROCALE.

Papilio crocale, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. lv, figs. C, D, female (1775).

Callidryas crocale, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 837.

A male from Tavoy.

*110. HEBOMOIA GLAUCIPPE.

Papilio glaucippe, Linnzeus, Mus. Ulr., p. 240, n. 59 (1764).

A few males from Tavoy and the hills.

Pill. Ixzas, sp.

Ivias pallida, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 837.

Ivias citrina, Moore, 1. c.

Ivias moulmeinensis, Moore, 1. c.

We do not know to which, if any, of these species the numerous

male specimens of Iwias in this collection should be referred. Though

they are smaller, they seem to come nearest to I. andamana, Moore,

to which Mr. Moore says his I. pallida is nearest, but we cannot believe

that inthis very variable genus anything like the number of described

species really exists. Some of the Tenasserim specimens might be also

called I. birdi, Distant (from the Malay Peninsula), or I. verna, Druce

(from Siam), but on the whole we prefer to leave the matter undeter-

mined until the whole genus can be examined critically.

112. NEPHERONIA GAA.

Eronia gea, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. ii, p. 190, n. 188 (1865).

A male, and a female with yellow at the base of the hindwing, from

Tavoy.

NEPHERONIA LUTESCENS, Butler.

Eronia lutescens, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 838.

Has this species ever been described ? Mr. Moore gives no refer-

ence to it. He records it from Sumatra, as well as fro1a Moulmein to

Meetan.

432 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

*113. CaToOPHAGA NEOMBO.

Pieris neombo, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép., vol. i, p. 589, n. 148 (1836).

C. neombo, Moore, Lep. Cey., vol. i, p. 181, pl. 1, fig. 3a, female (1881).

A single female from Tavoy agreeing fairly well with the above-

quoted figure. Itis probably, however, the opposite sex of the following

species.

*114, CATOPHAGA PAULINA.

Papilio paulina, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, pl. cx, figs. E, F, female (1777).

Many males from Tavoy, Ponsekai, and the hills. This is another

genus which sadly requires critical revision.

115. Huposcritia INDRA.

Pieris indra, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H.I. C., vol. i, p. 74,

n. 143 (1857).

A few males from Tavoy and Ponsekai.

HiIPOSCRITIA LAGELA.

Catophaga lagela, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 838, pl. lii, fig. 4.

*116. HUPHINA LEA.

Pieris lea, Doubleday, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvii, p. 23 (1846).

Appias lea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 838.

Numerous males, but no females, from the hills, Tavoy, and Ponsekai.

*117. UHUPHINA NAMA.

Pieris nama, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H.I.C., vol. i, p. 76,

n. 148 (1857).

Appias nama, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 838.

A few males from the hills, Tavoy, and Ponsekai.

118. HUPHINA PHRYNE.

Papilio phryne, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 473, n. 131 (1775).

A few specimens from the hills and Tavoy of one of the numerous

races of this wide-spread species.

HUPHINA DAPHA.

Appias dapha, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 838.

The specimens we have identified as H. phryne are very near to this

species, but do not quite agree with the description of it.

*119,. APPIAS ZELMIRA.

Papilio zelmira, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, pl. cccxx, figs. C, D, female (1780).

A few males from Ponsekai and the hills.

AppriAs AMBA, Wallace.

APpPiIAS VACANS, Butler.

DELIAS PASITHOE, Linnezeus.

Detias 1npica, Wallace.

1886. | Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 433

*120. DELIAS DESCOMBESI.

Pieris descombesi, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép., vol. i, p. 465, n. 38 (1836).

A single female from Tavoy.

PRIONERIS WATSONI, Hewitson.

*121. PRIONERIS CLEMANTHE.

Pieris clemanthe, Doubleday, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvii, p. 23 (1846).

Several males from Tavoy, Ponsekai, and the hills.

Subfamily PaprLioninz.

*122. Paprtio (Hupleopsis, subg. nov., de Nicéville) TELEARCHUS.

P. telearchus, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., new series, vol. ii, p. 22, pl. vi,

fig. 3 (1852).

Three males of this fine species from Tavoy, and one from Ponse-

kai. P. butleri, Janson, figured in Distant’s ‘Rhopalocera Malayana,’

pls. xxvu, xxvlia, is a near ally of this.

123. Paritio (Menamopsis, subg. nov., de Nicéville) TAVOYANUS.

P. tavoyanus, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. x, p. 373, n. 3

(Nov., 1882).

P. clare, Marshall, Journ. A. S. B., vol. li, pt. 2, p. 42, n. 7, pl. iv, fig. 5, male

(Dec., 1882).

Through an accident and from no fault whatever of Major Mar-

shall’s, Mr. Butler’s name for this species has priority of publication.

Major Marshall’s paper describing it and other Tenasserim species was

written and read many months (nearly a year) before Mr. Butler’s

paper appeared.

One male from Ponsekai.

PapiLio (Paranticopsis) XENOCLES, Doubleday.

*124. Papitio (Paranticopsis) MEGARUS.

P. megarus, Westwood, Arc. Hnt., vol. ii, p. 98, pl. Ixxii, fig. 2 (1845).

Many males from Ponsekai and the hills.

125. Papitio (Paranticopsis) MACAREUS.

P. macareus, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 76, n. 144 (1819).

Many males from the hills and Ponsekai. They are much smaller

than Bornean specimens, and have less white in the interspaces of the

hindwing than those from Sikkim.

*126. Papinio (Chilasa) ONPAPH.

P. onpape, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 840.

Several males from Tavoy, Ponsekai, and the hills. They vary

considerably in the amount of white on the forewing, which is usually

more abundant in Tenasserim than in Indian specimens. At best this

species is only a local race of P. panope, Linnseus, which itself is a varia-

ble and probably dimorphic species.

434 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

127. Paprrizio (Chilasa) cnyrta.

P. clytia, Linneous, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 479, n. 125 (1758).

A single male. In ‘The Lepidoptera of Ceylon’ Mr. Moore gives

the P. dissimilis of Linneus as a distinct species, but Mr. Distant pro-

bably more correctly unites them under the name of P. clytia. Collec-

tors in the Hast should make great efforts to breed this species or P.

panope from eggs laid in captivity from a known female; the results will

probably be interesting. These species, however, do not deposit their

eggs readily when under restraint, Mr. de Nicéville having made many

attempts to induce them to do so, but always unsuccessfully.

*128. Papitio (Laertias) POLYTES.

P. polytes, Linneus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 460, n. 7 (1758).

P. pammon, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 840.

A single male from the hills.

129. PapiLio (Laertias) PITMANI, n. sp., Pl. XX, Fig. 1, 3.

$ Uprersipr, both wings black. Forewing sprinkled with golden

scales, which assume the form of four streaks in the cell; two small

patches of thickly placed scales at the anal angle divided by the sub-

median nervure in continuation of the discal band in the hindwing.

Hindwing with a discal series of seven creamy-white spots between the

veins forming a macular band, rapidly increasing from the first to the

third which is the largest, the fourth longest and narrowest, the fifth,

sixth and seventh subequal, the sixth slightly tinged with ochreous, the

seventh entirely ochreous, with a small round deep ochreous spot below

it above the anal angle. Unpzrsipn, both wings duller black, the golden

irroration sparser, entirely absent broadly from the inner margin of the

forewing, which bears a quadrate somewhat diffused white spot in the

submedian interspace at the anal angle, with similar, but smaller and

more diffused, spots in pairs in the three interspaces above in one

specimen. Hindwing with the discal macular band as above but pure

white throughout instead of creamy becoming ochreous at the anal angle

as on the upperside, a marginal series of ochreous and white lunules

between the veins, with white internervular lunules on the margin.

EXpanse: 6, 3°4 to 3'5 inches.

Allied to P. polytes, Linneeus, the forewing on the upperside lacking

the white spots between the veins on the margin, the hindwing having

the discal band broader in the middle and placed nearer the margin, and,

conspicuously, in the seventh spot being ochreous, and the sixth more

or less tinged with that colour. On the underside the discal band of the

hindwing being continued on to the forewing at the anal angle, and the

marginal lunules being ochreous and white instead of deep ferrugiuous

1886. ] Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 435

and placed much nearer the margin will distinguish it from P. polytes ;

other differences as above.

Four males from Tavoy.

*130. Papryi1o (Menelaides) ARISTOLOCHIZ.

P. aristolochie, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 443, n. 3 (1775).

Many males and a few females from Tavoy, Ponsekai, and the hills.

*131. Paprnio (Menelaides) DOUBLEDAYI.

P. doubledayi, Wallace, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. xxv, p. 42, note (1865).

One male only from Tavoy.

*132. Papitio (Byasa) PHILOXENUS.

P. philoxenus, Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 32 (1831).

A single male in bad condition from Ponsekai. The red and

white spots on the hindwing varying much in Himalayan specimens are

here reduced to a minimum.

133. Papitio (Byasa) MINEREOIDES, n. sp., Pl. XX, Figs. 2, 2b, gd;

ov.

Go Uprnrsipr, both wings black. Forewing with the disc paler,

crossed by the deep black veins.and similar streaks between the veins,

two black streaks in the cell. Hindwing in one specimen with a trifid

discal white patch beyond the end of the cell divided by the veins, with

a diffused whitish spot in continuation in the submedian interspace

sullied with red and black scales, and a small obscure spot also in con-

tinuation placed against the discoidal nervule ; in the other specimen

this discal patch is very much larger, pink instead of white, the black

veins crossing it defined with rose-red, the uppermost spot above the

discoidal nervule coalescing with the marginal spot beyond on one wing»

while on the other wing the marginal spot is entirely merged into that

portion of the discal patch occupying the second subcostal interspace ;

four marginal lunules placed between the veins, the three anterior ones

of which are in one specimen white, the anal one only being rose-red ;

while the two lunules towards the anal angle are rose-red, the next above

is pink, and the uppermost, as above stated, is merged into the discal patch

in the other. Tail entirely black. UNnprrsipz, forewing, as above, though

rather paler. Hindwing with a fifth marginal lunule in the upper

subcostal interspace, white. Antenne black; palpi and thorax beneath

at insertion of the wings red; abdomen red below, black above, the

segments (especally towards the the anal one) ringed with red.

@ UPPERSIDE, forewing much paler, being dusky-grey. Hindwing

with the base of the wing as far as the discal patch also dusky-grey,

beyond the patch black ; the patch and marginal lunules white, the for-

436 Elwes & de Nicéville—TList of the Levidcy tercus [No. 5,

mer large as in one of the males. Unpersipr, both wings as in the

male. Hindwing with the ground-colour black throughout.

EXpanse; &, 2, 3:9 inches.

Nearest allied to P. minereus, Gray (Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 5, pl. i),

which inhabits Nepal and Sikkim, and with which it agrees in the male

in the structure of the abdominal fold of the hindwing and in the anal

valves, differing from it in its smaller size and in the tail not being

spotted with red; the hindwing is also proportionally broader and much

shorter. We may remark here that the red cross on the upperside

of the thorax shewn in Gray’s figure of P. minereus (the specimen

fieured being apparently a female) is not present in any specimen of that

species known to us, whilst the colouration of the thorax of P. philoxenus

on the following plate of the same work is also equally imaginative.

P. minereotdes presents an extraordinary superficial resemblance to

P. aristolochic, Fabricius, which occurs with it in Burma and Siam.

The male, however, may at once be distinguished from that species by

the form of the abdominal fold of the hindwing and of the anal valves,

and in both sexes by the longer and narrower discoidal cell of the

hindwing (which is never encroached upon by the transverse discal

patch), and by the underside of the same wing having only five spots

(of which the two anterior are invariably white) on the margin between

the veins, instead of the series of six red spots constantly present in

P. aristolochic.

One male from Sinbyoodine and a pair from Ponsekai were obtained.

There is also a single male in Major Marshall’s collection taken in March

in the Thoungyeen forests, Upper Tenasserim.

*134, Papriio (Fangerana) ZALBUCUS.

P. zaleucus, Hewitson, Ex. Butt., vol. iii, Papilio, pl. viii, figs. 24, male; 25

female (1865).

P. zelewcus, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 841.

Two pairs of this fine species from Ponsekai agree with Hewitson’s

types. There is a Papilio close to, but probably separable from, P.

(Pangeranopsis) elephenor, Doubleday, in the collection of Messrs. God-

man and Salvin from Bankasoon in South Tenasserim, where it was

collected by Mr. William Davison.

*135. Papinio (Charus) HELENUS.

P. helenus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 459, n. 4 (1758).

Several males from Ponsekai, and a few from the hills.

136. Paptntto (Charus) CHAON.

P. chaon, Westwood, Arc. Ent., vol. ii, p. 97, pl. lxxii, figs. 1, 1* (1845).

Two males from Ponsekai.

" ~~ — a

ieee eo

1886. ] Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 437

*137. Papinio (Charus) MAHADEVA.

P. mahadeva, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 840, pl. li, fig. 1, male.

Numerous males from the hills and one from Sinbyoodine, but no

female. Most of the specimens (asin some specimens of the male of

P. castor, Westwood) have a white dot at the end of the cell of the

forewing not shewn in Mr. Moore’s figure nor mentioned in his description,

and this is always seen on the underside. The inner series of marginal

Junules on the hindwing varies in breadth.

*138. Papinio (Iliades) ANDROGEUS.

P. androgeos, Cramer, Pap. Ex., pl. xci, figs. A, B, male (1776).

Several males but no females from the hills.

139. Papriio (Harimala) parts.

P. paris, Linnzus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 459, n. 3 (1758).

A few males from Tavoy, Ponsekai, and the hills.

*140. Papitio (Zetides) AGAMEMNON.

P. agamemnon, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 462, n. 21 (1758).

A few males from Ponsekai and the hills.

141. Papttio (Zetides) TELEPHUS.

P. telephus, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep., vol. i, p. 64, n. 49 (1865).

Very numerous males, but no females, from Ponsekai and the hills.

*142. Paprinio (Dalchina) sARPEDON.

P. sarpedon, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 461, n. 14 (1758).

Several males from Tavoy, Ponsekai, and the hills.

*143. Papinio (Pathysa) ANTIPHATES.

P. antiphates, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pl. lxxii, figs. A, B (1775),

Many males from Ponsekai and the hills.

144. Paprnio (Pathysa) aGETES.

P. agetes, Westwood, Arc. Ent., vol. ii, p. 23, pl. lv, figs. 1, 2 (1843).

One male from Ponsekai.

145. Papinio (Pathysa) NOMIUS.

P. nomius, Esper, Ausl. Schmett., pl. lii, fig. 3 (1785—1798).

Very abundant males from Ponsekai and the hills, which, though

varying somewhat in the breadth of the black bands on the forewing, have

them rather broader than some continental Indian specimens.

146. Paprtio (Pathysa) HERMOCRATES.

P. hermocrates, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. i, p. 57, n. 44, pl. xii, fig. e

(1865).

Several males from the hills. They differ slightly inter se in the

width of the black bands, but the narrowest-banded ones agree exactly

with Felder’s figure of this species, which was described from Luzon.

438 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

They differ from a long series of P. anticrates, Doubleday, in Mr. de

Nicéville’s collection taken by Mr. Otto Moller this spring in Sikkim, in

having the discal black band on the upperside of the hindwing always

continuous, instead of being always more or less macular though

variable.

147. Papinio (Orpheides) ERITHONIUS. .

P. evithonius, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ili, pl. ccxxxii, figs. A, B (1779).

One or two males from Tavoy.

148. ORNITHOPTERA RHADAMANTHUS.

0. rhadamanthus, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép., vol. i, p. 180, n. 8 (1836).

Two males from Sinbyoodine and one from Tavoy.

*149, LEPTOCIRCUS MEGES.

Papilio meges, Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta Ac. Nat, Cur., vol. xv, p. 161, n. 14,

pl. xv, fig. 8, male (1831).

Leptocircus virescens, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 841.

Several males from Tavoy and Ponsekai. To be distinguished from

specimens of ZL. curius, Fabricius, from Assam, by the subbasal band

across both wings being pale green instead of white.

Family HESPERIID Ai.

CHOASPES BENJAMINII, Guérin.

Ismene benjamini, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 841.

150. PrIRDANA RUDOLPHII, n. sp., Pl. XX, Fig. 6, o.

S UPPERSIDE, both wings rich brown, tinted with vinaceous. Forewing

with the cilia concolorous with the rest of the wing. Hindwing with the

cilia orange from the anal angle to the first median nervule, broadest in

the middle, from the first median nervule to the apex concolorous with the

wing. UNDERSIDE, both wings with the ground-colour as above. Forewing

with the inner margin broadly to the first median nervule pale ochreous,

the costa and upper half of the cell and all the veins except the median

and submedian nervures and the first median nervule streaked with

bronzy-green. Hindwing with the cell and all the veins and abdominal

margin streaked with bronzy-green, the cilia at the anal angle orange as

above, but rather broader. Head and body above concolorous with the

wings on the upperside, palpi, thorax, and underside of body orange.

Antenne dark brown throughout except the tip of the club on the under-

side which is paler. No secondary sexual characters.

EXpANnse; g, 2:00; 9, 2°25 inches.

Allied to Hesperia ismene, Felder (Reise Nov., Lep., vol. iii, p. 512,

n. 894, pl. Ixxiii, figs. 4, 5, male (1867), from Celebes, from which it

differs in having the cilia only of the hindwing on both sides at the anal

1886. ] Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 439

angle orange: in H. ismene the anal angle of the wing is broadly orange,

as are also the last three segments of the abdomen on the upperside.

It is also allied even more closely to Pirdana hyela, Hewitson (Distant,

Rhop. Malay., p. 376, n. i, pl. xxxv, fig. 6, female (1886), which in

the extent of the yellow area at the anal angle is about intermediate

between it and P. ismene, and agrees with it in having the body dark

brown, not yellow, above. Itis also more distantly allied to C. benja-

mini, Guérin.

A single male from Tavoy.

In. Colonel Lang’s collection is a very old specimen from Sikkim

without head or abdomen which we believe to be the female of this spe-

cies. On the upperside of both wings it is obscurely glossed with green

on the basal two-thirds, the forewing is rather broader, the outer margin

slightly convex, which in the male is slightly concave; and on the

hindwing the orange colouring at the anal angle is rather broader (not

nearly so broad as in P. zsmene or P. hyela), and the cilia are throughout

orange. Underside paler than in the male, the ground-colour obscure

green rather than brown, the orange colouration at anal angle of hind-

wing as on upperside, but rather broader.

Matapa pruNA, Moore.

Ismene drwna, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 842.

TAGIANES PRALAYA, Moore.

*151. TAaGIADES MEETANA.

T. meetana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 842, pl. liii, fig. 1, male.

Two males from Tavoy.

152, TAGIADES ALICA.

T. alica, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, p. 598, pl. lviii, fig. 11, male.

Several specimens from Tavoy agreeing with typical specimens of

this species from the Andamans, They differ from 7’. meetana in having

the upperside of the hindwing broadly white, not slightly white-speckled

between the veins, as in that species, and the cilia white throughout in-

stead of being’ tipped with dark brown.

183. TAGIADES RAVI.

Pterygospidea ravi, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 779.

Two males and one female from Tavoy agreeing exactly with

specimens from Bengal and the Andamans.

*154. KERANA DIOCLES.

Nisoniades diocles, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 787.

Astictopterus diocles, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 842.

Three males from Tavoy rather smaller than eastern Himalayan

specimens,

44.0 Elwes & de Nicéville—List of the Lepidopterous [No. 5,

ASTICTOPTERUS SUBFASCIATUS, Moore.

155. ASTICTOPTERUS OLIVASCENS.

A. olivascens, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 692.

One female from Tavoy so named by Mr. Moore.

156. ASTICTOPTERUS SALSALA.

Nisoniades salsala, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 786.

A male specimen from Tavoy agrees with North Indian examples.

A. stellifer of Butler is hardly distinguishable from this species.

157, ASTICTOPTERUS XANITES.

A, wanites, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870, p. 510,

One pair from Tavoy.

TELICOTA BAMBUSZ, Moore.

Pamphila bambusw, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 842.

CHAPRA MATHIAS, Fabricius.

Pamphila mathias, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 843.

PARNARA MOOLATA.

Hesperia moolata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 843.

Mr. Moore says that this species is allied to Hesperia kumara. In

“The Lepidoptera of Ceylon” Mr. Moore places this latter species in

the genus Baoris, which typically in the male has a dense tuft of long

hair in the middle of the hindwing on the upperside, which is lacking in

moolata and kumara; these latter therefore would apparently go better

into the genus Parnara.

158. BaAoris OcEIA.

Hesperia oceia, Hewitson, Desc. Hesperide, p. 31, n. 22 (1868).

Two pairs from Tavoy, and a female from Ponsekai. As usual,

the specimens are variable ; in Sikkim, this variation in one extreme has

no hyaline spots at all on the forewing, in the other extreme there are ten

such spots. Two of these varietal forms have been described by Mr.

Moore as Baoris unicolor and B. scopulifera, vide de Nicéville, Journ. A. S.

B., vol. lii, pt. 2, p. 85, n. 29, pl. x, fig. 11, female, 1883, where the former

is figured under its correct name, B. oceia.

*159. PLESIONEURA AURIVITTATA.

P. aurivittata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 848, pl. liii, fig. 2.

Three or four males and a female from Tavoy of this distinct

species.

PLESIONEURA ALBIFASCIA, Moore.

160. PLESIONEURA ALYSOS.

P. alysos, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 789.

Some specimens from Tayoy and Ponsekai.

1886. ] Insects collected in Tavoy and in Siam. 441

161. PLEsIONEURA NIGRICANS.

P. nigricans, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. liv, pt. 2, p. 123, pl. ii, fig. 6,

female (1885).

One female from Tavoy differing from the type specimen figured in

the discal hyaline band on the forewing being somewhat wider.

162. PLEstoNEURA LEUCOCERA.

Hesperia leucocera, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 2, p. 454, n. 2, pl.

XVili, figs. 3, 4 (1848).

Two female specimens from Tavoy and one from Ponsekai of this

wide-spread species.

163. PITHAURIA STRAMINEIPENNIS.

P. stramineipennis, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. lv, pt. 2,

-p. 388, n. 234, pl. xv, fig. 5, male (1887).

One male from Ponsekai agrees with Sikkim specimens.

164. Hap BETURIA.

Hesperia beturia, Hewitson, Desc. Hesperide, p. 36, n. 31 (1868).

Three males from Tayoy which agree with Bengal examples.

165. ANTIGONUS SURA.

Achlyodes swra, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 786. rst

Two examples from Tavoy and one from Ponsekai.

IsOTEINON SUBTESTACEUS, Moore.

166. IsoTEINON INDRASANA, n.sp., Pl. XX, Fig. 5, 9.

@ Uprsrsipn, both wings brown with a ferruginous gloss. Fore-

wing with a small round subapical dot, a similar spot but twice the

size at the lower outer end of the discoidal cell, a slightly larger trian-

gular one in the second median interspace, and a large quadrate one in

the first median interspace, all semitransparent yellow ; an elongated

spot touching the middle of the submedian nervure in the submedian

interspace opaque yellow. Cuzlia cinereous. Hindwing with an obscure

yellow patch on the middle of the disc. Culia ochreous. UNDERSIDE,

forewing with the costa broadly, and the apical half of the wing decreas-

ing to a point at the anal angle dark ochreous, the rest of the wing

fuscous ; the spots as above. Cuzlia fuscous, becoming ochreous towards

the anal angle. Hindwing dark ochreous thoughout, the veins a little

paler. Culia ochreous. Antenne wanting. Head and body above dark

brown, beneath ochreous.

EXPANSE: 92, 1°35 inches.

A single example from Tavoy. We do not know any species to

which I. indrasana is nearly allied.

*167. IsorsINon masont, Pl. XX, Fig. 4, 3.

Pamphila masoni, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 842, pl. lii, fig, 5, male

442, Elwes & de Nicéville—Lepidoptera of Tavoy and Siam. [No. 5, 1886.]

$ Upprrrsipn, both wings dark brown. Jorewing with two con-

joined spots placed obliquely near the end of the cell, two subapical dots,

the lower four times the size of the upper, a quadrate spot in the second

median interspace, a similar one but three times the size in the first

median interspace, two spots in continuation in the submedian inter-

space, all bright ochreous. Ovlia cinereous. Hindwing with a small

patch of yellow in the middle of the disc. Cilia ochreous. Unperstps,

forewing with the costa narrowly, the apex widely, decreasing rapidly to

the anal angle, bright ochreous, the rest of the wing black; the spots

as above, but the lower of the two in the submedian interspace much

larger and diffused, two short dark streaks placed outwardly against the

subapical dots, beyond which is a submarginal series of obscure spots

of a paler yellow than the ground on which they are placed. Cilia dark

brown. Hindwing bright ochreous, with an obscure discal series of dark

spots, of which the one in the upper, subcostal interspace is alone pro-

minent. Cilia ochreous defined inwardly by a fine dark brown line.

Antennee with the shaft above fuscous, the anterior half of the club

ochreous, the anterior half of the shaft below ochreous; palpi, head, and

body above dark brown, below ochreous. No secondary sexual cha-

racters.

Expanse: &, 1:15 inches.

Marked almost exactly as in Halpe honorei, de Nicéville (which how-

ever may be an Isoteinon, the male being unknown), from South India,

but all the spots on the forewing smaller, the one in the discoidal cell

nearly divided into two portions, the discal patch on the hindwing less

than half the size, and the insect itself smaller. A single specimen only

was obtained from Tavoy. This species has been figured and redescribed

under the impression that it was new : the specimen was sent to Mr. Moore

for identification, he returned it labelled “not in coll. F. M.,” and we there-

fore came to the conclusion that it was unknown. Judging from the figure

alone, it appears to us that Moore’s type specimen was a female, he de-

scribed it, however, as a male. It is considerably larger than our male.

EXPLANATION OF PLatr XX,

Fig. 1. Papilio pitmani, nu. sp., g.

Fig. 2: — minereoides, n. sp., &.

Fig. 2b. Upperside of a hindwing of another male specimen.

Fig. 3. Papilio minereoides, 9.

Fig. 4. Isoteinon masom, Moore, ¢.

Fig. 5. indrasand, DQ. Sp., Q.

Fig. 6. Pirdana rudolfi, n. sp., gy.

UN Deedes

Kes” Names of New Species have an asterisk (*) prefixed.

Abaratha, 138

- agama, 138

a ransonnetii, 138

ay saraya, 138

sura, 391

Abies smithiana, 1, 10, 11, 140

Abisara, 104

~ angulata, 428

* chela, 252, 256

” echerius, 428

- fylla, 184

neophron, 252, 253, 256, 428

59 suffusa, 134

thuisto, 427

Acacia leucoplea, 113

Acanthococcaria, 286

Acanthococcites, 286

Acanthococcus, 287

Acarus translucens, 291

Achillides paris, 136

Achlyodes sura, 391, 441

Aclerda, 281

Acreidz, 108, 109, 114

Acroccelia, 248

Adolias, 360

a anosia, 362

aphidas, 360

” appiades, 360

discispilota, 426

oy dunya, 425

es euthymius, 353

sh garuda, 361

jahnu, 360, 361, 426

5 jama,; 361

5 kesava, 361

s lepidea, 360, 426

* nicea, 358

= parvata, 426

sananda, 360, 426

¥5 sancara, 361

e satropaces, 426

» sedeva, 360

bs Siva, 358

a taooana, 426

“ telchinia, 360

+ xiphiones, 426

Aicidium thomsoni, 10

AXimona lena, 419

Aira indica, 297

Allotinus, 131

* 5 multistrigatus, 131, 182, 253,

Aloe umbellata, 274 [255, 256

Alyceei, 311

Alyceine, 310

Alyceus, 312

$3 chaperi, 312.

* # diplochilus, 310

5 gibbosulus, 310, 312

“ jagori, 310

“A jousseaumei, 312

+ “ microconus, 311

* 1 microdiscus, 311

* 5 oligopleuris, 310

% 5 parvulus, 311

vs perakensis, 310

- physis, 312

umbonalis, 312

Amathusia, 121

5 phidippus, 419

>! portheus, 353

Amblypodia, 126, 130

3 agaba, 430

s3 bazalus, 370

4 camdeo, 370

ss jangala, 368

¥ nakula, 430

mn quercetorum, 370

* syama, 369

taooana, 430

Amblypodine, 110, 126

Amecera schakra, 117

Amphidromus perversus, 304

Ampittia maro, 385

Ampullaria turbinis, var. subampullacea,

Anadebis himachala, 348 [316

Angophora lanceolata, 274

Anona squamosa, 297

Anops bulis, 428

», malayica, 428

Anthococearia, 285

Antigonus angulatus, 138

$ sura, 441

t For a general Index to names used in the papers on Rhynchota other than Coccidae in this

volume and in the two preceding volumes, see pp. 207-223 of the present volume,

Index.

Antonina, 287

Aonidia, 270, 271, 272, 273

Apatura, 107, 123

”

( Hypolimnas), 259

ne bolina, 109, 123

» misippus, 123,

258, 260

jacintha, 123

misippus, 104

namouna, 125, 424

parisatis, 424

(Rohana) parysatis, 424

Apaturide, 107, 108, 109, 121, 133, 258

Apaturine, 109, 121, 258

Aphenogaster, 247

Aphidze, 287

ve barbara, 247, 248

» “ var. punctata,

[248

F var. semirufa,

[247

Aphides, 291

Aphneeus himalayanus, 369

Apis, 83

»)

dorsata, 85, 86, 88, 91, 92

fasciata, 88, 89

florea or floralis, 85, 86, 87, 89,

90, 92, 96

indica, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,

92, 93, 96

ligustica, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 95, 96,

mellifica, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,

90, 92, 93, 94, 95

socials, 89

Aporia soracte, 135

Appias amba, 432

”

”)

dapha, 432

hippoides, 372

lea, 432

nama, 432

nero, 372

vacans, 432

zelmira, 372, 432

Argiva hieroglyphica, 100

Argynninz, 109, 121, 258

Argynnis, 133

childreni, 121

isseea, 121, 138

jainadeva, 121

kamala, 121

lathonia, 121

latonia, 121

niphe, 121

Arhopala nakula, 430

Ariadne wedah, 420

*Ariophanta (?), 301

Ascelis, 275

vihava, 430

interrupta, 301

Aspidiotaria, 271, 272

Aspidiotus, 270, 271, 272

” aloes, 274

Aspidiotus bicarinatus, 274

A buddleiz, 274

a caldesii, 274

‘ ceratoniz, 274

s chameeropsis, 274

< destructor, 274

meri, 274

se palmarum, 274

pandani, 274

Asterolecanium, 277

Astictopterus, 380

Pa butleri, 380

“4 diocles, 439

es olivascens, 381, 393, 440

e salsala, 381, 440

- stellifer, 440

subfasciatus, 380, 393, 440

xanites, 380, 440

Astyei, 111, 139

Atella, 133

- alcippe, 420

~ phalanta, 121, 354, 420

A sinha, 121, 354, 420

Athyma, 104, 125

- asita, 423

a asura, 359, 423

bahula, 359

ss cama, 125

“5 inara, 360

. inarina, 360

BA kanwa, 423

e leucothoé, 125, 359

Pe mahesa, 423

3 nefte, 424

nivifera, 423

Pe opalina, 125

= perius, 359, 423

» (leucothoé}, 125

es pravara, 359, 423

. ranga, 423

selenophora, 125, 359, 423

zeroca, 125, 359, 393, 423

Atla autorum, 247

Aulocera, 104, 109, 119

s avatura, 118

- brahminus, 118, 119

na loha, 118

3 padma, 118

” saraswati, 119

Bs scylla, 118, 119

4 swaha, 118

werang, 119

Aulopoma, 307

- lowi, 307

Azanus crameri, 132

* gamra, 132

6 ubaldus, 112, 113, 132

Badamia exclamationis, 137, 377

Bahora crocea, 415

Baorine, 107, 111, 1389

Baoris, 111, 139, 440

Index. 445

Baoris austeni, 382

» oceia, 381, 440

» Scopulifera, 440

» Unicolor, 381, 440

*Baracus septentrionum, 379, 380, 393

Pm subditus, 380

si vittatus, 380

*Barsine coccinea, 98

Baspa melampus, 126

Belenois mesentina, 135

Bibasis sena, 379

Biblis leucocyma, 352

Bidaspa nissa, 126

Biduanda lapithis, 260

Blastophaga, 397, 399

Boisduvalia, 288

Bothroponera, 246

» ° bispinosa, 246

” piliventris, 246

rufipes, 246

Brachyscélides, 274 -

Brachyscelina, 268, 274

Brachyscelis, 274, 275

Brassolidz, 108

Buddleia salicina, 274

Bulimidz, 304

*Byasa minereoides, 435

» philoxenus, 136, 435

Caduga melaneus, 345, 415

» tytia, 415

Czelostonia, 293

Calesia hemorrhoa, 101

u leucostigma, 101

Calinaga, 107

Callerebia, 119

* annada, 119

> hyagriva, 119

a hybrida, 119

ay nirmala, 119

scanda, ‘Lig

Callidryas catilla, 431

ay crocale, 431

Callipappus, 294

Callosune, 103

Calymnatus hesperidum, 281

Calypticus hesperidum, 281

Calysisme, 106

os blasius, 348

4s indistans, 417

mineus, 114, 348, 417

> perseus, 114, 348, 418

Camponotida, 239

Camponotus, 239

3 cingulatus, 239

ra cognatus, 239

* . exiguoguttatus, 239, 241

As extensus, 240

# gigas, 239

. herculeanus, 240

- micans, 239

» sexguttatus, 239, 240, 241

Camponotus sylvaticus, 239, 240

variegatus, 240, 241

Capulinia, 287

Carebara, 247

is lignata, 24:7

Carteria, 281

F lacea, 267

*Castalius airavati, 261

* elna, 365

ethion, 261, 262

manluena, 261, 262

rosimon, 133, 365, 428

roxus, 261, 428

Cataglyphis, 243

Catapecilma elegans, 132

Catapeecilma (Catapecilma) elegans,

elegans, 368, 393 = [182

Catochrysops cneius (cnejus) , 183

cnejus, 133

lithargyria, 429

pandava, 133

strabo, 133, 367, 429

Catophaga lagela, 432

neombo, 432

o paulina, 371, 432

Catopsilia, 104

catilla, 135, 371, 431

crocale, 135, 371, 431

a gnoma, 136, 371

. pyranthe, 135, 371

Cauninda archesia, 101

Cedrus deodara, 223

Celastrum ceriferum, 280

Ceratonia siliqua, 274:

Cerococcus, 287

Ceroplastaria, 276, 278

Ceroplastes, 278, 279

ceriferns, 280

Cethosia, 108

biblis, 354, 422

cyane, 354

Cheetocneme, 264

Chalciope mygdon, 101

Chalcosiide, 97

Chameerops, 274

Chapra agna, 384

karsana, 139

mathias, 139, 384, 440

prominens, 139

» subochracea, 384:

Charaxes, 107, 108, 109

agna, 427

arja, 363

athamas, 426

corax, 363, 427

delphis, 362, 426

(Hulepis) arja, 363

athamas, 124, 363,

426

delphis, 362, 426

eudamippus, 124, 427

)

”? ”

? ”

» ?

446

Charaxes fabins, 104, 124, 363

ne (Haridra) agna, 427

corax, 363, 427

desa, 427

harpax, 427

hemana, 124

hindia, 364

jalinder, 363,

lunawara, 124, 363

e marmax, 363, 427

‘ hierax, 363

*5 hindia, 364

a jalinder, 363

te Tunawara, 363

5 marmax, 363

samatha, 426

Charaxide, 109, 124

*Charma, 117

» baladeva, 117

Charus castor, 375

» chaon, 375, 436

» helenus, 137, 375, 436

» mahadeva, 437

Cheritra, 111

. acte, 127, 369

a etolus, 369, 429

a freja, 429

a, jafra, 127;

Chermes, 268

Chersonesia, 111

risa, 122, 421

Chilades laius, 133, 365

aS putli, 133

4s varunana, 133, 365

Chilasa clytia, 434

» Gissimilis, 137

» onpape, 433

» panope, 137

Chinchona calisaya, 284

= officinalis, 284

Chionaspis, 271, 272, 273

Chironomus dubius, 293

Chliaria, 111

- kina, 128

9 othona, 129, 368

Choaspes benjamini, 137, 378, 438, 439

Chrysomyxa abietis (?), 11

Chrysophanus, 130

os pavana, 130

- phleas (phloeax ?), 130

os phlceax (?) 130

a timeeus, 130

ie timeus, 130

Cicadz, 270

Cirrhochroa aoris, 358

ae mithila, 358

a nicobarica, 258

be surya, 420

Cirrochroa aoris, 358

mithila, 358

» surya, 420

Index.

Citrus sinensis, 298

Clausilia filicostata, 306

” var. tenuicosta, 306

9 ( Pseudonenia) filicostata, 306

Clausiliide, 306

Clerome, 109

a arcesilaus, 419

Coccaria, 285, 291

Coccidee, 267, 285, 297

Coccides, 267, 285

Coccina, 268, 276, 285, 286, 287, 292, 294

Coccophagus cognatus, 282

Coccus, 267, 268, 277, 285, 291 — :

» adonidum, 288

9 cacti, 29F

» ceriferus, 280

» Chleon, 297

», diacopsis, 298

» erion, 297

» floriger, 296

», hesperidum, 281

» koleoo, 298

» microogenes, 297

» mnarcodes, 298

» oogenes, 297

» rubi, 288

trichodes, 297

Coconidia, 289

Cocos nucifera, 297

*Codane leucomelas, 97

» zelica, 97

Coladenia andamanica, 391

» dan, 113, 139, 39%

ys dhanada, 139

br fatih, 139

Colias fieldii, 104, 136

» hyale, 136

Columnea ceriferus, 280

Comys bicolor, 282

Coptochilus sectilabrum, 314

Covellia, 395, 401, 405

Xs caulocarpa, 406

Crastia godartii, 416

Cremastogaster, 248

3 dohrni, 249

* Po flava, 248

” rogenhoferi, 248, 249

subnuda, 248

Croton teglium, 284,

Ctenochiton, 277

Culapa mnasicles, 418

Cupha erymanthis, 121, 420

Curetis, 107

- bulis, 127, 428

A} dentata, 127

- malayica, 428

- (?) saronis, 364

” ” 364, 365

“ thetis, 127

thetys, 127

Cyaniris alboceeruleus, 134

Cyaniris ccelestina, 133

» dilectus, 134

a huegelii, 133

3 marginata, 134

: puspa, 129, 134, 365

a vardhana, 134

Cyclophoride, 306

Cyclophorinz, 308

Cyclophorus, 308

= aurantiacus, 309

“e baylei, 309

he cybzeus, 309

6 expansus (?) var. 309

~ lowi, 309

9 malayanus, 309

5 semistriatus, 309

semisulcatus, 309

Cyclopides, 111, 139

“3 subradiatua, 392

y subyittatus, 139, 392, 393

Cycloti suturales, 307

Cyclotinz, 306

Cyclotus, 307

ef hunanensis, 307

el ss hungerfordianus, 306, 307

* lowi, 307

a pusillus, 307

Cyllo crishna, 350

Cynthia, 108, 133

a erota, 355, 421

Cynthinz, 109

Cypa decolor, 97

Cyrestis, 122

» (Chersonesia) risa, 421

ae cocles, 421

» _ earli, 421

* nivalis, 421

i periander, 421

3 tabula, 258

> themire, 421

thyodamas, 122, 258, 421

Dactyloparia, 285, 288, 292

Dactylopites, 288

Dactylopius, 285, 286, 288, 291, 297

adonidum, 288, 289, 291

Dalchina cloanthus, 136

-s sarpedon, 136, 376, 437

Danaide, 108, 113, 256

Danaiform, 108

Danainezw, 344, 414

Danais, 109

» agilaia, 113

» aglea, 415

Ss » = melanoides, 113

» alcathoe, 345

os ee crocea, 415

Caduga) melaneus, 345, 415

5 af tytia, 415

» chrysippus, 113, 258, 345

» crocea, 415

» gautama, 257

Index. 44:7

Danais genutia, 114

, (Limnas) chrysippus, 345, 415

, limniace, 113, 257, 345

», melanoides (aglea) 113

», (Parantica) melanoides, 345, 414

», plexippus, 415

», (Radena) vulgaris, 415

» . (Salatura) genutia, 345, 415

», sSeptentrionis, 113, 257, 345, 414

* ,, (Tirumala) gautamoides, 257

limniace, 344

septentrionis, 345, 414

9 9)

bP) bP)

tytia, 113

Danisepa diocletianus, 415

os rhadamanthus, 346

Daphne collina, 274

Delias belladonna, 135

» descombesi, 373, 433

» ethire, 262

‘a eucharis, 135, 263

,, hierte, 262, 263

& var. indica, 262, 373

‘i horsfieldii, 135

» indica, 432

3 kandha, 262

» pasithoe, 373, 432

» pyramus, 262

thisbe, 262

Deudoriginz, 110, 126, 260

Deudorix, 107, 126, 132

4 parthema, 260

%5 dieneces, 368

% epiarbas, 125

ss epijarbas, 126, 368

~ petosiris, 369

5 schistacea, 369

suffusa, 429

Diadema lisarda, 358

Diancta, 313

Diaprostocetus, 288

- adonidum, 289

Diaspide, 269

Diaspides, 269

Diaspidce, 269

Diaspina, 268, 269 276, 277

Diaspince, 269

Diaspis, 271, 272

es boisduvalii, 274

» bromelize, 274

Dichorrhagia, 111, 259

nesimachus, 123

_Diplommatina, 313

as canaliculata, 312

eS crosseana, 313

5s mirabilis, 313

* nevilli, 313

superba, 313

Diplommatinine, 312

Dipsas epijarbas, 368

Discophora, 109

Pp necho, 419

448

Discophora tullia, 353, 419

, zal, 419

Dodona, 104

- durga, 134

$5 eugenes, 134

Dodonza, 126

Doleschallia polibete, 258, 362, 421

pratipa, 421

Dolichoderidz, 243

Dolichoderus, 243, 244

bispinosus, 244.

3 marize, 244

-. moggridgei, 243

4-punctatus, 244,

Dophla dunya, 425

Dorelia, 425

Dorthesia, 295

Drosicha, 292

Drupadia boisduvalii, 429

»» lisias, 429

Dyctis, 111

», leucocyma, 419

» patna, 120, 352

»» vasudeva, 419

Dysgonia crameri, 101

Dysgoniide, 101

Elymniade, 107, 108, 109, 120

Elymnias leucocyma, 111, 120, 352, 419

a patna, 120

a tinctoria, 419

" undularis, 120, 352, 419

” vasudeva, 419

Elymniineg, 352, 419

*Enchera pitmani, 99

Encyrtus flavus, 282

Enispe euthymius, 353, 392

» tessellata, 353

ence) 300, 301

Bs hungerfordiana, 301

- perakensis, 300

rm stenopylis, 300

ea vara, 300

Erebiidze, 100

Ergolis ariadne, 124, 354, 421

» merione, 124, 354, 420

Ericerus, 280

Eriococcus, 285, 287

Hrionota, 264

As irawa, 264

* », (?) lalita, 263, 264

a thrax, 264

Eriopeltis, 278

Erites angularis, 351, 352, 419

» falcipennis, 351, 393

Eronia gea, 431

os lutescens, 431

Erycinidz, 108, 110, 134

Erythrina corallodendron, 297

Kucalyptus, 274, 275

4 corymbosa, 274

5 heemostoma, 274

Index.

Kulepis arja, 363

» athamas, 124, 363, 426

» delphis, 362, 426

» eudamippus, 124, 427

Eumelea rosalia, 99

Euphorbia hirta, 297

Euplecta bijuga, 302

Kupleea, 416

. alopia, 347

. apicalis, 415

as binotata, 34:7

aA burmeisteri, 415

PF camaralzeman, 416

7 core, 114

- crassa, 347, 415

(Crastia) godartii, 416

(Danisepa) diocletianus, 415

A .; rhadamanthus, 346

3 diocletianus, 346

is erichsonii, 347, 415

“hs godartii, 416

» grantii, 347

» grotei, 417

* harrisii, 416

» hopei, 347

(Isamia) margarita, 416

= ms rogenhoferi, 347

klugii, 343, 346, 347

» kollari, 346, 347

limborgii, 345, 416

linnei, 114, 256, 345, 346

(Mahintha) subdita, 416

‘s masoni, 415

» (Menama)camaralzeman(?),416

cupreipennis, 416

F Fe tavoyana, 416

menetriesii, 345

midamus, 114, 121, 256, 345

(Pademma) erichsonii, 347, 415

klugi, 346

masoni, 416

“ pembertoni, 415

(Penoa) alcathoé, 345, 416

» ds limborgii, 416

pinwilli, 345, 416

rogenhoferi, 347

splendens, 347

(Stictoplea) harrisii, 416

(Stictoploea) binotata, 347

* (Trepsichrois) kalinga, 256

linnei, 345, 416

a ‘ midamus, 256

van-deventeri, 346

9 9)

”» 99

» 9

' Euploas, 379

*Hupleeopsis telearchus, 433

Eurema formosa, 431

Eurhinia, 258, 259

Euripine, 109, 124

Euripus consimilis, 124, 260

euplaoides, 422

euploeoides, 422

Index. 449

Euripus halitherses, 354, 422

- isa, 422

S meridionalis, 260

Enurytelide, 108, 109, 124

Euschema bellonaria, 99

“fi horsfieldii, 100

aS lunulata, 100

5 militaris, 99

¢ sodalis, 99

subrepleta, 99, 100

Euschemida, 99

EKusyce, 401, "407, 410

Euthalia 361, 426

oe andersonii, 426

ae anosia, 362

5 apiades, 111, 124

» appiades, 124, 360

» discispilota, 426

a (Dophla) dunya, 425

” donbledaii, 124

4% garuda, 124, 361

a jahnu, 360, 393, 426

7 jama, 361, 393

> kesava, 361

a lepidea, 360, 426

» lubentina, 111, 124, 362

a phemius, 361

» sancara, 361

” satropaces, 426

us taooana, 426

* telchinia, 360

xiphiones, 426

Everes dipora, 132

» parrhasius, 132

Fairmairia, 278

Ficus 394, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 408,

409, 410, 411

” ampelas, 405

» apiocarpa, 404

» armiti, 404

», baeuerleni, 408

» balica, 409

» bengalensis, 399

» bernaysii, 406

» botryocarpa, 406

» brachiata, 406

» brevicuspis, 409

» carica, 398

» casearia, 404

» casearioides, 403

» caulocarpa, 405

» Chalmersii, 406

» condensa, 407

» copiosa, 409

» disticha, 408

» Gduriuscula, 408

* ,, edelfeltii, 402

» elastica, 402

» erecta, 411

» eugenioides, 410

» fasciculata, 407

Ficus fistulosa, 405

5 forbesii, 407

», hesperidiiformis, 401

» indica, 297

» lasiocarpa, 408

» lawesii, 403

» Mmadurensis, 409

» maegnifolia, 409

» miquelii, 405

» nervosa, 403, 404:

* ,, odoardi, 409

» Oleaefolia, 410

» pantoniana, 407

»» pauper, 410

», pubinervis var. teysmanni, 403

» recurva, 408

», rhizophoraephylla, 410

» seratchleyana, 404

», soronensis, 411

» stipata, 407

tomentosa, 399

Fiorinia, 271, 272, 273

nt pellucida, 2'74:

Formica smaragdina, 112

Fruticotrochus, 303

Galega prostrata, 297

Gallinsecta, 267

Gangara thyrsis, 381

Ganoris ajaka, 135

» (Mancipium) canidia, 135

Gardenia, 283

Gareris, 106

PP sanatana, 114

Georissa monterosatiana, 316

ns semisculpta, 316

Geotrochus, 303

Gerydine, 110, 112, 131, 132

Gerydus, 107, 131, 132

- boisduvalii, 132

53 drumilia, 131

: multistrigatus, 131, 132

_ symethusg, 112

Gomalia, 111

Gonepteryx carnipennis, 136

¥4 nepalensis, 136

Pe rhamni, 136

zaneka, 136

Goniloba badra, 378

oP sena, 379

Gossyparia, 287

Grapta, 259

» agnicula, 122

» c—album, 122

Guerinia, 292

as beturia, 441

» gupta, 254, 255

», honorei, 442

- kumara, 255

», separata, 138

sikkima, 385, 393

Hamada, 132

4.50 Index.

Haridra 111 Hesperiform, 108

i agna, 427 Hesperiide, 254, 344, 377, 438

a corax, 363, 427 Hesperinez, 111, 137

Ns desa, 427 Hestia, 109

A harpax, 427 Hestina isa, 422

* hemana, 124 » nama, 113, 124

on hindia, 364 Heterocera, 97

a jalinder, 363 Heteropoda, 108, 110

A lunawara, 124 Hibiscus populneus, 397

marmax, 427 », Tosa-sinensis, 297

Harimala paris, 377, 437 Himalayan primulas, 227

Hasora badra, 378 Hiposcritia indra, 372, 432

Mec leis coulteri, 378, 393 sp lagela, 432

Hebomoia glaucippe, 371, 431 *Hispa aenescens, 412

Helicidz, 303 Huphina dapha, 432

Heliconiadaz, 108 5 lea, 432

Helix, 303 » nama, 372, 432

» bijuga, 802 rf nerissa, 135

» breviseta, 303 » phryne, 372, 432

» hardonini, 304 Hyarotis adrastus, 137, 389

» lahatensis, 304 Hybleea constellata, 100

» (Opeas) terebralis, 305 Hybleidz, 100

»» perakensis, 303 Hybocystis, 314

», (Planispira) breviseta, 303 - elephas, 314, 315, 316

» swettenhami, 304 Ps gravida, 314, 315

», tchehelensis, 305 5 jousseaumei, 315

» thieroti, 304 ; i mouhoti, 314, 315

sd ( Trachia) malayana, 303 myersi, 315

Homiplecta cymatium, 302 Hydrocenide, 316

Hepialidz, 98 Hypanis ilithyia, 104

*Hepialus tavoyanus, 98 Hypochrysops elegans, 368

Herona angustata, 421 Hypolimnas, 259

»» maranthus, 421 A bolina, 109, 358, 422

Hesperia, 109, 111, 384 misippus, 123, 258, 260

” aelianus, 429 Hypolycsena eltola, 368

3 agna, 384: is erylus, 368, 429

” atticus, 389 lisias, 429

3 bada, 383 i othona, 368

” beturia, 441 Hypsa strigivenata, 98

” colaca, 383 Hypselostoma, 306

~ dara, 385 bensonianum, 306

os eltola, 384 Hysudra selira, 126

Me freja, 429 Icerya, 292

. ismene, 438, 439 Idmais, 103

i kashmirensis, 137 Tlerda, 104, 180

os kumara, 440 », androcles, 130

=A leucocera, 441 », brahma, 129

x longinus, 369 » coruscans, 130

” meevius, 385 » epicles, 180, 368

%5 maro, 385 » Jlangii, 180

3 mathias, 384 » moorei, 130

5 moolata, 440 5 oda, 129

oy narooa, 382 » sena, 129

a4 oceia, 381, 440 tamu (P), 130

ye ornata, 382 Tex, 265, 266

* plinius, 365 s dipyrena, 265, 266

5 (Pyrgus) galba, 137 * ,, hookeri, 266

99 strabo, 367, 429 5 insignis, 265, 266

toona, 383 odorata, 265, 266

Hesperiadw, 107, 108, 111, 113, 137, | * > sikkimensis, 265, 266

139, 140, 263, 264 lliades androgeus, 373, 437

Iphthima nareda, 119

lraota mecenas, 126

’

rama, 126

timoleon, 368

lsamia margarita, 416

rogenhoferi, 347

Ismene, 139

aria, 381

benjamini, 438

druna, 439

jaina, 378

mahinta, 378

eedipodea, 377

”

Tsoteinon, 139, 442

fAlavipennis, 386

indrasana, 441, 442

masoni, 441, 442

masuriensis, 138

microstictum, 385, 386, 393

satwa, 139

subtestaceus, 441

Itanus phemins, 361

Ixias, 371, 431

fttiaana, 431

birdi, 431

citrina, 431

evippe, 371

marianne, 136

moulmeinensis, 431

pallida, 431

pirene, 136

pyrene, 136

verna, 431

Taaeides bochus, 365

Junonia, 106, 123

almana, 106, 123, 355, 420

asterie, 106, 123, 355

atlites, 123, 355, 420

hierta, 355, 420

laomedia, 123, 420

lemonias, 123, 355, 420

cenone, 104, 123

orithyia, 104, 123, 355, 420

Kabanda, 350

ao malsarida, 350

Kaliella perakensis, 302

Kallima, 108

inachis, 121

inachus, 121

limborgii, 421

”

Kallimine, 109, "121, 258

Kerana aurivittata, 391

diocles, 381, 439

Kermes, 285, 286

Kermesaria, 285, 286

Laboulbenia, 287

Laertias pammon, 137

pitmanii, 454°

polites, 137

polytes, 376, 434

*Lagochceilus, 309

Index

Lagochilus, 309

townsendi, 309

$5 trochoides, 309

Lampides elianus, 132, 429

alexis, 428, 429

elpis, 367, 429

kandarpa, 429

lithargyria, 429

viola, 367

Reashin, 292

Lebadea attenuata, 424

austenia, 359

$s ismene, 355, 424

Lecaniaria, 277, 280

Lecanide, 275

Lécanides, 275

Lecanina, 268, 275, 276, 285, 286

aceris, 276

apodema, 276

Lecanine, 275

Lecanio-coccide, 277

diasparia, 276, 277

5 diaspidee, 277

Lecaniodiaspis, 277

Lécaniodiaspites, 277

>P)

Lecanium, 277, 280, 281, 284, 285, 286

aceris, 281

coffez, 281, 282,

depressum, 28]

emerici, 281

hesperidum, 281, 282

nigrum, 28 1

Mai im 281

Lec anoohiban, 278

Lecanodiaspis, 277

Lecanopsis, 281

Lehera eryx, 369

» Skinneri, 369, 392

Lemoniide, 252, 364, 427

Lepidosaphes, 273

Leptocireus curius, 577, 438

meges, 438

AS virescens, 438

Leptopoma aspirans, 309

Leptosia xiphia, 431

Lethe, 104, 117

andersonii, 117

5» arcadia, 417

baladeva, 117

brisanda, 249, 250, 2536

(Charma) baladeva, 117

dinarbas, 115, 250, 256

» dyrta, 115

europa, 115, 550, 417

» goalpara, 117

hyrania, 115, 250

jalaurida, 117

maitrya, 115, JL6

mekara, 417

minerva, 417

(Neope) pulaha, 117

284.

bP]

452

Lethe nicetas, 115, 116

» rohria, 350, 417

» Sidonis, 115, 116

», (Tansima) rohria, 117

rs es verma, 117

* ,, vaivarta, 115, 116

» verma, 417

», (Zophoessa) goalpara, 117

as jalaurida, 117

Leucanina, 277

Leucaspiaria, 271, 273

Leucaspis, 271, 272, 273

Libytheeinz, 427

Libythea, 104

Be lepita, 135

myrrha, 135, 427

Libytheide, 108, 110, 135

Limenitis austenia, 359

‘3 danava, 125

oe daraxa, 359

o, ismene, 358, 424:

- (Moduza) procris, 359, 424

sf (Nymphalis) populi, 110

selenophora, 359, 423

Limnas chrysippus, 345, A15

Liparide, 98

Lithosiidze, 98

Llaveia, 294, 297

Lobopelta, 246

os castanea, 246

a diminuta, 243

a mutabilis, 246

ai 6 wood-masoni, 246

Loesa fervida, 418

Loxura, 107

» atymnus, 127, 370, 429

5 tripunctata, 370

Lucius epius, 291

Lycena, 365

» ardates, 366, 428

Ss ariana, 133

* astrarche, 133

» atratus, 366

» diluta, 365

» elna, 365

5, macrophthalma, 367

» malaya, 364

» nazira, 133

5» pavana, 367

(Zizera) squalida, 343

Lycwenesthes bengalensis, 366

lyczenina, 366

Lycwnide, 108, 110, 111, 112, 120, 126,

129, 133, 253, 260, 364, 428

Lyceniform, 108

Lycenine, 110, 1382, 261

Lymantria aseetria, 98

*Macrochlamys, 302

consepta, 302

Mahintha subdita, 416

Mancipium ajaka, 372

Index.

Mancipium canidia, 135, 372

Manihot ceara, 284

Margarodes, 285, 294, 295

Martensia, 300, 301

Matapa aria, 381

Megalomastoma (Coptochilus) sectila-

brum, 314

Meg sisha, 364,

i sikkima, 364

4 thwaitesii, 134, 364

Melania espicopalis, 316

» Jugicostis, 316

Melanitis, 106, a 115, 119, 230, 232,

a abdullee, 120

5 aswa, 120

= banksia, 237

5 bela, 120, 417

- determinata, 230, 237, 352,

417

- ismene, 106, 120, 230, 237

352, 417

leda, 106, 107, 120, 230, 237,

238, 352, 417

“ 5, (=determinata), 237

* patna, 352

A suyudana, 120

si tambra, 230, 237

i tristis, 120, 237

zitenius, 111, 120, 237, 417

Menama camaralzeman ( P), 416

» cupreipennis, 416

os tavoyana, 416

*Menamopsis tavoyanus, 433

Menelaides aristolochiz, 137, 376, 435

73 doubledayi, 377, 435

Messaras erymanthis, 420

Metapa druna, 439

Microcystina townsendiana, 302

Microcystis, 302

Micronia aculeata, 99

es caseata, 99

os obtusata, 99

a vagata, 99

Microniidze, 99

Milionia pyrizonea, 97

Moduza, 111

» procris, 125, 359, 424

Monocombus, 243

Monophlebaria, 286, 292

Monophlebites, 292

Monophlebus, 292, 293, 294, 296, 297

a atripennis, 293

Mi burmeisteri, 294

i dubius, 293

nd fabricii, 293

a leachii, 293, 294

saundersii, 294.

Morphide, 107, 108, 109, 112, 121

Morphine, 353, 419

Morpho, 109

Mycales, 235

Mycalesis, 104, 106, 120, 230, 232, 235,

Myrina acte, 369

freja, 429

(Purlisa ?) donina, 260

Myrmecocystus, 243

”

Myrmicide, 247

Index.

348, 350, 418

anaxias, 257, 348, 418

anaxioides, 258, 418

blasius, 114, 235, 348, 418

(Calysisme) blasius, 348

mineus, 114, 348,

417

“f perseus, 114, 348,

418

(Culapa) mnasicles, 418

drusia, 235

fervida, 418

(Gareris) sanatana, 114:

gopa, 114

himachala, 348

indistans, 230, 235, 236, 349

justina, 235

(Kabanda) malsarida, 350

khasiana, 350

langii, 115

lepcha, 115

(Loesa) fervida, 418

lnurida, 343

malsara, 115, 350

malsarida, 350

manii, 257, 258

medus, 348, 418

mestra, 350

mineus, 106, 230, 235, 236,

238, 417, 418

mnasicles, 418

nicotia, 115

(Orsotrizna) medus, 348

Ps runeka, 348, 418

(Pachama) suaveolens, 349

perseus, 235, 343, 348, 418

polydecta, 235

radza, 257

rndis, 115

rueka, 348, 418

(Samanta) heri, 115

a malsara, 115

suaveolens, 349, 393

surkha, 418

(Virapa) anaxias, 348

* manii, 257, 258

visala, 105, 106, 114, 235, 349

)

viaticus, 243

Myrtus zeylanicus, 297

Mytilaspis, 271, 272, 273

Nacaduba ardates, 133, 184, 366, 428

(?) atrata, 366

”?

celestis, 133, 366, 393

dana, 133

453

Nacaduba macrophthalma, 367, 393

nicobarica, 366

(?) pavana, 367

plumbeomicans, 366

en prominens, 133, 366

*. viola, 367, 393

Nanina, 301

+P]

, (Ariophanta) interrupta, 301

» bijuga, 302

¥ cymatium, 302

4 mossambicensis, 301

a pluto, 302

(Rotula) bijuga, 302

Naninida, 301

Narathura moolaiana, 430

Nemeobinez, 134, 252, 364, 427

Neochera marmorea, 98

Neomorphe, 401

Neope pulaha, 117

Neorina crishna, 350

Nepheronia gza, 135, 431

Tutescens, 431

*Nephis kuhara, 256

Neptis, 104, 425

i adara, 424,

5, adipala, 424

amanta, 125

amba, 125

batara, 425

* burmana, 251, 252, 256

< cacharica, 343

cartica, 125, 251

carticoides, 125

» dorelia 425

emodes, 125, 424

» harita, 357

» hordonia, 356

»» jumba, 424

jumbah, 357, 424

> kamarupa, 357

* ,, kuhasa, 250, 251, 356

mahendra, 125

» meetana, 424

5, Miah, 425

» nandina, 125

5 Ophiana, 357, 424.

5» Yradha, 356

(Rahinda) dorelia, 425

s Fe plagiosa, 425

sattanga, 251, 356, 426

soma, 125, 357, 425

susruta, 125, 357, 425

varmona, 125, 357, 424.

vikasi, 111, 125, 357

N Lae oleander, 274,

Netrocoryne, 264

Neurosigma, 107

siva, 358

Nidularia, 285, 286

Nilasera camdeo, 370

centaurus, 370, 430

)

454

Nilasera vihara, 430

Nisoniades dasahara, 390

= diocles, 381, 439

a salsala, 381, 440

Numenes insignis, 98

Nychitona xiphia, var. nicobarica, 262

Nvychitonia xiphia, 431

Nycthemera coleta, 97

tripunctaria, 97

Nycthemeride, 97

Nyctipao crepuscularis, 100

exterior, 100

Nymphalide, 108, 109, 110, 124,

260, 344, 414

Nymphaliform, 108

Nymphalinz, 107, 250, 354, 420

Nymphalis (Limenitis) danava, 125

ie populi, 110

Odina wodier, 298

Odontoponera, 246

denticulata, 246

(Ecophylia, 243

- smaragdina, 243

(Hneis pumilus, 119

Ommatophoride, 100.

Opeas, 305

» gracilis, 304 .

», terebralis, 305

Ophideridz, 100

Opisthoporus biciliatus, 308

me corniculum, 308

x penangensis, 307

solutus, 307

sumatranus, 308

Opisthoscelis, 275

t subrotunda, 275

Opisthostoma pauluccie, 313

x perakense, 313

Orinoma damaris, 351

Ornithoptera pompeus, 373

a rhadamanthus, 373, 438

Orpheides erithonius, 137, 377, 438

Orsotrizena, 106

" mandata, 106

- mandosa, 106

_ medus, 106, 348

runeka, 106, 348, 418

Orthezia, 294, 295

Ortonia, 292

Othreis ‘fullonica, 100

Oudablis, 285

Pachama suaveolens, 349

Pachycondyla bispinosa, 246

5 (Bothroponera) bispinosa,

246

rufipes, 246

Pademma, 347, 415

erichsonii, 347, 415

‘i klngii, 346

% masoni, 416

Padraona, 385

Index.

Padraona dara, 189, 140, 385

5 gola, 385

x, mesa, 385

“: mesoides, 139

6 meoesoides, 140

palmarum, 384

Palasomorphe, 399, 400, 401

Palaina, 313

Paludina bengalensis, 316

pr bee polygramma, 316

Palyade, 99

Pamphila, 108

* +5 avanti, 255, 256

s bambusze, 384, 440

¥. gola, 355

f masoni, 441

¥ 5 mathias, 440

is palmarum, 384

subochracea, 38 |

Pamphiline, 108

Panchala ganesa, 126

- rama, 126

Pandanus, 274

Pangerana astorion, 375

* erioleuca, 375

ee zaleucus, 436

*Pangeranopsis, 374:

as elephenor, 374, 436

*Panosmia dasarada, 374

ss nevilli, 374

seca eda 3 374

rhetenor, 374

Papilio, ‘111, 374, 436

-. achates, 373

, (Achillides) paris, 136

,, adrastus, 389

» agamemnon, 375, 437

» agenor, 373

» agetes, 437

,, alcanor, 373

,, alcippe, 420

, alnana, 355

» androgeos, 373, 437

» androgeus, 373, 437

» anticrates, 438

» antiphates, 376, 437

» arcesilaus, 419

, ariadne, 304, 421

» aristolochia, 376, 435, 436

» asterie, 355

» astorion, 375

5 athamas, 368

» atlites, 355

» atymnus, 370, 429

» augias, 684

baldus, 233

biblis, 354, 422

5, blasius, 348, 418

», bochus, 365

,, boeticus, 367

» bolina, 358, 422

Index.

EP epilio butleri, 433

(Byasa) minereoides, 435

» philoxenus, 136, 435

cacharensis, 377

canidia, 372

cardui, 362

castor, 375, 437

eatilla, 371, 431

centaurus, 370, 430

chaon, 375, 436

(Charus) castor, 375

3 chaon, 375, 436

si helenus, 137, 375, 436

oh mahadeva, 437

(Chilasa) clytia, 434

x dissimilis, 137

i, onpape, 433

P} panope, 137

chrysippus, 345

clare, 433

clytia, 434

cocles, 421

crocale, 371, 431

curius, 377

cyane, 354

(Dalchina) cloanthus, 136

iy sarpedon, 136, 376,

437

dan, 391

dasarada, 374

diocletianus, 415

dirtea, 360, 425

dissimilis, 434

doubledaii, var. sambilanga, 263

doubledayi, 377, 435

echerius, 428

elephenor, 374

erioleuca, 375

erithonius, 377, 438

erota, 355, 421

erymanthis, 420

etolus, 369, 429

(Eupleeopsis) telearchus, 433

europa, 350, 417

euryplus, 375

exclamationis, 377

fabius, 363

flegyas, 364

folus, 390

gambrisius, 358, 422

genutia, 345, 415

glaucippe, 371, 431

glycerion, 254, 256

gnoma, 371

(Harimala) paris, 377, 437

hecabe, 370, 430

helenus, 375, 436

hermocrates, 437

hierta, 355, 420

hippoclus, 362, 421

hordonia, 356

455

Papilio icarius, 374

(Iliades) androgeus, 373, 437

iphita, 355, 420

ismene, 352, 417

( Laertias ) pitmanii, 434.

3 polites, 137

%, polytes, 376, 434

leda, 352, 417

lemonias, 355, 420

limniace, 344

lisandra, 232

lubentina, 362

macareus, 376, 433

machaon, 104, 137

var. asiaticus, 136

mahadeva, 437

mecisteus, 376

medus, 348

megarus, 433

meges, 438

melaneus, 345, 415

(Menamopsis) tavoyanus, 433

(Menelaides) aristolochiw, 137,

376, 435

¥ doubledayi, 377,

435

merione, 354, 420

mestor, 373

minereoides, 435, 436, 442

minereus, 436

mineus, 348, 417

nero, 372

nevilli, 374, 392

nomius, 437

onpape, 433

orithyia, 355

oritya, 420

(Orpheides )

377, 438

pammon, 137, 376, 434

(Pangerana) astorion, 375

3 erioleuca, 375

+ zaleucus, 436

( Pangeranopsis) elephenor, 374,

436

panope, 433, 434

(Panosmia) dasarada, 374

i nevilli, 374

(Panosmiopsis) rhetenor, 374

paphus, 254, 256

(Paranticopsis) macareus, 376,

433

i megarus, 433

- xenocles, 376,

433

paris, 111, 377, 437

pasithoé, 373

(Pathysa) agetes, 437

a antiphates, 376, 437

? hermocrates, 437

A nomius, 437

erithonius,, 137,

456 Index.

Papilio panlina, 371, 432 ' Parnara moolata, 440

» periander, 421 a narooa, 382

» perius, 359, 423 7? ornata, 382, 393

» perseus, 348, 418 . a toona, 383

5 phalanta, 354, 420 | Parnassine, 136

», Pphilomela, 351 | Parnassius, 104, 110

5 Pphiloxenus, 435, 436 _ hardwickii, 136

55 phryne, 372, 432 - jacquemontii, 136

* 4 pitmanii, 442 _ Parthenos apicalis, 422

» polibete, 362 = gambrisius, 358

» polynice, 422 / ‘ #3 var. lilacinus, 422

5 polytes, 137, 376, 434, 435 / lilacinus, 260, 422

5» pompeus, 373 | Pathalia, 364 |

», procris, 359, 424 / y albidisca, 134, 364 |

» pyranthe, 371 | i malaya, 134, 364

» Yradamanthus, 346 Pathysa agetes, 437

5» Yavana, 876 | 5, antiphates, 376, 437

5, Yrhetenor, 374 i: 2 hermocrates, 437

5, Yhodifer, 263 / 5 nomius, 437

» rohria, 350, 417 _ Patula macrops, 100 |

» Yromulus, 376 | Pediculus coffece, 289 |

» Yosimon, 365, 428 | Penicillium, 10

,, (Sainia) protenor, 137 Penoa alcathoé, 345, 416

,», (Sarbaria) polyctor, 136 x » limborgii, 416

5 Sarpedon, 376, 437 / Penthema darlisa, 422

» tamerlanus, 254, Fe lisarda, 358

» tavoyanus, 433 | Peridrome subfasciata, 98

» telearchus, 433 Perle de terre, 295

,, telephus, 437 | Perrieria, 306

5, thyrsis, 381 | Pheidole, 248

» timoleon, 368 | ; indica, 248

» tullia, 353, 419 | Philippia, 278

5, Uundularis, 352, 419 | Phyllanthus emblica, 297

5» xenocles, 376 | Phyllodes verhuellii, 100

», xiphia, 431 | Phylloxera, 287

», Zaleucus, 436 _ Physokermes, 280

,» zeleucus, 436 | Pieridze, 108, 110, 135, 262

» zelmira, 372, 432 Pieriform, 108

,, (Zetides) agamemnon, 136, 375, | Pierinze, 370, 480

437 | Pieris ajaka, 372

> , axion (7), 136 | , clemanthe, 433

y9 euryplus, 375 ,, descombesi, 373, 433

5 - telephus, 437 / , indra, 372, 432

» zitenius, 417 | », lea, 432

Papilionide, 108, 110, 132, 136, 254, | », mesentina, 104.

263, 370, 430 / » nama, 372, 432

Papilionine, 136, 254, 373, 433 neombo, 432

Paragerydus horsfieldii, 131 | Pinus longifolia, 104

Parantica melanoides, 345, 414 | Pirdana hyela, 439

*Paranticopsis macareus, 376, 433 : » ismene, 439

- megarus, 433 | * 4, yvudolphii, 438, 442

3 xenocles, 376, 433 | Pithauria, 387, 388

Pareba vesta, 114 id ms stramineipennis, 388, 389,

Parlatoria, 271, 272, 273 | 393, 441

Parnara, 440 | ME eesti en! 387

= assamensis, 139, 382, 383, 393 o. aitchisoni, 387, 392

- austeni, 382 Pithecops zalmora, 134

s bada, 139, 383 | Planchonia, 277

99 colaca, 383 | Planispira breviseta, 303

» eltola, 384, 393 *Platyja lobifera, 101

Index.

Plectotropis, 304

Plesioneura albifascia, 440

Sy alysos, 139, 390, 440

A aurivittata, 391, 440

= curvifascia, 139

-- dan var. andamanica, 391

- dhanada, 391

3 feisthamelii, 391

oe leucocera, 139, 441

a monteithi, 391, 393

- munda, 139

~ nigricans, 44]

m pulomaya, 139

e restricta, 390, 393

sumitra, 139

Poliaspis, 273

Pollina, 277

Polyommatus beeticus, 132

a boeticus, 367

x elpis, 367, 429

= epicles, 368

\ erylus, 368, 429

. puspa, 365

n roxus, 428

i sangra, 365

varnnana, 365

Polyrhachis, 241, 243

e acantha, 241

a acasta, 241

* affinis, 242, 243

é: argentea, 241

aa armata, 241, 242

* 35 R » var. minor, 241

i bihamata, 241, 242

; decipiens, 242

w defensus, 241

a dives, 24]

y dolomedes, 243

= furcata, 241, 242

Bs intermedia, 242

242

me mayrei, 242

¥s pandarus, 241

re proxima, 242

gi pseuadonyma, 243

= relucens, 242

a spinigera, 241

Fs striata, 242

3 vicina, 242, 243

xiphias, 243

Ponera, 244, 246, 247

6 affinis, 243

» castanea, 247

» insulana, 244, 245

mer 3, leeuwenhoeki, 244

ee simillima, 243

is sulcata, 245

tesserinoda, 244, 245

Poneride, 244

Poritia hewitsoni, 152

: levissima, var. dichrous,

Poritia phraatica, 430

» Sumatre, 430

Poritine, 110, 112, 132

Porphyrophora, 294, 295, 297

> hamelii, 295

polonica, 295

Potamis (Apatura) namouna, 125

Potamophora manlia, 100

Pratapa deva, 128

Precis, 123

» iphita, 123, 355, 420

Preadergolis wedah, 420

Primula, 227

BY balfouriana, 227

iy cortusoides, 227

cs deltoidea, 227

- dickieana, 228

. geranizefolia, 227

* ,, jaffreyana, 228

- kaufmanniana, 227

+ - pantlingii, 228

ee, tanneri, 227

tibetica, 228

Primulagees 227

Primulas, 227

Prioneris clemanthi, 433

7% watsoni, 433

Prothoé angelica, 427

vf franckii, 427

Pseudergolis veda, 123

a wedah, 123

Pseudococcus, 288

adonidum, 289

Paduduuenin filicostata, 306

Psoci, 291

Pterocyclus, 308

= albersi, 308

Pterygospidea ravi, 389, 439

Pulvinaria, 280

49 vitis, 297

Pulvinariz, 280

Pulvinariaria, 277, 280

“ gasteralphe, 280

Pupide, 306

Pupina artata, 314

» arula, 314

Pupinine, 314

Purlisa (?) donina, 260

Putinia, 288

Puto, 288

Pyrameis cardui, 122, 362

* indica, 122

Pyrgus, 111

» galba, 137

Radena nicobarica, 257

» vulgaris, 415

Rahinda, 425

Me dorelia, 425

5 hordonia, 125

plagiosa, 425

Rapala, 126

458

Rapala grisea, 127

5 orseis, 127

,, schistacea, 126, 127, 369

Remelana, 111

- jangala, 368

53 megisbia, 128

. Mi yajna, 128

Remigiidee, 101

Rhaphicera, 104

moorei, 117

Rhinopalpa, 258

4 fulva, 362, 422

‘5 polynice, 362, 422

Rhiostoma, 308

Rhizococcus, 287

Rhizophora conjugata, 410

Rhodea, 305

Rhodina perakensis, 305

Rhopalocera, 343, 344

FA heteropoda, 126

BS hexapoda, 135

Pe tetrapoda, 115

Rhysota, 301

Rhytia hypermnestra, 100

Ripersia, 288

Ritsemia, 287

Robinia mitis, 297

Rohana, 111

~ parisatis, 123

parysatis, 123, 424

Rotula, 302

5 bijuga, 302

Sainia protenor, 137

Salatura genutia, 345, 415

Salpinx crassa, 415

» grantii, 343

,» Thadamanthus, 415

Samanta, 106

Zs heri, 115

Pe malsara, 115

Sarangesa dasahara, 137, 390

ae purendra, 137

Sarbaria polyctor, 136

Satadra agaba, 430

a bazalus, 370

ys singla, 253

* ., teesta, 253, 255

Satarupa bhagava (?), 390

ie phisara, 390, 393

a sambara, 137

Satsuma, 303

Satyride, 106, 107, 108, 109, 114, 115,

119, 257, 350

Satyriform, 108

Satyrinz, 229, 230, 249, 348, 417

Sephisa dichroa, 124

Signoretia, 278

Signoretiaria, 276, 278

Sima, 247

» vufonigra, 247

Sitala carinifera, 302

Index.

Solanum lycopersicum, 297

Sphingide, 97

Spindasis himalayanus, 127, 369

rm lohita, 127

¥ syama, 369

Fe vulcanus, 127

Spiraculum, 308, 309

- kintanum, 308

FY regelspergeri, 308

Stenogyra, 305

“fs (Opeas) gracilis, 804

: , terebralis (7), 305

(Subulina) tchebelensis, 30-4

ss tchehelensis, 305

Stenogyrid, 304:

Stibochiona nicea, 123

nicea, 123, 358

Stichophthalma camadeva, 303

louisa, 419

Stictoplaa grotei, 417

3 harrisii, 416

Stictoploea binotata, 347

Streptaxidee, 299

Streptaxis plussensis, 299

Suastinx, 111, 137

_Suastus eltola, 113, 137

4 gremius, 137

» toona, 113, 137

Subulina, 305

‘3 tchehelensis, 304:

Surendra quercetorum, 130, 370, 430

Sycidium, 401, 404

Symbrenthia, 104

asthala, 122, 123

“e hippoclus, 122, 362, 42]

- hypselis, 111, 122, 123,

362

“6 hysudra, 123

Sympheedra cyauipardus, 360

AS dirtea, 360, 425

3 nais, 124

9 pardalis, 425

Synchlce callidice, 135

Syncladium nietneri, 284

Syneecia, 395, 399, 401, 404.

ey apicalis, 100

Tagiades alica, 439

_ atticus, 137, 389, 393

” meetana, 439

- menaka, 137

obseurus, 389, 393

r pralaya, 4:39

ravi, 889, 439

Tajuria longinus, 127, 369

Tansima rohria, 117

s verma, 117

Taractrocera mevius, 385, 303

sagara, 139, 389

Targionia, 271, 27 2, 273

Tarucus, 132

&. plinius, 132, 360

Tarucus theophrastus, 104, 112, 182

venosus, 132

Taxila, 427

» fasciata, 427

» haquinus, 427

» thuisto, 427

Telicota augias, 384, 393

x bambusz, 139, 384, 440

Telinga, 106

Terias drona, 1385

» formosa, 431

» harina, 370

» hecabe, 104, 135, 370, 430

» hecabeoides, 430

» Ileta, 135, 431

» Santana, 135

» sari, 430

» Silhetana, 430

» Suava, 430

», uniformis, 430

venata, 135

Terinos sinha, 354, 420

Tessarobelus, 297

Tetrapoda, 108

Tetrura, 288

Thaduca multicaudata, 430

Thamala miniata, 429

Thanaos obsoleta, 389

i stigmata, 139

Thaumantis, 109

“A camadeva, 353

vs diores, 353

louisa, 419

Thecla, 104, 130

‘s birupa, 131

pan icans, 130, 131

= ,, mandara, 130

so 6 Syla, 130, 131

(Zephyrus) birupa, 130

Mueclinse, 104, 110, 127, 260

Thermesiide, ‘101

Thinopteryx crocopterata, 99

Thyca hierte var. indica, 373

Thymele benjaminii, 378

Tinospora cordifolia, 297

*Tirumala gautamoides, 257

i limniace, 344

a septentrionis, 345, 414

Trachia, 303

“ malayana, 303

» penangensis, 303

Trechocorys adonidum, 289

*Trepsichrois kalinga, 256

— linnei, 345, 416

am midamus, 256, 416

bs van-deventeri, 345

Trisporium gardneri, 284

Trochomorpha, 304

Trochonanina, 301

Trypanophora humeralis, 97

Udaspes folus, 139, 390

Index. 459

Urapterygide, 99

Urostigma, 397, 399, 400, 401, 403, 404

410

4 caulocarpa, 405, 406

Vadebra petosiris, 369

nf suffusa, 429

Vanessa, 107, 121, 259

canace, 122

‘5 charonia, 122

. hypselis, 362

a kaschmirensis, 105, 121, 122

5 ladakensis, 122

urtice, 121

Vingonia, 278, 279

2 pulchella, 279

Virachola isocrates, 126

Virapa, 106

» anaxias, 348

» Manii, 257, 258

Vitis vinifera, 297

Walkeriana, 294, 296

floriger, 296

Westwoodia, 288

Xanthoteenia busiris, 419

Xylococcus, 287

*Yoma, 258

» sabina, 259, 260

* ,, vasuki, 259, 422

Yphthima, 104, 106, 119, 120

Ms ariaspa, 119

5 asterope, 104:

5 = ariaspa, 119

is avartae 120

5 baldus, 418

- huebneri, 120

oe hyagriva, 119

s (Iphthima) nareda, 119

3 methora, 418

M5 nareda, 104

5 newara, 351

‘s nikoea, 119

a philomela, 120

$ sakra, 119, 120

vy ~~ = nkeee, ELS

“ singala, 120

thora, 120

Ypthima, 230, 233

2 howra, 231, 232, 351

r huebneri, 231, 232, 234, 238,

351

is lara, 233

ig laroides, 233

= marshallii, 233, 235, 351

i methora, 233, 418

a narada, 351

a newara, 351

Rs philomela, 231, 232, 233, 234,

235, 238, 351, 418

Zemeros, 111

i flegyas, 134, 427

i. phlegyas, 134, 364

ation (7), 188 the

» - Suryplaspave (cf Tl’ sagoaa et

Sot pein ARYL nea

Zeuxidia, 121 ee

a: magoni, 419

Zizera diluta, 365 —

: 2: Si

“2 e ; .

ait .

eS oe , “yy - .

a =

' 7 ‘

a ye

7.) a

Mi S. '

ve i

ot,

;

‘

e...

i. #

ADs

rid

boas. |

lg.

r NEW SERIES. YOLEV. — COLvEIT.

‘JOURNAL

OF THE

|) ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Vol. LV, Part II, No. I1.—1886.

EDITED BY

. JHE Narurar flistory SECRETARY.

within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by ‘

‘man or produced by nature.”—Sir Winuiam Jonss,

— *,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

_to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-

don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Co., 57 ¥ 59, Ludgate Hill.

LOO ee ee ees ee

CALCUTTA:

. ( “PRINTED BY j. W. JHomas, AT THE PaAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

= ea “The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and

(

ASIATIC pOCIETY, 57, PARK STREET, |

1886.

Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Re. 1.—To Non-Subscribers, Rs. 1-8.

Price in England, 2 Shillings and sixpence,

Issued March 29th, 1886.

I. phe a ‘Veena afesting he atin ‘Rivas ir r (

ome Forbes) eae unenOr A ues rae

aie —Notes on Indian Alayna: No 0. 5 —By Bh. 7. TKI.

-Presipent, take pae.s SVEKUND Uy abo ay EA PE A an eared

11. —The Hive-Bees indigenous to igi Bie the Introductio

| Italian Bee.—By J. Ct Doetuas., se ei wie ae ae

Uv. —List of the Lepidopterous Insects solieeted 4 mn ae and in Si

during 1884-85 by the Indian Musewm Collector under C

- Pitman, Esq., C. I. K., Ohief Superintendent of ‘.

- Part I. Heterocera.—By Freperick Moonrz, F. Z.8.

= Communicated by the Narunar History Sucrnrary ee

serene SE 2-8

‘Plates ae qh & II. illustrative of. a Barclay 8 paper

| issued with the next Number. ; |

CONTENTS

OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. I.) OF THE

“JOURNAL OF THE ASTATIC SOCIETY OF oe FOR 1885.

No. 1, (issued July 6th, 1885). Fourth List of Butterflies taken in

Sikkim in October, 1884, with Notes on Habits, &c. —By Lions, ve a

Nres’vitur. Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 2.—By EB. T. ArKrnson,

B. A. On Observations of the Solar Thermometer at Lucknow—By S. A. —

Hitt, B. Sc., A. R. S. M., Meteorological Reporter, North Western Pro-

winces and Oudh. List of the Butterflies of Calcutta and its Neighbourhood, e

with Notes on Habits, Foods Plants, §c—By Lionen pe Nice’yinir. s:

Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘Ine ‘ AS

vestigator,, Oommander AuFReD Carprenter, R. N. Commanding. No. 1 |

On the Structure and Habits of Cyrtophium calamicola, a new Tubicolous oe

Amphipod from the Bay of Bengal.—-By G. M. Giuzs, M. B., F. BR. C. Sia

Surgeon-Naturalist to the Marine Survey. (With Plate I). Notes on

Japanese Land and Fresh-water Molluses—By C. F. von NouuasDow, ii

Pu. D. Communicated, by the Narurat History Srorerary. | oh

No. 2, (issued September 12th, 1885). Natural History Notes fron

H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED t

Carpenter, R. N., Commanding. No. 2. Description of a new Species *

of the Amphipod Genus Melita from the Bay of Bengal.—By G. M. Guus,

MoB. ROS Surgeon-Naturalist, Indian Marine Survey. (With mE

Plate. ITI.). Wairal History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey em

Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED Carpenter, R. N., Comamant ee

ing. No. 3. On the Prothallus of Padina pavonia.—By G. M. Ginrs,

M. B., F. RB. C.8., Surgeon-Naturalist, Indian Marine Survey. — (With es

Plates IV. and V.). Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 3.—By H. T. Amma” of

son, B. A. Descriptions of some new Indian Rhopalocera. -— Be Lionen |

pg Nacn’vitLE. (With Plate II.). “The Swatch of no Ground. "By Com:

mander Aurrep Carpenter, R. N., in charge of Marine Survey: a Bors

Communicated by the Natura History SECRETARY. ee a

No. 3, (issued December 29th, 1885). Notes on Indian Rhynchota,

No. 4.—By E. T. Arcinson, B. A. Memorandum on the Corrosion of eS,

the Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests.—By Auzx. Pepusr, F. C. Be

Professor of Chemistry in the Presidency College, Cale Trdian Ante

of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.—By Prorgessor Aveusi _ OREL, Lurch.

Communicated by the NaturaL History Srcrerary. |

—_———————_—_———SVX—KX—Ve

NEW SERIES. VOL. LV. CCLXIX.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Vol. LV, Part I, No. II.—1886.

_——

aad

) ‘The bounds of 4ts investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and

| ) within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

man or produced by nature.”—Sir WIiLLIAM JONES.

3 #,* Commumications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-

don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Co., 57 & 59, Ludgate Hill.

ON ne EE SR SS LR ne

: CALCUTTA:

Pair ten = J. W. #2 sae AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

TC Society, 5], PARK STREET,

EDITED BY

JHE NaTuURAL fEISTORY SECRETARY.

1886. :

Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Re. 1.—-T’o Non-Subscriters, Rs, 1-8.

Price in England, 2 Shillings and sixpence,

Issued June 26th, 1886.

CONTENTS.

V.—A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon.— By Wi.u1aM Dounerry,

Cincinnati, U. 8S. A. Communicated by the Narurat History

SECRETARY \cesscecss ss at 103.

VI—On a second ee of, iene Gietba BA Bea putsene te

Forbes— By Sureron A. Sire M. B., Bengal Medical

Service (With Plates IV. & V.) .. S ewes th

VII.—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. No O. 6. J aagetay hd inde nie a

By E. T. Arxinson, B. A., Presipenr or tHe Society ...... 143

VIII. —On a new species of Uredine parasitic on Cedrus deodara,

Loudon.— By Surcron A. Barcray, M. B., gf Medical

Service (With Plates VI. and VIL.) . Pa —92930—CO

IX.—On three new Himalayan Arties: uy G. aie M. Be 3 ore: |

LL. D., F. L. 8. (With Plates VIIL, IX., and KX.) wees. 927

X.—On the Life-History of certain Calcutta Species of Sabyrinee: gt le a

with special reference to the Seasonal Dimorphism alleged to

occur in them.—-By LioneL ve Nice’vintz, F. E. §. (With

Plate XII.) Pee eee eee neers ess ees ean see ees ses ees ene ses nes cesess senses osenes ie — ;

Plate III in part illustration of lt Barclay’s paper ® published in

No. 1. a

Plates I, IL, IV. V., VI, VIL, VIL, IX.,X., & XIL, will pa

issued in succeeding numbers. Cha

CONTENTS |

OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. 1) OF THE

JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 888.

No. 1, (tied July 6th, 1885). Fourth List of Butterflies eae in

Sikkim in October, 1884, with Notes on Habits, §c.—By Lions, pe yn

Nice’vituz.* Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 2.—By E. T. ATKINSON, — ae

B. A. On Observations of the Solar Thermometer at Lucknow.—By 8. A.

Hint, B. Sc., A. R. S. M., Meteorological Reporter, North Western Pro- iy ee

vinces and Oudh. List of the Butterflies of Calcutta and its N eighbourhaod, —

with Notes on Habits, Foods Plants, §c—By Lionrn pe Nicn’vinup. * ich

Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘In- — : a

vestigator, Commander ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N. Commanding. No.1. —

On the Structure and Habits of Cyrtophium calamicola, a new Tubicolous ee

Amphipod from the Bay of Bengal.—-By G. M. Gruss, M. B., F. R. C.S.,

Surgeon-Naturalist to the Marine Survey. (With Plate I.). Notes on oe

Japanese Land and Fresh-water Molluscs—By C.F. von MO6LLEnDoRFrE, — aie

Pu. D. Communicated by the Natura History Secretary. eee

No. 2, (issued September 12th, 1885). Natural History Notes from

H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED __

Carpenter, R. N., Commanding. No. 2. Description of a new Species as

of the Amphipod Genus Melita from the Bay of Bengal.—By G. M. Giuzs, a aes

M. B., F. R. C. S., Surgeon-Naturalist, Indian Marine Survey. be

Plate III.). Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine bee.

Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED Carpenter, R. N., Command-

ing. No. 3. On the Prothallus of Padina pavonia.—By G. M. GILES,

M. B., F. R. C. 8., Surgeon-Naturalist, Indian Marine Survey. cin

Plates IV. and V.). Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 3.—By E. T. ATKIN- | :

son, B. A. Descriptions of some new Indian Rhopalocera.—By Lionen

pe Nicn’viue. (With Plate II.). “ The Swatch of no Grouwnd.”—By Com- .

mander ALFRED CarPEntEeR, R. N., in charge of Marine Survey of India. 2

Communicated by the Narurat History SEcrerary. pea.

No. 3, (issued December 29th, 1885). Notes: on Indian Rhynchota, oe 8 :

No. 4.—By EH. T. Arxinson, B. A. Memorandum on the Oorrosion of oe

the Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests.—By Aw.Ex Pepier, F. C. S8., ae 3

Professor of Chemistry in the Presidency College, Calcutta. Indian Ants ae

of the Indian Museum, COalcutta.—By Proressor Avaust Fors, 4urich. aes

Communicated by the Naturat History SEcRerary. i ee t

—_—————

NEW SERIES. VOL. LV. CCLXXI.

-—

JOURNAL

OF THE

-ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

WoO Vv: Parti, INo. III.—i8s6.

EDITED BY |

JHE NaturaL History pPECRETARY,

DLO eee sees

“The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and

) within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

/ man or produced by nature.”—Sir Wintiam Jones. :

ote *,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-

don, care of Messrs. Triitbner and Co., 57 ¥ 59, Ludgate Hill.

ON Neen ee

CALCUTTA:

es PRINTED BY J, W. THOMAS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

ded : AND PUBLISHED BY THE

PSIATIC SOCIETY, 5j7, FARK STREET,

1886.

. Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Re. 1.—To Non-Subscribersg Bs.1-8

‘he's Price in England, 2 Shillings and sixpence.

<a Issued Oct. ist, 1886.

CON TENTS.

Sana Wate of the Indian Musewm, Calcutta. No. 2 aby ;

PROFESSOR Avaust Foret, i Communicated by the —

__ Naronat Fstory SECRETARY ......cccccocsscsssseescecesenersnscerense f

¢ Xi —On some New Indian Butterflies—By Lionet pe Nice'vILuye,

ate BLE. S. (With Plate XT.) ccsescesssensereseeeseenecereeeteneneeesere

z von —Additional Notes on new or rare Indian Butterflies —By es

—-Wiiiam Douszrty, Cincinnati, U.S.A. Communicated by the

_- Narorat History SS ORE TART) tsa ncs ait ies Sextssan ne ee tee eee

Sony. —On two new species of Ilex from the Eastern Himalaya.—

By Geores Kine, M.B., LL. D., F. L. 8., Superintendent of the |

Royal Botanie Garden, Calcutta (With Plates KIL & X1VHce

a Pak —Insect-Pests belonging to the Homopterous Family Coccides.—

ek ByE.T, ATKINSON, B. A., PRESIDENT wiscessocssesssevaneerenceees . 29

eee Pe

Sia ase Plates I., IL, IV., V., VI., VIL, VIL, IX., X., & XI,

i ae. ol

Plates XII., XIII., & XIV. will, it is hoped, be received {

‘the Engravers in time to be issued with the next eee due :

* Dee, 25th,

co NTEN TS

OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (er: 2 OF THE

tee ws

JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1885.

No. 1, (issued July 6th, 1885). Fourth List of Butterflies ‘allen

Sikkim im October, 1884, with Notes on Habits, 5¢.—By Lionen pee

Nroz’vittn. Notes on Indian ig lide No. 2.—By EH. T. ATRINSON,

Bes Fini B. Se., A. R. S. M., Meteorological Reporter, North Waite Pro 2

awinces and Oudh. List of the Butterflies of Calcutta and its Ni eighbourhood, —

with Notes on Habits, Foods Plants, §c.—By Lionen pe Nicw’viLiE. eae

Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer “lash §

vestigator,, Commander ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N. Commanding. No.1

On the Structure and Habits of Cyrtophium calamicola, a new Tubicolous —

Amphipod from the Bay of Bengal.—By G. M. Gitzs, M. B., F. R.C.8,,

Surgeon-Naturalist to the Marine Survey. (With Plate L). Notes on om

Japanese Land and Fresh-water Molluses.—By O. F. von M6LLENDORFE, —

Pu. D. Communicated by the Navurat Hisrory Secrerary. “

| No. 2, (issued September 12th, 1885). Natural History Notes from — BS

‘ H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED a a

* CarPenterR, R. N., Commanding. No. 2. Description of a new Species — r :

of the Amphipod Genus Melita from the Bay of Bengal.—By G. M. GILEs,

M.B.,F. BR. C. S., Surgeon-Naturalist, Indian Marine Survey. (With —

Plate III.). Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey _

Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander Aurrup Carpentzr, RB. N., Command- —

ng. No. 3. On the Prothallus of Padina pavonia.—By G. M. Gines,

M. B., F. BR. C.8., Surgeon-Naturalist, Indian Marine Survey. (With ar:

Plates IV. and V.). Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 3.—By H. T. Argin- " .

son, B. A. Descriptions of some new Indian Rhopalocera.—By Lionnn “Tia

pg Nice’vitte. (With Plate II.). “ The Swatch of no Ground. oy Com- Bi

mander AurRED Carpenter, R.N., in charge of Marine Survey of India.

Communicated by the Narurau History SEcrerary. rae :

No. 3, (issued December 29th, 1885). Notes on Indian Rhynchen ne

No. 4.—By EB. T. Arxinson, B. A. Memorandum on the Corrosion of nls

the Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests:—By Auzx Pepuimr, F. C.S8., at

Professor of Chemistry in the Presidency College, Calcutta. Indian Ants — ‘i 4

of the Indian Museum, Calecutta.—By Prorussor Aucust Foren, Zurich. :

Communicated by the Narurat History Secretary. “8

NEW SERIES. VOL. LV. CLIT

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Vol. LV, Part II, No. I1V.—1886.

EDITED BY

JHE NaTURAL ftisToRY SECRETARY.

invesviganon will be the geographical ' mits of Agia: and

nq airies will be extended to whatever is performed by

y nature.’’—S1ir WILLIAM JONES,

#.% Communications should be sent wnder cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-

don, care of Messrs. Tritbner and Co., 57 S 59, Ludgate Hill,

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED By 7, W. THOMAS, AT THE PAPTISF MISSION PRESS,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

2) Ae

fos PASIATIC SOCIETY, 57, FARK STREET,

at | 1887.

: ; ee

‘ ee Q

| 6O6RRA

a F

Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Re. 1.—To Non-Subscribers Bs. 1-8.

Price in England, 2 Shillings and sixpence.

Issued March 7th, 1987,

;

ees 20

fee

: oy, FY

of F

te 5 hr |

Te |

ae ee

a XVII.—On Solar Thermometor Observations at Allahabad.

“- sF

. i .

i ph

- on

red as iv

“peo

| XVITII.—On probable Changes in the Geography of the Punjab and —

aS XVI—The Landshells of Perak.—By O. F. y. M6uLEnporrr, _

Sar Pu. D. Communicated by the Naturan History Sxors- 2

; TARY |

eeeecve eeOCeeeoere ves eeresoe eee eee eevecses COP ere cesesesvevececee eeocee F Ee

—By

S. A. Hitt, B. Se., Meteorological Reporter to the

Government of the N.-W. Provinces se Wiha shubauene ces aiee

its Rivers : an Historico- Geographical Study.—By R. D. ‘2

Opa, A.R.S. M., Deputy Superintendent,

; Survey of India (With a Map—PI., XIX.),..

XIX.—List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected mm Oachar by

; Mr. J. Woop-Mason, Part IT, RHopaLocera.— By A Ppa

Woop-Mason, Officiating Superintendent of the Indian

Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy and

Zoology in the Medical Oollege, Calcutta sand L. pg

Nicu'vittz, F. E. S. (With Pls. XV., XVL., XVIL,, &

XVIIL.), che aipevinte ts oaewesyach sas updo sapasenon shen ieee

XX.—On some New Species of Ficus from New Quinea.—.

Grorgz Kine, M. B., LL. D., F. L. S., Superintendent,

Royal Botanie Garden, Oaleutta PAP Aneon es 68 saglapp dys +++ cal

XXI —Description of a new species of Phytophagous Coleoptera Stet

alleged to be destructive to the Dhan Crops in the Chitta-

gong District.—By Josmru 8. batt. Communicated by

‘ the NaTURAL History Sercrerary,,,., |

Geological —

A ie

Ceveeseace eee eeeceecon

Plates XII, XIII., & XIV,, illustrative of papers by Mr. de Nic

ville and Dr. George King published in the two preceding numbers.

——— ea

NEW SERIES. VOL. LV. CCLXXVI. _ WSS)

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Vol. LV, Part II, No. V.—1886.

EDITED BY

) JHE NaTuRaL ftISTORY pECRETARY.

“The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and

| ( within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

1} ( man or produced by nature.’”—Sir Wittiam JoNnEsS.

to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-

don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Co., 57 5 59, Ludgate Hill,

LP Oo

CALCUTTA:

” PRINTED BY J, W. THOMAS, AT THE PAPTISP MISSION PRESS,

PASIATIC: SOCIETY, 57, PARK STREET,

**® Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

1887.

a Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Re. 1.—To Non-Subscribers Bs. 1-8.

"es - Price in England, 2 Shillings and sixpence,

: Issued Sept. 1st, 1887.

[| CONTENTS.)

| XXIL—List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected

in Siam during 1884-85 by the In aa

tor under C. EB. Prrmay, Esq. | on

- intendent of Telegraphs. Part IL “Rhop —B

HE. J. ee a a a one Lrowzn DE ‘Niop'vite,

Bart

CONTENTS

OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. II.) OF THE “e ne ee :

¥ ne.

JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1888 ae

No. 1, (issued July 6th, 1883). Fourth List of Butterflies taken in

Sikkim in October, 1884, with Notes on Habits, 8c.—By Lionnt DE

Nice’vitte. Notes on India Rhynchota, No. 2.—By EH. T. Arxryson,

B. A. On Observations of the Solar Thermometer at Lucknow.—By 8. A :

Hit, B. Sc., A. R. 8. M., Meteorological Reporter, North Western P.

vinces and. Oudh. List of the Butterflies of Calewtta and its Neighbourhot

with Notes on Habits, Foods Plants, §c.—By LionEL DE Nicg’vinl

Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer <j a

vestigator, Commander ALFRED CaRrpuNteR, R. N. Commanding. No. 1. ty

On the Structure and Habits of Cyrtophium calamicola, a new Tubicob Ic

Amphipod from the Bay of Bengal.—By G. M. Giuns, M. B., F. R. C. ‘sh

Surgeon-Naturalist to the Marine Survey. (With Plate L ). Notes on

Japanese Land and Fresh-water Molluscs.—By O. F. von Métuenpor

Pu. D. Communicated by the Natura, History Sucrerayy. hie

No. 2, (issued September 12th, 1885). Natural History Notes r wis

H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Sieamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander At .

Carpenter, R. N., Commanding No. 2. Description of a new Sp

of the Amphipod Genus Melita from the Bay of Bengal.—By G. M. Gu %

M. B., F. B.C. 8., Surgeon-Naturalist,, Indian Marine Survey. (Witk

Plate III.). Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine St vey

Steamer * Investigator,’ Commander Aurrep Carrenter, R.N., Command- . ;

ong. No.8, On the Prothallus of Padina pavonia.— By G. M. Ginx ra

M. B., F. RB. C. S., Surgeon-Naturalist, Indian Marine Survey. (W

Plats: IV. and V. ). Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 3.—ByEH. T. Arkm- ~

son, B. A. Descriptions of some new Indian Rhopalocera.—By Lionen .

pe Nice’vitue. (With Plate II.). “ The Swatch of no Ground.” —By Oom-

mander ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N., in charge of Marine Survey of Tada,

Commanding by the Narurau Hisrory SECRETARY. Sa

No. 3, (issued December 29th, 1885). Notes on Indian Rhyatiion ;

No. 4.—By E. T. Arxiyson, B. A. Memorandum on the Corrosion of

the Lead Linings of Indian Tea Ohests.—By Ausx Pupunr, F. Ce

Professor of Chemistry in the Presidency College, Calcutta. Indiam Ant :

of the Indian Museum, Caleutta.—By Proressor August Foret, ame

Communicated by the NaturaL History SECRETARY.